P503 Emerald Princess Manual
Uploaded by
Andrei ButnarasuP503 Emerald Princess Manual
Uploaded by
Andrei ButnarasuP&O Princess Cruises
Emerald Princess
Technical Operating Manual
WARNING!
This manual is intended to be a 'first stop' manual to assist in the understanding of the ship's systems
Comments or corrections should be
and equipment. It does not supersede manufacturer's publications, Fleet Regulations or Standing
Orders, all of which take precedence over this technical operating manual. passed to the Ship Manager for
inclusion in the scheduled update.
WARNING!
This manual is intended to be a 'first stop' manual to assist in the understanding of the ship's systems
and equipment. It does not supersede manufacturer's publications, Fleet Regulations or Standing
Orders, all of which take precedence over this technical operating manual.
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Contents Section 2: Main Machinery and Services Section 2: Illustrations
2.1 Machinery Introduction 2.1.2a Sequence Flow Diagram - Start-up
Section 1: Ship and Machinery Data
2.1.1 Starting Conditions 2.1.3a Main Machinery Layout Deck 1 Aft
1.1 Introduction 2.1.2 Sequence Flow Diagram - Start-up 2.1.3b Main Machinery Layout Deck 1 Forward
1.2 Issues, Updates and Amendments 2.1.3 Main Machinery Layout 2.1.3c Main Machinery Layout Deck 2 Aft
1.3 Principal Ship Particulars
2.1.3d Main Machinery Layout Deck 2 Forward
1.4 Principal Machinery Particulars 2.2 Diesel Generators
2.1.3e Main Machinery Layout Decks 3, 4 and 16
1.5 Ship’s General Arrangement: Deck Plans 2.2.1 Diesel Generator Engines
2.2.1a Main Engines
1.6 Ship’s General Arrangement: Tank Plans and Capacities 2.2.2 Diesel Generator Engines Control and Safety System
2.2.3 Diesel Generator Engines Operation 2.2.2a Diesel Generator Control and Safety System
1.7 Mechanical Symbols and Pipeline Colour Scheme
1.8 Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols and Colour Scheme 2.2.3a PMS Overview IMACS Mimic
2.3 Sea Water Systems 2.2.3b Diesel Generator Engine Local Control Panel
1.9 Conversion Tables
2.3.1 Diesel Generator Sea Water System 2.3.1a Diesel Generator Sea Water System
Section 1: Illustrations 2.3.2 General Service Sea Water System 2.3.2a General Service Sea Water System
2.3.3 Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water System 2.3.3a Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water System
1.5a General Arrangement: Elevation 2.3.4 Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System
2.3.4a Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System
1.5b General Arrangement: Decks 17, 18 and 19 2.3.5 Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System
2.3.6 Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System 2.3.5a Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System - Forward
1.5c General Arrangement: Deck 16
2.3.5b Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System - Aft
1.5d General Arrangement: Deck 15
2.4 Fresh Water Cooling Systems 2.3.6a Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System
1.5e General Arrangement: Deck 14
1.5f General Arrangement: Deck 12 2.4.1 Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System 2.3.6b Stern Tube Sealing Arrangement
1.5g General Arrangement: Deck 11 2.4.2 Diesel Generator High Temperature Cooling System 2.4.1a Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - Forward
2.4.3 Diesel Generator Low Temperature Cooling System 2.4.1b Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - Aft
1.5h General Arrangement: Deck 10
2.4.4 Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System
1.5i General Arrangement: Deck 9 2.4.2a Forward Diesel Generators 1 and 2 HT Fresh Water System
1.5j General Arrangement: Deck 8 2.5 Compressed Air Systems 2.4.2b Forward Diesel Generators 3 and 4 HT Fresh Water System
1.5k General Arrangement: Deck 7 2.4.2c Aft Diesel Generators 5 and 6 HT Fresh Water System
2.5.1 Starting Air System
1.5l General Arrangement: Deck 6 2.5.2 Instrument and Working Air System 2.4.3a Forward Diesel Generators 1 and 2 LT Fresh Water System
1.5m General Arrangement: Deck 5 2.5.3 General Service Air System 2.4.3b Forward Diesel Generators 3 and 4 LT Fresh Water System
1.5n General Arrangement: Deck 4 2.4.3c Aft Diesel Generators 5 and 6 LT Fresh Water System
1.5o General Arrangement: Deck 3 2.6 Fuel Oil System 2.4.4a Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System
1.5p General Arrangement: Deck 2 2.6.1 Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil System 2.5.1a Starting Air System
1.5q General Arrangement: Deck 1 2.6.2 Fuel Oil Purifier System 2.5.1b Starting Air System
1.6a General Arrangement: Tank Plans 2.6.3 Gas Oil Purifier System
2.5.1c Emergency Generator Starting Air System
1.6b General Arrangement: Tank Plans 2.5.2a Instrument Air System
2.7 Lubricating Oil Systems
1.6c General Arrangement: Tank Plans
2.5.2b Instrument Air System
1.6d General Arrangement: Tank Capacities 2.7.1 Diesel Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System
2.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purifier System 2.5.3a General Service Air System - Deck 1
1.6e General Arrangement: Tank Capacities
2.7.3 Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System 2.5.3b General Service Air System - Accommodation
1.7a Mechanical Symbols and Pipeline Colour Scheme
2.6.1a Forward Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil System
1.8a Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols and Colour Scheme 2.8 Machinery Miscellaneous
2.6.1b Aft Main Generator Engine Fuel Oil/Diesel Oil System
2.8.1 List of Pumps 2.6.2a Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier System
2.8.2 Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 2.6.3a Gas Oil Purifier System
2.8.3 Steam Balance
2.7.1a Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System
2.8.4 Fresh Water Balance
2.8.5 Electrical Load Balance 2.7.1b Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System
2.7.2a Lubricating Oil Purifier System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Contents - Page 1 of 5
WARNING!
This manual is intended to be a 'first stop' manual to assist in the understanding of the ship's systems
and equipment. It does not supersede manufacturer's publications, Fleet Regulations or Standing
Orders, all of which take precedence over this technical operating manual.
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.7.3a Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System Section 3: Illustrations Section 4: Propulsion Systems
2.8.2a Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 3.1a Main MV Network 4.1 Propulsion Control Stations
2.8.2b Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 3.1b Main Electrical Network 4.2 Propulsion Power Management System
2.8.2c Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 3.1c Substations and Switchboards Network 4.3 Propulsion Control System
2.8.3a Steam Balance 3.2a Main Switchboards and Distribution 4.4 Propulsion Converters
2.8.4a Fresh Water Balance 3.3a Main Switchboard Control Panels 4.5 Propulsion Transformers
2.8.5a Electrical Load Balance 3.3b Control Priority 4.6 Excitation System
3.3c Generator Control Units 4.7 Propulsion Motors
Section 3: Electrical Systems 3.3d Main Switchboard Configurations 4.8 Shafting, Stern Tube and Propeller Systems
3.1 Main Electrical Network 3.3e Power Management Control Mimic 4.9 Thrusters
3.2 Main Switchboards and Distribution 3.4a Electrical Switchboard Rooms
3.3 Main Switchboards Control and Operation 3.4b Main Switchboard Rooms Arrangement Section 4: Illustrations
3.4 Electrical Switchboard Rooms and Substations 3.5a Electrical Safety
4.1a Propulsion Control Stations
3.5 Electrical Safety and the Permit to Work System 3.6a Main Alternator
4.1b Propulsion Control Stations
3.6 Main Alternators 3.6b Main Alternator Excitation System
4.1c Propulsion Control Stations
3.7 Governors 3.8a Substations 1 and 2 Distribution
4.1d Propulsion Control Stations
3.8 Accommodation Distribution 3.8b Substation 3 Distribution
4.2a Propulsion Power Management System
3.9 Engine Room Distribution 3.8c Substation 4 Distribution
4.2b Propulsion Control Mimic
3.10 Galley Distribution 3.8d Substation 5 Distribution
4.3a Propulsion Control System
3.11 Laundry Distribution 3.8e Substation 6 Distribution
4.3b Propulsion Control
3.12 Miscellaneous Distribution 3.8f Substation 7 Distribution
4.4a Propulsion Converters
3.13 Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical Distribution 3.9a Forward Engine Room Switchboard XA/872C
4.4b Propulsion Converter Operator Panels
3.14 Battery and UPS Power Supplies 3.9b Aft Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D
4.4c Propulsion Converter Control Cubicles
3.15 Emergency Switchboard 3.10a Galley Distribution
4.4d Propulsion Converter Cooling System
3.16 Emergency Alternators 3.11a Laundry Distribution
4.5a Propulsion Transformers
3.17 Trace Heating System 3.12a Miscellaneous Distribution
4.6a Excitation System
3.18 Shore Power 3.12b Miscellaneous Distribution
4.7a Propulsion Motors
3.19 Cathodic Protection System 3.13a Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical Distribution
4.8a Shafting, Stern Tube and Propeller Systems
3.14a UPS Units
4.9a Thrusters
3.14b UPS Control Panel
3.15a Emergency Electrical Network
3.15b Emergency Switchboard
3.15c Emergency 690V Distribution
3.15d Emergency Switchboard 230V Section XA/873A
3.15e Emergency Distribution
3.16a Emergency Alternator
3.17a Trace Heating
3.18a Shore Supply
3.19a Cathodic Protection System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Contents - Page 2 of 5
WARNING!
This manual is intended to be a 'first stop' manual to assist in the understanding of the ship's systems
and equipment. It does not supersede manufacturer's publications, Fleet Regulations or Standing
Orders, all of which take precedence over this technical operating manual.
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Section 5: Monitoring, Alarm and Control Systems 6.5 Bilge and Ballast Systems 6.3.1a Fresh Water Evaporator Plant
5.1 Integrated Monitoring, Alarm and Control System (IMACS) 6.5.1 Oily Bilge System 6.3.2a Distilled Water Transfer System
5.2 Power Management System 6.5.2 Oily Water Separator 6.3.2b Distilled Water Transfer System
5.3 Screen Displays and Operation 6.5.3 Main Bilge System 6.3.3a Water Treatment
5.4 General Alarm System - Ship 6.5.4 Ballast Water and Heeling System 6.3.4a Potable Hot Water System in Machinery Spaces
6.5.5 Remote Valve Control System 6.3.5a Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces
5.5 Engine Control Room and Machinery Safety Centre
5.6 Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems 6.3.5b Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces
6.6 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering Systems
6.4.1a Grey Water System
6.6.1 Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Fuel Oil 6.4.1b Grey Water System - Ballast Connections
Section 5: Illustrations
6.6.2 Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Marine Gas Oil 6.4.2a Sewage (Black Water) Vacuum Units
5.1a Integrated Monitoring, Alarm and Control System 6.6.3 Tank Vents and Overflow System 6.4.3a Sewage - Black Water System
5.2a Power Management System 6.6.4 Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering System
6.4.3b Sewage Treatment Tank Operation
5.2b Diesel Generator PMA 71 Units 6.6.5 Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System
6.5.1a Oily Bilge System
5.3a Screen Displays 6.6.6 Sludge System
6.6.7 Quick Closing Valve System 6.5.1b Oily Bilge Water Settling System
5.3b Typical IMACS Symbols 6.5.2a Oily Water Separator
5.4a General Alarm System 6.7 Air Conditioning, Refrigeration and Ventilation Systems 6.5.3a Main Bilge System
5.5a Engine Control Room 6.5.3b Main Bilge System
6.7.1 Air Conditioning Plant
5.6a Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems 6.5.4a Ballast Water System - Deck 1 (Top)
6.7.2 Accommodation Air Conditioning - Services
6.7.3 Machinery Space Ventilation 6.5.4b Ballast Water System - Deck 1 (Top)
Section 6: Auxiliary Plant Services 6.7.4 Provision Refrigeration System 6.5.4c Ballast Water System - Inner Deck 1
6.1 Emergency Diesel Generators 6.5.4d Heeling System
6.8 Engine Room Cranes, Hoists and Lifting Arrangements
6.6.1a Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Fuel Oil
6.2 Steam Generating Systems 6.6.1b Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Fuel Oil
6.9 Dry Dock Services
6.2.1 Boilers 6.6.2a Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Gas Oil
6.2.2 Economisers Section 6: Illustrations 6.6.2b Fuel Oil Bunkering and Tendering System - Gas Oil
6.2.3 Boiler Feed and Condensate System 6.6.3a Tank Vents and Overflow System - Starboard
6.2.4 Boiler Fuel Oil System 6.1a Emergency Generator
6.6.3b Tank Vents and Overflow System - Port
6.2.5 Boiler Control System 6.1b Emergency Generator Services
6.6.3c Tank Vents and Overflow System - Fuel Tanks
6.2.6 Steam and Steam Drain System 6.2.1a Boilers
6.6.3d Diesel Generator Vents
6.2.7 Accommodation Steam System 6.2.2a Economiser
6.6.4a Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering System
6.2.8 Tank Heating Steam System 6.2.3a Condensate System
6.6.5a Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System
6.2.3b Condensate System
6.3 Water Systems 6.6.5b Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System
6.2.3c Condensate System
6.3.1 Fresh Water Evaporator Plant 6.6.6a Sludge System
6.2.3d Boiler Feed System
6.3.2 Distilled Water Transfer System 6.6.7a Quick-Closing Valve System
6.2.3e Boiler Feed System
6.3.3 Water Treatment Systems 6.7.1a Air Conditioning Compressor
6.2.4a Boiler Fuel Oil System
6.3.4 Potable Hot Water System in Machinery Spaces 6.7.1b Air Conditioning Chilled Water System
6.2.5a Boiler Control System
6.3.5 Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces 6.7.1c Air Conditioning Hot Water System
6.2.6a Engine Room Steam System
6.7.2a Accommodation Air Conditioning - Services
6.4 Sewage Systems 6.2.6b Engine Room Steam System
6.7.3a Machinery Space Ventilation
6.4.1 Grey Water System 6.2.7a Accommodation Steam System
6.7.4a Provision Plant Chill and Freeze Compressor System
6.4.2 Sewage - Black Water Vacuum Units 6.2.7b Accommodation Steam System
6.7.4b Brine Piping Diagram for Chill and Freeze Systems
6.4.3 Sewage - Black Water Treatment Units 6.2.7c Accommodation Steam System
6.8a Engine Room Lifting Arrangements
6.2.8a Tank Heating Steam and Drain System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Contents - Page 3 of 5
WARNING!
This manual is intended to be a 'first stop' manual to assist in the understanding of the ship's systems
and equipment. It does not supersede manufacturer's publications, Fleet Regulations or Standing
Orders, all of which take precedence over this technical operating manual.
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Section 7 Deck Equipment and Services 7.14a Bridge Window Systems 8.14a Rigging System
7.1 Safety Management System (SMS) 7.14b Window Washing Systems 8.15a Scandisplay System
7.2 Mooring Arrangements 7.15a High Pressure Washing System 8.16a Television System
7.3 Windlass and Winches 7.16a Draught Monitoring and Tank Level Gauge Systems
Section 9 Navigation and Communication Equipment
7.4 Deck Cranes
Section 8 Hotel Equipment and Services
7.5 Steering Gear 9.1 Bridge and Safety Centre
7.6 Stabilisers 8.1 Galleys, Pantries and Bars 9.2 Navigation Equipment
7.7 Embarkation Brows 8.2 Garbage Disposal Equipment
9.2.1 NACOS Integrated Navigation System
7.8 Tender Embarkation Platforms 8.3 Incinerators
9.2.2 Bridge Equipment
7.9 Shell Doors 8.4 Fresh Water Systems
7.10 Davits 8.5 Sewage Treatment and Collection 9.3 Navigation and Signal Lights
7.11 Lifeboats and Tenders 8.6 Laundry and Dry Cleaning Equipment 9.4 Communication Centre
7.12 Liferafts 8.7 Swimming Pool Water Systems 9.5 External Communication Systems
7.13 Marine Evacuation System (MES) 8.8 Lifts
9.5.1 GMDSS
7.14 Window Washing Systems 8.9 Elevator Platforms
9.5.2 GMDSS Equipment
7.15 High Pressure Washing System 8.10 Ving Card System
9.5.3 Inmarsat B System
7.16 Draught Monitoring System 8.11 Key Lock System
8.12 Burglar Alarms 9.6 Internal Communication Systems
Section 7 Illustrations 8.13 Dimmer Systems 9.7 Propulsion Control
8.14 Rigging Systems 9.8 Steering Control
7.1a Safety Management System
8.15 Scandisplay System 9.9 Thruster Control
7.2a Forward Mooring Arrangements
8.16 Television System 9.10 Bridge Alarm System
7.2b Aft Mooring Arrangements
9.11 External Sound Equipment
7.3a Winch Console
Section 8 Illustrations 9.12 Manoeuvring Information
7.3b Windlass Local Control Station
8.1a Galleys 9.13 Crash Stop Procedure
7.4a Forward Mooring Deck Transverse Beam Crane
8.2a Garbage Management 9.14 Surveillance Television System
7.4b Engine Room Stores Transverse Beam Crane
7.5a Steering Gear 8.3a Incinerator
8.3b Food Waste System Section 9 Illustrations
7.5b Steering Gear Actuator
7.6a Stabilisers 8.4a Cold Potable Water Distribution 9.1a Bridge Layout: Overhead Consoles
7.6b Stabiliser Hydraulic System 8.4b Hot Potable Water Distribution 9.1b Safety Centre
7.6c Stabiliser Control 8.5a Sewage Treatment and Collection 9.1c Bridge Layout: Main Consoles
7.7a Embarkation Brows 8.7a Swimming Pool Filling System 9.1d Bridge Layout: Wing Consoles
7.8a Tender Embarkation Platforms 8.7b Whirlpool System 9.2.1a NACOS System
7.9a Shell Doors 8.7c Swimming Pool Water Systems 9.2.1b Multipilot Display
7.9b Shell Door Systems 8.7d Swimming Pool Water Systems 9.2.1c Multipilot Control Panel
7.10a Davits 8.8a Lifts 9.2.1d Conning Display
7.10b Davits 8.9a Elevator Platforms 9.2.2a Bridge Equipment
7.10c Davit Hydraulics Nitrogen Recharging 8.10a Ving Card System 9.2.2b Bridge Equipment
7.11a Lifeboats and Tenders 8.11a Key Lock System 9.2.2c Bridge Equipment
7.11b Lifeboats and Tenders 8.12a Burglar Alarms 9.3a Navigation and Signal Lights
7.11c Lifeboats and Tenders 8.12b Burglar Alarms 9.3b Navigation and Signal Light Panels
7.13a Marine Evacuation System (MES) 8.13a Dimmer Systems 9.4a Communication Centre
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Contents - Page 4 of 5
WARNING!
This manual is intended to be a 'first stop' manual to assist in the understanding of the ship's systems
and equipment. It does not supersede manufacturer's publications, Fleet Regulations or Standing
Orders, all of which take precedence over this technical operating manual.
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
9.5.1a GMDSS Section 10 Illustrations
9.5.1b GMDSS Distress Reactions 10.1a Emergency Shutdown Panel
9.5.2a GMDSS Equipment 10.1b ESD System Mimic
9.5.2b GMDSS Equipment 10.3a Fire Detection Panel
9.5.2c VHF Hand Held Radio 10.3b Fire Detection System
9.5.2d EPIRBs 10.3c Fire Detection Panel
9.5.2e SART 10.4a Fire and Deck Wash System (Port)
9.5.3a Inmarsat B Control Handset 10.4b Fire and Deck Wash System (Starboard)
9.6a Automatic Telephone System 10.5a High Fog System
9.6b Internal Communication Systems 10.5b High Fog System Distribution
9.6c Internal Communication Systems 10.6a Machinery Spaces CO2 System
10.6b Local CO2 Systems
9.7a Propulsion Control Stations
10.6c Local CO2 Systems
9.8a Steering Control
10.7a Fire Fighting Stations
9.8b Steering Control
10.7b Fire Locker Contents
9.9a Thruster Control
10.8a Fire Dampers and Fire Doors
9.10a Bridge Alarm System
10.9a Deck 1 Machinery Space Fire Fighting Arrangements
9.11a External Sound Equipment
10.9b Deck 2 and 3 Machinery Space Fire Fighting Arrangements
9.12a Manoeuvring Information 10.9c Deck 4 and 16 Machinery Space Fire Fighting Arrangements
9.12b Manoeuvring Information 10.10a Galley Fire Fighting Arrangements
9.14a Surveillance Television System 10.12a Watertight and Splashtight Doors
10.12b Watertight and Splashtight Doors Decks 1 and 2
Section 10 Safety Systems and Equipment 10.12c Watertight and Splashtight Doors Decks 3 and 4
10.1 Emergency Shutdown System 10.12d Watertight Doors
10.2 Low Location Lighting 10.15a Life Saving Equipment Elevation
10.3 Fire Detection and Alarm System 10.15b Life Saving Equipment Decks 5 and 6
10.4 Fire and Deck Wash System 10.15c Life Saving Equipment Deck 7
10.5 High Fog System 10.15d Life Saving Equipment Deck 8
10.6 CO2 Systems
10.7 Fire Fighting Stations Section 11 Emergency Procedures
10.8 Fire Dampers and Fire Doors 11.1 Blackout
10.9 Machinery Space Fire Fighting Arrangements 11.2 Failure of One Diesel Generator
10.10 Galley Fire Fighting Arrangements 11.3 Failure of a Propulsion Half Motor
10.11 Smoke Control Strategy 11.4 Failure of One Propulsion System Component
10.12 Watertight and Splashtight Doors 11.5 Watertight Doors Emergency Procedures
10.13 Trim and Stability
10.14 Flood Water Removal Systems Section 11 Illustrations
10.15 Life Saving Equipment 11.1a Backfeeding Mimic
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Contents - Page 5 of 5
Section 1: Ship and Machinery Data
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Issues, Updates and Amendments
1.3 Principal Ship Particulars
1.4 Principal Machinery Particulars
1.5 Ship’s General Arrangement: Deck Plans
1.6 Ship’s General Arrangement: Tank Plans and Capacities
1.7 Mechanical Symbols and Pipeline Colour Scheme
1.8 Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols and Colour Scheme
1.9 Conversion Tables
Section 1
Ship and Machinery Data
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.1 Introduction Illustrations Safe Operation
All illustrations are referred to in the text and are located either in the text The safety of the ship depends on the care and attention of all on board.
Although Emerald Princess is supplied with shipbuilder’s plans and page where they are sufficiently small, or on the page above the text so that
manufacturer’s instruction books, there is no single handbook which gives both the text and illustration are accessible when the manual is laid face down. Most safety precautions are a matter of common sense and good housekeeping
guidance on operating complete systems as installed on board, as distinct from When text concerning an illustration covers several pages, the illustration is and are detailed in the various manuals available onboard. However, records
individual items of machinery. duplicated as required. show that even experienced operators sometimes neglect safety precautions
through over-familiarity and the following basic rules must be remembered at
The purpose of this manual is to fill some of the gaps and to provide the ship’s Where flows are detailed in an illustration these are shown in colour. A key of all times.
technical staff with additional information not otherwise available on board. It all colours and line styles used in an illustration is provided on the illustration.
is intended to be used in conjunction with the other plans and instruction books Details of the colour coding used in the illustrations is given in the colour 1. Never continue to operate any machine or equipment which
already on board and in no way replaces or supersedes them. schemes in sections 1.7 and 1.8. appears to be potentially unsafe or dangerous and always report
such a condition immediately.
Information pertinent to the operation of Emerald Princess has been carefully Symbols given in the manual adhere to international standards. Keys to the
collated in relation to the systems of the vessel and is presented in one volume: symbols used throughout the manual are also provided in sections 1.7 and 1.8. 2. Make a point of testing all safety equipment and devices regularly.
‘The Technical Operating Manual’. The symbols follow those used buy the shipbuilder. Always test safety trips before starting any equipment.
3. Never ignore any unusual or suspicious circumstances, no
In many cases the best operating practice can only be learned by experience. matter how trivial. Small symptoms often appear before a major
Where the information in this manual is found to be inadequate or incorrect, Notices
failure occurs.
details should be sent to the P&O Princess Cruises Technical department, so The following notices appear throughout this manual:
that revisions may be made. 4. Never underestimate the fire hazard of petroleum products,
whether fuel oil or vapour.
CAUTION
The concept of this Operating Manual is to provide information to technically 5. Never start a machine remotely from the control room without
Cautions are given to draw reader’s attention to operations where
competent ship’s officers who are unfamiliar to the vessel, in a form that is checking visually (if practical) that the machine is ready for
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT MAY OCCUR.
readily comprehensible, thus aiding their understanding and knowledge of the operation.
specific vessel. Special attention is drawn to emergency procedures and fire
fighting systems. WARNING
In the design of equipment and machinery, devices are included to ensure that
Warnings are given to draw reader’s attention to operations where as far as possible in the event of a fault occurring, whether on the part of the
The manual also consists of a number of parts and sections which describe DANGER TO LIFE OR LIMB MAY OCCUR. equipment or the operator, the equipment concerned will cease to function
the systems and equipment fitted and their method of operation related to a without danger to personnel or damage to the machine. If these safety devices
schematic diagram where applicable. Note: Notes are given to draw the reader’s attention to points of interest or are neglected, the operation of any machine is potentially dangerous.
to supply supplementary information.
The manual also details the ship’s systems, providing a technical description,
system capacities and ratings, control and alarm settings (where practicable)
and operating details.
The valves’ and fittings’ identifications used in this manual are the same as
those used by the shipbuilder.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.1 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.2 Issues, Updates and Amendments Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3
Contents 2.1.3 Main Machinery Layout
This manual is provided with a system of issue and update control. Controlling Section 1 Ship and Machinery Data 2.2.1 Diesel Generator Engines
documents ensures that:
1.1 Introduction (purpose of manual, define 2.2.2 Diesel Generator Engines Control and Safety
• Documents conform to a standard format scope etc) System
1.2 Issues, Updates and Amendments 2.2.3 Diesel Generator Engines Operation
• Amendments are carried out by relevant personnel
1.3 Principal Ship Particulars 2.3.1 Diesel Generator Sea Water System
• Each document or document update is approved before issue 1.4 Principal Machinery Particulars 2.3.2 General Service Sea Water System
• A history of updates is maintained 1.5 Ship’s General Arrangement: Deck Plans 2.3.3 Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water System
1.6 Ship’s General Arrangement: Tank Plans and 2.3.4 Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System
• Updates are issued to all registered holders of documents Capacities
2.3.5 Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System
• Sections are removed from circulation when obsolete 1.7 Mechanical Symbols and Pipeline Colour
Scheme 2.3.6 Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System
Document control is achieved by the use of the footer provided on every page 1.8 Electrical and Instrumentation Colour 2.4.1 Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System
and the issue and update table below. Scheme and Symbols 2.4.2 Diesel Generator High Temperature Cooling
1.9 Conversion Tables System
In the right hand corner of each footer are details of the page’s section number Section 1 Illustrations 2.4.3 Diesel Generator Low Temperature Cooling
System
and title followed by the page number of the section. In the left hand corner of 1.5a Ship’s General Arrangement: Elevation
each footer is the issue number. 2.4.4 Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System
1.5b Ship’s General Arrangement: Decks 17, 18
and 19 2.5.1 Starting Air System
Details of each section are given in the first column of the issue and update 1.5c General Arrangement: Deck 16 2.5.2 Instrument and Working Air System
control table. The table thus forms a matrix into which the dates of issue of the 1.5d General Arrangement: Deck 15 2.5.3 General Service Air System
original document and any subsequent updated sections are located. 1.5e General Arrangement: Deck 14 2.6.1 Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil System
1.5f General Arrangement: Deck 12 2.6.2 Fuel Oil Purifier System
The information and guidance contained herein is produced for the assistance 1.5g General Arrangement: Deck 11 2.6.3 Gas Oil Purifier System
of certificated officers who, by virtue of such certification, are deemed
1.5h General Arrangement: Deck 10 2.7.1 Diesel Generator Engine Lubricating Oil
competent to operate the vessel to which such information and guidance refers. System
1.5i General Arrangement: Deck 9
Any conflict arising between the information and guidance provided herein and 2.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purifier System
the professional judgement of such competent officers, must be immediately 1.5j General Arrangement: Deck 8
1.5k General Arrangement: Deck 7 2.7.3 Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System
resolved by reference to P&O Princess Technical Department.
1.5l General Arrangement: Deck 6 2.8.1 List of Pumps
This manual was produced by: 1.5m General Arrangement: Deck 5 2.8.2 Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule
1.5n General Arrangement: Deck 4 2.8.3 Steam Balance
WORLDWIDE MARINE TECHNOLOGY LTD. 1.5p General Arrangement: Deck 2 2.8.4 Fresh Water Balance
1.5q General Arrangement: Deck 1 2.8.5 Electrical Load Balance
For any new issue or update contact: Section 2 Illustrations
1.6a General Arrangement: Tank Plans
1.6b General Arrangement: Tank Plans 2.1.2a Sequence Flow Diagram - Start-up
The Technical Director 2.1.3a Main Machinery Layout Deck 1 Aft
WMT Technical Office 1.6c General Arrangement: Tank Plans
1.6d General Arrangement: Tank Capacities 2.1.3b Main Machinery Layout Deck 1 Forward
Dee House
1.6e General Arrangement: Tank Capacities 2.1.3c Main Machinery Layout Deck 2 Aft
Parkway
2.1.3d Main Machinery Layout Deck 2 Forward
Deeside Industrial Park 1.7a Mechanical Symbols and Pipeline Colour
Deeside, Flintshire Scheme 2.1.3e Main Machinery Layout Decks 3, 4 and 16
CH5 2NS, UK 1.8a Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols and 2.2.1a Main Engines
Colour Scheme 2.2.2a Diesel Generator Control and Safety System
E-Mail: admin@wmtmarine.com Section 2 Main Machinery and Services 2.2.3a PMS Overview IMACS Mimic
2.1.1 Starting Conditions 2.3.1a Diesel Generator Sea Water System
2.1.2 Sequence Flow Diagram - Start-up 2.3.2a General Service Sea Water System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.2 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3
2.3.3a Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water System 2.8.5a Electrical Load Balance 3.10a Galley Distribution
2.3.4a Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System Section 3 Electrical Systems 3.11a Laundry Distribution
2.3.5a Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System 3.1 Main Electrical Network 3.12a Miscellaneous Distribution
- Forward 3.2 Main Switchboards and Distribution 3.12b Miscellaneous Distribution
2.3.5b Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System 3.3 Main Switchboard Control and Operation 3.13a Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical
- Aft Distribution
3.4 Electrical Switchboard Rooms and
2.3.6a Stern Tube Lubrication Sea Water System Substations 3.14a UPS Units
2.3.6b Stern Tube Sealing Arrangement 3.5 Electrical Safety and the Permit to Work 3.14b UPS Control Panel
2.4.1a Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - System
3.15a Emergency Electrical Network
Forward 3.6 Main Alternators
3.15b Emergency Switchboard
2.4.1b Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - Aft 3.7 Governors
3.15c Emergency 690V Distribution
2.4.2a Forward Diesel Generators 1 and 2 HT Fresh 3.8 Accommodation Distribution
3.15d Emergency Switchboard 230V Section XA/873A
Water System 3.9 Engine Room Distribution
3.15e Emergency Distribution
2.4.2b Forward Diesel Generators 3 and 4 HT Fresh 3.10 Galley Distribution
Water System 3.16a Emergency Alternator
3.11 Laundry Distribution
2.4.2c Aft Diesel Generators 5 and 6 HT Fresh 3.17a Trace Heating
3.12 Miscellaneous Distribution
Water System 3.18a Shore Supply
3.13 Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical
2.4.3a Forward Diesel Generators 1 and 2 LT Fresh Distribution 3.19a Cathodic Protection System
Water System Section 4 Propulsion System
3.14 Battery and UPS Power Supplies
2.4.3b Forward Diesel Generators 3 and 4 LT Fresh 4.1 Propulsion Control Stations
Water System 3.15 Emergency Switchboard
3.16 Emergency Alternators 4.2 Propulsion Power Management System
2.4.3c Aft Diesel Generators 5 and 6 LT Fresh
Water System 3.17 Trace Heating System 4.3 Propulsion Control System
2.4.4a Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System 3.18 Shore Power 4.4 Propulsion Converters
2.5.1a Starting Air System 3.19 Cathodic Protection System 4.5 Propulsion Transformers
2.5.1b Starting Air System Section 3 Illustrations 4.6 Excitation System
2.5.1c Emergency Generator Starting Air System 3.1a Main MV Network 4.7 Propulsion Motors
2.5.2a Instrument Air System 3.1b Main Electrical Network 4.8 Shafting, Stern Tube and Propeller Systems
2.5.2b Instrument Air System 3.2a Main Switchboards and Distribution 4.9 Thrusters
2.5.3a General Service Air System - Deck 1 3.3a Main Switchboard Panels Section 4 Illustrations
2.5.3b General Service Air System - Accommodation 3.3b Main Switchboard Configurations 4.1a Propulsion Control Stations
2.6.1a Forward Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil 3.3c Generator Control Units 4.1b Propulsion Control Stations
System 3.4a Electrical Switchboard Rooms 4.1c Propulsion Control Stations
2.6.1b Aft Main Generator Engine Fuel Oil/Diesel 3.4b Main Switchboard Rooms Arrangement 4.1d Propulsion Control Stations
Oil System 4.2a Propulsion Power Management System
3.6a Main Alternator
2.6.2a Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier System 4.2b Power Control Mimic
3.6b Main Alternator Excitation System
2.6.3a Gas Oil Purifier System 4.3a Propulsion Control System
3.7a Woodward Governors
2.7.1a Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System 4.3b Propulsion Control
3.8a Substations 1 and 2 Distribution
2.7.1b Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System 4.4a Propulsion Converters
3.8b Substation 3 Distribution
2.7.2a Lubricating Oil Purifier System 4.4b Propulsion Converter Operator Panels
3.8c Substation 4 Distribution
2.7.3a Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System 4.4c Propulsion Converter Control Cubicles
3.8d Substation 5 Distribution
2.8.2a Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 4.4d Propulsion Converter Cooling System
3.8e Substation 6 Distribution
2.8.2b Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 4.5a Propulsion Transformers
3.8f Substation 7 Distribution
2.8.2c Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule 4.6a Excitation System
3.9a Forward Engine Room Switchboard XA/872C
2.8.3a Steam Balance 4.7a Propulsion Motors
3.9b Aft Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D
2.8.4a Fresh Water Balance 4.8a Shafting, Stern Tube and Propeller Systems
3.9c TP1FE/TP2FE/TP1EL/TP2EL Distribution
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.2 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3
4.9a Thrusters 6.6.1 Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - 6.3.5a Potable Cold Water System in Machinery
Section 5 Monitoring, Alarm and Control Systems Fuel Oil Spaces
5.1 Integrated Monitoring, Alarm and Control 6.6.2 Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - 6.3.5b Potable Cold Water System in Machinery
System (IMACS) Marine Gas Oil/Diesel Oil Spaces
5.2 Power Management System 6.6.3 Tank Vents and Overflow System 6.4.1a Grey Water System
5.3 Screen Displays and Operation 6.6.4 Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering 6.4.1b Grey Water System - Ballast Connections
System 6.4.2a Sewage (Black Water) Vacuum Units
5.4 General Alarm System - Ship
6.6.5 Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System 6.4.3a Sewage - Black Water System
5.5 Engine Control Room and Machinery Safety
Centre 6.6.6 Sludge System 6.4.3b Sewage Treatment Tank Operation
5.6 Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems 6.6.7 Quick Closing Valve System 6.5.1a Oily Bilge System
Section 5 Illustrations 6.7.1 Air Conditioning Plant 6.5.1b Oily Bilge Water Settling System
5.1a Integrated Monitoring, Alarm and Control 6.7.2 Accommodation Air Conditioning - Services 6.5.2a Oily Water Separator
System (IMACS) 6.7.3 Machinery Space Ventilation 6.5.3a Main Bilge System
5.2a Power Management System 6.7.4 Provision Refrigeration System 6.5.4a Ballast Water System - Deck 1 (Top)
5.2b Diesel Generator PMA 71 Units 6.8 Engine Room Cranes, Hoists and Lifting 6.5.4b Ballast Water System - Deck 1 (Top)
Arrangements
5.3a Screen Displays 6.5.4c Ballast Water System - Inner Deck 1
6.9 Dry Dock Services
5.3b Typical IMACS Symbols 6.5.4d Heeling System
Section 6 Illustrations
5.4a General Alarm System 6.6.1a Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System -
6.1a Emergency Generator
5.5a Engine Control Room Fuel Oil
6.1b Emergency Generator Services
5.6a Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems 6.6.1b Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System -
Section 6 Auxiliary Plant Services 6.2.1a Boilers Fuel Oil
6.2.2a Economiser 6.6.2a Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System -
6.1 Emergency Diesel Generators
6.2.3a Condensate System Diesel Oil
6.2.1 Boilers
6.2.3b Condensate System 6.6.2b Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System -
6.2.2 Economisers
Marine Gas Oil
6.2.3c Condensate System
6.2.3 Boiler Feed and Condensate System
6.6.3a Tank Vents and Overflow System - Starboard
6.2.3d Boiler Feed System
6.2.4 Boiler Fuel Oil System
6.6.3b Tank Vents and Overflow System - Port
6.2.3e Boiler Feed System
6.2.5 Boiler Control System
6.6.3c Tank Vents and Overflow System - Fuel
6.2.4a Boiler Fuel Oil System
6.2.6 Steam and Steam Drain System Tanks
6.2.5a Boiler Control System
6.2.7 Accommodation Steam System 6.6.3d Diesel Generator Vents
6.2.6a Engine Room Steam System
6.2.8 Tank Heating Steam System 6.6.4a Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering
6.2.6b Engine Room Steam System System
6.3.1 Fresh Water Evaporator Plant
6.2.7a Accommodation Steam System 6.6.5a Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System
6.3.2 Distilled Water Transfer System
6.2.7b Accommodation Steam System 6.6.5b Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System
6.3.3 Water Treatment Systems
6.2.7c Accommodation Steam System 6.6.6a Sludge System
6.3.4 Potable Hot Water System in Machinery
Spaces 6.2.8a Tank Heating Steam and Drain System 6.6.7a Quick Closing Valves
6.3.5 Potable Cold Water System in Machinery 6.2.7e Steam Drain System 6.7.1a Air Conditioning Compressor
Spaces 6.2.7f Steam Drain System 6.7.1b Air Conditioning Plant Chilled Water System
6.4.1 Grey Water System 6.2.8a Accommodation Steam System 6.7.1c Air Conditioning Plant Hot Water System
6.4.2 Sewage - Black Water Vacuum Units 6.3.1a Fresh Water Evaporator Plant 6.7.2a Accommodation Air Conditioning - Services
6.4.3 Sewage - Black Water Treatment Units 6.3.2a Distilled Water Transfer System 6.7.3a Machinery Space Ventilation
6.5.1 Oily Bilge System 6.3.2b Distilled Water Transfer System 6.7.4a Provision Plant Chill and Freeze Compressor
6.5.2 Oily Water Separator 6.3.3a Water Treatment System
6.5.3 Main Bilge System 6.3.4a Potable Hot Water System in Machinery 6.7.4b Brine Piping Diagram for Chill and Freeze
6.5.4 Ballast Water and Heeling System Spaces Compressor System
6.5.5 Remote Valve Control System 6.8a Engine Room Lifting Arrangements
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.2 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3
Section 7 Deck Equipment and Services Section 8 Hotel Equipment and Services 9.5.1 GMDSS
7.1 Safety Management System 8.1 Galleys, Pantries and Bars 9.5.2 GMDSS Equipment
7.2 Mooring Arrangements 8.2 Garbage Disposal Equipment 9.5.3 Inmarsat B System
7.3 Windlass and Winches 8.3 Incinerator 9.6 Internal Communication Systems
7.4 Deck Cranes 8.4 Fresh Water Systems 9.7 Propulsion Control
7.5 Steering Gear 8.5 Sewage Treatment and Collection 9.8 Steering Control
7.6 Stabilisers 8.6 Laundry and Dry Cleaning Equipment 9.9 Dynamic Positioning System Control
7.7 Brows Embarkation Ladders 8.7 Swimming Pool Water Systems 9.10 Thruster Control
7.8 Tender Embarkation Platforms 8.8 Lifts 9.11 Bridge Alarm System
7.9 Shell Doors 8.9 Elevator Platforms 9.12 External Sound Equipment
7.10 Davits 8.10 Ving Card System 9.13 Manoeuvring Information
7.11 Lifeboats and Tenders 8.11 Key Lock System 9.14 Crash Stop Procedure
7.12 Liferafts 8.12 Burglar Alarms 9.15 Surveillance Television System
7.13 Window Washing Systems 8.13 Dimmer Systems Section 9 Illustrations
7.14 High Pressure Washing System 8.14 Rigging System 9.1a Bridge Layout: Overhead Consoles
7.15 Draught Monitoring System 8.15 Scandisplay System 9.1b Safety Centre
Section 7 Illustrations 8.16 Television System 9.1c Bridge Layout: Main Consoles
7.1a Safety Management System Section 8 Illustrations 9.1d Bridge Layout: Wing Consoles
7.2a Forward Mooring Arrangements
8.1a Galleys 9.2.1a NACOS System
7.2b Aft Mooring Arrangements
8.2a Garbage Management 9.2.1b Mulipilot Display
7.3a Winch Console
8.3a Incinerators 9.2.1c Mulipilot Control Panel
7.4a Forward Mooring Deck Transverse Beam
8.3b Food Waste System 9.2.1d Conning Display
Crane
8.4a Cold Potable Water Distribution 9.2.2a Bridge Equipment
7.4b Engine Room Stores Transverse Beam Crane
8.4b Hot Potable Water Distribution 9.2.2b Bridge Equipment
7.5a Steering Gear
8.5a Sewage Treatment and Collection 9.2.2c Bridge Equipment
7.5b Steering Gear Actuator
7.6a Stabilisers 8.7a Swimming Pool Filling System 9.3a Navigation and Signal Lights
7.6b Stabiliser Hydraulic System 8.7b Whirlpool System 9.3b Navigation and Signal Light Panels
7.6c Stabiliser Control 8.7c Swimming Pool Water Systems 9.4a Communication Centre
7.7a Brows Embarkation Ladder 8.7d Swimming Pool Water Systems 9.5.1a GMDSS
7.8a Tender Embarkation Platforms 8.8a Lifts 9.5.1b GMDSS Distress Reactions
7.9a Shell Doors 8.9a Elevator Platforms 9.5.2a GMDSS Equipment
7.9b Shell Door Systems 8.10a Ving Card System 9.5.2b GMDSS Equipment
7.10a Davits 8.11a Key Lock System 9.5.2c VHF Handheld Radio
7.10b Davits 8.12a Burglar Alarms 9.5.2d EPIRBs
7.10b Davit Hydraulics Nitrogen Recharging 8.14a Rigging Systems 9.5.3a Inmarsat B Control Handset
7.11a Lifeboats and Tenders 8.15a Scandisplay System 9.6a Automatic Telephone System
7.11b Lifeboats and Tenders 8.16a Television System 9.6b Internal Communication Systems
7.11c Lifeboats and Tenders Section 9 Navigation and Communication Equipment 9.6c Internal Communication Systems
7.12a Liferafts 9.1 Bridge and Safety Centre 9.7a Propulsion Control Stations
7.13a Bridge Window Systems 9.2.1 NACOS Integrated Navigation System 9.8a Steering Control
7.13b Window Washing Systems 9.2.2 Bridge Equipment 9.8b Steering Control
7.14a High Pressure Washing System 9.3 Navigation and Signal Lights 9.9a Thruster Control
7.15a Draught Monitoring System 9.4 Communication Centre 9.11a Bridge Alarm System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.2 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3 Item Issue 1 Issue 2 Issue 3
9.12a External Sound Equipment 10.12b Watertight and Splashtight Doors Decks 1
9.12b Manoevring Information and 2
9.13a Manoeuvring Information 10.12c Watertight and Splashtight Doors Decks 3
and 4
9.15a Surveillance Television System
10.15a Life Saving Equipment Elevation
Section 10 Safety Systems and Equipment
10.15b Life Saving Equipment Decks 5 and 6
10.1 Emergency Shutdown System
10.15c Life Saving Equipment Deck 7
10.2 Low Location Lighting
10.15d Life Saving Equipment Deck 8
10.3 Fire Detection and Alarm System
Section 11 Emergency Procedures
10.4 Fire and Deck Wash System
11.1 Blackout
10.5 High Fog System
11.2 Failure of One Diesel Generator
10.6 CO2 Systems
11.3 Failure of a Propulsion Half Motor
10.7 Fire Fighting Stations
11.4 Failure of One Propulsion System
10.8 Fire Dampers and Fire Doors Component
10.9 Machinery Space Fire Fighting Arrangements 11.5 Watertight Doors Emergency Procedures
10.10 Galley Fire Fighting Arrangements
10.11 Smoke Control Strategy
10.12 Watertight and Splashtight Doors
10.13 Trim and Stability
10.14 Flood Water Removal Systems
10.15 Life Saving Equipment
Section 10 Illustrations
10.1a Emergency Shutdown System
10.2a Low Location Lighting
10.3a Fire Detection Panel
10.3b Fire Detection System
10.4a Fire and Deck Wash System (Port)
10.4b Fire and Deck Wash System (Starboard)
10.5a High Fog System
10.5b High Fog System Distribution
10.6a Machinery Spaces CO2 System
10.6b Local CO2 Systems
10.6c Local CO2 Systems
10.7a Fire Fighting Stations
10.8a Fire Dampers and Fire Doors
10.9a Deck 1 Machinery Space Fire Fighting
Arrangements
10.9b Deck 2 and 3 Machinery Space Fire Fighting
Arrangements
10.9c Deck 4 and 16 Machinery Space Fire
Fighting Arrangements
10.10a Galley Fire Fighting Arrangements
10.12a Watertight and Splashtight Doors
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.2 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.3 Principal Ship Particulars Dimensions Passenger Muster Stations
Length overall: 289.6m Muster control: Crooners bar lounge deck 7
Builders: Fincantieri Length BP: 242.2m
Monfalcone Breadth moulded deck 9: 40.0m A: Princess theatre: 846 passengers 24 guides
Italy Breadth moulded deck 8: 36.0m B: Casino: 422 passengers 12 guides
International summer draught: 8.50 m C: Wheelhouse Bar: 400 passengers 10 guides
Building Number: 6131 Light waterline draught: 8.05m D: Explorers, Crown Grill, Photo Gallery: 1,293 passengers 37 guides
Load line draught: 8.40m E: Club Fusion: 638 passengers 20 guides
Keel Laid: 07.04.2005 Air draught from baseline: 67.4m
Crew Muster Station
Delivered: April 2007 Manoeuvring Equipment
Deck 6 dining room: 682 crew
Engines: 6 diesel generators
IMO Number: 9333151 Propulsion motors: 2 x 21,000kW
Rudders: 2 Zone Commander Headquarters
Call Sign: ZCDP8 Bow thrusters: 3 x 2,200kW Zone co-ordinator: Chart room deck 14
Stern thrusters: 3 x 1,720kW
MMSI Number: 310531000 Zone 1: Crew recreation room deck 8 Telephone 8131
Lifesaving Equipment Zone 2: Conference centre deck 6 Telephone 6238
Official Number: Zone 3: Casino bar deck 6 Telephone 7422
Tenders: 6 Zone 4: Public area supervisor office deck 8 Telephone 8426
Motor lifeboats: 18 Zone 5: Central passenger pantry Telephone 8524
Classification: Lloyds Register of Shipping
Fast rescue boats: 2 Zone 6: Passenger laundrette deck 8 Telephone 8634
+ 100 A1, passenger ship
MES: 4 Zone 7: Maitre D office deck 6 Telephone 6701
MES Additional liferafts: 7
Flag: Bermuda
Registered Owner: Princess Cruise Lines
14, Par le Ville Road
Hamilton
Bermuda
Ship Manager: P&O Princess Cruises UK Ltd
Richmond House
Terminus Terrace
Southampton SO14 3PN
United Kingdom
Complement: Passengers: Maximum 3,740
Crew: Maximum 1,060
Total: 4,800 Maximum
Tonnage: Gross Net
International: 113,651 86,155
Displacement: 53,813t
Service Speed: 22 knots
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.3 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.4 Principal Machinery Particulars Boilers Emergency Alternators
Maker: TEI (Thermal Engineering International) Greens Maker: Van Kaick AVK
Main Diesel Generator Engines Model: Spanner Model: DSG 86 L1-4L
Maker: Wartsila No. of sets: 2 Type: 710V AC, 60Hz, 3 phase, brushless, synchronous
No. of sets: Four/Two Type: Vertical water tube Rated power: 1,312kVA, 1,067A, 1,050kW
Model: 12V46CR/8L46C Capacity: 15,000kg/h at 9 bar Speed: 1,800 rpm
Type: Four-stroke, turbocharged Burner: Steam atomising: HFO operation
Max. power: 12,600kW (MCR)/8,400kW (MCR) Starting Air Compressors
Speed: 514 rpm Diesel Generator Waste Heat Economisers Maker: Sperre
Direction of rotation: Anticlockwise Model: HV2/300A
Maker: TEI Greens
Cylinder bore: 460mm Type: Two stage, water cooled; electric motor driven
Model: Diesecon
Piston stroke: 580mm No. of sets: 2
No. of units: Six: (one for each diesel generator engine)
Capacity: 280m3/h at 30 bar
Type: Finned water tube
Main Diesel Driven Alternators Capacity: 3,300kg/h, 10 bar at 80% MCR for V12 engines
Maker: Lloyd Dynamowerke (LDW) 2,200kg/h, 9.5 bar at 80% MCR for 8 cyl. engines General Service Air Compressors
Type: AC, 3 phase, synchronous, 14 pole Maker: Ingersol-Rand
Model: S5E1400M60-14SE Air Conditioning Machinery Model: SSR MM37GD
Rated power: 15,300kVA, 11,000V, 60Hz, 12,400kW Type: Single stage screw
Maker: York Refrigeration
No. of sets: 4 No. of sets: 2
No. of sets: 4
Capacity: 280m3/h at 8.5 bar
Chiller unit type: Centrifugal YDHA-90DD
Maker: Lloyd Dynamowerke (LDW)
Capacity: 6,374kW
Type: AC, 3 phase, synchronous, 14 pole Steering Gear
Electric motor: 11,000V, 1,500kW, 3,570 rpm
Model: S5E1400 M54-14SE
Maker: Rolls Royce
Serial No.: XA274E: 402-552 XA274F: 402-553
Provision Refrigeration Machinery No. of sets: 2
Rated power: 10,200kVA, 11,000V, 60Hz, 8,400kW
Model: Frydenbo RV 1050-3
No. of sets: 2 Maker: GEA-Grasso
Type: Electro-hydraulic rotary vane
No. of sets: 2 frozen, 2 chilled
Compressor model: L2 TMP-TM90 (frozen)
Propulsion Motors Evaporators
G3 TMP-TE130 (chilled)
Maker: Lloyd Dynamowerke (LDW) Brine capacity: 100m3/h at 6kg/cm2 (frozen) Maker: Serck
Works No.: 03 4017 38m3/h at 6kg/cm2 (chilled) Type: MSF 740/7
Type: Synchronous, 14/28 pole No. of sets: 3
Model: S5L2000M66-16SA+WK Capacity: 740 tonnes/day
Emergency Diesel Generators
Serial No.s: 05-402 643 (S) 05-402 642 (P)
Rated: 21MW, 2 x 4,250V, 2 x 1,565A Maker: Caterpillar
No. of sets: 2 Stabilisers
Rated speed: 0 - 150 rpm
Rated frequency: 0 - 20Hz Model: 3512 Maker: Fincantieri S.p.a.
No. of units: 2 Type: Four-stroke, 12 cylinder V-type, turbocharged Type: Electro-hydraulic folding fin
Maximum power: 1,125kW Model: SRO-5-215
Speed: 1,800 rpm Main hydraulic motor: 104kW
Emergency motor: 8.7kW
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.4 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.5 Ship’s general arrangement: deck plans
Illustration 1.5a General Arrangement: Elevation
EMERALD PRINCESS
EMERALD PRINCESS
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388
Funnel
Golf Simulator
Deck 19
Over Lift Machinery
Disco
Deck 18 Run Lift Machinery
Children Area AC Station AC Station Sun Deck
Deck 17 Pool
Fan Steam/
Sabatinis Em Gen Room Room Pantry Saunas Pool Aerobics
Deck 16
Aft Lower Indoor Central Lower Central Lido Area
Scullery Pantry Bar Foyer Fore Lido Area Pantry Passenger Cabin Thermal Suite
Deck 15 Cafe Indoor Cafe Passenger Cab.
Pool AC
Passenger
. Cabin Lido Galley Passenger AC Station Pool Pantry Foyer Pool Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Wheelhouse
Deck 14 Station
Hotel Launderette Hotel
Suite Passenger Cabin Cabin Passenger Cabin Pantry Foyer Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Captain's Suite
Lifts
Deck 12 Store Store
Bell Box El. Pantry Passenger Cabin Officer Cabin/Suites
Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Foyer Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin
Engine Casing
Engine Casing
Deck 11 Suite Lkr
Hotel Passenger Launderette
Suite Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Pantry Foyer Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Officer Cabin/Suites
Stairs
Store AC
Lifts
Lifts
Deck 10
Stairs
Passenger Launderette Hotel Station Passenger Passenger
Store Passenger Cabin Pantry Foyer AC Station
Cabin Cabin AC Station
Deck 9
Lifts
Lifts
Pool
Stairs
Passenger AC Station AC Station
AC Station Hotel Passenger
Passenger Cabin Launderette AC Station Pantry Foyer Passenger Cabin Crew Recreation
Lifts
Store Cabin
Stairs
Deck 8
Trunk
Trunk
Aft Lounge Steakhouse Cabaret Arcade Foyer Wheelhouse Bar Pantry Crew Cabin Fore Mooring Area
Main Theatre
Trunk
Deck 7
Trunk
Aft Dining Room Main Galley Fore Upper Rest. Foyer Casino Meeting Room Crew Cabin Bosun Workshop
Stairs
Deck 6 Chain
Elec. Alleyway Locker
Aft Mooring Mess Room Main Galley Fore Lower Rest. Foyer Art Gallery Pantry Passenger Cabin Stage Pit Crew Cabin Bosun Store
Deck 5 Gear
Sub Uphol. Sub Crew Sub
Escape
Prov. Prov. E.C.R Crew Office ES Hospital Crew Cabin Stairs Crew Cabin
El. Lkr
Embark Baggage Embarkation
Stairs
Deck 4 station Shop station Off. station
Steering Aft Switch Crew Cabin Stairs Crew
Prov. Prov. Crew Cabin Crew Cabin Crew Cabin
Stairs
Deck 3 Gear Bd Room Cabin
PEM Purifier Main Main Bow Thruster
Aft Thruster DG Room DG Room Crew Cabin Store FO FO PW Room
Deck 2 Room Auxiliary Room Evaporators F.O. Laundry Laundry
Fwd Switch Settling Auxiliary
Room Bd Room Stabiliser Potable Water Fore
Deck 1 Auxiliary Machinery AC Compressor Room PW PW PW
Machinery Peak
BW BW Feed
BW BW Tech. W Water FO FO BW BW BW BW BW BW BW
ZONE 7 ZONE 6 ZONE 5 ZONE 4 ZONE 3 ZONE 2 ZONE 1
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 380 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 1 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5b General Arrangement Decks 17, 18 and 19
Deck 17
Paddling Pool Deck Locker Aft Engine Casing
Up Dn
Dn H
Up AC
Dn Locker Lift Machinery AC
Station
AC Health Centre Station Radar
Up Station
Lift Dn Electrical
Up
Lift Lift Sun Terrace Locker
Dn Up
Pool Stairs Store
Dn Up
Lift Lift Store
Up Electrical
Lift Dn
Locker
Video Arcade AC AC Radar
Station
Dn
Toilet Lift Machinery Station
Up
Dn
Dn
Up
Jacuzzi Fire Locker Electrical Locker
Zone 7
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324
Deck 18 Deck 19
Electrical Locker
Toilet Gents
Dn
Dn
AC Station Up Dn
Dn
Lift Dn Lift Machinery
Dn Lift Machinery Golf Simulator
Lift Over Run Lift Machinery
Disco Mini Golf Area
Lift Over Run Lift Machinery
Golf Simulator
Lift Dn Lift
AC Station AC Station
Cold Room Up Dn
Dn Jogging Track
Dn
Toilet Ladies
Pantry
-12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104108 112 232 236 240 244 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104108 112
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 2 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5c General Arrangement: Deck 16
Cold Room Aft Engine Casing Emergency DG Room Fore Engine Casing Condenser Room
Up
AC Station
Up Galley Fan Room Outdoor Health Club Up Up
Sabatinis
Lift Up Battery AC Station
Machinery Room CO2 Room Fan Room
Dn
Electrical Locker
Dn Over
Lift Emergency
Up Electrical Run Lift Over Run
Up DG Room Dn
Locker
Lift Dn Lift Over
Lamp Store Fan Run
Stairs Emergency AC Station Room Lift Machinery
Over
Lift Dn
Lift Switchboard Room
Up
Run
Dn
Up Emergency Acetylene Over Lift Over Run
Lift DG Room Run
Dn Store
AC Band Stand Locker
Dn
Lift Station Fan Room AC Station
Machinery Store
Toilet Fan Room
Up Pantry Outdoor Health Club Up Up
Store
AC Station Oxygen Medical Oxygen
Up
Store Store
Cold Room Electrical Conference Gas and Emergency Fire Station
Locker Room Oil Tank DG Room Zone 6
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 11 2 11 6 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168
Control Room Steam Sauna Female Changing Room
Beauty Salon Massage Rest Area Exercise Equipment
Outdoor Health Club
H Lecture and
Dn Wedding
Up Chapel Store Store
Dn
Deck Locker Dn H
Lift Lift
Aerobics Studio
Lift Over Run Lift Lift Dn
Pool Pool Bar Stairs Gymnasium Store
Band
Stand and Dn
Lift Over Run Pantry Lift Lift
Pool Store
Lift Lift Dn
Cold Room
The Lotus Spa
Dn Up
Male
Scuba Changing Room
Outdoor Health Club Locker
Reception
Entrance to the Lotus Spa Steam Sauna Hair Salon Manicure and Pedicure Gymnasium
168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 3 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5d General Arrangement: Deck 15 Toilet Gents Buffet Locker Locker Cold Room
Dn
Cafe Caribe
Pool Machinery
Outdoor Health Club
Up
Up
Dn Up
Dn Cooking Area
Lift Up
Aft Indoor Cafe Up Up
Lift Dn Lift Lift
Bar Scullery Stairs Pantry Scullery
Dn
Lift Lift
Cold Up
Room Up Central Lower Up
Lift Dn Indoor Cafe
Dn
Up Up
Up
Outdoor Health Club
Pool Machinery
Cooking Area Toilet Cafe Caribe
Dn
Electrical Locker Toilet Ladies Buffet Locker Buffet Locker Electrical Locker
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144
Cold Room Bar and Distribution Counter Cold Room Garbage Store Steam Room
Oven
Outdoor Health Club
Up
Pizza Counter
Pantry
Dn H Store
Lift Lift Lift Lift Up Dn
Dn Small Up
Dn Lift Pantry Lift Lift Dn Up
Up
Stairs Main Pool Stairs AC Station Electrical Locker
Hall Pantry AC
Dn
Dn Lift Lift Lift Station
Dn Up
Pantry Up 15.2
Lift Lift Lift Lift Dn
Up
Up Grill
Outdoor Health Club
Store
Store
Toilet Toilet Toilet Hotel Store Pool and Jacuzzi Machinery Heated Loungers Sauna
148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 4 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5e General Arrangement: Deck 14
Aft Engine Casing Passenger Launderette Fore Engine Casing Central Pantry
Dn
Up
Hotel Store
Trolley Locker
Up
Electrical Locker Dn
Up Lift Up Lift Up Lift Lift
Cold Dn
Up
Lift Lift Lift Room Dn
Lift
Dn AC Station Up
Aft Pool AC Station Stairs Lido Galley AC Station Pool Pit Stairs Jacuzzi
Dn Up Machinery
Lift Lift Hotel Dn Lift
Up
Dn
Up Up Store
AC Station Lift Lift Up Lift Lift
Dn
Up
AC Station
Up
Dn
Electrical Locker Lift Over Run Cold Room Pool and Jacuzzi Machinery Electrical Locker
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168
Hotel Locker Garbage Store Electrical Locker Senior First Officer’s Office
Bridge Electrical
Locker
Bridge UPS
AC Station
Safety Systems
Dn
AC Station Lift Lift Up Electrical Locker
Up
Lift Lift Dn Safety
Dn Up Centre Wheel
Pool Pit AC Station Stairs AC Station
House
Dn
Lift Lift
Up
Up Chart
Lift Lift Room
Dn
Toilet
Pantry
Secretary/Deck
Office
Electrical Locker Fire Locker Zone 3 Staff Captain’s Office Lift Machinery
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 5 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5f General Arrangement: Deck 12
Pool Machinery Electrical Locker Hotel Store Electrical Locker Fore Engine Casing Central Pantry Linen Chute
Dn
Up
Dn
Lift Lift Up Lift Lift
Up
Dn
Up
Lift Lift
Dn Lift
Dn Up
Technical AC Station Stairs Trunk Stairs Technical
Space Dn Up Space
Lift Lift Lift Hotel Dn Lift
Up Dn
Up Store
Lift Lift Up Lift Lift
Dn
Up
Dn
Lift Machinery Trolley Wash Passenger Launderette Electrical Locker
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168
Garbage Store Pantry Electrical Locker
Chief Technical
Dn Officer’s Suite
Lift Lift Up
Up
Lift Lift Dn Captain's
Dn Up
Suite
AC Station AC Station Lift
Dn
Lift Lift Captain's
Up
Up
Office
Lift Lift
Dn
Passenger
Services Director
Suite
Electrical Locker Hotel Store Electrical Locker
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 6 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5g General Arrangement: Deck 11
Hotel Locker Aft Engine Casing Lift Over Run Technical Space Electrical Locker Central Pantry Linen Chute
Dn
Up
Dn
Lift Lift Up Lift
Up
Dn
Up Dn
Lift Lift Bell Box Lift
Dn Up
AC Station Stairs Galley AC Station Stairs
Dn Up
Lift Lift Lift Hotel Dn Lift
Up Passenger Dn
Up Launderette Store
Lift Lift Up Lift
Dn
Up
Dn
Hotel Locker Store Fore Engine Casing Pool Machinery Electrical Locker
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160
Technical Space Hotel Store Garbage Store Electrical Locker
Staff Captain
Cabin
Dn
Lift Lift Lift
Up
Up Dn
Lift Lift Staff Engineer
Dn Up
Cabin
Technical AC Station AC Station Stairs AC Station Lift
Space Dn
Lift Lift SETO
Up
Up Cabin
Lift Lift Lift
Dn
Cruise Director
Cabin
Locker Electrical Locker Officers Launderette
160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 7 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5h General Arrangement: Deck 10
Hotel Locker Aft Engine Casing Electrical Locker Fore Engine Casing Central Pantry Linen Chute
Up Dn
Dn
Lift Lift Up Lift
Up
Dn
Up
Lift Lift AC Station Dn
Lift
Dn Lift Up
AC Station Stairs Stairs
Dn Up
Lift Lift Lift Lift
Up Store Dn
Dn
Up
Lift Lift Up Lift
Dn
Up Dn
Hotel Locker Electrical Locker Hotel Store Trolley Wash Electrical Locker
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160
Garbage Store Hotel Locker
Staff/First Purser
Food and
Beverage Office
Dn
Lift Lift Lift Up Staff Engineer
AC Station Up
Lift Lift Dn
Dn Up
AC Station Stairs AC Station Lift Store
Hotel
Dn
Store Lift Lift Up
Lift
Up Senior First
Lift Lift Dn Officer
Staff / First Purser
Administration
Hotel Store Electrical Locker Passenger Launderette Electrical Locker Electrical Locker Electrical Locker
160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 8 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5i General Arrangement: Deck 9
Laundry Engine Casing Hotel Locker Fore Engine Casing Central Pantry Electrical Locker
Up
Dn
Dn
Lift Lift Up Lift Lift
AC Up AC
Up Hotel Dn
Station Lift Lift Lift Station Dn Lift
Dn Store Up
Stairs Ice Station Stairs Fire Locker
Dn
Lift
Up Zone 4
Lift Lift Trolley Wash Hotel Dn Lift
Up AC Dn
Up Station Store
Lift Dn
Lift Up Lift Lift
Dn
Up
Electrical Locker Laundry Electrical Locker Electrical Locker
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180
Locker Garbage Store Electrical Locker
Dn
Dn Dn
Dn Hotel AC Dn
Lift Lift Up
Store Station
Up Dn
Lift Lift Dn
Dn
Stage Up
Crew
Stairs Tower Lift Stairs
Pool
Hotel Dn
Lift Lift
AC AC Store Up AC Dn
Station Station Up Station
Lift Lift Dn Dn
AC Dn Dn
Dn
Station
Dn
Electrical Locker Fire Locker Zone 2 Electrical Locker Electrical Locker
180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 9 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5j General Arrangement: Deck 8 Electrical Locker Electrical Locker Linen Chute Public Area Supervisor's Office
Up
Dn
Dn
Lift Up
Aft Lift Fore Up Lift Lift
Up Engine Hotel Passenger Engine Central Dn AC
Dn
Lift Dn Lift Casing Lift Store Launderette Casing Pantry Lift Station
Up
Dn Up
AC Station Stairs Up Ice Station AC Station Stairs
Dn Up
Lift Dn Lift Lift Hotel Lift
Trolley Wash Dn
Trunk Up Store Dn
Up
Lift Dn Lift AC Station Up
Lift Lift
Dn
Up
Electrical Locker Electrical Locker
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180
Garbage Store Electrical Locker Zone 1 Fire Station Pantry
Dry Store
Dn
Crew
Bar
Dn
Lift Lift Toilet Ladies
Up
Dn
Up Toilet Gents
Lift Lift Dn Stage
Up Dance
AC Station AC Station Stairs AC Station Fly Lift Up
Technical Tower Up Floor
Dn
Space Hotel Lift Lift
Up
Store Dn Cold Room
Up Crew Recreation
Lift Lift Dn
Crew Library
Gymnasium
Dn
Electrical Locker Electrical Locker Locker Accommodation Office
180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 10 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5k General Arrangement: Deck 7
Lifeboat Hydraulic Station Cold Store Toilets Gents Cold Room Electrical Locker Photo Workshop Lifeboat Hydraulic Station Toilets Ladies Electrical Locker
Dn Up Up
Dn
Cold Room
Toilets Cold Room
Band Stand Pantry
Disable Galley Electrical Locker
Pantry
Up
After Lounge Dn Up
Lift Up Dn Lift Lift
Dance Floor Up Dn
Pantry Lift Lift Lift
Dn Up
Aft Engine Steak House Fore Engine Cabaret Lounge
Stairs Casing Atrium
Casing
Dn Up
Lift Up
Lift Dn
Lift
Bar
Up Dn
Lift Dn Lift Lift
Up
Pantry Up
Control Booth
Photo Gallery Shops
Up Dn
Dn Up Up
Lifeboat Hydraulic Station Electrical Locker Toilet Ladies Photo Workshop Electrical Locker Lifeboat Hydraulic Station
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196
Electrical Locker Hotel Store Lifeboat Hydraulic Station Telephone Exchange Hotel Locker
Up Jacuzzi Machinery
Up Up
Dn
Power Pack
Toilet Dn Room
Library
Cold Up Dressing
Grill
Room Up Room Pool
Up
Machinery
Dn
Lift Up
Pub/Wheelhouse Bar Up
Lift Up
Bar Dn Dn
Pantry Dn
Stairs Theatre Lift Forward Mooring
Dn Station
Dn
Scullery Lift Up
Up
Up Light and Sound Winch
Lift Lift Dn Control Room Starter
Electrical
Up
Up Locker
Limelight Store
Boutique Arcade Toilet
Power Pack
Dn Room
Up Up
Up Freon Recharging
Station
CO2 Store
Electrical Locker Theatre Store Lifeboat Hydraulic Station Theatre Dimming/Rigging Equipment Electrical Locker Locker
196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 11 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5l General Arrangement: Deck 6
Electrical Pastry Pastry Electrical Wine Electrical Toilet Toilet Store
Locker Distribution Aft Distribution Forward Locker Station Locker Gents Ladies Excursion Office
Up Dn Dn
Beverage Up
Scullery Station
Shops
Linen
Dish
Locker Cold
Washing Area
Aft Engine Casing Pot Room Up
Wash Dn
Dn Up
Lift Area Lift Lift
Up Dn
Ladies Lift Up Dn
Lift Cold Room Lift
Dn Up
Dn
Fore Engine Restaurant Stairs Atrium Reception
Stairs
Casing Up Desk
Lift Hot Lift
Aft Dining Room Gents Lift Up Dn
Up Galley Dn
Lift Lift Lift
Up Dn
Up
Dish
Maitre D Medical
Washing Area
Office Locker
Scullery Wine Ice and Shops
Station Up
Garde Manger Water
Up and Fruit Station
Dn
Electrical Locker Electrical Locker Cold Room Cold Room Store
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196
Electrical Locker Electrical Workshop PA Amplifier CO2 Locker Electrical Locker
Theatre Carpenter’s
Toilet Store Workshop
Spirits and Gents Communication Up Up
Cigars Centre
P.A. Joiner
Up UPS Dressing Workshop
Slot Technical Room
Workshop Up
Dn
Casino Accounts Lift Lift Up
Up
Main Cash Office Up Dn
Lift Chain
Dn Meeting Up
Locker
Casino Projector Bosun
Cage Stairs Theatre Stage Lift
Room Chain Workshop
SAP Accounts Casino Dn Up
Lift Dn Locker
Bar Up
Up
Casino Accounts Up
Lift Lift Dn
Theatre Up
Dn
Vault Substation Store Paint
Up
Concierge Office Store
Theatre
Store
Up
Computer Up
Toilet Up
Centre Daily Store
SAP Passenger Ladies Store
Relations
First Purser Admin. Casino Manager’s Cruise Director’s Cruise Staff
Electrical Locker Office Office Office CO2 Locker Electrical Locker
196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 12 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5m General Arrangement: Deck 5 Electrical Ice and Water Electrical International Cold
Locker Station Locker Cafe Room
Cold Up
Officer's Self Room Wine Pantry
Up Toilets
Service Buffet Station
Dn Officer's
Mess Bakery Cold Bar
Toilet Rooms
Officer's
Pastry Pastry Distribution Electrical Locker
Staff Mess Mess Pantry Dishwashing
Soup and Area
Vegetable Up
Electrical Locker Over Up Pantry Dn Lift Lift
Up
Run Hot Galley Dn
Lift Up
Lift
Dn Restaurant
Aft Mooring Aft Engine Cold
Crew Mess Toilet Stairs Foyer Atrium
Station Casing Room Up
Lift Fore Engine Lift
Over Main Galley Dn
Pot Wash Area Casing Dn
Vent Run Up
Lift Lift
Dishwashing
Cold Area
Room Electrical Locker
P.O Mess P.O Mess Ice and Water Internet Cafe
Station
Cold Garde and
Crew Galley Rooms Fruit Pantry
Lift Up
Rope Store Toilet Galley Electrical Substation Lift Machinery Store Travel Centre Seafood/Wine Bar
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196
Electrical Locker Corridor Forward Public Stairs Alleyway Passenger Launderette Hotel Locker
Hotel Locker
Locker
Glass
Dn
Lift Lift Store
Up
Small Up
Dn
Pantry Lift Lift Dn Chain
Up
Art Stage Pit Locker Rope
Gallery Lift
General Admin. Chain Store
Dn Up Up
Hotel Services Lift Lift Up Locker
Up
Lift Lift Dn
Up
Future Cruise Sales
Hotel Secretary
Passenger Services
Director Electrical Locker
Passenger Admin. Electrical Locker Boutique Manager Hotel Locker Small Locker
196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 13 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5n General Arrangement: Deck 4
Staff First Purser Electric Substation Electrical Locker Main Fire Locker Zone 6 Corridor Office Pantry Hotel Locker Fire Locker Zone 4
CTO Technical Dn
Electrical Photo Printing Office Dn
Cold Cold Cold Workshop Shop Shop Technical
Up
Room Room Room Library
Escape Embarkation
Mooring Dn
Winch Starters Dn Dn Area
Food & Beverage
Electrical Locker
Stairs Up
Lift Lift Lift
Cold Escape Up Engine Control
Room Escape Engine Electric Dn Over
Lift Casing Lift Room Lift
Dn
UPS UPS Sub- Up Run
Electrical Locker HWD Battery Battery station Engine Main Hall
Dn Up UPS Casing Up Over
Lift Lift Lift
Provision Room Run
Escape Cold Room Main Fire
Master Office Plumber Crew
Lift MSCC Locker Lift Lift
Workshop Office Up
Zone 5
Embarkation Incinerator Room Alleyway Electrical Locker
Area Alleyway Embarkation
Cold Cold HWD Area
Escape
Room Room
Escape
Cart Refrigerated
Garbage Down
Cold Room Wash Garbage
Dn Sorting
Store
Electric Substation Pulper Wash Florist’s Cold Room Bunker Station Electric Substation
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
ICU Ward Electric Substation Corridor Hotel Store Embarkation Electrical Locker Small Electrical Locker
2B
Dn Ward Tailor
Workshop
Dn
Ward
5
Dn Dn
Dn Dn
Laboratory
NI Consult Room 2B
Examination Room Ward Dn Electric
Platform Lift Lift
Passenger Waiting Room Up Substation
Store Up
Lift Lift Dn Up
Dispensary
Op. Fwd Dn
N2 Consulting Room Theatre Baggage Public Lift
HWD Dn
Embarkation Stairs
Toilet Lift Lift
Up
Electric Up
Substation Platform Lift Lift
HWD
Workshop Alleyway Alleyway
Embarkation
Crew
Dn
Dn Laundrette
Lift
Electrical
Locker
X Ray Developing Room Senior Doctor Corridor Electric Locker Locker
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 14 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5o General Arrangement: Deck 3 White Wine and Chef’s Decorative Butter Cheese Aft Switchboard Fore Switchboard Propulsion Converter Hand. Lift Embarkation
Champagne Store Caviar Room Room Room
Dn
Red Wine
Liqueurs Engine Aft Purifier Up
Tobacco Transformer Room Up
Escape Room Escape
Beer Sodas
Mineral Water Escape Up
Up
Up
Escape
Steering Platform
Machinery Up
Gear Escape
Salami, Pate Fore Diesel Lift
Escape Bread, Eggs Up Over Over Generator Room Dn
Run Aft Run
PEM Up
Electrical Escape Platform Engine Room Dn
Locker Corridor
Casing
Up Over Over Escape
Escape Run Run
Bananas Escape Dry Store Dn
Platform
Escape Up Escape
Escape
Fresh
Fruit Dry Incinerator
Store Room Engine Workshop
Up
Aft Evaporators
Up Room Room
Dn
Steering Milk Corridor Engine Transformer
Gear Products Room Hand. Lift Embarkation
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
Embarkation Platform Hand. Lift Embarkation
Escape Escape Escape
Escape Fire Gear
Store
Up
Up
Dn
Dn Dn Up
Up Up
Down
Up
Lift Up
Dn
Up Lift Dn
Lift Up
Escape
Dn
Up
Escape
Up
Thruster
Escape
Room
Crew
Launderette
Escape Escape
Embarkation Platform Hand. Lift Embarkation
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 15 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5p General Arrangement: Deck 2
Laundry Chemical Fuel Oil Gas-tight Door
Store Service Tank and Steel Bulkhead
Up
Aft Propulsion Dn Laundry
Converter Dn
Engine Purifier Up Up Wash / Drying
Propulsion Room Forward
Up Transformer Room Area Escape
Converter Purifier
Room Dn Dn Up
Room
Up Room Valet Lubricating Oil
Escape Escape Area Storage Tank
P.E.M. Dn Up Escape Dirty
Up Lubricating Oil
Escape Room Fuel Oil Linen Lift
Aft Renovating Tank
Settling Room
Auxiliary Aft Forward Lubricating Oil
Aft Room Diesel Generator Aft Diesel Generator Tank Up
Storage Tank
Room Evaporator Evaporator
Thruster Room Receiving
Propulsion Stainless Room
Room Room Escape
Esc Transformer Steel Pulper Fuel Oil Escape Up Area
Room Drain Tank Dn Settling
Escape Dn Dn Up Tank Lift Diesel Oil
Up
Ironing Tanks
Escape
Dn
Area Trolley
Propulsion Parking
Dn Dn Hatch Escape
Converter Propulsion Area
Incinerator
Room Aft Escape Converter
Room Up
Evaporator Room Dispatch
Room Area
Engine Transformer Engine Room Electrical Substation Fuel Oil
Room Workshop Zone 5 Service Tank
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
Forward Sewage
Collection Room
Hotel Store Escape
Hotel Down
Uniform
Store Forward Sewage
New Linen
Treatment Room
Up Up
Up
Fuel Oil Potable Escape
Potable Water
Water Potable Water Void
Platform
Fuel Oil
Hotel Lift Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water
Store Up
Bow Thruster Room
Up Fore Peak
Hotel Store
Potable Water Escape
Keeper Lift Potable Water Potable Water
Fuel Oil Escape
Platform
Potable Potable Water Void
Water Potable Water Escape
Fuel Oil
Escape Escape
Up
Up Forward Sewage
Escape Shop Treatment Room
Shop
Store Down
Store Escape
Forward Sewage
Collection Room
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 16 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.5q General Arrangement: Deck 1 Engine
Engine Transformer Room Sea Chest Spare Gear
Up Fuel Oil
Forward Midship
Escape Purifier Up Fuel Oil Service Auxiliary Room General / Machine
Up Room Module Room Tank Workshop
Up
Escape Bilge Oil Void Space
Up Storage
Tank
Up
Over Lubricating Oil
Escape Fuel Oil
Run Renovating Tank
Settling
PEM Evaporator Tank Domestic Lubricating Oil
Aft Diesel Room Fore Diesel Room Escape Refrigeration Storage Tank
Void Aft Auxiliary Room Aft Thruster Room
Generator Room Generator Room Compressor
Escape Fuel Oil Room Lubricating Oil
Up
Settling Renovating Tank
Up Over
Tank
Up Run
Up Oily Bilge Gas Oil Tank
Fuel Oil
Settling Tank
Service Gas Oil Tank
Tank
Incinerator Up
Up
Auxiliary Room Escape Electrical Spare Gear
Engine Store
Keeper Office
Rag Store
Pulper Drain Sea Chest Sample Analysis
Collection Tank Room
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
Stabiliser Heeling Pump
Sea Chest Room
Escape
Heeling Tank Up
Potable
Escape Water
Fuel Oil Tank Potable Potable
Water Water Up
Escape
Potable Water Void
Fuel Oil Tank Over Potable
Potable Water Potable Water
Run Water Potable Water
AC Compressor Fresh Water Ballast
Room Pump Room Sewage Treatment Plant Corridor Double Bottom Fore Peak
Over Potable Potable Water
Run Potable Water Potable Water
Fuel Oil Tank Water
Potable Potable Water Void
Potable Up
Water Water
Fuel Oil Tank
Escape Potable
Escape Escape Water
Heeling Tank Up
Sea Chest
Heeling Pump
Stabiliser Room
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392 396 400
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.5 - Page 17 of 17
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.6 Ship’s general arrangement: tank plans and capacities
Illustration 1.6a General Arrangement: Tank Plans FO Tank DB No.12 - Port
Void Space No.4 FO Service Tank No.16 (Port) FO Tank DB No.13 - Port
FO DB No.9 (Port) LO DG Storage Tank No.1 - Port FO Tank DB No.14 - Stbd
FO Settling Tank No.17 (Port) LO DG Storage Tank No.2 - Port
FO DB No.10 (Central) FO Settling Tank No.18 (Stbd) FO Tank DB No.15 - Stbd
FO DB No.11 (Stbd) GO Settling Tank No.1 (Stbd)
Heeling Tank No.3 - Port FO Service Tank No.19 (Stbd) GO Service Tank No.1 (Stbd) Potable Water
Sea Water CO DB
(2226) Pulper Drain Collecting Oily Bilge Renovated LO Tank No.11 - Port
No.2 (Central) Ballast DB No.13 - Port
Heeling Tank No.4 - Stbd Deep Tank Settling Tank Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water Tank
Void Space No.3 Ballast DB No.14 - Stbd
(2136) Tank No.12 - Stbd Tank No.3 - Port Tank No.5 - Stbd No.5 - Stbd
Sea Water CO DB FO Overflow DB Sludge Bilge Holding Sea Water CO Heeling Tank No.1 - Port Balance Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water Tank
No.3 (Central) Oily Bilge DB Tank Tank DB No.1 - Central Heeling Tank No.2 - Stbd
Deck 6 S/S Pipe Tank No.4 - Port Tank No.6 - Stbd No.6 - Stbd
Deck 5
Deck 4
Deck 3
Deck 2
Deck 1 Ballast Fore
Peak
Void Space
Void Space LW Drain Tank (Port) Balance Balance Valves WB or GW Ballast DB No.2 - Central
No.6 Void Space
Void Space Void Space Void Space No.3 LW Drain Tank (Stbd) Valves WB or Galley GW No.9 - Port No.7 - Port
Void Space No.4 Ballast DB No.3 - Port
No.10 No.9 No.8 No.7 Galley GW No.10 - Port WB or GW
DO DB Tank (Central) Ballast DB No.4 - Stbd
Void Space Ballast DB No.17 - Port Galley GW No.11 - Stbd No.7 - Stbd
DO DB Tank (Stbd)
No.5 Ballast DB No.18 - Stbd WB or Galley GW No.12 - Stbd Potable Water Tank Ballast DB No.1 - Central
Distilled Water DB
No.1 (Port) Void Space No.2 No.7 - Port
Ballast DB No.15 - Port
FW Res. DB No.1 (Port) FO Tank DB No.5 - Port WB or GW No.5 - Port Potable Water Tank
Ballast DB No.16 - Stbd
DO DB Tank FO Tank DB No.6 - Port WB or GW No.6 - Stbd No.10 - Stbd
FO Tank DB No.1 - Port
Void Space No. 4 Void Space FO Tank DB No.7 - Stbd
FO Tank DB No.2 - Port Potable Water Tank No.8 - Port
No.2 FO Tank DB No.8 - Stbd
FO Tank DB No.3 - Stbd Potable Water Tank No.9 - Stbd Elevation
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 82 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392
FO Tank Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water
LO DG No.13 - Port Tank No.11 - Port Tank No.8 - Port Tank No.4 - Port
FO Settling Tank FO Service Tank ST Tank No.1 - Port (1216) (5205) (5214) (5213)
Heeling Tank No.3 - Port No.17 - Port No.16 - Port (3209)
(2226) (1230) (1220) LO DG FO Tank Potable Water
ST Tank No.2 - Port No.12 - Port Tank No.7 - Port Potable Water
Void
(3219) (1206) (5204) Tank No.3 - Port Potable Water
(5203) Tank No.1 - Port
(5202) Ballast Fore Peak
(6000)
Deck 2
Potable Water
Potable Water Tank No.2 - Stbd
FO Tank Potable Water Tank No.6 - Stbd (5112)
GO Service Tank Renovated LO No.15 - Stbd Tank No.10 - Stbd (5133)
Heeling Tank No.4 - Starboard Pulper Drain Collecting FO Service Tank No.1 - Starboard Tank (3129) (1136) (5134)
(2136) Deep Tank (2104) No.19 - Starboard (0119) Deck 2
(1150) GO Settling Tank FO Tank Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water
FO Settling Tank
No.18 - Starboard No.1 - Starboard No.14 - Stbd Tank No.12 - Stbd Tank No.9 - Stbd Tank No.5 - Stbd
(1140) (0109) (1126) (5115) (5124) (5123)
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 82 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.6 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.6b General Arrangement: Tank Plans
FO Settling Tank LO DG ST Tank LO DG ST Tank Potable Water Potable Water
No.17 - Port (1230) No.1 - Port (3209) No.2 - Port (3219) Tank No.11 - Port Tank No.3 - Port
(5205) (5203)
FO Service Tank Heeling Tank Potable Water
No.16 - Port (1220) Gas Oil No.1 - Port Tank No.7 - Port Potable Water
Sludge Tank Tank (7209) (5204) Potable Water
(2206) Tank No.4 - Port
(Under) (1200) Tank No.8 - Port
(5213)
(5214)
Potable Water
Ballast DB No.1
FO Tank No.12 - Port Tank No.1 - Port
Centre (6001) Ballast Fore
(1206) (5202)
Peak (6000)
FO Tank No.13 - Port
(1216)
Renovated FO Tank No.14 - Stbd
LO (3129) (1126)
FO Tank No.15 - Stbd Potable Water
(1136) Tank No.2 - Stbd
(5112)
Potable Water Potable Water
Bilge Holding Tank DO Settling Tank Tank No.9 - Stbd Tank No.5 - Stbd
FO Service Tank (1239) No.1 - Stbd (0109) (5124)
Pulper Drain Collecting Potable Water (5123)
No.19 - Stbd (1150)
Deep Tank (2104) Tank No.10 - Stbd
Heeling Tank Potable Water Deck 1 Top
FO Settling Tank (5134)
Oily Bilge Settling DO Service Tank No.2 - Stbd Tank No.6 - Stbd
No.18 - Stbd (1140)
Tank (1110) No.1 - Stbd (0119) (2116) (5133)
Potable Water
-24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 82 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392
Distilled Water
Fresh Water DB No.1 Port FO DB No.1 WB Or Galley GW
Void Space For
Reservoir Port (1208) No.9 - Port (6206)
Stabiliser
DB No.1 Port DE LO Tank
Inspection (8238)
Fuel Oil No.1 Port
DB No.10 Central Gas Oil DB No.1 Central Heeling Tank No.1 WB Or Galley GW
Sea Water CO DB Ballast DB No.17 Sea Water CO DB Port (2206) No.5 - Port (6204)
No.3 - Centre (8063) Ballast DB No.15 No.1 - Centre (6007)
Port (6209)
DE LO Tank Sea Water CO DB Port (6208) WB Or Galley GW
Void Space Fuel Oil
DB No.9 Port No.2 Port No.2 - Central (6011) No.7 - Port (6205)
No.7 (8084) WB Or Galley GW
Void Space
Void Space No.3 - Port (6203)
No.1 (8315)
No.8 (8095)
Void Space Ballast DB No.13 Ballast DB No.2 Ballast Fore
No.10 (8027) Port (6207) Centre (6002) Peak (6000)
FO Tank DB No.5 - Port (1209)
Oily Bilge
DB (1201) LW Drain Tank FO Tank DB No.6 FO Tank DB No.2 Galley GW No.10
Port (2200) Port (1219) Port (1218) Port (6216)
LW Drain Tank FO Tank DB No.7 FO Tank DB No.3 Galley GW No.11
FO Stbd (1129) Stbd (1128)
Stbd (2110) Stbd (6126)
Overflow
DB (1111) FO Tank DB No.8 - Stbd (1139)
Void Space Ballast DB No.14
Void Space Void Space Void Space Void Space Stbd (6117) Ballast DB No.1
No.9 (8016) No.2 (8320) Centre (6001)
No.5 (8353) No.4 (8342) No.3 (8331) WB Or Galley GW
DE LO No.6 - Stbd (6114)
Ballast DB
Tanks Void Space Fuel Oil WB Or Galley GW WB Or Galley GW
DE LO Tank No.16 WB Or Galley GW
NG Stbd No.7 (8074) DB No.11 No.8 - Stbd (6115) No.4 - Stbd (6113)
No.4 Stbd Stbd (6118) No.12 - Stbd (6136)
Stbd Ballast DB No.18
Gas Oil DB No.2 Stbd Stbd (6119) Void Space For Heeling Tank No.2
Stabiliser Balance
Inspection (8148) Valves Stbd (2116) Deck 1 Inner
Balance FO DB No.4
Valves Stbd (1138)
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 82 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.6 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.6c General Arrangement: Tank Plans
Frames 64 - 68 Pulper Drain
Frame 12 Frame 28 Frame 40 Frame 56 Collection
Void Space No.7 Deep Tank Deck 4
Deck 4 Deck 4 Deck 4
Deck 4 Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3
Deck 3 Deck 2 Deck 2 Deck 2 Void Space Deck 2
No.5
Deck 2 Heeling Tank No.3 Heeling Tank No.4 Deck 1 Deck 1
(Port) (Starboard)
Heeling Tank No.4 Void Space
Heeling Tank No.3 (Starboard) DE LO Tank DE LO Tank Sea Water CO DB No.5
(Port) Void Space No.8 Void Space No.8 No.5 (Port) Void Space No.8 No.5 (Stbd) No.3 (Central) Void Space No.7 Sea Water CO DB
Void Space No.9 No.3 (Central)
Frame 88 Frame 96
Potable Water Frame 254 Potable Water
Frame 72 Frame 112 Tank No. 8 Tank No.9
Deck 4 Deck 4 Deck 4 (Port) (Starboard)
Deck 4 Deck 4
Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3
Deck 3
Deck 2 Deck 2 Deck 2 Deck 2
Deck 2
Deck 1 Deck 1 Deck 1 Deck 1 Deck 1
Potable Water
DE LO Tank Tank No.7
Void Space Void Space DE LO Tank (Port) Potable Water
Gas Oil DB No.4 (Stbd) Void Space Void Space Void Space Void Space
Void Space Void Space No.4 No.1 (Port) No.1 No.1 Tank No.10
Void Space No.4 No.1 Central Gas Oil DB
No.5 No.5 FO Tank DB FO Tank DB Void Space No.3 No.3 (Starboard)
No.11 (Starboard) No.4 Distilled No.2 (Stbd) Oily Bilge DB FO Overflow DB
No.9 (Port)
FO Tank DB Water DB DE LO Tank DE LO Tank
No.10 (Central) No.1 (Port) No.2 (Stbd) No.3 (Stbd)
DG LO
Storage DO Settling
Tank No.1 Tank No.1
FO Service FO Service DG LO (Port) Frame 168 (Starboard)
Tank No.16 Frame 128 Tank No.19 Tank No.3 DG LO DO Service
(Port) (Starboard) (Port) Tank No.1 Galley GW No.10 Galley GW No.11
FO Settling FO Settling Storage Renovated (Starboard) Frame 220 Frame 236
Tank No.2 LO Tank (Starboard) (Port) FO Tank No.12 FO Tank No.15
Tank No.17 Tank No.18 (Port) (Starboard) Potable Water Potable Water
(Port) (Starboard) (Port) Frame 208 Tank No.11 Tank No.12
FO Tank No.13 FO Tank No.14
Deck 4 Deck 4 Deck 4 (Port) (Port) (Starboard)
(Starboard)
Deck 4 Deck 4
Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3
Deck 3 Deck 3
Sludge Deck 2 Deck 2 Deck 2
Deck 2 Deck 2
Tank
Deck 1 Deck 1 Deck 1
Deck 1 Deck 1
Heeling Tank No.1 Heeling Tank No.2 Void Space No.1 Void Space No.1
Void Space Void Space Ballast Ballast (Port) Galley GW
LW Drain LW Drain Ballast Ballast (Port) Galley GW (Starboard) (Starboard)
No.2 No.2 DB No.17 DB No.18 DB No.13 DB No.14 No.11 No.11
Tank (Port) Tank FO Tank DB FO Tank DB Water Ballast Or Water Ballast Or Water Ballast Or
(Port) No.6 (Port) No.7 (Starboard) (Port) (Starboard) (Starboard) Water Ballast Or (Starboard)
FO Tank DB No.5 (Starboard) FO Tank DB No.8 Galley GW No.9 Galley GW No.9 Galley GW No.12
(Starboard) Water Ballast or Water Ballast or (Port) Galley GW (Starboard)
(Port) (Starboard) FO Tank DB FO Tank DB No.8 (Port) Galley GW Galley GW No.12 No.10 (Port)
Galley GW No.9 Galley GW No.12 No.10 (Port) (Starboard)
No.5 (Port) (Starboard) (Port) (Starboard)
Frame 264 Frame 272
Potable Water Potable Water Portable W Tank Portable W Tank Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water
Tank No.11 Tank No.12 No.8 (Port) Tank No.7 Potable Water Potable Water Tank No.10 Tank No.3 Potable Water Potable Water Tank No.6
Frame 46 (Port) Frame 244 (Starboard) Frame 254 No.9 (Starboard)
(Port) Tank No. 8 Tank No.9 (Starboard) (Port) Tank No. 4 Tank No.5 (Starboard)
Deck 4 Deck 4 Deck 4 (Port) (Starboard) (Port) (Starboard)
Deck 4 Deck 4
Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 3
Deck 2 Deck 2 Deck 2
Deck 2 Deck 2
Deck 1
Deck 1 Deck 1 Deck 1 Deck 1
Portable W Tank Portable W Tank Ballast Ballast
Void Space Void Space No.7 (Port) No.10 (Starboard) Water Ballast or Water Ballast or DB No.3 DB No.4
No.1 Void Space (Port) (Starboard)
Void Space No.1 Galley GW No.5 Galley GW No.6
No.1
Water Ballast Water Ballast (Port) (Starboard)
or GW No.7 or GW No.8
(Port) (Starboard)
Potable Water Frame 280 Potable Water
Tank No.3 Potable Water Frame 292 Potable Water Frame 296 Frame 316
Potable Water Potable Water Tank No.6 Tank No.6
(Port)
Tank No. 4 Tank No.5 (Starboard) Tank No.3
Potable Water Potable Water (Starboard) Potable Water Potable Water Frame 336 Deck 5
Frames 62 - 65
(Port) Tank No. 1 Tank No.2
(Port) (Starboard) Tank No. 4 Tank No.5
(Port) (Starboard) (Port) (Starboard) Deck 4 Deck 4 Deck 16
Deck 4 Deck 4
Deck 4 Deck 3
Deck 3 Deck 3 Deck 15
Deck 3 Deck 2 CL Emergency DG GO
Deck 2 Deck 2 Tank (7104)
Deck 2
Deck 1 Frame 65
Deck 1 Ballast Deck 1 Ballast
Ballast Ballast Ballast Deck 1 Ballast
DB No.3 DB No.4 DB No.3 DB No.4 DB No.1 Frame 62
DB No.2 Ballast
(Port) (Starboard) (Port) (Starboard) (Central) (Central) Fore Peak Plan View
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.6 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.6d General Arrangement: Tank Capacities
SM Capacity of Water Ballast (RHO=1.025) SM Capacity of Fresh Water (RHO=1)
Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX
Item Frames Description 100% m3 100% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm Item Frames Description 100% m3 100% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm
R6119 148 172 Ballast DB 211.5 111.49 12.52 0.95 1745 1461 R5115 236 246 Portable Water Tank No.12 (S) 262.3 262.3 167.13 6.22 5.24 349 361
R6209 148 172 Ballast DB 214.0 111.57 -12.42 0.95 1940 1675 R5205 236 246 Portable Water Tank No.11 (P) 262.3 262.3 167.13 -6.22 5.24 349 361
R6118 172 196 Ballast DB 194.9 126.77 12.29 0.96 1544 1363 R5134 248 272 Portable Water Tank No.10 (S) 349.1 349.1 178.93 7.00 5.57 142 207
R6208 172 196 Ballast DB 197.3 126.68 -12.14 0.96 1724 1575 R5124 248 272 Portable Water Tank No.9 (S) 327.6 327.6 179.97 2.42 5.48 93 123
R6117 196 220 Ballast DB 189.5 142.38 10.87 1.00 1588 2068 R5214 248 272 Portable Water Tank No.8 (P) 330.2 330.2 179.95 -2.44 5.49 94 127
R6207 196 220 Ballast DB 191.2 142.35 -10.78 1.00 1608 2184 R5204 248 272 Portable Water Tank No.7 (P) 359.9 359.9 178.77 -6.99 5.57 148 212
R6136 204 236 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 130.2 151.71 8.33 0.93 71 81 R5133 272 292 Portable Water Tank No.6 (S) 137.4 137.4 193.42 6.11 6.08 39 57
R6126 204 236 Galley Grey Water 262.7 152.22 3.30 0.90 530 541 R5123 272 292 Portable Water Tank No.5 (S) 298.7 298.7 194.98 2.52 5.36 120 115
R6216 204 236 Galley Grey Water 262.7 152.22 -3.30 0.90 530 541 R5213 272 292 Portable Water Tank No.4 (P) 298.7 298.7 194.98 -2.52 5.36 120 115
R6206 204 236 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 130.2 151.71 -8.33 0.93 71 81 R5203 272 292 Portable Water Tank No.3 (P) 137.4 137.4 193.42 -6.11 6.08 39 57
R6115 236 254 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 171.1 168.84 4.01 0.95 701 233 R5112 292 312 Portable Water Tank No.2 (S) 272.2 272.2 208.56 2.70 5.78 116 176
R6205 236 254 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 171.1 168.84 -4.01 0.95 701 233 R5202 292 312 Portable Water Tank No.1 (P) 272.2 272.2 208.56 -2.70 5.78 116 176
R6114 254 272 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 112.2 182.48 2.96 1.01 208 273 3308.0 3308.0 186.23 -0.03 5.54
R6204 254 272 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 112.2 182.48 -2.96 1.01 208 273
R6113 272 296 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 108.4 195.54 2.11 1.08 162 207
R6203 272 296 Water Ballast or Galley Grey Water 108.4 195.54 -2.11 1.08 162 207 SM Capacity of Miscellaneous (RHO=1)
R6002 296 312 Ballast DB 87.3 209.94 0.00 1.09 177 238
Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX
R6001 312 336 Ballast DB 340.3 222.79 -0.02 2.89 422 691 Item Frames Description 100% m3 100% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm
R6000 336 367 Ballast Fore Peak 767.3 239.56 0.00 7.28 474 1178
R2104 60 70 Pulper Drain Collection Tank 35.3 25.3 44.13 9.06 6.08 3 5
Total 3865.8 3962.4 174.11 -0.00 3865.8 R2202 86 89 Fresh Water Res. DB No.1 (P) 26.0 21.4 60.42 -7.40 1.29 29 34
R2212 89 106 Distilled Water DB No.1 (P) 58.1 48.7 67.54 -6.32 1.13 8 10
R2200 126 140 L.W Drain Tank (P) 49.8 49.8 91.94 -3.30 1.40 226 231
SM Capacity of Crossover (RHO=1.025)
R2110 126 140 L.W Drain Tank (S) 49.8 49.8 91.94 3.30 1.40 226 231
Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX R2136 -16 28 Heeling Tank No.4 (S) 233.1 233.1 5.61 15.25 9.87 21 91
Item Frames Description 100% m3 100% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm R2226 -16 28 Heeling Tank No.3 (P) 233.1 233.1 5.61 -15.25 9.87 21 91
R6004 62 70 Sea Water Crossover No.3C 101.8 17.12 -0.43 0.95 844 3579 R2116 220 236 Heeling Tank No.2 (S) 220.7 220.7 157.37 14.24 3.22 138 204
R6011 108 110 Sea Water Crossover No.2C 61.0 75.33 0.00 0.95 922 1007 R2206 220 236 Heeling Tank No.1 (P) 220.7 220.7 157.37 -14.24 3.22 138 204
R6007 196 200 Sea Water Crossover No.1C 104.5 137.03 0.00 0.96 1973 2014 1112.8 1112.8 78.53 -0.13 5.81
260.7 267.3 88.70 -0.16 1.31
Tank/DB Identification Number Guide
First Digit: Purpose Third Digit:
Order Number
0: Diesel Oil
1: Heavy Fuel Oil
2: Fresh Water
3: Lubricating Oil
5: Potable Water
6210
6: Ballast Water
7. Gas Oil
Fourth Digit:
Frame Location
0: Fr 336 to Fore 9. Fr 148 to 172
Second Digit: 1: Fr 312 to 336 0. Fr 124 to 148
Transverse Location 2: Fr 296 to 312 1. Fr 108 to 124
3: Fr 272 to 296 2. Fr 84 to 108
0: Axis Compartment 4: Fr 256 to 272 3. Fr 68 to 84
1: Stbd Compartment 5: Fr 236 to 256 4. Fr 44 to 68
2: Port Compartment 6: Fr 216 to 236 5. Fr 28 to 44
3: Stbd & Port Compartment 7. Fr 196 to 216 6. Fr 12 to 28
8. Fr 172 to 196 7. Fr Aft to 12
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.6 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 1.6e General Arrangement: Tank Capacities
SM Capacity of Heavy Fuel Oil (RHO=0.97) SM Capacity of Void Space (RHO=1.025)
Volume at Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX
Item Frames Description Item Frames Description 100% m3 100% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm
100% m3 98% m3 98% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm
R1150 124 132 Fuel Oil Service Tank No.19 (S) 99.1 97.1 94.2 88.47 8.35 5.27 18 19 R8315 244 260 Void No.1 134.3 137.6 173.75 0.00 1.45 920 4740
R1140 124 132 Fuel Oil Settling Tank No.18 (S) 158.2 155.1 150.4 88.48 3.81 5.28 73 78 R8115 236 240 Void No.1 (S) 14.1 14.4 164.56 11.85 1.83 12 27
R1230 124 132 Fuel Oil Settling Tank No.17 (P) 147.2 144.2 139.9 88.41 -3.80 5.46 66 78 R8215 236 240 Void No.1 (P) 14.1 14.4 164.56 -11.85 1.83 12 27
R1220 124 132 Fuel Oil Service Tank No.16 (P) 92.0 90.1 87.4 88.41 -8.35 5.46 16 19 R8320 124 148 Void No.2 545.4 559.1 92.93 0.06 0.86 23125 49899
R1136 216 232 Fuel Oil Tank No.15 (S) 203.9 199.8 193.8 154.98 8.35 5.20 37 38 R8331 108 124 Void No.3 278.8 285.8 79.51 0.07 1.02 7579 30967
R1126 216 232 Fuel Oil Tank No.14 (S) 326.2 319.7 310.1 154.98 3.80 5.20 153 156 R8342 84 108 Void No.4 658.9 675.4 67.01 0.03 1.21 22496 48734
R1216 216 232 Fuel Oil Tank No.13 (P) 326.2 319.7 310.1 154.98 -3.80 5.20 153 156 R8353 64 84 Void No.5 257.4 263.8 53.54 0.00 1.69 3481 20804
R1206 216 232 Fuel Oil Tank No.12 (P) 203.9 199.8 193.8 154.98 -8.35 5.20 37 38 R8064 64 68 Void No.6 47.9 49.1 45.62 0.00 2.58 2027 2369
R1123 70 80 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.11 (S) 64.3 63.1 61.2 51.87 6.67 1.52 61 153 R8074 44 68 Void No.7 364.4 373.5 39.88 0.00 1.77 2572 5503
R1013 70 80 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.10 (C) 120.5 118.1 114.5 51.69 0.00 1.43 153 208 R8085 28 44 Void No.8 157.1 161.0 24.81 -0.00 1.99 149 312
R1203 70 80 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.9 (P) 64.3 63.1 61.2 51.87 -6.67 1.52 61 153 R8096 12 28 Void No.9 78.9 80.9 13.55 0.02 2.19 40 96
R1139 126 170 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.8 (S) 188.2 184.5 178.9 102.36 8.35 0.90 104 106 R8017 -4 12 Void No.10 592.1 606.9 3.43 0.00 7.60 2506 26297
R1129 140 170 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.7 (S) 240.9 236.0 229.0 107.23 3.28 0.90 469 485 R8148 172 176 Void Stability Inspection SB 14.7 15.1 120.50 15.07 1.04 12 18
R1219 140 170 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.6 (P) 242.8 238.0 230.8 107.18 --3.30 0.90 475 485 R8238 172 176 Void Stability Inspection PS 14.7 15.1 120.50 -15.07 1.04 12 18
R1209 126 170 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.5 (P) 188.2 184.5 178.9 102.36 -8.35 0.90 104 106 3172.7 3252.0 58.63 0.02 2.53
R1138 174 196 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.4(S) 94.1 92.2 89.5 127.98 8.35 0.90 52 53
R1128 174 196 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.3 (S) 177.5 173.9 168.7 127.98 3.30 0.90 347 354
R1218 174 196 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.2 (P) 177.5 173.9 168.7 127.98 -3.30 0.90 347 354
R1208 174 196 Fuel Oil Double Bottom No.1 (P) 94.1 92.2 89.5 127.98 -8.35 0.90 52 53
R1111 112 124 Fuel Oil Overflow Double Bottom 147.1 144.2 139.8 81.62 5.05 0.90 674 688
R1201 112 124 Oily Bilge Double Bottom 147.1 144.2 139.8 81.62 -5.05 0.90 674 688
R1200 124 132 Sludge Tank 26.4 25.9 25.1 88.50 6.60 2.15 150 153
R1110 133 135 Bilge Settling Tank 27.0 26.5 25.7 92.62 5.55 3.60 82 84
R1239 148 152 Bilge Holding Tank 56.1 55.0 53.3 103.79 -5.55 3.60 171 174
Total 3613.0 3540.7 3434.5 115.06 -0.07 2.89
SM Capacity of Lubricating Oil (RHO=0.92)
Volume at Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX
Item Frames Description 100% m3 98% m3 98% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm
R3129 168 172 Renovated Lubricating Oil 60.8 59.6 54.8 117.60 3.11 5.21 15 16
R3209 168 172 LO DD GG ST TK N1P 40.8 40.0 36.8 117.61 -5.20 5.20 5 5
R3219 168 172 LO DD GG ST TK N1P 40.8 40.0 36.8 117.61 -2.40 5.20 5 5
R3202 91 106 DE LO Tank N.1P 18.4 18.0 16.6 68.01 -8.90 1.62 3 3
R3212 91 106 DE LO Tank N.2P 22.5 22.0 20.3 68.01 -3.59 1.62 5 6
R3122 91 106 DE LO Tank N.3S 22.5 22.0 20.3 68.01 3.59 1.62 5 6
R3132 91 106 DE LO Tank N.4S 18.4 18.0 16.6 68.01 8.90 1.62 3 3
R3204 45 61 DE LO Tank N.5P 23.0 22.6 20.8 37.24 -2.61 2.42 3 6
R3114 45 61 DE LO Tank N.6S 23.0 22.6 20.8 37.24 2.61 2.42 3 6
Total 270.2 264.8 243.6 88.89 -0.45 3.65
SM Capacity of Gas Oil (RHO=0.84)
Volume at Volume at Weight at CGX from CGY from CGZ above FSM IMO FSM MAX
Item Frames Description 100% m3 98% m3 98% Tonnes A.P. m C.L. m B.L. m txm txm
R7104 62 65 EM Diesel Generator Gas Oil Tank 14.9 14.6 12.2 43.90 9.05 46.00 17 17
R7002 86 106 GO D/B N.1 C. 144.0 128.1 107.6 65.37 0.00 1.11 239 151
R7112 86 106 GO D/B N.2 S. 88.0 66.3 55.1 65.32 6.64 1.20 46 45
R7109 168 172 GO Settling Tank N1 S 30.6 30.0 25.2 117.61 6.95 5.20 2 2
R7119 168 172 GO Service Tank N1 S 30.6 30.0 25.2 117.61 9.05 5.20 2 2
Total 274.4 268.9 225.9 75.84 3.91 4.48
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.6 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.7 mechanical symbols and pipeline colour scheme
Illustration 1.7a Mechanical Symbols and Pipeline Colour Scheme
Stop Valve Reducing Valve Hose Basket First Letter (Nature of Measure)
With Strainer
H Hydraulically Operated T Temperature
H.T. Cooling Water 3 Way Valve Hose Connection
Butterfly Valve
Membrane Air Operated Bell-Mouthed P Pressure
L.T. Cooling Water Stop Check Valve Regulating Valve Pipe End
Aux. Consumer's Self Operated Sea Inlet and DP Differential Pressure
L.T. Cooling Water Check Valve
Regulating Valve Overboard Discharge
L Level
Sea Water
Dual Check Valve Electromagnetic Valve Air Pipe
Ballast Water F Flow
Butterfly Valve Piston Air Operated Valve Air Pipe With
Hydraulic Oil Flameproof Net
S Speed
M Electric Motor
Gate Valve Filling Pipe Fitting
Dom. Fresh Water Operated Valve U Movement
/Distillate/Potable Water
Needle Valve Hydraulically-Operated Flameproof Net
Condensate Valve Q Analysis (Quality)
Feed Water Hand-Operated Quick-Closing Valve
Flexible Pipe X Miscellaneous
Regulating Valve With Hydraulic Device
Fire/Deck Water
CO2 Piping Ball Valve Hand Control Drip Tray With Drain Z Position
Refrigeration
Marine Diesel Oil 3 Way Ball Valve Mechanical Linkage For A Average
Funnel
Valve Remote Control
Marine Gas Oil Valve With Hose D Deviation
Suction Box Observation Glass
Connection
Fuel Oil X Miscellaneous
Safety Valve Strainer Mud Box
Second Letter (Function of Measure)
Lubricating Oil
Automatic Cock Double Body Strainer Back-Flow Preventer
T Transmitter
Saturated Steam
Adjusting Valve Steam Trap Ejector
A Alarm
Compressed Air
Steam Trap With
Cock Axial Flow Fan
Strainer I Indication
Nitrogen
3-Way Cock - L Port
Moisture Separator Centrifugal Fan
In Plug R Recorder
Bilges
3-Way Cock - T Port Constant Flow Positive Miscellaneous
Spectacle Flange F
In Plug Displacement Pump (Automatic Function)
Sewage Discharge
Weight Operated Cock Orifice Centrifugal Pump G Gauge (Level)
Refrigeration Gas
Reducing Valve Blank Flange Adjustable Plow Positive
Direct Acting Displacement Pump C Controller
Heeling Pump Hand Pump Reciprocating Pump S Switch
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.7 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.8 electrical and instrumentation symbols and colour scheme
Illustration 1.8a Electrical and Instrumentation Symbols and Colour Scheme
Electrical Signals (Pipeline Drawings) Locally Mounted CP Compound Gauge
Transformer Relay Coil PS Pressure Switch XX
Instrument (2 letters) DPI Differential Pressure Indicator
Electrical Control/Instrumentation DPS Differential Pressure Switch
(Electrical Drawings) Circuit Breaker (MV) Thermal Relay T_ Locally Mounted DPT Differential Pressure Transmitter
Temperature Indicator XXX
Instrument (3 letters) FD Flow Detector
11,000V FS Flow Switch
Circuit Breaker (440V) Magnetic Relay _T Transmitter XXX Remotely Mounted FM Flow Meter
XXXX Instrument FT Flow Transmitter
690V
_C IL Indication Lamp
Vacuum Contactor Lamp Regulator
XXX Letters outside the circle LAH Level Alarm High
440V XXXX of an instrument symbol LAL Level Alarm Low
HH indicate whether high (H),
G Generator Buzzer
_A
Remote Alarm LI Level Indicator
high-high (HH), low (L)
400V or low-low (LL) function LIC Level Indicating Controller
is involved LS Level Switch
M Motor Horn _I
Remote Indicator
O = Open LT Level Transmitter
230V C = Closed PAH Pressure Alarm High
PI
TI
Thyristor Activated by Liquid Level Pressure Indicator PAL Pressure Alarm Low
208V PI Pressure Indicator
Diode LAH
PIC Pressure Indicating Controller
Space Heater Level Alarm High
PIAH Pressure Indicator Alarm High
115V
PIAL Pressure Indicator Alarm Low
11kV Transformer LAL PIAHL Pressure Indicator Alarm High Low
FM Flow Meter Level Alarm Low
24V 690V 400V (Two Sec. Tappings)
PS Pressure Switch
Star Wound Automation System LI
PT Pressure Transmitter
IMACS I Representation Level Indicator SAH Salinity Alarm High
Configuration
TAH Temperature Alarm High
Delta Wound IAHL
Remote Quantity Indic. TAL Temperature Alarm Low
Earthing with High/Low Alarm
Configuration TI Temperature Indicator
PI TIC Temperature Indicating Controller
Bus Reactor Variable Speed Drive Remote Pressure Indic. TIAH Temperature Indicator Alarm High
TIAL Temperature Indicator Alarm Low
PI Pressure Gauge TIAHL Temperature Indicator Alarm High Low
Capacitor Rectifier with Cock TS Temperature Switch
+ PI TT Temperature Transmitter
Manometer Gauge
G Pulse Generator Inverter with Cock VAH Viscosity Alarm High
VAL Viscosity Alarm Low
DPI Differential Pressure VCA Vacuum Alarm
Fuse Pressure Gauge
Indicator VCI Vacuum Indicator
VCT Vacuum Transmitter
LS Level Switch
Resistor Vacuum Gauge VI Viscosity Indicator
VT Viscosity Transmitter
Inherently Variable XS Auxiliary Unspecified Switch
Compound Gauge Speaker
Resistor (Sensor etc) ZI Position Indicator
ZS Limit Switch
Variable Resistor Key Interlock Thermometer
Solenoid Valve Electrical Interlock Opto-coupler
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.8 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
1.9 conversion tables
LENGTH FORCE
Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
1 metre m 39.37 Inch in 1 Newton N 0.1020 Kilogram-force kgf/kp
1 metre m 3.281 Foot ft 1 Newton N 0.2248 Pound-force lbf
1 metre m 1.094 Yard yd 1 kilogram-force kgf or kp 9.807 Newton N
1 metre m 0.5468 Fathom fm 1 pound-force lbf 4.448 Newton N
1 kilometre km 0.5397 Nautical mile n mile
1 inch in 0.0254 Metre m PRESSURE
1 foot ft 0.3048 Metre m Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
l yard yd 0.9144 Metre m 1 bar bar 105 Pascal/Newton per sq. metre Pa or N/m2
1 fathom fm 1.829 Metre m 1 bar bar 14.50 Pound-force per square inch lbf/in2 or psi
1 nautical mile n mile 1.853 Kilometre km 1 pound-force per sq. inch lbf/in2 or psi 6895.0 Pascal Pa
1 pound-force per sq. inch lbf/in2 or psi 0.06895 Bar bar
AREA
Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol POWER: MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
1 square metre m2 1550.0 Square inch in2 Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
1 square metre m2 10.76 Square foot ft2 1 watt W 0.7376 Foot-pound-force per second ft lbf/s
1 square metre m2 1.196 Square yard yd2 1 kilowatt kW 1.360 Metric horsepower PS, ch, CV
1 square inch in2 6.452 Square centimetre cm2 1 kilowatt kW 1,341 Horsepower (Imperial) hp
1 square foot ft2 929.0 Square centimetre cm2 1 metric horsepower PS, ch, CV 75.0 Kilogram-force metre per sec. kgf-m/s
1 square yard yd2 0.8361 Square metre m2 1 metric horsepower PS, ch, CV 735.5 Watt W
1 horsepower (imperial) hp 550.0 Foot-pound-force per second ft lbf/s
VOLUME AND CAPACITY 1 horsepower (imperial) hp 745.7 Watt W
Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
1 litre/cubic decimetre l or dm3 61.02 Cubic inch in3 POWER: HEAT FLOW
1 cubic metre m3 35.31 Cubic foot ft3 Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
1 cubic metre m3 1.308 Cubic yard yd3 1 watt W 0.2388 Calorie per second Cal/s
1 cubic metre m3 220.0 UK gallon UK gal 1 watt W 3.412 British thermal unit per hour Btu/h
1 cubic metre m3 264.2 US gallon US gal 1 calorie per second cal/s 4.1868 Watt W
1 cubic foot ft3 28.32 Litre or cubic decimetre l/dm3 1 British thermal unit per hour Btu/h 0.2931 Watt W
1 cubic yard yd3 0.7646 Cubic metre m3 1 ‘ton of refrigeration’ 12,000.0 British thermal unit per hour Btu/h
1 UK gallon UK gal 4.546 Litre or cubic decimetre l/dm3 1 ‘ton of refrigeration’ 3,517 Kilowatt kW
1 US gallon US gal 3.785 Litre or cubic decimetre l/dm3
MOMENTS
MASS Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol 1 foot pound-force ft lbf 0.138 Kilogram-force metre kgf-m
1 kilogram kg 2.205 Pound lb 1 foot pound-force ft lbf 1.44 Tonne metre t-m
1 tonne(metric ton) t 2205.0 Pound lb 1 metre to the power 4 m4 115,86 Feet to the power 4 ft4
1 tonne (metric ton) t 0.9842 UK ton (US long ton) ton
1 tonne (metric ton) t 1.102 US short ton sh ton LIGHT INTENSITY
1 pound lb 0.4535 Kilogram kg Multiply Symbol By To obtain value in Symbol
1 UK ton (US long ton) ton 2240.0 Pound lb 1 lux (lumen per sq. metre) lx=lm/m2 0.0929 Foot-candle ft-candle
1 UK ton (US long ton) ton 1016.0 Kilogram kg (lumens per square foot) lm/ft2
1 US short ton sh ton 2000.0 Pound lb 1 foot-candle ft-candle 10.76 Lux lx
1 US short ton sh ton 907.2 Kilogram kg
TEMPERATURE
Temperature Kelvin (K) Temperature Celsius (ºC) Temperature Fahrenheit (ºF)
1 K-273.15 9/5K-459.67
C+273,15 1 9/5C+32
5/9 (F+459.67) 5/9 (F-32) 1
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 1.9 - Page 1 of 1
Section 2: Main Machinery and Services
2.1 Machinery Introduction 2.5 Compressed Air Systems
2.1.1 Starting Conditions 2.5.1 Starting Air System
2.1.2 Sequence Flow Diagram - Start Up 2.5.2 Instrumentation and Working Air System
2.1.3 Main Machinery Layout 2.5.3 General Service Air System
2.2 Diesel Generators 2.6 Fuel Oil System
2.2.1 Diesel Generator Engines 2.6.1 Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil System
2.2.2 Diesel Generator Engine Control and Safety System 2.6.2 Fuel Oil Purifier System
2.2.3 Diesel Generator Engines Operation 2.6.3 Diesel Oil Purifier System
2.3 Sea Water Systems 2.7 Lubricating Oil Systems
2.3.1 Diesel Generator Sea Water System 2.7.1 Diesel Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System
2.3.2 General Service Sea Water System 2.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purifier System
2.3.3 Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water System 2.7.3 Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System
2.3.4 Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System
2.8 Machinery Miscellaneous
2.3.5 Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System
2.3.6 Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System 2.8.1 List of Pumps
2.8.2 Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule
2.4 Fresh Water Cooling Systems
2.8.3 Steam Balance
2.4.1 Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System 2.8.4 Fresh Water Balance
2.4.2 Diesel Generator High Temperature Cooling System 2.8.5 Electrical Load Balance
2.4.3 Diesel Generator Low Temperature Cooling System
2.4.4 Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System
Section 2
Main Machinery and Services
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.1 Machinery Introduction Boiler Systems Compressed Air Systems
2.1.1 Starting Conditions • The boiler feed and condensate system hotwell is at working • The starting air receivers are at working pressure (2.5.1).
level and the feed water tank is full (6.2.3).
• The instrument and working air receivers are at working
It is assumed the ship is in dry dock, the ship is cold but connected to an • The boiler burners are clean and ready to fire on gas oil. The pressure (2.5.2).
electrical shore supply. The integrated monitoring alarm and control system burner fuel system is primed with gas oil (6.2.4).
(IMACS) and the safety management system (SMS) are operational.
Distilled Water Systems
Steam Systems
Diesel Generator Systems • The distilled water transfer system tanks are full. The hydrophore
• The steam and steam drain systems are operational via a limited is empty and all system valves are closed (6.3.2).
• The diesel generator engines’ fuel systems have been flushed shore supply (6.2.7).
and shut down on gas oil (2.6.1).
Bilge Water Systems
Sea Water Systems
Emergency Generator Systems • The oily bilge system is available for operation (6.5.1).
• Some sea water systems are operational via a limited shore
• The oily water separators are available for operation (6.5.2).
• The emergency diesel generators are ready to start (6.1). supply (2.3).
• The main bilge system is available for operation (6.5.3).
Fire Systems Fresh Water Systems • The bilge water tanks are empty.
• The fire detection system is operational (10.3). • The fresh water system valves are normally left open, the
Miscellaneous Systems
• The fire and wash deck system (10.4) is being supplied from systems are full and the make-up tanks are at their working
ashore via hose connections (see 6.9 - Dry Dock Services). levels (2.4). • The thruster oil systems are full and the header tanks are at their
working levels (4.10).
• The high-fog system is operational (10.5).
Lubricating Oil Systems • The steering gear oil systems are full and the header tanks are
• The CO2 system is operational (10.6).
at their working levels. The hydraulic systems are ready for
• The fire doors and fire dampers are operational (10.8). • All lubricating oil transfer system valves are closed, the storage
operation (7.5).
tanks are full and all main and auxiliary machinery sumps are
at their working levels (6.6.4). • The stabiliser systems are full and the header tanks are at their
Electrical Systems working levels. The hydraulic systems are ready for operation
• The lubricating oil purifier systems are available. The sludge
(7.6).
• The main switchboards are back-fed from the shore supply (3.2). tanks are empty (2.7.3).
• The engine room switchboards and accommodation sub stations • The lubricating oil leakage and sludge tanks are empty
General
are supplied (3.4). (6.6.5/6).
• Basic lighting is available. • All valves to gauges and instrumentation are open.
Fuel Oil Systems • All lubricating oil sump tanks, fuel oil tanks and gas oil tanks
Ventilation and Refrigeration Systems are checked for water and drained as required.
• All fuel oil transfer and bunkering system valves are closed, the
storage and service tanks are full and the settling tanks are at • All strainers and filters are clean.
• The machinery ventilation system is operational (6.7.3). their working levels (6.6.1). • All items of main and auxiliary machinery should be checked
• Utility and crew area ventilation is available. • All gas oil transfer and bunkering system valves are closed, the as being free to turn. They should all be turned at least one full
• Provision and air conditioning plant is shut down (6.7). storage and service tanks are full and the settling tanks are at revolution before starting after a prolonged stoppage.
their working levels (6.6.2).
• The fuel oil purifier systems are available. The sludge tanks are
empty (2.6.3).
• The fuel oil leakage and sludge tanks are empty (6.6.5/6).
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.1 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.1.2 Sequence flow Diagram - Start up
2.1.2a Sequence Flow Diagram - Start Up
Dry Dock Connect and load diesel generator, remove 2.2.3
Starting Condition (See 2.1.1) When the dock is load from emergency generators, shut down 6.1
flooded, all overboard emergency generators
discharge valves and Supply switchboards and substations as required 3.1/2/3
sea water systems
See must be visually
Section checked for integrity.
Start emergency generators 6.1 Disconnect and isolate shore supply 3.18
Load emergency generators 3.15
Start fuel oil purifiers
2.6.3
Start/operate remaining diesel generator engine
Start machinery space ventilation 6.7.3 2.7.3
lubricating oil purifiers
Start DG engine fresh water cooling systems 2.4.2/3
Start auxiliary consumer’s LT cooling systems 2.4.1
Dock flooded
Start sea water cooling systems 2.3.1/2/3
4/5/6
Operate start air compressor as required 2.5.1
Ensure start air receivers are at working pressure
Operate instrument and working air system 2.5.2
Change over boiler(s) to HFO 6.2.4
Supply general service air system 2.5.3 Change over diesel generator engine to HFO 2.6.1
Supply trace heating 3.17
Prepare and start feed and condensate system 6.2.3
Start one boiler on MGO 6.2.4 Prepare and start propulsion cooling systems 2.4.4
Circulate diesel generator engine economisers 6.2.3 Prepare and start domestic fresh water systems 6.3.1-6
Supply steam to fuel oil storage and consumers 6.2.7/8
Prepare diesel generator fuel system to run
on MGO Prepare and start air conditioning plant 6.7.1
2.6.1
Supply MGO to diesel generator engines Prepare and start accommodation air conditioning 6.7.2
units and fans
Prepare and start provision refrigeration plant 6.7.4
Preheat selected diesel generator engine
Raise diesel generator engine jacket to correct 2.4.2/3
temperature Prepare and start sewage systems 6.4.1-3
Start selected diesel generator engine 2.2.3
Plant is in 'In-Port' Condition
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.2 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.1.3 Main machinery layout
Illustration 2.1.3a Main Machinery Layout - Deck 1 Aft
XA/159B
XA/145G
XA/144BF XA/144AF
XD/144CF XA/104 XD/150C
XA/274AC-BC XA/151
Sea Chest XD/149A-B
MR/805FI XA/210K XA/185
XA/210M A-B
XA/210H
XA/195F
XA/045E-F XA/103A-B XA/195A-B
XA/141B
XA/196F XA/114A XA/094A-D XA/196B XA/141A
XA/089A XA/500
XA/514L XA/274AA-BA E-F
XA/144C XA/144B XA/144A
XA/114B XA/089B Forward Fuel Oil Module Room
XD/142CE-CF XD/199CE-CF XA/196A XD/199AC-BC
XA/089C-D XA/500
XA/198F Esc. A-B XA/501A XA/501B
XA/196E XA/041C-D
XA/169A XA/142 XA/427A
XA/065C
Diesel Generator AE-AF
XA/198E
Engine No.1 XA/062A
XA/054E-F XA/051E-F XA/040C-D XA/063A
XB/274A XA/045A
XD/274EC XA/195E XA/025A
Propulsion Motor XA/169B Esc.
XA/045B
XA/001A
XA/054A-B XA/057A-B
XA/022B XA/022A
XA/022C Thrust
XA/020A XA/022D
Bearing
XA/021A Diesel Generator
XA/169E Engine No.2
Diesel Generator Evaporator
Propulsion Propulsion XB/274B XA/107A
Aft fwd Engine No.5 PEM Room
Thruster Transformer Transformer XB/274E
Aft Mid FZ/009TFA FZ/008TFA
Thruster
XD/025A Forward Diesel Generator Room
XA/210F
YA/764D
XA/210L
YA/764E Aft Propulsion Propulsion XA/169F XA/169C
Thruster Diesel Generator
Transformer Transformer Engine No.6 Evaporator
Room FZ/009TFB FZ/008TFB XD/025B Esc.
XB/274F Diesel Generator XA/107B
Engine No.3
XB/274C
Thrust
Bearing
XA/025B
YA/021B XA/482B XA/210G
XA/020B Propulsion Motor
XA/022H XA/022G XA/045C-D
XA/022F XA/001B
XA/022E XA/169D
XA/057C-D
XD/274FG Diesel Generator Propulsion
XA/482C Transformer
Engine No.4
XA/210N XB/274D XD/199 XA/062B FZ/006TFB
CC-DC
XD/572A-B
XD/107CF XD/274CC
XA/500C Propulsion
XD/107CG
XZ/568B XZ/568B Transformer
Esc. XA/040A XA/041A-B XD/274DC FZ/007TFB
XA/274CA-DA XA/054C-D
XA/196C XA/196D
XD/568MA XA/059A
XA/040B
XA/405 Sea Chest
XD/107CH XA/514I XA/514N XA/210J XR/802 XA/299 XA/063B
XA/195C-D
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.3 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.1.3b Main Machinery Layout - Deck 1 Forward
XA/243 YA/445C YA/450E YA/417
Port Stabiliser
XA/234A YA/465B
YA/677A YA/450A
XA/210E
XA/240A XA/224A XA/228A YA/450B-D
YA/465D YA/685F XA/210B
XA/228C YD/464FA YA/468B YD/464CA
XA/066 YD/464HA YA/519D-E
XA/415B YA/485B
YA/445A YA/465C VS.01.3.02 VS.01.3.03
YA/453 YD/464IA YA/494A
XA/415A XA/037A
YA/445B YD/464GA YA/468C
YA/680C YA/685A XA/037B YD/464DA YD/464BA
YA/510E
AC Chiller No.1 XA/038A
YA/680D XA/039A
YA/448 YA/683A YA/514E YA/514S
XA/039B
VS.01.4.01 YA/683B YA/514F
YA/494B
XA/210D
YD/401C VS.01.5.01
XA/007
YA/401A
YA/428 YA/401C VS.01.4.02
YA/685B YA/401B YA/764A
YA/764C
YA/514G AC Chiller No.2 YA/485A YA/514T YA/514Q
VE.01.5.01 YA/482A YA/764B
YA/695C YA/695A XA/210C
YA/478
XA/038B YA/477
XA/037C YA/409A-B
YA/695D YA/695B YA/494C YA/510C
XA/037D YA/685C Sewage Treatment
Unit YA/440A
YD/695AA-BA AC Chiller No.3
XA/039C VE.01.4.02 VE.01.3.01 YA/516C YA/514R
VE.01.4.01 YA/440B YD/485D
XA/039D YA/514H YD/695CA-DA YA/494D
XA/228D YA/440C
YM/695A YA/466
YA/519A-B-C YA/516D YA/457E Black Water
YA/510D XA/228B VE.01.3.03
YA/682A Treatment Unit VE.01.3.02 YA/514D
YA/685D
XA/224B
AC Chiller No.4 XA/210A YA/457A
Sewage Treatment Black Water
YA/682B
XA/240B XA/234B
Unit Treatment Unit YA/459 XA/244
YA/682C YA/457C
Starboard Stabiliser
YA/457D
YA/677B YA/457B
124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.3 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.1.3c Main Machinery Layout - Deck 2 Aft
Engine Room
Transformer
FZ/002TFX XA/032B IF/131DV XD/150A XD/150B
XA/199E XA/159
Propulsion Converter XA/427
VS.02.6.01
XA/119B XM/001AA
YL/464MC XA/113B XA/119A
YL/465EA XA/162C
YD/464MD
Engine Transformer Room Propulsion Converter Room
VS.02.6.02
YL/465ED XA/210T
XA/032B Aft XA/142C
YL/464MB YD/464MA Purifier Room Propulsion Propulsion
YD/464MC Transformer Transformer Transformer XA/199A XA/162B
YA/514M FZ/002TFX XA/062C XA/152
XA/210U FZ/006TFA FZ/007TFA
XM/ Forward
YL/465EB 001AB XA/059B VS.02.5.02 Purifier
Transformer XA/065A Room
Hi Fog YA/465E Propulsion XA/199B
Black Water FZ/002TFA XA/063C Esc
YD/465EE Treatment Unit Converter XA/142A
Propulsion Esc VE.01.6.01 Diesel Generator
Converter Room Engine No.1 XA/199C
Transformer XB/274A XA/210S
YM/465BA FZ/002TFB XA/162A
YA/514O VE.02.7.02 XA/094E-F
Esc Esc XA/514W
XA/274EA Propulsion Motor XA/199D
XA/065C XA/001A
VS.15.6.13
Diesel Generator
YA/409C-D Engine No.2 Evaporator
Diesel Generator PEM Room
YD/764DA Propulsion Propulsion XB/274B XA/107A
Engine No.5
Transformer Transformer XB/274E Propulsion Local
Aft
YA/764F FZ/009TFA FZ/008TFA Control Console
Thruster Room
YD/764EA Propulsion Auxiliaries GSPs
YB/764D
Aft Forward Converter Control Cabinets
Thruster
Aft Aft Thruster YB/764E FZ/001AA
HPP Unit Propulsion Propulsion Diesel Generator
Aft Mid Thruster Transformer Transformer Engine No.6 Evaporator
YD/764FA FZ/009TFB FZ/008TFB XB/274F XA/107B
Diesel Generator
VE.02.7.01 Engine No.3
PEM Room
XB/274C
Aft
Auxiliary Room
XA/210P Propulsion Motor
VE.02.7.02 VE.02.5.01
Esc XA/001B XA/514U
YA/514P Propulsion
Converter Room Diesel Generator
Stainless Steel Propulsion
Engine No.4 Transformer
Pulper Drain Tank
XA/568P XB/274D FZ/006TFB
XA/568B XA/568A
YA/516F
Incinerator XA/568K
Room
XM/ XA/065B
001BB XA/568Q YA/516E
Propulsion
Propulsion Esc Transformer Transformer
Converter FZ/001TFA FZ/007TFB
Evaporator
XA/568H Engine Room Workshop
YA/510F XA/107C Hatch
XA/568G Propulsion
Converter Room
VS.01.6.01
Transformer
YL/512A-B FZ/001TFB Propulsion Converter
Incinerator B Incinerator A
XA/568Z XM/001BA
ER/056
VE.01.6.03 Engine Transformer Room
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.3 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.1.3d Main Machinery Layout - Deck 2 Forward
VS.02.2.01
Sewage Treatment
Hotel Store Unit
Uniform New Linen Hotel Store
YA/510A Forward Black Treatment
Sewage Unit
Treatment
Room Sewage VS.02.2.02
YA/516A Collection
Room VS.02.2.03
YA/514B
Esc
Fuel Oil Esc
Potable Water
Potable Water Potable Water Void
VS.02.1.01
Platform
Fuel Oil Bow Thruster
Hotel Store Potable Water Room
Keeper Lift YD/764BA
Potable Water Potable Water HPP Unit
Hotel Store
YA/514A YB/764B YB/764A
Esc Forward Mid
Thruster
Forward Forward
YB/764C YD/764AA
Lift Potable Water Potable Water Potable Water Forward Aft HPP Unit
Thruster
YD/764CA Thruster
Fuel Oil HPP Unit
Platform
VE.02.1.01
Void
Potable Water Potable Water
Esc Potable Water Esc
Fuel Oil Esc
YA/514C VE.02.2.03
Sewage
Esc YA/516B Collection VE.02.2.02
YA/510B Fwd Room
Sewage
Treatment
Room Black Treatment
Shop Store Unit
Shop Store
Deck 2 Forward
Sewage Treatment VE.02.2.01
Unit
196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.3 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.1.3e Main Machinery Layout - Decks 3, 4 and 16
XA/113A
Down CTO Technical Down
Propulsion Office
FZ/002TFX XA/119C FZ/002TFX Electrical Photo Printing
Converter Room Workshop Shop Shop
XA/162C
El. Sub Technical Eng.
Up Station Esc Library
FZ/002TFA XA/142C FZ/006TFA FZ/007TFA Fire
Lkr
Esc Aft Purifier Room Down Down Zone6
FZ/002TFB
Esc Up Up
XA/274A El.
XA/ XA/257AG
001A XA/004B Lift Locker
XA/872B XA/872A Engine Control
Room XA/257BF
XA/872D XA/872C
Lift Lift
XA/274B El.
XA/274E
XA/257EF UPS UPS Sub.
Deck 4 El. Lkr Battery Battery
Propulsion XA/131B
Aft Local Control Fore XA/131A
Deck 3 Aft Engine Switchboard Switchboard Up UPS
Casing Esc Lift Lift Room XA/257CF
Room Room VE02.6.01
Down
PEM XA/257FF Plumber XA/004A
XA/274F Lift El. XA/257DG
Room Down XA/274C Workshop Locker
XA/
001B Up XA/274D Esc
GD/107FI XA/568B XA/568A Florist's HWD
Incinerator Esc Esc Esc
Cold
XA/568N Room Room Bunker
XA/568J Esc
XA/ XA/ FZ/ Garbage Refrigerated Station
568B 568A Esc 001TFA Sorting Garbage
XA/107C Engine Engine Workshop Down Store
Transformer Room Room
Incinerator Room
XA/568L
Aft Evaporators Room FZ/
Up 001TFB Down
XA/568M
44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108
44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108
Up
Fan Room Lamp
XL/ Battery CO2 Room
Store Room Fan Room
277A
Em Gen XA/238
El.
XA/277 Lkr.
XM/277
Lift
Lift FZ/001QB FZ/9401QZ
XA/274EC Mach.
Fan
Aft Engine Casing XA/873A Fan Room Fore Engine Casing Room
Emergency Switchboard Room
Deck 16 XA/274FB Lift XA/873
Lift Mach.
Em Gen XA/235
XB/277 El.
Lkr.
XM/24G
Fire
XL/ Station
GO 274GA ACS Store
Tank Fan Room
Fan Room Up
Up
48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.1.3 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.2.1a Main Engines
Exhaust
Manifold HT Cooling Water
Exhaust
Manifold
12V 46C Engines
HT Cooling Water
Charge Air
Cylinder Valve
end
Push Rod
Drive
Non
B6
A6 B5
Fuel Oil
A5 B4
Cylinder Valve
Pump
A4 B3
Push Rod A3 B2
A2 B1
A1
Fuel Oil
Pump
Charge Air
Piston
end
ve
Dri
Piston
Cylinder
Camshaft
Liner
8L46 Engines
Camshaft
end
Drive
Non
Crankcase
8
Relief Valve
7
6
Crankcase
5
Relief Valve
4
3
Crankshaft
2
Crankshaft Ope
rati
1
ng
side
Crankshaft Balance
Crankshaft Balance Weight
end
Weight
ve
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil Dri
Sump Sump
Wartsila 12V 46C Diesel Engine Internal View Wartsila 8L46 Diesel Engine Internal View
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.1 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.2 diesel generators Some of the oil flowing through the piston skirt to the crown cooling space The pump is fitted with a pressure control valve so that the pressure of the
is directed to nozzles around the periphery of the skirt in order to provide LO supply to the engine is regulated. LO is supplied to the engine distribution
2.2.1 Diesel Generator Engines lubrication of the cylinder liner. Piston crowns are fitted with three piston pipe via a cooler, an automatic backflush filter and duplex filters. A centrifugal
rings, the upper two being compression rings and the lower ring serving as a filter takes some of the flow to the engine and discharges it back to the sump.
scraper ring. From the engine LO distribution pipe, oil is directed to the main bearings,
Main Diesel Generator Engines then to the bottom end and the gudgeon pins and also to the pistons where it
Maker: Wartsila Diesel Cylinder liners are centrifugally cast from a special cast iron alloy which serves as a coolant. Oil also flows to the camshaft bearings and the cam boxes,
No. of sets: Four/Two has high mechanical strength and good self-lubricating properties. Liners are the governor drive and rocker boxes; separate oil supply pipes lead from the
designed with a high collar which has drilled cooling holes or bores located to distribution pipe to the turbocharger. A branch line from the engine inlet pipe
Model: 12V46C; 8L46
provide effective cooling where it is needed. Holes are plugged as necessary supplies the common rail operating unit with LO via an automatic filter. Main
Type: Four-stroke, trunk piston, vee-form (12V) and in- in order to provide the required water flow to maintain the correct temperature bearing temperatures are monitored by means of temperature probes.
line (8L), turbocharged at the liner inner surface.
Maximum power: 12,600KW (12V); 8,400kW (8L) The crankcase is provided with an oil mist detector in order to safeguard
Speed: 514 rpm Cylinder heads are manufactured from special quality grey cast iron and are against the risk of crankcase explosion. It is essential that this detector device
Direction of rotation: Anticlockwise attached to the engine block by means of four hydraulically tensioned screws. is checked and its alarm operation tested frequently. The crankcase is also
The head is of the double deck type and cooling water flows from the periphery fitted with a breather system which prevents overpressure in the crankcase due
Cylinder bore: 460 mm
towards the centre. Water enters the head through the cylinder liner cooling to piston blowby. Oil from the breather chamber flows back to the crankcase
Piston stroke: 580 mm water bores and leaves through an outlet channel at the top from where it flows and the chamber is vented at deck 18 level.
No. of cylinders: 12; 6 in each bank/8 in-line to a common collecting pipe. There are two exhaust valves and two air inlet
valves in each cylinder head, the exhaust valves seal against the directly cooled
Cooling Water System
valve seat rings.
Turbochargers See sections 2.5.2 and 2.5.3, Diesel Generator High Temperature and Low
Maker: ABB Exhaust and air inlet valves are fitted with Rotocap units in order to provide Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Systems.
Model: TPL73-A30 valve rotation when the valve is opening. Valve rotation prevents local
overheating of valves and the hammering of deposits constantly at the same The engine cylinders and cylinder covers are water cooled in order to prevent
No. of sets: Two per engine (12V); One per engine (8L) very high temperatures and so maintain material strength. The cooling system
position on the seat area. Rotation of the valves also counters local high
thermal stress and prevents the build-up of deposits on the seat. is designed to prevent high temperature gradients within the engine, as high
temperature gradients result in thermal stress. Fresh water is used for cooling
General Engine Description
Starting air valves are fitted to each cylinder cover. These provide compressed and this is chemically treated to inhibit corrosion.
There are six engines, each driving an alternator. The four inboard engines air to the cylinder in order to start the engine. A camshaft operated starting air
distributor provides pilot air to operate the starting air valves in the correct Water from the high temperature (HT) cooling fresh water (CFW) system
are V engines with 12 cylinders whereas the two outboard engines are 8
sequence. A single fuel injector is fitted centrally in the cylinder head. In circulates around the cylinder liners and through the cylinder heads, it also
cylinder in-line units. All engines are of the four-stroke, trunk piston type
addition each cylinder head is fitted with an indicator valve and a spring loaded acts as a primary coolant for the combustion charge air. Water from the low
and are unidirectional. Constant pressure turbocharging is applied, there
safety valve. temperature (LT) CFW system acts as the secondary coolant for the combustion
being one turbocharger to each bank of cylinders in the V engines and only
charge air and also as the coolant for the LO circulating in the system. At the
one turbocharger for each in-line engine. The temperature of the charge air is
charge air coolers, moisture in the air condenses and this is removed from
reduced in a two stage intercooler. The general descriptions of the engines are Lubricating Oil System
the charge air system via condensate traps. The engine cooling system may
similar as outlined below.
See section 2.9.1, Diesel Generator Engine Main Lubricating Oil System. be drained in order to allow for maintenance. Two cooling water systems
are provided, one for each group of two engines. Each cooling system has a
Pistons are of the composite type with forged steel crowns and nodular cast
Lubricating oil (LO) for the bearings, cylinders and turbochargers is stored in preheater which maintains the temperature of the engine HT system when both
iron skirts. Cooling of the pistons is provided by oil from the crankcase which
the LO drain tank and is circulated through the system by an engine driven the engines in that group are stopped.
is supplied by the pressure lubricating oil pump to the main bearings. Oil
pump. An electrically driven prelubrication pump operates before starting and
flows through holes drilled in the crankshaft to each bottom end bearing and
whenever the engine is set to the standby condition, this ensures that there is Water from the HT cooling circuit is used as a heating source for the FW
from there oil passes up a hole drilled in each connecting rod to the associated
sufficient oil at all bearing surfaces until the engine driven pump is operating. evaporator associated with each engine group. A high temperature FW
gudgeon pin.
The engine driven LO pump draws oil from the LO drain tank via a suction circulating pump is used to circulate water from the high temperature circuit
filter. through the evaporator. A steam booster heater is located after the circulating
This oil lubricates the gudgeon pin and some flows through passageways in the
pump and this is used if there is insufficient heat in the engine cooling fresh
piston skirt to the cooling space located between the skirt and crown. Cocktail
water for the evaporation required.
shaker effect cooling is employed to extract heat from the piston crown and
then the oil falls back to the crankcase through holes in the piston skirt.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.1 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Fuel Oil System Camshaft Drive Governor
See section 2.7.1, Diesel Generator Fuel Oil System. The camshaft(s) is rotated by the crankshaft through a system of gears, the The diesel generator engines are controlled and monitored by a Wartsila
gear drive arrangement being located at the coupling end of the engine. The Electronic Control System (WECS 2000). This system controls fuel injection
The diesel generator engines normally operate on heavy fuel oil (HFO) flywheel is arranged at the coupling end of the engine and incorporates a according to engine load requirements and engine speed is measured by means
which is supplied to them under pressure by electrically driven pumps. The thrust bearing. The electric engine turning gear drives the toothed flywheel. A of two electronic pick-ups located at the flywheel. (See section 2.2.2 Diesel
supply pressure is above the evaporation pressure of water at the fuel system blocking system prevents the engine from being started when the turning gear Generator Engine Control and Safety System.)
temperature and this prevents gassing up of the fuel injection pumps during is engaged.
their suction periods, due to evaporation of any water in the fuel.
Exhaust Gas System
Camshaft
There are three separate fuel supply systems, No.1 (A) fuel system supplies Exhaust gas leaves the cylinder heads and enters the exhaust manifolds running
No.1 and No.2 diesel generator engines, No.2 (B) fuel system supplies No.3 The camshaft is made up of one cylinder sections with integrated cams. the length of the engine. The exhaust manifolds are positioned above the
and No.4 diesel generator engines, and No.3 (C) fuel system supplies No.5 The camshaft bearing journals are separate sections. All shrunk-on cams scavenge air manifold and are located under an insulated cover. Temperature
and No.6 diesel generator engine. Both fuel systems are identical. HFO from have smooth profiles to allow for controlled lifting and falling of the cam monitoring sensors are located at each cylinder exhaust and at the turbocharger
the operating HFO service tank is forced by one of the two fuel feed pumps followers. turbine inlet and outlet. The exhaust manifold is made up of cylinder length
through an automatic backwash filter and a flow meter to the fuel buffer sections clamped to the cylinder heads and joined to each other by means of
chamber where it mixes with fuel returned from the engine. Turbocharger flexible connection pieces to allow for thermal movement.
One of two booster pumps takes HFO from the buffer chamber and forces it There is one turbocharger fitted to each bank of cylinders in the V engines, with From the turbochargers, the exhaust pipes pass to the exhaust gas economiser
into the engine fuel main via heaters and a viscometer. The fuel oil is heated only one turbocharger being fitted to the in-line engines. The turbochargers and then the final exit at the funnel. Sections of exhaust pipe are joined using
to a temperature which will provide optimum atomisation at the fuel injectors. operate on the SPEX exhaust system principle, which is a combination of both bellows pieces to compensate for thermal movement. All parts of the exhaust
Fuel supply pipes are lagged and trace heated in order to reduce heat loss. pulse and constant pressure systems. In this way, the exhaust gas retains some pipe system are lagged with mineral wool.
Duplex filters are fitted before each engine fuel main inlet. Flow meters are of its kinetic energy. The turbine is a single stage radial unit. Turbochargers are
fitted at the engine fuel main inlet and exit in order to allow the engine’s of the uncooled type with the shaft bearing located between the turbine disc The exhaust system is provided with a waste gate which diverts some of
fuel consumption to be determined. The fuel supply to the engine is kept at and the impeller. Turbocharger bearings are lubricated by oil supplied from the the exhaust gas around the turbocharger turbine. This device allows the
constant pressure by means of the pressure control valve located at the inlet to main lubrication system. turbochargers to operate efficiently over a wide range of engine loads and
the engine fuel supply manifold. The engines are supplied with excess fuel at provide the correct mass of air for optimum performance. At loads higher than
all times in order to ensure that there is always a positive pressure in the fuel Starting Air System 90% high charge air and firing pressures could occur and so the waste gate is
main system. Fuel pressurisation and booster pumps are arranged as duty and fitted to divert exhaust gas away from the turbocharger and so reduce the air
See section 2.6.1, Starting Air System.
standby pumps, the standby pump set to operate automatically should the duty supply pressure.
pump fail to maintain the required pressure.
The engines are started using compressed air which is injected into the cylinders
in sequence to cause the crankshaft to turn. In order to allow for starting at all Charge Air System
A common rail fuel injection system is fitted to each of the four engines.
times when an engine is designated as standby, the compressed air valves to Air intake to the turbocharger is direct from the engine room via a filter and
With this arrangement fuel injection timing is controlled by a separate timing
the engine must remain open. Starting air pressure is 30kg/cm2, the pressure sound damper. The turbocharger impeller imparts high velocity to the air
system and not by the fuel pumps which only act to increase the fuel pressure
is reduced to 8.0kg/cm2 for the control systems. During starting, compressed which then flows to the volute casing and diffuser where the velocity energy
for injection. Fuel injection pumps supply high pressure fuel to the cylinder
air flows through the engine line to the main starting valve and then into each is converted into pressure energy. Compression increases the air temperature
injection valves. An accumulator is located between the fuel pump and the
cylinder in sequence via a pneumatically controlled cylinder starting valve. and from the volute and diffuser the air flows to a cooler which reduces the air
cylinder injector valve. One fuel pump supplies fuel for two cylinder injection
Each cylinder starting air valve is operated by timed pilot air directed from the temperature in order to increase its density.
valves.
starting air distributor.
The hydraulic fuel injection control system, using oil supplied from the main A two stage air cooler reduces the air temperature, the cooler being located in
When a start is initiated by the control system, the starting air master valve the air outlet casing from the turbocharger. The cooling process can result in
lubrication system, has an engine driven high pressure pump which provides
is opened and air is directed to the starting system. Starting is blocked if the condensation of water vapour in the air and these condensed water droplets
hydraulic pressure for actuation of the fuel injectors. Hydraulic oil is directed
turning gear is engaged. Provided that there are no blocks present, the slow can remove the oil film from the cylinder walls if they enter the cylinder, thus
to the actuation unit of each injector in sequence in order to operate the injector,
turning valve is operated and this allows air to flow to the engine starting air increasing cylinder wear. A water separator in the air discharge casing removes
a timed distributor regulating the timing of the fuel injector operation.
valves at a reduced rate. If there are no hydraulic locks in the engine system, the condensed water from the charge air. Air from the turbocharger enters a
the engine will complete two full revolutions on slow turning and when this is common charge air manifold after the water separator. The charge manifold
Some fuel accumulators are fitted with an electric hydraulically controlled
completed, air flows directly to the engine starting system and the engine will runs the length of the engine and from there, air flows to the individual
start-up and safety valve (SSV) which controls the pressure in the common
start normally on full air pressure. Slow turning is automatically activated for cylinders through air inlet valves. Sections of the charge air pipe are connected
rail and allows for fuel circulation between the pump and the associated
two revolutions if the engine has been stopped for more than 30 minutes. elastically to allow for movement due to temperature variations.
accumulator before starting the engine.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.1 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Turbocharger Cleaning c) Open the water washing unit outlet valve and the appropriate i) Check the tightness of the cylinder head starting air valves and
The charge air cooler is cleaned by removing the unit from the engine and engine isolating valve. Check that the other engine isolating injectors. Drain the start air system of water.
either chemically or mechanical cleaning it, or the water side can be cleaned valves are all closed.
using long brushes in-situ. Preparation for Starting the Engine after a Short Downtime
d) Select the correct engine at the control panel by placing the
selector switch in position 1, 2, 3 or 4. Start cleaning by Follow the same procedure as above, except that the sampling of LO and
All the engines have permanently piped turbocharger cleaning connections
pressing the appropriate cleaning cycle pushbutton, COMP cooling water will not be necessary, nor will venting of the jacket water
and the operation is carried out from one of two control panels (forward and
WASH, TURB WASH or TURB THERMAL SHOCK WASH. system. Where engines are shut down for short periods and remain on standby,
aft) using a selector switch to control the desired engine. Each control station
they must always be ready for restarting with the cooling water and fuel system
also has a pressure increase unit which pressurises the cleaning water before
e) The pushbutton lamp will illuminate whilst the cleaning cycle is kept warm and circulating.
delivery to the desired engine.
under way. Once the cycle is complete, close the shut-off valves
The compressor side of the turbocharger is cleaned by injecting a quantity of in c) followed by the valves in a). Slowly increase load on the Routine Engine System Checks
water into the inlet air stream when the engine is running, the water removing engine once the water washing unit is confirmed as being shut
the light oily/carbon deposits for the impeller and air casing surfaces. If very down. • Fuel should be sampled as bunkers are taken and analysed. The
dirty, the turbine side may be cleaned by spraying water into the exhaust gas results of the analysis will indicate if any additional treatment or
manifold immediately before the turbine inlet when the engine is running. Operation of the Diesel Generator Engine Systems procedures are necessary before the fuel is used in the engines.
This requires the engine to be operating at a reduced load in order to keep the • LO should be sampled and analysed at recommended intervals.
gas temperature before the turbine below 500ºC. This is called thermal shock See section 2.2.3, Diesel Generator Operation for detailed operational The results of the analysis will indicate whether any LO
cleaning and is carried out on turbines which have not been cleaned regularly. descriptions. treatment is required or if the charge needs to be replaced.
Turbine water washing, carried out daily, should normally be routine and this
requires a quantity of water to be injected in a similar manner to thermal shock • Sample the CFW for concentration of corrosion inhibitor and
Preparation Procedure for Starting after Prolonged Downtime or replenish as necessary.
cleaning but with reduced water quantity. Overhaul
• During engine operation, the LO and CFW temperatures and
It is essential that the instructions for cleaning be followed precisely in order to a) Ensure that the fuel system is fully primed and that all fuel pressures should be checked. Abnormal changes will indicate
ensure that no turbine damage results from the cleaning process. filters are cleaned. defective operation or failure of components.
Regular and frequent cleaning of the turbocharger system is essential to b) If an engine has been shut down on HFO, the fuel heating
system must be operated and fuel circulated so that all parts of Note: High or low temperatures and pressures will initiate alarms but
maintain optimum performance. The effectiveness of the cleaning process changes in temperature and pressure across components such as coolers and
should be checked immediately it is completed and cleaning repeated if it has the system are at the required temperature.
filters will indicate a need for cleaning which may be undertaken before an
not improved performance sufficiently. alarm condition is reached.
c) Check the cooling water system and vent the system of air.
d) Take a sample of the cooling water and replenish inhibitor
Procedure for Cleaning the Turbocharger chemicals if necessary. • Check for LO, CFW and FO leaks, rectify as soon as possible.
• Check cylinder performance and balance cylinder power as
Both sides of the turbocharger are cleaned whilst the engine is operating. e) Circulate the cooling water system and bring all parts to the required. Check the operation of the fuel injection system and
The compressor wash is carried out every 24 hours with the engine over 50% same temperature gradually using the preheater. A temperature the direct water injection system when used.
power rating. The turbine side wash is done every 100 hours with the generator of 60ºC must be achieved and maintained.
• Check the operation of the crankcase oil mist detector and test
breaker disconnected form the network with the exhaust gas before the
the alarm in line with company procedures.
turbocharger at between 305°C and 430°C. Thermal shock cleaning is carried f) Take a sample of the system LO and analyse it.
out every 300 hours with the exhaust gas before the turbocharger at between • Check bearing temperatures. Even though an alarm trigger
430°C and 500°C. g) Clean all LO system filters. temperature may not have been reached, the gradual increase in
bearing temperature can indicate potential problems.
After supplying power to the water washing unit, the following procedure h) Switch on the prelubrication pump and turn the engine using
should be adopted: the turning gear for at least 2 revolutions. Check the freedom of
movement of the engine by noting the turning gear current/load.
Preparation for Shutting Down an Engine
a) Open the water and control air supply shut-off valves. This is particularly important if engine maintenance work has
a) Reduce load gradually until the engine is operating on no load.
been carried out. The LO temperature should be approximately
b) The engine load should be adjusted in line with the above 40ºC.
b) The engine stop is activated in the ECR and the control system
recommendations.
will move the fuel linkage to zero fuel, stopping the engine.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.1 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
c) The CFW circulation must be maintained and if the engine is to In the event of a high oil mist level being detected, the IMACS will raise an Procedure for Operating the Aquaman CWT Units
be taken out of service for maintenance, the temperature can be alarm and the engine will be shut down 10 seconds later. The engine must then
allowed to reduce gradually. be turned via the turning gear for 10 minutes. The engine crankcase should a) Check that the cooling water sample suction and return valves
then be monitored for hot spots. When it is certain that the crankcase is cool, are open, and that the cooling water system is operational and
d) If maintenance is to be carried out on the fuel system, it should the crankcases should be opened and visually inspected. Company technical the isolating valves are open.
be changed over to Marine Gas Oil (MGO) before stopping. standing orders and fleet instructions apply to oil mist procedures.
b) Check treatment chemical drums are full with the correct
e) If the engine is being shut down because of low load demand In the event of an oil mist detection system fault, the IMACS will raise an products and correct dilution in the appropriate drums.
but is to be left on standby, the CFW and LO must remain alarm and the engine will be shut down 30 minutes later if no further action
circulating at the correct temperature and the fuel system must is taken. c) Ensure that treatment dosing pump stroke knobs are at 65%.
also be kept circulating at the required temperature. The starting
air supply must be maintained in order to ensure that the engine Engine Cooling Water Treatment System d) Ensure there is power on the main control box.
can be started immediately if required.
Maker: Aquanet International e) Set the sample mode switch to the MAN position and check the
operation of the system.
Crankcase Oil Mist Detector Model: AQ CWT
f) When satisfied with manual operation set the sample mode
Maker: Visatron
Introduction switch to the AUTO position.
Model: VN115/87 EMC g) Turn the pump mode switches to the MAN position. Check that
Type: Light obscuring The AQ CWT systems are designed to control the injection of nitrite borate the pump operates correctly. When satisfied, place the pump
corrosion inhibitors into the cooling water circuits. For a full description of mode switch in the AUTO position. The green LED will be
Oil mist in a crankcase can explode should its concentration reach a high these units, see section 2.5.6 Fresh Water Cooling Treatment System. illuminated in each case.
enough level. The primary explosion may be mild or severe depending upon
the amount of mist present but a mild explosion can result in a much more Each unit takes a sample of water from the circulating system to which it is Note: The pumps may be operated locally by setting the switches to the
severe secondary explosion. Any crankcase explosion can be fatal to personnel attached and it circulates that sample, by means of a pump, through the probe MAN position but pump switches must not be left in the MAN position
in the vicinity and it may trigger fires in the engine room. monobloc. The probe monobloc measures the sample conductivity and pH. unless it is necessary to control feed treatment manually due to abnormal
The unit’s microprocessor determines the amount of nitrite borate chemical water conditions.
Explosion doors are fitted to each crankcase unit and these lift to release treatment which needs to be pumped into the circulation system by means of
the pressure resulting from an explosion. In the event of a severe crankcase the dosing pump and it operates the dosing pump accordingly. h) The unit is now operational and will operate as programmed.
explosion, they may be insufficient to release the pressure quickly enough and
the crankcase sides may fracture. Crankcase explosion doors are fitted with a Operation of each unit is automatic and the unit must only be operated when
gauze screen which is intended to reduce the flame temperature, however, in the cooling water system to which it is attached is operating. The unit is
severe cases flames may still enter the engine room and ignite any combustible normally operated in automatic mode by setting the selector switch to AUTO
material in the vicinity. Combustible material must never be left in the engine but it may be operated in manual mode for a short time should circumstances
room nor must the gas escape path from the explosion doors be restricted. dictate manual supply of treatment chemical to the circulation system.
The oil mist detector draws a sample from all units of the crankcase Connected to the units is a PC which runs the Aquanet software. This software
simultaneously and passes it through a mist detecting chamber, having logs the condition of the water from each system together with the treatment
extracted larger oil droplets from the sample in a separator. The greater the added. It also monitors conditions and activates an alarm for low level chemical
amount of mist in the sample, the lower will be the level of light falling on a in the treatment tank. The software also allows for the production of logs and
receiving diode in the detecting chamber. If the light level falls below a certain graphs, and for the calibration of system probes.
value, it indicates that the oil mist has exceeded a threshold level and an alarm
is triggered. The mist detector must be checked daily and the test alarm button
activated in order to check that the alarm system is functioning.
A performance test must be carried out on the oil mist detector before the
engine is started. If the engine is on standby, a performance test must be carried
out daily to ensure that the oil mist detector is operational should the engine
be called upon to start.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.1 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.2.2a Diesel Generator Control and Safety System
Main Switchboard
UPS Power Supply System Power Management
90/24 VDC System
230VAC
Integrated
Alarm Monitoring and
Control System
Junction Box/
Speed Control Unit
723 Digital
Control
J160
EM-30 Torsional Vibration
M
Main Engine 1.4 8L46
E600 J154 A1 P-MOD
Turbine
Washing Units
1,2, 3
Common for
Engines
From To
SCU2 Main Engine
e600
Lubricating Oil Control Oil
Turning Gear Fuel Oil Lubricating Oil Auto Filter Lubricating Oil Auto Filter Control Oil M
Starter Filter Filter Controller Filter Controller Filter
Pre Lubricating Oil Pump
1760rpm/12.7kW
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.2 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.2.2 Diesel Generator Engines Control and As far as the diesel engine control system is concerned, any manoeuvring is WECS 2000 Hardware
Safety System simply a change in load and the control system must adjust the fuel setting
of the engine in order to satisfy that requirement. This is carried out by the The WECS is an independent system which uses an external power supply.
WECS and the demand for increased electrical power adjusts the fuel injection There are hard-wired signals for the most important functions of the engine,
Control and Monitoring System
system accordingly. Other parts of the control system are activated so that such as the emergency stop, etc.
Maker: Wartsila engine support systems adjust to serve the needs of the engine. The common
Model: WECS 2000 (Control and Monitoring System) rail system fuel injection timing also forms part of the control system and is The WECS 2000 unit is a distributive control system which gathers analogue
implemented in order to ensure that emissions are controlled as required. The information from different engine sensors, processes this information in small
WECS 7500 (Fuel Injection)
WECS 7500 system is responsible for common rail fuel injection and acts to DCUs situated around the engine and directs the processed data to the MCU
meet operational requirements and ensure that emission levels are minimised. in digital format.
Introduction
Wartsila WECS 2000 Control and Monitoring System WECS 2000 Main Cabinet
The six main diesel engines drive electrical generators and these provide
electrical power for propulsion, engine room equipment, auxiliary machinery The main cabinet includes the following:
The engines are controlled/monitored by an electronic control system, the
and hotel services throughout the ship. Depending upon the electrical load, two WECS 2000 (Wartsila Engine Control System). The WECS is interfaced to • Main control unit
or more engines may be operating at the same time with the total load being the IMACS system. All sensors on the engine are connected to the sensor • Relay module
shared between the operating engines. During normal operation, the Power multiplexor units (SMUs) or directly to the distributed control units (DCUs).
Management System (PMS) is responsible for starting and stopping engines in All SMUs are connected via DCUs to the main control unit (MCU). Signals • Local display unit
order to meet the electrical load requirements and ensure the efficient operation to and from external systems are connected to the MCU and the relay module • Local control panel
of the generating plant. (RM). The engine operating parameters are shown on the local display unit
• Back-up instruments
(LDU) at the engine and on various IMACS mimics for the diesel engines. The
Under normal circumstances, the ship is manoeuvred from the bridge and the WECS 2000 controls/monitors the following: • Connectors for external systems
electrical load for propulsion purposes will be dictated by the speed of the
ship. During manoeuvring, additional electrical generating power is always • Engine and turbocharger speed measuring
made available by starting an additional diesel engine or engines in order to Main Control Unit (MCU)
• Engine safety system
meet the demands of an emergency which might arise such as one generator This consists of a series of boards which combine to provide all requirements
shutting down for any reason. Whenever an engine is operating, its systems • Starting of the engine including slow turning
for data acquisition, control and communication.
are constantly monitored in order to ensure that the engine operates in a safe • Stopping of the engine
manner and that corrective action can be taken which will prevent possible
• Start blocking Relay Module
engine damage. The control system can make adjustments to various engine
supply systems, such as cooling water temperature and LO temperature, to • Automatic shutdown of the engine The relay module executes orders from the MCU by activating solenoids, etc.
ensure that these engine conditions remain within defined limits even when • Load reduction request in the various engine systems. It also serves as a safety back-up system when
the engine load changes. The control system also monitors engine parameters the main safety system is not functioning. Most hard-wired signals such as
and reports on defects such as high or low pressures in cooling and lubricating • Signal processing of all monitoring and alarm sensors those from emergency switches are connected to the relay module. The relay
systems. Alarms may be triggered when operating parameters drift outside set • Read out of important engine parameters on the graphic module has no processor or software and is totally hard-wire driven.
limits. The control system may take corrective action to bring the parameters display
back within limits or an alarm may signal the need for manual intervention. The relay module consists of the following functional blocks:
The Wartsila Engine Control System (WECS) will shut down the engine • Data communication with external systems (IMACS etc)
• Speed measuring block (back-up)
in the event of operating parameters or service supply conditions reaching
unacceptable levels. The WECS 2000 is not a ship’s alarm system but it will Note: Speed control is not part of the WECS. • Lubricating oil shutdown block (back-up)
transmit data to the ship’s alarm system, where appropriate, for general alarm • MCU stop/shutdown block
activation. Manoeuvring does not have any direct impact on the engines apart Modbus Communication Link
from changing the load and that is dealt with by the fuel control system. • Hard-wired stop block
The communication between the IMACS and the WECS is achieved via a • Overspeed shutdown block (back-up)
modbus communication link. Modbus is a binary data transfer protocol. In the
Load Variation • Emergency stop block
WECS, the modbus serial link is used for transferring measurement data and
Propulsion and manoeuvring operations include main propulsion motor and status information from the MCU to the IMACS. Additionally, the modbus • MCU watchdog block
thruster load variation. Operation of these devices changes the electrical load communication link can be used for controlling the engine via the MCU.
and hence the load on the diesel generators. • Stop/Shutdown override block
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.2 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
• Shutdown reset block Local Control Panel Start Blocking
• Stop block The local control panel is displayed at the local display unit and contains the The following conditions activate a start block and prevent the engine from
following pushbuttons and switch: being started:
• Hard-wired start block
• START: A green coloured pushbutton to allow for local starting • Low prelubrication oil pressure
• MCU start block
of the engine.
• Turning gear engaged
• Fuel limiter block
• STOP: A red coloured pushbutton to initiate a local engine
• Stop lever in the stop position
• Slow turning block stop.
• External start blockings
• Failure block • SHUTDOWN RESET: A white coloured pushbutton to reset
the WECS after a shutdown. • Local/Remote switch in the local position to block a remote
• Power supply block
start
• EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton.
The relay module contains six trimmers for setting delays and set points. The • Local/Remote switch in the remote position to block a local
• CONTROL START MODE: A selector switch with LOCAL and
front of the relay module panel is equipped with LEDs which indicate system start
REMOTE positions for selection of the engine starting position.
failures, shutdowns or operations.
The switch should normally be in the REMOTE position to
allow for starting from the PMS. Stopping
Local Display Unit The WECS stops the engine by energising three solenoid valves. Two operate
The local display unit (LDU) replaces the traditional pressure gauge panel, The local control panel displays engine speed, lubricating oil pressure and the pneumatic cylinders on the injection pumps cutting the fuel injection. The
thermometers and other instruments. It is connected to the MCU, which HT water temperature with data gathered from back-up sensors and back- third valve acts on the speed governor. The solenoid valves are energised by
sends the necessary data to the display. The LDU provides engine operating up circuitry independent of the WECS main circuitry. This facility provides pressing the STOP button on the engine or remotely via the remote stop input.
information in graphical and/or digital form depending upon the feature essential information should any part of the WECS fail to function correctly. They can also be activated via the modbus communication link.
selected. By means of the soft keys at the LDU the operator may select screens
which provide information relating to engine systems. Note: The emergency stop signal and the back-up overspeed shutdown signal
Speed Measuring
are NOT blocked by the stop override signal.
Four keys are located at the LDU panel as follows: The engine speed is measured by means of two pickups located at the flywheel
and the turbocharger speed is measured by one pickup. One of the engine speed
• Asterisk key Shutdowns
pickups is connected to the DCU and the speed calculation is carried out by the
• Enter key DCU software. The speed pickup DCU will initiate an engine stop in the case An engine shutdown is activated under the following conditions:
• Arrow up key of engine overspeed. The second engine speed pickup is connected to the relay
• Low lubricating oil pressure
module which is located at the MCU cabinet. This module initiates a shutdown
• Arrow down key of the engine if the overspeed is not detected by the first pickup. A shutdown • Engine overspeed
due to low lubricating oil pressure initiated by the relay module is blocked by • External shutdown input
LDU keys allow for selection of three different types of pages: the second speed pickup.
• Main page or meter page: Main engine data. • Emergency stop input
• History page: The last 100 events on the engine including date Starting In addition to the shutdowns above there are independent hard-wired shutdowns
and time. All starting conditions for the engine are configurable. An engine will not start which are backed up in the relay module. These are for low lubricating oil
• Status pages: Shows current values of all sensors in one logical after a forced shutdown unless either the local or remote reset pushbutton is pressure, the overspeed trip and high HT water temperature after the engine.
group, such as main bearing temperatures. pressed. The start solenoid valve is activated by pressing the START pushbutton The limit of the overspeed shutdown is set slightly higher than the engine
at the engine or remotely via the remote start input. The start solenoid valve nominal speed. This function is latching and must be reset prior to restart. The
may also be activated via the modbus communication link. A blackout start of low lubricating oil pressure shutdown is blocked at low engine speed and at
Main Page the engine may be activated manually or by means of the external automation standstill.
The main page displays information relating to the engine operating condition system but a blackout start is not possible if the prelubrication pump has been
such as speed and fuel rack position. It will also indicate the engine running stopped for more than 5 minutes.
mode and details related to start failures (if any). Up and down arrow keys
allow for changing of pages and pressing of the asterisk key together with the
ENTER key allows for resetting of the LDU. The main page may be displayed
at any time by pressing the ENTER key; if there is no operator action for 15
minutes the LDU display defaults to the main page.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.2 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Load Reduction WECS 7500 Common Rail Fuel System Control Functionality Shutdown Mode
An engine’s load reduction set point is defined in the WECS and once set The high pressure common rail is constructed from a series of accumulators The engine is at standstill or under deceleration. This mode is activated by
should not be changed. If the load reduction set point is exceeded a load interconnected by small bore piping. The camshaft driven pressurising pumps an internal shutdown or by activation of the shutdown input. This mode is
reduction request is activated in the external system and if allowed the engine and fuel accumulators are designed for compartments of two cylinders. This preceded by stop, start or run modes.
load will be reduced by starting another electrical power generator. The arrangement reduces the pulse migration ability along the common rail. The
following conditions activate a load reduction request. discharge of the pressurising pumps, and thereby the common rail pressure
Run Mode
itself, is controlled by flow control valves which are controlled by the WECS
• High lubricating oil temperature
7500. To ensure safe engine starting and operation on HFO, the flow control The engine is running with the speed above a predetermined value and there
• Low HT water pressure valves are cycled in sequences prior to the engine start. Heated HFO flows is no stop, shutdown or emergency stop active. This mode is preceded by the
through each pump in turn and then on to the common rail and back to the tank start mode.
• High cooling water temperature
via the start-up and safety valve (SSV).
• High main bearing temperature
Start Mode
• High exhaust gas temperature The fuel control valves are connected to proportional outputs of the cylinder
controllers and are controlled by a regulation signal from the WECS. The The engine is in start sequence and is accelerating. The start may be initiated
• High exhaust gas temperature deviation by use of the remote start or blackout start input if no start blocking is active.
regulation signal is based on the higher of the two values obtained from pressure
• High cylinder liner temperature sensors at each end of the common rail. The set pressure for the common rail is This mode is preceded by the stop mode.
engine load and speed dependent, but is also dependent on transient conditions.
• Oil mist detection
In the case of a loss of control signal, the fuel control valve will operate at Stop Mode
minimum delivery for safety reasons. The other compartments will pressurise
WECS 2000 Software The engine is at standstill and has been stopped by a remote engine stop input.
the common rail to ensure that the engine is still operational. The common rail
The engine may be in stop mode following an emergency stop or a shutdown
The Vaisala real-time executive (VRX) system shell is used for accessing the fuel injectors are controlled by the WECS. The drive outputs of the cylinder
after the sequence is finished and reset has been pressed. The engine is not
underlying software operating system and it also provides for a RAM based controllers are connected to solenoid valves integrated in the injectors. A
ready for start as a start blocking may be active in this mode. This mode is
real-time database. The WECS 2000 gathers, processes and communicates data separate hydraulic control oil system is used to actuate the fuel injectors, as the
preceded by shutdown or emergency modes.
which is used by the various system applications. The VRX acts to co-ordinate drive signals are only used to trigger the opening of the injector. The WECS
all tasks being undertaken by the WECS and it acts as a communication centre determines the accurate start and stop of the fuel injection. The injection timing
for all tasks currently taking place. There is no facility for operator access to has load and speed dependent mapping and is also optimised with separate Fuel Injection Quantity
the VRX or the software of any part of the system. settings for load transients.
The input to the fuel injection quantity calculation is based on the signal from
the engine’s external speed control unit. The analogue signal from the speed
The maximum injection quantity (duration) is dynamically defined and
control unit is proportionally converted into the cylinder individual injection
WECS 7500 dependent on engine speed, charge air pressure and common rail pressure, for
duration values. These values determine the length of the fuel injection, ie,
optimum smoke reduction. Fuel pressure needs to be released from the nozzle
the quantity of fuel injected into each cylinder; this quantity is engine load
The WECS 7500 is a distributed control and monitoring system for engines between the injections. This is carried out by a special three-way valve design.
dependent.
which use a common rail for fuel injection. It handles all functions related In order to prevent overfilling, automatically triggered flow fuses are used at
to the common rail fuel system (such as the electronic control of the fuel each fuel injector. Malfunctioning injectors and other strategic components
In order to eliminate excessive fuel injection and therefore to reduce smoke
injection, common rail pressure control, built-in diagnostics, etc). The system controlled by the WECS are identified by the WECS 7500 control circuitry
during transient load conditions, the quantity of fuel injected into the cylinder
comprises the following major control and monitoring categories: and diagnostics. The WECS 7500 functionality is based upon a ‘mode thinking
is based on the following parameters:
• Control of fuel injection timing and quantity approach’, basically this means that one mode is always active and the system
functions according to the parameters set for that mode. Modes have different • Charge air pressure
• Optimising features to prevent smoke priorities and they are defined as follows from highest to lowest priority: • Common rail fuel pressure
• Common rail system safety
• System diagnostics Emergency Mode During large and sudden engine load reductions, the injection control can
totally disable the fuel injection for a limited time in order to reduce off-speed
• Communication with the external systems The engine is at standstill or under deceleration. This mode is activated by the
operation. The sensitivity of this adaptive control function is configurable.
WECS internal emergency stop system or by activation of the emergency stop
pushbutton. This mode is preceded by any other mode.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.2 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Fuel Injection Timing • The start up and safety valve will be opened, ie, the common
The fuel injection timing reference is derived from a reference map, which rail pressure will be released
is both engine load and engine speed dependent. This map is optimised with • The fuel injection will be disabled
injection timing settings according to steady state conditions. In transient
• The common rail pressure control will be disabled
conditions, another reference map is used, optimised for such conditions. A
load transient controlled switch is used, to select the relevant map. The final
The engine is not ready for a restart before the failure is cleared and the alarm/
injection timing reference values used by the WECS are offset by the present
shutdown reset button has been pressed.
common rail pressure and charge air temperature. The timing can also be offset
with values from a reference map, which contains settings manually preset.
For the final injection timing processing, the WECS uses accurate information Emergency Stop
about the engine speed and engine crankshaft angular position. An emergency stop of the engine is initiated by the following:
• Emergency stop input is activated
The common rail fuel pressure regulation is executed by means of a closed-
loop PID controller function. The common rail fuel pressure is measured • Engine overspeed
at each end of the rail. In a normal situation, the highest pressure is always • Engine speed too low in run mode
automatically selected to be the one used in the PID controller as the pressure
feedback signal. If one sensor is damaged, the pressure regulation is based in • WECS module/CAN communication failure
the signal from the healthy sensor. A sensor failure alarm will then be initiated. • Pulse failure of both speed sensors (not if there is a short signal
The common rail fuel pressure signals are also used to provide common rail drop out)
compartment pressure deviation detection. Any high pressure deviation will
initiate an alarm. • Pulse failure of both phase sensors (only if simultaneous with
speed sensor failure)
• Speed regulator control signal missing or out of range
Engine Stop, Shutdown and Emergency Stop Modes
• Failure of both CR pressure sensors (same bank)
Engine Stop
When a remote stop is activated, the WECS will first go into shutdown mode. When an emergency stop is active, the WECS will go into emergency stop
When the remote stop input is activated, the following will occur: mode. When an emergency stop comes active, the following will occur:
• The start up and safety valve (SSV) will be opened, ie, the • The engine safety wire loop will go low,ie, the 90V DC injector
common rail pressure will be released valve supply to the cylinder controllers will be removed
• The fuel injection will be disabled • The start up and safety valve will be opened, ie, the common
• The common rail pressure control will be disabled rail pressure will be released
• The fuel injection will be disabled
When the engine speed is zero, the engine will automatically enter the stop
mode after a short time delay. In stop mode, the fuel control valve cycling will • The common rail pressure control will be disabled
automatically begin. The cycling will not automatically begin if the fuel leakage
The engine is not ready for a restart before the failure is cleared and the alarm/
level switch is in the alarm position. When the fuel control valve cycling has
shutdown reset button has been pressed.
started, the engine is ready for a restart providing that there is no start blocking
active. No activation of the shutdown/alarm reset button is necessary.
Governor System
An engine shutdown is caused by the following: The governor is described in further detail in section 3.7, Governors.
• External shutdown input is activated
When a shutdown is active, the WECS will go into shutdown mode. When a
shutdown becomes active, the following will occur:
• The engine safety wire loop will go low, ie, the 90V DC injector
valve supply to the cylinder controllers will be removed
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.2 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.2.3a PMS Overview IMACS Mimic
SIMOS IMAC 55 223.223.10.1 05/04/2004 11:38
File Edit View User Programs Area Diagram Graph Tools Window Help
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
PMS Lifts
SIMOS IMAC 55
Pumps Blackout
-25 Resets Buzzer 157 11:38
05/04/2004
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
CLOSE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL
SWITCHBOARD CONFIGURATION
Total Motor Output - 10.56 MW
HARBOUR CLOSED STBD / PORT FWD / AFT
i i RUNNING RUNNING i i
OFF OFF OFF OFF
5.34 MW S 50% M 50% 5.52 MW
i i i i
M M STAND-BY START SEQUENCES
i G LOAD_SHARING 5 3 1
DDG 5
R DDG 1
NUMBER OF SETS NOT_RDY_STRT G i 1 2 1
4 MAX 6
1 L
G
MIN 2
LOAD_SHARING i 2 1 2
LOAD DOWN SEQUENCE DDG 2
CLOSED
BLOCKED BLOCKED
ACTIVE ACTIVE DDG 3
LAST STAND-BY START
LOAD_SHARING G i 3 2 3
L
LOAD_DEMAND
LOAD_SHARING G i 4 1 4
DDG 6 DDG 4
i
i G STANDBY 6 3 2
NETWORK LOAD DEMAND
M M Underload STOP
CLOSED
DDG 1 180 s
Underloaded STOP
5.57 MW S 50% M 50% 5.40 MW DDG 2 180 s
DDG 5 180 s
i i RUNNING RUNNING i i DDG 3 180 s
DDG 6 180 s
Total Motor Output - 10.74 MW DDG 4 180 s
CONFIGURATION
Power Management Overview Propulsion Control DDG Indication EXECUTE
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.3 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.2.3 Diesel Generator Engines Operation Remote Control from the IMACS Operator Stations If the first DDG is connected to the network, the next one will be synchronised
Remote control of a DDG from an IMACS operator station is possible when as normal by PMA71 control station. If the engine’s safety system carries out an
the DDG LOCAL/REMOTE operation selection switch is in the REMOTE emergency stop, the safety system sends a STOP and an ACB OPEN command
Local Operation to the WECS. The emergency stop valve at the engine will be activated and
position, the LOCAL/REMOTE operation selection switch of the Siprotec
generator protection unit in the main switchboard is also in the REMOTE the ‘CB Open’ command will be sent directly to the main switchboard to trip
Control of the Diesel Generators (DDGs) is carried out at four different levels: the CB immediately.
position and when HMI is selected at the LOP. The operator then selects
• Local control MANUAL or AUTOMATIC CONTROL via the diesel engine and generator
CB icons. Under normal circumstances, the diesel generator engines are started and
• Manual control from the local operation panel (LOP) at the
stopped by the PMS in order to meet the electrical load requirements. For a
main switchboard
MANUAL is indicated as an M icon next to the diesel generator or ACB icons. PMS initiated start, all systems are left in the operational condition. Whenever
• Remote control from an IMACS operator station any maintenance is carried out on the engine, all systems are shut down for
There is no indication when in AUTOMATIC control. By switching over from
• Automatic control via the Power Management System (PMS) MANUAL or AUTOMATIC control to LOCAL control and back, the previous safety and practical reasons and these systems must be made ready again for
MANUAL or AUTOMATIC control level becomes active again. engine operation. After any maintenance work the engine should be started
Generator protection is carried out from the relevant generator panel and the locally in order to allow checks to be made on the work that has been carried
protection works independently in all three control levels. The diesel engines When in MANUAL control, the operator has to check all preconditions before out.
are protected by their own Wartsila WECS safety/control system described the process commands are issued. Generally, there are no automatic checks Procedure for Starting a Diesel Generator Engine Locally
previously in section 2.2.2. On top of the electrical protection, there are or blocks. Preconditions are indicated in a window which is connected to the
mechanical shutdowns for overspeed and low LO pressure. corresponding element. The icons will be coloured black or blue when the The engine will initially be set to STOP at the local control panel for safety.
DDGs and CBs are ready for starting and switching. If the DDG is selected
Local Control for MANUAL operation, the operator can start and stop the DDG directly. The a) Ensure that the engine is fully operational and that all tools and
start and stop commands are sent directly to the relevant DDG process station, other items of equipment are clear of the engine.
A LOCAL/REMOTE selection switch is located at the engine’s local control where the start and stop procedures are carried out. Once the auxiliaries have
stand. In LOCAL position, the diesel engine can be started and stopped from been successfully started, the process station sends the start signal to the b) Ensure that the turning gear is removed and that the engine is
the local control stand. WECS system. free to rotate on starting air.
The generators’ CBs can be controlled from the local switchboard control If the DDG is running, the operator can close the CB with the CLOSE command c) Supply control and instrument air to the engine systems (see
panel. If the diesel engine has already been started locally and the ACB is via the CB icon. This command is sent from the IMACS operator station via sections 2.6.2 and 2.6.3).
selected to LOCAL, the speed of the generator can be controlled with the the PMS process stations P31 or P32 to the PMA71 control station. The
SPEED HIGHER or SPEED LOWER switches at the synchronising panel. PMA71 control station sends the signal to the close signal to the GENOP71 d) Ensure that the Wartsila control and safety system is operating
After confirming the correct incoming generator is selected, the generator CB synchroniser which, in turn, closes the ACB. The CB is opened via the OPEN (see section 2.2.2).
will be closed by the check synchroniser by pressing the CB CLOSE selector command from the CB icon as above. In this case, the PMA71 station sends an
switch. A connected generator can be unloaded with SPEED DECREASE UNLOAD signal to the Woodward governor, after which the governor unloads e) Open all cooling water system valves and allow cooling water
commands and disconnected using the CB OPEN selector switch. the generator. The PMA71 unit will open the ACB when the active power is into all parts of the engine cooling system if any have been
less than 500kW. The PMS will not use a MANUAL configured DDG in its drained for maintenance work. Top up the generator engine
LOCAL operation of the DDGs and CBs is indicated at the LOP screens by automatic standby start sequence, however, a DDG running in MANUAL on fresh water make-up tank as necessary. Open the diesel
LOCAL text box next to the DDG and an ‘L’ icon next to the CB icons at the main switchboard is included in power calculations. generator engine fresh water system and ensure that water
IMACS. circulates though all parts of the engine cooling system. Supply
Automatic Control via the Power Management System steam to the generator engine fresh water preheater if necessary
Remote Control from the Local Operation Panel and allow the engine cooling water system to warm up to the
For full automatic control, the diesel engine and the generator CB must be
required temperature (see sections 2.5.2 and 2.5.3). Check for
Remote control of the DDG from the LOP is possible when the local/remote switched to AUTOMATIC via the diesel engine and generator CB icon. With
leaks as the system temperature rises. Ensure that the fresh
switch at the synchronising panel is in the REMOTE position and the LOP the AUTOMATIC control selected, the control logic will switch internally
water cooling system and treatment units are operational.
panel is selected for SEMI OP (semi-automatic). The operator can then start in the process management stations P31/32 and the control station PMA71.
and stop the DDG, as well as open and close the ACB from the LOP panel. It is not possible to issue manual commands when in AUTOMATIC mode.
f) Check the level of lubricating oil in the engine sump and
Automatic control of the generators is carried out by the PLC of the PMA71
replenish as necessary (see section 6.6.4).
Semi Op is indicated at IMACS with and L icon at the diesel generator icon, control station. In case of a blackout, the PMA71 control station sends the
and with the text SEMI OP at the LOP. ACB CLOSE command directly to the main switchboard if the first DDG is
g) Clean the engine lubricating oil filters and start the engine
running with nominal speed and the generator is excited.
prelubricating pump (see section 2.9.1).
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.3 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.2.3b Diesel Generator Engine Local Control Panel
REMOTE
LOCAL
CONTROL
START MODE
Modbus RTU
Operator Station IMACS SHUT - DOWN
RESET
??
STATUS STATUS A A
B
START
RESET
STATUS
Hardwired
RESET
Signals
STATUS ERROR
B
FULL
Communication Module STOP
CHARGING
AC ON bar °C rpm
DMI50 DMI50 DML50 DMC50 DMM50 DPS50
LUBE OIL HT-WATER ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE SPEED
WECS 2000 Main Cabinet with Control Panel
Main Control Unit (MCU)
LUBE OIL SHUTDOWN STOP RELAY
LUBE OIL SHUTDOWN BLOCKING HARDWIRED START BLOCKING
OPTIONAL SHUTDOWN HARDWIRED START
MCU STOP/SHUTDOWN MCU START
BACKUP U1 U2 U3 U4 U5
HARDWIRED STOP FUEL LIMITER
OVERSPEED SHUTDOWN SLOW TURNING
EMERGENCY STOP FAILURE ALARM
MCU WATCHDOG SPEED SWITCH 1
STOP/SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE SPEED SWITCH 2
SHUTDOWN RESET
LUBE OIL SWITCH FAILURE
OPTIONAL SHUTDOWN SWITCH FAILURE Relay
ENERGISED STOP SOLENOID FAILURE Module
Relay Module
Distributed Control CAN CAN
Unit Distributed Control
RS - 485
RS - 485 Unit
Sensor Multiplex Unit Sensor Multiplex Unit
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.3 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
h) Start the diesel generator sea water cooling water system supply Diesel Generator Start/Stop Sequence If the electrical propulsion system is in operation or if there is a request from
if it is not already operating (see section 2.4.1). another heavy consumer, such as thrusters or AC compressors, the number
The power requirement depends upon the operation of the vessel. In port, the of generators required will depend on the required power. Should the PMS
i) Circulate heated HFO around the engine fuel system and ensure hotel load is satisfied by the operation of one or two diesel generators but determined that extra capacity is required, the generator with the next highest
that all parts of the fuel system are warm and that all fuel valves where propulsion is also required, all diesel engines may be required. When sequence priority will be started if it is ready for starting. If this generator is
are primed (see section 2.7.1). manoeuvring, at least four diesel generators would preferably be operating unavailable, the start signal is passed to the next generator in the sequence.
when the bow and stern thrusters are required.
j) Check that there is starting air available in the starting air If there is presently no standby generator available, the PMS system will raise
receiver (replenish if necessary) and open the starting air valves The setting of a diesel generator automatic start is via the IMACS. At any a NO STAND BY GENERATOR AVAILABLE alarm. The alarm will be
to the engine (see section 2.6.1). time, at least two of the six diesel generators will be running; the other four present for each MSWB where appropriate. The alarm is delayed to ensure
units (if available) are set in preferential order as the standby units to start that during a changeover of the running DDGs and also when all DDGs are
When the engine jacket cooling water system is at the correct temperature automatically as load requirements demand. Normally a diesel generator will running, the alarm does not comes up. The alarm disappears automatically
and heated fuel oil at the correct temperature is available at the engine fuel be set as standby and will start automatically as required by the PMS. The as soon as a standby DDG is available again. Whilst in CLOSED MSWB
manifold, the engine may be started as follows: standby priority is set via the IMACS and the diesel generators may be started configuration, it is further possible to select HARBOUR operation mode.
and put on load manually in order to allow the running unit to be shut down In HARBOUR operation the PMS will stop the second generator in case of
k) Select LOCAL start at the local control panel. if required. A diesel generator that is ready to start has a black icon on the system underload.
IMACS. If the diesel generator is the standby diesel generator, this is indicated
l) When the operator is satisfied that all engine systems are normal with a blue icon. By use of the start sequence, it is possible to change generators automatically
and that the engine is in a fit state to be started, the START using the Power Management System. To achieve this, the running generators
pushbutton is pressed. The diesel generator standby start sequence is set via the ‘PMS Ctrl’ with the start numbers 1 and/or 2 have to be changed to higher priority numbers
icon at the Power Management System mimic. There are 3 different and the new desired generators have to be selected with the priority numbers 1
m) Check that the engine turns over on air and fires on fuel at the switchboard configurations and it is possible to switch between these and/or 2. The PMS automatically starts the new DDGs, synchronises the DDGs
correct speed. Check that the engine continues operating with configurations automatically; it is therefore necessary to set start sequences onto the MSWB and stops the second low-priority DDG due to underload after
the governor regulating the speed. for all 3 configurations. The operator must define the sequence of the six the set delay time.
diesel generators in each main board configuration. The operator double
n) Check the engine for any abnormal noise and for leaks from any clicks on each start sequence and a parameter window opens. By entering the In defining the start sequence, the operator also defines the stop sequence. The
of the fluid circulating systems. required number for each generator behind the generator number, the operator stop sequence works in the same manner as the start sequence, from the other
configures the start sequence. direction. The generator with the highest start number in the sequence will be
o) Check locally that all temperatures and pressures are within the first generator to stop in the case of system underload.
acceptable limits and check via the IMACS that all temperatures The numbers 1 - 6 may only be used once for CLOSED MSWB configuration,
and pressures are being monitored correctly. 1 - 3 once for P and S MSWB configurations and 1 - 4 once for the FWD/ In the MSWB configurations P/S and FWD/AFT, the generators with the
AFT MSWB configuration. See section 3.3, Main Switchboard Control and priority number 1 in each single network will be kept running. If the No.1
p) When satisfied that the engine is operating correctly, the engine Operation for further details. See also the IMACS manufacturer’s manual priority generator has a failure, the generator with the next highest priority will
may be shut down or it may be switched to automatic operation for further information on entering values, etc. If the operator tries to set a be kept running. In the CLOSED MSWB configuration, the generators with
and loaded under the control of the PMS. value outside the allowable range for the configuration, an ‘Out Of Range’ the priority numbers 1 and 2 will continue to run should an underload occur. If
error message will appear and the operator will be asked to re-enter a valid HARBOUR operation is selected, the No.2 priority generator will be released
sequence. If the operator enters the same value more than once, it is possible for stopping should an underload occur.
Generator Group Start and Stop Function
to close the parameter window, however a ‘Sequence Not Valid’ message will
All systems, such as pumps, associated with a particular generator engine, are be displayed. By clicking on the alarm icon, the relevant sequence window will If the operator needs to block an automatic stop of a generator, LOAD DOWN
grouped together and are started automatically in the correct sequence when the be opened and the operator may examine and change the sequence error. Once SEQUENCE BLOCKED can be selected on the PMS overview mimic. This
generator start is initiated. They are part of the run-up sequence and if any fails, accepted, the ‘Sequence Error’ message will disappear and the PMS will act on function is useful if the load on the main switchboard is fluctuating heavily and
the start sequence fails. The equipment starters, etc, must be set to REMOTE the new sequence. The new start sequence will be sent from the P31/32 units to the PMS is trying to start/stop the standby generators in response. By pressing
operation so that they are operated by the automation system/PMS. all six DDG PMA71 PLCs. The functions for starting and stopping the DDGs the LOAD DOWN SEQUENCE ACTIVE button, the load down sequence is
corresponding the selected sequence will be carried out in the PMA71 PLCs. active again. These two buttons show the actual state of the stop sequence,
either ACTIVE or BLOCKED by acquiring a white background colour.
The ship is designed for at least two generators running at any one time.
These will be the generators which are set with number 1 and 2 in CLOSED The stop sequence will be blocked automatically by the PMS if the MSWB
MSWB configuration and with number 1 in each split board in P/S MSWB configuration is changed or if an EMERGENCY MANOEUVRE is executed
configuration and FWD/AFT MSWB configuration if they are available. by the propulsion system.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.3 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Automatic Diesel Generator Start from the Power Management Auxiliaries - Control of the Prelubrication and Jacking Oil Pumps • The generator circuit breaker is ready; ie, ready to switch, open
System The pumps will be automatically controlled by the PMS provided the following and set to AUTOMATIC
preconditions are met: • The PMS to DDG process station bus is proven. The DDG
Automatic starting of a diesel generator follows a defined start procedure control panel to DDG process station bus is proven
• Pump control is set to AUTOMATIC
programmed as a step sequence. Each step of the procedure must be satisfactorily
completed before the next step of the procedure can be undertaken. Within When the above conditions are met and the DDG is running but not connected,
The pumps will be stopped when the ‘ignition speed’ signal is sent to the
steps there may be subroutines which would be taking place at the same time the DDG icon flashes green. When connected, the icon turns to a steady green
PMS from the WECS (the pump runs when the DDG is stopped or stopping).
but failure of any subroutine to be completed satisfactorily would result in the colour and the CB icon changes to an ‘in-line’ position.
The prelubrication and jacking oil pressure is monitored. In the case of an
failure of that step to be completed. The steps and subroutines are programmed
‘oil pressure min.’ signal, the start of the DDG will be blocked. The pumps
into the diesel generator’s start program logic controller.
can be started and stopped from the IMACS if they are selected for REMOTE Running Up and Connecting
operation.
If the PMS attempts to start a standby diesel generator, a number of operations The PMS monitors the unit whilst it accelerates to nominal speed. If the
take place before the starting air is applied. Most of these routines are checking monitored time exceeds the acceleration ramp set time, the sequence will be
of conditions and one is to check the running of the prelubrication pump. This Auxiliaries - Required Before a Diesel Generator Start stopped and the failure message RUNNING UP will be displayed.
pump should be running whenever the engine is selected as a standby generator If an automatic DDG start is required (PMS demand) or a remote start is
and if the control system detects that the pump is not running, it reports the requested from the IMACS, the following items will be started before the DDG After the start and excitation of the alternator, the PMA71 control PLC
generator as being unavailable. is started if not already operating: sends the synchronization release signal to the GENOP protection device to
synchronize and close the ACB. The PMA 71 has to receive the feedback ACB
If a program step is not completed within the correct time, a failure signal and • HT and LT fresh water pump ON from the MSWB for the sequence to be complete.
alarm is raised. The PMS then automatically attempts to start the generator • Combustion air supply fan (on AUTOMATIC)
with the next standby priority, if there is one. The DDG icon will turn red in If there has been a failure or the monitored time for the SWITCH ON is
• Fuel oil pressurisation pumps
colour and the generator state window will indicate where the sequence failed. exceeded, the procedure will be stopped and the failure message SWITCH ON
• Fuel oil booster pumps will be displayed. When the PMA71 unit receives the feedback signal ACB
If one or more of the starting requirement conditions are missing, ‘NOT ON, the DDG start procedure is finished.
READY FOR START’ will be indicated with a red DDG icon. By double The booster pumps are interlocked and will not start if the pressurisation
clicking the ‘i’ (information) icon next to the seconds icon, the starting pumps are not running. These items are monitored when their AUTOMATIC There is a frequency dead band around the generators’ operating point to
preconditions window opens and displays the missing precondition. The mode is selected. The HT and LT fresh water pump discharge pressures are reduce the operation of the governor during minor fluctuations. Governor
preconditions are as follows: also monitored. If one of these conditions is not met, the DDG start is blocked. control is carried out in various modes which are explained in detail in section
The auxiliaries will be stopped after a delay time when the DDG has been 3.7 Governors of this manual.
• CB AUTOMATIC: The generator CB must be in AUTOMATIC
stopped. The delay time is started when the DDG slows to ignition speed.
control mode
Standby Starting of a Diesel Generator
• ACB READY
Auxiliaries - Required While a Diesel Generator is Running The following conditions cause the PMS to start the standby DDG. The reason
• ACB OPEN
The exhaust gas boiler circulating pumps run continuously. The fresh water for starting the standby DDG will be indicated in a pop-up window.
• DDG AUTO: The DDG must be in AUTOMATIC operation circulating pump will start automatically when the associated evaporator starts. • Overload
mode The fresh water circulating pump will stop automatically after a time delay
when the associated evaporator stops. • DDG failure
• ΕNG IN STOP: The DDG must be stopped
• Load demand
• ΕNG CONTROL OK: The DDG process station PLC is
healthy Diesel Generator Ready for PMS Automatic Connection • Switching over between main switchboard configurations
• CLOSED MSWB CONFIGURATION AND 5 DDG WITH When the DDG has started and run up, the PMS checks its condition. The • Switching over the start sequence
THRUSTERS RUNNING: This prevents the connection of the DDG will be ready for PMS automatic connection to the main switchboard
when the following conditions are met: • Blackout
6th DDG whilst running in CLOSED MSWB with the thrusters
operating due to the short circuit capacity of the MSWB • Diesel engine running at the rated speed • Emergency manoeuvre request from the propulsion system
• DDG NO FAILURE: If a fault is indicated in the DDG icon, it • Generator voltage and frequency correct • Under-frequency
must be cleared and reset
• No DDG system failures Other cases where the standby generator will start are as follows:
• The DDG is in the automatic operating mode
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.3 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
• Large consumer starting: If the propulsion system, thrusters or Diesel Generator Stop - Alternator Problem
air conditioning compressors send a start request to the PMS, a If the circuit breaker of a generator is switched off by the generator protection
power availability calculation is carried out and if required, the system, the PMS regards this as a breaker trip. The PMS carries out an
standby generator is started and connected (Once connected, immediate stop if there is a PROTECTION RELAY A fault or a loss of
a new power availability calculation is carried out) before the alternator excitation.
consumer is released for starting.
• Changing main switchboard configurations: The proposed Diesel Generator Stop - Engine Problem
configuration may require a generator to be connected to ensure
continuity of supply to consumers In the case of an imminent load down of one on-load diesel generator, the
first standby generator is started and connected. When the new generator is
connected, the PMS carries out a load reduction and immediate stop of the
Diesel Generator Stopping troubled generator. A shutdown of one on-load diesel generator means an
The automatic stop of a diesel generator follows a defined stop procedure which immediate and independent stop of this engine. The WECS safety system
is programmed as a step sequence. The stop sequence timing is monitored in activates the common rail shutdown at the engine and at the same time sends
process stations P31/32. The only precondition, once the PMS has decided to a STOP signal to the Woodward governor and a CB OFF command directly to
stop a generator, that would halt a stop sequence is a problem with the bus the generator panel in the main switchboard.
connection to the corresponding process station. If the diesel generator is not
ready for stopping, the step sequence will be stopped with the failure message The remaining generators on the main busbar take over the load of the removed
‘STOP NOT POSSIBLE’ displayed. generator. If the load is too high, the propulsion power will be immediately
reduced by the propulsion control system and the non-essential consumers will
To stop a diesel generator, process station PCU31/32 sends an UNLOAD be switched off by the PMS preferential tripping. A generator shutdown signal
command to the Woodward governor which unloads the generator until it is automatically initiates a PMS start of the standby generator.
unloaded below the ‘Generator Minimum Load’ limit, 500kW active power.
When the load is below this limit, the CB will be opened by the governor. If Diesel Generator Stop - WECS Problem
there has been a ‘CB Off Failure’ or the monitoring time for the ‘Unload and
If the WECS suffers a critical failure, the engine is stopped immediately by the
CB Switch Off’ step runs off, the step sequence will be stopped with the failure
Control System itself. At the same time, the WECS sends a ‘Critical Failure’
message ‘UNLOAD AND OFF FAILURE’.
signal to the generator safety system which carries out a diesel generator
shutdown.
After a generator is unloaded, it must run for a certain time to cool down
without load. The no-load running time is an adjustable parameter in process
stations P31/P. In the case of an underload, the PMS automatically stops the Manual Stop of a Diesel Generator in MANUAL Operation Mode
generator with the highest start number in the start sequence after a delay time. From the IMACS Main Plant Overview mimic, the operator may stop a diesel
generator directly. The engine and the CB must be switched to MANUAL
The no-load running time will be cancelled and a stop will be carried out operation mode. The operator must firstly open the CB with the OPEN
immediately from the PMS in the following cases: command. The command is via the PCU31/32 stations to the PMA71 control
• Αlternator excitation loss station. The PMA71 sends an UNLOAD signal to the Woodward governor.
The set will slow down and when the active power is less than 500kW, the
• Εngine shutdown PMA71 station will open the ACB.
• Woodward governor major alarm
The operator then determines the cooling down time. After this cooling time,
• Generator protection relay A (short circuit, under/overfrequency,
the operator may stop the diesel engine with the STOP command. This is a
etc.)
MANUAL operation and the operator should check for themselves if all the
After the no-load running time, the PMS process station PCU31 or PCU32 conditions to stop a generator are fulfilled. The operator must especially take
sends the ‘Stop’ command to the control station and from there to the engine’s care that the number of remaining generators are able to handle the actual
Woodward governor. The stop sequence timing is monitored in a similar way load. If not, the operator should reduce the load, e.g. by reducing speed before
to the start sequence, raising alarms if step times are exceeded. When ignition stopping the DDG.
speed is reached, the stop sequence is complete.
If this is the last generator on the network, the ACB will open immediately,
causing a blackout.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.2.3 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.1a Diesel Generator Sea Water System
034VF 350
XA/062C
350 034VF 150 150
Aft DG Sea Water Vent
System LT Cooler 350 035VF 051VF
XA/062A
From Vent Foward DG Sea Water
035VF
PEM Sea Water System LT Cooler
350 DG Sea Water
Cooling Pumps Cooling System
L PIA 850m3/h at 2.0 bar (See Illus. 2.3.3a) Shore 065VF
01026 Connection Sea Chest 128VR
I PT
01026
Sea Chest 020VF DPA H 300 065VF
042VR
Standby Emergency 01038
030VF Bilge Suction
300 064VF
003VR 40 DPS
H DPA 043 01038
029VX 01028 To 044 VD
XA/045F 032VR 025VA 008VD 40 Bilge VD 064VF
40 007VD DPS
01028 047VF 40 DG Sea Water
130VF To Bilge 600 Cooling Pumps 500
350 900
400 026VF 700m3/h at
005VF 300 300
030VF 400 150 2.0 bar
029VX XA/045E 026VF
200
350 057VF
PIA L
049VF XA/045A 056VX 01037
PT
350 01037 I
049VF Standby
Mid 057VF
Sea Water
Crossover From
350 XA/045B 056VX
Auxiliary Machinery
068VA Central Cooling
Emergency
Sea Water System
Aft Bilge Suction (See Illus. 2.3.2a) To Dry Dock
Drain From
Sea Water 150 200 200 Cooling Sea Water
40 Stern Tube Sea
Crossover DG Sea Water System (See
Water Lubrication
Cooling Pumps Illustration 2.3.2a)
Backflushing Filter 021VD
(See Illus. 2.3.3a) 40 700m3/h at
150
2.0 bar 129VF
055VF 051VF
To Bilge
350
XA/045C 058VX 059VF 500
From
300 Auxiliary Machinery
Central Cooling
350 059VF PIA L Sea Water System
200
400
055VF 058VX
01035 (See Illus. 2.3.2a)
XA/045D PT
01035 I
Standby
006VF 300
H DPA
900
008VD 01029
DPA H
40 40 048VF
Key 031VR DPS 01034
061VF
To Bilge 007VD 01029 To 044
Bilge VD 043 DPS
VD 01034
Sea Water 004VR 500
061VF 300
041VR 060VF 300
LT Cooling Water 129VF
020VF
Sea Chest
Shore 127VR
Instrumentation Sea Chest 40 060VF
Connection
Electrical Signal XA/062B
Vent
Aft DG Sea Water
System LT Cooler
All System Valves
Vent
are Prefixed with 'MR'
Aft DG Room PEM Room Forward DG Room Evaporator Room
Fr.70 Fr.82 Fr.108
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.1 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.3 Sea water Systems The DG sea water systems only supply sea water to the associated LT fresh Procedure for Operating the Forward Diesel Generator Engine
water coolers. One of the pumps in each system is selected as the duty pump Cooling Sea Water System
2.3.1 Diesel Generator Sea Water System and the other is selected as the standby pump to operate should the duty
pump fail to maintain the required pressure. The selected duty pump will There are two sea water systems serving the forward diesel engines, a port
start automatically when power is restored following a blackout. The pumps system and a starboard system. Each serves its own LT diesel engine fresh
Diesel Generator Sea Water Pump (Forward Engines) are controlled from the Aft/Fwd DG & PEM Sea Water Cooling mimic for water cooling system. These sea water cooling systems are identical and the
Ref. Number: XA/045A/B/C/D the sea water cooling system. Emergency stop pushbuttons are located in procedure below applies to both:
Maker: Pompe Garbarino the wheelhouse, the MSSC on deck 4 zone 6 and at the lifeboat embarkation
position on deck 8 at the zone 3 lifeboat winch starter rooms on the port and a) Ensure that the centre sea water crossover main is flooded with
Model: MU250-250LDS
starboard sides of the ship. sea water and is operational.
Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each auxiliary machinery cooling circuit) The coolers are provided with backflushing valves which allow the sea water b) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves/cocks
Capacity: 700m3/h at 2.0 bar sides of the coolers to be backflushed in order to remove marine growth. are open and that the instruments are reading correctly.
Rating: 690V, 61kW at 1,770 rpm Backflushing is carried out when the pressure drop across the sea water side of
the cooler exceeds a predetermined value. c) Set up the valves as shown in the following tables:
Diesel Generator Sea Water Pump (Aft Engines) All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
Procedure for Operating the Centre Sea Water Suction
Ref. Number: XA/045E/F Crossover Port System
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Position Description Valve
Model: MU250-250LDS The centre sea water suction crossover is located in the evaporator room and Open No.1 DG SW pump suction valve 049VF
Type: Centrifugal serves the DG engine cooling sea water systems for the two forward DG engine Open No.1 DG SW pump discharge flow control valve 056VX
systems, the starboard propulsion electric motor cooling sea water system, the Open No.1 DG SW pump discharge valve 057VF
No. of sets: 2
aft auxiliary machinery sea water system and the two fresh water generators:
Capacity: 850m3/h at 2.0 bar Open No.2 DG SW pump suction valve 049VF
Rating: 690V, 67kW at 1,770 rpm a) Ensure that all the filters are clear and that the drain valves are Open No.2 DG SW pump discharge flow control valve 056VX
closed. Open No.2 DG SW pump discharge valve 057VA
Closed No.2 DG SW pump emergency bilge suction valve 068VA
Introduction b) Set the valves as in the following table: Open Cooler inlet valve 064VF
The diesel generator (DG) cooling sea water pumps circulate sea water through Open Cooler outlet valve 065VF
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
the DG low temperature (LT) fresh water coolers. There are three cooling Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 064VF
Position Description Valve
DG engine cooling sea water systems, each serving the LT cooler for the two Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 065VF
associated engines. The coolers each have a capacity of 100% of the cooling Open Port sea chest suction valve 042VR
load for that circuit. Open Port sea chest vent valve
Starboard System
Open Starboard sea chest suction valve 041VR
Open No.3 DG SW pump suction valve 055VF
The two systems for the forward engines take suction from the sea water Open Starboard sea chest vent valve
crossover in the evaporator room and they can discharge overboard on the Open No.3 DG SW pump discharge flow control valve 058VX
Open Port filter to crossover main valve 047VF
port or starboard side of the ship. A cross-connection valve is fitted in the Open No.3 DG SW pump discharge valve 059VF
Open Port filter vent valve 043VD
overboard discharge manifold allowing each system to discharge overboard Open No.4 DG SW pump suction valve 055VF
on its own side of the ship. Pump AX045B (No.2) on the port system has an Open Starboard filter to crossover main valve 048VF
Open No.4 DG SW pump discharge flow control valve 058VX
emergency bilge suction for the evaporator room. There is a shore connection Open Starboard filter vent valve 043VD
Open No.4 DG SW pump discharge valve 059VA
to the starboard and aft DG sea water cooling systems allowing one of the DG Open Crossover main vent valves (x2)
engines in that system to be used when the ship is in dry dock with cooling Open Cooler inlet valve 060VF
Closed Filter drain valves 044VD
water supplied from ashore. Open Cooler outlet valve 061VF
c) The centre sea water crossover main is now ready for the Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 060VF
The sea water cooling system for the aft engines is supplied by two pumps operation of any of the connected sea water systems. Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 061VF
located in the aft diesel generator engine room. These pumps take suction from
the aft sea water crossover main. Pump AX045F (No.6) has an emergency
bilge suction from that compartment.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.1 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.1a Diesel Generator Sea Water System
034VF 350
XA/062C
350 034VF 150 150
Aft DG Sea Water Vent
System LT Cooler 350 035VF 051VF
XA/062A
From Vent Foward DG Sea Water
035VF
PEM Sea Water System LT Cooler
350 DG Sea Water
Cooling Pumps Cooling System
L PIA 850m3/h at 2.0 bar (See Illus. 2.3.3a) Shore 065VF
01026 Connection Sea Chest 128VR
I PT
01026
Sea Chest 020VF DPA H 300 065VF
042VR
Standby Emergency 01038
030VF Bilge Suction
300 064VF
003VR 40 DPS
H DPA 043 01038
029VX 01028 To 044 VD
XA/045F 032VR 025VA 008VD 40 Bilge VD 064VF
40 007VD DPS
01028 047VF 40 DG Sea Water
130VF To Bilge 600 Cooling Pumps 500
350 900
400 026VF 700m3/h at
005VF 300 300
030VF 400 150 2.0 bar
029VX XA/045E 026VF
200
350 057VF
PIA L
049VF XA/045A 056VX 01037
PT
350 01037 I
049VF Standby
Mid 057VF
Sea Water
Crossover From
350 XA/045B 056VX
Auxiliary Machinery
068VA Central Cooling
Emergency
Sea Water System
Aft Bilge Suction (See Illus. 2.3.2a) To Dry Dock
Drain From
Sea Water 150 200 200 Cooling Sea Water
40 Stern Tube Sea
Crossover DG Sea Water System (See
Water Lubrication
Cooling Pumps Illustration 2.3.2a)
Backflushing Filter 021VD
(See Illus. 2.3.3a) 40 700m3/h at
150
2.0 bar 129VF
055VF 051VF
To Bilge
350
XA/045C 058VX 059VF 500
From
300 Auxiliary Machinery
Central Cooling
350 059VF PIA L Sea Water System
200
400
055VF 058VX
01035 (See Illus. 2.3.2a)
XA/045D PT
01035 I
Standby
006VF 300
H DPA
900
008VD 01029
DPA H
40 40 048VF
Key 031VR DPS 01034
061VF
To Bilge 007VD 01029 To 044
Bilge VD 043 DPS
VD 01034
Sea Water 004VR 500
061VF 300
041VR 060VF 300
LT Cooling Water 129VF
020VF
Sea Chest
Shore 127VR
Instrumentation Sea Chest 40 060VF
Connection
Electrical Signal XA/062B
Vent
Aft DG Sea Water
System LT Cooler
All System Valves
Vent
are Prefixed with 'MR'
Aft DG Room PEM Room Forward DG Room Evaporator Room
Fr.70 Fr.82 Fr.108
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.1 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve Position Description Valve will automatically move to high speed when two engines are
running.
Open Port overboard discharge valve 128VF Open Starboard filter vent valve 007VD
Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 127VF Open Crossover vent valves (x2) f) The aft DG cooling sea water system is now operational.
Closed Discharge cross-connection valve 129VF Closed Filter drain valves (x2) 008VD
Closed Dry dock connection line valve 051VF g) During operation, check the system for leaks and ensure that the
c) The aft sea water crossover main is now ready for the operation pumps are operating without vibration.
d) Select both DG cooling sea water pumps in a circuit to of either of the connected sea water systems.
REMOTE operation at the local starter selector switches. Note: The standby sea water cooling pump starts automatically if the
Procedure for Operating the Diesel Generator Engine Cooling discharge pressure from the duty pump falls below a predetermined value.
e) At the ‘Fwd DG & PEM SW Cooling’ IMACS mimic,
manually start one cooling sea water pump and set the other Sea Water System for the Aft Engines
pump to AUTOMATIC mode, to act as the standby pump. Backflushing
The operational pump will start on slow speed. This pump a) Ensure that the aft sea water crossover main is flooded with sea When the cooling efficiency of the sea water coolers has dropped to an
will automatically move to high speed when two engines are water and is operational. unacceptable limit, it is possible to extend the period before having to open up
running. the coolers for cleaning by backflushing them. To carry out backflushing it is
b) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves/cocks prudent to have a low cooling load, ie, with the DGs stopped or on low load.
f) The DG cooling sea water system is now operational. are open and that the instruments are reading correctly.
g) During operation, check the system for leaks and ensure that the c) After ensuring the aft PEM sea water cooling system is either Procedure to Backflush a Cooler
pumps are operating without vibration. operational or watertight, set up the valves as shown in the
following table: a) Open the cooler backflushing inlet and outlet valve then close
the cooler’s normal sea water inlet valve then outlet valves.
Note: The standby sea water cooling pump starts automatically if the All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
discharge pressure from the duty pump falls below a predetermined value. Sea water will now enter the cooler on the outlet side and leave on the inlet
Position Description Valve
Open No.5 DG SW pump suction valve 026VF side thus dislodging marine growth which has built up on the cooler surfaces.
Procedure for Operating the Aft Sea Water Suction Crossover The marine growth is discharged overboard.
Open No.5 DG SW pump discharge flow control valve 029VX
Open No.5 DG SW pump discharge valve 030VF b) Backflushing should be maintained until the pressure differential
The aft sea water suction crossover is located in the aft engine room and
serves the DG cooling sea water system for the two aft DG engines, the Open No.6 DG SW pump suction valve 026VF across the cooler falls to an acceptable level. During this period
port propulsion electric motor cooling sea water system and the aft auxiliary Open No.6 DG SW pump discharge flow control valve 029VX monitor the DG LT cooling temperature.
machinery sea water system. Open No.6 DG SW pump discharge valve 030VA
To return the system to normal operation:
Closed No.6 DG SW pump emergency bilge suction valve 025VA
a) Ensure that all filters are clear and the drain valves are closed.
Open Cooler inlet valve 035VF c) Open the cooler normal inlet then outlet valves and then close
b) Set the valves in the following table. The assumption is made Open Cooler outlet valve 034VF the backflushing valves.
that both the port and the starboard sea chests are open. Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 035VF
Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 034VF
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’. Open Port overboard discharge valve 032VF
Position Description Valve Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 031VF
Open Port sea chest suction valve 003VR Closed Discharge cross-connection valve 130VF
Open Port sea chest vent valve
Open Starboard sea chest suction valve 004VR d) Set both DG engine cooling sea water pumps to REMOTE
Open Starboard sea chest vent valve operation at the local selector switches.
Open Port filter to crossover main valve 005VF
e) At the ‘Aft DG & PEM SW Cooling’ IMACS mimic, manually
Open Port filter vent valve 007VD start one cooling sea water pump and set the other cooling sea
Open Starboard filter to crossover main valve 006VF water pump to AUTOMATIC mode to act as the standby pump.
The operational pump will start on slow speed. This pump
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.1 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.2a General Service Sea Water System Key
Sea Water
LT Cooling Water All System Valves
are Prefixed with 'MR'
Instrumentation Vent Aux. Machinery Central
Vent
Cooling System FW Cooler
Electrical Signal See Illus. 2.4.1b
FM
32 To Treatment Tank
XA/038A Overboard Discharge
Sea Pump Priming
128VR 162VX
Chest 120VR 20
Shore DPA H YA/510A
Connection 01053 126VD Sewage
DPA H 085VR FM
042VR 01038 DPS 350 Treatment
40 350
020VF 350 01053
Tank No.1
083 082
40 DPS 40 123VF 124VF
043
VD VD
01038
To 044 VD
Bilge VD To 900
131VF 123VF
047VF Bilge 089VF Initial
350
124VF TIA PIA Filling
01055 01054
500 XA/039A 350 H L 32
40 131VF I
112VX 113VF TT
01055
PT
01054
Standby
200 PIA
From Port DG Sea Aux Machinery Central
To Treatment Tank
01039 L Vacuum
Water Circulating Pumps I Cooling System SW Pumps Breaker
(See Illustration 2.3.1a)
FM
Overboard Discharge
Pump Flushing PT 110VF 400 Emergency 400 800m3/h 2 bar
01039 Standby Bilge Suction
164VX 126VD 111VA
32 32 YA/510E TIA H
FM Sewage 01040 110VF 400 350 112VX 113VF 40
Mid Treatment
XA/039B 116VD
Sea Water Tank No.5 TT 114VF
01040
Crossover 129VF Initial 40
Drain To 32
Filling 40 Bilge 115VD
150 200 200
Emergency 069VA 40 NC 40 40
052VF 400 Bilge Suction XA/039C
To Aft DG 077VF 043VD
Forward Initial
Sea Water 400 070VX 200 Filling
Sea Water 32
Circulating 052VF 32 32
071VF 076VD Crossover
Pumps (See Aux Machinery Central YA/510C
Illustration Cooling System SW Pumps Sewage
2.3.1a) 800m3/h 2 bar Vacuum FM
Treatment
021VD From Starboard DG Sea Breaker Tank No.3
40 XA/039D
Water Circulating Pumps 163VX 121VD
(See Illustration 2.3.1a) 070VX 32
FM To Treatment Tank
To Bilge 153VF 071VF
32
Overboard Discharge
Initial Pump Priming 32
FM To Treatment Tank
072VF Filling Overboard Discharge
350 Pump Priming
XA/038B 072VF 32
YA/510D
See Illus. 2.4.1b 073VF Sewage
350
073VF FM 164VX Treatment
Aux. Machinery Central Tank No.4 Initial
DPA H 32 DPA H Filling
048VF Cooling System FW Cooler 081VD 088VF 01057
01034 350 40
To 083
044VD 043 DPS Bilge VD 082
DPS
01057 YA/510B
To VD 01034
To Treatment Tank VD
Bilge Overboard Discharge Sewage
020VF Pump Flushing
900 Treatment
041VR 129VF 084VR FM
Tank No.2
Shore 40 20
Sea 119VR 162VX 126VD
Connection 127VR To Treatment Tank
Chest FM
32 Overboard Discharge
Pump Priming
Vent
Vent
Fwd DG Room Evaporator Room Auxiliary Room Sewage Room Potable Water Room
Fr.108 Fr.124 Fr.148 Fr.172 Stabilizer and Fr.196
Compressors Room
Reference Shipyard Drawing - Sea Water System A5 D310 260 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.3.2 General Service Sea Water System At least one of the sea chests at each crossover main should be open at all times Procedure for Operating the Forward General Service Cooling
during normal operation of the auxiliary machinery sea water cooling systems. Sea Water System
General Service Sea Water Pump The setting of the centre sea water crossover main is described in section 2.3.1.
Ref. Number: XA/039A/B/C/D Both systems can supply sea water to the sewage treatment units, for initial a) Ensure that the fore crossover sea water main is flooded with
filling, priming and topping-up purposes. sea water and is operational.
Make: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU250-250LDS
Procedure for Operating the Fore Sea Water Suction b) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves/cocks
Type: Centrifugal are open and that the instruments are reading correctly.
Crossover
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each auxiliary machinery cooling circuit)
Capacity: 800m3/h at 2.0 bar The fore sea water suction crossover is located in the potable water room c) Set up the valves as shown in the following table:
Rating: 690V, 64kW at 1,750/1,150 rpm and serves the fore auxiliary machinery sea water system and the two air
conditioning compressor cooling systems. All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
a) Ensure that all filters are clear and that the drain valves are Position Description Valve
Introduction closed. Open No.1 GS SW pump suction valve 110VF
There are two auxiliary machinery sea water systems, one connected to the Open No.1 GS SW pump flow control discharge valve 112VX
b) Set up the valves as shown in the following table:
centre sea water crossover main and one connected to the forward crossover Open No.1 GS SW pump discharge valve 113VF
sea water main. Under normal circumstances these auxiliary machinery sea All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’. Open No.2 GS SW pump suction valve 110VF
water systems operate independently but they can both be supplied from Open No.2 GS SW pump flow control discharge valve 112VX
the dry dock sea water cooling system if necessary. Each system has two Position Description Valve
Open Port sea chest suction valve 085VR Open No.2 GS SW pump discharge valve 113VF
pumps, one of which will be operating as the duty pump and the other set as
the standby pump to start automatically in the event of the duty pump being Open Port sea chest remotely operated vent valve Closed No.2 GS SW pump emergency bilge suction valve 111VA
unable to maintain the required pressure. The standby pump starts when the Open Starboard sea chest suction valve 084VR Closed Dry dock connection line valve 114VF
supply pressure falls to a predetermined value. In the event of a blackout, Open Starboard sea chest vent valve Open Cooler inlet valve 123VF
the operating duty pump will restart as part of the sequential restart system. Open Cooler outlet valve 124VF
Open Port filter to crossover main valve 089VF
Pumps may be selected for LOCAL or REMOTE operation at the pump starter Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 123VF
selector switch. In LOCAL mode, the pump is started and stopped at the local Open Port filter vent valve 082VD
Open Starboard filter to crossover main valve 088VF Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 124VF
START and STOP pushbutton. In remote mode the pump is operated from the
Auxiliary Machinery Sea Water Cooling mimic. At the mimic, the duty pump Open Starboard filter vent valve 082VD Open Port overboard discharge valve 120VF
is started in MANUAL and the standby pump is set to AUTOMATIC mode. Open Crossover vent valves (x2) Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 119VF
Closed Filter drain valves (x2) 083VD Closed Discharge cross-connection valve (x2) 131VF
No.1 and No.2 general service (GS) sea water pumps take suction from the Open Sewage system sea water supply valve 116VD
fore sea water crossover main located in the potable water room, No.2 pump
c) The fore sea water crossover main is now ready for the operation
has an emergency bilge connection from that room. No.3 and No.4 GS sea d) Select both No.1 and No.2 cooling sea water pumps for
of any of the connected sea water systems.
water pumps take suction from the centre sea water crossover main located REMOTE operation at their selector switches. At the IMACS
in the evaporator room. No.4 pump has an emergency bilge suction from the Auxiliary Machinery SW Cooling mimic, manually start one
auxiliary room. The crossovers are supplied from two sea chests located at the Dry Dock Connection Valves
of the pumps and set the other cooling sea water pump to
turn of the bilge on the port and starboard sides of the vessel. The crossover is Two dry dock cooling water supply valves are provided for the sea water AUTOMATIC mode, to act as the standby pump.
supplied via a filter at each sea chest and air vents are fitted in the sea chests systems, the valves are located at the port and starboard bunker stations.
and crossover. Sea chests are provided with corrosion and marine growth Both valves should normally be closed with the pipe end blanks fitted. When e) The forward auxiliary machinery cooling sea water system is
inhibiting systems and these must be operational at all times. operating in dry dock, the blank must be removed from the appropriate pipe now operational.
connection, the water supply pipe attached and the dry dock connection valve
Dry dock sea water connections are provided at the bunker stations and opened. Blank flanges must be reversed at the connection of the dry dock water f) During operation, check the system for leaks and ensure that the
branches from these connect with the auxiliary machinery sea water system at supply line to the diesel generator systems. The auxiliary sea water systems pumps are operating without vibration.
the outlet main from the pumps. This enables sea water to be supplied from have direct connection valves. The connection valve to the user system must
ashore to the auxiliary machinery cooling sea water system. When operating be opened. At the overboard discharges from the various sea water cooling
with a dry dock supply, the discharges must be via pipes attached to flanges at service lines, pipes must be attached for discharge of the supplied cooling
the overboard discharges. water. Flanged connections are provided at the overboard discharges for this
purpose.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.2a General Service Sea Water System Key
Sea Water
LT Cooling Water All System Valves
are Prefixed with 'MR'
Instrumentation Vent Aux. Machinery Central
Vent
Cooling System FW Cooler
Electrical Signal See Illus. 2.4.1b
FM
32 To Treatment Tank
XA/038A Overboard Discharge
Sea Pump Priming
128VR 162VX
Chest 120VR 20
Shore DPA H YA/510A
Connection 01053 126VD Sewage
DPA H 085VR FM
042VR 01038 DPS 350 Treatment
40 350
020VF 350 01053
Tank No.1
083 082
40 DPS 40 123VF 124VF
043
VD VD
01038
To 044 VD
Bilge VD To 900
131VF 123VF
047VF Bilge 089VF Initial
350
124VF TIA PIA Filling
01055 01054
500 XA/039A 350 H L 32
40 131VF I
112VX 113VF TT
01055
PT
01054
Standby
200 PIA
From Port DG Sea Aux Machinery Central
To Treatment Tank
01039 L Vacuum
Water Circulating Pumps I Cooling System SW Pumps Breaker
(See Illustration 2.3.1a)
FM
Overboard Discharge
Pump Flushing PT 110VF 400 Emergency 400 800m3/h 2 bar
01039 Standby Bilge Suction
164VX 126VD 111VA
32 32 YA/510E TIA H
FM Sewage 01040 110VF 400 350 112VX 113VF 40
Mid Treatment
XA/039B 116VD
Sea Water Tank No.5 TT 114VF
01040
Crossover 129VF Initial 40
Drain To 32
Filling 40 Bilge 115VD
150 200 200
Emergency 069VA 40 NC 40 40
052VF 400 Bilge Suction XA/039C
To Aft DG 077VF 043VD
Forward Initial
Sea Water 400 070VX 200 Filling
Sea Water 32
Circulating 052VF 32 32
071VF 076VD Crossover
Pumps (See Aux Machinery Central YA/510C
Illustration Cooling System SW Pumps Sewage
2.3.1a) 800m3/h 2 bar Vacuum FM
Treatment
021VD From Starboard DG Sea Breaker Tank No.3
40 XA/039D
Water Circulating Pumps 163VX 121VD
(See Illustration 2.3.1a) 070VX 32
FM To Treatment Tank
To Bilge 153VF 071VF
32
Overboard Discharge
Initial Pump Priming 32
FM To Treatment Tank
072VF Filling Overboard Discharge
350 Pump Priming
XA/038B 072VF 32
YA/510D
See Illus. 2.4.1b 073VF Sewage
350
073VF FM 164VX Treatment
Aux. Machinery Central Tank No.4 Initial
DPA H 32 DPA H Filling
048VF Cooling System FW Cooler 081VD 088VF 01057
01034 350 40
To 083
044VD 043 DPS Bilge VD 082
DPS
01057 YA/510B
To VD 01034
To Treatment Tank VD
Bilge Overboard Discharge Sewage
020VF Pump Flushing
900 Treatment
041VR 129VF 084VR FM
Tank No.2
Shore 40 20
Sea 119VR 162VX 126VD
Connection 127VR To Treatment Tank
Chest FM
32 Overboard Discharge
Pump Priming
Vent
Vent
Fwd DG Room Evaporator Room Auxiliary Room Sewage Room Potable Water Room
Fr.108 Fr.124 Fr.148 Fr.172 Stabilizer and Fr.196
Compressors Room
Reference Shipyard Drawing - Sea Water System A5 D310 260 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Procedure for Operating the Aft General Service Cooling Sea g) During operation, check the system for leaks and ensure that the
Water System pumps are operating without vibration.
The setting of the centre sea water crossover main is described in section Backflushing
2.3.1.
The coolers may be backflushed in order to remove marine organisms and
a) Ensure that the centre crossover sea water main is flooded with improve cooler efficiency. The procedure for backflushing the coolers is
sea water and is operational. described in section 2.3.1.
b) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves/cocks
are open and that the instruments are reading correctly.
c) Ensure that the diesel generator sea water cooling systems are
either operational or watertight against the backpressure from
the auxiliary sea water system overboard discharge.
d) Set up the valves as shown in the following table:
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
Position Description Valve
Open No.3 GS SW pump suction valve 052VF
Open No.3 GS SW pump flow control discharge valve 070VX
Open No.3 GS SW pump discharge valve 071VF
Open No.4 GS SW pump line suction valve 052VF
Open No.4 GS SW pump suction valve 153VF
Open No.4 GS SW pump flow control discharge valve 070VX
Open No.4 GS SW pump discharge valve 071VF
Closed No.4 GS SW pump emergency bilge suction valve 069VA
Closed Dry dock connection line valve 077VF
Open Cooler inlet valve 072VF
Open Cooler outlet valve 073VF
Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 072VF
Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 073VF
Open Port overboard discharge valve 128VF
Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 127VF
Closed Discharge cross-connection valve (x2) 129VF
e) Select both No.3 and No.4 cooling sea water pumps for
REMOTE operation at their selector switches. At the IMACS
mimic Auxiliary SW Cooling, manually start one of the pumps
and set the other cooling sea water pump to AUTOMATIC
mode, to act as the standby pump.
f) The forward auxiliary machinery cooling sea water system is
now operational.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.3a Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water System
150 039VF
039VF
040VF
150 040VF
XA/059B
PEM Central Cooling
Key FW Cooler
40 Vent
Sea Water To Incinerator
150
Instrumentation Vent
Electrical Signal
150 015VR
All System Valves
DPA H
are Prefixed with 'MR' 042VR 01038
Sea Chest
40 40 DPS
003VR H DPA To 044
043 01038
Bilge VD
VD
From XA/062C Aft DG 032VR 008VD 01028
SW System LT Cooler 40 007VD 047VF
DPS
(See Illustration 2.3.1a) To Bilge 600 01028
130VF 900
40
L PIA 005VF
01027 400
PT
L 01027 200
150
XA/040D 022VF
Stern Tube
'A' Bracket 022VF
Arrangement 023VX
Arrangement
To PCS To PCS 024VF
PEM Central Cooling Mid
TT SW Pumps Sea Water
Emergency Supply 230m3/h - 2 bar
From Fire System 150 200 Crossover
807VD FS FM 810VX 40
PIA
809VD M
Aft 1033
FS FS FM 810VX 32 32 50 023VX
Mechanical Sea Water L
901 806 804 150 Crossover
Remotely 024VF XA/040C
VD VD PT
32 50 VX M 50 1033
Operated Emergency
810VX 32
PEM Central Cooling Deballasting
FS FS FM
809VD 170VD
807VD FS FM 810VX 902VX SW Pumps
043 230m3/h - 2 bar
150 017VA 200 Emergency
TT VD
M Bilge Suction
40
To PCS To PCS 801VD 010VX 011VF 200
'A' Bracket Stern Tube 803VD 011VF XA/040A 152VF
Arrangement Arrangement M
170VD 150
400
009VF
010VX 200
To Sewage Treatment 011VF 009VF
Tank Overboard Discharge To
XA/040B
006VF 150
Pumps Priming Bilge
600 013VF 014VF 900
FM 126VD 008VD 007VD DPA H
FM YA/510F DPS 048VF 01034
162MX 031VR 01029
Sewage
32 004VR H DPA 044VD 043 DPS
Treatment 014VF To VD 01034
32 01029 013VF
Tank No.6 40 Bilge
041VR
For Connection To 32 Initial 40
Fire Main By Use Filling Sea Chest 016VR
Of Fire Hose
A1 075VM XA/059A
Vent PEM Central Cooling
FW Cooler
Vent
Aft DG Room PEM Forward DG Room Evaporator Room
Room
Fr.70 Fr.82 Fr.108
Reference Shipyard Drawing - Sea Water System A5 D310 260 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.3 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.3.3 Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water Procedure for the Operation of the Propulsion Electric Motor Aft Propulsion Electric Motor System
System Sea Water Systems Position Description Valve
Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water Pump a) Set up the centre and aft crossover sea water mains as described Open No.3 PEM SW pump suction valve 022VF
Ref. Number: XA/040A/B/C/D in sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.2. Open No.3 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 023VX
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Open No.3 PEM SW pump discharge valve 024VF
b) Ensure that all instrument valves are open and that instruments Open No.4 PEM SW pump suction valve 022VF
Model: MU125/250L
are reading correctly. Open No.4 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 023VX
Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each PEM cooling circuit) Open No.4 PEM SW pump discharge valve 024VF
c) After ensuring (for the aft system only) that the aft diesel
Capacity: 230m3/h at 2 bar generator sea water cooling system is either operational or Open Cooler inlet valve 040VF
watertight, set the valves as shown in the following table. Open Cooler outlet valve 039VF
Rating: 690V, 17kW at 1,770 rpm
Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 040VF
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’: Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 039VF
Introduction Fore Propulsion Electric Motor System Open Port overboard discharge valve 032VF
Position Description Valve Closed Overboard discharge cross-connection valve 130VF
There are two separate propulsion electric motor (PEM) cooling sea water
systems, one operating from the centre sea water crossover main (the starboard Open No.1 PEM SW pump suction valve 009VF Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 031VF
system) and one operating from the aft sea water crossover main (the port Open No.1 PEM SW pump line suction valve 152VF Open Sewage plant supply valve 043VD
system). The systems are identical and incorporate two cooling sea water Open No.1 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 010VX Open Bearing supply filter inlet valve 804VD
pumps, a propulsion fresh water cooler for the PEM fresh water cooling system Open No.1 PEM SW pump discharge valve 011VF Open Bearing supply filter outlet valve 806VD
and an overboard discharge. In addition, the PEM sea water system provides Open Bearing supply flow control valve 901VX
Closed No.1 PEM SW pump emergency bilge suction valve 017VA
sea water for lubricating the stern tube and A-bracket propeller shaft bearings.
Closed No.1 PEM SW pump emergency deballasting suction 011VF Open Bearing supply flow valve to stern tube bearing 810VX
The aft PEM system also supplies sea water to the incinerator and No.6 sewage
treatment tank. There is no dry dock circulation capability in the PEM sea valve Open Stern tube bearing lubricating water inlet valve 807VD
water system. Open No.2 PEM SW pump suction valve 009VF Open Bearing supply flow valve to A-bracket bearing 810VX
Open No.2 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 010VX Open A-bracket bearing lubricating water inlet valve 809VD
The cooling sea water pumps are normally selected for REMOTE operation Open No.2 PEM SW pump discharge valve 011VF Open Backflushing filter drain valve 170VD
via the IMACS system mimic with the duty pump set to MANUAL operation
Open Cooler inlet valve 013VF
and the standby pump selected to AUTOMATIC mode. The duty pump is d) For the fore and aft systems, select the pumps for REMOTE
started manually at the IMACS system mimic and the standby pump will start Open Cooler outlet valve 014VF
operation and at the IMACS system mimic ‘Fwd & Aft DG
automatically should the duty pump fail to maintain pressure. The standby Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 013VF
SW Cooling’, start the duty pump manually and set the standby
pump starts when the pressure falls below a predetermined value. Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 014VF pump to AUTOMATIC operation.
Open Port overboard discharge valve 015VF
In the event of a blackout, the operating pump will restart automatically as part Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 016VF e) The propulsion electric motor cooling sea water systems are
of the sequential restart system. now operational. Check the system for leaks during operation.
Open Bearing supply filter inlet valve 801VD
The No.1 pump on the forward system has an emergency bilge suction from Open Bearing supply filter outlet valve 803VD
As the PEM sea water system also supplies lubricating water for the stern
the forward diesel generator engine room. Open Bearing supply flow control valve 902VX
tube and A-bracket propeller shaft bearings, careful attention must be paid to
Open Bearing supply flow valve to stern tube bearing 810VX ensure that there is always an adequate supply available. For a full description
Open Stern tube bearing lubricating water inlet valve 807VD of the stern tube sea water lubricating system please refer to section 2.3.6 of
Open Bearing supply flow valve to A-bracket bearing 810VX this manual.
Open A-bracket bearing lubricating water inlet valve 809VD
Open Backflushing filter drain valve 170VD
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.3 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.4a Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System
Vent
TIA H
01043
TT 20
YM/681F 01043
108VR M 103VD AC Compressor No.1 Sea
350 Chest
40 DPA H
700 106VF 104VF 350 350 091VF 32 01053
350
133VD 085VR
PIA 40 DPS
01047 L 01053
XA/494A
Drain 40 083 082
700 TIA H VD VD
YA/685A 102VD PT To 900
01044 01047
20
095VX
Bilge 089VF
350 20
TT Drain
YM/681G 01044 097VF
103VD 400
M
AC Compressor No.2 092VF
350 350
105VF
PIA
Air Conditioning SW
01046 L Cooling Pumps
1040m3/h - 1 bar
350
PT
01046
350 096VX
102VD 400
YA/685B
20 098VF 093VF
XA/494B
Drain
Key
500 350
Sea Water
117VF
TIA H Forward
01049 Instrumentation
Sea Water
TT Crossover
01049 20
PIA Electrical Signal
YM/681H 01051 L XA/494C
350 M 103VD AC Compressor No.3
PT
All System Valves
104VF 01051 are Prefixed with 'MR'
095VX 400
097VF
Air Conditioning SW 092VF
102VD Cooling Pumps
TIA H PIA
350 01050 YA/685C 1040m3/h - 1 bar
20 01052 L
TT 20 Drain
01050 400
PT
YM/681L 01052
350 M 103VD AC Compressor No.4 097VF 400 092VF
104VF 095VX XA/494D 109VA
090VF Emergency
106VF Bilge Suction DPA H
098VF 01057
102VD To 083 DPS
700 082
YA/685D Bilge VD 01057
20 VD
900
350 Drain
084VR
350 40
350 Sea
107VR 32 Chest
133VD
Drain
Vent
Sewage Room Stabilizer and Compressors Room Potable Water Room
Fr.148 Fr.172 Fr.196
Reference Shipyard Drawing: Sea Water System A5 D310 260 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.4 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.3.4 Air Conditioning Plant Sea Water System b) Ensure that all instrument valves are open and that instruments d) Set the HVAC cooling sea water pumps to REMOTE operation
are reading correctly. and AUTOMATIC operation via the HVAC chiller unit control
Air Conditioning Plant Chiller Sea Water Pump system.
Ref. Number: XA/494A/B/C/D c) Set the valves as shown in the following table.
e) Start the HVAC chiller units as required. The associated cooling
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’. sea water pump will start and stop as required when the chiller
Model: MU400/315LDS unit is on or off. Check for system leaks during the operation of
Type: Centrifugal Port System the cooling sea water pumps.
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each cooling circuit) Position Description Valve
Capacity: 1,040m3/h at 1 bar Open No.1 HVAC chiller SW pump suction valve 092VF
Dry Dock Operation
Rating: 690V, 50.5kW at 1,150 rpm Open No.1 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge flow valve 095VX
When the vessel is in dry dock, No.1 and No.4 HVAC cooling sea water pumps
Open No.1 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge valve 097VF
and their associated chiller units may be operated. The cooling water supply
Closed Port dry dock connection suction valve 091VF pipes must be connected at the flanges in the port and starboard sea chests, the
Introduction Operational No.1 chiller unit 3-way temperature controlled valve YH/681F spectacle blanks removed and the discharge pipes must be connected at the
Open Chiller line valve to overboard 104VF port and starboard overboard connection flanges.
There are four separate air conditioning chiller units and each has its own
cooling sea water pump. All cooling sea water pumps take suction from the Open No.2 HVAC chiller SW pump suction valve 093VF
The valves should be set as follows:
forward crossover sea water main. Each cooling sea water pump discharges to Open No.2 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge flow 096VX
its own air conditioning chiller unit, the sea water then passes overboard by valve
one of the two overboard discharge connections. Open No.2 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge valve 098VF All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
Operational No.2 chiller unit 3-way temperature controlled valve YH/681G Position Description Valve
No.1 and No.4 air conditioning sea water pumps have suction connections Closed No.1 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge valve 097VF
Open Chiller line valve to overboard 105VF
which allow water to be supplied when the vessel is in dry dock. The connection
Open Overboard discharge line valve 106VF Manual No.1 chiller unit 3-way temperature controlled valve YH/681F
flanges for water supply are located in the forward port and starboard sea
chests. No.1 pump takes suction via the starboard sea chest and No.4 pump via Open Overboard discharge valve 108VR Open No.1 chiller unit line outlet valve 104VF
the port sea chest. Under normal seagoing conditions, all pumps take suction Closed Overboard main cross-connection valve 117VF Open Port discharge line valve 106VF
from the forward crossover main. Operation of the forward crossover sea water Closed Chiller drain valves (x2) 102VD Open Port overboard discharge valve 108VR
main is described in section 2.3.2. Closed Chiller vent valves (x2) 103VD Open Port dry dock connection suction valve 091VF
Closed No.4 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge valve 097VF
The AC chiller sea water pumps are arranged for automatic start and stop in
response to the operation of the chiller units as part of the air conditioning Starboard System Manual No.4 chiller unit 3-way temperature controlled valve YH/681L
system operation. The pumps may be set to LOCAL and operated manually if Open No.3 HVAC chiller SW pump suction valve 092VF Open No.4 chiller unit line outlet valve 104VF
required but when the associated AC chiller is operating, the pump will be in Closed Emergency bilge suction valve 109VA Open Starboard discharge line valve 106VF
the REMOTE mode and operated by the AC control system through IMACS. Open No.3 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge flow valve 095VX Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 107VR
Normally three AC chiller units will be selected for operation with the fourth Open No.3 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge valve 097VF Open Starboard dry dock connection suction valve 090VF
selected for standby operation.
Operational No.3 chiller unit 3-way temperature controlled valve YH/681H Closed Port dry dock line drain valve 133VD
A temperature regulated valve at the sea water outlet from the chiller unit Open Chiller line valve to overboard 104VF Closed Starboard dry dock line drain valve 133VD
directs some water back to the associated pump suction and this maintains the Open No.4 HVAC chiller SW pump suction valve 092VF Closed Chiller drain valves (x2) 102VD
required temperature in the chiller unit. No.3 air conditioning sea water pump Open No.4 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge flow valve 095VX Closed Chiller vent valves (x2) 103VD
also has an emergency bilge suction located in the AC chiller room. This valve Open No.4 HVAC chiller SW pump discharge valve 097VF
is for use in emergencies only. The air conditioning chiller unit and its associated brine pump may now be
Operational No.4 chiller unit 3-way temperature controlled valve YH/681L
operated. The cooling water supplied by the shoreside pumps passes through
Closed Starboard dry dock connection suction valve 090VF
the condenser and then to overboard. The three-way valve operates to discharge
Procedure for the Operation of the Air Conditioning Plant Sea Open Chiller line valve to overboard 104VF water overboard with the recirculating line closed and the cooling water flow
Water System Open Overboard discharge line valve 106VF controlled on the inlet valve in order to regulate the temperature.
Open Overboard discharge valve 107VR
a) Set up the fore crossover sea water main as described in section
2.3.2. Closed Chiller drain valves (x2) 102VD
Closed Chiller vent valves (x2) 103VD
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.4 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.5a Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System - Forward
M M TI Fresh Water Generator 1
TI PI
Steam Supply XA/107A PI
Ejectors XD/107AH
XH XH Chemical
107AL 107W TI PI P
Treatment
XD/107AA Unit
From Forward Diesel XD/107AB PI PI
Sea Water
Generator HT Fresh Water Sea Water Pump
PI Heater TI 515m3/h 4.4 bar
Cooling System TI TC 1 2 3 4 5 6 FI TI PI PI
(See Illus. 2.4.2a)
TI TI TI TI TI TI
Vacuum
Breaker PI TC TI TI
Overboards PI
TI
XD/107AK TC
Fresh Water XD/107AC
Circulating Steam PI M TI
TI TI TI TI TI TI
Pump Booster
M
MR Heater
158VR 340m3/h 5 bar PI
XD/107AF
XD/107AD Ejector Pump
MR MR Distillate Pump
157VX 105m3/h 6.5 bar
165VR 33m3/h 4 bar
MR To Backflow
161VX XD/107AG XD/107AI
Bilge Preventer Distillate
Brine Pump
XD/107AE TI PI 4900m3/h 2.5 bar M Cooler FM
125 65 300 Condensate Condensate System
Pump
8.8m3/h 4 bar
M
To Water
300 Treatment System From Mid Sea Water M
(See Illus. 6.3.3a) 300
65 Crossover In Forward
DG Room MR168VR 125
125
M M TI Fresh Water Generator 2
TI PI
Steam Supply XA/107B PI
Ejectors XD/107BH
XH XH Chemical
107AL 107W TI PI P
Treatment
XD/107BA Unit
From Forward Diesel XD/107BB PI PI
Sea Water
Generator HT Fresh Water Sea Water Pump
PI Heater TI 515m3/h 4.4 bar
Cooling System (See Illus. 2.4.2a) TI TC 1 2 3 4 5 6 FI TI PI PI
Key TI TI TI TI TI TI
Fresh Water PI TC TI TI
PI
H.T Cooling Water
TI
Sea Water XD/107BK TC
Fresh Water XD/107BC
Circulating Steam PI M TI
Saturated Steam TI TI TI TI TI TI
Pump Booster
M
340m3/h 5 bar PI Heater
Condensate XD/107AF
XD/107BD Ejector Pump
Distillate Pump 105m3/h 6.5 bar
Vacuum Breaker MR 33m3/h 4 bar
Overboards 156VR
XD/107BG XD/107BI
Brine Pump Distillate
XD/107BE TI PI 490m3/h 2.5 bar M Cooler FM
MR Condensate Condensate System
157VX Pump
8.8m3/h 4 bar
MR Backflow
M
160VR 300
Preventer To Water
MR 300 Treatment System From Mid Sea Water M
To 65 (See Illus. 6.3.3a) Crossover In Forward
300
161VX 65
125 Bilge DG Room MR168VR
125 125
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.5 - Page 1 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.5b Fresh Water Evaporator Plant
Fresh Water Generator 3
XA/107C
M M TI
Chemical TI PI PI
Steam Supply Ejectors
Cleaning
XH XH
Outlet Valve TI PI
107CL 107W
XD/107CB PI PI
Sea Water
TC TI
Heater TI 1 2 3 4 5 6 FT TI PI
From Forward Diesel TI TI TI TI TI TI
Generator HT Fresh Water
Cooling System TC TI TI
(See Illus. 2.4.2a)
Chemical TC
XD/107CC QSA QSA QSA QSA QSA QSA
Steam Cleaning
Inlet Valve TI TI TI TI TI TI
Booster
M
Heater PI
XD/107CE TI PI
Condensate
Pump Condensate System
8.8m 3/h 4 bar XH/
107CB
XD/107CG
Brine Pump XD/107CF
‘Typical’ Fresh Water Evaporator Plant 490m3/h Ejector Pump FM
In This Case: No. 3 2.5 bar 105m3/h 6.5 bar
TI PI
XD/107CA
Sea Water Pump
XD/107CD XD/107CI 515m3/h 4.4 bar
Distillate Pump Distillate M
33m3/h 4 bar Cooler
M
From Aft Sea Water M PI PI
Crossover In Forward
Key DG Room MR167VR
Fresh Water
HT Cooling Water MR/
155VX
Sea Water To Water
Treatment System MR/
XD/107CH 154VR
Saturated Steam (See Illus. 6.3.3a) Chemical MR/
To
Treatment 151VX
P
Bilge Unit
Condensate MR/
150VR
Overboard
Overboard
Overboard
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.5 - Page 2 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.3.5 Fresh Water Generator Sea Water System Sea water acts as a coolant for the condensate produced by evaporation and No.3 Fresh Water Generator (XA/107C)
serves as the motive fluid for operating the ejectors which maintain vacuum in
Position Description Valve
Fresh Water Generator Ejector Pump the fresh water generator. This water is supplied by the ejector pump.
Open No.3 FW generator sea water suction valve 167VR
Ref. Number: XD/107AF/BF/CF
Any sea water that is not evaporated remains in the fresh water generator shell Open No.3 FW generator brine discharge flow control 151VX
Maker: Pompe Garbarino valve
and is removed by the brine pump.
Model: MU80-400L Open No.3 FW generator remotely operated brine 150VR
Type: Centrifugal The brine pump and the ejector pump discharge through the overboard overboard discharge valve
No. of sets: 3 (1 for each generator) discharge valve. Open No.3 FW generator ejector discharge flow control 155VX
Capacity: 105m3/h at 6.5 bar valve
Rating: 690v, 29.3kW at 1,770 rpm Procedure for the Operation of the Fresh Water Generator Sea Open No.3 FW generator remotely operated ejector 154VR
Water Systems overboard discharge valve
Fresh Water Generator Brine Pump
a) Set up the centre and aft crossover sea water mains as described Note: The fresh water generator system valves require opening in order to
Ref. Number: XD/107AG/BG/CG
in sections 2.3.1. and 2.3.2. ensure that the generator operates correctly. The fresh water evaporator plant
Maker: Allweiler is covered in section 6.3.1.
Model: NT200/400 b) Ensure that all instrument valves are open and that the
Type: Horizontal centrifugal instruments are reading correctly. d) The fresh water generator sea water system is ready for
No. of sets: 3 (1 for each FW generator) operation and the pumps will operate automatically when the
c) Set the valves as shown in the following table: fresh water generator plant is started controlled by the control
Capacity: 530m3/h at 2.5 bar
system.
Rating: 690v, 42.4kW at 1,180 rpm
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’.
The remaining valves on the sea water system are motorised and controlled
No.1 Fresh Water Generator (XA/107A) by the evaporator control system, described in section 6.3.1 alongside a full
Fresh Water Generator Sea Water Supply Pump
Position Description Valve description of the evaporator systems.
Ref. Number: XD/107AA/BA/CA
Open No.1 FW generator sea water suction valve 168VR
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Open No.1 FW generator brine discharge flow control 157VX
Model: MU200-315
valve
Type: Centrifugal Open No.1 FW generator remotely operated brine 158VR
No. of sets: 3 (1 for each FW generator) overboard discharge valve
Capacity: 530m3/h at 4.4 bar Open No.1 FW generator ejector discharge flow control 161VX
Rating: 690v, 81kW at 1,770 rpm valve
Open No.1 FW generator remotely operated ejector 165VR
overboard discharge valve
Introduction
There are three separate fresh water (FW) generators, two operate with sea No.2 Fresh Water Generator (XA/107B)
water supplied from the centre sea water crossover main and one operates with Position Description Valve
sea water supplied from the aft sea water crossover main. Each fresh water Open No.2 FW generator sea water suction valve 168VR
generator has its own sea water overboard discharge valves. The fresh water
Open No.2 FW generator brine discharge flow control 157VX
generators are identical in size and operation.
valve
Sea water is supplied to the fresh water generator as a coolant for condensing Open No.2 FW generator remotely operated brine 156VR
the vapour produced during evaporation. The temperature of the sea water overboard discharge valve
increases as it passes through the condensing coils and this heated sea water Open No.2 FW generator ejector discharge flow control 161VX
is then used as feed for evaporation. This water is supplied to the fresh water valve
generator by the sea water supply pump. Open No.2 FW generator remotely operated ejector 160VR
overboard discharge valve
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.5 - Page 3 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.6a Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System
150 039VF
039VF
040VF
150 040VF
XA/059B
PEM Central Cooling
Key FW Cooler
40 Vent
Sea Water To Incinerator
150
Instrumentation Vent
Electrical Signal
150 015VR
All System Valves DPA H
042VR
are Prefixed with 'MR' Sea Chest
01038
40 40 DPS
003VR H DPA To 044
043 01038
Bilge VD
VD
From XA/062C Aft DG 032VR 008VD 01028
SW System LT Cooler 40 007VD 047VF
DPS
(See Illustration 2.3.1a) To Bilge 600 01028
130VF 900
40
L PIA 005VF
01027 400
PT
L 01027 200
150
XA/040D 022VF
Stern Tube
'A' Bracket 022VF
Arrangement 023VX
Arrangement
To PCS To PCS 024VF
PEM Central Cooling Mid
TT SW Pumps Sea Water
Emergency Supply 230m3/h - 2 bar
From Fire System 150 200 Crossover
807VD FS FM 810VX 40
PIA
809VD M
Aft 1033
FS FS FM 810VX 32 32 50 023VX
Mechanical Sea Water L
901 806 804 150 Crossover
Remotely 024VF XA/040C
VD VD PT
32 50 VX M 50 1033
Operated Emergency
810VX 32
PEM Central Cooling Deballasting
FS FS FM
809VD 170VD
807VD FS FM 810VX 902VX SW Pumps
043 230m3/h - 2 bar
150 017VA 200 Emergency
TT VD
M Bilge Suction
40
To PCS To PCS 801VD 010VX 011VF 200
'A' Bracket Stern Tube 803VD 011VF XA/040A 152VF
Arrangement Arrangement M
170VD 150
400
009VF
010VX 200
To Sewage Treatment 011VF 009VF
Tank Overboard Discharge To
XA/040B
006VF 150
Pumps Priming Bilge
600 013VF 014VF 900
FM 126VD 008VD 007VD DPA H
FM YA/510F DPS 048VF 01034
162MX 031VR 01029
Sewage
32 004VR H DPA 044VD 043 DPS
Treatment 014VF To VD 01034
32 01029 013VF
Tank No.6 40 Bilge
041VR
For Connection To 32 Initial 40
Fire Main By Use Filling Sea Chest 016VR
Of Fire Hose
A1 075VM XA/059A
Vent PEM Central Cooling
FW Cooler
Vent
Aft DG Room PEM Forward DG Room Evaporator Room
Room
Fr.70 Fr.82 Fr.108
Reference Shipyard Drawing - Sea Water System A5 D310 260 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.6 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.3.6 Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System The stern tube and ‘A’ bracket bearings are similar in that they consist of a Position Description Valve
Thordon bearing held in a bronze bearing carrier which is fixed in the stern
Open Cooler outlet valve 014VF
Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water Pump tube or ‘A’ bracket housing. The Thordon bearing and its carrier is in two
upper and lower halves. When the two halves are fitted correctly in the bore of Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 013VF
Ref. Number: XA/040A/B/C/D
the stern tube or the ‘A’ bracket, the bearing is bolted in place. Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 014VF
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Open Port overboard discharge valve 015VF
Model: MU125/250L Bearing temperature sensors are fitted at a number of locations on the upper Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 016VF
Type: Centrifugal and lower parts of the bearing unit. The lubricating sea water is supplied under
Open Bearing supply filter inlet valve 801VD
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each PEM cooling circuit) pressure to the upper part of the bearing and is distributed around the bearing
by the water pressure and shaft rotation. Open Bearing supply filter outlet valve 803VD
Capacity: 230m3/h at 2 bar
Open Bearing supply flow control valve 902VX
Rating: 690V, 17kW at 1,770 rpm
The type of bearing material is suited to sea water lubrication but the pressure Open Bearing supply flow valve to stern tube bearing 810VX
and purity of supply must be high in order to prevent overheating and/or Open Stern tube bearing lubricating water inlet valve 807VD
Introduction bearing damage. The flow of water through the bearing and the presence of the Open Bearing supply flow valve to A-bracket bearing 810VX
surrounding sea water provide adequate cooling under normal circumstances
The stern tube and ‘A’ bracket bearings are of the synthetic Thordon type Open A-bracket bearing lubricating water inlet valve 809VD
but constant monitoring of the bearing temperatures is required in order to
and these are sea water lubricated. Sea water under pressure is supplied to detect any signs of overheating at an early stage. Open Backflushing filter drain valve 170VD
the bearings by the duty propulsion electric motor central cooling sea water
pump which also serves as the propeller shaft bearing lubrication sea water
pump. There are separate systems for the port and starboard propeller shaft Procedure to Operate the Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication Aft Propulsion Electric Motor System
arrangements and each system has two pumps, one selected as the duty pump Systems Position Description Valve
and the other acting as the standby pump. The standby pump is started if the Open No.3 PEM SW pump suction valve 022VF
water flow rate from the duty pump falls below a preset value. A pressure a) Set up the centre and aft crossover sea water mains as described Open No.3 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 023VX
switch at the exit from the pumps monitors the pump supply pressure. in sections 2.3.1. and 2.3.2. Open No.3 PEM SW pump discharge valve 024VF
Open No.4 PEM SW pump suction valve 022VF
The pumps supply lubricating sea water directly to the associated stern tube b) Ensure that all instrument valves are open, filters are clean and
boss and ‘A’ bracket bearings. From the bearings, the sea water flows to the that instruments are reading correctly. Open No.4 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 023VX
sea. The starboard propeller shaft bearing lubrication sea water pumps take Open No.4 PEM SW pump discharge valve 024VF
suction from the centre sea water crossover main and the port pumps take c) After ensuring (for the aft system only) that the aft diesel Open Cooler inlet valve 040VF
suction from the aft sea water crossover main. Setting of these crossover mains generator sea water cooling system is either operational or Open Cooler outlet valve 039VF
is described in sections 2.3.1. The propulsion electric motors are interlocked watertight, set the valves as shown in the following table.
Closed Cooler inlet backflush valve 040VF
with flow switches located in the supply lines to the stern tube boss and ‘A’
bracket bearings. In the event of sea water flow failure, the propeller shaft Closed Cooler outlet backflush valve 039VF
All valves are prefixed with ‘MR’:
speed is restricted. Open Port overboard discharge valve 032VF
Fore Propulsion Electric Motor System Closed Overboard discharge cross-connection valve 130VF
The pumps are selected for REMOTE operation at the local selector switch. Position Description Valve Open Starboard overboard discharge valve 031VF
They may also be selected for LOCAL operation which allows for local Open No.1 PEM SW pump suction valve 009VF Open Sewage plant supply valve 043VD
manual starting and stopping. When selected for remote operation, the duty Open No.1 PEM SW pump line suction valve 152VF Open Bearing supply filter inlet valve 804VD
pump is started manually at the Fwd & Aft DG SW Cooling IMACS mimics. Open No.1 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 010VX
The other pump is selected for AUTOMATIC operation and will act as the Open Bearing supply filter outlet valve 806VD
Open No.1 PEM SW pump discharge valve 011VF Open Bearing supply flow control valve 901VX
standby pump. The operating pump will restart after a blackout as part of the
sequential restart system. Closed No.1 PEM SW pump emergency bilge suction valve 017VA Open Bearing supply flow valve to stern tube bearing 810VX
Closed No.1 PEM SW pump emergency deballasting suction 011VF Open Stern tube bearing lubricating water inlet valve 807VD
Sea water contains small solid impurities, such as sand particles, which will valve
Open Bearing supply flow valve to A-bracket bearing 810VX
pass the suction filters at the entrance to the sea water crossover and such small Open No.2 PEM SW pump suction valve 009VF
impurities will cause considerable damage to the bearing material and shaft. A Open A-bracket bearing lubricating water inlet valve 809VD
Open No.2 PEM SW pump flow control discharge valve 010VX
motorised duplex fine filter is fitted in the supply line to the stern tube and ‘A’ Open Backflushing filter drain valve 170VD
Open No.2 PEM SW pump discharge valve 011VF
bracket bearings and this removes the fine solid particles which could cause
bearing damage. Additional fine filters are located at the inlet to each bearing. Open Cooler inlet valve 013VF
These filters self-backflush to the overboard discharge line.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.6 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.3.6b Stern Tube Sealing Arrangement
Weardown Gauge
Measurement Access 14 15 16 17
B (At TDC)
10 13 13
9
19
11
1
A
7 25
8
26
21 24
20
12 22 30 29
4
28
6 18
3
5
27
23
Key
1. Stern Tube Body 11. Joint 21. Sealing Strip
A Flushing Connection Top and Bottom (Normally Blanked)
2. Mounting Ring 12. Main Clamp Ring 22. Seat (Split) Note: One Spare Split Face is Supplied
3. Adaptor Ring 13. Screw 23. O Cord
4. Screw 14. Support Spring Assembly 24. Screw
B Inflatable Seal Air Supply Connection (Normally Blanked)
5. Inflatable Seal 15. Interlayer 25. Seat Dowel
6. Support Ring 16. Bridging Spring Assembly 26. Spring Pin
7. Screw 17. Backing Spring Assembly 27. Drive Clamp Ring
8. Washer 18. Carrier 28. Screw
9. Stud 19. Guard 29. Drive Screw
10. Nut 20. Face (Non-Split) 30. Nut
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.6 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
d) For the fore and aft systems, select the pumps for REMOTE Stern Tube Seal Procedure for Testing the Inflatable Seal
operation and at the IMACS system mimic ‘Fwd & Aft DG a) Ensure that there is a test air supply available at a pressure of
SW Cooling’, start the duty pump manually and set the standby Maker: Deep Sea Seals 5.0 bar.
pump to AUTOMATIC operation. Model: ManeSeal MD Inboard Seal
Type: Wrapped bellows, radial face b) Close the vent/drain from the inflatable seal.
e) Ensure that there is power to the self-cleaning filters and that
they are fully operational. Ensure that all flow alarms to the No. of sets: 2 (one for each shaft)
c) Close the water supply valve to the main seal.
stern tube and ‘A’ brackets are clear on the ‘Port & Starboard Shaft diameter: 607mm
Shaft Line Lubrication’ mimics. d) Open the air supply to the inflatable seal.
Because the stern tube is water lubricated, a seal is only required on the inboard
f) The stern tube and ‘A’ bracket bearing sea water lubrication side in order to prevent water leakage into the ship. e) Open the drain valve from the main seal.
systems are now operational. Check for system leaks during
operation. Sealing is provided by continuous rubbing contact between a rotating seat and f) The inflatable seal air leakage should not exceed 1.0 bar/metre
a stationary face. A flexible bellows provides the pressure between the contact of shaft diameter over a 30 minute period.
g) Check the bearing temperatures. All instruments should be faces of the seal and is mounted on the stationary face side. The seal seat is split
reading and with the propeller shaft stationary, all temperatures and is fixed to the shaft, thus it rotates with the propeller shaft. Because of the g) At the end of the test, the main seal drain valve should be closed,
should read the same. arrangement of the seal flexible bellows, the seal can accommodate axial and the inflatable seal air supply shut off, the inflatable seal drain
radial movements without any detrimental effect on the sealing capability. opened and the water supply valve to the main seal opened.
An adequate supply of lubricating sea water for the stern tube and ‘A’ bracket
propeller shaft bearings must always be available. The filters must be cleaned Within the stationary housing part of the seal, close to where it is bolted The inflatable seal is intended as a means of sealing the shaft whilst maintenance
whenever possible in order to ensure that there is no restriction in flow to to the stern tube, an inflatable seal is fitted. This unit is inflated by means work is carried out on the main seal. However, in an extreme emergency it may
the bearings. The bearings are fitted with temperature sensors and the supply of compressed air but in normal operation, the inflatable seal is vented to be used, for a limited period of time, with the propeller shaft rotating but a
lines are fitted with a flow meter and a flow switch to provide warning should atmosphere. close watch must be kept on the stern tube area for signs of leakage.
there be any restriction in water flow. The flow meter may be bypassed if
necessary. Should the main seal unit leak or require maintenance, the inflatable seal
is operated. Compressed air forces the inflatable seal into contact with the
propeller shaft thereby making a seal and preventing the passage of large
Note: The standby lubrication sea water pump starts if the discharge flow
quantities of water into the ship along the propeller shaft. The inflatable seal is
from the duty lubrication sea water pump falls below the preset pressure.
inflated whenever maintenance is required thus sealing the stern tube area.
The air pressure to the seal may be regulated in order to allow a small ingress
of water. In this situation, the seal acts as a dynamic seal to allow for slow
speed operation of the vessel if required.
The inflatable seal should be tested at intervals not exceeding six months in
order to ensure that it operates correctly and that the air lines are clear.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.3.6 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.1a Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - Forward
Key Table 1 - System Cooler Monitoring/Automation
LT Cooling Water
Filling Filling
Sea Water 503VX
28 Chemical 28 Chemical
M
Treatment Treatment Distilled Water XA/038A
15 15 ZT TCV TT FS
From Highest 02220 02220 02220 02222
Electrical Signal
Point Of System
ZI TIA H FA
(See Illus. 2.4.1b) 02220 02220
Instrumentation 02222 L
Low Pressure
XA/083B XA/083A All System Valves are Air Compressor Diesel Generator Topping Up
LS LA LS LA Prefixed with 'DR'
Header Tank 02205
Header Tank 02206
Starting Air Compressor Air Compressor
02205 02206
15 L 15 L XA/224B
XA/228A XA/228C
542 541 542 541
VD VD VD VD 565VD
540VD 540VD 567VX 515VD 518VD
516VX 519VX
54 Sampling 54 Sampling 35 35
15 515VD
Cock Cock See 518VD
Illus.
To Bilge To Bilge 2.3.2a 54 54
Oil Tank Oil Tank
54 514VD XA/038A
System Cooler 54 54
See Table 1
494VD 494VD TIA PIA
Stabiliser 02225 02226
500 501
495VX VF VF L
42 42
400 TT PT Standby XZ XZ XZ XZ
489VF M KBD KBD XL XL
489VF 02225 02226 76.1 76.1
YA/685A 503VX
125 490VX
476VX START STOP RUNNING AVAILABLE
400 400
6 XA/037A XZ 02201A XZ 02201B XS 02201A XS 02201B
400 400 475VF FA
5 XA/037B XZ 02202A XZ 02202B XS 02202A XS 02202B
200 02224
150 150 L
200 420VX 489VF 489VF 512VD
150 32 YA/685B
125 491VX FS
544VF 419VX YA/695A 400 400 512VD 513VX 02224
150 Air Conditioning
544VF Chillers 54
565VD 504VD 506VF 507VX 508VF
150 420VX XA/037A
32 54
4 35 35 300 300
150 544VF 419VX YA/695B
54 558VX
544VF Air Conditioning 550VD
15 15
Compressor
See Provision 565VD 400 400 550VD
54 54 54 550VD
Illustration Refrigeration YA/674 1B Fwd 2B Fwd 3B Fwd
Compressors 268VX 504VD 506VF 507VX 508VF Thruster 556VX Thruster 556VX Thruster 556VX
2.4.1b 565VD XA/037B
421VX 550VD 551VD
150 32 35 Aux. Machinery 76.1 76.1 550VD Hydraulic 15 550VD
Hydraulic Hydraulic
544VF 419VX YA/695C 565VD Central Cooling Unit 555VX Unit 555VX Unit 555VX
54
35 System Pumps 551VD 551VD
150 544VF 900m3/h 4 bar
54 54 15 15
421VX
150 32 Air Conditioning 88.9 54
544VF 419VX Chillers 511VX
200 150 YA/695D
125 489VF
200 544VF YA/685C 510VD 510VD FS
125 489VF 490VX 125 02223
300 200 108
3
300 200 108 FA
2 02223
L
1 125
489VF
YA/685D
489VF 490VX
42 42
494VD
Stabiliser
494VD 495VX
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.1 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.4 Fresh Water Cooling Systems a) Check that all instrumentation valves are open and that the
instruments are reading correctly. Position Description Valve
2.4.1 Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System Open No.1 provision refrigeration plant inlet valve 544VF
b) Ensure that the make-up fresh water tank is at the required level Open No.1 provision refrigeration plant outlet valve 544VF
and top up if necessary. Open No.1 refrigeration plant outlet flow control valve 419VX
Auxiliary Machinery Fresh Water Cooling Pumps
Open No.1 provision refrigeration plant inlet flow 420VX
Ref. Number: XA/037A/B/C/D c) Set up the valves as in the following table; all other valves are control valve
Maker: Pompe Garbarino closed unless stated.
Open No.2 provision refrigeration plant inlet valve 544VF
Model: MU250-400L Open No.2 provision refrigeration plant outlet valve 544VF
Type: Centrifugal All valves are prefixed with ‘DR’.
Open No.2 refrigeration plant outlet flow control valve 419VX
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each auxiliary machinery cooling circuit) Forward Ring Fresh Water Cooling Main
Open No.2 provision refrigeration plant inlet flow 420VX
Capacity: 900m3/h at 4 bar Position Description Valve control valve
Rating: 690V, 140kW at 1,750 rpm Open No.1 general service FW pump suction valve 506VF Open Drain cooler atmospheric condenser inlet valve 442VF
Open No.1 general service FW pump discharge valve 508VF Open Drain cooler atmospheric condenser outlet valve 442VF
Introduction Open No.2 general service FW pump suction valve 506VF Open Drain cooler outlet flow control valve 443VX
Open No.2 general service FW pump discharge valve 508VF Open Dirty drain cooler inlet valve 430VD
There are two separate general service fresh water cooling systems, each Throttled Pump recirculation valve 558VX
serving a number of auxiliary users; one forward and one aft. Although the Open Dirty drain cooler outlet valve 430VD
Open Line circuit supply valve from header tank (x2) 504VD Open Dirty drain cooler outlet flow control valve 431VX
systems are independent and serve different users they operate in a similar
way using treated fresh water, having two general service circulating pumps, a Open Outlet valve from header tank 541VD Open No.2 LP air compressor inlet valve 450VD
fresh water cooler (cooled by circulating sea water in the auxiliary machinery Open Vent valve to header tank 514VD Open No.2 LP air compressor outlet flow control valve 452VX
sea water system, see section 2.3.2), and a make-up tank to allow for thermal Open No.1 general service FW cooler inlet valve 501VF Open No.2 start air compressor inlet valve 454VD
expansion. Open No.1 general service FW cooler outlet valve 500VF Open No.2 start air compressor outlet valve 454VD
Operational Temperature controlled three-way valve 503VX Open No.2 start air compressor outlet flow control 455VX
There is a forward auxiliary machinery fresh water cooling system and an aft
auxiliary machinery fresh water cooling system; the forward circuit pumps are Open Port stabiliser oil cooler inlet valve 494VD valve
located in the fresh water pump room and the aft circuit pumps are located in Open Port stabiliser oil cooler outlet valve 494VD Open No.4 topping-up air compressor inlet valve 457VD
the midship auxiliary machinery room. Open Port stabiliser oil cooler outlet flow control valve 495VX Open No.4 topping-up air compressor outlet valve 457VD
Open Line valve 475VF Open No.4 topping-up air compressor outlet flow 458VX
The general service fresh water pumps may be selected for local or remote control valve
Open Line flow control valve 476VF
operation by means of the selector switch located near the pumps. When
Open/closed Freon compressor inlet valve 565VD Open Header tank line valve 445VD
LOCAL is selected, the pumps are started and stopped by means of pushbuttons
at the local control panel. When REMOTE is selected, the pumps are controlled Open/closed Freon compressor outlet valve 565VD Open Line valve 564VD
from the appropriate IMACS mimic. The pumps may be started and stopped Open Freon compressor outlet flow control valve 268VX Open Line flow control valve 561VX
manually from the IMACS mimic or a pump may be selected in AUTOMATIC Open No.1 AC plant inlet valve 489VF Open Distribution transformer inlet line valve 480VD
mode. This means that it acts as the standby pump and will start automatically Open Distribution transformer outlet line valve 480VD
Open No.1 AC plant outlet valve 489VF
should the duty pump fail to maintain the required water pressure. A three- Open Distribution transformer No.1 inlet valve 434VD
way temperature control valve regulates the quantity of circulating fresh water Open No.1 AC plant outlet flow control valve 490VX
which is drawn through the cooler by the operating pump in order to maintain Open No.2 AC plant inlet valve 489VF Open Distribution transformer No.1 outlet valve 434VD
the circulating water temperature at 36ºC. Open No.2 AC plant outlet valve 489VF Open Distribution transformer No.1 flow control valve 433VX
Open No.2 AC plant outlet flow control valve 491VX Open Distribution transformer No.2 inlet valve 434VD
Operation of the Auxiliary Machinery Fresh Water Cooling Open Distribution transformer No.2 outlet valve 434VD
Systems Open Distribution transformer No.2 flow control valve 433VX
Open Distribution transformer No.3 inlet valve 434VD
The forward and aft auxiliary machinery fresh water cooling systems are Open Distribution transformer No.3 outlet valve 434VD
operated in the same way and so the following description applies to both Open Distribution transformer No.3 flow control valve 433VX
forward and aft systems. The relevant valve lists apply to the systems
individually to suit the items of auxiliary machinery served by each system.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.1 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.1b Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - Aft Clean Drain Atmospheric
Condenser
430VD Table 1 - System Cooler Monitoring/Automation
250
XA/113B 431VX
411VF 412VX 411VF 414VD
Dirty Drain Dirty Drain 502VX
Atmospheric XA/119B XA/119A Atmospheric To System
250 Condenser Condenser Header Tanks M
YD/761AA XA/038B
390VD 393VX 389VD 88.9 430VD (See Illus. 2.4.1a)
Distribution ZT TCV TT FS
Transformer 415VX To Header 02211 02211 02211 02213
Steering Gear Tank XA083A
Oil Coolers 414VD Distribution
418VD
Transformer ZI TIA H FA
To Header 02211 02211 02213 L
YD/761AB Tank XA083B
390VD 393VX 389VD Distribution
426VX 418VD 434VD 433VX 35 35
XA/568P Transformer
Incinerator 434VD 445 445 XZ KBD XZ KBD XZ KL XZ KL
404VD 405VX Hyd. Units 404VD 418VD VD VD
42 Distribution
42 15 15 START STOP RUNNING AVAILABLE
Transformer
22 XA/568E 42
426VX 418VD XA/037C XZ 02203A XZ 02203B XS 02203A XS 02203B
402VX
Shredder 401VD Distribution 35
42
Transformer XA/037D XZ 02204A XZ 02204B XS 02204A XS 02204B
YD/761BA
390VD 393VX 389VD 22 XA/568T 418VD 42 434VD Diesel Generator Topping Up
Densifier
402VX 401VD Starting Air Compressor Air Compressor
Steering Gear 42
433VX Distribution 88.9
Oil Coolers 426VX 418VD 250 Transformer Low Pressure
434VD 88.9 Air Compressor XA/228B XA/228D
35
42
YD/761BB 434VD XA/224A
390VD 393VX 389VD 42 42
250
42
42 433VX 452VX 450VD 454VD 457VD
42 XA/568Q 442VF
Incinerator 455VX 458VX
404VD 405VX Hyd. Units 404VD 434VD
42
XA/113A 38 454VD 457VD
Clean Drain 38 54 54
42 22 XA/568F Atmospheric
Shredder 401VD Condenser
402VX 443VX 54 54
42 442VF
22 XA/568U 76.1 76.1
402VX Densifier 480VD 480VD 400
401VD 6
Key 407VX
42 400
22
XA/094E 408VF 5
LT Cooling Water 402VX 401VD 400
Distilled Water 22
400 400
XA/094F
Sea Water 402VX 401VD 300
409VD 564VD 474VD 474VD
Electrical Signal 54
410VX 561VX 474VD 474VD
Instrumentation 42
50 50 50 50 400
All System Valves 479VF 482VX
are Prefixed with 'DR'
477VF
XA/037C 54
42 System Drainage 481VX 300
300
4
FS
108 88.9 108 108 35 35 35 35 Aux. Machinery 498VD
FA
02230 02230
42 42 Central Cooling
L System Pumps 400
400 400
54 76.1 88.9 900m3/h 4 bar See
54 Illustration
76.1 76.1 2.4.1a
382VD 479VF 482VX 477VF
54 54 54 382VD XA/037D
386VX 386VX 54
Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic XA/094A PIA
Unit Unit Unit 401VD 402VX 02209 L
386VX 380VD 382VD 381 380VD 42 42 L
383VX 383VX VD 383VX See 484VF
3S Aft 2S Aft 1S Aft PT Standby Illus.
Thruster Thruster Thruster XA/094B
54 54 401VD 402VX 02209 2.3.2a 502VX
381VD
381VD
TIA H 483VF M
Boiler Feed Pumps 02210
380VD XA/038B
54 76.1 88.9 TT System FW Cooler
02210 (See Table 1: 2.4.1a)
54 76.1 88.9 400
XA/094AC 3
401VD 402VX
562VF 563VX
FS FA 300
02229 02229 2
L
XA/094AD
401VD 402VX 15
1
488VD
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.1 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve Position Description Valve Position Description Valve
Open Incinerator hydraulic unit inlet valve 404VD Open Supply line valve 562VF Open Line flow control valve 407VX
Open Incinerator hydraulic unit outlet valve 404VD Set Supply line flow regulating valve 563VX Open Drain cooler atmospheric condenser inlet valve 411VF
Open Incinerator hydraulic unit flow control valve 405VX Throttled Pump recirculation valve 481VX Open Drain cooler atmospheric condenser outlet valve 411VF
Open Shredder inlet valve 401VD Open Line circuit supply valve from header tank 498VD Open Drain cooler outlet flow control valve 412VX
Open Shredder outlet flow control valve 402VX Open Outlet valve from header tank 541VD Open Dirty drain cooler inlet valve 414VD
Open Densifier inlet valve 401VD Open Vent valve to header tank 488VD Open Dirty drain cooler outlet valve 414VD
Open Densifier outlet flow control valve 402VX Open No.1 general service FW cooler inlet valve 484VF Open Dirty drain cooler outlet flow control valve 415VX
Open Steering gear LO coolers inlet valve (x2) 389VD Open No.1 general service FW cooler inlet valve 483VF Open Distribution transformer No.1 inlet valve 418VD
Open Steering gear LO coolers outlet valve (x2) 390VD Operational Temperature controlled three-way valve 502VX Open Distribution transformer No.1 outlet valve 418VD
Open Steering gear LO coolers flow control valve (x2) 393VX Open Stbd stabiliser oil cooler inlet valve 494VD Open Distribution transformer No.1 flow control valve 426VX
Open Aft thruster (2S) motor cooler inlet valve 380VD Open Stbd stabiliser oil cooler outlet valve 494VD Open Distribution transformer No.2 inlet valve 418VD
Open Aft thruster (2S) motor cooler outlet valve 381VD Open Stbd stabiliser oil cooler outlet flow control valve 495VX Open Distribution transformer No.2 outlet valve 418VD
Open Aft thruster (2S) motor cooler flow control valve 383VX Open No.3 AC plant inlet valve 489VF Open Distribution transformer No.2 flow control valve 426VX
Open Aft thruster (2S) hydraulic cooler inlet valve 382VD Open No.3 AC plant outlet valve 489VF Open Distribution transformer No.3 inlet valve 418VD
Open Aft thruster (2S) hydr cooler flow control valve 386VX Open No.3 AC plant outlet flow control valve 490VX Open Distribution transformer No.3 outlet valve 418VD
Open Supply line valve 512VD Open No.4 AC plant inlet valve 489VF Open Distribution transformer No.3 flow control valve 426VX
Open Supply line valve (flow control) 513VX Open No.4 AC plant outlet valve 489VF Open Supply line valve 409VD
Open Return line valve 512VD Open No.4 AC plant outlet flow control valve 490VX Open Supply line valve (flow control) 410VX
Open Fwd thruster (2B) motor cooler inlet valve 550VD Open No.3 provision refrigeration plant inlet valve 544VF Open Incinerator hydraulic unit inlet valve 404VD
Open Fwd thruster (2B) motor cooler outlet valve 550VD Open No.3 provision refrigeration plant outlet valve 544VF Open Incinerator hydraulic unit outlet valve 404VD
Open Fwd thruster (2B) motor cooler flow control valve 556VX Open No.3 refrigeration plant outlet flow control valve 419VX Open Incinerator hydraulic unit flow control valve 405VX
Open Fwd thruster (2B) hydraulic cooler inlet valve 551VD Open No.3 provision refrigeration plant inlet flow 421VX Open Shredder inlet valve 401VD
control valve Open Shredder outlet flow control valve 402VX
Open Fwd thruster (2B) hydr. cooler flow control valve 555VX
Open No.4 provision refrigeration plant inlet valve 544VF Open Densifier inlet valve 401VD
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094A) inlet valve 401VD
Open No.4 provision refrigeration plant outlet valve 544VF Open Densifier outlet flow control valve 402VX
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094A) flow 402VX
control valve Open No.4 refrigeration plant outlet flow control valve 419VX Open Steering gear LO coolers inlet valves (x2) 389VD
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094B) inlet valve 401VD Open No.4 provision refrigeration plant inlet flow 421VX Open Steering gear LO coolers outlet valve (x2) 390VD
control valve Open Steering gear LO coolers flow control valve (x2) 393VX
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094B) flow 402VX
control valve Open/closed Freon compressor inlet valve 565VD Open Aft thruster (1S) motor cooler inlet valve 380VD
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094F) inlet valve 401VD Open/closed Freon compressor outlet valve 565VD Open Aft thruster (1S) motor cooler outlet valve 381VD
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094F) flow control 402VX Open No.2 LP air compressor inlet valve 565VD Open Aft thruster (1S) motor cooler flow control valve 383VX
valve Open No.2 LP air compressor outlet flow control valve 567VX Open Aft thruster (1S) hydraulic cooler inlet valve 382VD
Closed System drain valves (x2) 474VD Open No.1 start air compressor inlet valve 515VD Open Aft thruster (1S) hydr. cooler flow control valve 386VX
Closed Header tank drain valve 542VD Open No.1 start air compressor outlet valve 515VD Open Aft thruster (3S) motor cooler inlet valve 380VD
Open No.1 start air comp. outlet flow cont. valve 516VX Open Aft thruster (3S) motor cooler outlet valve 381VD
Aft Ring Fresh Water Cooling Main Open No.3 topping-up air compressor inlet valve 518VD Open Aft thruster (3S) motor cooler flow control valve 383VX
Position Description Valve Open No.3 topping-up air compressor outlet valve 518VD Open Aft thruster (3S) hydraulic cooler inlet valve 382VD
Open No.3 general service FW pump suction valve 477VF Open No.3 topping-up air comp. outlet flow cont. valve 519VX Open Aft thruster (3S) hydr. cooler flow control valve 386VX
Open No.3 general service FW pump discharge valve 479VF Open Header tank line valve 445VD Open Supply line valve 510VD
Open No.4 general service FW pump suction valve 477VF Open Line valve 408VF Open Supply line valve (flow control) 511VX
Open No.4 general service FW pump discharge valve 479VF
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.1 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.1b Auxiliary Fresh Water Cooling System - Aft Clean Drain Atmospheric
Condenser
430VD Table 1 - System Cooler Monitoring/Automation
250
XA/113B 431VX
411VF 412VX 411VF 414VD
Dirty Drain Dirty Drain 502VX
Atmospheric XA/119B XA/119A Atmospheric To System
250 Condenser Condenser Header Tanks M
YD/761AA XA/038B
390VD 393VX 389VD 88.9 430VD (See Illus. 2.4.1a)
Distribution ZT TCV TT FS
Transformer 415VX To Header 02211 02211 02211 02213
Steering Gear Tank XA083A
Oil Coolers 414VD Distribution
418VD
Transformer ZI TIA H FA
To Header 02211 02211 02213 L
YD/761AB Tank XA083B
390VD 393VX 389VD Distribution
426VX 418VD 434VD 433VX 35 35
XA/568P Transformer
Incinerator 434VD 445 445 XZ KBD XZ KBD XZ KL XZ KL
404VD 405VX Hyd. Units 404VD 418VD VD VD
42 Distribution
42 15 15 START STOP RUNNING AVAILABLE
Transformer
22 XA/568E 42
426VX 418VD XA/037C XZ 02203A XZ 02203B XS 02203A XS 02203B
402VX
Shredder 401VD Distribution 35
42
Transformer XA/037D XZ 02204A XZ 02204B XS 02204A XS 02204B
YD/761BA
390VD 393VX 389VD 22 XA/568T 418VD 42 434VD Diesel Generator Topping Up
Densifier
402VX 401VD Starting Air Compressor Air Compressor
Steering Gear 42
433VX Distribution 88.9
Oil Coolers 426VX 418VD 250 Transformer Low Pressure
434VD 88.9 Air Compressor XA/228B XA/228D
35
42
YD/761BB 434VD XA/224A
390VD 393VX 389VD 42 42
250
42
42 433VX 452VX 450VD 454VD 457VD
42 XA/568Q 442VF
Incinerator 455VX 458VX
404VD 405VX Hyd. Units 404VD 434VD
42
XA/113A 38 454VD 457VD
Clean Drain 38 54 54
42 22 XA/568F Atmospheric
Shredder 401VD Condenser
402VX 443VX 54 54
42 442VF
22 XA/568U 76.1 76.1
402VX Densifier 480VD 480VD 400
401VD 6
Key 407VX
42 400
22
XA/094E 408VF 5
LT Cooling Water 402VX 401VD 400
Distilled Water 22
400 400
XA/094F
Sea Water 402VX 401VD 300
409VD 564VD 474VD 474VD
Electrical Signal 54
410VX 561VX 474VD 474VD
Instrumentation 42
50 50 50 50 400
All System Valves 479VF 482VX
are Prefixed with 'DR'
477VF
XA/037C 54
42 System Drainage 481VX 300
300
4
FS
108 88.9 108 108 35 35 35 35 Aux. Machinery 498VD
FA
02230 02230
42 42 Central Cooling
L System Pumps 400
400 400
54 76.1 88.9 900m3/h 4 bar See
54 Illustration
76.1 76.1 2.4.1a
382VD 479VF 482VX 477VF
54 54 54 382VD XA/037D
386VX 386VX 54
Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic XA/094A PIA
Unit Unit Unit 401VD 402VX 02209 L
386VX 380VD 382VD 381 380VD 42 42 L
383VX 383VX VD 383VX See 484VF
3S Aft 2S Aft 1S Aft PT Standby Illus.
Thruster Thruster Thruster XA/094B
54 54 401VD 402VX 02209 2.3.2a 502VX
381VD
381VD
TIA H 483VF M
Boiler Feed Pumps 02210
380VD XA/038B
54 76.1 88.9 TT System FW Cooler
02210 (See Table 1: 2.4.1a)
54 76.1 88.9 400
XA/094AC 3
401VD 402VX
562VF 563VX
FS FA 300
02229 02229 2
L
XA/094AD
401VD 402VX 15
1
488VD
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.1 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve The header tanks must be maintained at the correct level and are replenished
from the distilled water transfer system. The cooling fresh water must be tested
Open Return line valve 510VD
at daily intervals and water treatment chemicals should be added as required.
Open Fwd thruster (1B) motor cooler inlet valve 550VD Treatment chemicals are added at the header tanks but must be mixed correctly
Open Fwd thruster (1B) motor cooler outlet valve 550VD with fresh water before adding to the header tank. Care must be taken when
Open Fwd thruster (1B) motor cooler flow control valve 556VX handling and mixing water treatment chemicals.
Open Fwd thruster (1B) hydraulic cooler inlet valve 551VD
The fresh cooling water header tanks are fitted with a local level indicator and
Open Fwd thruster (1B) hydr. cooler flow control valve 555VX
a low level alarm.
Open Fwd thruster (3B) motor cooler inlet valve 550VD
Open Fwd thruster (3B) motor cooler outlet valve 550VD
Note: It should be noted that the only common piece of equipment between
Open Fwd thruster (3B) motor cooler flow control valve 556VX the two systems is the freon compressor. Although it is of little consequence
Open Fwd thruster (3B) hydraulic cooler inlet valve 551VD to transfer water between the systems, they should be kept isolated to prevent
Open Fwd thruster (3B) hydr. cooler flow control valve 555VX any failure affecting both systems.
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094C) inlet valve 401VD
Flow valves are provided for all consumers in the system and these are set to
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094C) flow 402VX
provide optimum flow; it should not be necessary to adjust the flow rates once
control valve
they have been set.
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094D) inlet valve 401VD
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094D) flow 402VX Equipment Identification
control valve
Identification Number Description
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094E) inlet valve 401VD
YA/685A/B/C/D Air Conditioning Plant
Open Boiler forced circulation pump (094E) flow 402VX
YA695A/B/C/D Provision Refrigeration Plant
control valve
XA/083A/B Fresh Water Header Tank (2.5m3; on deck 8)
Closed System drain valves (x2) 474VD
XA037A/B/C/D Fresh Cooling Water Circulation Pump
Closed Header tank drain valve 542VD
XA/038A/B Fresh Water Coolers
d) Check that the cooler three-way valves are operational and that XA/228A/B/C/D Starting Air/Topping Up Compressors
the valves are set for automatic control. XA/224A/B LP Air Compressor
XA/119A/B Dirty Drain Cooler
e) Ensure that cooling SW is available at the FW cooler, see
XA/113A/B Clean Drain Cooler/Atmospheric Condenser
section 2.3.2.
YA/761 Steering Gear LO Coolers
f) For both cooling fresh water circuits, select the pumps for XA/568P/O Incinerator Hydraulic Unit
REMOTE operation and at the IMACS mimic, start one of the YA/568E/F Shredder
pumps as the duty pump. Check that the system is functioning YA/568T/U Densifier
correctly and then select the other pump in that circuit as the YA/674 Freon Compressor
standby pump.
XA/094A/B/C/D/E/F Boiler Forced Circulation Pump Gland
Cooling
g) Operate the individual systems as required.
h) Periodically check for leaks throughout the systems and ensure
that the expansion tank is maintained at the correct level.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.1 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.2a Forward Diesel Generators 1 and 2 HT Fresh Water System DG LT System (See Illus.2.4.3a)
22
Chemical Diesel Generator Engine Cylinder Cooling Fresh Water
TI
XA/063A See Table 1 Treatment
DG HT Fresh Filling Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet
03069
Water Cooler Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure
Shut Shut
PIA PA PIA PA
M 03013 03014 L 03001 03002 L
TT 091VX L LL L LL
Down Down
03069
084VF 083VF 54
250 250 LS PT PS PT PS
03028 03013 03014 03001 03002
54
250 250 Header Tank
XA/076D LA Outlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
107VF 086VF 087VF Standby 54 Temp. Temp. Temp. Temp.
03028 Shut Shut
Valve XH/065AB 106VF 106VF XA/057A L L
TIA H TA HH TIA H TA HH
TE
094VD 132VD L L
(Preheater Condensate 137VD
03015 03016 03003 03004
132VD 131VD 131VD Down Down
Outlet Valve) XA/065A PT PIA
250 03025 03025
200 L
250 Main Diesel TT TT TT TT
081VF 088VX 082VF Sampling 03015 03016 03003 03004
Alternator HT 54
Fresh Water 250 Cock
250 XA/057B DG HT FW 54 54
XB/274D XB/274A
Preheater (700kW) 250 Cooling Pumps (See Illustration 2.4.2b)
480m3/h 5 bar
250 Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet
54 Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure
081VF 088VX 082VF To Bilge Shut Shut
PIA PA PIA PA
Oil Tank 03017 03018 L 03005 03006 L
Flow Stabiliser 54 L LL Down L LL Down
150 Air Separator
120DV
119DV PT PS PT PS
03017 03018 03005 03006
150 150
TT TI Outlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
109VX 582VF 03049 03049 Temp. Temp. Temp. Temp.
150 C C Shut Shut
TIA H TA HH TIA H TA HH
102VF 03019 03020 L 03007 03008 L
Down Down
15
15 TT TT TT TT
03019 03020 03007 03008
150 581VF XB/274E XB/274B
54 15
54 22 (See Illustration 2.4.2c)
580VF
150 123VX Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet
580VF Key Pressure Pressure
Shut
Pressure Pressure
Shut
M PIA PA PIA PA
03021 03022 L 03009 03010 L
HT Fresh Water L LL L LL
TT Charge Air Down Down
03049 Cooler
150 ZT A LT Fresh Water
03049 PT PS PT PS
DG Engine No.1 Alternator TCV Distilled Water 03021 03022 03009 03010
ZI XB/274A 026VX 03061
03049 42 TI Sea Water Outlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
094VD TT Temp. Temp. Temp. Temp.
03049 A Shut Shut
094VD TIA H TA HH TIA H TA HH
03061 Steam
To Bilge
200 200 54 03023 03024 L 03011 03012 L
Condensate Down Down
TCV 250 250
03049 Electrical Signal TT TT TT TT
03023 03024 03011 03012
094VD
Air Separator 54 M Instrumentation
127DV Inverse From
XB/274F XB/274C
Synch XH107 Low Pressure All System Valves
200 Module AB Steam System are Prefixed with 'DR' (See Illustration 2.4.2c) (See Illustration 2.4.2b)
085VF
110VX 118VF TT TI XH107 M
200 03051 03051 AB 146VX
Flow Stabiliser 200 C C 54 22
129DV M XH107AL
22 22 097VX
15 15
15 M XH107W
103VF 15 096VD From
200 TI TC
Non-Drive 250 FW Generator
End 250 Sea Water
Drive End TI TI TI TI TI TI
Bearing Bearing TI Supply Pump
101VF
TI XD/107AA
Alternator
101VF M 124VX 108VF PI TI Heat To
Exchanger
TC
XD/107AB FW Generator
ZT TT TT Charge Air
Distillate Pump
03051 TI TI TI TI TI TI
03051
A
03051
B Cooler 149VX 145VF TI 1 2 3 4 5 6 XD/107AF
Hot Water TI PI
ZI DG Engine No.2 Circulating Pump Steam Booster TC
03051
22 XB/274B TI TI XD/107AK Heater
03051 A 03051 B XD/107AC PI
M
TCV
03051
Condensate Pump Fresh Water Generator
XD/107AE XA/107A
To LP Steam
Drain (Condensate) Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.2 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.4.2 Diesel Generator High Temperature Cooling duty pump and the other selected as the standby pump to start automatically and this overcomes the restriction to water flow offered by the FW generator.
System should the duty pump fail to maintain the required pressure. This circulation pump operates automatically whenever the FW generator is
The pumps may be started and stopped locally by the operator when the operating. The FW generator HT water circulation pump stops automatically
selector switch at the pumps is set to the LOCAL position. When the starter after a time delay when the FW generator is stopped in REMOTE mode. The
High Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Forward Engines)
selector switch is set to the REMOTE position, the pumps may be started and pump may be manually started and stopped when in local or remote manual
Ref. Number: XA/057A/B/C/D stopped manually from the appropriate IMACS HT Cooling Circuit screen. mode. The FW generator may be heated using steam if required.
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU200/315L When selected for REMOTE operation, the pumps may also be selected to A flow regulating valve is located at the HT cooling water outlet from the
AUTOMATIC mode at the IMACS, in which case the selected duty pump engine and this can be adjusted as required but once set it should not require
Type: Centrifugal
will start automatically when one of the diesel generator engines is selected further adjustment.
No. of sets: 4 (two for each pair of generator engines) for standby duty. The selected standby pump will only start if the selected
Capacity: 480m3/h at 5 bar duty pump fails to maintain pressure in the system. The duty HT cooling water
pump will restart automatically following a blackout. The diesel generator Procedure for Setting up and Operating the Diesel Generator
Rating: 690V, 85kW at 1,770 rpm
engine HT and LT fresh water cooling circuits are displayed on the IMACS Engine High Temperature Fresh Water Cooling System
HT/LT Cooling Circuit mimic diagrams.
High Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Aft Engines) The HT fresh water cooling systems for all three diesel generator engine
Because the diesel generator engines are normally running or in a standby systems (each with two diesel generator engines, a fresh water cooler and a
Ref. Number: XA/057E/F fresh water generator) are identical and the description applies to all three.
condition ready for automatic start, all water circuit valves are open. The
Maker: Pompe Garbarino exception to this is when an engine is shut down for maintenance.
Model: MU200/315L a) Check that the valves to all instruments are open and the
Type: Centrifugal Each HT cooling water circuit is provided with a preheater which operates instruments are operating correctly
No. of sets: 2 whenever both diesel generator engines are in standby mode and maintains
the HT cooling water at a temperature of 75oC. The preheater unit starts b) Check that power is available at all temperature control valves
Capacity: 550m3/h at 5 bar and that the valves are set to operate automatically.
automatically when both engines stop and stops automatically when one
Rating: 690V, 97kW at 1,770 rpm engine starts. If the engines are stopped for maintenance, the preheater unit
may be stopped manually. c) Check that the cooling FW LT system is operating correctly (see
section 2.4.3.) and that the header tank is at the correct level.
Introduction
The temperature of the water at the engine outlet is maintained at a value
The diesel generator engines are grouped in pairs and each pair of engines has of 90°C by means of the three-way temperature control valve located at the d) Set the valves as in the following table. All three HT fresh water
a separate high temperature (HT) fresh water cooling system. Each cooling engine inlet. The temperature setting may be changed at the main control panel. cooling systems are the same although some valve numbers
system is identical except that the cooling system for the two large aft engines, When the water temperature exceeds the set value, more water is taken from (such as for motorised valves) may differ. However, the basic
each with 12 cylinders, has larger capacity cooling water pumps. the cooled water line from the fresh water generator and cooler. If the jacket arrangement is the same and the valves will be set as in the table
water temperature falls due to a reduction in load, more water is taken from the below. Valves are to be set as follows unless an engine has been
The high temperature cooling system is used for cooling the diesel generator recirculation line which bypasses the fresh water generator and cooler. shut down for maintenance and the power management system
cylinder jackets, cylinder heads and turbochargers. Water flows through the informed so that the engine cannot be started. Unless specified,
cooling bores in the cylinder liners and then passes to the associated cylinder At the HT water outlet from the engine there is an air separator and this vents all other valves must be closed.
head before leaving the engine and passing to the collecting pipe which to the water header tank for that circuit. The cooling water is treated to prevent
supplies the turbocharger. Cooling water from the engine(s) acts as the heating corrosion, the treatment being added to the header tank. The level in the header All valves are prefixed with ‘DR’.
medium for the associated fresh water generator which serves as a cooler tank is maintained by adding water from the distilled water transfer system. A
Position Description Valve
for the circulating HT diesel engine cooling water. A three-way temperature local level indicator is provided at the header tank which is also fitted with a
controlled valve at the cooler regulates the flow of engine cooling water to the low level alarm. Open No.5 HT cooling fresh water pump inlet valve 141VF
cooler in order to maintain the required temperature. A three-way valve at the Open No.5 HT cooling fresh water pump outlet valve 142VF
engine inlet allows a mixture of cooling water into the engine from two sources Water is circulated through the fresh water generators by the duty HT fresh Open No.6 HT cooling fresh water pump inlet valve 141VF
in order to maintain an engine outlet temperature of 90oC. Some water comes water circulating pump. The amount of HT water flowing through the fresh Open No.6 HT cooling fresh water pump outlet valve 142VF
directly from the pump as recirculated water and some comes from the cooled water generator depends upon the heating demands of the unit. There are inlet Open Line valve to engines 146VF
water circuit, having been cooled in the fresh water generator and the cooler. and bypass motorised valves which regulate the quantity of HT water flowing to
Open Line valve to FW generator 147VF
the fresh water generator to meet the demand for fresh water production. These
The HT cooler is cooled by fresh water circulating in the diesel generator low valves operate together and so there is no restriction on water flow except that Operational Inlet controlled valve to FW generator XH107CB
temperature (LT) fresh water cooling system. Two separate high temperature which is offered by the fresh water generator itself. A fresh water generator Operational FW generator bypass controlled valve XH107CB
cooling water pumps are provided for each engine system, one operating as the circulation pump is located in the HT water inlet line to the FW generator
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.2 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.2b Forward Diesel Generators 3 and 4 HT Fresh Water System DG LT System (See Illus.2.4.3b)
Table 1
XA/063B Chemical 22
DG HT Fresh See Table 1 Treatment
TI Water Cooler XA/063A Cooler Monitoring/Automation
03070 Filling
(Illus. 2.4.2a)
250
M
TT 092VX
03070
084VF 083VF 54
250 250 083VF
LS
03030
54
250 250 Header Tank
107VF 086VF 087VF Standby XA/076E LA
54 03030
106VF 106VF XA/057C L L
TE Valve XH/065BB 094VD 132VD 084VF 091VX M
(Preheater Condensate 132VD 131VD 131VD 137VD
XA/065B PT PIA
250 Outlet Valve) 03026 03026
200 L
250 Main Diesel Sampling FS TT TCV ZT
Alternator HT 081VF 088VX 082VF 250 54 03034 03035 03035 03035
Cock
Fresh Water DG HT FW 54 54
250
Preheater (700kW) XA/057D
Cooling Pumps FA TIA H ZI
480m3/h 5 bar 03034
L
03035 03035
250 To Bilge
Oil Tank 54
081VF 088VX 082VF
54
Flow Stabiliser XA/063B Cooler Monitoring/Automation
200 Air Separator
129DV
127DV
200 200
TT TI
111VX 118VF 03053 03053 083VF
200 C C
104VF 22
15
15
084VF 092VX M
Non-Drive 15
Drive End End
Bearing Bearing
101VF
FS TT TCV ZT
200 125VX 03037 03038 03038 03038
Alternator
101VF M 108VF TIA H
Key FA
03037
L
03038
ZI
03038
150 ZT TT TT HT Fresh Water
03053 Charge Air
03053 03053
A B Cooler LT Fresh Water
TCV
ZI DG Engine No.3 026VX 03062
03053 XB/274C TI TI Distilled Water
094VD 42 TT
03053 A 03053 B
094VD 03062 Sea Water
150 150 To Bilge 54
Steam
TCV 250 250
03053 Condensate
54
094VD 22 Electrical Signal
M
Inverse From
Air Separator Instrumentation
Synch XH107 Low Pressure
119DV
Module BB Steam System
085VF All System Valves
150 XH107 M are Prefixed with 'DR'
150 TT TI BB 146VX
112VX 582VF 03055 03055 54
Flow Stabiliser C C M XH107BL
150
120DV 097VX
15
M XH107W
105VF 15 096VD From
200 TC TI
250 FW Generator
250 Sea Water
581VF TI TI TI TI TI TI
Supply Pump
TI XD/107BA
580VF TI
Alternator PI TI Heat 1 2 3 4 5 6
580VF M 126VX Exchanger To
TC XD/107BB FW Generator
TT Charge Air
03055
A Cooler 149VX 145VF TC TI TI TI TI TI TI Distillate Pump
ZT Hot Water TI PI XD/107BD
03055 DG Engine No.4 Circulating Pump Steam Booster
XB/274D TI XD/107BK Heater
ZI 42
03055 A XD/107BC PI
03055
M
To Bilge
TCV
03055 Condensate Pump Fresh Water Generator
XD/107BE XA/107B
To LP Steam
Drain (Condensate) Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.2 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve f) Supply power to the fresh water preheater. Set the preheater unit
to the AUTOMATIC mode. The preheater will operate when
Open Hot water circulating pump outlet valve 145VF
both engines are stopped in order to maintain the correct cooling
Open Evaporator inlet vent/make-up valve 153VD water temperature in the system. The preheater unit will stop
Open FW generator outlet valve 145VF automatically when one engine is started.
Open Line vent valve to header tank 156VD
Open Preheater inlet valve 166VF g) Check that the high temperature cooling fresh water system is
operating correctly and that there are no leaks.
Open Preheater outlet valve 166VF
Throttled Preheater bypass valve 167VF h) When the engine HT and LT systems are operating correctly
Open No.5 engine direct inlet valve from pump 161VF and the required temperature is achieved, the engine is ready for
Open No.5 engine inlet valve from cooler 161VF starting.
Operational No.5 engine temperature controlled inlet valve 183VX
Open No.5 engine outlet valve to air separator 108VF
Open No.5 engine stabiliser outlet valve 178VF
Set No.5 engine outlet flow valve 169VX
Throttled No.5 engine recirculation valve 162VF
Open No.5 engine turbocharger vents (x2)
Open No.5 engine charge air vents (x2)
Closed No.5 engine drain valve 181VD
Open No.6 engine direct inlet valve from pump 161VF
Open No.6 engine inlet valve from cooler 161VF
Operational No.6 engine temperature controlled inlet valve 184VX
Open No.6 engine outlet valve to air separator 108VF
Open No.6 engine stabiliser outlet valve 178VF
Open No.6 engine outlet flow valve 170VX
Throttled No.6 engine recirculation valve 163VF
Open No.6 engine turbocharger vents (x2)
Open No.6 engine charge air vents (x2)
Closed No.6 engine drain valve 181VD
Open Cooler inlet valve 143VF
Open Cooler outlet valve 144VF
Operational Three-way cooler bypass valve 150VX
Open Engine inlet vent/make-up valves 094VD
Open Header tank outlet valves (x2) 131VD
Closed Header tank drain/scum valves (x2) 132VD
e) Set the HT cooling fresh water pumps to REMOTE operating
mode at their selector switches and select one pump as the duty
pump. At the IMACS ‘Aft HT Cooling Circuit’ mimic, start
the duty pump and set the other pump to the AUTOMATIC
operating mode to operate as the standby pump.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.2 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
DG LT System (See Illus. 2.4.3c)
Illustration 2.4.2c Aft Diesel Generators 5 and 6 HT Fresh Water System 22
XA/063C Table 1
DG HT Fresh Chemical
Water Cooler
See Table 1 Treatment
TI
XA/063C Cooler Monitoring/Automation
03071 Filling
250
M
TT 150VX
03071
144VF 143VF 54
250 250
LS 143VF
54 03029
250 Header Tank
167VF 146VF 147VF XA/076F LA
54
L Standby
03029
Valve XH/065CB 166VF 166VF XA/054F L
TE (Preheater Condensate 154VD 132VD 144VF 150VX M
132VD 131VD 131VD 137VD
Outlet Valve) XA/065C PT PIA
250 03027 03027
L
200 Main Diesel 200
141VF 148VX 142VF Sampling FS TT TCV ZT
Alternator HT 54 03043 03044 03044 03044
Fresh Water Cock
XA/054E DG HT FW 54 54
250 Preheater (800kW) Cooling Pumps FA TIA H ZI
550m3/h 5 bar 03043
L
03044 03044
250 To Bilge
Oil Tank 54
141VF 148VX 142VF
54
Flow Stabiliser
200 Air Separator
180DV
179DV Key
200
TT TI HT Fresh Water
169VX 178VF 03057 03057
200 C C LT Fresh Water
162VF 22
Distilled Water
15 15
Sea Water
Steam
200
Condensate
161VF
Electrical Signal
200 183VX Alternator
Instrumentation
161VF M 108VF
All System Valves
54
are Prefixed with 'DR'
200 ZI TT TT Charge Air
03057 03057 03057 Cooler TCV
A B 03060
ZT DG Engine No.5 TT
181VD
03057 094VD 42 XB/274E TI TI 03060
03057 A 03057 B 15
200 To Bilge 54
200
TCV
03057
094VD Air Separator Inverse M 22
179DV From
Synch 026VX XH Low Pressure
Module 107CB Steam System
200 145VF
TT TI XH
170VX 178VF 153VD M 200
200 03059 03059 107CB 151VX
Flow Stabiliser 200 C C 54
180DV M XH107CL
22
097VX
15
M XH107W
15 156VD
163VF From
TC TI
250 FW Generator
TI TI TI TI TI TI Sea Water
161VF Supply Pump
TI XD107CA
Alternator TI
161VF M 184VX 108VF 1 2 3 4 5 6
PI TI Heat
Exchanger To
TC XD107CB FW Generator
ZT TT TT
03059 03059 03059
Charge Air
149VX 145VF TC TI TI TI TI TI TI Distillate Pump
A B Cooler
Hot Water TI PI XD107CD
ZI 181VD DG Engine No.6 Circulating Pump Steam Booster
03059 XB/274F TI TI XD107CF Heater
42 03059 A 03059 B XD107CC PI
M
To Bilge TCV 40
03059
Condensate Pump Fresh Water Generator
XD107CE XA/107C
To LP Steam Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260A
Drain (Condensate)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.2 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.3a Forward Diesel Generators 1 and 2 LT Fresh Water System
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil Filling
(See Illus. 2.7.1a) (See Illus. 2.7.1a) Chemical
15 15 Treatment Key
256VD 256VD 22
XA/195A XA/195B 22 LT Cooling Water
Lubricating Lubricating
Fresh/Distilled Water
Oil Cooler Oil Cooler
54 Sea Water
256VD 256VD
LS LA HT Fresh Water
15 22 02040 02040 L
250VF 280VX 250VF 280VX 279VD Lubricating Oil
Header Tank
Electrical Signal
251VF 251VF XA/076A
278VD 278VD Instrumentation
200 244VD
256VD
200 250
22 All System Valves
Sampling are Prefixed with 'DR'
Cock
200 54
H H 54 54
TIA TIA
266VX 260VF
20
TT TT To Bilge
02002 02004 TIA H Oil Tank
02005
123VR 123VR
200 200
25
TT
20 20 02005
No.1 Diesel Generator Engine
259VF
150
Non-Drive Alternator
End
XA/274A
Bearing
XB/274A 572VX 250
20 260VF
65 65
Cooler Monitoring:
H
043VD 044VD 044VD 043VD
See Table 1
TIA
Illustration 2.4.3c
15
048VR 048VR
HT System Sea Water System
100
TT (See Illus.2.4.2c) (See Illus.2.3.1a)
02003 100 045VF 15 15
045VF
H H XA/063B 289VD 289VD XA/062A
TIA TIA
22 HT System LT System
FW Cooler FW Cooler
20
200
15 15 261VF 289VD 289VF
TT TT 250
02008 02010
262VX TIA H 285VF 287VF 288VF
FO Module 286VF
123VR 123VR 02012
25 454A 454B 259VF Light Fuel
200 Cooler XA144A 278VD
TT 250
20 20 M 299VX
02012
250
278VD XA/054A 297VF
200
Non-Drive Alternator No.2 Diesel Generator 200
Drive End XB/274B
250
End 261VF 295VX
XA/274B Bearing Engine 573VX
Bearing 250
293VD
L Standby 294VF 295VX 296VF
FO Module H DG LT FW
TIA TT PIA PT XA/054B
Light Fuel 250 Cooling Pumps
02043 02043 02042 02042
65 65 Cooler XA144A L L 600m3/h 3.5 bar
TIA 043VD 044VD 044VD 043VD
250
048VR 048VR
294VF 295VX 296VF
100
TT
02009 045VF
Fr 108
045VF Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.3 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.4.3 Diesel Generator Low Temperature Cooling transfer system and corrosion inhibiting treatment chemicals are added to the Position Description Valve
System circulating water at the header tank. The circulating system is connected to
Open No.5 engine charge air cooler vent valves (x2)
the header tank at a number of places allowing for thermal expansion and the
liberation of trapped air. Set No.5 engine outlet flow control valve 223VX
Low Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Forward Engines)
Open No.5 engine outlet valve 224VF
Ref. Number: XA/054A/B/C/D Flow control valves are fitted at a number of locations in order to regulate the Throttled No.5 engine cooling water recirculation valve 219VF
Maker: Pompe Garbarino flow of water though particular system components. These valves have been Operational No.5 engine temperature control valve 570VX
Model: MU200-315L adjusted to give the required flow and should not require further adjustment.
Open No.5 engine alternator inlet valve 045VF
Type: Centrifugal Open No.5 engine alternator outlet valve 045VF
No. of sets: 4 (two for each pair of generator engines) Procedure for Setting up and Operating the Diesel Generator Set No.5 alternator air cooler outlet flow control 048VR
Capacity: 600m3/h at 3.5 bar Engine Low Temperature Cooling Fresh Water System valves (x2)
Rating: 690V, 77kW at 1,770 rpm Open No.5 alternator air cooler inlet valves (x2) 044VD
All three LT systems are identical and the procedure description below applies Open No.5 alternator pedestal bearing inlet valves 043VD
to them all. Valve numberings may differ, particularly for flow control and (x2)
Low Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Aft Engines)
three-way temperature controlled valves, but the basic arrangements are the
Set No.5 alternator pedestal bearing outlet flow 123VR
Ref. Number: XA/054E/F same for all three systems. The system described is that for the two aft larger,
control valves (x2)
Maker: Pompe Garbarino 12 cylinder engines.
Open No.6 engine inlet valve 221VF
Model: MU250-315L
a) Check that valves to all instruments are open and the instruments Open No.6 engine charge air cooler vent valves (x2)
Type: Centrifugal are operating correctly Set No.6 engine outlet flow control valve 223VX
No. of sets: 2
Open No.6 engine outlet valve 224VF
Capacity: 700m3/h at 3.5 bar b) Check that power is available at all temperature control valves
Throttled No.6 engine cooling water recirculation valve 219VF
Rating: 690V, 105kW at 1,770 rpm and that the valves have been set to operate automatically.
Operational No.6 engine temperature control valve 571VX
c) Check that the cooling FW is correctly treated to prevent Open No.6 engine alternator inlet valve 045VF
Introduction corrosion by taking a sample and analysing if necessary. Open No.6 engine alternator outlet valve 045VF
Each pair of diesel generator engines has its own low temperature (LT) cooling Set No.6 alternator air cooler outlet flow control 048VR
d) Ensure that the diesel generator engine sea water cooling system valves (x2)
water system. All three diesel generator engine systems are identical, except is operating (see section 2.3.1).
for the larger size of pumps for the aft engine system, and so the description Open No.6 alternator air cooler inlet valves (x2) 044VD
below applies to all three systems. The LT fresh water cooling system provides Open No.6 alternator pedestal bearing inlet valves 043VD
e) Set up the system valves as in the following tables. Valves are
cooling for the charge air coolers, the associated HT FW cooling system, the (x2)
to be set for both engines to operate unless an engine has been
lubricating oil coolers, the alternator pedestal bearings and the alternator air shut down for maintenance and the power management system Set No.6 alternator pedestal bearing outlet flow 123VR
coolers. Each system also cools the associated FO module light fuel cooler. configured so that the engine cannot be started. Unless specified control valves (x2)
all other valves must be closed. Open LO cooler inlet valves (x2) 200VF
The LT cooling water system has two circulating pumps, one normally set as
the duty pump and the other as standby to start automatically in the event of Open LO cooler outlet flow control valves (x2) 241VX
the duty pump being unable to maintain pressure. The pumps may be set to All valves are prefixed with ‘DR’. Open LO cooler outlet valves (x2) 201VF
LOCAL control at the pump’s selector switch which allows for local starting Position Description Valve Closed LO cooler drain/vent valves (x4) 206VD
and stopping of the pumps. When set to REMOTE at the selector switch, the Open No.1 LT cooling fresh water pump inlet valve 216VF Open FO module light fuel cooler inlet valve 278VD
pumps are controlled via the appropriate LT Cooling Circuit IMACS system Open No.1 LT cooling fresh water pump outlet valve 217VF Open FO module light fuel cooler outlet valve 278VD
mimic. The pumps may be started and stopped manually at the IMACS,
Open No.2 LT cooling fresh water pump inlet valve 216VF Open Main cooler inlet valve 211VF
one pump is normally set to AUTOMATIC so that it will act as the standby
pump. Open No.2 LT cooling fresh water pump outlet valve 217VF Open Main cooler outlet valve 212VF
Open Line valve to header tank 215VD Closed Main cooler drain/vent valves (x2) 207VD
A sea water cooled LT fresh water cooler maintains the required temperature Open Header tank outlet valve 239VD Operational System temperature control valve 215VX
in the LT cooling water system. The diesel generator engines have their own
Closed Header tank drain valve 239VD Open Temperature control outlet valve 213VF
sea water cooling system (see section 2.3.1.). A header tank allows for thermal
expansion of the water in the system, provides for make-up and maintains Closed Header tank scum valve 240VD Open HT cooler inlet valve 209VF
a pressure head. The header tank is replenished from the distilled water Open No.5 engine inlet valve 221VF Open HT cooler outlet valve 210VF
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.3 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.3b Forward Diesel Generators 3 and 4 LT Fresh Water System
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil Filling
(See Illus. 2.7.1a) (See Illus. 2.7.1a) Chemical
15 15 Treatment Key
256VD 256VD 22
XA/195D XA/195C 22 LT Cooling Water
Lubricating Lubricating
Fresh/Distilled Water
Oil Cooler Oil Cooler
54 Sea Water
256VD 256VD
LS LA HT Fresh Water
15 22 02041 02041 L
250VF 280VX 250VF 280VX 279VD Lubricating Oil
Header Tank
Electrical Signal
251VF 251VF XA/076B
278VD 278VD Instrumentation
200 244VD
257VD
200 250
22 All System Valves
Sampling are Prefixed with 'DR'
Cock
200 54
54 54
H H 200
TIA TIA
22
20
200 To Bilge
TT TT 15 15 261VF Oil Tank
02014 02016
262VX TIA H
123VR 123VR 02018
454A 454B 259VF
200
TT
20 20
02018
200
Non-Drive Alternator No.3 Diesel Generator 200
Drive End XB/274C
End 261VF
XA/274C Bearing Engine 574VX
Bearing 200
Cooler Monitoring:
25 See Table 1
65 65 Illustration 2.4.3c
043VD 044VD 044VD 043VD
HT System Sea Water System
048VR 048VR (See Illus.2.4.2c) (See Illus.2.3.1a)
100
15 15
045VF
100 045VF XA/063B 289VD XA/062B 289VD
H H HT System LT System
TIA TIA FW Cooler FW Cooler
266VX 260VF
25 20 289VD 289VF
250
TT TT 285VF 287VF
H TIA H FO Module 286VF 288VF
TIA 02021 02023
02025 Light Fuel
123VR 123VR Cooler XA144B 278VD
200 250
TT M 291VX
TT
02022 250
20 20 02025
278VD 297VF
No.4 Diesel Generator Engine 259VF
XA/054C
150 250
Non-Drive Alternator 200 295VX
End 250
XA/274D 293VD
Bearing
L Standby 294VF 295VX 296VF
XB/274D 575VX 250
H DG LT FW
20 260VF TIA TT PIA PT XA/054D
02045 02045 02044 02044 250 Cooling Pumps
L L 600m3/h 3.5 bar
65 65
250
043VD 044VD 044VD 043VD
15 294VF 295VX 296VF
048VR 048VR
100
65 045VF Fr 108
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260
25 100 045VF
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.3 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve
Closed HT cooler drain/vent valves (x2) 207VD
Open Vent valve to header tank 207VD
f) Set the LT cooling fresh water pumps to REMOTE mode at
their selector switches and, at the appropriate LT Cooling
Circuit IMACS mimic, select one pump as the duty pump. Start
the duty pump and set the other pump to AUTOMATIC mode
to operate as the standby pump.
g) Start the LT cooling fresh water system operating and check
for leaks. When the LT system is operating correctly, the HT
cooling fresh water system may be started together with the
preheater system (see section 2.4.2.). When the engine cooling
water systems are at the correct temperature, the engine is ready
for starting.
h) The 2.5m3 header tanks are located on deck 6 for the forward
system and deck 5 for the aft system and are replenished as
required in order to ensure that there is the correct suction head
on the respective systems. The tanks are replenished from the
distilled water transfer system (see section 6.3.6 Non-Potable
Water System). Water tests should be carried out on a daily
basis in order to determine the level of corrosion inhibition in
the water. Treatment chemicals must be added as required after
the necessary quantity has been determined from the chemical
analysis. Care must be exercised when handling and mixing
chemicals.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.3 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.3c Aft Diesel Generators 5 and 6 LT Fresh Water System HT System Sea Water System
Filling
15 Chemical
(See Illus.2.4.2c) (See Illus.2.3.1a)
15 15
Treatment
22
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil 207VD 207VD
(See Illus. 2.7.1b) (See Illus. 2.7.1b) 22
XA/063C XA/062C
Cooler Monitoring:
HT System LT System
15 15
FW Cooler FW Cooler See Table 1
206VD 206VD 54
XA/195F XA/195E 207VD 207VD LS LA
Lubricating Lubricating 300 22 02048 02048
Oil Cooler Oil Cooler L
209VF 210VF 211VF 212VF 240VD
Header Tank
206VD 206VD 300 XA/076C
FO Module 207VD M 215VX
244VD 239VD 239VD
241VX 241VX Light Fuel 300
200VF 200VF
Cooler XA144C 278VD XA/054E 213VF 22
201VF 201VF
Sampling
218VX
Cock
278VD 300 54
200 300 54
217VF 218VX 216VF 54
L DG LT FW
XA/054F Cooling Pumps 300
H TIA 250
TT 700m3/h 3.5 bar To Bilge
02047 02047
PIA PT
L 02046 02046 Oil Tank
L 54
300 300
217VF 218VX 216VF 215VD
200
22 22
20
15 15
H H Table 1
300 TT TIA TIA TT
02030 02028
454A 454B See Illustration 2.4.3a
200
200 123VR 123VR
221VF
20 20
299VX
TIA H Non-Drive
02032 No.5 Diesel Generator Drive End Alternator M
XB/274E End 25 XA/062A
Engine Bearing XA/274E
219VF Bearing FS TT TCV ZT
TT 02051 02049 02049 02049
02032
200
65 65 FA TIA H ZI
224VF 223VX 043VD 044VD 044VD 043VD 02051 02049 02049
570VX H L
TIA TT
02027
048VR 048VR See Illustration 2.4.3b
100
045VF 100
200 045VF
291VX
M
Key XA/062B
22
FS TT TCV ZT
20 02057 02055 02055 02055
LT Cooling Water 15 15
H H
TT TIA TIA TT
Fresh/Distilled Water 02039 02034 FA TIA H ZI
454A 454B 02057 02055 02055
Sea Water 200 L
123VR 123VR
HT Fresh Water 221VF
20 20
Lubricating Oil
TIA H Non-Drive
Electrical Signal 02037 No.6 Diesel Generator Drive End Alternator
XB/274F End 215VX
Instrumentation Engine Bearing XA/274F 25
219VF Bearing
TT M
All System Valves XA/062C
02037
are Prefixed with 'DR' 200 FS TT TCV ZT
65 65 02063 02061 02061 02061
224VF 223VX 043VD 044VD 044VD 043VD
571VX
048VR 048VR FA TIA H ZI
02063 02061 02061
100 L
045VF 100
045VF
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.3 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.4.4a Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System Key
28
Filling Chemical Treatment Fresh Water 327VX
From Distilled 15
Water System M
M 327VX Sea Water XA/059B ZT TCV TT FS
02107 02107 02107 02130
54 PEM Sea Water
328VD 200 324VF Electrical Signal
Transformer Transformer Cooling System ZI TIA H FA
XA/072B LS LA 200
330VF 330VF (See Illus. 2.3.3a) 'B' 02107 02107 02130 L
Header Tank 02104 02104
L Instrumentation
42 42 42 42 42 42 325VF
54 333 333 XA/059B All System Valves are Transformer Transformer
334 Prefixed with 'DR'
318VD 318VD VD VD VD XA/ XA/ Fresh Water Cooler
041C 041D See Inset 'B' for Monitoring 341VD
Sampling 54 42 42 42 42 42 42
322VX 322VX To Bilge
PEM Central Cooling L 340VD 340VD 347 359VD 359VD
318VD 318VD Oil Tank VX
FW Pumps
54 54
230m3/h - 3 bar
PT PIA 340VD 340VD 125
02103 02103 357VX 88.9 357VX
L
76.1 76.1 XA/001A
88.9 331VX 331VX TT TIA H 340VD 340VD 347 359VD 359VD
Propulsion VX 54
88.9 02109 02109 Converter
332VF 332VF Thrust Bearing 340VD Electric Motor 340VD 54 35 35
76.1
35 35
FA FS Propulsion 54 200 200 42 42
FS
02101 02101 Control TT TIA H FA Deioniser
02132 XA/ XA/ XA/ XA/ XA/025A 02113 02113 76.1 02115
System L
359VD
022D 022C 022B 022A
346 361VX
VF FS
313 313 313 313 TT TIA H 02115
318VD 28 317 22 22 02112 02112 22 22 359VD
VD VD VD VD
310 310 310 310 314 VD TT TIA H
FS Propulsion
VX VX VX VX TT 54
318VD VX TIA 150 Control
321VX 02110 02110 28 345 342 342 02114 02114 02133
System
L VD VX 345VD 22
VX 54
Converter 88.9
150
35 35 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 150
54 108 200 88.9
35 35
42 42 108 200 88.9
Deioniser
L
PIA PT XA/
28 PEM Central Cooling
Filling Chemical Treatment L
02124 02124
041B FW Pumps
349VX
From Distilled H
TIA TT 353VF 230m3/h - 3 bar Transformer Transformer
Transformer Transformer M Water System
XA/059A 02125 02125 200
ZT TCV TT FS
02122 02122 02122 02128 355VF 354VX
200 42 42 42 42 42 42
42 42 42 42 42 42 XA/072A LS LA XA/
54 ZI TIA H FA 041A
02122 02122 02128 L Header Tank 02116 02116
L 362VD 362VD
318VD 318VD 'A' 341VD 351VD
333 334 333 200
355VF 354VX 353VF 366VX 366VX
322VX 322VX XZ KBD XZ KBD XZ XL XZ XL VD VD VD 54
362VD 362VD
318VD 318VD START STOP RUNNING AVAILABLE 54 54
54 54 340VD 340VD 347
Sampling 125
XA/041A XZ 02143A XZ 02143B XS 02143A XS 02143B VX 76.1 76.1
76.1 76.1
Propulsion XA/041B XZ 02144A XZ 02144B XS 02144A XS 02144B To Bilge 340VD 340VD
FS Converter
Control XA/041C XZ 02145A XZ 02145B XS 02145A XS 02145B Oil Tank PEM Sea Water 35 35
02131
340VD 347 TT TIA H Cooling System
System XA/041D XZ 02146A XZ 02146B XS 02146A XS 02146B XA/001B 02118 35 35
340VD VX 02118
(See Illus. 2.3.3a)
Propulsion 42 Deioniser 42
340VD 346 FA
Thrust Bearing 340VD Electric Motor
88.9 88.9 VF 02126
L
FA FS 200
XA/059A 362VD
02102 02102 366VX
Fresh FS
XA/ XA/ XA/ XA/ 150 Water 02126 362VD
54
XA/025B Cooler
022H 022G 022F 022E
TT TIA H
See Inset 54
318VD 'A' for
313 313 313 313 TT TIA H 22 02119 02119 348VF 348VF
Monitoring 54
318VD VD VD VD VD 28 317 22 22 02117 02117 22
321VX 310 310 310 310 314 VD
VX VX VX VX VX TT TIA 200 FS
02111 28 150 345 342 342 M 200
02134
Converter 02111
L VD VX 345VD VX
54 35 35 22 349VX 200 Propulsion
150
35 35 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 88.9 Control System
108 108 200 Feed
42 Deioniser 42
88.9
108 108 200 return Reference Shipyard Diagram - A5 D310 260 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.4 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.4.4 Propulsion Fresh Water Cooling System Procedure for the Setting Up and Operation of the Propulsion Position Description Valve
Fresh Water Cooling System Open Aft bearing inlet valve 345VD
Propulsion Electric Motor Fresh Water Pump
Open Aft bearing outlet flow control valve 342VX
Ref. Number: XA/041A/B/C/D Both port and starboard systems are identical except for valve numbering, the
following procedure applies to both. The valve numberings in the table are for Open PEM air cooler inlet valves (x4) 340VD
Make: Pompe Garbarino the starboard system with most valve numberings being the same in the port Open PEM air cooler outlet valves (x4) 340VD
Model: MU125-250L system, but not all. Open PEM air cooler outlet flow control valves (x2) 347VX
Type: Centrifugal Open PEM outlet valve 346VF
No. of sets: 4 (two for each system) a) Check that valves to all instruments are open and the instruments Open PEM supply line vent valve 341VD
are operating correctly
Capacity: 230m3/h at 3.0 bar Open Thrust bearing LO cooler inlet valve 317VD
Rating: 690V, 25kW at 1,770 rpm b) Check that power is available at all temperature control valves Open Thrust bearing LO cooler outlet flow control 314VX
and that the valves are set to operate automatically. valve
Introduction Open No.1 intermediate bearing inlet valve 313VD
c) Check that the cooling fresh water is correctly treated to prevent Open No.1 intermediate bearing outlet flow control 310VX
There are two propulsion fresh water cooling systems, one on the port side and corrosion by taking a sample and analysing if necessary. Check valve
one on the starboard side. These are independent of other cooling fresh water that the header tank is at the correct level and top up from the Open No.2 intermediate bearing inlet valve 313VD
systems and of each other. Each system has one cooler and two propulsion distilled water transfer system if necessary.
Open No.2 intermediate bearing outlet flow control 310VX
electric motor (PEM) fresh water pumps, one running and one on automatic
valve
standby. Water is circulated by the operating pump through a number of d) Set up the system valves as in the following tables. Unless
propulsion auxiliary cooling systems and then back to the pump suction specified all other valves must be closed. Open No.3 intermediate bearing inlet valve 313VD
directly or via the coolers. A temperature controlled three-way valve, set at Open No.3 intermediate bearing outlet flow control 310VX
36ºC, regulates the water flow through the coolers in order to maintain that All valves are prefixed with ‘DR’: valve
temperature in the water circulation system. Position Description Valve Open No.4 intermediate bearing inlet valve 313VD
Open No.1 propulsion fresh water pump inlet valve 353VF Open No.4 intermediate bearing outlet flow control 310VX
The propulsion fresh water cooling pumps may be selected for REMOTE valve
Open No.1 propulsion fresh water pump outlet valve 355VF
or LOCAL operation at the selector switch situated near the pumps. In local Open Aft converter inlet valve 318VD
control, the pumps may be started and stopped manually by means of the Open No.2 propulsion fresh water pump inlet valve 353VF
Open No.2 propulsion fresh water pump outlet valve 355VF Open Aft converter outlet flow control valve 321VX
local pushbuttons. The pumps are normally selected for remote operation and
control then takes place via the IMACS mimic for the PEM central cooling Open Header tank line valve 351VD Open Aft converter outlet valve 318VD
system. The duty pump is set to MANUAL and is started manually from the Open Header tank outlet valve 333VD Open Aft No.1 transformer inlet valve 318VD
IMACS mimic. The other pump is set to AUTOMATIC and this means that it Open Aft No.1 transformer outlet flow control valve 322VX
Closed Header tank drain valve 333VD
will act as the standby pump, starting automatically if the duty pump fails to Open Aft No.1 transformer outlet valve 318VD
maintain the required pressure. Open Propulsion FW cooler inlet valve 348VF
Open Propulsion FW cooler outlet valve 348VF Open Aft No.2 transformer inlet valve 318VD
The fresh water cooling system is provided with a header tank which allows Operational Temperature controlled three-way valve 349VX Open Aft No.2 transformer outlet flow control valve 322VX
for thermal expansion of the water in the system. Make-up water is supplied Open Fwd converter inlet valve 362VD Open Aft No.2 transformer outlet valve 318VD
from the distilled water transfer system as required. Water is treated in order to Open Fwd converter outlet flow control valve 366VX
prevent corrosion. Chemical treatment is added to the header tank, the quantity e) Select both fresh water pumps for REMOTE operation and at the
added being determined from daily chemical analysis of the circulating water. Open Fwd converter outlet valve 362VD IMACS mimic, select the duty pump for MANUAL operation
The propulsion electric motors are cooled by a closed circuit air system, the Open Fwd No.1 transformer inlet valve 362VD and start the duty pump. Set the other pump to AUTOMATIC so
air being cooled by water from the PEM fresh water cooling system which Open Fwd No.1 transformer outlet flow control valve 366VX that it will act as the standby pump. Check the system for water
circulates through the cooler. The cooler and the four cooling fans are mounted Open Fwd No.1 transformer outlet valve 362VD leaks.
on top of the PEM. Anti-condensation heaters are fitted to the propulsion Open Fwd No.2 transformer inlet valve 362VD
electric motors and these operate whenever a motor is stopped. f) Check the condition of the fresh water daily and if treatment is
Open Fwd No.2 transformer outlet flow control valve 366VX required, determine the quantity of chemical to be added and
In addition to providing cooling for the PEM, the propulsion fresh water Open Fwd No.2 transformer outlet valve 362VD mix this with water before adding to the header tank. Care must
cooling system also provides cooling for the PEM bearings, the thrust block, Open Fwd bearing inlet valve 345VD be taken when handling and mixing chemicals.
the shaft bearings and the propulsion transformers and converters. The 2.5m3 Open Fwd bearing outlet flow control valve 342VX
header tank is located at deck 7 level.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.4.4 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.5.1a Starting Air System
32
1
From Start
125 Air Bottles
2 (See Illustration
125 2.5.1b)
3
20
109VD 190VD AR
200VC
XA/277 32
Emergency Diesel
80
Generator 1
111VD
079VD
XB/274A
20 055VD Diesel Engine
108VD 190VD AR 15 (8,400 kW)
057VD
200VC 10
10
To Drains
To
062VD PIA Atmosphere 107VD 20
07016 L
109VD 190VD AR
20 20 200VC
25 PT
07016 112VS
061VD 079VD
15 80
055VD
111VD
115VD 116VD 080VD XH 117VD 087VD
227A 15
057VD
Emergency DG 10
XA/238
Air Receiver 074VD XB/274E
Drain Diesel Engine 079VD
(500 Litres 30 bar) 80 80 To Drains XB/274B
XA/274G 20 (12,600 kW) 055VD Diesel Engine
Emergency Diesel 117VD
20 XA/227 15 057VD (12,600 kW)
Generator 2 To 20
Scuppers 10
108VD 190VD AR
200VC 10
To Drains
Emergency Diesel
Driven Starting 80 20
Air Compressor 107VD 109VD 190VD AR
(25m3/h 30 bar) 200VC
80
079VD 111VD
062VD PIA 055VD
07017 L To
Atmosphere
15
053VD
25 PT 079VD
07017 113VS 20 10 XB/274C
XB/274F 055VD Diesel Engine
20 To Drains Diesel Engine
15 057VD (12,600 kW)
115VD 116VD 061VD (12,600 kW)
10
Emergency DG
125
XA/235 Air Receiver
To Drains
(500 Litres 30 bar)
20
117VD 109VD 190VD AR
To 200VC
Scuppers
80
111VD
Key
Starting Air 079VD
XB/274D
Instrumentation 055VD Diesel Engine
125
Electrical Signal 15 057VD (8,400 kW)
All System Valves 10
are Prefixed with 'AR'
Frame 44 Frame 70 Frame 82 To Drains Reference Shipyard Drawing - Compressed Air Systems - A5 D330 277B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.1 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.5 Compressed Air Systems The starting air compressors discharge to two 10m3 capacity starting air The topping-up compressors may be operated manually but they are normally
receivers, No.1 compressor discharging directly to No.1 receiver and No.2 set to AUTOMATIC mode and will start and stop automatically at the
2.5.1 Starting Air System compressor discharging directly to No.2. predetermined pressures. The duty topping-up compressors start at a pressure
of 27 bar and stop at a pressure of 30 bar. The topping-up compressors are
A topping up compressor is associated with each main starting air compressor integrated into the sequential restart system following a blackout.
Starting Air Compressor and is used to maintain the pressure in the starting air receiver at times of low
Ref. Number: XA/228A/B demand. There are valves linking the two receivers and these are normally The compressors are provided with two safety valves, one at the first stage and
open but will be shut in order to isolate a receiver should that be necessary. one at the second stage. The cylinder cooling jacket is provided with a safety
Maker: Sperre
Air flows to the starting air receivers via an oil/water separator. It is possible plate which will blow out if the water system is subject to excessive pressure.
Model: HV2/300
to use either main compressor to fill either or both starting air receivers, or to
Type: Two stage single acting, water cooled; electric motor use the topping-up compressors to fill either receivers; cross-connection valves Procedure for Operating the Starting Air System
driven are provided for this purpose. Each system, comprising a main and a topping
No. of sets: 2 up compressor, is located in a separate room. These rooms are not adjacent to Normally, the starting air compressors are arranged with one as duty compressor
Capacity: 280m3/h at 30 bar each other. and the other as standby, both receivers being filled at the same time.
Rating: 690V, 48kW at 590 rpm a) Check the level of oil in the chosen air compressor.
In addition to supplying starting air to the main diesel generator engines, the
system also supplies the following: b) Ensure that the air compressor cooling water make-up tank is
Topping-up Air Compressor • Air whistle filled to the working level. Replenish as necessary from the
distilled water system.
Ref. Number: XA/228C/D • No.1 emergency diesel generator starting air receiver
Maker: Sperre c) Ensure that all compressor cooling water system valves are
• No.2 emergency diesel generator starting air receiver
Model: HV2/200 correctly set (see section 2.4.1) and that the general service
• Instrument air emergency supply fresh water cooling system is operating.
Type: Two stage single acting, water cooled; electric motor
driven d) Set the valves as in the following table. The valve settings
Should a prolonged power failure occur, compressed air for starting the
No. of sets: 2 emergency generators may be provided by the diesel engine driven emergency assume that both starting air receivers are being filled and
Capacity: 136m3/h at 30 bar starting air compressor located in No.1 emergency diesel generator room. that both main starting air compressors and the topping-up
The starting air compressors are provided with automatic solenoid-operated compressor are active.
Rating: 690V, 26kW at 900 rpm
unloading and cooler drain valves. The compressors will start to off-load and
All valves are prefixed with ‘AR’.
will stop with the cooler drain valves open. The cooler drain valves are also
opened automatically and periodically whilst the compressors are in operation. Position Description Valve
Emergency Diesel Generator Starting Air Compressor
The two main starting air compressors may be selected for LOCAL control at Open No.1 starting air comp. outlet non-return valve
Ref. Number: XA/227
the selector switches, in which case they are started and stopped locally at the Open No.1 starting air comp. outlet valve 064VD
Maker: Hamworthy Hatz starter panel. The compressors are normally set to REMOTE operating mode Closed No.1 starting air comp. manual drain valve
Model: 2SM10A35 which allows for control from the IMACS operator stations in the ECR. The Operational No.1 starting air comp. solenoid drain valve
Type: Diesel engine driven; two cylinder, two stage compressors may be selected for MANUAL or AUTOMATIC operation.
Open No.1 topping-up air comp. outlet valve 063VD
No. of sets: 1 Open No.1 topping-up air comp. outlet non-return valve
Selection of the duty and standby main compressors is made via IMACS soft
Capacity: 25m3/h at 30 bar at 1,700 rpm Closed No.1 topping-up air comp. manual drain valve
keys by selecting the Duty/Standby option 1-2 or 2-1. The duty compressor
starts up when the starting air receiver pressure falls to 24 bar and the Operational No.1 topping-up air comp. solenoid drain valve
Introduction standby compressor starts when the air pressure falls to 22 bar. The duty and Open Link valve: main to topping up compressors 049VD
standby compressors stop at a pressure of 29.5 bar. Following a blackout, the
Open No.2 starting air comp. outlet non-return valve
Starting air for the main diesel generator engines is provided by two Sperre compressors will operate again as part of the sequential restart system.
HV2/300 starting air compressors which are of the reciprocating, two Open No.2 starting air comp. outlet valve 120VD
cylinder, two-stage, single-acting, water-cooled, electrically driven type. Each The topping-up compressor may be operated locally by setting the selector Closed No.2 starting air comp. manual drain valve
compressor has an output capacity of 280m3/h at a working pressure of 30 bar. switch to LOCAL and pressing the START and STOP pushbuttons as required. Operational No.2 starting air comp. solenoid drain valve
Two Sperre HV2/200 topping up compressors are also fitted and these operate Normally, the topping-up compressor is selected for REMOTE operation Operational No.2 topping-up air comp. solenoid drain valve
in order to maintain the starting air receiver pressure during periods of low allowing control via IMACS, they may be selected as duty and standby Open No.2 topping-up air comp. outlet non-return valve
demand. Compressor cooling fresh water is supplied by the general service compressors.
central fresh water cooling system (see section 2.4.1). Open No.2 topping-up air comp. outlet valve 121VD
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.1 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.5.1b Starting Air System
AK087VS
To
Funnel
AK083VD AK083VD AK083VD
Whistle
32 AK084VD
D C XA/231
Whistle Air Receiver
32 32 B 32 (150 litres)
AK083VD
Frame 148 Frame 216
To Emergency 1 32
Generator Room
(See Illustration 6.1b) 32
32 32 010VD
32
50 131VD 15 50
32 012VD
124VD 126VD 007VD 008VD
125VD 127VD 018VD 004VD 002VD
130VD 15 006VD
129VS 005VS
017VD
(See Illustration PT PT
LL LL
2.5.1a)
07020 132VD 07026
To Main 125
Generator 2 XB/234A XB/234B
Engines 123VD 122VD PIA H Starting Air 011VD 001VD PIA H Starting Air
07020
L Receiver 07026
L Receiver
125 20
132VD 012VD
15 15
134VD 013VD
015VD
To Main 15 15
125
Generator 3 To Drains To Drain
Engines NO
125 016VD
50
110VD
50 049VD 003VD
Reduction Station 32
(From 30 To 8.5 bar) 32
049VD 003VD
063VD
187VX 32 32
50 121VD
064VD
120VD
XA/228A XA/228C XA/228B XA/228D
DG Starting Air 'Topping Up' DG Starting Air 'Topping Up'
Compressor Air Compressor Compressor Air Compressor
To Instrument Air
System (See
Illustration 2.5.2b)
Key
Starting Air 15 15 15 15
Instrumentation 15 15 15 15
Electrical Signal
All System Valves
are Prefixed with 'AR' To To
Scuppers Scuppers Reference Shipyard Drawing - Compressed Air Systems - Starting Air (2)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.1 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve Position Description Valve Position Description Valve
Closed No.2 topping-up air comp. manual drain valves Open No.3 DG engine air drain trap valve 055DV Open No.1 emergency diesel generator air receiver 115VD
Open Link valve: main to topping up compressors 003VD Closed No.3 DG engine air drain valve 057VD outlet valve
Open Link valve: fwd to aft compressor systems 003VD Open No.3 DG engine control air master valve 190VD Open No.1 emergency diesel generator inlet valve 062VD
Open Link valve: aft to fwd compressor systems 049VD Open No.3 DG engine control air drain valve 200VC Closed No.1 emergency diesel generator air receiver 117VD
Open Emergency generator crossover filling line valve 017VD Open No.4 DG starting air valve from No.1 receiver 111VD drain valve
Open Emergency generator crossover filling line valve 018VD Open No.4 DG starting air valve from No.2 receiver 109VD Open No.1 emergency diesel generator air receiver inlet 080VD
valve from emergency air compressor
Open Crossover filling line valve 110VD Open No.4 DG engine master air valve 079VD
Open Line valve to No.2 emergency starting air 061VD
Open No.1 starting air receiver non-return filling valve 127DV Open No.4 DG engine air drain trap valve 055DV
receiver
Open No.1 starting air receiver filling valve 126VD Closed No.4 DG engine air drain valve 057VD
Open No.2 emergency diesel generator air receiver inlet 116VD
Open No.2 starting air receiver non-return filling valve 002VD Open No.4 DG engine control air master valve 190VD valve
Open No.2 starting air receiver filling valve 008VD Open No.4 DG engine control air drain valve 200VC Open No.2 emergency diesel generator air receiver 115VD
Open No.1 starting air receiver drain trap valve 132VD Open No.5 DG starting air valve from No.1 receiver 108VD outlet valve
Closed No.1 starting air receiver drain valve 134VD Open No.5 DG starting air valve from No.2 receiver 107VD Open No.2 emergency diesel generator inlet valve 062VD
Open No.2 starting air receiver drain trap valve 012DV Open No.5 DG engine master air valve 079VD Closed No.2 emergency diesel generator air receiver 117VD
Closed No.2 starting air receiver drain valve 013VD Open No.5 DG engine air drain trap valve 055DV drain valve
Closed No.5 DG engine air drain valve 057VD Open No.2 emergency diesel generator air receiver inlet 074VD
Diesel Generator Starting Air System Open No.5 DG engine control air master valve 190VD valve from emergency air compressor
Open No.1 starting air receiver outlet valves 122VD Open No.5 DG engine control air drain valve 200VC Open Emergency air compressor line valve XH227A
123VD Closed Emergency air compressor line drain valve 117VD
Open No.6 DG starting air valve from No.1 receiver 108VD
Open No.2 starting air receiver outlet valves 001VD Open Emergency air compressor outlet valve 087VD
Open No.6 DG starting air valve from No.2 receiver 107VD
011VD Closed Whistle air receiver drain valve AK084VD
Open No.6 DG engine master air valve 079VD
Open DG engine starting line crossover valve 015VD Open Whistle air receiver inlet valve AK083VD
Open No.6 DG engine air drain trap valve 055DV
Set Main air start/instrument air emergency supply 187VX Open Whistle air receiver outlet valve AK083VD
reducer set Closed No.6 DG engine air drain valve 053VD
Open No.6 DG engine control air master valve 190VD Closed Whistle air receiver bypass valve AK083VD
Open No.1 DG starting air valve from No.1 receiver 111VD
Open No.6 DG engine control air drain valve 200VC Open Whistle air inlet valve AK083VD
Open No.1 DG starting air valve from No.2 receiver 109VD
Open Air receiver instrumentation cross-connection 016VD
Open No.1 DG engine master air valve 079VD valve
Auxiliary Air System
Open No.1 DG engine air drain trap valve 055DV
Position Description Valve
Closed No.1 DG engine air drain valve 057VD
Open No.1 starting air receiver outlet valves to whistle 130VD e) Check that the receiver drain traps are functioning.
Open No.1 DG engine control air master valve 190VD
131VD
Open No.1 DG engine control air drain valve 200VC f) Ensure that electrical supplies are available for all four
Open Funnel line drain trap valve 132VD
Open No.2 DG starting air valve from No.1 receiver 111VD compressors. Set the selector switch for each compressor to
Open No.2 starting air receiver outlet valves to whistle 006VD REMOTE.
Open No.2 DG starting air valve from No.2 receiver 109VD 010VD
Open No.2 DG engine master air valve 079VD Open Funnel line drain trap valve 012VD g) At IMACS, select the starting air compressors for duty/standby
Open No.2 DG engine air drain trap valve 055DV Open No.1 receiver outlet valves to emergency 124VD with No.1 or No.2 as the duty compressor to suit running hours
Closed No.2 DG engine air drain valve 057VD generators 125VD and other circumstances as appropriate. Select the topping-
Open No.2 DG engine control air master valve 190VD Open No.2 receiver outlet valves to emergency 004VD up compressors for AUTOMATIC operation and as duty and
Open No.2 DG engine control air drain valve 200VC generators 007VD standby as required.
Open No.3 DG starting air valve from No.1 receiver 111VD Open Line valve to No.1 emergency starting air 061VD
receiver h) Check that the topping air compressors operate and maintain the
Open No.3 DG starting air valve from No.2 receiver 109VD
required starting air receiver pressure.
Open No.3 DG engine master air valve 079VD Open No.1 emergency diesel generator air receiver inlet 116VD
valve
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.1 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.5.1c Emergency Generator Starting Air System
Key
Compressed Air
Instrumentation
32 From Starting Air System
See Illustration 2.5.1b
20
To To
Atmosphere Atmosphere
AR AR
112VS 20 113VS AR
20 AR AR061VD 115VD 25
115VD 25
AR 20 AR
AR 116VD 116VD
061VD Emergency
XA/238 Emergency XA/235
Generator Generator
15
Starting Air
XH Starting Air
AR Receiver
227A Receiver
080VD
087VD PT PIA PT PIA
117VD 07016 07016 07017 07017
AR074VD L
AR AR
To AR062VD To AR062VD
Scuppers 117VD Scuppers 117VD
Drain
20
XA/227
Emergency
Starting Air
Compressor
20
XA/277 Emergency Diesel Generator XB/274G
Emergency Diesel Generator
20
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D350 265 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.1 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Note: At times of low demand, the topping-up air compressors will operate Emergency Diesel Generator Starting Air System All valves are prefixed with ‘AR’.
and maintain the starting air receiver pressure within the preset limits. At Position Description Valve
Introduction
times of high demand, the duty starting air compressor will operate and this Open Emergency compressor outlet valve 087VD
may be supplemented by the standby starting air compressor depending upon Starting air for the emergency diesel generators is provided by two emergency Closed Emergency compressor outlet drain valve 117VD
circumstances. starting air receivers. The emergency diesel generator receivers have a Open Emergency compressor outlet valve XH227A
maximum operating pressure of 30kg/cm2 and are normally pressed up by Open No.1 emergency starting air receiver line valve 080VD
The above description assumes that both starting air receivers are open at the main starting air compressors as part of the normal operation of the main
all times and are being replenished by the duty topping-up or duty starting Open No.1 emergency starting air receiver filling valve 116VD
air start system. However, should the main air start system be unavailable, a
air compressor. This is the normal situation but it is possible to isolate one diesel engine driven emergency air compressor is provided. Emergency diesel Closed No.1 emergency starting air receiver drain valve 117VD
starting air receiver by closing the inlet and outlet valves when the receiver is generators, emergency starting air receivers and emergency compressor are Open No.2 emergency starting air receiver line valve 074VD
at maximum pressure. This ensures that there will be a full air charge available located on deck 16 in zone 6. The emergency starting air compressor is a Open No.2 emergency starting air receiver filling valve 116VD
to meet any needs. reciprocating, two-cylinder, air-cooled, diesel engine driven, machine with an Closed No.2 emergency starting air receiver drain valve 117VD
output capacity of 25m3/h at 30 bar. The diesel engine driving the emergency Open No.1 emergency starting air receiver outlet valves 115VD
The supply to the reducing vale for the instrument air system is normally left compressor is started and stopped manually as required to achieve the required
closed unless required. Open No.2 emergency starting air receiver outlet valves 115VD
receiver pressure.
Open No.1 emergency generator air inlet valve 062VD
Air from the emergency compressor is directed to both emergency air Operational No.1 emergency generator starting air valve
receivers. Filling valves on both emergency air receivers are of the non-return Open No.2 emergency generator air inlet valve 062VD
type and are normally left open. The emergency air receivers are normally Operational No.2 emergency generator starting air valve
filled from the main starting air receivers via valves AR061VD and AR116VD
Open Inlet valve from main start air system 061VD
as explained previously in this section. In the event of a blackout due to
complete main generator shutdown, the emergency diesel generators will start Open Inlet valve from main start air system 061VD
automatically. The air start system must be configured so that air is available
to allow the engines to start and the engines must also be in a condition that e) Start the emergency air compressor diesel engine and supply air
allows the duty engine to be started immediately as required. Drain valves on to the receivers.
the emergency starting air receivers should be opened periodically to remove
water from the receivers. The set value of the emergency starting air receiver f) When receivers are at the correct pressure, stop the emergency
relief valves is 33 bar. Each emergency diesel generator is started by means of air compressor diesel engine and close all valves.
air from its associated starting air receiver or electrically according to the start
method selected.
Procedure for Filling the Emergency Starting Air Receivers by
means of the Emergency Starting Air Compressor
a) Check the oil levels in the emergency air compressor and the
diesel engine.
b) Check the fuel level in the emergency air compressor diesel
engine fuel tank and ensure that fuel flows to the engine.
c) Drain the emergency diesel starting air receivers manually.
Open the line drains if not already open.
d) Set the valves as in the following table.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.1 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.5.2a Instrument Air System Frame 70 Frame 82 Frame 108 XA/428 XA/427 Frame 124
28 Oily Bilge Oily Bilge
Coalescing Centrifugal
NC 090VD Separator Purifying
35 Module
Key XA/142A
027VD HFO
15 027VD
15 15 35 15 Purifying
Instrument Air
Module
Instrumentation 097VD 059VD XB/274A 15
Diesel Engine
Electrical Signal 10 027VD 027VD
(8,400 kW)
All System Valves 027VD
XA/142C 027VD XA/199A
are Prefixed with 'AR' 15
LO Purifying 15
HFO Purifying XA/104
027VD 10 Single Module
Module 15 XA/144A XA/144B
(2 x 5,500 litres/h) 027VD Main Generator Main Generator 15
15
XA/144C Make-Up Water Engine FO Engine FO
15 Hydrophore Module Module XA/199B
Main Generator 027VD
Vessel LO Purifying
114VD Engine FO Module 15 Single Module
XA/199E 15 15 081VD 081VD 027VD
LO Purifying 15 15
027VD
Double Module 15
10
(4,200 litres/h) 027VD 15 065VD
059VD 097VD
097VD 059VD XB/274B
059VD XA/196A Diesel Engine XA/199C 027VD 15
To Drains LO Purifying
10 (12,600 kW)
Single Module
15 15
DG LO Delivery
Automatic
Back-Flushing Filter XA/199D 027VD 15
15 LO Purifying
Single Module
059VD XA/196B
XB/274E
Diesel Engine XA/196E 067VD
(12,600 kW)
081VD 081VD 15 15 081VD 081VD
15 DG LO Delivery 15
Automatic
DG LO Delivery Back-Flushing Filter
Automatic 15
Back-Flushing Filter 15
097VD 059VD XB/274C
Diesel Engine
10 10 (12,600 kW) 1
2
059VD 097VD
15
067VD 059VD XA/196C
XA/196F
15
DG LO Delivery DG LO Delivery
Automatic Automatic
Back-Flushing Filter Back-Flushing Filter
15 15 081VD 081VD
15
XB/274F 15 059VD XA/196D
Diesel Engine
081VD 081VD
(12,600 kW) From Instrument
097VD 059VD Air System
XB/274D
DG LO Delivery Diesel Engine (See Illustration
Automatic 10 2.5.2b)
(8,400 kW)
Back-Flushing Filter
28
Diesel Generator Engine
XB/274A XB/274B XB/274C XB/274D XB/274E XB/274F
15
PT PI
L PT 07102 PT 07202 PT 07302 PT 07402 PT 07502 PT 07602
Control Air 15 081VD 081VD
15
PT PI
L PT 07103 PT 07203 PT 07303 PT 07403 PT 07503 PT 07603 NC 35
Control/Safety Air 2
090VD
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D330 277 B Compressed Air System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.5.2 Instrumentation and Working Air System Procedure for Setting Up the Instrumentation and Working Position Description Valve
Air System Open No.2 general service air receiver outlet valves to 036VD
Low Pressure Air Compressor engine control air system 039VA
a) Ensure that the low temperature (LT) fresh water cooling system
Ref. Number: XA/224/B Closed Control air line valve 090VD
is operating and supplying cooling water to the general service
Maker: Ingersol-Rand and control air compressors and to the air dryers. Closed Control air line valve 090VD
Model: SSR MM37WC Open No.1 DG waste gate control air inlet valve 059VD
Type: Single stage screw b) Set the instrumentation and working air production system Open No.1 DG oil mist detector control air inlet valve 081VD
valves as in the following table. Open No.1 DG turbocharger control air inlet valve 081VD
No. of sets: 2
Capacity: 300m3/h at 8.5 bar Closed No.1 DG general service control air valve 097VD
All valves are prefixed with ‘AR’.
Rating: 690V, 42kW at 3,800 rpm Open No.2 DG waste gate control air inlet valve 059VD
Position Description Valve
Open No.2 DG oil mist detector control air inlet valve 081VD
Open No.1 LP air compressor outlet valve 181VD
Open No.2 DG turbocharger control air inlet valve 081VD
Air Dryer Closed No.1 LP air compressor cross-connection valve 045VD
Closed No.2 DG general service control air valve 097VD
Ref. Number: XA/240/B Open No.1 LP air compressor outlet line drain valve 132VD
Open Air supply valve to system fuel module XC144C 114VD
Maker: Ingersol-Rand Open No.1 air dryer inlet valves 045VD
Open Control air to forward DG LO auto backflushing 059VD
Model: TMS 150 Open No.1 air dryer outlet valve 045VD filters (x4)
Type: Refrigeration Open No.1 air dryer drain valve 070VD Open No.3 DG waste gate control air inlet valve 059VD
No. of sets: 2 Open No.1 general service air receiver drain trap valve 026VD Open No.3 DG oil mist detector control air inlet valve 081VD
Capacity: 300m3/h at 16 bar Closed No.1 general service air receiver drain valve 027VD Open No.3 DG turbocharger control air inlet valve 081VD
Rating: 1.5kW at 690V Open No.1 general service air receiver inlet valves 118VD Closed No.3 DG general service control air valve 097VD
023VA
Open No.4 DG waste gate control air inlet valve 059VD
Open No.1 general service air receiver outlet valves 119VD
Introduction Open No.4 DG oil mist detector control air inlet valve 081VD
025VA
Open No.4 DG turbocharger control air inlet valve 081VD
Open No.1 general service air receiver outlet line valve to 034VD
The instrumentation and working air system is supplied from two air receivers Closed No.4 DG general service control air valve 097VD
service air system
XA243 and XA244 which are replenished by two low pressure (LP) air Open Air supply valve to system fuel module XC144A 027VD
compressors. Although each compressor is associated with a receiver, either Open No.1 general service air receiver outlet line valve to 033VD
instrument air system Open Control air to aft DG LO auto backflushing filters 067VD
compressor can fill both receivers. The compressors may be set to LOCAL
Closed Line drain valve 065VD (x2)
mode at their selector switch and in this mode they are started and stopped
by means of local pushbuttons. The compressors are normally selected in Open No.2 LP air compressor outlet valve 184VD Open No.5 DG waste gate control air inlet valve 059VD
REMOTE mode allowing them to be controlled through IMACS. When Closed No.2 LP air compressor cross-connection valve 045VD Open No.5 DG oil mist detector control air inlet valve 081VD
selected to REMOTE mode at their selector switches, the compressors are Open No.2 LP air compressor outlet line drain valve 012VD Open No.5 DG turbocharger control air inlet valve 081VD
operated in AUTOMATIC mode through IMACS with one being selected Closed No.5 DG general service control air valve 097VD
Open No.2 air dryer inlet valves 069VD
as the LEAD compressor and the other automatically selected as the LAG
Open No.2 air dryer outlet valve 069VD Open No.6 DG waste gate control air inlet valve 059VD
compressor. Selection is made at the on-screen soft key giving 1-2 or 2-1 to
select No.1 compressor as the lead or No.2 compressor as the lead respectively. Open No.2 air dryer drain valve 070VD Open No.6 DG oil mist detector control air inlet valve 081VD
The lead compressor starts at a system pressure 7.8 bar and the lag compressor Open No.2 general service air receiver drain trap valve 071VD Open No.6 DG turbocharger control air inlet valve 081VD
at a pressure of 7.2 bar. Both compressors stop at a pressure of 8.5 bar. Air Closed No.2 general service air receiver drain valve 070VD Closed No.6 DG general service control air valve 097VD
receiver XA243 is associated with No.1 LP air compressor and air receiver Open Air supply valve to system fuel module XC144B 027VD
Open No.2 service air receiver inlet valves 040VD
XA244 is associated with No.2 LP air compressor. From the air receivers, air Open Control air supply to HFO purifying module XA142C 027VD
037VA
is supplied as control, instrumentation and working air to various locations in (x2)
the machinery spaces and throughout the ship via two refrigeration type air Open No.2 general service air receiver outlet valves to 040VD
service air system 037VA Open Control air supply to HFO purifying module XA142A 027VD
dryers. Service air distribution is by means of a ring main system with the
Closed Air dryer outlet cross-connection valve 019VD (x2)
port and starboard air main lines connecting at the after and forward parts of
the ship. This arrangement, with suitably positioned isolating valves, enables Open Control air receiver instrumentation cross-connection 057VD Open Control air supply to LO purifying module XA199E 027VD
most users to be supplied with air even when there is failure of part of the valves (x2) (x2)
distribution system.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.5.2b Instrument Air System
LP Air XZ KBD XZ KBD XS XL XS XL XS XA XZ KBD
Compressor
Start Stop Available Running Failure Duty/Standby Sel.
XB/224A XZ 07011 XZ 07012 XZ 07013 XZ 07014 XZ 07015 XZ 07011A
XB/224B XZ 07021 XZ 07022 XZ 07023 XZ 07024 XZ 07025 XZ 07021A
XA/224A
LP Air 50
Compressor 181VD 045VD
(300m3/h 8.5 bar) 132VD
045VD
15 XA/240B 045VD
From Main Diesel Air Dryer XA/224B
To Drains LP Air
Generator Starting Unit
Air Receiver 069VD (300m3/h) 069VD 069VD 184VD Compressor
XS XA (300m3/h 8.5 bar)
XA/240A 012VD
07018 07018
To General Air Dryer 186VX 070VD XS
Failure 07028
Service Air Unit 15 15
Deck 1 15
(300m3/h)
(See Illustration Reduction Station 50 To
070VD Drains
XA To Drains
2.5.3a) 045VD (From 30 To 8.5 bar) 07028
A 15
Failure
To Drains
034VD
50
15
1
2
033VD
019VD
From Main Diesel
Generator Starting
Air Receiver
187VX To General Service Air
50 Deck 1
(See Illustration
To 2.5.3a) 50
50 Atmosphere To
(To Funnel) Reduction Station E Atmosphere
(From 30 To 8.5 bar) (To Funnel)
25
To Instrument 50
Air System 119VD 118VD 024VS 25
040VD 040VD
(See Illustration
2.5.2a) 025VA 023VA
057VD 057VD 037VA 038VS 037VA
PT
XA/243 07019
LP Air Compressor PT
General Service I 07029
Air Receiver Control XA/244 LP Air Compressor
PIA H 25 I
(3m3/h 8.5 bar) Control/Laundry Control
07019 L
036VD 039VA Air Receiver PIA H
(3m3/h 8.5 bar) 07029 L
026VD
027VD 071VD
070VD
To Drains
35
To Drains
Key 2
Instrument Air
General Service Air
Instrumentation
Electrical Signal
All System Valves
are Prefixed with 'AR'
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D330 277 B Compressed Air System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve
Open Control air supply to LO purifying module XA199A 027VD
Open Control air supply to LO purifying module XA199B 027VD
Open Control air supply to LO purifying module XA199C 027VD
Open Control air supply to LO purifying module XA199D 027VD
Open Control air supply to oily bilge coalescing separator 027VD
Open Control air supply to oily bilge purifying module 027VD
Closed Control air supply to make-up water hydrophore
vessel
Closed Control air reducing valves from start air system 187VX
Closed General service air reducing valves from start air 186VX
system
c) Check that the LP air compressors are electrically supplied
and are receiving cooling water. Ensure that the compressor
discharge valve is open.
d) Set both compressors to REMOTE mode at their local selector
switches.
e) At IMACS, select one compressor as the lead compressor and
the other as the lag compressor.
f) The compressors will operate automatically to replenish the
general service air receivers.
g) Check the air dryers and ensure that they are ready for
operation.
h) Start the air dryers and ensure that water is being drained
correctly.
Compressed, dry and filtered air is now available at the instrumentation,
control and service air mains. The air dryers should be operated continuously
in order to ensure that all air delivered into the instrumentation, control and
service air system is free from moisture. Control and instrument systems may
be damaged by the presence of moisture and the operation of instruments and
control devices can be seriously impaired by the presence of moisture.
The air dryers must be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s operating
instructions. The dryers must be started with inlet and outlet air valves closed.
When the dryer is operating satisfactorily, the inlet valve is opened in order to
pressurise the unit. The outlet air valve is opened about 5 minutes after the inlet
valve has been opened. When shutting down an air dryer, the air outlet valve
is closed followed by the inlet valve about 2 minutes later.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
To Bilge Duty Pump
Illustration 2.5.3a General Service Air System - Deck 1 Sea Chest Sea Chest (YA/401C) Priming
To Distilled Water Transfer Unit YD/401C
Pumps (XA/103A-B) Priming
Purifier Units YD/103A-B Purifier Engine Spare
Room Gear
Room (Deck 2)
139VD 139VD Engine
Converter 15 140VD 001VD Workshop
Room 136VD 140VD 001VD
15 140VD 15 15
15 136VD 15 15 15
004VD 004VD
50
To Port 32 166VD 15 143VD 144VD 15 005VD
15 Sludge
136VD Tank 139VD 15 32 Ren. 001VD 001VD
Inflatable Seal 166VD 32 H 40 F L Oil
PEM 15 001VD LO Storage
I 001VD Tank Tank
Room
25 Fuel Oil 50
15 Settling A From GS Air
140VD Tank Receiver XA/243 15 15
146VD 136VD Fore Diesel (See Illustration
15 25 Aft Diesel Generator Room Evaporators 50
Generator Room 2.5.2b)
Room
135VD Aft Thruster Room 004VD
008VD LO Renovating
15 To Provision Room Tank
6 6 6 008VD Compressors (YA/695A-B-C-D)
Fuel Oil
Settling Oily Bilge
15 140VD
To Thruster Sealing G Tank Settling Tank
Drain Pneumatic Pumps 136VD 15 15
50
136VD 20 15 001VD Fuel Oil 001VD 001VD
Service Diesel Oil
To Starboard 32 001VD 001VD
15 145VD 15 Tank 15 15 Tank
Inflatable Seal 166VD 50 143VD 50
15 15 15 004VD
25 Incinerator Room 15 15 15
136VD 145VD 20 Deck 2 15 15
140VD
15 001VD
20 140VD Machinery
25 15 15 140VD Workshop Converter Spare Gear
001VD 001VD
Food Atomising
145VD (Deck 2) Room
15 15
Auxiliary
Room Engine Store
Food Atomising
Keeper Office Electrical Spare Gear
To Burner
Cleaning
To Burner
136VD
Cleaning
To Infrafone
Sea Chest Sea Chest
For Incinerators
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
Sea Chest Heeling Tank
15
Stabiliser Key
001VD
002VD General Service Air 137VD 139VD
15 15 15
50 Saturated Steam
15
Potable
007VD Water
006VD
139VD 139VD All System Valves
15 50 Fuel Oil Potable Sea Chest
Potable are Prefixed with 'AK'
32 To Bilge/Ballast Pumps Water Water
Potable Water
001VD (YA/401A-B) Priming A L See Illustrations 2.5.2b and 2.5.3b
Units YD/401A-B Fuel Oil Air / Steam Clearing
Potable Potable Water Potable Water
J Water Potable Water 32 (Typical - 6 Places)
AC Compressor K 003VD
15 32 15
Room 002VD Bow Thruster
008VD Fore Peak
Potable Water To Thruster Sealing Room
Drain Pneumatic Pumps
To YA/478 Fire Main Room Potable Potable Water
Potable Water Potable Water
Pressuring Vessel Fuel Oil Water 008VD
001VD
6
15 15 50 Potable Water
Potable Potable
001VD Water Water
Fuel Oil
004VD 007VD
50 Potable
50
Water
15 15
15
E
001VD 15
008VD 002VD
Stabiliser UV Unit
From GS Air
Receiver XA/244
Sea Chest (See Illustration Heeling Tank
2.5.2b)
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 282 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388 392 396 400
Reference Shipyard Drawing - Compressed Air Systems - General Service Air
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.3 - Page 1 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.5.3b General Service Air System - Accommodation
Key
General Service Air
Starting Air
Refer To Illustration All System Valves
2.5.1b (Starting Air) are Prefixed with 'AK'
Whistle
AK083VD
A
See Illustrations 2.5.1b, 2.5.2b
L
32 and 2.5.3a
32
32
Deck 19 D C B
From Starting Air
18.1 Receivers XB/234A-B
Deck 18 AC St.
17.1 15 17.2 17.4 15 17.10 AC St. 17.5 17.6 17.12 17.12 20
AC St. 17.8 17.8 17.3 AC St.
Deck 17 17.1 17.9 17.9 VF AC St. 17.11 17.11 AC St. 17.6 15
15
16.1 16.3 16.4 16.5 FS 15
15 15 15 15
Deck 16 16.9 16.9 15 15 16.1 16.10 16.2 16.11 15 16.15 16.12 16.12 16.13 16.13 16.4
16.3 25 16.5 FS
15
15.1 15 15 15 15 15 15
Engine Casing 15.6 15.6 15.9 15.9 15.3
Deck 15 15.2 15.8 15.8 15.4 15.5 15 15.7 15.7
15.1 AC St.
15 14.2 14.3 AC St.
14.7 15 14.1 15 15 14.5 14.4 15 14.8
Deck 14 Laundries 14.6
15 15 15 15 15
12.4 12.5 12.5 32 12.3 12.2
Deck 12 12.1
15 15 11.2
Laundries 11.1 11.1 20
Deck 11 15 11.3
To Exhaust Gas 40 25 10.1 Laundry
15 10.2 Economiser
10.3 15 15
Deck 10 AC St. 10.4
9.1 9.1 Laundries 9.2
15
Deck 9 15 AC St. 9.2 9.3 9.3
To Aft DG EGB To Fwd DG EGB 25
15 15 AC St. 8.2 Infrafone AC St. 8.7 15
8.1 25 Infrafone 15 AC St. 8.5 8.6 AC St.
15 15
Deck 8 AC St. AC St. 8.2 15 15 8.8 8.8 8.9 8.9 8.10
AC St. 8.3 8.4 AC St. 15
7.15 7.16 20 7.1 7.2 7.17 Trunk 32 7.3 7.18 7.4 28 7.5 7.19 7.6 7.7 FS
15 15 32 32 7.20 7.8 28 7.9 7.10 7.21 7.11 32 7.12 7.14 15
7.23
Deck 7 7.15 7.16 15 7.1 7.2 7.17 32 7.3 7.18 7.4 28 7.5 7.19 7.6 7.7 FS 32 32 7.20 7.8 28 7.9 7.10 7.21 7.11 32 7.12 008VD To Dry Fogger Fore Mooring Area 7.13
To Boiler 25 To Boiler (Main Theatre) 6.1 15 6.3
25 Infrafone Engine Casing Infrafone
Deck 6 6.4 6.5 15 6.2
5.3 Fore Engine
5.1 FS 15 15 5.2 15 Casing 5.4 5.5
Deck 5
4.3 4.4 4.5 4.7 4.8
4.1 4.2 32
25 15 15
Deck 4 15 15 4.6
15 3.1 3.2
3.3 3.4 Fore DG Room
32
Deck 3 3.1 15 3.5 3.4 Fore DG Room
001VD 15 Main Laundry Arrangement
20 40 010VD
15 32 010VD 32
010VD J 011VD
Deck 2 001VD 32 32
Aft Thruster Room 147VD I H G
15 L
F K Bow Thruster Room
50 Ring Main 32 15
Deck 1 15
50 Grey Water
A E 15 Treatment
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 380 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5D330277A Compressed Air Systems
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.3 - Page 2 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.5.3 General Service Air System Accommodation General Service Air System
Permanent users in the accommodation consist of places such as the laundry,
Introduction infrafone systems and theatre dry fogging machine. These items generally
will have local isolating valves. However, the majority of outlets are for the
Compressed air is used throughout the ship for a number of applications and
temporary use of portable machinery.
these are generally connected by means of flexible pipes to outlets. The air is
distributed around the ship from the general service air receivers via a ring main
Flexible hoses are connected to the general service air main outlet valves by
on deck 1 which feeds several risers in to the accommodation. The deck 1 ring
means of quick release connections and checks should be made frequently to
main is shown in illustration 2.5.3a above and feeds a number of permanent
ensure that all connections are fit for continued service. Some outlet valves are
users as well as general service outlets. From the ring main several risers feed
used more frequently than others and it is essential that infrequently used valve
accommodation users including permanent users such as the laundry. The
outlets are still fit for service at all times. Infrequently used air outlets should
accommodation distribution system is shown in illustration 2.5.3b.
be operated at least once per month in order to ensure that the valves open and
close effectively and that the hose connection functions correctly.
Machinery Space General Service Air System
If air is not available at a particular outlet when a flexible pipe is connected,
Air is supplied to the general service air system ring main from both general a check should be made that the valve is actually open and that the quick
service air receivers and their associated air dryers. No.1 receiver (XA/243) release mechanism is operating correctly so that the line is open when the hose
and dryer supply the port side of the ring main via valve 034VD and receiver is connected. A check should be made that the isolating valve supplying that
valves 119VD and 025VA. The No.2 receiver (XA/244) and dryer supply the branch is open. This may be quickly done by connecting the hose to another
starboard side of the ring main directly via receiver outlet valves 0037VA and outlet supplied by the branch and opening the outlet valve.
040VD.
CAUTION
There are isolating valves on the ring main at various points and a cross- Compressed air can be dangerous when misused and devices should only
connection line with an isolating valve AK/004VD. This arrangement means be connected to the air lines when it has been determined that they are
that either or both service air receivers may be used to supply the service safe and correctly assembled.
air ring main or parts of the ring main as required. Sections of the ring main
may be isolated in order to allow for maintenance whilst the remainder of the
system receives an air supply. When isolating a section of the ring main, this
may also affect sections of the accommodation and this must be borne in mind
prior to isolation.
Air is supplied to various direct users from the ring main by means of isolating
valves. These valves should be opened as required in order to supply a
particular service.
Note: Some items of equipment are supplied directly from the service air
ring main and others are supplied by means of isolating valves. Even where a
direct supply line is used, there is an isolating valve at the item of equipment
and the section of ring main supplying the direct connection can be isolated
by means of valves.
Sea Chest Air Supply
Sea chests are supplied with compressed air from the general service air system
for weed clearing purposes. The air supply line attaches to the weed clearing
steam inlet line via a non-return valve.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.5.3 - Page 3 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.6.1a Forward Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil System NP254VR
NP253VR 65 65 65
65 65
65 65
65 65
XA/144A Main Generator Engines FO Modules (Frames 111-124) XA/144B Main Generator Engines FO Modules (Frames 111-124)
FI PIA FI
Condensate PIA Condensate 06357
06354 L 06357 Outlet 06354 L
Outlet Stand-by Stand-by
M L Pump M L Pump
Steam TI Steam Start TI
65
PT Start FT Inlet PT FT
Inlet PI PI XH/144AA 06354
PI PI
06357 XH/144BA
06354 06357
M M
Light Fuel Light Fuel
XM/144AJ 80 XM/144BJ PI FT PI
PI
XD/144AG Cooler FT PI
PT
XD/144BG Cooler NP
PT NL
XD/144BC
2 117VX
XD/144AC
NP0 2 NP0
18VD PI
VT
TT TT
PI TI
TI XD/144AA 117VX 80VD PI
VT
TT
2
TT
1 PI TI
TI XD/144BA
06368 2 1 06370
NP0 NP0
18VD 18VD
XD/144AD TI XD/144BD
TI PT
NP0
PT
06368
NL NP0 06370 NL
18VD 061VX 80VD LS 061VX
XD/144AH LS LA XD/144BH LA
NP0 06358 06358 L 50 50 NP0 06358 06358 L 50 50
18VD 80VD
PT XD/144AB PT XD/144BB
06351 06351
Stand-by 80 XD/144BE L Stand-by
15 XD/144AE L
Pump
15
Pump
PIA Sample PIA Start
Sample Start 06351 L
65 06351 L
65
XS XS
Key 06332 65
To Drain Tank
06332
Auto Back-
To Drain Tank
XL Flushing Filter
LP Heavy Fuel Oil XL
06332 XH/144BF
06332
HP Heavy Fuel Oil DPA H DPS
NP0 To Auto Back- DPA H DPS NP021VD
06331 06331 Sludge 06331 06331
21VD Flushing Filter 65 To Sludge Tank
Diesel Oil Tank
XH/144AF
Saturated Steam NL011VD 65
XD/144AG-AH-BG-BH DG FO Steam Heater 80
Condensate XD/144AF-BF DG FO Automatic Back Flushing Filter
NL011VD
Instrumentation XD/144AD-AE-BD-BE DG FO Booster Pump - 14.5m3/h - 4 bar
XD/144AA-AB-BA-BB DG FO LP Feed Pump - 6.5m3/h - 6 bar NP009VX 65 NL010VD 65
Electrical Signal
XD/144AC-BC Buffer Tank NP250VR 65
LT FW Cooling 80
XM/144AJ-BJ DG FO Viscosimeter 65
Compressed Air XA/169A-B-C-D DG Inlet FO Duplex Filter
80 80
1
See 80 80
Illustration 2
80 NP016VX 80 80
2.6.1b 3
65 NP252VR 65 NL
4 012VD
NP015VD 65
65 50 50 65
NP009VX 65 65
NP015VD NP015VD 50 50 NP015VD
NP015VD NP251VR 65 NL
FM FM FM NP015VD FM 50 010VD
FQ1 FT
50
FQ1 FT FQ1 FT FQ1 FT 65
06372 06372 06374 06374 NP015VD 06376 06376 06378 06378
NP015VD NP015VD NP015VD NP015VD NP015VD NL110VD Return From
Incinerator
65 80 65 65 80 65 80
50 50 50 50
NP NP NP NP NP NP
011VD 010VD 011VD 012VD 010VD 012VD NL013VD
XB/274A DG Engine No.1 XB/274B DG Engine No.2 XB/274C DG Engine No.3 XB/274D DG Engine No.4
HFO Service Tank HFO Service Tank GO Service Tank
NP069VX NP070VX NP071VX NP072VX
No.16 Port No.19 Starboard No.1 Starboard
1220 1150 0119
(Frames 124-132) (Frames 124-132) (Frames 168-172)
Sample Sample Sample Sample 25 25
Sampling Sampling
XA169A XA169B XA169C XA169D NP NP
100RU 100RU
40 40
Sample Sample Sample Sample
40 40
NP013VX NP080VX NP108VX NP109VX NP080VX NP014VX NL014VX NL015VX NL027VX
50 50
50 50 To Transfer
50 NP006VD Pumps NP006VD NL012VD NL016VD NL028VD
To Boiler NP005VD NP005VD To Boiler To Incinerator
NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD 50
Fuel Oil NP256VR NP257VR Fuel Oil 80 To Boiler
FM FM FM FM NP259VR System 100 System NP260VR
FQ1 FT FQ1 FT FQ1 FT FQ1 FT 50
Fuel Oil
06371 06371 06373 06373 06375 06375 06377 06377 NP258VR 80
80 System
NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD NP001VD
50 80 80
65 50 50 50 65
To Drain Reference Shipyard Drawing - Main Generator Engine Fuel Oil / DO Systems A5 D350 265A
System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.1 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.6 Fuel Oil System High pressure fuel pipes on the engines between the fuel injection pumps, the • Feed pump delivery pressure recirculation valve with line
accumulators and the fuel injectors are of the double wall type. Any leakage cooler.
2.6.1 Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Oil System due to failure of the inner high pressure pipe is contained by the outer pipe and
• Fuel flow meter, for monitoring of fuel consumption.
this leakage oil activates an alarm. The fuel injection pumps are operated from
the camshaft. High pressure fuel flows to the injectors from the associated fuel • Fuel oil buffer tank.
Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Low Pressure Feed Pumps
injection pump, the high pressure producing the correct atomisation in the fuel • Light fuel cooler, to prevent cavitation of the pumps due to
Ref. Number: XA/144AA/AB/BA/BB/CA/CB injector nozzle. overheating of low viscosity fuels.
Maker: IMO
When the engine is stopped, the fuel circulation system remains operational * EPC 50B control unit; operates the FO module along pre-
Model: ACG045 K NTBP
and hot fuel oil flows through the fuel injection pumps and the injectors and programmed parameters and provides the means of local
No. of sets: 6 control in an emergency. Normal control is through IMACS.
then back to fuel buffer tank for recirculation. This ensures that the entire fuel
Type: Vertical screw system is maintained in a warm condition ready for immediate starting. The
Capacity: 6,468 litres/h at 6 bar low pressure fuel circulation system supplies heated fuel to the engine from Procedure for Setting up the Diesel Generator Engine Heavy
Rating: 690V, 3.5kW at 1,750 rpm the fuel oil service tanks. If MGO is being used, heating is not necessary.
Each engine low pressure fuel supply system module has the following main
Fuel Oil System from Cold
components:
Fuel Oil Booster Pumps The description assumes that engine group No.1 is operating from the port
• Two electrically driven fuel oil feed pumps which take suction HFO service tank, engine group No.2 from the starboard HFO service tank and
Ref. Number: XA/144AD/AE/BD/BE/CD/CE
from the HFO service tank (or MGO service tank). One pump engine group No.3 from the port HFO service tank.
Maker: IMO is normally arranged as the duty pump and the other is selected
Model: ACG060 K NTBP as the standby pump to start automatically if the duty pump a) Supply steam to the HFO service tanks (port or starboard) and
No. of sets: 6 fails to maintain the required pressure. Pumps may be started raise the temperature to the required value. The maximum
manually from the local starter by turning the selector switch temperature depends upon the HFO in the tank and the safety
Type: Vertical screw
to the LOCAL position and pressing the START pushbutton. precautions regarding the heating of fuels must be observed.
Capacity: 14.5m3/h at 4 bar Pumps are stopped locally by pressing the STOP pushbutton. Supply compressed air and cooling water as required to each
Rating: 690V, 4.6kW at 1,750 rpm Fuel oil feed pumps are normally operated from the IMACS module.
when the pumps are set to REMOTE operation. The pumps may
Introduction be stopped in an emergency from the safety centre hard-wired b) Set up the system valves as follows, all valves are presumed to
panels or the ESD workstations. be closed prior to this procedure:
The six diesel generator engines normally operate on heavy fuel oil (HFO) • Two electrically driven fuel oil booster pumps which take
up to 700 cSt at 50°C at all times, including stopping and starting. There are suction from the fuel mixing tank. One pump is normally All valves are prefixed with ‘NP’
separate fuel system modules for each pair of diesel generator engines, each arranged as the duty pump and the other is selected as the No.1 Engine Group Tank System
system module having identical components and drawing fuel from one of the standby pump to start automatically should the duty pump Position Description Valve
two HFO service tanks or the marine gas oil (MGO) service tank. fail to maintain the required pressure. Pumps may be started Open Port HFO service tank quick-closing valve 108VX
If required, the diesel generator engines may be operated on MGO but this will manually from the local starter by turning the selector switch Open Port HFO service tank line valve 005VD
normally only be used when flushing through the fuel system prior to shutting to the LOCAL position and pressing the START pushbutton.
Open Port HFO service tank line valve 256VR
down an engine so that maintenance may be undertaken on the fuel system or Pumps are stopped locally by pressing the STOP pushbutton.
Pressurisation pumps are normally operated from the IMACS Closed HFO tank crossover valve 258VR
prior to a prolonged engine shutdown. It is not possible to run the engines in a
when the pumps are set to REMOTE operation. The pumps Set Engine fuel line back pressure valve (set 7.0 bar) 018VD
single group on different fuels ie, HFO and MGO at the same time.
may be stopped in an emergency from the safety centre hard- Open Engine fuel line back pressure inlet/outlet valves 018VD
No.1 diesel generator engine group, comprising No.1 and No.2 engines wired panels or the ESD workstations. The fuel booster pumps (x2)
(XB/274A and XB/274B) normally operates from the port HFO service tank are interlocked with the pressurisation pumps and a system Closed Engine fuel line back pressure bypass valve 018VD
and No.2 diesel generator engine group, comprising No.3 and No.4 engines booster pump cannot be started unless one of that system’s
Set Engine return valve (to buffer tank) 253VR
(XB/274C and XB/274D) normally operates from the starboard HFO service pressurisation pumps is running.
Set Engine line return three-way valve (for port tank) 009VX
tank. A cross-connection valve allows these engine groups to be supplied • Automatic backflushing filter, with manual bypass fuel filter.
from either HFO service tank if necessary. No.3 diesel generator engine Set Module line return three-way valve (for port tank) 250VR
group, comprising No.5 and No.6 aft engines (XB/274E and XB/274F) can be • Heaters. There are two heaters for raising fuel temperature. Open Port service tank inlet valve 011VD
operated from either HFO service tank as required. The HFO service tanks are • The viscometer monitors the viscosity of fuel being delivered to Open Auto filter outlet to sludge tank 021VD
steam heated to approximately 95°C and all fuel lines are lagged and provided the engine and regulates the steam supply to the heaters. Closed Auto filter vent
with electric trace heating.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.1 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.6.1b Aft Main Generator Engine Fuel Oil / Diesel Oil System 80
NP255VR
80 3
65
80
020VD 020VD 4
XA/144C Main Generator Engines FO Modules (Frames 64-82)
FM FM 2
PIA FI
F01 FT
020VD
F01 FT
020VD Condensate 06357 1
06380 06380 06382 06382 Outlet 06354 L
020VD 020VD Stand-by
M L Pump See
Steam Start TI Illustration
Inlet PT FT 80 2.6.1a
PI PI XH/144CA
NP079VD 06354 06357
M
Light Fuel
NP032VD XM/144CJ PI FT PI
PT
XD/144CG Cooler NP 80
XD/144CC
2 116VX
NP079VD PI TT TT TI XD/144CA
VT 2 1 PI TI
06370
NP079VD XD/144CD
PT TI
06370 65 65 NL
LS 060VX
XD/144CH LA
06358 06358 L PT
15 06351
Sample XD/144CB
65 L
65 Stand-by
PIA
XD/144CE Pump
06351 L
XB/274E DG Engine No.5 Start
XB/274F DG Engine No.6
XS
To Drain Tank 06332
NP067VX
Auto Filter XL
Back Flush 06332
NP068VX PT PI H TT TI H LS LA XS XA
D.G Prime
Mover L Key
Sample Inlet Press. Inlet Temp. Inj. Pipe Leak Clog. Filter
Sample XB/274A PT 06401 TT 06401 LS 06401 XS 06401 NP021VD LP Heavy Fuel Oil
XA/169E
XB/274B PT 06402 TT 06402 LS 06402 XS 06402
XA/169F HP Heavy Fuel Oil
XB/274C PT 06403 TT 06403 LS 06403 XS 06403
XB/274D PT 06404 TT 06404 LS 06404 XS 06404
To Sludge Tank
Diesel Oil
Sample XB/274E PT 06405 TT 06405 LS 06405 XS 06405
XB/274F PT 06406 TT 06406 LS 06406 XS 06406 DPS Saturated Steam
Sample 06331
Condensate
M
XV KBD ZS ZL XV KBD ZS ZL XS XA
DPA H Instrumentation
L 06331
NP008VD NP008VD HFO/MDO Electrical
NP008VD NP008VD 3-Way Valve HFO Mode HFO Mode MDO Mode MDO Mode Fault
FM FM XH/144AA XV 06365A ZS 06365A XV 06365B ZS 06365B XS 06365
FQI FT F01 FT 50 XH/144BA XV 06366A ZS 06366A XV 06366B ZS 06366B XS 06366
50
06379 06379 06381 06381 XH/144CA XV 06367A ZS 06367A XV 06367B ZS 06367B XS 06367
NP008VD NP008VD
To Drain
System ZSO ZLO XV XL XS XL XS XA XS XA XS XA XS XA XS XA XM/144AJ XM/144BJ XM/144CJ
Viscosity
XZ KBD XZ KBD XS XL XS XA Valve Position Valve Command Local/Remote Warning Alarm Feed-Backfail Override Critical Alarm Held Position Fail
Command Too VT VI H
NP/250VR ZSO06250 XV 06250 XS 06250A XS 06250B XS 06250C Long XS 06250E XS 06250F VT 06334 VT 06348 VT 06362
Start Stop Running Not Available NP/251VR ZSO06251 XV 06251 XS 06251A XS 06251B XS 06251C XS 06251E XS 06251F L
NP/252VR ZSO06252 XV 06252 XS 06252A XS 06252B XS 06252C XS 06252E XS 06252F
XD/144AA XZ 06324A XZ 06324B XS 06324A XS 06324B TT TI
NP/253VR ZSO06253 XV 06253 XS 06253A XS 06253B XS 06253C XS 06253E XS 06253F TT 06334 TT 06348 TT 06362
XD/144AB XZ 06325A XZ 06325B XS 06325A XS 06325B
NP/254VR ZSO06254 XV 06254 XS 06254A XS 06254B XS 06254C XS 06254E XS 06254F
XD/144AD XZ 06327A XZ 06327B XS 06327A XS 06327B
NP/255VR ZSO06255 XV 06255 XS 06255A XS 06255B XS 06255C XS 06255E XS 06255F
XD/144AE XZ 06328A XZ 06328B XS 06328A XS 06328B
XD/144BA XZ 06338A XZ 06338B XS 06338A XS 06338B XS XA
XS 06335 XS 06349 XS 06363
XD/144BB XZ 06339A XZ 06339B XS 06339A XS 06339B ZSO ZLO XV XL XS XL XS XA XS XA XS XA XS XA XS XA
XD/144BD XZ 06341A XZ 06341B XS 06341A XS 06341B Proc. Failure
XD/144BE XZ 06342A XZ 06342B XS 06342A XS 06342B Override
Valve Position Valve Command Local/Remote Warning Alarm Feed-Backfail Critical Alarm Held Position Fail
XD/144CA XZ 06352A XZ 06352B XS 06352A XS 06352B Command Too XS XA
XD/144CB XZ 06353A XZ 06353B XS 06353A XS 06353B NP/256VR ZSO06256 XV 06256 XS 06256A XS 06256B XS 06256C Long XS 06256E XS 06256F XS 06336 XS 06350 XS 06364
XD/144CD XZ 06355A XZ 06355B XS 06355A XS 06355B NP/257VR ZSO06257 XV 06257 XS 06257A XS 06257B XS 06257C XS 06257E XS 06257F
XD/144CE XZ 06356A XZ 06356B XS 06356A XS 06356B NP/258VR ZSO06258 XV 06258 XS 06258A XS 06258B XS 06258C XS 06258E XS 06258F Sys. Failure
Reference Shipyard Drawing - Diesel Engines HFO GO Feeding Systems A5 D350 265A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.1 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
No.2 Engine Group Tank System Diesel Generator Engine Fuel Preparation Module (For Each Module) Note: The above valves and items are part of the fuel preparation modules
Position Description Valve for each engine pair and the valves are normally not individually numbered.
Position Description
Open Starboard HFO service tank quick closing valve 109VX Care must be taken to ensure that the correct valves are opened as required.
Open No.1 fuel feed pump suction valve
Open Starboard HFO service tank line valve 005VD Open No.1 fuel feed pump discharge valves
Note: The heater drain and steam inlet valves must be opened when heated
Open Starboard HFO service tank line valve 257VR Open No.2 fuel feed pump suction valve fuel is required and a check made to ensure that the correct temperature is
Closed HFO tank crossover valve 258VR Open No.2 fuel feed pump discharge valves being maintained by the viscometer.
Set Engine fuel line back pressure valve (set at 7 bar) 018VD Set Inlet duplex filter valves (x2)
Open Engine fuel line back pressure inlet/outlet valves 080VD Set Feed pump pressure control valve All items in the fuel preparation module must be fully vented and be full of fuel
(x2) before a fuel module is put into service.
Open Flow meter inlet valve
Closed Engine fuel line back pressure bypass valve 080VD
Open Flow meter outlet valve c) The following valves must be set for each diesel generator
Set Engine return valve (to buffer tank) 254VR
Closed Flow meter bypass valve engine. The valve numbering differs for the forward/aft engine
Set Engine line return 3-way valve (starboard tank) 009VX
Set Flow meter pressure control valve groups but the valve descriptions are as below.
Set Module line return 3-way valve (starboard tank) 251VR
Open Buffer tank quick-closing outlet valve
Open Starboard service tank inlet valve 012VD Position Description Valve
Open Buffer tank return valve from engines (set to buffer tank)
Open Auto filter outlet to sludge tank 021VD Open Engine supply fuel flow meter inlet valve
Set Engine return pressure control valve
Closed Auto filter vent Open Engine supply fuel flow meter outlet valve
Operational Light fuel cooler temperature control valve
Closed MDO return valve 010VD Closed Engine supply fuel flow meter bypass valve
Open Buffer tank overflow valves to HFO service tank
Open Buffer tank excess fuel return inlet valve Open Engine fuel rail inlet quick-closing valve
No.3 Engine Group Tank System Operational Buffer tank excess fuel return solenoid valve Closed Engine fuel filter drain/vent valves
Position Description Valve Closed Buffer tank excess fuel return bypass valve Set Engine fuel rail outlet pressure control valve
Open Port HFO service tank quick-closing valve 013VX Set Buffer tank excess fuel return relief valve Open Engine outlet fuel flow meter inlet valve
Open Port HFO service tank line valve 006VD Set Buffer tank excess fuel pressure control valve Open Engine outlet fuel flow meter outlet valve
Open Port HFO service tank line valve 259VR Open Booster pump suction filter inlet/outlet valves (x2) Closed Engine outlet fuel flow meter bypass valve
Closed Starboard HFO service tank line valve 260VD Closed Booster pump suction filter bypass valve
Set Engine fuel line back pressure valve (set 7 bar) 032VD Open No.1 fuel booster pump suction valve d) Supply trace heating to all HFO lines.
Open Engine fuel line back pressure inlet/outlet valves 079VD Open No.1 fuel booster pump discharge valves
(x2) e) Turn the power on the EPC 50 control unit. Open the steam
Open No.2 fuel booster pump suction valve supply to the HFO heaters and open the condensate drains.
Closed Engine fuel line back pressure bypass valve 079VD
Open No.2 fuel booster pump discharge valves
Set Engine return valve (to buffer tank) 255VR
Set Automatic filter inlet valve (to auto filter) f) Set the filter to AUTO operation and the regulating valve to
Set Engine line return three-way valve (port tank) 016VX EPC operation. Press the START pushbutton on the EPC 50
Set Automatic filter outlet valve (to auto filter)
Set Module line return three-way valve (port tank) 252VR panel. Turn on the individual isolators for each pump and set
Open No.1 heater inlet valve
Open Port service tank inlet valve 010VD them to REMOTE operation.
Open No.1 heater outlet valve
Open Auto filter outlet to sludge tank 021VD
Open No.2 heater inlet valve
Closed Auto filter vent Note: The FO module may be operated locally by changing the pumps to
Open No.2 heater outlet valve EPC control.
Open Viscometer inlet valve
Note: The sludge valves on the service tanks should be operated daily in
Open Viscometer outlet valve g) At the IMACS, start one fuel feed pump and one booster pump
order to remove any water which has settled out from the oil in the tank.
Closed Viscometer bypass valve and select the other feed and booster pumps for standby duty.
Set HFO/MGO three-way valve XH/144A (for HFO operation)
Set Heater outlet pressure relief valves (x2)
Closed Buffer tank drain valve
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.1 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
h) Circulate HFO through the engine system and check that the c) Open the quick closing suction valve and the line valve on When returning the fuel preparation module to normal service, an engine in
viscometer regulates the steam supply to the fuel oil (FO) heater the MGO service tank. There is one line for fuel preparation that system may be started on MGO and the change made to HFO operation
in order to maintain the correct fuel temperature. When the modules No.1 and No.2 (valves NP015VX and NP016VD) when the engine has warmed up and is running normally off load. The
engine fuel system is at the correct temperature, the engine may and a separate line for No.3 fuel preparation module (Valves procedure for changing to HFO operation is the reverse of that for changing
be started. NP014VX and NP012VD). Line isolating valve NP011VD for to MGO operation. Care must be taken when undertaking this operation not
No.1 fuel preparation module or line isolating valve NP011VD to contaminate the MGO service tank with HFO. The quick-closing and line
i) The fuel passing to the engine will be a mixture of recirculated for No.2 fuel preparation module must also be opened as outlet valves from the selected HFO service tank are opened and the locally
FO and FO from the service tank but the actual amount of fuel required. Press the supply line three-way changeover valve operated three-way valve on the fuel preparation module turned so that fuel is
used will be indicated by the difference between the engine inlet pushbutton on the EPC 50 unit to supply MGO rather than taken from the HFO service tank. Trace heating is started and steam is supplied
and outlet flow meters. HFO. The unit will display the question ‘Change Oil Mode?’, to the heater. The viscometer should be started and it will then control the fuel
press ‘+’ to start the change over. oil temperature to give the correct viscosity.
Procedure for Operating the Diesel Generator Engines on d) Shut off the trace heating. When the engine is operating in a stable condition with the fuel preparation
Marine Gas Oil module filled with HFO, the diesel generator engine may be put on load. When
The operating engine will gradually use the HFO in the fuel preparation system one engine supplied by a fuel preparation module is running on HFO, the fuel
Under normal circumstances, the engines will be operated, stopped and started and this will be replaced by MGO from the selected MGO service tank. The system of the other associated engine will also be fully charged with HFO as
on HFO but it is sometimes advantageous to shut down the system with marine HFO will gradually be diluted by MGO entering the system. A check must be the fuel is circulated through the engine system at all times.
gas oil (MGO) in the lines in order to ease maintenance. kept on the engine for instability in operation. The fuel viscometer under the
control of the EPC 50 unit will automatically adjust the steam supply to the Note: Prior to opening the suction valve from any tank, the sludge valve
Both engines in any of the three diesel generator pairs must be operated at the heater as the viscosity of the fuel in the preparation system falls as more MGO should be operated in order to remove any water/sludge from the tank. This is
same time on MGO as the fuel preparation module is either supplied with HFO enters the system. If there is any sign of unstable operation it may be necessary an important aspect of fuel tank operation as water in the fuel being supplied
or MGO. A change from HFO to MGO operation, or vice versa, is made by to bypass the viscometer and manually operate the heater steam supply, to the engine can have a detrimental effect on performance and even cause
changing over the three-way valve at the fuel oil module. Precautions must be shutting it off. The other engine supplied by that fuel preparation module will the engine to stop in extreme situations. Whilst a tank system is operating
observed when changing over from HFO to MGO, or vice versa, in order to also have its fuel system flushed through and this will gradually change from (filling from the purifier and being used for an operating engine), the sludge
ensure that the engine operates correctly. Rapid temperature changes can cause HFO to MGO. valve should be operated at least daily.
poor atomisation and damage at the fuel pumps and injectors.
If necessary, it is possible to change an engine to MGO operation whilst still
Ideally, a change between HFO and MGO should be made whilst one of the on load but there can be problems of unstable operation due to the varying fuel
engines supplied by that fuel preparation module is operating but it is possible viscosity. Ideally, the fuel preparation module should be changed from HFO to
to flush through the fuel system with MGO if the engines have been stopped MGO when the running engine is off load.
with HFO in the system
e) After about 15 minutes of operation, the fuel system of the
There is one MGO service tank from which MGO is taken. Excess MGO engines supplied by that fuel preparation module should be
returns to this tank when the engines associated with a fuel preparation module completely charged with MGO and the running engine can be
are operating on MGO. shut down. Because fuel is circulated through the fuel system
of an engine even when it is not running, the fuel system of the
The procedure described below assumes that one engine supplied by a particular stopped engine will be gradually changed to MGO at the same
fuel preparation module is actually running and that it is to be charged with time.
MGO before being shut down.
If the engines supplied by a particular fuel preparation module are to be run
a) Remove the load from the engine which is to be shut down. on MGO for any period of time, the return fuel from the engine(s) and the fuel
module must be redirected to the MGO service tank to prevent the associated
b) Ensure that there is sufficient fuel in the MGO service tank and HFO service tank from becoming diluted with MGO. This is carried out by
sludge the tank to remove any water. redirecting the three-way return valves (x2) for that system to the MGO service
tank, whilst ensuring that the return valve on the MGO tank (NP013VD)
is open, the return line valve to the MGO tank from that system is open
(NP010VD or NP012VD) and that the return inlet valve to the HFO service
tank for that system (NP010VD, NP011VD or NP012VD) is also closed.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.1 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.6.2a Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier System
65
65 NP069VD
65
65
NP101VD
65
65 65
Compressed Air Distilled Water Compressed Air Distilled Water Compressed Air Distilled Water Compressed Air Distilled Water NP0 NP0 NP1
NP058VD
69VD 69VD 02VD
PI PI PI PI
To Sludge To Sludge To Sludge To Sludge
Pump Pump Pump Pump
PT PI PT PI PT PI PT PI
PT MT PT MT PT MT PT MT
PT PI YT ST PT PI YT ST PT PI YT ST PT PI YT ST
TT TT TT TT
XD/ XD/ XD/ XD/
TT TT TT TT 65 65
142CB 142CA 142AB 142AA
NP0 NP0 NP0 NP0
Steam TT Steam TT Steam TT Steam TT
69VD 69VD 69VD 69VD
Sludge Tank Sludge Tank Sludge Tank Sludge Tank
XD/142CG XD/142CH XD/142AG XD/142AH 100 100
XD/ XD/ XD/ XD/
XA/142C XA/142A
142CD 142CD 142AC 142AD
100 100
100
NP0 NP0 NP0 NP0 NP0 NP0
NP056VD NP056VD
58VD 61VD 57VD 57VD 61VD 58VD
LA LS LA LS
06043 06043 06042 06042
LIA H
06005 HFO Service
LT LIA H LT LIA H Tank No.19
NP070VD NP054VD LT 06014 06014 06010 06010 (Starboard 99.1m3)
L L
06005 1150
NP114VD NP114VD NP115VD NP115VD H
HFO Service HFO Settling LIA LT
Tank No.16 Tank No.17 HFO Settling 06001
06001
Fuel Oil Purifier Feed Fuel Oil Purifier Feed (Port 92m3) 1220 (Port 147.2m3) Tank No.18
XD/ Pumps XD/ XD/ Pumps XD/ (Starboard 158.2m3)
142CF 142CE 142AF 142AE LS LA 1230 LA LS
H 1140
LIA LT Sludge Tank 06006 06006 06002 06002
06012 06012
L L
L 1200
LI LI LI LI
Tank
NP112VD NP112VD Steam NP113VD NP113VD
Heating
65 65 65 65
Key NP051VX NP050VX
Heavy Fuel Oil To
Transfer
Steam NP053VD NP052VD
Pumps
Sludge (See Illus. 6.6.1a)
100 100
Distilled Water
NP058VD
Condensate
Compressed Air NP058VD
NOTE: For Separator Instrumentation, Please Refer To Illustration 2.6.3a
Electrical Signal NP058VD
100
Instrumentation NP058VD Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D350 265 B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.6.2 Fuel Oil Purifier System It is possible to take dirty HFO from one settling tank and pump the purified The ALCAP separator bowl operates as a clarifier and water is only removed
HFO to the service tank on the other side of the ship. Service tanks are filled during a sludge discharge or by opening the water drain valve by the control
as required and this depends upon which diesel generator engines are running. system. The large bowl size, longer discharge interval and accurate control
Heavy Fuel Oil Purifiers
Normal practise is to supply No.1 and No.2 diesel generator engines from of the discharge process reduces the loss of oil during the sludge discharge
Ref. Number: XA/142AA/AB/CA/CB the port service tank and No.3 and No.4 diesel generator engines from the operation and as the separator acts like a clarifier, no gravity disc is fitted.
Maker: Alfa Laval starboard service tank, however, there is a crossover valve which allows either
Type: Self-cleaning centrifugal tank to supply either pair of engines. No.5 and No.6 diesel generator engines The purifier is controlled locally from the control cabinet. A selector switch
may be supplied from either HFO service tank as required. allows for manual (MAN), automatic (AUT) or cleaning in place (CIP)
Model: SU870 double module
modes. In automatic mode, the EPC-50 has control of the feed pump, heater
No. of sets: 4 The purifiers are designed to operate continuously if necessary but the and vibration monitor. A cover interlock is fitted which prevents operation
Capacity: 5,500 litres/h each unit throughput should be controlled to a rate at which maximum separation should the cover not be correctly fitted. With the switch in the CIP position,
efficiency is obtained. Excess HFO in the service tank overflows to the it is possible to operate the separator without the feed pump for maintenance
associated settling tank; this allows the purifier to be operated continuously purposes only.
Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier Supply Pumps and reduces the number of starts and stops required. Normally one purifier
in each set will be operated. The purifiers are of the self-cleaning type and
Ref. Number: XA/142AE/AF//CE/CF WARNING
the bowls automatically open to discharge sludge at timed intervals. Parallel
Maker: IMO operation of the two purifiers allows for reduced throughput and this means Care must be taken when operating the purifier systems. Hot oil and
Type: Vertical screw more effective separation of solids and water from the HFO and is useful if the steam are present and can result in serious injury if leakage occurs.
HFO contains appreciable quantities of water. There is a fire risk from the presence of hot oil and all precautions must
Model: ACP 032N
be taken to prevent a fire and to deal with one should an outbreak occur.
No. of sets: 4 Centrifugal separation is improved when the differences in relative density The extinguishing systems must be checked frequently.
Capacity: 5,500 litres/h 4 bar between the fuel, water and solids in the fuel are as great as possible and
Rating: 690V, 1.8kW at 3,400 rpm the difference in relative densities can be increased if the temperature of the CAUTION
fuel being treated is raised. Manufacturers’ recommendations with respect to Centrifuges operate on an automatic sludging system but failure of the
operating temperatures should always followed. The temperature of the fuel system to effectively discharge sludge can cause overload and subsequent
Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier Pneumatic Sludge Transfer Pumps flowing to the separators can be adjusted by means of the thermostat control breakdown of the bowl arrangement which rotates at high speed. After
Ref. Number: XA/142AG/AH/CG/CH on the heater control unit. manual cleaning, care is needed to ensure that the bowl is assembled
Maker: Alfa Laval correctly as incorrect assembly can result in disintegration at high
No. of sets: 4 Purifier Control System rotational speeds. All operating and maintenance precautions stipulated
by the manufacturer in the maintenance manual must be observed.
The EPC-50 control unit supervises the separation system. A temperature
transmitter at the unit inlet measures the oil temperature. A pressure transmitter The HFO purifiers require air and fresh water supplies for control and bowl
Introduction provides an inlet pressure signal and a pneumatically controlled changeover operation/flushing. These systems are covered in section 2.5.2, Instrument
valve recirculates oil until the separator operates. A pressure transmitter on the and Working Air System and 6.3.5, Non-Potable Water System in Machinery
There are separate purifier systems for heavy fuel oil (HFO) and marine diesel oil outlet side measures the outlet pressure and a water transducer measures the
oil (MGO). Spaces.
change in water content of the cleaned oil. A regulating valve allows manual
regulation of the backpressure in the clean oil outlet. A pressure transmitter on
For the centrifugal separation of HFO there are two double purifier systems, Note: System valves for tanks, etc, must be set locally but the separators and
the water discharge side measures the pressure in the water drain outlet. The
one double purifier unit is fitted in the aft purifier room and the other double the separator supply pumps may be started and stopped locally or from the
transmitters send their signals to the control unit.
purifier unit is fitted in the forward purifier room. The purifiers in a unit are IMACS in the ECR. There are emergency stop pushbuttons located beside
fitted on a common skid which incorporates a sludge tank for each unit. The the units.
The system operates on the ALCAP principle which reacts to an increase in
heater and control system are also located on the skid. water content in the clean oil discharge. The EPC-50 control unit provides for
the removal of water from the separator bowl by opening the drain valve or via
The double purifier systems consist of two purifiers with an associated control the discharge ports in the bowl during a sludge discharge. The method of water
system, steam heater and purifier feed pump with suction strainer. All fuel oil removal is selected by the EPC-50 depending upon the water content. Initially,
lines are trace heated. A sludge pump discharges sludge from the system sludge the drain valve is opened to remove water. If the water content still increases,
tank to the main sludge tank. There are two sets of HFO settling and service the drain valve reopens. After five openings of the drain valve, a sludge
tanks, one settling and one service tank in each set; one set on the port side and discharge cycle is initiated. If the water content of the oil discharge returns
one set on the starboard side. Either purifier system may be used with any set to normal after the sludge discharge, the operation of the separator returns to
of settling and service tanks. normal. A sludge discharge takes place normally at preset time intervals.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Preparation for the Operation of the Heavy Fuel Oil Purifying Position Description Valve n) Operating information may be displayed for various parameters
System by pressing the + pushbutton until the required parameter is
Open Recirculation line valve to port HFO settling tank 058VD
shown on the display.
Closed Recirculation line valve to stbd HFO settling tank 069VD
Both HFO purifier systems are identical. The description below is typical and
describes No.1 purifier system (XD/142AA/AB purifiers) operating on the port Open Inlet valve to port HFO settling tanks 056VD o) The sludge pump will operate as dictated by the tank level
HFO settling and service tanks. Purifiers XD/142AA/AB may also be set to switches through the EPC50 control unit.
operate on the starboard settling and service tanks if required: Procedure for Operating the Purifier
Automatic Operation
a) Ensure that the settling tank contains HFO in sufficient quantity a) Open the instrument air supply to the purifier to be used.
and at the correct temperature to enable the separator to function The system may be run automatically after the first manual start-up. To achieve
correctly. The settling tank filling system should normally be set this, the steps below are carried out replacing steps from item g) above.
b) Ensure the purifier is free to rotate.
to automatic filling.
g) Turn the mode selector switch to the AUT position.
c) Ensure the bowl is securely fixed and that the cover is tightened
b) Check and record the level of oil in all fuel tanks. correctly. h) At the operator panel, press the SEPARATION pushbutton.
c) Open the self-closing test cock on the HFO settling tank, closing d) Check the purifier oil level.
it again when any water has drained. i) Answer the questions indicated on the display by pressing the +
pushbutton for ‘Yes’ or the - pushbutton for ‘No’.
e) Check the strainers are clean.
d) All valves in the separator system are to be initially closed.
j) When the questions have been answered satisfactorily,
f) Slowly open the steam supply to the heater. an automatic system calibration is carried out and when
e) Open the valves, as indicated in the table below, to take suction
from the port HFO settling tank discharge to the port HFO this is successful, the separation process will start and run
g) Select the MAN position at the selector switch. The first start- automatically.
service tank. up must always be carried out manually.
All valves are prefixed with ‘NP’ Note: The manufacturer’s manual covering the operation of the separation
h) Start the feed pump from the pump starter. The oil flow may be
Position Description Valve system must be consulted regarding operation of the system and the operator
read from the panel display. If necessary, set the required flow
panel display parameters. No part of the operating control system or the
Open Port HFO settling tank quick-closing suction valve 051VX using the flow regulating valve.
parameters should be changed without good reason
Open Port HFO settling tank line suction valve 053VD
i) Switch on the electric heating from the operating panel.
Closed Port HFO settling tank line valve to transfer pump
Closed Crossover valve to starboard tanks 058VD
Procedure for Stopping the Purifier
j) Press the SEPARATION pushbutton to activate the EPC-50.
Open Line valve to No.1 purifier system 058VD a) Stop the system by pressing the SEPARATION pushbutton on
Open No.1 purifier pump suction valve 113VD k) Before the separator can be started, the display asks a number of the operator panel. The stop sequence is initiated and a bowl
Open No.1 purifier pump discharge valve 115VD questions which must be answered. A ‘Yes’ answer is indicated sludge discharge is initiated.
by pressing the + pushbutton and a ‘No’ answer by pressing the
Open No.2 purifier pump suction valve 113VD
- pushbutton. The separator will commence the shutdown and stop sequence.
Open No.2 purifier pump discharge valve 115VD
Closed Pump discharge crossover valve 054VD l) When all questions have been answered, press the separator b) On completion of the stop sequence, isolate the purifier
Set Purifier system valves START pushbutton. electrically if the purifier is to be dismantled for cleaning.
Open Heater inlet valve
Open Heater outlet valve m) When the separator has reached the correct speed and the oil is at c) Shut off the water supplies.
the required temperature (HFO at 98°C or MGO at 40°C) press
Operational Three-way recirculation valve
the SEPARATION start/stop pushbutton to start the separation d) Shut all valves.
Open Purifier outlet valve process. When the separator is at full speed, ‘Standby’ is
Open Purifier system outlet valve to service tanks 101VD shown on the operator panel display. The oil temperature may As all the purifiers are identical, the procedure for operating any of them on
Open Line valve to port service tank 069VD be displayed by pressing the operator panel + button until their respective pair of HFO tanks is identical. Cross-connection valves on
Open Inlet valve to port HFO service tank 058VD ‘TT1’ is shown in the display. Make a final adjustment of the the suction, discharge and recirculation lines are available in the unlikely
backpressure as necessary. event that both purifiers are unavailable in one module. This would allow any
Closed Purifier system line valve to starboard service tank 069VD
purifier to operate on either pair of HFO tanks.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Operation of No.1 Purifier System (XD/142AA/AB) Operating Purifier Sludge System
on the Starboard Heavy Fuel Oil Settling and Service Tanks Each purifier system has a sludge tank built into the base frame and bowl
sludgings are discharged to this tank. The sludge tanks are fitted with a steam
The procedure for purifier operation on the opposite tanks is exactly the same heating coil and the steam should be constantly supplied to the sludge tank in
as for purifier operation on their designated local tanks except for the tank order to maintain the sludge in a low viscosity condition. Each purifier sludge
valve settings. The purifier package valves are set as required for the previous tank has a sludge transfer pump and this is used to pump the contents of the
example. The description below assumes that No.1 purifier system is operating purifier sludge tank to the main sludge tank. Once the purifier is in operation,
on the starboard HFO settling and service tanks. Purifier system valves will this pump is under the control of the EPC-50 unit.
be set as before:
All valves are prefixed with ‘NP’
Position Description Valve
Open Starboard HFO settling tank quick-closing 050VX
suction valve
Open Starboard HFO settling tank line suction valve 052VD
Closed Starboard HFO settling tank line valve to
transfer pump
Open Crossover valve to port tanks 058VD
Closed Line valve to No.2 purifier system 058VD
Open Purifier system outlet valve to service tanks 101VD
Closed Line valve to port service tank 069VD
Open Inlet valve to starboard HFO service tank 058VD
Open Purifier system line valve to starboard service tank 069VD
Closed Recirculation line valve to port HFO settling tank 058VD
Open Recirculation line valve to starboard HFO settling 069VD
tank
Open Inlet valve to starboard HFO settling tanks 056VD
Note: Normally, a service tank will overflow to the associated settling tank
but either service tank may be made to overflow to the opposite settling tank
should that be necessary. In this case, the inlet valve to the opposite settling
tank must be open and the crossover valve between the settling tank inlet
overflow valves must be open.
Purifier Discharge System
The discharge system from both purifier systems (recirculation and outlet) can
be configured to allow any purifier to discharge to any service tank. Normally
the system valves are set for normal operation and will not require adjustment.
However, if it is necessary to adjust the discharge system for any reason,
careful attention should be paid to the diagram above to ensure that the desired
result is achievable given current purifier configuration.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.6.3a Gas Oil Purifier System
HFO Purifier Instrumentation (Refer to Illustration 2.6.2a)
XA/142A XA/142C
25 SIGNAL VIA
SLUDGE PUMPS
SERIAL LINK
SLUDGE SECT SLUDGE SECT
XS XL
XS 06536A XS 06576A
Compressed Air
SLUDGE PUMP RUNNING
Fresh Water Supply
FI PS
15 XA/142A XA/142C
SIGNAL VIA
LAT
HFO PURIFIERS
1
TT TT TS PI 25 SERIAL LINK
XD/142AA XD/142AB XD/142CA XD/142CB
TI XS XL
XS 06521A XS 06521B XS 06561A XS 06561B
XA/159 SEPARATOR MOTOR RUNNING
Heater
Gas Oil XD/159C SIGNAL VIA
DO PURIFIER XS XA
Purifier SERIAL LINK XS 06522A XS 06522B XS 06562A XS 06562B
XD/159A
XD/159A
M
25 SEPARATOR MOTOR FAILURE
XS XL
XS 06581 XS XA
Drain/Vent
SEPARATOR MOTOR RUNNING XS 06524A XS 06524B XS 06564A XS 06564B
Condensate SEPARATOR COMMON ALARM
XS XA
Steam XS 06582 ZSO ZLO
SEPARATOR MOTOR FAILURE ZSO 06525A ZSO 06525B ZSO 06565A ZSO 06565B
FEED VALVE OPENED
XS XA
XS 06584 ZSO ZLO
XH159C SEPARATOR COMMON ALARM ZSO 06528A ZSO 06528B ZS 06568A ZSO 06568B
LA
06044 WASTE DISCHARGE VALVE OPENED
XD/159B ZSO ZLO
Gas Oil ZSO 06585 PS PA
Purifier LS PS 06530A PS 06530B PS 06570A PS 06570B
054VX FEED VALVE OPENED L
06044
Feed Pump DISCHARGE PRESSURE LOW
PS PA
L PS 06590 PS PA H
DISCHARGE PRESSURE LOW PS 06531A PS 06531B PS 06571A PS 06571B
XH159A MGO Settling MGO Service
Tank (30.6m3) Tank (30.6m3) DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH
Key 0109 0119 TI TA H
052VD TT 06532AA TT 06532BA TT 06572AA TT 06572BA
Gas Oil LIA H
TEMPERATURE HIGH/LOW
LIA H 06007
L
Steam 06009 XS XA
L XS 06533A XS 06533B XS 06573A XS 06573B
LT
Distilled Water LT 06007 SLUDGE DISCHARGE FAILURE
32 06009
Condensate LA H LS LA HH
06008
LS 06534 LS 06574
LI L
Compressed Air SLUDGE TANK LEVEL HIGH
LS
Electrical Sgnal 06008
To Transfer Pumps
Instrumentation
051VD
32
All System Valves
are Prefixed 'NL'
Unless Stated
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D350 265 B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.3 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.6.3 gas Oil Purifier System c) Open the self-closing test cock on the MGO settling tank, i) Start the purifier supply pump. Oil will bypass the purifier,
closing it again when any water has drained. returning to the pump suction through the three-way recirculating
control cock.
Gas Oil Purifier
d) All valves in the separator system are to be initially closed.
Ref. Number: XA/159 j) MGO will now be circulating through the heater and returning
Maker: Alfa Laval e) Set valves, as indicated in the table below, to take suction from to the pump suction.
Type: Centrifugal the MGO settling tank discharge to the MGO service tank.
k) Start the purifier and allow it to run up to normal speed. During
Model: MAB 104S-11
All valves are prefixed with ‘NL’ the run up period, check for abnormal noise and vibration.
No. of sets: 1 When the purifier ammeter has the lowest steady reading, the
Position Description Valve
Capacity: 2,000 litres/h bowl is operating at its normal speed.
Open MGO settling tank quick-closing suction valve
Open MGO settling tank line valve to MGDO purifier 051VD
l) Open the water supply valve to the purifier and fill the purifier
Gas Oil Purifier Supply Pump Closed MGO settling tank line valve to transfer pump bowl until water discharges from the water discharge outlet.
Ref. Number: XA/159B Open Purifier supply pump suction valve XH159A
Open Purifier supply pump discharge valve XH159C m) When the purifier is up to speed and the MGO is at the required
Maker: IMO
Open Purifier supply pump recirculation valve 052VD temperature, start the purification process by moving the
Model: ACP 032L product solenoid valve switch to position ‘I’ and allow MGO to
No. of sets: 1 Operational Three-way recirculation valve
the purifier bowl.
Open Purifier outlet valve
Capacity: 2,000 litres/h at 4 bar
Rating: 690V, 1.3kW at 1,750 rpm n) Check the purifier is operating correctly with adequate
Note: The purifier heater steam valves, air supply valves and water supply throughput. Adjust the back pressure in the discharge line to 1.5
valves must be operated as required. bar by means of the discharge throttle valve. Adjust the switch-
Preparation for Purifying Marine Gas Oil (MGO) off pressure to 0.3 bar below the operating pressure.
Procedure for Operating the Purifier o) Ensure that there is no abnormal discharge from the water outlet
There is one MGO purifier and this is manually operated which means that
it operates on a batch purifying principle. It is normally stripped down for or sludge discharge.
a) Open the instrument air supply to the purifier to be used.
cleaning at the end of each purification duty. The MGO purifier has a supply
pump and a heater. Heating of the MGO may still be required in order to ensure The purifier will now operate and batch purify the MGO in the MGO settling
b) Ensure the separator brake is off and the purifier is free to tank. When the MGO service tank is full, the MGO purifier is stopped.
satisfactory separation depending upon the temperature of the MGO in the
rotate.
tank. The temperature control system automatically regulates the steam supply
to the heater to maintain the correct temperature at the inlet to the purifier.
c) Ensure the bowl is correctly assembled with the correct gravity Procedure for Stopping the Purifier
disc for the MGO being purified. Ensure that the cover is
The MGO purifier takes suction from the MGO settling tank and discharges to
tightened correctly. a) At the control cabinet, press the pump STOP pushbutton, the
the MGO service tank. The MGO service tank overflows to the MGO settling
purifier STOP pushbutton and shut off the steam supply (if
tank and so the MGO purifier may be operated without the risk of causing a
d) Check the purifier gearbox oil level. open).
MGO spill.
e) Check the strainers are clean. b) When the purifier has stopped, isolate the purifier electrically if
Procedure for Purifying the Marine Gas Oil Settling Tank the purifier is to be dismantled for cleaning.
f) Supply electrical power to the purifier and the control system
a) Ensure that the MGO settling tank contains MGO in sufficient and ensure that the control system is operating. Reset any c) Shut off the water supplies and shut all valves.
quantity to enable the separator to function correctly. If alarms.
necessary replenish the MGO settling tank using the MGO Note: It is essential that the three-way valves for return to the settling tank
transfer system. g) Slowly open the steam supply to the heater. and for filling the service tank, together with their associated spectacle
blanks, are correctly set otherwise MGO will not flow to the correct tank.
b) Check and record the level of oil in the MGO settling and h) Set the steam temperature control valve to the required set
service tanks. point.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.6.3 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.7.1a Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System NOTE: For Details of the Diesel
No.2 Diesel Control Oil Inlet No.3 Diesel Control Oil Inlet
No.1 Diesel Control Oil Inlet Generator LO System
Generator OL245VD Generator Instrumentation, Please Refer to
Generator OL245VD XD/274B XD/274C Yard Drawing No. A5 D360 267/C
XD/274A Control Oil Control Oil
Pump XD/275BB Pump XD/275CB
OL245VD
XA/193A XA/193B XA/193C
Control Oil
Pump XD/275AB
Lubricating Oil Inlet Lubricating Oil Inlet Lubricating Oil Inlet
OL245VD OL245VD OL245VD
OL032VD OL032VD OL032VD
200 20 20 20
OL006VD OL006VD OL006VD
DPS DPS DPS
20 20 20
OL006VD OL006VD OL006VD
20 20 20
20 20 20
OL0 OL0 OL0
DPA OL006VD OL007VD DPA OL006VD OL007VD DPA OL006VD OL007VD
15VX 15VX 15VX
05601 OL004VF 250 Engine Driven 05602 Engine Driven 05603
250 250
XS Pump XD/274BB XS Pump XD/274CB XS
Engine Driven OL0 OL0 OL005VF OL0 OL005VF
Pump XD/274AB 04VF 250 OL2 05VF 250 OL2 05VF 250 OL2
39VD 41VD 41VD
OL004VF OL005VF OL005VF
OL007VD
20 XD 20 XD 20 XD
05611 05612 05613
OL006VD OL006VD OL007VD OL006VD OL007VD
20 20
20
OL006VD OL006VD OL006VD
M M M
250 250 300 250 250 250 250 300 250 250
200 200 250 200 200 OL070VX OL004VD OL071VX OL005VD OL072VX OL005VD
OL004VD OL005VD OL005VD
XA/195A XA/195B XA/195C
Lubricating Lubricating Lubricating
OL010VD
Oil Cooler OL011VD Oil Cooler OL011VD Oil Cooler
50 50
OL006VD
OL032VD OL024VD OL006VD OL024VD OL006VD
Prelubricating Pump Prelubricating Pump Prelubricating Pump
OL032VD OL024VD OL024VD
XD/274AC XD/274BC XD/274CC
OL002VF OL003VF OL003VF
OL006VD 20
OL006VD 20
OL006VD 20
OL0 OL006VD OL014VX OL239VD OL0 OL006VD OL016VX OL0 OL006VD OL016VX
20 20 OL241VD 20 OL241VD
13VX 12VX 12VX
3202 1P 3012 2C 3022 3C
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil
Sump Tank Sump Tank Sump Tank
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.1 - Page 1 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.7.1b Generator Engine Lubricating Oil System NOTE: For Details of the Diesel
No.5 Diesel Control Oil Inlet No.6 Diesel Control Oil Inlet
No.4 Diesel Control Oil Inlet Generator LO System
Generator OL245VD Generator Instrumentation, Please Refer to
Generator OL245VD
XD/274E Control Oil
XD/274F Control Oil Yard Drawing No. A5 D360 267/C
XD/274D
Pump XD/275EB Pump XD/275FB
XA/193D XA/193E OL245VD XA/193F
Control Oil
Pump XD/275DB
Lubricating Oil Inlet Lubricating Oil Inlet Lubricating Oil Inlet
OL245VD OL245VD OL245VD
OL032VD
OL032VD OL032VD
200 20 200 20 200 20
OL006VD OL006VD OL006VD
DPS DPS DPS
20 20 20
OL006VD OL006VD OL006VD
20 20 20
20 20 20
OL0 OL0 OL0
DPA OL006VD OL007VD DPA OL018VD OL019VD DPA OL018VD OL019VD
15VX 15VX 15VX
05604 05605 05606
250 Engine Driven 250 Engine Driven 250
XS Pump XD/274EB XS Pump XD/274FB XS
OL0 OL004VF OL0 OL005VF OL0 OL005VF
Engine Driven 04VF 05VF 05VF
Pump XD/274DB 250 OL2 250 OL2 250 OL2
39VD 41VD 41VD
OL004VF OL005VF OL005VF
20 XD 20 XD 20 XD
05614 05615 05616
OL006VD OL007VD OL018VD OL019VD OL018VD OL019VD
OL006VD OL006VD 20 OL006VD 20
40
M M M
200 200 250 200 200
OL073VX OL004VD OL005VD OL005VD
250 250 300 250 250 OL074VX 250 250 300 250 250 OL075VX
OL004VD OL005VD OL005VD
XA/195D XA/195E XA/195F
Lubricating Lubricating Lubricating
OL010VD Oil Cooler OL011VD Oil Cooler OL011VD Oil Cooler
50 50
OL032VD OL006VD OL024VD OL006VD OL024VD OL006VD
Prelubricating Pump Prelubricating Pump Prelubricating Pump
OL032VD OL024VD OL024VD
XD/274DC XD/274EC XD/274FC
OL002VF OL003VF OL003VF
OL006VD 20
OL006VD 20
OL006VD 20
OL0 OL006VD OL014VX OL239VD OL0 OL006VD OL0 OL006VD
20 20 OL016VX OL241VD 20 OL016VX OL241VD
13VX 12VX 12VX
3122 4S 3204 5P 3114 6S
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil
Sump Tank Sump Tank Sump Tank
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.1 - Page 2 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.7 Lubricating Oil Systems From the cooler, the lubricating oil passes through a centrifugal filter, then a Position Description Valve
duplex filter before being delivered to the engine. From the engine lubricating
Closed Prelubrication pump discharge bypass valves (x2) 032VD
2.7.1 Diesel Generator Engine Lubricating Oil oil inlet pipe, oil is distributed to various parts of the engine by means of internal
System pipework. The pistons are cooled by oil passing up a bore in the connecting rod Closed Sample handpump isolating valves (x2) 006VD
from the main bearing via bores in the crankshaft. The alternator is supported Open Centrifugal filter inlet valve 004VF
Pre-Lubricating Pumps by two self-contained pedestal bearings. The drive end bearing incorporates Open Centrifugal filter outlet valve 004VF
a thrust bearing. Both bearings incorporate an integral oil circulating pump. Open Centrifugal filter bypass valve 004VF
Ref. Number: XD/274AC/BC/CC/DC/EC/FC
When the shaft is running at normal speed, the fixed discs and scrapers draw
Maker: IMO AB Closed Centrifugal filter drain valve 239VD
lubricating oil from the bearing sump and direct it to the bearing surfaces.
Type: Screw pump, electric drive Open Auto filter drain valves (x2) 006VD
Model: ACF 090N4 IRBO (12 cylinder) Open Control oil pump suction valve 245VD
Control Oil System Open Control oil pump discharge valve 245VD
ACF 080N4 IRBO (8 cylinder)
Open Control oil filter drain valve 032VD
No. of sets: 1 per engine A branch from engine inlet manifold feeds the engine driven (free end) control
oil pump through a pair of duplex filters. From the pump, oil is led to a control Open Filter drain line valve 239VD
Capacity: 1,000 litres/min at 4 bar (12 cylinder)
oil rail which in turn feeds the fuel injectors, the SSVs and the three-way Open Lubricating oil cooler inlet valve 004VD
750 litres/min at 4 bar (8 cylinder)
valves. The control oil rail pressure is regulated by a pressure control valve Open Lubricating oil cooler outlet valve 004VD
which exhausts from the pressure side of the pump to the engine sump. This Closed Lubricating oil cooler vent/drain valves (x2) 006VD
Lubricating Oil Circulating Pumps valve opens at 275 bar, 10% above the 250 bar control oil rail normal working
Operational Three-way temperature controlled valve 070VX
Ref. Number: XD/274AB/BB/CB/DB/EB/FB pressure.
Closed Engine driven pump suction filter drain valve 006VD
Maker: Leistritz Pumpen Gmbh
As this pump is engine driven, there is no control over it. Operation of the
Type: Engine drive, three rotor screw L3NG various users of the control oil system is explained in section 2.2.2 Diesel Note: All engine LO systems are identical, but the valve numbering is done in
No. of sets: 1 per engine Engine Control and Safety System of this manual. pairs. The pairs are No.1 and No.4 (in-line engines), No.2 and No.3 (forward
V12) and No.5 and No.6 (aft V12). Within the pair, the valve numbering is
identical except the LO cooler temperature control valve which is unique
Introduction Procedure for Setting-up and Operating the Diesel Generator Engine
to each engine (070VX through 075VX). However, in all cases, the valve
Lubricating Oil System
Each diesel generator engine has its own self-contained lubrication system descriptions are the same as above.
for the lubrication of engine bearings and cylinders. A prelubrication pump The diesel generator engines are grouped into three pairs for operational
is provided in order to ensure that the bearings are adequately supplied with purposes but each engine has its own lubrication system. The procedure below d) If necessary, raise the temperature of the LO in the engine
lubricating oil (LO) prior to the actual starting of the engine and during the applies to all engines and the only difference is in the valve numbering. sump tank by operating the LO purifier system for that engine.
run down period when the engine is stopping. The prelubrication pump is The LO purifier system should always be operated whenever a
electrically driven and is usually operational at all times, unless the engine is a) Ensure that the lubricating oil level in the diesel generator diesel generator engine is running.
unavailable for starting or is running. This pump stops automatically when the engine sump tank is adequate. If necessary, supply clean LO
engine reaches a predetermined speed and the engine driven pump supplies oil from the storage system (see section 6.6.4, Lubricating Oil e) Supply air to the automatic backwash filter and ensure that the
under pressure. The pump starts when the engine speed falls to a predetermined Transfer and Bunkering System). Check all filters are clean. filter is operational.
level when the engine is shutting down and runs continuously whilst the engine
is on standby. In the event of activation of the emergency shutdown system, the b) Ensure that the diesel generator engine fresh water and sea f) Set the diesel generator engine to STANDBY mode. The
prelubrication pump will also be shut down. The prelubrication pump will also water cooling systems are operating. prelubrication pump should be set for AUTOMATIC operation
restart as part of the sequential restart system following a blackout. so that the prelubrication pump starts when a starting signal of
c) With all valves initially closed, prepare the LO circulation the engine is initiated.
The diesel generator engines are of the dry sump type which means that the system by setting the valves as follows:
lubricating oil falls to a sump tank from which the pumps take suction. The g) When the engine starts, check that the prelubrication pump
sump tank is replenished as necessary using the lubricating oil transfer system All valves are prefixed with ‘OL’ operates and stops when the engine driven pump supplies LO
(see section 6.6.4, Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering System). No.1 Diesel Generator Engine under pressure. When the engine is running, check the LO
Position Description Valve pressures at all parts of the system.
The engine driven LO pump and the prelubrication pump both take suction
from the engine sump LO tank via separate suction lines. The LO pumps Open Prelubrication pump suction valve 002VD
deliver the oil to the automatic backwash filter and the lubricating oil cooler. Open Prelubrication pump discharge valve 010VD
A temperature controlled cooler bypass valve is provided to allow the LO Closed Prelubrication pump suction filter drain valve 006VD
temperature to be maintained at 63°C at inlet to the engine.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.1 - Page 3 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.7.2a Lubricating Oil Purifier System
From Frames 44 - 82 From Frames 82 - 108 From Frames 108 - 124
OL169VD 50
OL169VD
40
50
65
XA/199E 50
80
XM/199EA XM/199EB LIA H
Control Unit Control Unit Sludge Tank (1200)
PI PI L Frames 124 - 132 Renovated LO Tank (3129) OL055VD
Steam
XM/ XM/ LT 60.8 m3
OL028VD Frames 168 - 172 OL234VX
199EC 199EC Cond.
To Sludge To Sludge
Pump Stops 80
Pump Pump
OL XD/199 AD XD/199 DD
032VD XD/199 BD XD/199 EG
PT PI PT PI
XD/199 CD XD/199 EH
Diesel Generator No.1 LO
50
PT MT PT MT Sump Tank (XB/274A) OL025VX 50
OL169VD
PT PI XM/ PT PI XM/
OL031VD 40
199EA 199EB OL024VD
TT TT 40 50
TT TT Sludge Tank TT TT Sludge Tank
50 XA/199A XA/199B
XM/199A XM/199B
XD/ XD/193EG XD/ XD/193EH 50 Control Unit Control Unit
193EC 193ED PI PI
XH199BA OL236VD
40
50 50
OL To Sludge To Sludge
50 170VD LO Purifier Pump
50 Pump Pump
XD/199AC
Diesel Generator No.2 LO 65 80
Sump Tank (XB/274B) PT PI PT PI
OL025VF 65
OL164VD OL238VD OL235VD PT MT PT MT
65
PT PI XM/ PT PI XM/
65 OL026VD 199AA 199BA
65 Diesel Generator OL
No.5 LO OL170VD 166VD TT TT
65OL165VX
Sump Tank (XB/274E) 40 LO Purifier Pump TT TT Sludge Tank TT TT Sludge Tank
OL235VD XH199EA OL164VD
50 XD/199BC
XD/ XD/199AD XD/ XD/199BD
199AB 199BB
65
LO Purifier Pump
XD/199EE
50 40 OL031VD
OL169VD 50
OL235VD XH199EA OL 65 40
50
170VD XA/199C XA/199D
65
Diesel Generator No.3 LO XM/199C XM/199D
LO Purifier Pump Sump Tank (XB/274C) OL165VX Control Unit Control Unit
PI PI
XD/199EF OL164VD
OL165VX Diesel Generator OL170VD
No.6 LO 50
65
OL164VD Sump Tank (XB/274F)
To Sludge To Sludge
Pump Pump
65
OL166VD OL166VD
65 OL235VD PT PI PT PI
XH199CA
Key
65
Lubricating Oil 65 PT MT PT MT
PT PI XM/ PT PI XM/
OL032VD LO Purifier Pump 199CA 199DA
Compressed Air TT TT
XK/199CC
50 Diesel Generator No.4 LO TT TT Sludge Tank TT TT Sludge Tank
Condensate Sump Tank (XB/274D) OL025VX 50
Distilled Water OL236VD XD/ XD/199CD XD/ XD/199DD
OL024VD OL237VD
50 199CB 199DB
OL166VD 40
Electrical Signal OL
026VD
Instrumentation LO Purifier Pump
XK/199DC 50
All System Valves Are 65
Prefixed With 'OL'
OL030VD 65 From LO Storage Tanks Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D360 267 A
(See Illus. 6.6.4a)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purifier System CAUTION Note: All purifier systems are identical save valve numbering. All four
Care should be taken if a purifier is used to purify LO in the renovated forward engines have individual valve numbering systems, whereas the aft
Lubricating Oil Purifiers LO tank in order to prevent contamination of the oil in the engine sumps. two engines valve numbering is identical. Please refer to illustration 2.7.2a
Although water and solids are removed from the LO during operation above for details.
Ref. Number: XD/199AA/AB/BA/BB/CA/CB
of the purifier this is not so for chemical contaminants or bacteria.
Maker: Alfa Laval Frequent tests should be carried out on all lubricating oil systems and a) Open the instrument air supply to the purifier to be used.
Type: Self-cleaning centrifugal any oil which is seriously contaminated must be replaced.
Model: SU840 b) Ensure the purifier is free to rotate.
No. of sets: 6 The purifiers automatically discharge sludge from the bowl to the sludge tank
at timed intervals or when water/sludge is detected in the discharge. Purifier c) Ensure the bowl is securely fixed and that the cover is tightened
Capacity: 2,800 litres/h correctly.
heaters are supplied with steam, the flow of which is regulated to maintain
the correct temperature. The purifiers have their own control system which
is similar to that for the fuel oil purifiers (see section 2.6.2, Fuel Oil Purifier d) Check the purifier oil level.
Lubricating Oil Purifier Supply Pumps
System). The purifiers operate as clarifiers with water and sludge being
Ref. Number: XD/199AE/AF/BE/BF/CE/CF detected by the monitoring system. Sludging takes place at timed intervals e) Check the strainers are clean.
Maker: IMO unless the water and sludge monitoring systems detect high levels of water or
Type: Electrically driven sludge, in which case an immediate water or sludge release takes place. f) Slowly open the steam supply to the heater.
Model: ACP 032N
g) Select the MAN position at the selector switch. The first start-
No. of sets: 6 (one for each lubricating oil purifier) Procedure for Purifying Lubricating Oil from a Diesel
up must always be carried out manually.
Capacity: 2,800 litres/h at 4 bar Generator Engine Sump and Returning it to the Same Sump
Rating: 690V, 1.3kW at 1,100-1,700 rpm All six lubricating oil purifiers are identical and the following description h) Start the feed pump from the pump starter. The oil flow may be
applies to all except for the valve numbers. read from the panel display. If necessary, set the required flow
using the flow regulating valve.
Introduction a) Check the level of oil in the sump.
i) Switch on the electric heating from the operating panel.
The purpose of the lubricating oil (LO) purifier system is to remove water and b) All valves in the separator system are to be initially closed. Turn
solid impurities from the diesel generator engine lubricating oil. Each diesel the power switch to the ON position and ensure that there is j) Press the SEPARATION pushbutton to activate the EPC-50.
generator engine is provided with its own purifier system which comprises a electrical power at the purifier control panel.
centrifugal purifier, with a capacity of 2,800 litres/h, a purifier heater and a k) Before the separator can be started, the display asks a number of
lubricating oil purifier pump. c) Open the valves, as indicated in the table below: questions which must be answered. A ‘Yes’ answer is indicated
by pressing the + pushbutton and a ‘No’ answer by pressing the
Purifiers are arranged in pairs to serve particular pairs of diesel generator All valves are prefixed with ‘OL’. - pushbutton.
engines but each LO purifier is dedicated to a particular diesel generator
engine. Each purifier and its associated equipment comprises a single purifier No.1 Purifier l) When all questions have been answered, press the separator
unit on a skid. At the bottom of this skid is a sludge tank. Each skid has a Position Description Valve START pushbutton.
heater, control unit, feed pump and strainer. There is one sludge pump for each Open Suction valve from sump tank 024VD
skid and this is used to discharge the sludge from the individual purifier sludge Closed Suction valve from renovating LO tank 026VD m) When the separator has reached the correct speed and the oil is at
tank to the main sludge tank. the required temperature (LO at 95°C) press the SEPARATION
Open Purifier feed pump suction valve XH199BA
start/stop pushbutton to start the separation process. When the
Whenever a diesel generator engine is operating, the associated purifier should Open Purifier feed pump discharge valve 236VD separator is at full speed, ‘Standby’ is shown on the operator
be operated, taking LO from the engine sump and returning it to the sump. The Operational Purifier heater inlet/outlet valves (x2) panel display. The oil temperature may be displayed by pressing
LO purifiers can also take LO from the renovated LO tank, purify it and direct Operational Purifier inlet three-way valve the operator panel + button until ‘TT1’ is shown in the display.
it to the sump tank of the associated engine. Purifiers may also direct purified Open Recirculation line valve Make a final adjustment of the backpressure as necessary.
oil from a sump tank to the renovated LO tank. The renovated LO tank is fitted
Open Engine sump tank inlet valve 032VD
with a steam heating coil to assist in separation when LO is held in the tank. n) Operating information may be displayed for various parameters
Oil may also be taken from this tank by the LO transfer pumps. Please refer to Set Purifier three-way discharge valve (to sump) 031VD by pressing the + pushbutton until the required parameter is
section 6.6.4 of this manual for details of the LO Transfer System. Open Purifier outlet valve shown on the display.
Open Sludge pump outlet valve
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.7.2a Lubricating Oil Purifier System
From Frames 44 - 82 From Frames 82 - 108 From Frames 108 - 124
OL169VD 50
OL169VD
40
50
65
XA/199E 50
80
XM/199EA XM/199EB LIA H
Control Unit Control Unit Sludge Tank (1200)
PI PI L Frames 124 - 132 Renovated LO Tank (3129) OL055VD
Steam
XM/ XM/ LT 60.8 m3
OL028VD Frames 168 - 172 OL234VX
199EC 199EC Cond.
To Sludge To Sludge
Pump Stops 80
Pump Pump
OL XD/199 AD XD/199 DD
032VD XD/199 BD XD/199 EG
PT PI PT PI
XD/199 CD XD/199 EH
Diesel Generator No.1 LO
50
PT MT PT MT Sump Tank (XB/274A) OL025VX 50
OL169VD
PT PI XM/ PT PI XM/
OL031VD 40
199EA 199EB OL024VD
TT TT 40 50
TT TT Sludge Tank TT TT Sludge Tank
50 XA/199A XA/199B
XM/199A XM/199B
XD/ XD/193EG XD/ XD/193EH 50 Control Unit Control Unit
193EC 193ED PI PI
XH199BA OL236VD
40
50 50
OL To Sludge To Sludge
50 170VD LO Purifier Pump
50 Pump Pump
XD/199AC
Diesel Generator No.2 LO 65 80
Sump Tank (XB/274B) PT PI PT PI
OL025VF 65
OL164VD OL238VD OL235VD PT MT PT MT
65
PT PI XM/ PT PI XM/
65 OL026VD 199AA 199BA
65 Diesel Generator OL
No.5 LO OL170VD 166VD TT TT
65OL165VX
Sump Tank (XB/274E) 40 LO Purifier Pump TT TT Sludge Tank TT TT Sludge Tank
OL235VD XH199EA OL164VD
50 XD/199BC
XD/ XD/199AD XD/ XD/199BD
199AB 199BB
65
LO Purifier Pump
XD/199EE
50 40 OL031VD
OL169VD 50
OL235VD XH199EA OL 65 40
50
170VD XA/199C XA/199D
65
Diesel Generator No.3 LO XM/199C XM/199D
LO Purifier Pump Sump Tank (XB/274C) OL165VX Control Unit Control Unit
PI PI
XD/199EF OL164VD
OL165VX Diesel Generator OL170VD
No.6 LO 50
65
OL164VD Sump Tank (XB/274F)
To Sludge To Sludge
Pump Pump
65
OL166VD OL166VD
65 OL235VD PT PI PT PI
XH199CA
Key
65
Lubricating Oil 65 PT MT PT MT
PT PI XM/ PT PI XM/
OL032VD LO Purifier Pump 199CA 199DA
Compressed Air TT TT
XK/199CC
50 Diesel Generator No.4 LO TT TT Sludge Tank TT TT Sludge Tank
Condensate Sump Tank (XB/274D) OL025VX 50
Distilled Water OL236VD XD/ XD/199CD XD/ XD/199DD
OL024VD OL237VD
50 199CB 199DB
OL166VD 40
Electrical Signal OL
026VD
Instrumentation LO Purifier Pump
XK/199DC 50
All System Valves Are 65
Prefixed With 'OL'
OL030VD 65 From LO Storage Tanks Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D360 267 A
(See Illus. 6.6.4a)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
o) The sludge pump will operate as dictated by the tank level Procedure for Purifying Oil from the Renovated Lubricating
switches through the EPC50 control unit. Oil Tank and Returning it to the Renovated Lubricating Oil
Tank
Automatic Operation
The system may be run automatically after the first manual start-up. To achieve Any of the LO purifiers can be used for this purpose. The procedure is exactly
this, the steps below are carried out replacing steps from item g) above. the same as for purifying LO from a LO sump tank as above, except for the
setting of the pump suction valve and the three-way purifier outlet valve.
g) Turn the mode selector switch to the AUT position.
If No.1 purifier is used, the suction valve OL026VD from the renovated LO
h) At the operator panel, press the SEPARATION pushbutton. tank must be opened and the suction valve OL024VD from the engine LO
sump tank must be closed. The quick-closing suction valve OL234VX on the
i) Answer the questions indicated on the display by pressing the + renovated LO tank and the outlet line valve OL055VD from the renovated LO
pushbutton for ‘Yes’ or the - pushbutton for ‘No’. tank must be open. The LO renovating tank heater should be operating and
the tank sludge valve should be opened before purification starts in order to
j) When the questions have been answered satisfactorily, remove any water from the tank.
an automatic system calibration is carried out and when
this is successful, the separation process will start and run The three-way purifier outlet valve OL031VD must be set so that the oil flows
automatically. to the renovated LO tank and not to the engine LO sump tank. The inlet valve
to the renovated LO tank OL028VD must be open.
Note: The manufacturer’s manual covering the operation of the separation Any purifier may operated in the way described above and lubricating oil is
system must be consulted regarding operation of the system and the operator taken from the renovated LO tank and returned to that tank after treatment. All
panel display parameters. No part of the operating control system or the systems are identical, except for valve numbering. Please refer to the above
parameters should be changed without good reason illustration for individual system valve numbering.
Once operational, a check should be made to ensure that the system is operating If lubricating oil from the renovated LO tank is to be directed to a diesel
correctly and the oil level in the sump is not being lost to an unintended generator engine LO sump tank, the outlet three-way valve from the purifier
destination. should be set so that the oil is directed to the LO sump tank and the sump tank
inlet valve must be open.
Procedure for Stopping the Purifier
CAUTION
a) Stop the system by pressing the SEPARATION pushbutton on Care must be taken when operating purifiers due to the presence of
the operator panel. The stop sequence is initiated and a bowl hot oil. Oil spills must be avoided and any oil leaks must be cleaned
sludge discharge is initiated. immediately. Purifier bowls must be assembled in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions as the high rotational bowl speed can result
The separator will commence the shutdown and stop sequence. in serious damage if a bowl has not been assembled correctly.
b) On completion of the stop sequence, isolate the purifier CAUTION
electrically if the purifier is to be dismantled for cleaning.
When transferring oil to/from the renovated LO tank, care must be taken
to ensure that all other system valves are closed to prevent inadvertent
c) Shut off the water supplies.
transfer of the oil to an unintended destination.
d) Shut all valves.
As all the purifiers are identical, the procedure for operating any of them on
their individual sumps is identical. Cross-connection of the LO purifiers is not
possible.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.7.3a Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System
PEM TIA HH To PEM
Shut
Down Control
PEM Shut Down
HH
TT TT TIA
To PEM Control
Deck 4
H
TIA TIA H H
H HH H HH H HH H HH HH 05332 TT TIA
TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA Turning LO TIA 05372
Gear Low To PEM 05342 05342
05397 05398 05399 05400 Engaged Flow XA/001A
TT Control
XL FA TT Propulsion
TT TT TT TT TT TT TT TT TT 05372 HH
TI TI TI TI TT TIA 05332
PS Electric Motor
05397 05398 05399 05400 80 PS
L
XS FS H
TT TIA
05374 05374
XA/022D XA/022C XA/022B XA/022A XA/025A
Thrust
PS
FS Bearing 25 L
05371 PS
L Standby Pump On
TT TT TT TT TT Standby Pump On
FA 25 PS
To LO Transfer and L
05416 05415 05414 05413 05371
L 148VD 148VD 05411 PS
Bunkering System L To PEM
H H H H H To PEM PS PS PS
TIA TIA TIA TIA (See Illustration 6.6.4a) 25 TIA L Control
05416 05415 05414 05413 05411 Control PS
L PEM Shutdown
PEM Shutdown
Standby XD XD XD XD PS XL
To PEM Control XL PS 001 001 001 001
Pump AJ AH AG AF
LS Standby Pump Running
PT TT TS LS DPS DPS
XD/ XD/ Standby Pump Running
PS PS 05339 05347 PS PS
L 025AA 025AB H LS LA
PIA TIA H TA H LA DPA H XD/
80 DPA DPS
LA DPA
H 05349 05349
05337 05337 L
L L 025AC 05339 05347
L FS FA
FA FS 05346 05346
05336 05336
Thrust Block System XL/025AD
with Cooler and Sump Tank
PEM
Shut
TIA HH DPA H To PEM
Down 05367 Control
PEM Shut Down
To PEM Control DPS HH
TT TT TIA
Deck 4 05367
H
TIA TIA H
H HH H HH H HH H HH HH 05352
TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA Turning LO TIA 05382
H
Gear Low To PEM TIA
05407 05408 05409 05410 Engaged Flow XA/001B TT
XL FA
TT Control 05362 05362
TT TT TT TT TT TT TT TT TT 05382 HH TT Propulsion
TI TI TI TI TT TIA 05352
05407 05408 05409 05410 80
PS Electric Motor PS
L
XS FS H
TT TIA
05384 05384
XA/022H XA/022G XA/022F XA/022E XA/025B
Thrust
FS Bearing 25
05381
TT TT TT TT To LO Transfer and FA 25 TT
05420 05419 05418 05417 Bunkering System 05381
L 148VD 148VD 05412
H H H H (See Illustration 6.6.4a) H PS PS
TIA TIA TIA TIA TIA
05420 05419 05418 05417
Key 05412
Standby XD XD XD XD
Lubricating Oil To PEM Control 001 001 001 001
Pump XD/ XD/
PT TT TS LS DPS 025BA 025BB 80
BJ BH BG BF
Electrical Signal 25
XD/ PS PS LS PS PS LS LA
L 025BC H 05369 05369
TIA H TA H DPA H
05359
Instrumentation PIA LA DPA DPS L
L L
05357 05357 FS FA
LA 05366 05366
All System Valves Thrust Block System XL/025BD FA FS 05359
are Prefixed with 'OL' with Cooler and Sump Tank 05356 05356 L
Reference Shipyard Diagram - A5 D360 267 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.3 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.7.3 Propulsion Motor Lubricating Oil System Thrust Block Lubrication Position Description Valve
Open No.2 thrust block LO pump discharge valve
Propulsion Electric Motor Lubrication Pump Each thrust block has its own lubrication system which comprises a thrust
block lubricating oil tank, two submerged lubricating oil pumps, a duplex Open Thrust bearing LO cooler inlet valve
Ref. Number: XA/001AF/AG/AH/AJ/BF/BG/BH/BJ filter, two pump suction filters and a lubricating oil cooler. The lubricating oil Open Thrust bearing LO cooler outlet valve
Maker: Sauer Sundstrand cooler is circulated with fresh water from the propulsion electric motor central Closed Thrust bearing LO cooler bypass valve
Type: Twin pump cooling system. Set Duplex filter inlet and outlet valves
No. of sets: 8 (4 for each propulsion motor) Open Thrust block inlet valve 148VD
Oil from the thrust pads and thrust collar falls to the 200 litre thrust block oil
Capacity: 3.0 litres/min at 70 bar Closed Thrust block LO pump discharge valve to LO 148VD
tank from where the duty thrust block oil pump takes suction via a suction filter.
transfer system
One pump is selected as the duty pump and the other as the standby pump to
operate automatically should the duty pump fail to maintain the required oil
Thrust Block Lubrication Pump e) Select both thrust block lubricating oil pumps for remote
pressure. Lubricating oil is delivered by the duty pump to the thrust block via
Ref. Number: XD/025AA/AB/BA/BB operation and at the required ‘PEM & Thrust Lubrication’
a cooler which can be bypassed and the duplex filter.
mimic at IMACS, select one pump as the duty pump and the
Maker: Werthenbach Hydraulik other pump as the standby pump.
Model: ND-DGZA50-530 When selected for remote operation, the duty pump operates continuously
and starts as part of the propulsion auxiliaries group. The duty pump
Type: Hydraulic tank, twin submerged pump f) Start the duty thrust block lubricating oil pump and check that
will automatically restart upon restoration of electrical power following a
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each thrust bearing) oil is circulating around the thrust block.
blackout.
Capacity: 30 litres/min at 7 bar
g) When lubricating oil is circulating correctly and all temperatures
The thrust block lubricating oil tank is fitted with a low level alarm and the
and pressures are normal, the propulsion electric motor may be
tank may be replenished from the lubricating oil storage system.
Propulsion Electric Motor Lubrication started.
The propulsion electric motors have two pedestal journal bearings, one at the Procedure for Operating the Thrust Block Lubricating Oil
Intermediate Shaft Bearing Lubrication
forward end and one at the after end. The bearings are lubricated by means of System
an oil bath with an oil pick-up ring and scraper system. The oil rings sits on the Each propeller shaft is fitted with three intermediate shaft bearings and one
journal and its lower end dips in the oil bath. When the motor is turning, the oil The port and starboard thrust block systems are identical and are operated in aftermost bearing; all of these shaft bearings have integral lubrication systems.
pick-up ring is rotated by the journal and the oil which adheres to the pick-up the same way. Each bearing is identical and self-contained. The bearing unit comprises a
ring is scraped off the ring by the scraper and distributed to the journal bearing. split plain bearing, an oil thrower disc and scraper, a lubricating oil bath and
The oil ring pick-up system is assisted by a lubrication pump which circulates a) Ensure that the thrust block lubricating oil tank is at the correct a cooler. The bearing LO cooler is circulated with water from the propulsion
oil from the bearing sump back to the bearing via an oil filter. level and replenish with the correct grade of lubricating oil if electric motor central fresh water cooling system.
necessary.
Each bearing has two lubricating oil pumps but only one of the pumps will The bearing housing oil bath contains about 10 litres of oil and is fitted with
normally be operating, the other being selected for standby duty to cut in b) Ensure that the propulsion electric motor central fresh water a gauge glass, thermometer and temperature alarm sensor. Because oil is
automatically should the duty pump fail. These pumps supplement the bearing cooling system is operating and that water is flowing through thrown over the bearing by the oil thrower disc, the actual level of oil in the
oil supply provided by the oil pick-up ring. The pumps are controlled by the the thrust block lubricating oil cooler. shaft bearing can only be determined accurately when the propeller shaft is
automatic system in the propulsion auxiliaries group. The pumps are selected stationary.
for remote operation and one pump is started as the duty pump and the other c) Ensure that all gauges are operating correctly.
pump is selected as the standby pump to start automatically should the duty The oil thrower disc is rotated by the shaft and the lower part of the disc dips
pump fail to maintain the oil pressure to the bearing. The pumps operate at all d) Set the valves as in the following table: into the oil bath. Oil is picked up by the oil thrower disc as the shaft rotates and
times until the shaft revolutions reach 50 rpm, when the duty pump cuts out. the oil is removed from the disc by the scraper and distributed to the bearing.
At 55 rpm decreasing, the duty pump cuts in. All valves are prefixed with ‘OL’. From the bearing the oil falls back to the bottom of the bearing housing.
Position Description Valve
The bearings are provided with temperature sensors for alarm/trip functions Open Thrust bearing LO tank outlet valve The level of oil in the bearing housing must be checked frequently and the oil
and the oil circulation system has pressure and flow switches which activate in the bearing housing replenished as necessary.
Open No.1 thrust block LO pump suction valve
alarms should the system operating conditions move outside the preset
levels. The level of lubricating oil in the bearing sump must be checked and Open No.1 thrust block LO pump discharge valve
replenished as necessary. There is a level switch which activates a level alarm Open No.2 thrust block LO pump suction valve
should the oil level fall below a predetermined value.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.7.3 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.8 Machinery Miscellaneous Air Conditioning Plant Chiller Sea Water Pump High Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Forward Engines)
Ref. Number: XA/494A/B/C/D Ref. Number: XA/057A/B/C/D
2.8.1 List of Pumps Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 400/315LDS Model: MU 200/315L
Diesel Generator Sea Water Pump (Forward Engines)
Type: Centrifugal Type: Centrifugal
Ref. Number: XA/045A/B/C/D No. of sets: 4 (2 for each cooling circuit) No. of sets: 4 (two for each pair of generator engines)
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Capacity: 1,040m3/h at 1 bar Capacity: 480m3/h at 5 bar
Model: MU 250-250LDS
Type: Centrifugal Fresh Water Generator Ejector Pump High Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Aft Engines)
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each auxiliary machinery cooling circuit)
Ref. Number: XD/107AF/BF/CF Ref. Number: XA/057E/F
Capacity: 700m3/h at 2 bar
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 80-400L Model: MU 200/315L
Diesel Generator Sea Water Pump (Aft Engines)
Type: Centrifugal Type: Centrifugal
Ref. Number: XA/045E/F No. of sets: 3 (1 for each generator) No. of sets: 2
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Capacity: 100m3/h at 6.5 bar Capacity: 550m3/h at 5 bar
Model: MU 250-250LDS
Type: Centrifugal Fresh Water Generator Brine Pump Low Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Larger Engines)
No. of sets: 2
Ref. Number: XD/107AG/BG/CG Ref. Number: XA/054A/B/C/D
Capacity: 850m3/h at 2 bar
Maker: Allweiler Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: NT200/400 Model: MU 200-315L
General Service Sea Water Pump
Type: Horizontal centrifugal Type: Centrifugal
Ref. Number: XA/039A/B/C/D No. of sets: 3 (1 for each FW generator) No. of sets: 4 (two for each pair of generator engines)
Make: Pompe Garbarino Capacity: 530m3/h at 2.5 bar Capacity: 600m3/h at 3.5 bar
Model: MU 250-250LDS
Type: Centrifugal Fresh Water Generator Sea Water Supply Pump Low Temperature Cooling Fresh Water Pump (Smaller Engines)
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each auxiliary machinery cooling circuit) Ref. Number: XA/054E/F
Ref. Number: XD/107AA/BA/CA
Capacity: 800m3/h at 2 bar Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 200-315 Model: MU 250-315L
Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water Pump Type: Centrifugal
Type: Centrifugal
Ref. Number: XA/040A/B/C/D No. of sets: 3 (1 for each FW generator) No. of sets: 2
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Capacity: 530m3/h at 5 bar Capacity: 700m3/h at 3.5 bar
Model: MU 125/250L
Type: Centrifugal Auxiliary Machinery Fresh Water Cooling Pumps Propulsion Electric Motor Fresh Water Pump
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each PEM cooling circuit) Ref. Number: XA/041A/B/C/D
Ref. Number: XA/037A/B/C/D
Capacity: 230m3/h at 2 bar Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 250-400L Model: MU 125-250L
Type: Centrifugal Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each auxiliary machinery cooling circuit) No. of sets: 4 (two for each system)
Capacity: 1,000m3/h at 4 bar Capacity: 230 m3/h at 3 bar
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.1 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Low Pressure Feed Pumps Pre-Lubricating Pumps Main Alternator Bearing Oil Circulating Pumps
Ref. Number: XA/144AA/AB/BA/BB/CA/CB Ref. Number: XD/274AC/BC/CC/DC/EC/FC Maker: Rickmeier
Maker: IMO Maker: IMO AB Type: R25/2.5 FL-Z
Model: ACG 045 K5 NTBO Type: Electric drive
No. of sets: 6 Model: ACF 090N4 IRBO (12 cylinder) Boiler Feed Pumps
Type: Vertical screw ACF 080N4 IRBO (8 cylinder) Reference: XA/089A/B/C/D
Capacity: 5m3/h at 6 bar No. of sets: 1 per engine Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Capacity: 1,000 litres/min at 4 bar (12 cylinder) No. of sets: 4
Fuel Oil Booster Pumps 750 litres/min at 4 bar (8 cylinder) Model: 50G10
Ref. Number: XA/144AD/AE/BD/BE/CD/CE Capacity: 25m3/h at 15 bar
Maker: IMO Lubricating Oil Circulating Pumps
Model: ACG 068 K6 NTBP Ref. Number: XD/274AB/BB/CB/DB/EB/FB Diesel Generator Exhaust Gas Recovery System Circulating Pumps
No. of sets: 6 Maker: Wartsila Reference No.: XA/094A/B/C/D/E/F
Type: Vertical screw Type: Engine drive, screw Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Capacity: 12.6m3/h at 4 bar Model: L3NG No. of sets: 6 (1 for each diesel generator economiser)
No. of sets: 1 per engine Model: CN80-50-250
Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier Supply Pumps Capacity: 20m3/h at 3 bar
Ref. Number: XA/142AE/AF/BE/CE/CF Lubricating Oil Purifier Supply Pumps
Maker: IMO Ref. Number: XD/199AE/AF/BE/BF/CE/CF Boiler Feed Water Treatment Dosing Pumps
Type: Vertical screw Maker: IMO Reference No.: XA/133A/B
Model: ACE 038 N3 NTBP Type: Electrically driven Supplier: TEI
No. of sets: 5 Model: ACE 038 K1 N2 Maker: DMR
Capacity: 5.5m3/h at 2.4 bar No. of sets: 6 (one for each lubricating oil purifier) Type: GM
Capacity: 4.5m3/h No. of sets: 4
Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier Sludge Transfer Pumps
Ref. Number: XA/142AG/BG/CG Propulsion Electric Motor Lubrication Pump Boiler Heavy Fuel Oil Feed Pump
Maker: Alfa Laval Ref. Number: XA/001AF/AG/AH/AJ/BF/BG/BH/BJ Maker: Kral
No. of sets: 3 Maker: Sauer Sundstrand Model: M26
Capacity: 300 litres/h at 6.4 bar Type: Twin pump Type: Screw
No. of sets: 8 (4 for each propulsion motor) No. of sets: 4: two pumps to each boiler unit
Gas Oil Purifier Supply Pump Capacity: 3.0 litres/min at 70 bar Capacity: 1,230 litres/h at 13kg/cm2
Ref. Number: XA/159B
Maker: IMO Thrust Block Lubrication Pump Boiler Marine Gas Oil Ignition Pump
Model: ACE 032Li-iVBO Ref. Number: XD/025AA/AB/BA/BB Maker: Saacke
No. of sets: 1 Maker: Renk Model: PZHDS 30
Capacity: 2,000 litres/h at 4 bar Model: ND-DGZA50 Type: Gear
Pump type: IPC4-20-101 No. of sets: 2: one pump to each boiler unit
Type: Hydraulic tank, twin submerged pump Capacity: 30 litres/h at 15kg/cm2
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each thrust bearing)
Capacity: 30 litres/min at 7 bar
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.1 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Evaporator Distilled Water Pump Hot Potable Water Pump Galley Grey Water Pumps
Ref. Number: XA/107AD/BD/CD Ref. Number: YA/445A/B Ref. Number: YA/519D/E
Maker: Allweiler Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Type: CLT 50-315/300 Type: MU65-400L Type: 1A-101
Capacity: 33m3/h at 4 bar Capacity: 40m3/h at 6 bar No. of sets: 2
Capacity: 85m3/h at 2 bar
Evaporator Condensate Pump Laundry Hot Water Pump
Ref. Number: XA/107AE/BE/CE Ref. Number: YA/445C Grey Water/Ballast Water Pumps
Maker: Allweiler Maker: Pompe Garbarino Ref. Number: YA/401A/B
Type: NT 25-200 Type: BT 201 Make: Pompe Garbarino
Capacity: 10m3/h at 4 bar Capacity: 2m3/h at 1 bar Type: MU 125-250LP
Capacity: 255m3/h at 2 bar
Evaporator Heating Fresh Water Circulation Pump Potable Water Pump
Ref. Number: XA/107AK/BK/CK Ref. Number: YA/440A/B/C Vacuum Collection Unit Ejector Pump
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Grundfos
Type: MU 150/315 Type: MU100-400L Model: SE 044 A
Capacity: 338m3/h at 5 bar Capacity: 140m3/h at 8 bar Type: Electrically driven open impeller
No. of sets: 4 per unit
Distilled Water Transfer (Hydrophore) Pump Accommodation Grey Water Collection Tank Discharge Pumps Motor rating: 690V, 4.6kW
Ref. Number: XA/103A/B Ref. Number: YD/514AA
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Hamworthy KSE Vacuum Collection Unit Transfer Pump
Type: MU40-250LP Type: Herborner B50 x 50HB Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Capacity: 10m3/h at 3.5 bar Capacity: 34m3/h at 1.5kg/cm2 Model: P50
Type: Screw
Accommodation Grey Water Collection Tank Discharge Pumps No. of sets: 2 per unit
pH Adjusting and Chlorination Dosing Pump Units
Maker: Hamworthy KSE
Ref. Number: YD/457BA/BB/BC/BD
Type: Gilkes DMC 3-03B Sewage Unit Pumps
Maker: Culligan
Capacity: 10m3/h at 1.5kg/cm2
Type: Prominent Vario - Gamma Ref. Number: YD/510AC~EE
Capacity: 17 litres/h at 4 bar Maker: Hamworthy
Laundry Water Pumps Type: Electrically driven, centrifugal
Super De-Chlorination Dosing Pump Unit Ref. Number: YA/519A/B/C No. of sets: 2 discharge pumps, 1 high head discharge pump
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Maker: Culligan
Type: 1A-101 Oily Bilge Pump
Type: Prominent Vario - Sigma
No. of sets: 3
Capacity: 60 litres/h at 4 bar Ref. Number: XA/415A/B
Capacity: 85m3/h at 2 bar
Maker: Iron
Model: BDV 35
Type: Double acting piston
No. of sets: 2
Capacity: 23m3/h at 2 bar
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.1 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Centrifugal Oily Water Separator Feed Pump Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Sludge Purifier Feed Pump
Ref. Number: XA/427/A Ref. Number: XA/501A/B Reference No.: XA150A/B
Maker: Allweiler Maker: Allweiler Maker: Allweiler
Model: SEBP 100.1-E11G00113PP Model: SZS 940-46 211 118/092 Model: AMP6.2B21P01
No. of sets: 1 Type: Electrically driven screw Type: Gear
Capacity: 3.6m3/h at 2.4 bar Capacity: 145m3/h at 4.5 bar No. of sets: 1
Capacity: 0.5m3/h at 5.3 bar
Bilge Pump Marine Diesel Oil Transfer Pump
Ref. Number: XA/401/C Ref. Number: XA/500A/B Chilled Water Pumps
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Maker: Allweiler Ref. Number: YA/682A/B/C
Type: Centrifugal self-priming Model: Trilub 210-46 Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU125-250LP Type: Electrically driven screw Type: MU350/315LDS
No. of sets: 1 Capacity: 15m3/h at 3.5 bar No. of sets: 3
Capacity: 255m3/h at 2.0 bar Capacity: 1,380m3/h at 4.7 bar
Gas Oil Bunkering and Tender Marine Gas Oil Transfer Pump
Bilge Piston Pump Ref. Number: XA/500E/F Hot Water Pumps
Ref. Number XA/405 Maker: Allweiler Ref. Number: YA/683A/B
Maker: Iron Model: BG 25 Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Type: Reciprocating piston Type: Electrically driven screw Type: MU150/315L
Model: BDV150 Capacity: 1.7m3/h at 4 bar No. of sets: 2
No. of sets: 1 Capacity: 210m3/h at 4 bar
Capacity: 250m3/h at 2 bar Diesel Generator Lubricating Oil Transfer Pump
Ref. Number: XA/185A/B Low Temperature Brine Pumps
Bilge/Ballast Pump Maker: Allweiler
Maker: Sabroe
Model: Trilub 280-46
Ref. Number: YA/401A/B No. of brine pumps: 2
Capacity: 19m3/h at 3.5 bar
Maker: Pompe Garbarino Brine flow: 100m3/h at 6kg/cm2
Model: MU150-250LP Pump rating: 690V, 31.2kW, 3,500 rpm
Leakage Oil Drain Tank Pump
Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 2 Ref. Number: XA/145A/B/C/D//F/G High Temperature Brine Pumps
Capacity: 255m3/h at 2 bar Maker: Allweiler
Maker: Sabroe
Model: BG10
No. of brine pumps: 2
Heeling Pump Capacity: 0.6m3/h at 2.0 bar
Brine flow: 38m3/h at 6kg/cm2
Ref. Number: YA/409A/B/C/D Pump rating: 690V, 15kW, 3,500 rpm
Sludge Transfer Pump
Maker: Frank Mohn
Model: RBP250-315010F300V28/18 Reference No.: XA149A/B
Type: Axial, reversible Maker: Allweiller
No. of sets: 4 (2 for each heeling tank) Model: AEP 1E75
Capacity A/B: 520m3/h at 7 bar Type: Screw
Capacity C/D: 650m3/h at 7 bar No. of sets: 2
Capacity: 10m3/h at 5 bar
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.1 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
High Pressure Water Washing Pump Fresh Water Supply Pump
Maker: Unitor No. of sets: 2
Type: Kew Capacity: 46.8m3/h
Model: Delta Booster (8 pumps) Working pressure: 2.0 bar
No. of sets: 1
Capacity: 130 litres/minute at 160 bar
Rating: 690V, 40.5kW
Fire Topping-Up Pump
Ref. Number: YA477
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 40/250L
Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 1
Capacity: 25~40m3/h at 10 bar
Fire Pump
Ref. Number: YA482A/B/C
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 100/250
Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 3
Capacity: 230m3/h at 10 bar
Drencher Pump
Ref. Number: YA486
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Model: MU 80/250 L
Type: Centrifugal
No. of sets: 1
Capacity: 180m3/h at 10 bar
High Fog Units
Maker: Marioff
Model: SPAU 4
No. of pumps/motors: 8/4
No. of sets: 3
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.1 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.8.2 pump suction and delivery schedule
Illustration 2.8.2a Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule
Pump Suction Pump Discharge
n)
n)
ver
Mai
Mai
stem
ks
on
4)
sso
Tan
ine
last
last
k
710
tion
ecti
l Sy
ump
Tan
s
)
)
ks
eL
209
9
Cro
ump
ump
ank
vice
Bal
Bal
720
nk (
nec
onn
Tan
ain
Fue
arg
ing
OS
k
r
k (7
ge T
k
k
a te r
ks
ks
rato
Tan
Tan
or S
or S
Ser
Tan
nk (
Via
Via
Tan
er M
ank
ank
y Ta
Con
eC
k
ks
ks
vice
ash
sch
ifier
Tan
Tan
tor
n
Tan
k
L
rs
Tan
Mai
Tan
Tan
nk
Mai
ea W
Tan
tora
ks (
ks (
epa
n
ng T
ng T
erat
ting
ting
erat
e Ta
hor
ring
Oil
ring
LO
LO
era
enc
ks
ks
r Di
ter W
t
Mai
Mai
Ser
ore
Pur
i
a
il Ta
B
in
in
B
f
tling
vice
rflow
i
eW
n
rage
r
Tan
Tan
Tan
Tan
eD
eD
rs
eS
OS
eS
ater
ilge
l Ma
tling
vice
l Ma
tling
ater
ova
uel
ova
ank
ank
Gen
l Pu
Gen
Gen
Bea
Mai
Mai
Bea
ted
ted
rag
erg
ettli
rd
ettli
ate
/Sh
dS
ato
Oil
Oil
Oil
Oil
ge O
ts
Ser
Set
Wa
rboa
vy F
Bilg
Bilg
Bilg
Bilg
Bilg
ct B
fer T
fer T
Ove
Ren
ova
eW
Ren
an L
ova
yW
ling
ling
ling
ling
yW
Sto
Ser
Sto
Em
Set
Set
boa
l Oi
l Oi
l Oi
eS
eS
ker
war
lers
ast
ast
ner
ust
ust
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
EGE
HFO
HFO
Slud
Dire
Ren
Hee
Hee
Hea
Ove
Hee
Hee
Ren
Bun
Oily
Oily
Fue
Oily
Fue
Fue
Oily
Oily
Bilg
Gre
Bilg
Ball
Bilg
Ball
Gre
Life
GO
GO
GO
Inci
Thr
Buf
Die
DO
DO
Die
Buf
Cle
For
Die
Die
Die
Die
Die
Thr
DO
Boi
FO
LO
LO
Fuel Pumps
Boiler FO Pumping
/Heating Units X X X
Boiler Diesel Oil
Ignition Pumps X X X
Fuel Oil Purifier
Feed Pumps X X
* *
HFO Transfer Pumps X X X X X X
Diesel Generator FO
LP Feed Pumps X X X
Diesel Generator FO
HP Booster Pumps X X X X X X
* *
MDO Transfer Pumps X X X X X X X X X
MGO Bunkering/Tender
Service Pumps X X X X X
MDO Purifier
Feed Pump X X
Incinerator MGO Pumps X X X
Lubricating Oil Pumps
* * * * *
Clean LO Transfer Pump X X X X X X X X
* *
Dirty LO Transfer Pump X X X X X X X X
Thrust Bearing
LO Pumps X X X X X
LO Purifier Pumps X X X X
Diesel Generator
LO Pumps X X
Miscellaneous Pumps
Daily Oily Bilge
Double Acting Pumps X X X X X X X
Bilge Double Acting
Piston Pump X X X X X
Bilge Ballast Centrifugal
Self-Priming Pumps X X X X X X X X X X
Bilge Duty
Self-Priming Pump X X X X X X
Heeling Pumps X X
Bilge/Water Centrifugal
Separator Pump X X X X X
Bilge/Water Separator
Pump X X X X X X
Note: Items With Asterisk: After Changing of Spectacle Flange as Appropriate
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.2 - Page 1 of 3
Pump
Pump
Pumps
Pumps
Pumps
Pumps
Pumps
Bilge/Ballast/
Misc. Pumps
Distilled Water
Treatment Tank
Sludge Pumps
Transfer Pump
Sewage Pumps
Discharge Pumps
Discharge Pumps
Discharge Pumps
Potable Hot Water
Vacuum Collecting
Vacuum Collecting
Laundry Hot Water
Discharge Pumps
Grey Water Pumps
Potable Cold Water
Laundry Drain Tank
Tank Ejector Pumps
Boiler Feed Pumps
Evaporator Distillate
Sludge Purifier Feed
Galley Collecting Tank
Fresh Water Pumps
Dedicated Drain Tank
Tank Discharge Pumps
Accom. Collecting Tank
Purifier Sludge Transfer
Galley Grey Water Pumps
Pulper Grey Water Pumps
X
La
un
dry
X
X
Sl u Ho
dg tW
eO ate
X
il T rD
Pu an istr
rifi k ib u
Issue: First Draft - May 2007
er tio
X
Sl u n
De
di c d g eO
X
ate il T
Ho dD an
twe rai k
lls n
X
Ta
nk
Dis
tille s
dW
Bi l ate
ge rR
Sy
X
s es
Fe tem e rv
ed /Di eT
an
X
Wa rec ks
Ev ter tB
ap D B il ge
or a ( 22
Emerald Princess
Po tor
s 02
)
Illustration 2.8.2b Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule
tab
le
Co Wa
ld t e rT
Po an
X X
X X X
X
tab ks
Ho
tP l e Wa
ota ter
Ac bl e Dis
com Wa trib
ter
X
.G uti
Pump Suction
Ga rey Dis on
ll ey Wa trib
u
X X X
Gr ter tio
Gr ey Ho n
ey Wa ldin
X
Wa ter gT
La ter Ho a
un Ma ldin nks
dry
X
i ns gT
Ac Gr an
co m ey ks
Wa
X X
X
.G ter
Ga re y Ho
lley Wa ldin
X
Gr ter gT
Pu ey Co an
lp e
rD
Wa l lec ks
ter
r t. T
X
X
Va ain Co a n
cu Co l le c ks
um llec t. T
X
Co an
Tre ll ec
tion k s
atm tin De
ep
X
en
X
gT
Int t Ta a nk
Tan
ks
erm nk
s s
ed
i at
eS
lud
X
X
ge
Sl u Ta
dg nk
eO s
X
Sl u il T
dg a nk
eP
u ri
Inc fi e
in e r
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ra t
or
Bu
nk S lu d
er ge
Bo /S Oil
ho Ta
i l er
s re nk
X X
Co
Ho nn
twe ec
l tio
n
Pro ls
Note:Only 50% of These Pumps Discharge to this Location
vi s
IMO No. 9333151
i on
HT Pl a
FW nt
S y
LT
FW s t em
Sy He
PE ste ad
M m er
Ta
Ce He nk
ntr ad
Air a l e r
Co
mp
Co T a nk
olin
DG res gS
so
No
zzl r He
yst
em
Pu ad
rifie e Coo er
rO l i ng T an
Au Fre ks
x. M perat sh
a ch in g W
Ma .C W ate
ke e nt ate
r r
-up .C
DG Wa l g S
Tu ter y s.
rbo Hy Hd
Bi l ch d ro r. T
ge a rg ph ks
er ore
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Wa
Bo C l ea
iler ter C ni n
en g
Ch t
X
La e m ri fu
un i ca g a
d ry lT l Se
Ho rea pa
Fe tW tm ra t
ed ate e nt or
Wa
ter r Dis
Ta
nk
D is
tille DB trib
X X X
dW uti
on
Po ate
tab rD
le
Wa B
Sw ter
im T
X
mi re a
Ho ng tm
t/C Po en
o ld o lD t
He F res e l i ve
el i n hW ry
gT ate
Air an rS
Co k s yst
Pump Discharge
X X X X X X
nd em
Po itio
tab n in g
le
X
Wa Sy
Ac ter ste
co T ms
m. a n
Ga Gr
ey ks
l l ey Wa
X X
X X
X X X
X X X
X X
X X X
Gr ter
X
Ov ey Ma
erb Wa in
oa t er
X X
rd Ma
Tre
atm in
X X* X
en
Va tT
cu an
um ks
X
X
Ac C olle
com ctin
.G
X X
X
X
X
X X
re y gT
Ga an
l l ey Wa ks
t e r
X
X
Gr H
Int
e rm
ey
Wa o ldin
ed ter gT
i at Ho an
eS l di n ks
l ud gT
ge an
Ta ks
nk
s
Section 2.8.2 - Page 2 of 3
Technical Operating Manual
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 2.8.2c Pump Suction and Delivery Schedule
Pump Suction Pump Discharge
ke t
rac
le
ket
r
ve
ilab
s
AB
nk
ra c
nk
l er
so
me n Ava
Ta
Ta
e
oo
os
s
e ry
AB
a nd
ve
v
nk
rs
m
so
r
n F FW C
ak
ak
ore
rC
so
ol e
el i v
Ta
ste
s
nd
os
io
Bre
Bre
n
nk
os
rs
b
ate
ph
ctio
Co
nt
t
H i g o ol D
Sy
ea
Cr
Tu
c
Ta
ole
rs
Cr
ls
ne
dro
e
ter
ter
aW
tor
so
nt
o
s
Su
W
ter
rn
vic
ub
og
ter
Co
on
r
Po
r
rea
ate
Pla
Wa
Wa
ole
re s
Ste
Hy
ora
cke
ai n
nT
Wa
hF
Pro l Ser
Se
Wa
i lg e
kC
rd
or
ng
g
aW
T
Co
ll
mp
lsio
ain
ain
ap
tM
i on
og
og
n
a rd
Lo
ter
We
oa
rat
a rd
ea
ge
oc
mi
tB
mi
le
ra
Ev
hF
Co
hF
LT
eM
eM
rt S
vi s
l l as
Se
e rb
pu
ine
rbo
ai n
tab
dS
yD
im
wa
im
ec
ne
ge
rw
in
FW
Pro
DG
Hig
Hig
Sw
AC
Ma
Sw
Inc
Ch
Dir
Ov
Sta
Po
Ba
Aft
Po
Se
Ge
Fo
Fir
Fir
Bil
Mi
Dr
Sea Water Pumps
AC SW Cooling Pumps X X X X X
Fire Topping Up Pump X X X X
No.1 Fire Pump X X X X
No.2 Fire Pump X X
No.3 Fire Pump X X
High Fog Pressure
Pumps X X X
High Fog Water
Transfer Pumps X X
Chain Locker/Fwd Store
Bilge Ejector X X X
Aft Chain Locker Ejector X X
Ballast Ejector YA/417 X X
Forward Diesel Generator
Sea Water Pumps (x4) X X X X X
Aft Diesel Generator
Sea Water Pumps (x2) X X X X
Forward General Service
Sea Water Pumps (x2) X X X X X X
Aft General Service
Sea Water Pumps (x2) X X X X X
Port Propulsion
Sea Water Pumps (x2) X X X X X X
Starboard Propulsion
Sea Water Pumps (x2) X X X X X X
Forward Fresh Water
Evaporators Sea Water Pumps X X X
Aft Fresh Water
Evaporator Sea Water Pump X X X
Swimming Pool Pump X X X
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.2 - Page 3 of 3
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.8.3 steam balance Navigation Harbour
Consumer Steam Consumption
Winter Summer Winter
Available Steam Production: kg/hour at 9.5 bar - Generators Running at 80% MCR
Illustration 2.8.3a Steam Balance kg/h kW kg/h kW kg/h kW kg/h kW Steam Generator
1 2 3 4 5 6
Heavy Fuel Oil Settling Tanks 2 x 150m3 1356 766 1000 565 1000 565 900 508
Exhaust Gas Boiler No.1 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300
Heavy Fuel Oil Service tanks 2 x 92m3 972 549 400 226 400 226 350 198
Exhaust Gas Boiler No.2 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300
Heavy Fuel Oil Double Bottoms 2 x 325m3 1308 739 1100 621 1000 565 1100 621
Exhaust Gas Boiler No.3 3300 3300 3300 3300
Lubricating Oil Renovating Tank 60m3 170 96 150 85 100 56 150 85
Exhaust Gas Boiler No.4 3300 3300 3300
Sludge Tank 35m3 78 44 70 40 50 28 100 56
356 201 280 158 150 85 250 141 Exhaust Gas Boiler No.5 2200 2200
Heavy Fuel Oil Overflow Double Bottom 145m3
Exhaust Gas Boiler No.6 2200
Oily Bilge Tank 145m3 356 201 100 56 80 45 100 56
Exhaust Gas Boiler Total Production 350
3300 6600 9900 100
13200 15400 17600
Bilge Settling Tank 28m3 105 59 50 28 30 17 50 28
T1 - Tanks Heating Total: 3150 1779 2810 1587 3000 1694
Oil Fired Boiler No.1 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
DD/AA Heavy Fuel Oil Heater (3 x 450) kg/h 1350 762 1000 565 700 395 350 198
Oil Fired Boiler No.2 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
Heavy Fuel Oil Purifier Heater (4) 1230 695 1070 604 535 302 325 184
Diesel Oil Purifier Heater (1 x 40) kg/h 40 23 - - - - - -
Total Steam Production: 33300 36600 39900 43200 45400 47600
Lubricating Oil Purifier Heater (6) 1220 689 1020 576 795 449 1130 638
Sludge Purifier Heater (1 x 30) kg/h 30 17 30 17 15 8 30 17
Bilge Water Purifier Heater (1) 250 141 200 113 100 56 250 141
Boiler Fuel Heater (2) 170 96 75 42 20 11 75 42
DD/AA Fresh Water Pre-heater (3) 3460 1954 - - - - - -
Feed Water Heater (2 x 500) kg/h 1000 565 170 96 170 96 170 96
Evaporator Booster Heater (3 x 8870) kg/h 26610 15025 3310 1869 2360 1333 - -
T2 - Engine Room Consumers Total: 6875 3882 4695 2651 2330 1316
Air Conditioning 23000 12987 11000 6211 1100 621 6400 3614
Potable/Sanitary Water Heating (4 x 4500) kg/h 18000 10164 5940 3354 2970 1677 3330 1880
Swimming Pool Heating 4350 2456 410 232 140 79 1360 768
Laundry 4600 2597 2700 1525 2700 1525 1500 847
Clean Steam Generator 250 141 250 141 250 141 250 141
Laundrettes Decks 9/10/11 450 254 250 141 250 141 250 141
Galleys 5800 3275 4200 2372 4200 2372 2800 1581
Galley Fresh Water Heaters 1800 1016 1000 565 1000 565 800 452
Total Galleys 5200 2936 5200 2936 3600 2033
Health Centre 100 56 80 45 40 23 80 45
T3 - Hotel Consumers Total: 25830 14585 12650 7143 16770 9469
T1+T2+T3 - Total Ship's Consumption: 35855 20246 20155 11381 22100 12479 Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5D020365 Steam Consumption
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.3 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.8.4 fresh water balance
Illustration 2.8.4a Fresh Water Balance
RING COLD POTABLE WATER FLOW RATE (m3/h) HOT POTABLE WATER FLOW RATE (m3/h)
TOTAL TOTAL
NAME 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A - 19.58 16.34 18.94 25.2 11.48 - - 91.54 - 19.58 16.34 18.94 25.2 11.48 - - 91.54
B - 24.12 13.0 6.00 10.53 - - - 53.65 - 24.12 13.0 6.6 10.53 - - - 54.25
C - 5.42 5.09 19.8 9.27 - - - 39.58 - 5.42 5.09 19.8 9.27 - - - 39.58
D - 10.68 9.82 4.95 5.76 - - - 31.21 - 11.00 10.14 4.95 5.76 - - - 31.85
FWD 25.00 10.00 35.00 10.00
E 10.00 2.50 2.50 7.28 3.50 3.50 89.28 10.00 2.50 2.50 7.60 3.50 3.50 104.60
AFT 20.00 5.00 25.00 5.00
E3 Riser - - - - - - - - 15.00 - - - - - - - - 15.00
F - 14.56 10.84 12.83 11.59 - - - 49.82 - 14.56 10.84 12.83 11.59 - - - 49.82
G - 14.72 12.83 15.53 17.48 - - - 60.56 - 14.72 12.83 15.53 17.48 - - - 60.56
H - 19.04 12.78 14.67 16.67 - - - 63.16 - 19.04 12.78 14.67 16.67 - - - 63.16
L - 17.75 16.45 12.51 20.99 - - - 67.70 - 17.75 16.45 12.51 20.99 - - - 67.70
M - 16.88 11.27 15.64 15.59 4.04 - - 63.42 - 16.72 11.27 15.64 15.59 4.20 - - 63.42
N - 8.36 15.48 7.42 - - - - 31.26 - 8.52 15.48 7.42 - - - - 31.42
P - - 20.00 - - - - - 20.00 - - 30.00 - - - - - 30.00
Q - 16.56 17.10 12.94 22.07 - - - 68.67 - 16.56 17.10 12.94 22.07 - - - 68.67
R - - - - - - - - 10.00 - - - - - - - - -
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.4 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
2.8.5 Electrical Load Balance
Illustration 2.8.5a Electrical Load Balance
Navigating Manoeuvring In Port Navigating Navigating In Port Emergency Total Power Installed
(At Sea) (Summer) (At Sea) (At Sea) (Winter)
42MW 3.44MW 19.5 Knots 37.8MW
Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Motors Users
(kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW)
Designation
Hull and Deck Service 151.7 8240.6 30.9 101.8 151.7 79.1 33.5 13657 368
Safety Service 174.5 226.1 169.1 174.5 174.5 169.0 455.6 1380.3 599.6
Propulsion Service 44595.1 4251.9 45.3 24647.0 40149.8 45.3 11.6 44291 603.0
Engine Service 4961.5 4388.9 3842.3 4858.7 4961.5 3505.8 86.3 7680.30 1444.6
Air Conditioning Service 6349.1 6349.1 5980.0 6349.1 6349.1 2178.9 27.9 9203.3 171.2
Galley Service 827.7 836.3 836.3 827.7 827.7 836.3 - - 3249.2
Accommodation Service 1503.5 1550.3 1406.5 1503.5 1503.5 12201 50.0 21.3 6300.4
Lighting Service 1924.0 1924.0 2131.1 1924.0 1924.0 2543.0 320.7 3057.9
Total Power Required: 60488 27767 14441 40387 56042 10586 985 76233 16682
1 Em Gen
Generators on Load: DG1 - 8.16MW X X X X X (1050kW)
DG2 - 12.24MW X X X X X X
DG3 - 12.24MW X X X X
DG4 - 8.16MW X X
DG5 - 12.24MW X X X
DG6 - 12.24MW X X X
Service Factor .93 .85 .71 .71 .86 .86 .94
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A6N280303 Electric Load Analysis
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 2.8.5 - Page 1 of 1
Section 3: Electrical Systems
3.1 Main Electrical Network
3.2 Main Switchboards and Distribution
3.3 Main Switchboard Control and Operation
3.4 Electrical Switchboard Rooms and Substations
3.5 Electrical Safety and the Permit to Work System
3.6 Main Alternators
3.7 Governors
3.8 Accommodation Distribution
3.9 Engine Room Distribution
3.10 Galley Distribution
3.11 Laundry Distribution
3.12 Miscellaneous Distribution
3.13 Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical Distribution
3.14 Battery and UPS Power Supplies
3.15 Emergency Switchboard
3.16 Emergency Alternators
3.17 Trace Heating System
3.18 Shore Power
3.19 Cathodic Protection System
Section 3
Electrical Systems
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.1a Main MV Network
A/C Compressor Bow Thruster Stern Thruster FZ/001TFA FZ/002TFX FZ/001TFB A/C Compressor Stern Thruster Bow Thruster
YB681A 1,500kW YB764A 2,200kW YB764D 1,720kW Forward ER Aft Accomm./ER Forward ER YB/681B 1,500kW YB/764E 1,720kW YB/764B 2,200kW
Substation Substations Spare Distribution
M M M Transformer Transformer Transformer M M M
4,000kVA 4,000kVA 4,000kVA
Q141 Q131 Q133 Q105 Q111 Q106 Q140 Q130 Q132
XA/872A Forward Main Switchboard
Q119
Q117 Q107 Q109 Q101 Q118 Q120 Q102 Q104 Q108 Q110
Q103 Q121 Q116
Main Board Port Starboard Main Board
Interconnector Propulsion Propulsion Interconnector
XA/872B1 Transformers Transformers XA/872B2
FZ006/7TFA FZ006/7TFB
Substation 1/2 Substation 4 DDG 1 XB/274A DDG 2 XB/274B DDG 3 XB/274C DDG 4 XB/274D Substation 3 Galley Substation 1
Transformer Transformer 514 RPM 10.2MVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA 514 RPM 10.2MVA Transformer Transformer
2,250 kVA 1,800 kVA 1,800 kVA 1,500 kVA
8.4MW 11,000V 12.24MW 11,000V 12.24MW 11,000V 8.4MW 11,000V 11,000/690/230V 11,000/440/230V
11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V
FZ003TFA FZ003TFC FZ003TFB FZ003TFG
Galley Substation 2 Substation 5 DDG 5 XB/274E DDG 6 XB/274F Aft ER/Accomm. Substation 7
Aft Engine Room Substation 6
Transformer Transformer Engine Room Substations Transformer
Transformer 514 RPM 15.3MVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA Transformer Spare Transformer
Transformer
1,500 kVA 1,800 kVA 1,800 kVA 2,250 kVA
11,000/440/230V 11,000/690/230V 2,500 kVA 12.24MW 11,000V 12.24MW 11,000V 2,500 kVA 4,000 kVA
A/C Bow A/C 11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V
FZ003TFH FZ003TFD FZ002TFA FZ002TFB FZ001TFX Stern
Compressor Thruster Thruster Compressor FZ003TFF FZ003TFE
1,500kW 2,200kW 1,720kW 1,500kW
YB/681C YB/764C YB/764F YB/681D
Main Board M M M M Main Board
Interconnector Interconnector
XA/872A1 XA/872A2
Q161 Q191 Q155 Q157 Q181 Q153 Q151 Q152 Q154 Q160 Q180 Q190 Q156 Q158 Q162
XA.872B Aft Main Switchboard
Q164
Q159 Q170
Q171
Port Port Starboard Starboard
Propulsion Propulsion Key
Propulsion Propulsion
Transformers Transformers Transformers Transformers
FZ006/7TFA FZ008/9TFA 11,000V FZ008/9TFB FZ006/7TFB
11,000/2,200V 11,000/2,200V 11,000/2,200V 11,000/2,200V
7,000KVA 7,000KVA 7,000KVA 7,000KVA
690V
440V
Propulsion Propulsion Propulsion Propulsion
Converter Converter All Circuit Breakers and Vacuum Converter Converter
Contactors are Removable
XM/001AAA XM/001ABA XM/001BBA XM/001BAA
- Not shown for Clarity
XM/001AAC XM/001ABC XM/001BBC XM/001BAC
Excitation Excitation
Changeover Changeover
2 x 4,050 V 4,050 V
21 MW 21 MW
150 RPM Propulsion Propulsion 150 RPM
Port XN XN XN XN Starboard
Motor Motor
Propulsion 001AB 001AA 001BB 001BA Propulsion
Excitation Excitation
Motor Motor
XA/001A XA/872D-1 XA/872C-1 XA/872D-2 XA/872C-2 XA/001B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 1 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.1 Main Electrical Network The aft engine room switchboard XA/872D is fed via two 11,000/690V Each engine room switchboard can be split into three separate sections by
2,500kVA transformers and one 4,000kVA transformer. The two 2,500kVA opening the bus tie breakers Q209/Q308 (forward engine room switchboard)
Generating Plant transformers (FZ/002TFA and FZ/002TFB) are fed from the aft main or Q508/Q409 (aft engine room switchboard). The engine room switchboard
switchboard and the 4,000kVA transformer (FZ/002TFX) is fed from the centre sections are fitted with a breaker Q2A3 (forward engine room
forward main switchboard and is a spare supply for use in an emergency. switchboard) or Q4A3 (aft engine room switchboard) which provides an
No.1 and No.4 Main Diesel Driven Generators XA/274A and XA/274D alternative supply to the 690V section of the accommodation substations.
Rating: 11,000V, 3Ø, 60Hz, 8,160kW, 535.4A, 10,200kVA A separate emergency electrical network is provided to supply essential Breaker Q2A3 supplies accommodation substations 1-2, 3 and 4 and breaker
consumers in the event of loss of power at the main switchboards. There are Q4A3 supplies accommodation substations 5, 6 and 7. One of the engine room
two 690V 1,050kW emergency generators EDDG1 and EDDG2, which supply switchboards will normally feed the emergency switchboard via breakers
No.2 and No.3 Main Diesel Driven Generators XA/274B and XA/274C the emergency switchboard. The generators are located in separate port and Q205/Q504 and Q903/Q904 at the emergency switchboard.
Rating: 11,000V, 3Ø, 60Hz, 12,240kW, 803A, 15,300kVA starboard machinery rooms in zone 6 on deck 16, underneath the funnel. The
emergency switchboard is located in a further separate room between the two The main alternator’s star points are brought out and connected to earth. This
emergency generator rooms. The emergency switchboard XA/873 is normally enables earth monitoring, via an earthing resistor arrangement. This resistor
No.5 and No.6 Main Diesel Driven Generators XA/274E and XA/274F fed from one of the 690V engine room switchboards (XA872C or XA872D) box is mounted close to each alternator.
Rating: 11,000V, 3Ø, 60Hz, 12,240kW, 803A, 15,300kVA via one of the emergency switchboard transfer lines.
Propulsion Electrical Network
The emergency switchboard has a 230V section XA/873A which is fed from
No.1 and No.2 Emergency Diesel Driven Generators XA/277 and two 690/230V transformers FZ/013TFA and FZ/013TFB. This section also The ship’s propulsion equipment consists of two propulsion motors each driving
XA/274G feeds a further 230V section XA/873B which can also be fed with 230V DC via a fixed pitch propeller, four synchroconverters, eight supply transformers and
the emergency converter FZ/001QB from the emergency batteries FZ/001BA all the associated control and monitoring equipment.
Rating: 690V, 3Ø, 60Hz, 1,050kW, 1,067A, 1,312.5kVA
in the event of a complete power failure.
Each port and starboard section of the two main switchboards has a breaker which
Introduction An accommodation substation is located in each zone (except zone 1 which is feeds two propulsion transformers. There are eight propulsion transformers,
supplied from zone 2 substation). Substations 1-2 FZ/001QP1, 3 FZ/001QP2 four for each propulsion system. The propulsion transformers lower the
The electrical generation and distribution system is designed according to the and 4 FZ/001QP3 are fed from the forward main switchboard. Substations generated 11,000V to 2,200V for the supply to the synchroconverters.
‘power station’ principle. Two 12.24MW Diesel Driven Generators (DDGs), 5 FZ/001QP4, 6 FZ/001QP5 and 7 FZ/001QP6 are fed from the aft main
DDG2 and DDG3, and two 8.16MW DDGs, DDG1 and DDG4, feed the switchboard. The accommodation substations feed the majority of equipment All propulsion transformers are delta/delta wound, one transformer in each
forward main switchboard XA/872A at 11,000V and 60Hz. Two further in their respective zones. pair has a secondary winding with a phase shift of +22.5º and the other has a
12.24MW DDGs, DDG5 and DDG6, feed the aft main switchboard XA/872B shift of -7.5º. This arrangement gives a 30º shift in the electrical supply to each
at 11,000V and 60Hz. These two switchboards are normally connected to form These five switchboards, the accommodation substations and their distribution synchroconverter, effectively supplying each propulsion motor with a 6-phase
a common bus which then feeds the propulsion system, the accommodation networks make up the ship’s main electrical network. feed. Each pair of transformers feed one synchroconverter which supplies a
substations, the engine room switchboards and other high voltage consumers. variable frequency supply to one half motor of each propulsion motor. The two
Each main switchboard can be split into two separate switchboards, by opening half motors in each propulsion motor are electrically separate, but are wound
The two 12.24MW diesel driven generators XA/274B and XA/274C and the the bus tie breakers Q119 or Q164. There are also two tie lines from/to each on a common stator.
two 8.16MW diesel driven generators XA/274A and XA/274D are located in main switchboard to provide a high degree of flexibility and redundancy.
the forward DDG room in zone 6, on deck 1. The two 12.24MW generators, The main switchboards are normally connected with either Q116 and Q162 The propulsion motors are synchronous, requiring an excitation supply from
XA/274E and XA/274F, are located in the aft DDG room in zone 6, on deck breakers closed or Q117 and Q161 breakers closed to form one common bus. the excitation section of the converters. The excitation systems are fed from the
1. The main switchboards are located in dedicated main switchboard rooms on The splitting of the switchboards can be carried out as one command via the 690V engine room switchboards.
deck 3 in zone 6 above the respective engine rooms. IMACS, which will ensure that each switchboard has at least one generator
supplying it, before splitting the switchboards. See Section 4, Propulsion System, for further information.
Each main switchboard supplies three feeds to the 690V engine room substations.
The forward engine room substation XA/872C is fed via three 11,000/690V
4,000kVA transformers, two of these (FZ/001TFA and FZ/001TFB) are fed
from the forward main switchboard and the third (FZ/001TFX) is fed from the
aft main switchboard and is a spare supply for use in an emergency.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 2 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.1b Main Electrical Network A/C Compressor Stern Thruster Bow Thruster
A/C Compressor Bow Thruster Stern Thruster YB/681B YB/764E YB/764B
YB681A 1,500kW YB764A 2,200kW YB764B 1,720kW 1,500kW 1,720kW 2,200kW
M M M M M M
Q141 Q131 Q133 Q119 Q118 Q140 Q130 Q132
Forward Main Switchboard XA/872A
Q117 Q107 Q109 Q121 Q111 Q105 Q101 Q103 Q102 Q106 Q104 Q120 Q108 Q110 Q116
Propulsion
Transformers
FZ006/7TFA
Substation 1/2 Substation 4 Substation 3 Galley Substation 1
DDG 1 XB/274A DDG 2 XB/274B DDG 3 XB/274C DDG 4 XB/274D
Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer
2,250 kVA 1,800 kVA 514 RPM 10.2MVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA 514 RPM 10.2MVA 1,800 kVA 1,500 kVA
11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V 8.4MW 11,000V 12.24MW 11,000V 12.24MW 11,000V 8.4MW 11,000V 11,000/690/230V 11,000/440/230V
Galley Substation 2 Substation 5 Substation 7 Substation 6
Transformer Transformer DDG 5 XB/274E DDG 6 XB/274F Transformer Transformer
1,500 kVA 1,800 kVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA 514 RPM 15.3MVA 1,800 kVA 2,250 kVA
A/C 11,000/440/230V 11,000/690/230V Bow 12.24MW 11,000V 12.24MW 11,000V Stern AC
11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V
Compressor Thruster Propulsion Propulsion Thruster Compressor
1,500kW 2,200kW Transformers Transformers 1,720kW 1,500kW
FZ008/9TFA FZ008/9TFB
M M M M
Q161 Q191 Q155 Q157 Q181 Q171 Q151 Q159 Q152 Q170 Q180 Q190 Q156 Q158 Q162
Q164
Aft Main Switchboard XA/872B
Q153 Q154 Q160
Engine Room Spare Engine Room Engine Room Spare Engine Room
Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer
FZ/002TFA FZ/002TFX FZ/002TFB FZ/001TFB FZ/001TFX FZ/001TFA
2,500 kVA 4,000 kVA 2,500 kVA 4,000 kVA 4,000 kVA 4,000 kVA
QF401 QF4A0 QF502 QF302 QF2A0 QF201
EDDG1 XA/277 EDDG2 XA/274G
1,312KVA 1,050kW 1,312KVA 1,050kW
Aft Engine Room 690V 690V Forward Engine Room
Switchboard XA/872D Switchboard XA/872C
Q409 Q508 Q308 Q209
Q4A3 Q504 Q205 Q2A3
Emergency
Batteries
Accommodation Accommodation FZ/001BA
Substations 5/6/7 Q904 Q901 Q902 Q903 Substations 1&2/3/4 FZ001IT
Key 690V 60HZ 230V 60HZ XA/873A 230V AC/DC XA/873B 230V DC/DC
Emergency Switchboard XA873
11,000V Q209
690V Q905 Q908 Q906 Q907 Transformer Q9A1 Q9A2 Q9A3 Q9B0
Key FZ/013TFB Transformer Key Interlocked
230/208V Interlocked Interlocked
FZ/013TFA
All MV Circuit Breakers and Rectifier/Charger
Units FZ/001QA/B
Vacuum Contactors are Removable
- Not shown for Clarity QR2
QR1
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 3 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Accommodation Electrical Network Accommodation Substation Transformers FZ/003TFA and FZ/003TFE Machinery Spaces Electrical Network
(2,250kVA)
The ship’s accommodation electrical load is fed from an accommodation The machinery space 690V consumers are fed from the forward and aft engine
substation located in each zone. Each substation is normally fed from Maker: Trasfor room substations. Each of these substations is divided into three physically
the forward or aft main switchboard via an 11,000/690/230V transformer Type: THT 7FN 2M25/G separate switchboards with bus tie breakers. These substations are located in
(FZ/003TFA/B/C/D/E/F) and the substation has 690V, 230V and 115V Specification: Dry, cast resin, three phase, natural air cooled the main switchboard rooms in zone 6 on deck 3, the transformers are located
sections. The transformers for substations 1-2 FZ/001QP1, 3 FZ/001QP2 and in the machinery spaces, see illustration 2.1.3c. These switchboards feed the
Rating: 2,250kVA
4 FZ/001QP3 are fed from the forward main switchboard. The transformers propulsion auxiliaries and most of the equipment in the machinery spaces.
for substations 5 FZ/001QP4, 6 FZ/001QP5 and 7 FZ/001QP6 are fed from the Voltage prim/sec1/sec2: 11,000/735/245V
aft main switchboard. Each of the transformers has a secondary winding with Current prim/sec1/sec2: 110.9/1,256/1,767A One of the engine room substations’ bus tie breakers is normally kept open.
tappings at 690V and 230V. These tappings feed the 690V and 230V sections Protection: IP00 In the event of a failure of one of the supply transformers, the bus tie breakers
in each substation to provide power for sockets, lighting, etc, in their respective will automatically close providing the breaker operating mode switch is set
zone. A 690/115V transformer FZ/005TFA/B/C/D/E/F is provided in each Accommodation Substation Transformers FZ/003TFB, FZ/003TFC, to the correct REMOTE position (IMACS control) and the breaker is set
substation which feeds the 115V section. The 115V section feeds the various FZ/003TFD and FZ/003TFF (1,800kVA) to AUTOMATIC operation at the IMACS. The bus tie breakers have the
115V consumers in each zone (see illustration 3.1c). following modes of operation:
Maker: Trasfor
Type: THT 7FN 1MB/G • LOCAL manual control
The engine room substation centre sections are fitted with a breaker, Q2A3 at the
forward engine room switchboard or Q4A3 at the aft engine room switchboard, Specification: Dry, cast resin, three phase, natural air cooled • REMOTE manual control (from IMACS)
which provide an alternative supply to the 690V section of the accommodation Rating: 1,800kVA • REMOTE automatic control (from IMACS)
substations. Breaker Q2A3 supplies accommodation substations 1-2, 3 and Voltage prim/sec1/sec2: 11,000/735/245V
4 and breaker Q4A3 supplies accommodation substations 5, 6 and 7. This Current prim/sec1/sec2: 94.5/1,021/1,414A Preferential tripping is fitted to protect the essential consumers in the event
supply is usually used in refit or dry dock periods. Also at each accommodation of a generator overload. This is carried out by the PMS and the switchboards
Protection: IP00
substation is a 690/230V transformer FZ/004TFA/B/C/D/E/F that provides a themselves. The main switchboards will trip the following consumers in the
back-up supply for the 230V section of the accommodation substations. This event of a main generator overload.
transformer feed is also usually used in refit or dry dock periods as above. The accommodation substation transformers have no enclosures and are cooled
via natural air circulation. The windings are fitted with embedded PT100 • Level 1: Galley substations 1 and 2
The substations for zones 1-2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 as well as the two galley temperature sensors to enable remote IMACS monitoring. The transformers • Level 2: AC compressors 1, 2, 3 and 4
substations feed all the general accommodation domestic load such as heating, are fitted on resilient mounts.
lighting, ventilation, etc, for each zone. Substation 1-2 also feeds the supplies The forward engine room substation is equipped with its own preferential
for zone 1, which is a much smaller zone than the others. Ventilation and air The transformers are located in their respective substations within cages that tripping which will trip the following consumers in the event of an overload
conditioning in each zone is fed from ventilation group starter panels located are locked and can only be accessed when the transformer is isolated and situation:
in each air conditioning station. earthed down. • Fresh water generators No.1 and No.2
The procedures to access the transformers are described in section 3.5, • Compressor/brine pump YM/695A
Each low voltage distribution system has its own earth monitoring system
which raises an alarm via the IMACS when a circuit’s earth impedance falls Electrical Safety and the Permit to Work System. • AC chilled water pump No.1 and No.3
to a low level. • Engine room 440V substation FZ/215QE
The aft engine room substation also has preferential tripping as follows:
• Fresh water generator No.3
• AC chilled water pump No.2
• Compressor/brine pump YM/695B
• Emergency switchboard interconnector
Please refer to section 3.3 for further details of engine room substation main
breaker operation and the preferential trips.
The engine room substations feed Group Starter Panels (GSPs) located in each
machinery compartment. These GSPs contain the motor starters for pumps/
fans/compressors, etc, in that area or machinery group.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 4 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.1c Substations and Switchboards Network
From Main From Main
Switchboard Switchboard
Key
FZ/003TFH Galley Substation No.2 FZ/003TFG Galley Substation No.1 Lido Galley
11,000V 11,000/440/230V FZ/002QP2 11,000/440/230V FZ/002QP1 FZ/QFRBA000
230V 115V
690V
FZ/004TFH FZ/004TFG FZ/QFRBB000
440/230V 440/230V
440V 230V
ZA1 ZA0 RA1 RA0 RB A RBB FZ/QFG1900 115V Section
230V H04 G04
440V FZ/002QP2A FZ/002QP2B FZ/QFH05000 440V FZ/002QP1A FZ/QFG05000 440V FZ/QFG19100
H01 H02 H03 H05 230V 115V G01 G02 G03 G19 G05 230V FZ/002QP1B 115V
115V
All Substation Circuit FZ/012TF
To FZ002QP2 FZ/005TFH To FZ022QP2 FZ/005TFG 440/115V
Breakers are Removable Switches Q01-Q02 440/115V Switches H01-H02 440/115V
- Not shown for Clarity
XA/877B Starboard
Shore Connection Panel XA/877A Port Shore
Connection Panel
From Main From Main From Main From Main From Main From Main
Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard
Substation 7 Substation 6 Substation 5 Substation 4 Substation 3 Substation 2
Zone 7 Zone 6 Zone 5 Zone 4 Zone 3 Zones 1 and 2
FZ/001QP6 FZ/001QP5 FZ/001QP4 FZ/001QP3 FZ/001QP2 FZ/001QP1
FZ/003TFF FZ/003TFE FZ/003TFD FZ/003TFC FZ/003TFB FZ/003TFA
11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V 11,000/690/230V
FZ/005TFF FZ/004TFF FZ/005TFE FZ/004TFE FZ/005TFD FZ/004TFD FZ/005TFC FZ/004TFC FZ/005TFB FZ/004TFB FZ/005TFA FZ/004TFA
230/115V 690/230V 230/115V 690/230V 230/115V 690/230V 230/115V 690/230V 230/115V 690/230V 230/115V 690/230V
115V 690V 230V 115V 690V 230V 115V 690V 230V 115V 690V 230V 115V 690V 230V 115V 690V 230V
From From From From From From
Q153 Q111 Q154 Trace Heating 230V 230V Trace Heating Q106 Q160 Q105 440V Engine Room
FZ/010TF FZ/011TF
Substation No.2 690/440V 690/230V Substation No.1 440V Substation
FZ/536QF FZ/221QF FZ/215QF
Engine Room Spare Engine Room Engine Room Spare Engine Room
Transformer Transformer Transformer Laundry Transformer Transformer Transformer
FZ/022TFB 440V 230V FZ/022TFA FZ/017TF
FZ/002TFA FZ/002TFX FZ/002TFB 690/230V Substation 690/230V FZ/001TFB FZ/001TFX FZ/001TFA 690/440V
2,500 KVA 4,000 KVA 2,500 KVA FZ/003QP 4,000 KVA 4,000 KVA 4,000 KVA
QF401 QF4A0 QF502 Q544 Q265 QF302 QF2A0 QF201 Q215
Aft Engine Room 690V FZ/512QF Aft Mooring Fwd Mooring FZ/314QF 690V Forward Engine Room
Switchboard XA/872D Q409 Q508 Substation Substation Q308 Q209 Switchboard XA/872C
Q413 Q419 Q4A3 Q504 Q512 Q225 Q205 Q2A3 Q314 Q338
Key Key
Interlocked Interlocked Emergency
Batteries
Q904 Q903 FZ001IT
690V Provision Emergency Switchboard XA873 690V 60HZ 230V 60HZ XA/873A 230V AC/DC XA/873B 230V DC/DC
Substation
YM/695A
Q209
Q901 Q902 Q906 Q907 Transformer
Q905 Q908
FZ/013TFB Transformer Q9A1 Q9A2 Q9A3 Q9B0
FZ/013TFA Interlocked
EDDG1 EDDG2
XA/277 XA/274G
1,312KVA EDG EDG 1,312KVA
1,050kW 1,050kW
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 5 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
In certain circumstances, the aft engine room substation has an interlock that Engine Room Transformers FZ/002TFA/B (2,500kVA) Emergency Electrical Network
can be overridden to allow the two supply 2,500kVA supply transformers Maker: Trasfor The emergency switchboard is located in the emergency switchboard room in
to operate in parallel to supply the emergency switchboard. This facility is zone 6 on deck 16. This switchboard is normally supplied from one of the two
Type: THT 7FF 2M5/G
enabled via key switch S69X/1 fitted inside the upper panel of cubicle 6. tie-lines from the engine room switchboards. In an emergency, the switchboard
Specification: Dry, cast resin, three phase, air cooled
is automatically supplied from the two 690V 1,050kW emergency generators
The engine room substations also feed the 230V trace heating substations Rating: 2,500kVA
which are located in separate port and starboard machinery rooms located
1 and 2. The forward engine room substation feeds trace heating substation Voltage prim/sec: 11,000/735V outboard of the emergency switchboard room.
1 (FZ/221QF) via 690/230V transformer FZ/022TFA and the aft engine Current prim/sec: 131.3/1,965A
room substation feeds trace heating substation 2 (FZ/536QF) via 690/230V Protection: IP44 The emergency switchboard is made up of three sections, the 690V AC
transformer FZ/022TFB. The forward switchboard also feeds a separate 440V section XA/873, the 230V AC section XA/873A and the 230V AC/DC
Insulation class: F
engine room substation FZ/215QF located in the forward main switchboard section XA/873B. The 230V AC section is fed from two 690/230V, 500kVA
room. See illustration 3.9a. transformers FZ/013TFA and FZ/013TFB. The 230V AC/DC section is
The engine room transformers have steel enclosures and are cooled via forced
air circulation. The windings are fitted with embedded PT100 temperature normally fed from the 230V AC emergency switchboard XA/873A but in the
Engine Room Motor Control sensors to enable remote monitoring via the IMACS. Cooling is achieved by event of a total power failure can also be fed with 230V DC via the emergency
four fans circulating internal air over fresh water coolers. The tubed coolers converter (FZ/001QB) from the emergency batteries FZ/001BA.
The starters for most individual motors are generally fitted adjacent to the
actual equipment. Other motors have their starters grouped together in motor are circulated with water from the auxiliary fresh water cooling system. The
coolers are fitted with leakage sensors which will raise an alarm via the IMACS The DC/DC switchboard is normally fed from the emergency switchboard
GSPs. These group starters house removable motor starters comprising a
in the case of a water leak. 690V section via the load branch rectifier/charger. The battery branch of the
protective circuit breaker, overload, control equipment and main contactor. The
DC/DC switchboard section is normally fed from the emergency switchboard
GSPs normally house the starters for all the motors within the compartment
Access to the transformers and other medium voltage equipment is described 690V section via the battery branch rectifier/charger. The DC/DC switchboard
that the GSP is located.
in section 3.5. has a bus tie breaker which is normally open, in an emergency this breaker
closes and the batteries supply the whole board and the AC/DC section
Control of these motors is dependant on their duty but equipment usually has
XA/873B.
a LOCAL/REMOTE operation switch. When set to LOCAL, control is from Engine Room 440V System
locally mounted start/stop pushbuttons. When set to REMOTE, control is
There is one 440V substation, FZ/215QF, fitted in the forward main switchboard For further details of the emergency electrical network, see section 3.15,
usually from the IMACS.
room. This is fed from the forward engine room switchboard via circuit 215. Emergency Switchboard.
When set to IMACS operation, control can usually be set to AUTOMATIC or The substation is fed via 690/440V 100kVA transformer FZ/017TF also located
MANUAL. When set to MANUAL the equipment can be manually started and in the forward main switchboard room. Back-up Power Supplies
stopped by the operator. When set to AUTOMATIC, the equipment is usually There are several Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) units fitted to supply
automatically controlled by the system process. Engine Room 440V Transformer FZ/017TF specific essential consumers in the event of mains or emergency power failure.
Maker: Euro Elettro These UPS units provide a seamless transition to a battery supplied power
Engine Room Transformers FZ/001TFA, FZ/001TFB, FZ/001TFX, source. The UPS units utilise an inverter to provide AC power from a DC
FZ/002TFX (4,000kVA) Type: FDNTTG01001
battery source. The batteries are usually Nicad maintenance-free batteries fitted
Rating: 100kVA locally, either in the cabinet or adjacent.
Maker: Trasfor
Voltage prim/sec: 720/450V
Type: THT 7FF 4M/G
Current prim/sec: 80/128A The main emergency lighting UPS unit is fitted in the emergency switchboard
Specification: Dry, cast resin, three phase, air cooled
Cooling: Air cooled room and will supply the ship’s emergency lighting for at least 30 minutes in
Rating: 4,000kVA the event of total power failure. See section 3.14 for further information.
Voltage prim/sec: 11,000/735V
Current prim/sec: 210/3,143A
Protection: IP44
Insulation class: F
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 6 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Galley Electrical Network Theatre Substation and Transformers Deck 7 Aft Lounge and Explorers Lounge Substations
The galley consumers are fed from two electrical substations; No.1 FZ/002QP1 The ship’s theatre is provided with its own substation on the starboard side of The aft lounge and Explorers lounge are each provided with their own
and No.2 FZ/002QP2. Galley substation No.1 is located on the port side the theatre on deck 6. The substation is supplied with two 690V feeds from substation which is supplied with 208V and 115V via separate 690/208V
of deck 4 in zone 6 and galley substation No.2 is located midships on deck accommodation substation 1-2, FZ/001QP1. The substation is fitted with 230V and 690/115V transformers. The aft lounge transformers are fed from
5 in zone 7. Each substation is fed from one of the main switchboards via and 208V switchboards that are supplied via two transformers located within accommodation substation zone 7 and the Explorers lounge transformers are
11,000/440V transformers. Galley substation No.1 is fed from the forward the substation. The 230V switchboard FZA15QF is supplied from 690/230V fed from accommodation substation zone 5.
main switchboard via 11,000/440/230V transformer FZ/003TFG which is transformer FZ019TF, the 208V switchboard FZA18QF is supplied from
located within the substation. Galley substation G2 is fed from the aft main 690/208V transformer FZ021TF. See illustrations 3.8a/b/c/d/e/f, Accommodation Distribution for further details.
switchboard via 11,000/440/230V transformer FZ/003TFH, which is located in
a separate electrical locker EL5704, inboard of the staff mess on deck 5.
Theatre Substation 208V Transformer FZ/021TF Laundry Substation
The galley substations are fitted with 440V, 230V and 115V distribution Maker: Gonella Trafo The ship’s main laundry on deck 2 is provided with its own substation, FZ/003QP
switchboards. The 230V switchboard is fed via the main 11,000/440/230V Type: BT3.100 which has a 440V and a 230V section. The switchboard is supplied with 440V
transformer and also from a separate 440/230V transformer (FZ/004TFG and Rating: 330kVA via 690/440V transformer FZ/010TF and 230V via 690/230V transformer
FZ/004TFH) from the 440V switchboard. The 115V switchboard is fed from a FZ/011TF. The transformers are fed from accommodation substation zone 5
Voltage prim/sec: 720/240V
separate 440/115V transformer (FZ/005TFG and FZ/005TFH) from the 440V and are located within the laundry substation on deck 2.
Current prim/sec: 261/713A
switchboard. For further details of the galley electrical network, see illustration
3.10a, Galley Distribution. Cooling: Air cooled See illustration 3.11a, Laundry Distribution for further details.
In a dry dock situation, the shore supply will feed the galley substation 440V
Theatre Substation 230V Transformer FZ/019TF
switchboards and backfeed the main switchboards via the galley 11,000/440V
transformers. For further details of the electrical shore supply facilities, see Maker: Euro Elettro
section 3.18, Shore Power. Type: ANBTG03300
Rating: 330kVA
Galley Substation Transformers FZ/003TFG and FZ/003TFH Voltage prim/sec: 720/255V
Maker: Trasfor Current prim/sec: 265/916A
Type: THT 7FN 1M5/G Cooling: Air cooled
Specification: Dry, cast resin, three phase, natural air cooled
Rating: 1,500kVA
Voltage prim/sec: 11,000/470/235V
Current prim/sec: 78.8/1,474/982A
Protection: IP00
The transformers are cooled via natural air circulation and the windings are
fitted with embedded PT100 temperature sensors to enable remote monitoring
via the IMACS. The transformers are also fitted on resilient mounts.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.1 - Page 7 of 7
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.2a Main Switchboards and Distribution
Starboard Port
ER Bus/Riser
Fwd Spare Aft ER Propulsion Generator Interconnector Synchronising Interconnector Generator Propulsion Aft ER Shore
Transformer Transformer PEM 2 Stbd No.6 Forward Stbd Bus Tie Panel Forward Port No.5 PEM 2 Port Transformer Spare Connection
SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING CHECK
VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZER
SYNC
TOO FAST TOO SLOW
10 10
55 60 65
I kV II I
Hz
5 5
II
0 0 55 60 65
UGEN
TOO HIGH
SYNCHROSCOPE
TOO LOW
SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST
ACTING
SYNCHRONIZING OFF/ON ON LOCK OUT
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SELECTOR
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
G6
SIEMENS SIEMENS
E
0
G5
SYNCHRONIZING CLOSING
OFF ON PROT UNPROT
FWD FWD
MSWBD MSWBD
STBD PORT
DDG6 DDG5
POWER POWER
MW
10 10
5 5
REMOTE REMOTE
LOCAL FOR- LOCAL FOR-
WARD WARD
REMOTE
LOCAL FOR-
WARD
DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG6 BUS TIE AFT DDG5
LOC REM FWD OPEN CLOSE LOC REM FWD
BUS TIE AFT
LOC REM FWD
G BUS RISER AFT
G
Accomm. AC Accomm. Spare Bow Accomm.
Substation 6 Compressor 4 Substation 7 Aft Main Switchboard XA872B-1 Thruster 3 Substation 5
Stern Accomm. Measuring Measuring AC Galley
Thruster 3 Spare Panel Panel Compressor 3 Sub 2
Port
ER Aft Bus/Riser Starboard
Spare Forward ER Generator Propulsion Generator Interconnector Bus Tie Synchronising Interconnector Generator Propulsion Generator Forward ER
Transformer Transformer No.1 PEM 1 Port No.2 Forward Port Forward Panel Aft Stbd No.3 PEM 1 Stbd No.4 Transformer Spare
SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING CHECK
VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZER
SYNC
TOO FAST TOO SLOW
10 10
55 60 65
I kV II I
Hz
5 5
II
0 0 55 60 65
UGEN
TOO HIGH
SYNCHROSCOPE
TOO LOW
SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST
ACTING
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
SYNCHRONIZING OFF/ON ON LOCK OUT
SELECTOR
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS AFT G6
0
G1G2
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
AFT BT PORT
DDG1 DDG2 ITC DDG3 DDG4
AFT G5
POWER POWER G4
FWD BT POWER POWER
STBD ITC
MW 10 MW SYNCHRONIZING CLOSING MW MW 10
10 10
5 OFF ON PROT UNPROT 5
5 5
0 0 0 0
BUS TIE FWD BUS TIE FWD
LOC REM OPEN CLOSE
DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
LOC REM LOC REM LOC REM LOC REM
?? FWD PORT ?? FWD STBD
LOC REM LOC REM
G G G G
?? FWD PORT ?? FWD STBD
OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE
DDG1 DDG1 DDG2 DDG2 DDG3 DDG3 DDG4 DDG4
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG5 DDG6
POWER POWER
MW MW
10 10
5 5
0 0
DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG6 DDG6 DDG6
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC FWD MODE OPEN CLOSE DEC INC FWD MODE
BUS TIE FWD BUS TIE AFT
OPEN CLOSE FWD MODE
G BUS RISER FWD G
WARNING
BEFORE DRAW IN/OUT INSULATOR ( CIRC 118 )
OPEN THE BUS-TIE ( CIRC 119 ) FIRST
Bow Stern AC AC Stern Bow
Thruster 1 Thruster 1 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Thruster 2 Thruster 2
Accomm. Accomm. Measuring
Forward Main Switchboard XA872A-1
Measuring Accomm. Galley
Substation 1/2 Substation 4 Panel Panel Substation 3 Sub 1
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.2 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.2 Main Switchboards and Distribution The switchboards contain the circuit breakers for the six incoming feeds from Main Switchboard Circuit Breakers
the generators and the outgoing feeder circuit breakers for the tie lines and the Maker: Siemens
Maker: Siemens 11kV consumers.
Type: 3AK 1532-4
Type: NX Air P
The switchboards consist of the main busbars with risers connecting the circuit
Protection rating: IP32 The circuit breakers fitted to the main switchboards are of the vacuum type.
breaker housing to the main busbars. The breakers are of the withdrawable
type, using a special truck to withdraw the breaker when required. Each and have different alarms according to their configuration; alarms are raised
There are two 11kV main switchboards XA872A and XA872B. The forward breaker has an earthing switch to earth the outgoing circuit when required. The via the IMACS.
main switchboard XA872A is normally fed from two 12.24MW diesel breaker must be in the withdrawn position before the earthing switch can be
generators and two 8.16MW diesel generators. The aft main switchboard applied. Alarms include faults such as circuit breaker discrepancy (earth switch closed,
XA872B is normally fed from two 12.24MW diesel generators. The forward etc) and breaker tripped (short circuit, overcurrent trip, etc.) The full list of
main switchboard is situated in the forward main switchboard room on deck The isolating and earthing procedures are described in section 3.5, Electrical alarms for each breaker are shown on its respective IMACS circuit breaker
3 in zone 6. The aft main switchboard is situated in the aft main switchboard Safety and the Permit to Work System. Individual safety interlocking alarms screen mimic.
room on deck 3 in zone 6. procedures are described in the shipyard documents.
The operation and control of the circuit breakers is described in section 3.3,
The switchboards are made up from modular segregated compartments that The opening and closing operation of the breaker is achieved using springs Main Switchboards Control and Operation.
house the common busbars, vacuum circuit breakers, vacuum contactors which are normally charged by a spring charging motor. In the case of a failure
and all the associated control and monitoring equipment. Siemens’ NX Air P of this motor, the springs may be manually charged using a cranking handle. Main Switchboard Vacuum Contactors
equipment is a medium voltage, metal-clad switchgear.
The switchboard enclosure is explosion-proof and fully enclosed. No live Maker: Siemens
The usual mode of operation of these switchboards is when they are connected parts can be accessed without the safety isolation and earthing procedure being Type: 3TL
together, via the two tie lines, to form a common bus. For operational correctly followed (see section 3.5).
requirements, the boards may be split into one of three operating modes with Specific distribution circuits such as the accommodation substations, air
one command via the IMACS system which will ensure that each switchboard conditioning compressors and the thrusters utilise vacuum contactors for
has at least one generator supplying it before splitting the switchboards. For supply and isolation. The contactors have similar alarms and facilities to the
full automatic power management, the switchboards must be in one of three circuit breakers.
configurations. The configurations are shown in illustration 3.3c:
• PORT/STARBOARD (P/S) The contactors are electromagnetically operated and are mounted on a
removable truck with isolating contacts. The contactor cubicles are fitted with
• FWD/AFT MSWB
high voltage High Rupturing Capacity (HRC) fuses. The fuse status can be
• CLOSED MSWB seen through a monitoring window in the cubicle front.
When closed MSWB configuration is selected, the aft main switchboard bus tie
breaker 164 is open and the two main switchboards’ interconnecting tie lines
are closed. The two main switchboards then effectively act as a single main
switchboard. This is the normal operating mode.
When Port/Starboard MSWB configuration is selected, bus tie breaker 119
on the forward main switchboard and bus tie breaker 164 on the aft main
switchboard are open.
When FWD/AFT MSWB configuration is selected, both tie lines are open
(breakers 116, 117, 161, 162). The switchboards then act as two separate
independent switchboards.
When the Power Management System (PMS) is in automatic control, it is
possible to switch over automatically between the configurations from an View of Aft Main Switchboard
operator station by selecting the required mode from the IMACS Power
Management Control mimic.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.2 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.3a Main Switchboard Control Panels
SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING CHECK SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING CHECK
SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING CHECK SYNCHRONIZING SYNCHRONIZING CHECK
VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZER VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZER
SYNC
TOO FAST TOO SLOW SYNC
TOO FAST TOO SLOW
55 60 65
10 10 55 60 65
VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZER VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZER
10 10
I kV II I
I kV II I
Hz Hz
5 5
II 5 5
II
0 0 55 60 65
UGEN
TOO HIGH
SYNCHROSCOPE 0 0 55 60 65
UGEN
TOO HIGH
TOO LOW SYNCHROSCOPE
TOO LOW
SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST
ACTING
SYNCHRONIZING OFF/ON ON
SIEMENS
LOCK OUT
SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST
SIEMENS SELECTOR
SYNCHRONIZING
SELECTOR
OFF/ON ON
ACTING
LOCK OUT
G6
0
G1
E
0
AFT G6 G2
SYNC SYNC
AFT BT PORT
DDG1 DDG2 ITC DDG3 DDG4
G5
AFT G5
POWER POWER FWD BT POWER POWER
TOO FAST TOO SLOW TOO FAST TOO SLOW
G4
STBD ITC
SYNCHRONIZING CLOSING
OFF ON PROT UNPROT
MW 10 MW
10
SYNCHRONIZING CLOSING MW
10
MW 10
5 OFF ON PROT UNPROT 5
5 5
55 60 65 55 60 65
0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 BUS TIE FWD BUS TIE FWD
LOC REM OPEN CLOSE
I kV II I kV II
DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
LOC REM LOC REM LOC REM LOC REM
I I ?? FWD PORT
LOC REM
?? FWD STBD
LOC REM
G G G G
FWD
MSWBD
FWD
MSWBD Hz Hz ?? FWD PORT ?? FWD STBD
5 5 5 5
OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE
STBD PORT DDG1 DDG1
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG2 DDG2
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG3 DDG3
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG4 DDG4
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG6
POWER
DDG5
POWER
II II DDG5
POWER
DDG6
POWER
MW
10 10
5 5 MW MW
10 10
0 0
0 5 5
0 0 UGEN UGEN
55 60 65 55 60 65
0 0
TOO HIGH TOO HIGH
LOCAL
REMOTE
FOR- LOCAL
REMOTE
FOR-
SYNCHROSCOPE SYNCHROSCOPE
TOO LOW TOO LOW
WARD WARD
REMOTE
LOCAL FOR-
WARD
DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
DDG6 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG6 DDG6 DDG6
BUS TIE AFT OPEN CLOSE DEC INC FWD MODE OPEN CLOSE DEC INC FWD MODE
LOC REM FWD OPEN CLOSE LOC REM FWD
BUS TIE AFT BUS TIE FWD BUS TIE AFT
LOC REM FWD OPEN CLOSE FWD MODE
G G
BUS RISER AFT
G BUS RISER FWD G
WARNING
BEFORE DRAW IN/OUT INSULATOR ( CIRC 118 )
OPEN THE BUS-TIE ( CIRC 119 ) FIRST
SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST
ACTING
ACTING OFF/ON ON
SYNCHRONIZING OFF/ON ON LOCK OUT SYNCHRONIZING LOCK OUT
SELECTOR SELECTOR
0 0
G1
AFT G6 G2
G5 G6 AFT BT PORT
DDG1 DDG2 ITC DDG3 DDG4
AFT G5
POWER POWER G4
FWD BT POWER POWER
E STBD ITC
SYNCHRONIZING CLOSING MW 10 MW
10
SYNCHRONIZING CLOSING MW
10
MW 10
OFF ON PROT UNPROT 5 OFF ON PROT UNPROT 5
5 5
0 0 0 0
BUS TIE FWD BUS TIE FWD
LOC REM OPEN CLOSE
DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
LOC REM LOC REM LOC REM LOC REM
ITC FWD PORT ITC FWD STBD
LOC REM LOC REM
G G G G
FWD FWD ITC FWD PORT ITC FWD STBD
OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE
MSWBD MSWBD DDG1 DDG1 DDG2 DDG2 DDG3 DDG3 DDG4 DDG4
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC
STBD PORT
DDG6 DDG5 DDG5 DDG6
POWER POWER POWER POWER
MW MW MW MW
10 10 10 10
5 5 5 5
0 0 0 0
REMOTE REMOTE
LOCAL FOR- LOCAL FOR-
WARD WARD
REMOTE
LOCAL FOR-
WARD
DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG5 DDG6 DDG6 DDG6
OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC OPEN CLOSE DEC INC FWD MODE OPEN CLOSE DEC INC FWD MODE
DDG6 BUS TIE AFT DDG5 BUS TIE AFT BUS TIE AFT
LOC REM FWD OPEN CLOSE LOC REM FWD OPEN CLOSE FWD MODE
BUS TIE AFT
LOC REM FWD
G BUS RISER AFT
G G BUS RISER FWD
G
Aft Main Switchboard Synchronising Panel Forward Main Switchboard Synchronising Panel
WARNING
6 DDG + 6 THRUSTERS CONNECTED CAUSES
UNPROTECTED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 1 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.3 Main Switchboard Control and Level 1: Local Mode Level 4: Monitoring and Control System (IMACS)
Operation Local mode is selected by setting the mode selector switch on the diesel local This level is activated by the operator at the PMS panel. The selected control
control panel to the LOCAL position. When in local mode the operator can mode can be changed directly from the monitoring and control system. In
start and stop the diesel generators via the relevant local control panel. When semi-automatic mode the PMS panel indicates ‘SEMI HMI’. In automatic
Power Management System Concept in local mode, ‘LOCAL’ is indicated on the PMS panel. mode the PMS panel indicates ‘AUTO HMI’.
The vessel’s power plant consists of:
Please refer to illustration 3.3a for further details of the control priority.
Level 2 Forward and Aft Main Switchboards (Manual Mode)
• Four Wartsila diesel engines 12V46 driving four 15,300kVA
alternators Manual mode is selected by setting the mode selector switch at the diesel The control levels are subject to the following:
generator engine local control panel to the REMOTE position and the relevant
• Two Wartsila diesel engines 8L46 driving two 10,200kVA • Only one level of control will be active at any time for one
Diesel Driven Generator (DDG) selector switch on the main switchboard bus
alternators generator.
riser panel to the LOCAL position. When in manual mode, the operator can
close, synchronise and open the generator circuit breakers, interconnectors or • The change in control level will not affect any actuator status or
The Power Management System (PMS) controls the power plant and supplies
bus tie breakers via the pushbuttons located on the front of the bus riser panels. setting.
the required amount of electrical power as demanded by the vessel’s various
When in manual mode, ‘LOCAL’ is indicated on the PMS panel.
consumers under normal operating conditions. Power management functions • The change in control level will not affect monitoring facilities.
essential for the safe operation of the vessel are performed by the PMS.
The diesel generators are started and stopped from the Simatic Genops 71
Control of the DDGs is described in detail in section 2.2.3, Diesel Generator
touchscreen panels.
The PMS is an independent automation system with its own controller, bus Control and Operation.
system and operator panels based on Simatic S7 standard components. Each
For DDGs 5 and 6 to be controlled from the bus riser panel of the forward main
diesel generator is controlled by its own independent unit (PMA 71 unit) and Control Changeover from Local to Remote
switchboard their control switches must be set to the FORWARD position.
internal communication between the units is achieved by means of a field bus
network (profibus). When the operator changes from LOCAL to REMOTE at the diesel generator
Level 3: PMS Panel (Touch Panel TP170B) engine local control panel, the control change over is as follows:
Each PMA 71 unit consists of the following components: The PMS is active when the selection switch on the main switchboard bus riser • If the control previously selected was AUTO OP, the mode
• Microprocessor based controller (Simatic S7) panel is set to the REMOTE position. The PMS has two control levels: changes to SEMI OP. The operator has to change back to AUTO
OP manually at the TP120B panel.
• PMA 71 TP panel (TP170B) • Semi-automatic (SEMI OP)
• If the control previously selected was AUTO HMI, the mode
• I/O cards (Simatic S7) • Automatic (AUTO OP)
changes to SEMI HMI. The operator has to change back to
• Genop 71 (central transducer, protection and synchronisation AUTO HMI manually at the operator station (IMACS).
Operator control of the PMS panel is possible when in SEMI OP mode. The
unit)
operator can select automatic mode via the PMS panel if all the necessary
• Siprotec (digital protection unit) preconditions shown below are fulfilled:
• No internal PMS failure
The Siprotec and TP170B are mounted on the front of each main switchboard
generator panel with the other components mounted inside the panel. Control • Not more than one link failure to other PMS units
and monitoring of the PMS can be carried out via the TP170B. • No unacknowledged protection alarms
Power Generation Control Priority In automatic mode full PMS functionality is available. In semi-automatic
mode a restricted PMS functionality is available. In semi-automatic mode the
The diesel generators can be controlled from four different control levels. The PMS panel indicates ‘SEMI OP’. In automatic mode the PMS panel indicates
control levels are as follows: ‘AUTO OP’.
• Level 1: Local mode
• Level 2: At the forward and aft main switchboards
• Level 3: From the PMS panel (touch panel TP170B)
• Level 4: From the IMACS monitoring and control system
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 2 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.3b Control Priority
At the Engine Local Control Panel
REMOTE
Selected at LOCAL
Local Control Position Remote Diesel Generator
Local Control Panel
- Start engine CONTROL
- Emergency start START MODE
- Stop engine
At the Main Switchboard Bus Riser Panel
REMOTE DDG1
Selected at LOCAL FOR-
WARD
LOC REM
Local Control Position Remote Main Switchboard
Bus Riser Panels
If diesel is running (droop mode) DDG6
LOC REM FWD
- Breaker synchronising with check synchroniser
- Breaker closing order via the DDG CLOSE switch Aft Main Swbd Fwd Main Swbd
DGs DGs
- Loading engine via the DDG INC switch At the PMS Operating Panel 5 and 6 1, 2, 3 and 4
- Unloading engine with the DDG DEC switch (PMA 71 in Main Switchboard Generator Panels)
- Breaker opening order via the DDG OPEN switch
PMS Panel Control Position Monitoring and Control System
SIEMENS
SIMATIC PANEL
Selected at Genops 71 0
! Auto ?MI
SEMI OP AUTO OP HMI
Menu Cancel Opening Mode
Touchscreen Panel
Main Switchboard Alarm messages
No. Status: PLC
X
4 KG DG5
4: Change Start/Stop Sequence not possible
Help Edit ACK
Semi-automatic (Semi OP) Automatic (Auto OP)
- Start engine with OP pushbutton command - Start engine (standby, load demand, blackout
- Breaker closing order and automatic synchronising request from connected engine with automatic
with OP pushbutton command and loading (isochronous mode) synchronising and breaker closing and loading
- Breaker opening order with OP pushbutton command (isochronous mode)
Attention! CB Opens without unloading - Stop engine with automatic unloading, breaker opening, At the Monitoring and Control System (IMACS)
- Stop engine with OP pushbutton command engine cooldown and engine stop
Attention! CB Opens without unloading before DG stops
Semi-automatic (Semi HMI) Automatic (Auto HMI)
- Start engine manually from operator station - Start engine (standby, load demand, blackout
- Breaker closing order and automatic synchronising request from connected engine with automatic
and loading (isochronous mode) synchronising and breaker closing and loading
- Breaker opening order from operator station (isochronous mode)
(automatic unloading and breaker opening) - Stop engine with automatic unloading, breaker opening,
- Stop engine manually from operator station engine cooldown and engine stop
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 3 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Main Switchboard Circuit Breakers State Colour Meaning Remote Operation
not ready on: Red and on Breaker failure without an alarm The Siprotec key switch is set to the REMOTE position. At an IMACS
The main switchboard distribution circuit breaker panels (propulsion motors, operator station, the operator can control the breaker directly with the CLOSE
AC compressors, substations, thrusters, etc) are each fitted with a Siprotec not ready off: Red and off Breaker failure without an alarm
or OPEN commands. The REMOTE operating mode enables manual control
protection and control unit. The Siprotec units are each fitted with a LOCAL/ ON FAILURE ON: Red and on Breaker failure with alarm
by an operator at an operator station, the operator must therefore check if
REMOTE control key switch. The key switch must be set to REMOTE to ON FAILURE OFF: Red and on Breaker failure with alarm all conditions have been fulfilled before closing or opening a breaker. In the
enable control from the IMACS operator system. When the control switches OFF FAILURE ON: Red and on Breaker failure with alarm case of a breaker failure, the operator must reset the failure with the RESET
are set to LOCAL, the breaker is operated locally using the keys on the OFF FAILURE OFF: Red and off Breaker failure with alarm FAILURE command before the breaker can be closed or opened via the
Siprotec unit. CLOSE or OPEN commands.
TRIPPED and ON: Red and on Breaker failure with alarm
The main switchboard generator, interconnectors (forward main switchboard TRIPPED and OFF: Red and off Breaker failure with alarm
only) and bus tie circuit breaker panels are fitted with Siprotec protection units Automatic Operation
and TP170B touch panels. The breakers can be operated locally at the main The circuit breaker commands are as follows: If the breaker is not ready for switching, the breaker is blocked. This is
switchboard bus riser panels, manually or automatically via the touch panels REMOTE: Switch to REMOTE operation indicated by a red breaker icon without an alarm. In automatic operation, the
and manually or automatically via the IMACS operator stations. Details of breaker will be controlled by the AUTOMATIC CLOSE and AUTOMATIC
AUTOMATIC: Switch to AUTOMATIC operation
these operator modes and procedures are detailed later in this section. OPEN signals. These signals may originate from an external process, eg, air
CLOSE: ACB close command in REMOTE operation conditioning compressor control system, approved by the PMS. In the case of
A circuit breaker is shown on the operator station screen mimic as either closed OPEN: ACB open command in REMOTE operation a breaker failure the system will change the operating mode from automatic to
or open and with its mode (local - ‘L’, remote - ‘R’ or full PMS automatic manual to prevent uncontrolled breaker switching. The operator must reset the
operation - no icon) shown alongside the breaker icon. RESET FAILURE: Reset command of a failure
failure with the RESET FAILURE command and change the operating mode
from manual back to automatic.
Circuit Breaker Operation (Distribution Circuit Breakers)
L R Circuit Breaker Close
Operation of the distribution circuit breakers depends on their operation mode;
A BREAKER CLOSE signal in REMOTE or AUTOMATIC sets the BREAKER
LOCAL or REMOTE, selected via the LOCAL/REMOTE selection key switch
CLOSE command. At the same time, the monitoring time for the breaker close
on the Siprotec protection and control unit. When in LOCAL operation mode,
operation is started. The BREAKER CLOSE output is reset if the BREAKER
no control is possible from the IMACS or PMS, only the breaker position and
CLOSED feedback is received or the monitoring time runs out. A BREAKER
Breaker Off Breaker In Remote PMS in mode is indicated at the IMACS mimics.
and in Alarm/Not Ready Mode Automatic OPEN, normal OPEN command or EMERGENCY OPEN command will also
Local Mode For Switching Mode
reset the OPEN command. The BREAKER OPEN command has a higher
In REMOTE mode, control may be MANUAL via the IMACS mimics or
priority than the BREAKER CLOSE command. The MONITORING TIME
Clicking on a breaker icon displays a ‘Change State’ window and the breaker’s AUTOMATIC from the PMS or control process, eg, thruster control system
OUT signal initiates a BREAKER ON FAILURE alarm.
description, state and available commands are shown. The operator mode states with PMS permission. This is selected at the breaker icon on the mimic.
are as follows:
By means of the IMACS MANUAL and AUTOMATIC commands, the Circuit Breaker Open
State Colour Meaning operator can switch between operating modes. In each position it is possible to If there is a BREAKER OPEN command in REMOTE or AUTOMATIC modes,
switch back to LOCAL operation. the BREAKER OPEN output will be set. At the same time, the monitoring time
undefined: Light blue Undefined in one of the following states
automatic: Icon invisible Automatic control via PMS for the breaker open operation will start. The BREAKER OPEN output will
Local Operation be reset if the BREAKER OFF feedback is received or the monitoring time
remote: Green R Manual remote control via operator station
runs out. The MONITORING TIME OUT signal initiates a BREAKER OFF
local: Black L Local control of the breaker. The Siprotec protection and control unit key switch is set to the LOCAL
FAILURE.
position. The breaker can be opened or closed from the Siprotec unit using
the panel keys. At an IMACS mimic, the operation mode will be indicated as
The circuit breaker states are as follows:
‘LOCAL’ (L beside the breaker icon) and the actual CLOSED or OPEN state Circuit Breaker Emergency Open
State Colour Meaning of the breaker is also indicated. The EMERGENCY OPEN signal originates from the external process
undefined: Light blue Undefined in one of the following: controlling the circuit breaker. If the EMERGENCY OPEN signal is sent,
closed: Green and on Breaker is closed it causes a BREAKER OPEN command independently of the MANUAL or
AUTOMATIC operating mode.
opened: Black and off Breaker is opened
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 4 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.3c Generator Control Units
SIEMENS
SIMATIC PANEL
! ???? and ACB Ready
Auto ?MI
0 Menu Cancel Opening Mode
11.14 kW
Alarm messages X
No. Status: PLC
4 KG DG5
4: Change Start/Stop Sequence not possible
SIEMENS
SIEMENS SIPROTEC
RUN ERROR
SIMATIC PANEL Help Edit ACK
1
Device Ready
2 General Fault
3 Communication OK
! ???? and ACB Ready
Auto ?MI
0 Menu Cancel Opening Mode
4 Production Pick Up
5 Breaker Trip/
11.14 kW
Lock Out
6 Earth Fault Alarm messages X
7 No. Status: PLC
4 KG DG5
4: Change Start/Stop Sequence not possible
Generator Simatic Touchscreen Panel
8 Local
MENU
9 Remote
10 Circuit Breaker Open
Help Edit ACK
11 Circuit Breaker Closed
12 Confirm
13
14
Disconnector Closed
???
Closed
SIEMENS SIPROTEC
RUN ERROR
TOUCH PANEL
LED Reset ESC ENTER
1
Device Ready
ON F1 7 8 9 2
KEY TURN GEAR KEY CENTRAL
General Fault
KEY START AIR
OFF F2 4 5 6 1514 LOCK
3 Communication OK
Mode F3 1 2 3
. 4 Production Pick Up
Confirm F4 0 +/-
5 Breaker Trip/
Lock Out
6 Earth Fault
PROTECTION UNIT
7
ANTI CONDENSATION ANTI CONDENSATION SPACE HEATER SPACE HEATER RESET FAST
KEY REAR PANEL KEY BUSBAR KEY CENTRAL
HEATER OFF/ON HEATER ON OFF/ON ON ACTING LOCK OUT
EARTHING LOCK DG5
8 Local
MENU
9 Remote
10
Circuit Breaker Open
11 Circuit Breaker Closed
12 Confirm
13 Disconnector Closed
14 Earthing Switch
Closed
ESC ENTER
MAIN GENERATOR DDG5
LED Reset
ON F1 7 8 9
OFF F2 4 5 6
Mode F3 1 2 3
Confirm F4 . 0 +/-
Main Switchboard Generator Panel
Circuit Breaker Control and Protection Unit
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 5 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Circuit Breaker Failure Propulsion Transformer Circuit Breaker Automatic Control b) Synchronising speed control of either of the two aft generators
One element displays the BREAKER ON, OFF and FAILURE states, therefore, Q120, Q121, Q170 and Q171 at the forward main switchboard bus riser panel is now possible
the ON and OFF states are connected with the FAILURE states. The breaker by using the relevant DDG5 or DDG6 INC/DEC switches.
control process function recognises the following failures: When the propulsion transformer’s breakers are set to automatic mode, the
breakers are automatically controlled from the propulsion system, subject to c) Closing and opening of the two aft generator circuit breakers at
• Breaker not available the forward main switchboard bus riser panel is carried out via
approval from the PMS. See section 4.3.
• Breaker ON failure the DDG5 or DDG6 OPEN/CLOSE selection switches.
• Breaker OFF failure Air Conditioning Compressor Circuit Breaker Automatic Control
Manual Control of the Generator Circuit Breakers from the TP170B
• Breaker tripped Q140, Q141, Q190 and Q191 Local Operator Panel (SEMI OP)
Any breaker position and feedback conflict will be recognised as a BREAKER When the air conditioning compressor motor’s breakers are set to automatic Control of the generator circuit breaker is possible when the following
TRIPPED FAILURE. The BREAKER ON FAILURE, BREAKER OFF mode, the breakers are controlled from the AC compressor control system, conditions are met:
FAILURE and BREAKER TRIPPED signals cause an automatic reset of the subject to approval from the PMS. See section 6.7.1. • The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local
AUTOMATIC operating mode and sets the operating mode to MANUAL. control panel is in the REMOTE position
Therefore, after a failure the breaker is protected against uncontrolled
switching. The operator checks the reason for the failure and must reset the Generator Circuit Breaker Control • The relevant generator LOC/REM selector switch at the bus
failure with the RESET FAILURE command. If the breaker is now functional riser panel is in the REM position
it can be switched back to the AUTOMATIC operating mode. Control of the main DDG circuit breakers can be carried out from three • The TP170B local operating panel on the main switchboard
different control levels: generator panel is set to semi-automatic (SEMI OP)
• Manually at the main switchboard bus riser panels
Distribution Circuit Breakers - Individual Control • The Siprotec protection unit on the main switchboard generator
• Automatic (AUTO OP) and semi-automatic (SEMI OP) at the panel is set to REMOTE
Thruster Motor Circuit Breaker Automatic Control
main switchboard generator TP170P touch panels
Q130, Q131, Q132, Q133, Q180 and Q181 Note: The diesel generator engine can be started at the TP170B panel.
• Automatic (AUTO HMI) and semi-automatic (SEMI HMI) at
the IMACS operator stations
When the thruster motor’s breakers are set to automatic operation, the breakers The procedure to close the generator circuit breaker via the TP170B is as
are controlled from the thruster control system, subject to approval from the follows:
PMS. See section 4.9. Manual Control of the Generator Circuit Breakers from the Forward and
Aft Main Switchboard Bus Riser Panels a) Press the BR CLOSE button on the TP170B. The message
Galley Substation Circuit Breaker Automatic Control Control and synchronising of the main generator circuit breakers can be PRESS CONFIRM is displayed for a set time. The command
carried out manually via the forward and aft main switchboard bus riser is not executed until the CONFIRM button has been pressed
Q109 and Q110 within this set time.
panels. To enable control from the main switchboard bus riser panels, the
mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local control panel must be
When the galley substation breakers are set to automatic mode the breakers b) Automatic synchronisation is initiated and the breaker will be
in the REMOTE position and the relevant DDG selector switch on the main
are kept closed; in the event of a blackout the breakers will be tripped by their closed automatically upon synchronising.
switchboard bus riser panel set to the LOCAL position. A precondition to
undervoltage relays. Upon restoration of normal supply the PMS will close the
enable synchronising of the circuit breaker to the main switchboard is that the
breakers as part of the vessel’s sequential restart sequence.
generator to be synchronised is already running. Note: Automatic load sharing does not take place upon closing of the
generator circuit breaker. This can be carried out manually by use of the
Engine Room and Accommodation Substation Supply Transformer Note: It is not possible to start the diesel generator engine at the main INC/DEC switch on the main switchboard bus riser panel.
Circuit Breaker Automatic Control switchboard bus riser panels.
Q105, Q106, Q107, Q108, Q109, Q153, Q154, Q156, 157 and Q158
The aft main switchboard generator circuit breakers can be controlled via the
When the engine room and accommodation substation breakers are set to forward main switchboard bus riser panel. This is carried out as follows:
automatic mode the breakers are kept closed; in the event of a blackout the
breakers will be tripped by their undervoltage relays. Upon restoration of a) At the aft main switchboard, turn the DDG5 or DDG6 LOC/
normal supply the PMS will close the breakers as part of the vessel’s sequential REM/FWD selection switches to the FWD position. The DDG5
restart sequence. or DDG6 FWD MODE indication lamp is illuminated at the
forward main switchboard.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 6 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
The procedure to open the generator circuit breaker via the TP170B is as Automatic Control of the Generator Circuit Breakers from the TP170B Main Switchboard Interconnector and Bus Tie Circuit Breaker
follows: Local Operator Panel (AUTO OP) Control
Automatic control of the generator circuit breakers from the TP170B is
a) Press the BR OPEN button on the TP170B. The message possible when the following conditions are met: Control of the main switchboard interconnector and bus tie circuit breakers can
‘PRESS CONFIRM’ is displayed for a set time. The command be carried out from three different control levels:
is not executed until the CONFIRM button has been pressed • The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local
within this set time. control panel is in the REMOTE position • Manually at the main switchboard bus riser panels
• The relevant generator LOC/REM selector switch at the bus • Automatic (AUTO OP) and semi-automatic (SEMI OP) at the
b) When the generator is in parallel operation, a stop with load riser panel is in the REM position main switchboard interconnector and bus tie TP170P touch
reduction is made. The text ‘LOAD RED’ is displayed and lower panels
commands are given until the generator is unloaded below the • The TP170B local operating panel on the main switchboard
generator panel is set to automatic (AUTO OP) • Automatic (AUTO HMI) and semi-automatic (SEMI HMI) at
generator breaker minimum power limit. The generator breaker
the IMACS operator stations
is then opened. • The Siprotec protection unit on the main switchboard generator
panel is set to REMOTE
Manual Control of the Interconnector and Bus Tie Circuit Breakers from
Manual Control of the Generator Circuit Breakers from the IMACS • There is no internal PMS unit failure
the Forward and Aft Main Switchboard Bus Riser Panels
Operator Station (SEMI HMI)
• There is not more than one link failure to other PMS units
Control of the main switchboard port forward and starboard forward
Manual control of the generator circuit breakers from one of the IMACS
• There are no unacknowledged protection alarms interconnector circuit breakers (116 and 117) and the forward and aft bus tie
operator stations is possible when the following conditions are met:
circuit breakers (119 and 164) can be carried out manually via the forward main
• The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local When all the above conditions are met and the system is in automatic mode, switchboard bus riser panel. Control of the main switchboard aft bus tie circuit
control panel is in the REMOTE position full PMS functionality is available. breaker can be carried out manually via the aft main switchboard bus riser
• The relevant generator LOC/REM selector switch at the bus panel. To enable control from the main switchboard bus riser panels, the mode
riser panel is in the REM position selector switch at the diesel generator engine local control panel must be in the
Automatic Control of the Generator Circuit Breakers from the IMACS
REMOTE position and the relevant interconnector or bus tie selector switch on
• The TP170B local operating panel on the main switchboard Operator Station (AUTO HMI)
the main switchboard bus riser panel must be in the LOCAL position.
generator panel is set to automatic (AUTO HMI) Automatic control of the generator circuit breakers from the operator station is
• The Siprotec protection unit on the main switchboard generator possible when the following conditions are met: As stated above, control of the aft bus tie breaker can be carried out at the aft
panel is set to REMOTE • The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local main switchboard and also at the forward main switchboard. The procedure to
control panel is in the REMOTE position control the aft bus tie breaker at the forward main switchboard is as follows:
Note: The diesel generator engine can be started at the operator station.
• The relevant generator LOC/REM selector switch at the bus a) Turn the BUS TIE AFT LOC/REM/FWD selection switch to
riser panel is in the REM position the FWD position. The BUS TIE AFT FWD MODE indication
When the conditions above are met, the operator can select the relevant
• The TP170B local operating panel on the main switchboard lamp is illuminated at the forward main switchboard.
generator breaker icon to MANUAL at the operator station mimic. Manual
control will be indicated on the mimic by the letter ‘M’ beside the breaker. generator panel is set to automatic (AUTO HMI)
b) Closing and opening of the aft bus tie circuit breaker at the
The TP170B touch panel at the main switchboard generator panel will display • The Siprotec protection unit on the main switchboard generator
forward main switchboard bus riser panel is carried out via the
‘SEMI HMI’. panel is set to REMOTE
BUS TIE AFT OPEN/CLOSE selection switch.
Closing and opening of the generator circuit breaker is now carried out at the • There is no internal PMS unit failure
operator station by using OPEN and CLOSE commands. These commands are • There is not more than one link failure to other PMS units
sent via the PMS to the corresponding PMA 71 control station.
• There are no unacknowledged protection alarms
Main Diesel Driven Generator Circuit Breaker Automatic Control When all the above conditions are met and the system is in automatic mode,
Automatic control of the generator circuit breakers can be selected at the full PMS functionality is available.
TP170B panel or at the operator station. When automatic is selected at the
TP170B panel, ‘AUTO OP’ is displayed. When automatic is selected at the
operator station, ‘AUTO HMI’ is displayed at the TP170B panel.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 7 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Manual Control of the Interconnector and Bus Tie Circuit Breakers from • The Siprotec protection unit on the relevant main switchboard Automatic Control of the Interconnector or Bus Tie Circuit Breakers from
the TP170B Local Operator Panel (SEMI OP) interconnector or bus tie panel is set to REMOTE the IMACS Operator Station (AUTO HMI)
Control of the interconnector and bus tie circuit breakers is possible when the Automatic control of the generator circuit breakers from the IMACS operator
following conditions are met: When the conditions above are met, the operator can select the relevant station is possible when the following conditions are met:
interconnector or bus tie breaker icon to MANUAL at the operator station
• The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local mimic. Manual control will be indicated on the mimic by the letter ‘M’ beside • The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local
control panel is in the REMOTE position the breaker. The TP170B touch panel at the main switchboard generator panel control panel is in the REMOTE position
• The relevant interconnector or bus tie LOC/REM selector will display ‘SEMI HMI’. • The relevant interconnector or bus tie LOC/REM selector
switch at the bus riser panel is in the REM position switch at the bus riser panel is in the REM position
Closing and opening of the generator circuit breaker is now carried out at the
• The TP170B local operating panel on the main switchboard operator station by using OPEN and CLOSE commands. These commands are • The TP170B local operating panel on the relevant main
generator panel is set to semi-automatic (SEMI OP) sent via the PMS to the corresponding PMA 71 control station. switchboard interconnector or bus tie panel is set to automatic
(AUTO HMI)
• The Siprotec protection unit on the relevant main switchboard
interconnector or bus tie panel is set to REMOTE Main Switchboard Interconnector and Bus Tie Circuit Breaker Automatic • The Siprotec protection unit on the main switchboard generator
Control panel is set to REMOTE
The procedure to close the generator circuit breaker via the TP170B is as
Automatic control of the interconnector and bus tie circuit breakers can be • There is no internal PMS unit failure
follows:
selected at the TP170B panel or at the operator station. When automatic • There is not more than one link failure to other PMS units
a) Press the BR CLOSE button on the TP170B. is selected at the TP170B panel, AUTO OP is displayed. When automatic
• There are no unacknowledged protection alarms
is selected at the operator station, AUTO HMI is displayed at the TP170B
b) The automatic synchronisation procedure will be activated panel.
When all the above conditions are met and the system is in automatic mode,
and after synchronising the relevant interconnector or bus tie ‘AUTO HMI’ is displayed at the TP170B panel. Full PMS functionality is
breaker will be closed. Automatic Control of the Interconnector or Bus Tie Circuit Breakers from available.
the TP170B Local Operator Panel (AUTO OP)
The procedure to open the interconnector and bus tie circuit breakers via the
TP170B is as follows: Automatic control of the bus tie and interconnector circuit breakers from the
TP170B is possible when the following conditions are met:
a) Press the BR OPEN button on the TP170B. The message • The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local
‘LOAD RED’ is displayed. control panel is in the REMOTE position
• The relevant interconnector or bus tie LOC/REM selector
b) Lower or higher commands are given to the generator sets on
switch at the bus riser panel is in the REM position
one side of the busbar until the power across the breaker is
below the breaker minimum power. The breaker is then opened • The TP170B local operating panel on the relevant main
automatically. switchboard bus tie or interconnector panel is set to automatic
(AUTO OP)
Manual Control of the Interconnector and Bus Tie Circuit Breakers from • The Siprotec protection unit on the main switchboard bus tie or
the IMACS Operator Station (SEMI HMI) interconnector panel is set to REMOTE
Manual control of the interconnector and bus tie circuit breakers from one of • There is no internal PMS unit failure
the IMACS operator stations is possible when the following conditions are • There is not more than one link failure to other PMS units
met:
• There are no unacknowledged protection alarms
• The mode selector switch at the diesel generator engine local
control panel is in the REMOTE position When all the above conditions are met and the system is in automatic mode,
• The relevant interconnector or bus tie LOC/REM selector ‘AUTO OP’ is displayed at the TP170P panel. Full PMS functionality is
switch at the bus riser panel is in the REM position available.
• The TP170B local operating panel on the main switchboard
generator panel is set to automatic (AUTO HMI)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 8 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.3d Main Switchboard Configurations
Q119 Q119
Forward Main Switchboard Forward Main Switchboard
Q117 Q116 Q117 Q116
CLOSED MSWB P/S MSWB
CLOSED MODE PORT/STARBOARD
DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4 MODE DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
(NORMAL IN
PORT/AT
SEA MODE)
Q161 Q162 Q161 Q162
Q164 Q164
Aft Main Switchboard Aft Main Switchboard
DDG5 DDG6 DDG5 DDG6
Q119
Forward Main Switchboard
Q117 Q116
FWD/AFT MSWB
FORWARD/AFT MODE DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
Q161 Q162
Q164
Aft Main Switchboard
DDG5 DDG6
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 9 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Main Switchboard Configurations Automatic Changeover between Main Switchboard Configurations Automatic Changeover to the P/S MSWB Configuration
Automatic operation is available for each main switchboard configuration, ie, The change over between main switchboard configurations is carried out in a
As mentioned in section 3.2, for full automatic power management, the when they are operating in the FWD/AFT, PORT/STARBOARD or CLOSED series of steps. These steps consist of question steps, execution steps, failure
switchboards must be in one of the following three configurations: configuration. Automatic change over to the required switchboard configuration steps or steps indicating the active state.
• PORT/STARBOARD MSWB is activated by the operator pressing one of the three main switchboard mode
buttons, CLOSED MSWB, P/S MSWB, FWD/AFT. The icon below the When the operator activates a configuration change over to the P/S MSWB
• FORWARD/AFT MSWB
selected mode will display ON when the configuration change is complete. configuration, the following step sequence is performed:
• CLOSED MSWB The operator then presses the EXECUTE button within 10 seconds. If the
• HARBOUR MSWB EXECUTE button is not pressed within 10 seconds, the icon below the selected a) A check is made to confirm that the P/S MSWB configuration
mode will revert to OFF. is not already on. If it is on, the step sequence is immediately
The tie line breakers Q161 and Q162 are normally kept closed and any aborted.
switching of configurations by the PMS is carried out by opening or closing
tie line breakers Q116 and/or Q117. The normal operating mode of the b) The PMS checks that all the components required for the P/S
switchboards is in the CLOSED configuration with tie breaker Q164 open and MSWB configuration are ready. If all the components are not
Q119 closed. In this configuration, interlocking will prevent both tie breakers ready the sequence is terminated and the message MSWB
from closing as this would make a closed loop. In a closed loop, the existing CONFIGURATION NOT POSSIBLE is displayed. Beside the
protection would be inadequate to protect the system cabling. mode lamp icon is an information (i) icon. Clicking on this
icon will open a window showing the components required for
In a FORWARD/AFT SWBD configuration switched from the PMS, both of the P/S MSWB configuration. Components that are ready are
the tie line breakers Q117 and Q116 are open. Tie line breakers Q161 and Q162 indicated with a tick.
may be opened manually if required.
When PORT/STARBOARD SWBD configuration is selected, both of the tie When the operator selects the new configuration and presses the EXECUTE
breakers Q119 and Q164 are open and all the tie line breakers are closed. button the lamp icon below the selected mode changes from black to green and
flashes while the changeover is being executed.
HARBOUR configuration is the same as the CLOSED MSWB configuration
except that it allows operation with just one DG connected; this is obviously CAUTION
load dependant and is not normally possible with tropical AC load. Before opening a bus tie breaker or interconnector, the PMS carries out
a load balance. The breaker will only be opened if the power across the
Manual Changeover Between Main Switchboard Configurations breaker is less than 500kW. In the event of high power across the breaker
during propulsion operations, an overload of the generators on one side
It is possible to control the forward and aft main switchboards manually from of the bus bar during load balance can occur. This is not monitored by
one of the IMACS operator stations. To enable manual control, the generator the PMS and it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure that the
circuit breakers, bus tie circuit breakers and interconnectors have to be in the propulsion load is reduced to prevent this occurrence.
manual mode (SEMI HMI).
CAUTION
Care must be taken when operating in manual mode as interlocking from
the power management system is not present.
c) If there is no generator running on the port side of the main
switchboard, the standby generator on the port main switchboard
will be started. The step sequence will not continue until the
DDG P MSWB ON feedback signal is received. If there is a
start failure or the monitoring time for the generator start is
exceeded, the step sequence is halted and the message ‘START
DDG P’ is displayed.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 10 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.3e Power Management Control Mimic
SIMOS IMAC 55 223.223.10.1 12/08/1963 06:30
File Edit View User Programs Area Diagram Graph Tools Window Help
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
PMS Lifts
SIMOS IMAC 55
Pumps Blackout
-25 Resets Buzzer 989 22:34
12/08/2007
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
CLOSE Power Management Control
SWITCHBOARD CONFIGURATION
Total Motor Output - 0.00 MW
HARBOUR CLOSED STBD / PORT AFT / FWD
i i READY READY i i
0.00 MW S 50% S 50% 0.00 MW OFF ON OFF OFF
i i i i
M M
STAND - BY START SEQUENCES
G READY START 4 1 1
DDG 5
DDG 1
NUMBER OF SETS LOAD SHARING G i 1 2 1
3 MAX 6
1 MIN 2
READY START G i 5 3 2
LOAD DOWN SEQUENCE DDG 2
CLOSED
BLOCKED BLOCKED DDG 3
ACTIVE ACTIVE READY START G i 6 1 3
LAST STAND-BY START
LOAD SHARING G i 2 2 4
DDG 4
DDG 6
G STANDBY 3 3 2
NETWORK LOAD DEMAND
Underload STOP
M M DDG 1 180s
CLOSED
DDG 5 180s 0.00 MW S 50% S 50% 0.00 MW DDG 2 180s
DDG 6 180s i i READY READY i i DDG 3 180s
Total Motor Output - 0.00 MW DDG 4 180s
CONFIGURATION
Power Management Overview Propulsion Control EXECUTE
DDG Indication
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 11 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
d) If there is no generator running on the starboard side of the The PMS sends an OPEN command to the aft main switchboard Automatic Changeover to the FWD/AFT MSWB Configuration
main switchboard, the standby generator on the starboard main bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 When the operator activates a configuration change over to the FWD/AFT
switchboard will be started. The step sequence will not continue calculates the active power across the bus tie breaker and, if MSWB configuration, the following step sequence is performed:
until the DDG S MSWB ON feedback signal is received. If above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When the
there is a start failure or the monitoring time for the generator load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. In a) A check is made to confirm that the FWD/AFT MSWB
start is exceeded, the step sequence is halted and the message the event of failure of the tie breaker opening procedure or the configuration is not already in place. If it is, the step sequence
‘START DDG S’ is displayed. monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped is immediately aborted.
and the message ‘TIE BREAKER AFT OFF’ is displayed.
e) If the port interconnector is open, it must be closed. Before it b) The PMS checks that all the components required for the FWD/
is closed, a check is made to confirm that one of the other tie If one of the tie breakers or other interconnector breakers is AFT MSWB configuration are ready. If all the components are
breakers or interconnectors is open to prevent an undesirable open, the starboard interconnector can be closed. The PMS not ready the sequence is terminated and the message ‘MSWB
closed loop situation. If no breakers are open, the aft main sends a CLOSE command to the starboard interconnector CONFIGURATION NOT POSSIBLE’ is displayed. Beside the
switchboard tie breaker will be opened The tie breaker can only circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 synchronises mode lamp icon is an information (i) icon. Clicking on this icon
be opened if DDG5 is running. If it is not running, DDG5 will be and closes the starboard interconnector breaker. In the event of will open a window showing the components required for the
automatically started. If there is a start failure or the monitoring failure of the interconnector closing procedure or the monitoring FWD/AFT MSWB configuration. Components that are ready
time for the generator start is exceeded, the step sequence is time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the are indicated with a tick.
halted and the message ‘START DDG AFT’ is displayed. message ‘INTERCONNECTOR S ON’ is displayed.
The PMS sends an OPEN command to the aft main switchboard g) If the aft bus tie breaker is closed, it must be opened. The breaker
bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 can only be opened if the previous steps in the procedure have
calculates the active power across the bus tie breaker and if been successful and both sides of the main switchboards have
above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When the their own supply. The PMS sends an OPEN command to the
load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. In aft main switchboard bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control
the event of failure of the tie breaker opening procedure or the unit. The PMA 71 calculates the active power across the bus
monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped tie breaker and, if above the power limit, the load balance is
and the message ‘TIE BREAKER AFT OFF’ is displayed. adjusted. When the load balance is below the power limit, the
breaker is opened. In the event of failure of the tie breaker
If one of the tie breakers or other interconnector breaker is opening procedure or the monitoring time is exceeded, the step
open, the port interconnector can be closed. The PMS sends sequence will be stopped and the message ‘TIE BREAKER
a CLOSE command to the port interconnector circuit breaker AFT OFF’ is displayed.
PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 synchronises and closes
the port interconnector breaker. In the event of failure of the h) If the forward bus tie breaker is closed, it must be opened. The
interconnector closing procedure or the monitoring time is breaker can only be opened if the previous steps in the procedure
exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the message have been successful and both sides of the main switchboards
‘INTERCONNECTOR P ON’ is displayed. have their own supply. The PMS sends an OPEN command to
the forward main switchboard bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71
f) If the starboard interconnector is open, it must be closed. Before control unit. The PMA 71 calculates the active power across the c) If there is no generator running on the forward main switchboard,
it is closed, a check is made to confirm that one of the other tie bus tie breaker and, if above the power limit, the load balance the standby generator on the forward main switchboard will be
breakers or interconnectors is open to prevent an undesirable is adjusted. When the load balance is below the power limit, started. The step sequence will not continue until the DDG FWD
closed loop situation. If no breakers are open, the aft main the breaker is opened. In the event of failure of the tie breaker MSWB ON feedback signal is received. If there is a start failure
switchboard tie breaker will be opened. The tie breaker can only opening procedure or the monitoring time is exceeded, the step or the monitoring time for the generator start is exceeded, the
be opened if DDG6 is running. If it is not running, DDG6 will be sequence will be stopped and the message ‘TIE BREAKER step sequence is halted and the message ‘START DDG FWD’ is
automatically started. If there is a start failure or the monitoring FWD OFF’ is displayed. displayed.
time for the generator start is exceeded, the step sequence is
halted and the message ‘START DDG AFT’ is displayed. i) A final check is made by the PMS to confirm that the P/S
MSWB is configured correctly. If correct, the icon below the
selected mode will display ‘ON’.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 12 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
d) If there is no generator running on the aft main switchboard, the The port interconnector can be opened if DDG1 or DDG2 the interconnector breaker opening procedure or the monitoring
standby generator on the aft main switchboard will be started. is running. The PMS sends an OPEN command to the port time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the
The step sequence will not continue until the DDG AFT MSWB interconnector circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA message ‘INTERCONNECTOR S OFF’ is displayed.
ON feedback signal is received. If there is a start failure or the 71 calculates the active power across the interconnector breaker
monitoring time for the generator start is exceeded, the step and, if above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When i) A final check is made by the PMS to confirm that the FWD/AFT
sequence is halted and the message ‘START DDG AFT’ is the load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. MSWB is configured correctly. If correct, the icon below the
displayed. In the event of failure of the interconnector breaker opening selected mode will display ‘ON’.
procedure or the monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence
e) If the forward bus tie breaker is open, it must be closed. Before will be stopped and the message ‘INTERCONNECTOR P OFF’
Automatic Changeover to the CLOSED MSWB Main Switchboard
it is closed, a check is made to confirm that the other tie breakers is displayed.
Configuration
or one of the interconnectors is open to prevent an undesirable
closed loop situation. If no breakers are open, a check is made If DDG1 or DDG2 is not running, a check is made to see if When the operator activates a configuration change over to the CLOSED
to see which interconnector can be opened. DDG3 or DDG4 is running. The starboard interconnector can MSWB configuration, the following step sequence is performed:
be opened if DDG3 or DDG4 is running. The procedure is
The port interconnector can be opened if DDG1 or DDG2 the same as for DDG1 or DDG2. In the event of failure of the a) A check is made to confirm that the CLOSED MSWB
is running. The PMS sends an OPEN command to the port interconnector breaker opening procedure or the monitoring configuration is not already in place. If it is, the step sequence
interconnector circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the is immediately aborted.
71 calculates the active power across the interconnector breaker message ‘INTERCONNECTOR S OFF’ is displayed.
and, if above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When b) The PMS checks that all the components required for the
the load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. If the port or starboard interconnector breaker is open, the aft CLOSED MSWB configuration are ready. If all the components
In the event of failure of the interconnector breaker opening bus tie breaker can be closed. The PMS sends a TIE BREAKER are not ready the sequence is terminated and the message
procedure or the monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence AFT ON command to the aft bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 ‘MSWB CONFIGURATION NOT POSSIBLE’ is displayed.
will be stopped and the message ‘INTERCONNECTOR P OFF’ control unit. The PMA 71 synchronises and closes the aft bus tie Beside the mode lamp icon is an information (i) icon. Clicking
is displayed. circuit breaker. In the event of failure of the aft bus tie breaker on this icon will open a window showing the components
closing procedure or the monitoring time is exceeded, the step required for the CLOSED MSWB configuration. Components
If DDG1 or DDG2 is not running, a check is made to see if sequence will be stopped and the message ‘TIE BREAKER that are ready are indicated with a tick.
DDG3 or DDG4 is running. The starboard interconnector can AFT ON’ is displayed.
be opened if DDG3 or DDG4 is running. The procedure is
the same as for DDG1 or DDG2. In the event of failure of the g) If the port interconnector circuit breaker is open it must be
interconnector breaker opening procedure or the monitoring closed. The breaker can only be closed if the previous steps in
time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the the procedure have been successful and both the forward and
message ‘INTERCONNECTOR S OFF’ is displayed. aft main switchboards have their own supply. The PMS sends
an OPEN command to the port interconnector circuit breaker
If the port or starboard interconnector or the aft bus tie breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 calculates the active power
is open, the forward tie breaker can be closed. The PMS sends across the interconnector breaker and, if above the power limit,
a TIE BREAKER FWD ON command to the forward bus tie the load balance is adjusted. When the load balance is below
circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 synchronises the power limit, the breaker is opened. In the event of failure of
and closes the forward bus tie circuit breaker. In the event the interconnector breaker opening procedure or the monitoring
of failure of the bus tie breaker opening procedure or the time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the
monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped message ‘INTERCONNECTOR P OFF’ is displayed.
and the message ‘TIE BREAKER FWD ON’ is displayed.
h) If the starboard interconnector circuit breaker is closed it must
f) If the aft bus tie breaker is open, it must be closed. Before it is be opened. The breaker can only be closed if the previous steps
closed, a check is made to confirm that one of the interconnector in the procedure have been successful and both the forward and
circuit breakers is open to prevent an undesirable closed loop aft main switchboards have their own supply. The PMS sends an
situation. If no breakers are open, a check is made to see which OPEN command to the starboard interconnector circuit breaker
interconnector can be opened. PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 calculates the active power
across the interconnector breaker and, if above the power limit,
the load balance is adjusted. When the load balance is below
the power limit, the breaker is opened. In the event of failure of
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 13 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
c) If the forward bus tie breaker is open, it must be closed. DDG5 will be automatically started. If there is a start failure time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the
Before it is closed, a check is made to confirm that the other or the monitoring time for the generator start is exceeded, the message ‘INTERCONNECTOR S ON’ is displayed.
tie breakers or one of the interconnectors is open to prevent an step sequence is halted and the message ‘START DDG AFT’ is
undesirable closed loop situation. If no breakers are open, the displayed. f) If the aft bus tie breaker is closed, it must be opened. The breaker
aft bus tie breaker will be opened. The aft bus tie breaker can can only be closed if the previous steps in the procedure have
only be opened if there is a minimum of one generator running The PMS sends an OPEN command to the aft main switchboard been successful and the forward bus tie circuit breaker and the
on the port and starboard sections of the forward and aft main bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 port and starboard interconnectors are closed. The PMS sends
switchboards. calculates the active power across the bus tie breaker and, if an OPEN command to the aft main switchboard bus tie circuit
above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When the breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 calculates the active
If there is no generator running on the port side of the main load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. In power across the bus tie breaker and, if above the power limit,
switchboard, the standby generator on the port main switchboard the event of failure of the tie breaker opening procedure or the the load balance is adjusted. When the load balance is below
will be started. The step sequence will not continue until the monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped the power limit, the breaker is opened. In the event of failure
DDG P MSWB ON feedback signal is received. If there is a and the message ‘TIE BREAKER AFT OFF’ is displayed. of the tie breaker opening procedure or the monitoring time is
start failure or the monitoring time for the generator start is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the message
exceeded, the step sequence is halted and the message ‘START If the aft bus tie breaker or one of the other interconnectors is ‘TIE BREAKER AFT OFF’ is displayed.
DDG P’ is displayed. open, the port interconnector can be closed. The PMS sends
a CLOSE command to the port interconnector circuit breaker g) A final check is made by the PMS to confirm that the CLOSED
If there is no generator running on the starboard side of the PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 synchronises and closes MSWB is configured correctly. If correct, the icon below the
main switchboard, the standby generator on the starboard main the port interconnector breaker. In the event of failure of the selected mode will display ‘ON’.
switchboard will be started. The step sequence will not continue interconnector closing procedure or the monitoring time is
until the DDG P MSWB ON feedback signal is received. If exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped and the message
Harbour Operation
there is a start failure or the monitoring time for the generator ‘INTERCONNECTOR P ON’ is displayed.
start is exceeded, the step sequence is halted and the message Harbour operation is a special operation within the CLOSED MSWB
‘START DDG S’ is displayed. e) If the starboard interconnector is open, it must be closed. Before configuration.
it is closed, a check is made to confirm that the aft bus tie
The PMS sends an OPEN command to the aft main switchboard breaker or one of the other interconnectors is open to prevent an In the CLOSED MSWB configuration, the PMS keeps a minimum of two
bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 undesirable closed loop situation. If no breakers are open, the generators connected to the main switchboards. If HARBOUR operation is
calculates the active power across the bus tie breaker and, if aft main switchboard tie breaker will be opened The tie breaker selected while in the CLOSED MSWB configuration, the PMS will allow the
above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When the can only be opened if DDG6 is running. If it is not running, stopping of one of the generators to prevent the generators running in an light
load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. In DDG6 will be automatically started. If there is a start failure load condition. When changing from the CLOSED MSWB to one of the other
the event of failure of the tie breaker opening procedure or the or the monitoring time for the generator start is exceeded, the configurations, the HARBOUR operation should be deselected.
monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped step sequence is halted and the message ‘START DDG AFT’ is
and the message ‘TIE BREAKER AFT OFF’ is displayed. displayed. Main Switchboard Protection
The forward tie breaker can be closed if the port or starboard The PMS sends an OPEN command to the aft main switchboard Faults that may occur on the electrical network include overloads, earth faults,
interconnector or the aft bus tie breaker is open. The PMS sends bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 and phase to phase faults (short circuits). These faults are monitored by the
a TIE BREAKER FWD ON command to the forward main calculates the active power across the bus tie breaker and, if Siprotec protection units which will take the appropriate corrective action.
switchboard bus tie circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The above the power limit, the load balance is adjusted. When the This is usually opening the circuit breaker of the faulty equipment to protect
PMA 71 synchronises and closes the forward bus tie circuit load balance is below the power limit, the breaker is opened. In the rest of the network and the faulty item from further damage. The protection
breaker. In the event of failure of the bus tie breaker opening the event of failure of the tie breaker opening procedure or the units are loaded with specific settings relevant to the item of equipment. These
procedure or the monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence monitoring time is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped settings are deliberately set above normal transient levels and delay times are
will be stopped and the message ‘TIE BREAKER FWD ON’ is and the message ‘TIE BREAKER AFT OFF’ is displayed. also set to allow the levels to return to normal after any transients.
displayed.
If the aft bus tie breaker or one of the other interconnectors The protection units monitor the current and voltage levels of the equipment’s
d) If the port interconnector is open, it must be closed. Before is open, the starboard interconnector can be closed. The PMS supply feeders via current transformers and voltage transformers. Short circuit
it is closed, a check is made to confirm that the aft bus tie sends a CLOSE command to the starboard interconnector and overcurrent protection is provided by comparing these levels to previously
breaker or one of the other interconnectors is open to prevent an circuit breaker PMA 71 control unit. The PMA 71 synchronises stored data. According to the level and rise time of these signals, the appropriate
undesirable closed loop situation. If no breakers are open, the and closes the starboard interconnector breaker. In the event of corrective action is carried out, eg, time delayed trip, instantaneous trip, etc.
aft main switchboard tie breaker will be opened The tie breaker failure of the interconnector closing procedure or the monitoring
can only be opened if DDG5 is running. If it is not running,
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 14 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Main Switchboard Generator, Bus Tie and Interconnector Control Units Generator Protection Siprotec Indication
Maker: Siemens The main generator protection functions are carried out by the Siprotec The following will be indicated on the Siprotec units and also via the IMACS
Type: PMA 71 protection units. The PMS generator protection is designed as an additional in the ‘CB Alarms - DDGs and PEMs’ mimic screen:
generator protection system and is divided into two groups, the Genop 71 and
• (CB) Not inserted
the PMS controller (Simatic S7-315). Total generator protection is as follows:
The Siemens standard power management system PMA71 for each DDG • Control voltage failure
consists of: • Main protection: Siprotec 7UM62
• Trip coil monitoring
• Simatic S7–315 PLC • Back-up protection: Genop 71
• Earthing switch closed
• A TP170B touch panel for local indication and control • Additional protection: PMS controller
• Spring not charged
• GENOP 71 central transducer, protection and synchronisation The Genop 71 provides backup protection for short circuit and overcurrent.
unit
Genop 71 Protection Functions
• Siprotec digital protection unit 7MU62/7SJ6322 The reaction of the PMS is dependent upon the type of protection failure. There
are six levels of reaction: Function Level Level Level Level Level Level
The Siprotec and the TP170B touch panel are located on the front of each • Level 1: Trip of the generator breaker, shutdown, de-excitation 1 2 3 4 5 6
main switchboard generator panel with the other items fitted inside each main and blocking of all generator breakers on this busbar Short Circuit (Back up) X
switchboard generator panel. Overcurrent Step 2
• Level 2: Trip of the generator breaker, shutdown and de- X
excitation (100% back up)
The internal communication between the PMA 71 units is carried out by a Overcurrent Step 3
PROFIBUS DP bus system. Communication between the PMA 71 units and • Level 3: Trip of the generator breaker X
(116% back up)
the vessel’s IMACS system is via an additional fibre optic (PROFIBUS) ring
• Level 4:
which is connected to two fault tolerant S7 417 PLCs.
• Level 5: Trip of non-essential consumers in three steps PMS Controller Protection Functions
Data from the PMA 71 units is sent to the IMACS for processing and use by • Level 6: Alarm indication (in automatic mode: Standby start to Function Level Level Level Level Level Level
the PMS. The units act as an interface between the generator power/voltage/ support the faulty generator) 1 2 3 4 5 6
frequency values and the IMACS. The touch panels can display the following
generator values according to the menu/display selected: Short Circuit From
Siprotec Protection Functions X
Siprotec
• Generator voltage
Function Level Level Level Level Level Level Overcurrent From
X
• Generator current 1 2 3 4 5 6 Siprotec
• Generator power Short Circuit X Differential Protection
X
X From Siprotec
• Generator frequency Overcurrent
Overcurrent Step 1 X
Reverse Power X
The display of the Siprotec units can show the status of various items such Overload Step 1 X
Loss of Excitation X
as: Overload Step 2 X
Undervoltage X
• Measurements Over Frequency X
Overvoltage X
Under Frequency Step 1 X
• Settings/parameters Under Frequency X
X Under Frequency Step 2
• Control mode and interlocks Over Frequency
Under Frequency Step 3 X
Reverse Power X
• Test/diagnostic information Overvoltage Step 1 X
Under Excitation X
X Overvoltage Step 2
Negative Sequence
Undervoltage Step 1 X
Differential Current X
Undervoltage Step 2
Siprotec Alarms Only
• Stator ground fault
• Sensitive ground fault
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 15 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Two further protection functions are voltage regulator failure and fast acting In AUTOMATIC operation, the engine room distribution transformer circuit FWD/AFT MSWB
lockout. The voltage regulator failure is a signal from the AVR control system breakers are kept closed. In the case of a blackout, the circuit breakers are Fwd: DG1, DG2, DG3 and DG4 Aft: DG5 and DG6
and will produce a level 1 reaction. Fast acting lockout is a signal from the opened by their undervoltage trips. When power is reinstated, the PMS closes STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP2
main switchboard and will also produce a level 1 reaction. the feeding circuit breakers two seconds after the 11kV engine room substation Galley Subst. 1 AC Comp. 1 Galley Subst. 2 AC Comp. 3
transformer circuit breakers have been closed according to the blackout power
AC Comp. 2 AC Comp. 4
Further details of the protection functions are available in the Siemens user restoration sequence (see section 11.1, Blackout).
manuals.
CLOSED MSWB
Control of the Shore Connection 440V Circuit Breakers DG1, DG2, DG3, DG4, DG5 and DG6
Distribution Circuit Breaker Control and Protection Units STEP 1 STEP 2
The shore connection circuit breakers connect to the galley substations
Maker: Siemens directly and can be opened and closed in MANUAL operation only. The shore Galley Subst. 1 AC Comp. 1
Type: Siprotec 7SJ6322 connection breakers are interlocked with the generator circuit breakers via Galley Subst. 2 AC Comp. 2
hard-wired circuitry in the switchboards. See section 3.18, Shore Power for
AC Comp. 3
further information.
These units allow local or remote operation of the circuit breaker. A LOCAL/ AC Comp. 4
REMOTE key switch sets the control to local or remote, when set to REMOTE,
control of the breaker is from the IMACS. From the IMACS, control is set 11kV and 690V Preferential Trip System The forward engine room substation is equipped with its own preferential
to MANUAL via the operator or AUTOMATIC via the control process, ie, tripping which will trip the following consumers in the event of an overload
Preferential tripping is fitted to protect the essential consumers in the event
control from the thruster system or AC control system. Local or remote status situation:
of a generator overload. This is carried out by the PMS and the switchboards
is indicated by panel mounted LEDs.
themselves. The tripping of non-essential consumers is carried out in two steps. • Fresh water generators No.1 and No.2
The main switchboards will trip the following consumers in the event of a main
Earth Fault Measurement generator overload. • Compressor/brine pump YM/695A
The star point of the main alternators is brought out of the machine and earthed • Step 1: Galley substations 1 and 2 • AC chilled water pump No.1 and No.3
via 6 series resistors. This resistor limits the current of any earth fault. The units • Engine room 440V substation FZ/215QE
• Step 2: AC compressors 1, 2, 3 and 4
measure any current differential and will raise an alarm and trip the machine in
the event of any earth leakage. The aft engine room substation also has preferential tripping as follows:
The non essential consumers are distributed on the forward and aft main
switchboards as follows: • Fresh water generator No.3
Control of the Engine Room Switchboard 690V Circuit Breakers
• AC chilled water pump No.2
Port Forward Starboard Forward
The status of the engine room switchboards’ circuit breakers is shown on the
STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP2 • Compressor/brine pump YM/695B
‘Aft 690V ER Substation’ and ‘Forward 690V ER Substation’ IMACS mimic
screens. AC Comp. 1 Galley Subst. 1 AC Comp. 2 • Emergency switchboard interconnector
Both engine room switchboard feeder circuit breakers are interlocked together Port Aft Starboard Aft
with the switchboard tie breakers. In normal operation, both feeder circuit STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP2
breakers are closed and the tie breaker is open and interlocked. The tie breaker Galley Subst. 2 AC Comp. 3 AC Comp. 4
can only be closed if one feeding circuit breaker is first opened. If one feeding
circuit breaker and the tie breaker are already closed, the second feeding
The actual generator panel that switches off the non-essential consumer is
circuit breaker is interlocked. These interlocks are carried out using hard-wired
dependent upon the main switchboard configuration in operation at the time:
circuits in the engine room switchboards and also in the PMS. An interlocked
circuit breaker is indicated NOT READY FOR SWITCHING by a red circuit
P/S MSWB
breaker icon on the IMACS mimics.
Port: DG1, DG2 and DG5 Starboard: DG3, DG4 and DG6
The control position of the breaker is selected from a CONTROL POSITION STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP2
switch at the respective cubicle of the engine room switchboard. These Galley Subst. 2 AC Comp. 1 Galley Subst. 1 AC Comp. 2
switches have LOCAL and REMOTE positions. The breakers can be opened AC Comp. 3 AC Comp. 4
and closed locally or remotely from the IMACS. Local control is from the
breakers ACB CONTROL switches. Remote operation is manually from the
IMACS or automatic via the IMACS.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.3 - Page 16 of 16
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.4a Electrical Switchboard Rooms
ICU ICU
CTO Technical Ward Ward
Office
Sub Photo Printing Crew Fire
G1
Frozen Director Shop Shop Technical Ward Equip.
Meat Office Library Embark.
Embarkation
Frozen
Fish
Nurse Sub
2
Fish Lift Lift Lift Treat. Lift Lift
Preparation Meat/Poultry Meat
Preparation Engine Control Hospital
Holding Room Sub Sub
Lift Lift Lift Lift
6
Lift
Sub Main
Hall
Op.
Theatre
3 Bagage
Embarkation
Fwd
Public
5
Stairs
Lift Lift Lift Lift Lift
Fruit and
Vegetables
Embarkation
Area
Lift
Plumber
Workshop
Crew
Office
Main Fire
Locker Lift Lift Sub 4 X Ray
Devel.
Lift Lift
Frozen Sub
Poultry
Frozen Fruit and
7 Embarkation Embarkation
Vegetables Vegetables Refrigerated
Preparation Garbage
Store
-16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304
Location of Electrical Switchboard/Substation Rooms - Deck 4
Forward
Officer's Self
Service Buffet
Bakery
Staff Mess G2 11kV
Transformer Rm
Emerg.
G2 690/230V
Lift Transformer
TFA
Aft Engine
Aft Mooring Crew Mess Casing
Station Sub FZ/940QZ
G2
Lift
Emergency Emerg.
GSP 690/230V
Engine Propulsion
Transformer
Transformer
Aft Purifier
Converter TFB
Room
PO Mess Room Room
Forward
Diesel
Crew Galley Steering Hotel Generator
Gear CO2 Room Emergency
Bottles Switchboard
Aft Aft Forward 230V Emergency
Chain PEM AC/AC
-16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 Locker
Engine
Casing
Switchboard
Room
Switchboard Switchboard
Room Room Section 690V
Location of Electrical Switchboard Rooms - Deck 5 Aft Port XA873A
Steering
Gear Section
XA873
FZ/001QB Starboard
Dry Incinerator Transitional
Engine
Galley Store Room
Aft Evaporators Transformer 220V DC
Fan Room Room Room Load Branch
Battery
Room
CO2 Room Rectifier
Emergency
Emergency Elec Switchboard
Generator Room Lkr.
-12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 FZ/001QB 230V
Lift Transitional AC/DC
Emergency
AC Station Location of Electrical Switchboard Rooms - Deck 3 Aft 220V DC Section
Switchboard Room
Battery Branch XA873B
Lift Lift Rectifier
Mcy Elec
Emergency
Generator Room Lkr.
Fire
Station FZ/002QB
Fan Room
Toilet
Miscellaneous
Services
24V DC
Outdoor Health Club Rectifier
40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96
Emergency Switchboard Room
Location of Electrical Aft
Switchboard Rooms - Deck 16 Zone 6
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.4 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.4 Electrical Switchboard Rooms and There is a system of interlocked 690V feeders running between the substations Galley substation No.1 feeds the Lido galley 440V and 230V switchboards.
Substations and the engine room switchboards. These allow a number of emergency feed There is a further 115V switchboard fed from a local 440/115V transformer.
permutations in the event of supply failures. See illustration 3.1c for details.
The main switchboards are located in dedicated main switchboard rooms on There is an interlocked 440V feeder running between the two galley 440V
deck 3 in zone 6 above the respective diesel generator rooms. These main switchboards. This allows an emergency feed link in the event of a supply
Galley Substations
switchboards feed power to other switchboards located throughout the ship. The failure. See illustration 3.1c for details. The arrangement of the individual
principal feeds from the main switchboards are the engine room switchboards, The galley substations are fed from one of the main switchboards. Galley switchboards can be seen from the distribution illustrations in sections 3.8,
also located in the main switchboard rooms, and the accommodation and galley substation 1 (FZ/002QP1) is fed from the forward main switchboard and galley 3.9, 3.10, etc.
substations. substation 2 (FZ/002QP2) is fed from the aft main switchboard.
The ship’s 690V accommodation area consumers such as ventilation fans, etc, are In the galley substation rooms are the respective 11,000/440/230V transformers
fed from distribution boards which are fed from the respective accommodation and the 440V switchboards. The 440V switchboard supplies one feed to a
substation. The ship’s low power 230V and 115V accommodation area 440/230V transformer which feeds the 230V switchboard. A second 230V feed
consumers are fed from distribution boards fed from the 230V and 115V from the 11,000/440/230V transformer also feeds this 230V switchboard. The
sections of the accommodation substations. 440V switchboard also supplies one feed to a 440/115V transformer which
feeds the 115V low voltage switchboard.
The emergency switchboard network feeds essential consumers throughout
the ship. The emergency switchboard is normally fed from one of the 690V Illustration 3.4b Main Switchboard Rooms Arrangement
engine room switchboards, via the emergency switchboard transfer lines. The ER Sub
690/440V
IMACS
emergency network is explained further in section 3.15. AS/P32
Transformers
FZ 017TF
FZ017TFDV
An accommodation electrical distribution substation is located in each zone. Forward Main Switchboard XA/872A
Substation 1-2 in zone 2 supplies zones 1 and 2. The substations for zones
1-2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are located on deck 4. There are two further substations FZ/215QF
ER 440V
dedicated to supplying galley equipment on deck 4 in zone 6 and on deck 5 in Substation
zone 7. AVR Forward Main Switchboard Room AVR
FZ/003QB1 Cabinets Cabinets
Fwd Mn Board XN/ XN/ XN/ XN/
The accommodation ventilation and air conditioning group starter switchboards Charger 110V
Dist. Panel No.1
274A 274B 274C 274D FZ/004QB1
Fwd Mn Board
are located within the air conditioning stations (ACS) throughout the ship. Charger 110V
Dist. Panel No.2
DG SCU
Forward Engine Room Switchboard XA/872C DG SCU
The above switchboards have process stations for linking to the IMACS system FZ/003QB
FZ/003BA ER/Mn Bd Governor Cabinets
Governor Cabinets
for remote monitoring and control. Batt. Cabinet Trans/Rect XM/ XM/ XM/ XM/
274C 274D 274C 274D
Escape
Accommodation Substations
The accommodation substations are each fed from an 11kV feed from one of XM/
XN/ XN/ 274E
XM/274F
DG SCU FZ/005QB FZ/005BA Escape
the main switchboards. Substations 1-2, 3 and 4 are fed from the forward main 274F 274E
AVR
Governor Governor Aft Mn Board Aft Mn Board
Charger 110V Batt. Cabinet
Cabinet Cabinet
switchboard and substations 5, 6 and 7 are fed from the aft main switchboard. Cabinets Aft Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D
The switchgear allows the feeder cables and the substation transformer to be
FZ/950QB FZ/950BA
earthed using a built-in earthing switch. PEM UPS2 PEM UPS2
110V Charger Batt. Cabinet FZ/006QB1
Aft Mn Board
Aft Main Switchboard Room Charger 110V
In the substation rooms are the respective 11,000/690/230V transformers Dist. Panel No.2
and the 690V switchboards. The 690V switchboard at each accommodation
IMACS
substation supplies one feed to a 690/230V transformer which feeds the 230V AS/P31
switchboard. A second 230V feed from the 11,000/690/230V transformer also
feeds this 230V switchboard. The 690V switchboard also supplies one feed to FZ/005QB1 Aft Main Switchboard XA/872B
a 690/115V transformer which feeds the 115V low voltage switchboard. Aft Mn Board
Charger 110V
Dist. Panel No.1
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.4 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.5 Electrical Safety and the Permit to It is therefore essential that all persons who may be required to work on, or Alternator Access
Work System operate high voltage apparatus are fully aware of the hazards and how to avoid The alternators are locked until the engine start air valve is locked closed
the associated danger. and the turning gear is locked. These keys are then released and placed in the
Electrical Safety keylocks at the generator cubicle which releases the access keys to enable the
Personnel carrying out high voltage isolation, earthing, maintenance and generator breaker to be earthed down.
Before carrying out maintenance on any electrical systems the following inspection should have attended the company’s high voltage safety training
conditions are to be complied with: course.
‘Permit to Work’ Procedure
a) The senior on-watch engineer should be informed of any High voltage apparatus is classified as any apparatus, equipment and conductors If maintenance or inspection is required to be carried out on any high voltage
maintenance on any electrical equipment within the machinery which are normally operated at a voltage exceeding 690 volts. equipment, a permit to work certificate must be obtained and completed.
spaces.
A permit to work should be issued by the Staff Electrotechnical Officer (SETO) The permit to work certificate is to be signed by the Chief Technical Officer,
b) Approach to the maintenance should be fully discussed at the or the First Electrotechnical Officer (1ETO) to the authorised person in charge the Staff or the First Electrotechnical Officer and the Senior Watchkeeping
work planning discussion. of work to be carried out on the earthed high voltage apparatus, detailing Engineer.
exactly what apparatus is dead, isolated from all live conductors, discharged,
c) Work on electrical systems should be carried out only by connected to earth and on which it is safe to work. The permit to work certificate is in duplicate form. The duplicate copy must be
suitably trained personnel. held by the person undertaking the work and the first copy is to be kept in the
A key interlocking system is provided for 11kV parts, where access to live engine control room.
d) The breaker for the apparatus under maintenance should be electrical parts can be reached without using tools. This is also applicable
opened. for the propulsion converter. All other parts like high voltage alternators and ‘Caution’ and ‘Danger Live’ notices are to be displayed at all points where the
motors are closed and can be opened only by skilled personnel using tools. work is being carried out and near parts that are live or may be made live.
e) Fuses should be removed.
The key interlocking system for the converters allows safe access to the Prior to any work being carried out, the item of equipment or circuit is to be
f) The opened breaker should be locked and the key kept in the equipment for maintenance and repair. It ensures that the access to high voltage isolated from all sources of possible supply, earthed and tested to ensure that
possession of the person carrying out the maintenance. parts is prohibited in all cases where the correct switch off/down and earthing the circuit or equipment is ‘dead’.
procedure of the main breaker is not performed completely or in the wrong
g) When working in cubicles such as starter boxes, insulated order. A specific step by step procedure is required to gain access to the keys Cancellation of the permit to work certificate must be signed by the person
shields indicate live components and should not be tampered for the converter cubicles. The key interlocking system ensures that only the actually carrying out the work and the Staff or the First Electrotechnical
with. Work in this area will require isolating at a more primary correct step by step procedure is followed for switching on the propulsion Officer.
level. system, up to the closing of the HV breaker. The interlocking system ensures
that the converter doors can only be opened (and therefore access to live parts
h) A caution notice (Caution Men Working) should be attached to of the system is given) only if:
the breaker isolating the circuit under maintenance. • The 11kV supply breaker is off and the outgoing circuit is
earthed by the earth connector.
i) The circuit should be tested to check that it is dead and that no
auxiliary supply is present. • For the converters, the connection between the motor and
converter is interrupted by open isolator switches.
j) All officers and technical staff should be competent in the
treatment of electric shock.
High Voltage
High voltage circuits are potentially more dangerous than low or medium
voltage circuits. This is not only due to the increased voltage, but also the
explosion risk and because, under certain circumstances, high voltage circuits
can retain a lethal charge even when switched off. In addition, dangerous
potentials exist some distance from the actual live high voltage conductors, the
distance being determined by the conductor voltage and the dielectric strength
of the insulating materials (including air) surrounding the conductor.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.5 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Earthing Illustration 3.5a Electrical Safety
Earthing a circuit or item of equipment can be carried out using the earthing
device at the circuit breaker, or locally by the use of portable earthing leads.
FLEET INSTRUCTIONS FI SAF.1.10 Permit to Work - Electrical Work
Earthing leads should always be connected to earth before attachment to the
(1000 Volts or More)
conductors. At the end of the work the leads should be removed from the
conductors before removing the earth connection. If work is to be carried out PERMIT TO WORK
Electrical Work (1000 Volts or More)
on an item of equipment remote from its circuit breaker (a thruster motor for
example), the earthing leads should be applied locally at the motor as well as Date:
Time:
using the circuit breaker earthing device. Work to be done:
Location:
All items and parts of the circuit that have been earthed are to be identified on Person in Charge:
(Authorised person)
the permit to work certificate. All fuses that have been removed and the points Person issued to: Employed by:
of isolation are also to be identified on the permit to work certificate. (Competent person)
Crew details:
The Staff or the First Electrotechnical Officer is responsible for the disconnection Period of validity (not to
exceed 24 hrs):
of the earthing leads and the return of the circuit or item of equipment to Authorising Officers: SETO/IETO
normal service. CTO
SENIOR EOOW
Signature Rank Date Time
Sanction for Test 1. It is safe to work on the following apparatus which is
The sanction for test is a document similar to a permit to work. The sanction for proven dead, isolated from all points of supply, connected
to earth and caution notices posted.
test form identifies the responsibility for testing and ensures that the necessary
2. The apparatus is isolated at the following points.
isolation and earthing procedures have been followed before a responsible
person performs a test (high voltage pressure test, insulation test etc) on any 3. The apparatus is efficiently earthed with circuit main
earths at the following points.
high voltage apparatus.
4. Caution notices have been posted at the following points.
Permit to Work/Sanction for Test Procedure NOTE: In all cases the work to be carried out must be fully discussed with the participants, using the Workplace Risk
Assessment, and a proper system of work agreed upon before commencement. All tools and equipment must
a) Switch OFF the equipment on which the permit to work or be of an approved type.
sanction for test is to be issued.
RECEIPT
I am satisfied that all precautions have been taken and that safety arrangements will be maintained for the duration of the
b) Isolate from all sources of supply including voltage transformers. work. I hereby declare that I have read the above and accept responsibility for carrying out the work detailed and no
Where physical isolation of the primary is not possible, remove attempt will be made to carry out work on any other apparatus.
secondary fuses and secure to prevent replacement. Person issued to:
(Signature)
c) Prove the circuit dead. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION
I hereby declare that the work for which this permit was issued is now completed/suspended and that all men under my
supervision have been withdrawn and warned that it is no longer safe to work on the apparatus specified on this permit and
d) Discharge to earth (where possible through the earth switch). that all gear, tools and temporary earthing connections are clear.
EOOW has been informed.
e) Apply CIRCUIT MAIN EARTHS and secure them to prevent Person issued to:
removal. (Competent person)
Signature Date Time
Cancellation:
f) Prove the circuit dead at the point of work to the person who is This Permit to Work and all copies are hereby cancelled.
to receive the permit to work or sanction for test. Person in Charge:
Signature Date Time
g) Issue the permit to work or sanction for test.
The named authorised person is responsible for carrying out the above steps
in a safe manner.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.5 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.6a Main Alternator
Main and Auxiliary
Connection Box
Air Temperature
Air Temperature
Sensor
Sensor
Heat Exchanger
Heat Exchanger
Inspection Access
Drive End Bearing Non-Drive End Bearing
Thermometer Thermometer
Bearing Jacking
Pumps
Leakage Bearing Insulation
Detectors
Anti-Condensation
Heater and Thermostat
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.6 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.6 MAIN ALTERNATORS The main alternators are driven by either the Wartsila 12V46 (DDGs 2, 3, 5 and Cooling
6) or 8L46 (DDGs 1 and 4) diesel engines. Alternators No. 1 to 4 are located The alternators are cooled using a closed air circuit. There are fans fitted at the
in the forward diesel generator room and alternators No. 5 and 6 are located in Drive End (DE) and Non-Drive End (NDE) of the rotor. These fans circulate
Main Alternators No. 2, 3, 5 and 6 (XA274/B/C/E/F)
the aft diesel generator room. internal air over two double piped fresh water coolers mounted at both sides
Maker: LDW
of the enclosure. The leakage space between the inner and outer tubes is
Type: AC, 3 phase, synchronous, 14 pole The 14 pole alternators are driven at 514 rpm via a flexible coupling from the
monitored by a leakage float sensor, which is connected to the IMACS system.
Model: S5E1400 M60-14SE prime mover diesel engines. Their output is 11,000V at 60Hz.
The cooler is fitted with drain outlets for the leakage compartment and the
Serial No.s: XA274B: 05 402-607 XA274C: 05 402-608 water chamber. The cooling air temperature is measured via PT100 sensors
XA274E: 05 402-609 XA274F: 05 402-610 Construction - Stator at the drive and non-drive ends. Alternator winding, cooling air and bearing
The stator core of slotted laminations is built on a rigid drum clamped between temperatures can be monitored via the IMACS mimic. These alternators have
Rated power: 15,300kVA
two circular endplates. Through these slots run the insulated copper windings. no emergency running enclosure openings.
Voltage: 11,000V 60Hz
The stator winding ends are brought out to an external neutral junction box
Maximum load: 12,240kW for the star point and to another external junction box for the main output Bearings
Rated current: 803A connections. The winding temperatures are monitored by 9 PT100 temperature
The machine’s rotor is fitted on two standing sliding bearings. These bearings
Speed: 514 rpm sensors and these are terminated in another external junction box. There are 6
utilise a lubricating ring with a scraper, which is semi-submerged in the oil
Connection: Star in use with 3 spares. High stator winding temperatures will initiate an alarm
bath in the lower section of the bearing. The bearings are water cooled by tubes
followed by a generator engine stop and consequent alternator breaker trip if
Power factor: 0.8 which pass through the oil bath, this cooling water is supplied from the diesel
the temperature continues to rise.
Excitation: 8A at 86.7V generator LT fresh water cooling system, see illustrations 2.4.3a/b/c.
IP rating: IP56 below shaft IP44 above shaft
Construction - Rotor The bearings have a local oil level gauge and the local filler cap also serves
Thermal class: F as a vent to relieve any internal pressure build up. The bearings are fitted with
The magnet wheel rotor consists of the rotor shaft and the magnet wheel with
Cooling: Enclosed forced air, hydrocoolers (IC81W) local and remote oil temperature measurement and will raise an alarm via the
single poles attached. The poles consist of individual metal plates layered on a
Anti-condensation htg: 230V, 2 x 1,000W shaft in the centre of the pole core, pressed together with pole end pieces and IMACS system in the case of high temperature.
Rotor weight: 65,000kg welded while under pressure. The pole coils are wound on the pole cores and
are insulated from the core and pole shoes by U shaped insulation material. The Both bearings are insulated from the hull by a sandwich of epoxy glass. The
magnet wheel with the poles attached is shrunk fit on to the rotor shaft. The DE bearing has a link for bridging this insulation and should only be removed
Main Generator Alternators No. 1 and 4 (XA274A/D
poles are fitted with damper bars to damp rotor oscillations when the generator when testing the insulation. This is part of the earthing system of the shaft to
Maker: LDW prevent stray transient currents reaching earth through the bearing itself, which
is running in parallel. The rotor winding and excitation winding coils are fitted
Type: AC, 3 phase, synchronous, 14 pole on separate rotor drums. may damage the bearing faces.
Model: S5E1400 M54-14SE
The bearings are each fitted with an oil circulating jacking pump. This pump is
Serial No.s: XA274A: 05 402-615 Exciter normally controlled from the IMACS which will run the pump at standstill and
XA274D: 05 402-616 switch the pump off when the DG/alternator eaches a preset speed.
The exciter is a brushless AC three phase rotor/stator with a rectifier diode
Rated power: 10,200kVA set feeding DC to the pole winding of the main alternator’s rotor. The rotating
Voltage: 11,000V 60Hz exciter assembly is a welded hub with a laminated core mounted on it. The three CAUTION
Maximum load: 8,160kW phase winding is fitted in the slots of this core. The diode rectifier assembly Ensure the bearing insulation is not inadvertently short-circuited by
Rated current: 535A is made of heatsinks onto which the diode sets are bolted. This assembly is leaving tools, etc, on bearing housing.
mounted internally at the NDE. The diodes are over-rated and fitted with
Speed: 514 rpm protection circuits for reliability. The action of the exciter is described in the
Connection: Star AVR section. Alternator Control and Protection
Power factor: 0.8 The alternator control and protection is described in section 3.3, Main
Excitation: 6.3A at 68.1V Switchboard Control and Operation.
IP rating: IP56 below shaft IP44 above shaft
Thermal class: F
Cooling: Enclosed forced air, hydrocoolers
Anti-condensation htg: 230V, 2 x 1,000W
Total weight: 52,000kg
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.6 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.6b Main Alternator Excitation System
SIEMENS SIPROTEC
Main Switchboard 1
Device Ready
RUN ERROR
2 General Fault
3 Communication OK SIEMENS
4 Production Pick Up
5 Breaker Trip/
Alternator Circuit Breaker
Lock Out
6 Earth Fault
P1 P2 P3
7
8 Local
MENU
9 Remote
10
Circuit Breaker Open
Siemens Siprotec
Circuit Breaker
11
S1
Circuit Breaker Closed
12 Confirm
13 Disconnector Closed Protection/Control Unit
14 ???
Closed
ESC ENTER
L1
LED Reset
ON F1 7 8 9
OFF F2 4 5 6
Mode F3 1 2 3
Confirm F4 . 0 +/- S2
Excitation Controller
Actual
T2
Thycom 10
Excitation Breaker
Excitation
Exciter Rotor Exciter
Winding
Alternator Winding Stator
Stator Winding Thycom 10 Excitation Cabinet
A1
F2 A3 F1
R1
G
V20
A2 R2
GS Key
F1 P1: Main Busbar Voltage
F2
V21 P2: Excitation Voltage
P3: Excitation Current
S1: Voltmeter Selection Switch
Overvoltage Rotating Rectifier L1: Excitation Possible Lamp
Shaft Earth Protection Diode Set S2: Excitation ON/OFF Key Switch
L1/T1.1/T1.2/1.3
IMACS
UPS 110V DC Supply
Heater 220V AC Supply
Key
Neutral Earthing 11,000V
Resistor Box
Control/Signal
Main Alternator Simplified Excitation/Connection Diagram
Starpoint
Reference Drawing: LDW 402554-0
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.6 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Alternator Heating The excitation controller has a soft start facility which ensures that excitation
The alternator is fitted with two 230V 820W anti-condensation space heaters builds up in a controlled manner without any overshooting. The controller also
located in the base of the frame. These heaters are interlocked with the limits voltage and frequency to preset levels and has a compounding control
operation of the alternator circuit breaker so that they are energised when the for parallel operation.
alternator is off-load.
The rotating rectifier consists of 2 thyristors, 6 diodes, 2 thyristor ignition
These heaters are supplied from the alternator’s main switchboard cubicle and circuits and a resistor/capacitor (RC) module. The 6 diodes are over-rated for
are set for operation by tuning on the anti-condensation heater switch. Once reliability and protection circuits act in the event of overload to further protect
turned on, the heater operation is automatic. the diodes. In fault circumstances when the pole winding voltage exceeds
1,000V, the ignition modules are triggered, firing the thyristors V20 and V21
and short circuiting the winding. Resistors R1 and R2 are connected in parallel
Exciter Unit with the thyristors ensuring further protection. The RC circuit (A3) offers
Maker: Siemens/LDW further diode protection from voltage spikes. When the winding voltage drops
below 1,000V again, the thyristors are switched off.
Type: Thycom 10
The generators’ governors are described in section 3.7, Governors.
The alternators have field excitation supplied from a compound brushless
exciter and a fully automatic voltage regulator (AVR). All the main alternators can operate in parallel. The main alternator’s governors
do not have the characteristics to allow parallel operation with the emergency
The excitation control systems are housed in control cubicles labelled XN274A- generator except for a brief time-interlocked load transfer period during power
F. These are located in the appropriate main switchboard room on deck 3. restoration.
The AVR has a processor controlled digital controller for automatic control only.
Manual generator voltage adjustment may be carried out via potentiometers Manufacturer Recommended Alternator Alarm and Trip Settings
(refer to the manufacturer’s manual for this procedure). The AVR receives an Alarm Trip
alternator load independent reference signal from an airgap reactor (L1) and a
Winding temperatures: 135ºC 145ºC
voltage transformer (T2). The load dependent reference signal is obtained via
current transformers (CTs - T1.1/1.2/1.3). Bearing temperatures: 82ºC 90ºC
Cooling air temperatures: 52ºC 57ºC
The AVR operates by regulating the level of generator excitation current. On
initial starting, remnant magnetism in the alternator’s rotor produces a low
stator output voltage. This is fed to the AVR and depending on the alternator
voltage output reference signal level, the AVR thyristors’ output is regulated
and fed to the exciter stator windings. The magnetic field in the exciter stator
induces AC into the exciter rotor, which is rectified by the rotating diode set
and passed to the main rotor DC windings. This increases the rotor excitation
and in turn, the stator output. The output voltage then ramps up in a cumulative
process.
In normal operation, the excitation levels are boosted for heavy loads and
reduced for light loads. This provides a constant output voltage independent
of load levels.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.6 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.7 Governors Operating Modes Limiters and Load Rejection
The start fuel limiter is active when the engine is started. The LED on the front
Maker: Woodward Governor Company There are three possible operating modes, droop, isochronous and MW (load) panel of the 723 unit labelled ‘Alarm #2’ will illuminate if any of the start,
Type: Electronic control. As the engine is to share load with other machines at a set stable speed maximum or charge air pressure fuel limiters are controlling the fuel output
for the correct electrical frequency, the governor is normally set to isochronous or if an engine shutdown has clamped the output to zero. If the control system
Model: 723 Generator Control System
mode. Load changes between generators are handled by the control systems shuts down the engine due to a major alarm condition or because the stop
according to preprogrammed loading and unloading rates (ramps), these rates command has been issued, the output will be clamped at zero.
The electronic 723 generator control system is used in conjunction with the are stored in the system software.
Wartsila Engine Control System (WECS) 2000 and WECS 7500 to control
the engine speed. The unit monitors engine load and speed and communicates Communication
with the WECS which then makes fuel adjustments to keep the engine speed Droop Mode
The 723 unit has two serial ports (J2 and J3) which are used for communication
within the defined range (see section 2.2.2, Diesel Generator Engine Control To operate in droop mode the isochronous/droop contact must be closed and with the Woodward Servlink server via RS232 protocol. Using the Woodward
and Safety System). The synchronising of the DG is carried out by the main the DG circuit breaker auxiliary contact closed. Speed droop value is based on ‘Watch Window’ software via PC/laptop enables monitoring of the generator’s
switchboard PMA 71 Genop unit, see section 3.3, Main Switchboard Control the droop value and the load on the DG. The load value is provided by the MW parameters. Some service/user parameters can be changed using this method.
and Operation for further information. reference signal. A droop pulse function prevents the DG going into reverse A Woodward hand held programmer may also be used.
power if connected while in droop mode; when the DG’s breaker is closed the
The 723 generator control system for each engine is located in the Diesel speed signal is immediately increased and the DG starts to take load from the Further in-depth information on the 723 unit is available from the manufacturer’s
Generator (DG) SCU governor cabinets in the main switchboard rooms on other generator(s) according to the preset ramp. manual.
deck 3. The electronic governor system consists of the 723 Digital Control Unit
(DCU) and the Magnetic Speed Pick-ups (MPU).
Isochronous Mode Alarms
The digital control unit takes speed signals from two MPUs which measure the This mode will hold the engine’s speed at 514 rpm irrespective of the load on The 723 unit will raise a major alarm in the case of the overspeed trip level
engine speed at the output shaft. The DCU processes these speed signals along the generator. This mode is also controlled from the speed reference signal. being exceeded or both speed sensor inputs failing. In both cases the DG will
with the load reference from the main electrical bus (together with other engine Isochronous load sharing is enabled when the isochronous/droop contact is be shut down immediately.
operating information) and produces an output signal to the WECS. The DCU closed, the DG circuit breaker auxiliary contact is closed and the MW load
also uses data from the other DGs via the load sharing lines. reference signal is healthy. A minor alarm will be raised in the following cases:
• One speed signal input fails
The DCU can be configured using a hand held programmer but care must be The DGs load share in this mode using the load sharing lines and speeds are
taken if reconfiguring as an improperly calibrated control can result in engine increased and decreased according to preset ramps. In an emergency, when • The MW load input fails
overspeed or other damage to the engine. fast loading or unloading is required, an emergency load rate is applied. This • The MW reference input fails
is also carried out with unloading if the unload function is applied when the
The use of two digital speed sensors allows for continued operation should one emergency load rate contact is closed. • If a signal is lost when MW reference is selected via the
of the sensors fail. If both speed sensors fail, the control system will shut down increase/decrease contacts
the engine and under no circumstances should the engine be restarted until the The droop function is continuously active when operating in isochronous mode • Frequency limitation when in MW control
speed sensors have been replaced and checked as operational. In the case of so that when control is switched to droop mode there is a smooth transfer. This
a speed sensor failing a FAILED SPEED SENSOR LED, No.1 or No.2, will also applies to MW control mode. A minor alarm can be reset when the fault is rectified and reset.
illuminate and a minor alarm will be raised. Each speed sensor input is fed
through a low pass filter which is used to filter out any undesirable frequencies
MW Mode Emergency Generator Governors
from the speed sensors.
This mode will hold the load constant on an engine independently of the load These engines utilise a conventional Woodward EGB165 mechanical governor
The governor digital control system commences operation when the engine on that engine. and are also fitted with an electronic governor. Mechanical or electronic
is started in speed control mode. When a start is initiated, the speed reference selection is made from a switch on the engine control panels. The electronic
is instantly set to a predetermined acceleration rate and the engine will run at To function in MW control mode the the DG circuit breaker auxiliary contact governor system consists of a Woodward 2301A load sharing and speed
this speed until the rated/idle contactor is closed. This happens as soon as the is closed, the MW load reference signal is enabled and the MW control input control unit, a digital reference unit and an SPMA synchronising unit. The
control system verifies that the engine has started and is running correctly. The from the WECS is switched on. synchronising mode (Normal/Check, etc) can be selected via a key switch
control system software is programmed to achieve a specific acceleration (and located inside the engine control panel.
deceleration) rate.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.7 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.8 ACCOMMODATION DISTRIBUTION
Illustration 3.8a Substations 1 and 2 Distribution
A01 FZ/001QP1A - Accommodation Substations 1 and 2 690V Section
From Q107
Forward Main
Switchboard
A04 A02 A05 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
FZ/003TFA Spare
Acc. Subs 1 and 2 FZ/QFA12000 - Bow Thrusters Room FZ/QFA16000 - Z1 Deck 8 Power Panel 690V
FZ/021TF
Supply FZ/004TFA Power Panel Starboard 690V FZ/019TF
Transformer Acc. Subs 1 and 2 230V Section 208V Section CO/GSP15202 - GSP ACS 15.2.02
CO/GSP08201 - GSP ACS 08.2.01
720/240V FZ/A15QF (Forward Theatre Substation) FZ/A18QF
Spare CO/GSP09101 - GSP ACS 09.1.01
Transformer FZ/QFA14000 - Bow Thrusters Room Power Panel
From Forward Engine Room Port 690V
Switchboard XA/872C
Via Substations 3 and 4 690V Sections FZ/QFA13000 - Z2 Deck 17 Power Panel 690V
FZ/005TFA Acc. Subs 1 and 2 FZ/QLTDP000 - Z2 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
720/120V Transformer
FZ/QLTDL000 - Z2 Deck 16 External Light Panel
FZ/001QP1B - Accommodation Substations 1 and 2 230V Section
TA0 TA1 TDL TDP
TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4 TB5 TB6 TB7 TB8 TB9 TBA TBB TBC TBD TBE TBF TBG TBH TBJ TBK TBL TBM TBN TBP TD1 TD2 TD3 TD4 TD5 TD6 TD7 TD8 TD9 TDA TDB TDC TDD TDE TDG TDH TDK TDP TDQ TDR TDS
FZ/QFTBC000 - Z1 Deck 14 Small Power Panel FZ/QLTD6000 - Z2 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLTDS000 - Z1 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
Heated Window 230V
FZ/QLTD5000 - Z1 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLTDR000 - Z2 Deck 15 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTBA000 - Z2 Deck 16 Small Power Panel 230V
FZ/QLTD4000 - Z2 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLTDP000 - Z2 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB9000 - Z1 Deck 14 Small Power Panel
Heated Window 230V FZ/QLTD3000 - Z2 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLTDK000 - Z2 Deck 15 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB8000 - Z1 Deck 14 Small Power Panel FZ/QLTD2000 - Z2 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLTDH000 - Z2 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
Heated Window 230V
FZ/QLTD1000 - Z1 Deck 2 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLTDG000 - Z1 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB7000 - Z1 Deck 14 Small Power Panel
Heated Window 230V DL/019UC - Crew Recreation Area Dimmer FZ/QLTDE000 - Z2 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB6000 - Z1 Deck 12 Small Power Panel 230V DL/014UC2 - Health Centre Dimmer FZ/QLTDD000 - Z1 Deck 8 External Light Panel
FZ/QFTB5000 - Z1 Deck 8 Small Power Panel 230V DL/014UCI - Health Centre Dimmer FZ/QLTDC000 - Z1 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB4000 - Z1 Deck 6 Small Power Panel 230V DL/008UC2 - Main Theatre / Lobby / Bar Dimmer FZ/QLTDB000 - Z2 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB3000 - Z2 Deck 6 Small Power Panel 230V DL/008UCI - Main Theatre / Lobby / Bar Dimmer FZ/QLTDA000 - Z2 Deck 8 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB2000 - Z2 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLTBG000 - Z2 Deck 10 230V Int. Light Panel FZ/QLTD9000 - Z2 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFTB1000 - Z1 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLTD8000 - Z1 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLTD7000 - Z1 Deck 6 Internal Light Panel
AP1 FZ/001QP1C - Accommodation Substations 1 and 2 115V Section
AP2 AP3 AP4 AP5 AP6 AP7 AP8 AP9 APA APB APC APD APE APF APG APH APJ APK APL APM APN APO APP APQ
FZ/QFAP9000 - Z1-2 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPH000 - Z1 Deck 14 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPP000 - Health Centre Deck 16 Small Power
Panel No.2 115V
FZ/QFAP8000 - Z1-2 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPG000 - Z1 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAPO000 - Z2 Deck 15 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAP7000 - Z1-2 Deck 7 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPF000 - Z1 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAPN000 - Z1 Deck 12 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAP6000 - Z1-2 Deck 6 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPE000 - Z1-2 Deck 16 115V Small Power Panel
LY*001RL-00A - Worklight Rack (01LDP-03)
FZ/QFAP5000 - Z1-2 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPD000 - Z1-2 Deck 15 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAPL000 - Z2 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAP4000 - Z1-2 Deck 4 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPC000 - Z1 Deck 12 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAPK000 - Z2 Deck 16 Health Centre 115V
FZ/QFAP3000 - Z1-2 Deck 3 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPB000 - Z1-2 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel Small Power Panel
FZ/QFAP2000 - Health Centre Deck 16 Small Power
FZ/QFAPA000 - Z1-2 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFAPJ000 - Z1 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel
Panel No.1 115V
Key 11,000V 230V 115V
690V 208V
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.8 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.8b Substation 3 Distribution
B01 FZ/001QP2A - Accommodation Substation 3 690V Section
From Q108
Forward Main
Switchboard Key
B04 B05 B02 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15
11,000V
FZ/003TFB B03
Acc. Sub 3 FZ/QFB12000 - Z3 Deck 11 Power 690V
Supply FZ/004TFB Panel 690V
Transformer Acc. Sub 3 CO/GSP17301 - GSP ACS 17.3.01 230V
720/240V
Spare CO/GSP08301 - GSP ACS 08.3.01 115V
Transformer
From Forward Engine Room
Switchboard XA/872C Via Sub 4
FZ/005TFB Acc. Sub 3
720/120V Transformer
To Substations 1-2 690V Section
FZ/001QP2B - Accommodation Substation 3 230V Section
UA0 UA1
UB1 UB2 UB3 UB4 UB5 UB6 UB7 UB8 UB9 UBA UBB UBC UBD UBE UBF UBG UBH UD1 UD2 UD3 UD4 UD5 UD6 UD7 UD8 UD9 UDA UDB UDC UDD UDE UDF UDG UDH UDJ UDK UDL UDM UDN UDP UDQ
FZ/QLUDC000 - Z3 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLUD1000 - Z3 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLUDB000 - Z3 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDQ000 - Z3 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
DL/009UC1 - Lounge Meeting Dimmer
FZ/QLUDA000 - Z3 Deck 8 Internal Light Panel FZ/QFUDM000 - Z3 Deck 12 Small Power Panel
DL/007UC - Casino Dimmer
FZ/QLUD9000 - Z3 Deck 8 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDL000 - Z3 Deck 1 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFUB7000 - Z3 Deck 15 Small Power Panel 230V
FZ/QLUD8000 - Z3 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDK000 - Z3 Deck 16 External Light Panel
FZ/QFUB6000 - Z3 Deck 15 Pizzeria Small Power
Panel 230V FZ/QLUD7000 - Z3 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDJ000 - Z3 Deck 17 External Light Panel
FZ/QFUB5000 - Z3 Deck 10 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLUD6000 - Z3 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDH000 - Z3 Deck 16 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFUB4000 - Z3 Deck 7 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLUD5000 - Z3 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDG000 - Z3 Deck 16 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFUB3000 - Z3 Deck 6 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLUD4000 - Z3 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDF000 - Z3 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFUB2000 - Z3 Deck 5 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLUD3000 - Z3 Deck 9 External Light Panel FZ/QLUDE000 - Z3 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLUD2000 - Z3 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLUDD000 - Z3 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/001QP2C - Accommodation Substation 3 115V Section
BP1
BP2 BP3 BP4 BP6 BP7 BP8 BP9 BPA BPB BPC BPD BPE BPF BPG BPH BPJ BPK BPL BPM BPN BPO
FZ/QFBP7000 - Z3 Deck 4 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFBPE000 - Z1 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBPO000 - Z3 Deck 12 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBP6000 - Z3 Deck 3 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFBPD000 - Z3 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel
LY*010UE-003 - Dimmer Rack SR6 - Wedding Chapel
FZ/QFBP4000 - Casino Small Power Panel No.3 115V FZ/QFBPC000 - Z3 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBPJ000 - Z3 Deck 3 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBP3000 - Casino Small Power Panel No.2 115V FZ/QFBPB000 - Z3 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBPH000 - Z3 Deck 17 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBP2000 - Casino Small Power Panel No.1 115V FZ/QFBPA000 - Z3 Deck 7 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBPG000 - Z3 Deck 16 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/005CX - Slot Machines Remote Control Power
FZ/QFBP9000 - Z3 Deck 6 115V Small Power Panel
Panels Junction Box FZ/QFBPF000 - Z3 Deck 14 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFBP8000 - Z3 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.8 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.8c Substation 4 Distribution
C01 FZ/001QP3A - Accommodation Substation 4 690V Section
From Q109 Key
Forward Main
Switchboard 11,000V
C04 C05 C02 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17
690V
FZ/003TFC C03
Acc. Sub 4 230V
Supply FZ/004TFC FZ/QFC13000 - Z4 Deck 14 Power Panel 690V
Transformer Acc. Sub 4 115V
720/240V CO/GSP14401 - GSP ACS 14.4.01
Spare
Transformer CO/GSP08401 - GSP ACS 08.4.01
From Forward Engine Room
FZ/005TFC Acc. Sub 4 Switchboard XA/872C
720/120V Transformer
To Substations 1, 2 and 3
690V Sections
FZ/001QP3B - Accommodation Substation 4 230V Section
VA0 VA1
VB1 VB2 VB3 VB4 VB5 VB6 VB7 VB8 VB9 VBA VBB VBC VBD VBE VBF VBG VD1 VD2 VD3 VD4 VD5 VD6 VD7 VD8 VD9 VDA VDB VDC VDD VDE VDF VDG VDH VDK
FZ/QLVD7000 - Z4 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel
DL/005UC1 - Foyer Decks 5,6,7 Dimmer FZ/QLVDK000 - Z4 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLVD6000 - Z4 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel
DL/004UC3 - Foyer Decks 5,6,7 Dimmer FZ/QLVDF000 - Z4 Deck 16 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLVD5000 - Z4 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel
DL/004UC2 - Foyer Decks 5,6,7 Dimmer FZ/QLVDE000 - Z4 Deck 1 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QLVD4000 - Z4 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel
DL/004UC1 - Foyer Decks 5,6,7 Dimmer FZ/QLVDD000 - Z4 Deck 1 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QLVD3000 - Z4 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFVB5000 - Z4 Deck 5 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLVDC000 - Z4 Deck 9 External Light Panel
FZ/QLVD2000 - Z4 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFVB4000 - Z4 Deck 14 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLVDB000 - Z4 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QLVD1000 - Z4 Deck 2 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFVB3000 - Z4 Deck 7 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLVDA000 - Z4 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
DL/004UC6 - Cardroom/Writing/Library/Art Gallery
FZ/QFVB2000 - Z4 Deck 5 Small Power Panel 230V Deck 5 Dimmer FZ/QLVD9000 - Z4 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFVB1000 - Z4 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V DL/005UC2 - Foyer & Shops Stbd Deck 6 Dimmer FZ/QLVD8000 - Z4 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel
FZ/001QP3C - Accommodation Substation 4 115V Section
CP1
CP2 CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6 CP7 CP8 CP9 CPA CPB CPC CPD CPE CPF CPG CPH CPJ CPK CPL
FZ/QFCP7000 - Z4 Deck 7 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPC000 - Z4 Deck 14 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFCP5000 - Z4 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPB000 - Z4 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPL000 - Z4 Deck 12 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFCP4000 - Z4 Deck 4 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPA000 - Z4 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPF000 - Z4 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFCP3000 - Z4 Deck 3 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCP9000 - Z4 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPE000 - Z4 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFCP2000 - Z4 Deck 2 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFCP8000 - Z4 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFCPD000 - Z4 Deck 16 115V Small Power Panel
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.8 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.8d Substation 5 Distribution
Key
D01 FZ/001QP4A - Accommodation Substation 5 690V Section
From Q157 11,000V
Aft Main
690V
Switchboard
D04 D02 D05 D06 D07 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16
440V
FZ/003TFD
From Aft Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D FZ/011TF FZ/024TF CO/GSP14501 - GSP ACS 14.5.01 230V
Acc. Sub 5 Supply
Transformer FZ/004TFD Via Substations 6 and 7 690V Sections 690/230V 690/208V Substation Junction Box
208V
Acc. Sub 5 FZ/QFD13000 - Z5 Deck 14 Power
720/240V FZ/010TF FZ/D10QF - Cabaret Lounge 115V
FZ/004CX - Main Laundry Electrical Isolation Panel 690V
Spare 690/440V Substation 208V
Transformer CO/GSP08501 - GSP ACS 08.5.01
FZ/003QPA - Laundry Substation 440V Section FZ/003QPB - Laundry Substation 230V Section
FZ/005TFD Acc. Sub 5
720/120V Transformer
FZ/001QP4B - Accommodation Substation 5 230V Section FZ/001QP4C - Accommodation Substation 5 115V Section
WA0 WA1
DP1
WB1 WB2 WB3 WB4 WB5 WB6 WB7 WB8 WB9 WBA WBB WBC WBD WBE WBF WBG WBH WBJ WBK WD1 WD2 WD3 WD4 WD5 WD6 WD7 WD8 WD9 WDA WDB WDC WDD WDE DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DPA DPB DPC DPD DPE DPF DPG DPH DPJ DPK
FZ/QFDPK000 - Z5 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel
DL/003UC - Forward Upper Restaurant Dimmer FZ/QLWDE000 - Z5 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFDPE000 - Z5 Deck 14 115V Small Power Panel
DL/002UC - Forward Lower Restaurant Dimmer FZ/QLWDA000 - Z5 Deck 1 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFDPD000 - Z5 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel
LY*004QI-001 - Contractor Rack ( 03LDP-02) FZ/QLWD9000 - Z5 Deck 1 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFDPC000 - Z5 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB9000 - Z5 Deck 14 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLWD8000 - Z5 Deck 9 External Light Panel
FZ/QFDPB000 - Z5 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB8000 - Z5 Deck 10 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLWD7000 - Z5 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFDPA000 - Z5 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB7000 - Z5 Deck 9 Small Power Panel 230V
FZ/QLWD6000 - Z5 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFDP9000 - Z5 Deck 7 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB6000 - Z5 Deck 7 Small Power Panel 230V
FZ/QLWD5000 - Z5 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFDP8000 - Z5 Deck 6 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB5000 - Z5 Deck 6 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLWD4000 - Z5 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFWB4000 - Z5 Deck 6 Trolleys Restaurant FZ/QFDP7000 - Z5 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QLWD3000 - Z5 Deck 8 Internal Light Panel
Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QFDP6000 - Z5 Deck 4 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB3000 - Z5 Deck 5 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLWD2000 - Z5 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFDP5000 - Z5 Deck 3 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFWB2000 - Z5 Deck 5 Trolleys Restaurant FZ/QLWD1000 - Z5 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFDP2000 - Laundry 115V Sockets Small
Small Power Panel 230V DL/010UC - Central Lounge Dimmer Power Panel
FZ/QFWB1000 - Z5 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.8 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.8e Substation 6 Distribution
Key
E01 FZ/001QP5A - Accommodation Substation 6 690V Section
From Q158 11,000V
Aft Main
Switchboard 690V
E04 E05 E02 E10 E11 E13 E14 E15 E16
E03
230V
FZ/003TFE
Acc. Sub 6 CO/GSP08601 - GSP ACS 08.6.01 115V
Supply FZ/004TFE
Transformer Acc. Sub 6 CO/GSP16601 - GSP ACS 16.6.01
720/240V
Spare FZ/QFE11000 - Z6 Deck 10 Power Panel 690V
Transformer FZ/QFE10000 - Z6 Deck 4 Power Panel 690V
From Aft Engine Room Switchboard
FZ/005TFE Acc. Sub 6 XA/872D Via Substation 7 690V Section
720/120V Transformer
To Substation 5
690V Section
FZ/001QP5B - Accommodation Substation 6 230V Section
XA0 XA1
XB1 XB2 XB3 XB4 XB5 XB6 XB7 XB8 XB9 XBA XBB XBC XBD XBE XBF XBG XBH XD1 XD2 XD3 XD4 XD5 XD6 XD7 XD8 XD9 XDA XDB XDC XDD XDE XDF XDG XDH XDJ XDK XDL XDM XDN XDP XDQ XDR
FZ/QLXDA000 - Z6 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDR000 - Z6 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
DL/011UC1 - Steakhouse/Photographs Dimmer FZ/QLXD9000 - Z6 Deck 8 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDM000 - Z6 Deck 16 Engine Casing Light Panel
FZ/QFXBA000 - Z6 Deck 14 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD8000 - Z6 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDL000 - Z6 Deck 2 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFXB9000 - Z6 Deck 15 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD7000 - Z6 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDK000 - Z6 Deck 2 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFXB8000 - Z6 Deck 15 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD6000 - Z6 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDJ000 - Z6 Deck 3 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFXB7000 - Z6 Deck 15 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD5000 - Z6 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDH000 - Z6 Deck 2 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFXB6000 - Z6 Deck 11 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD4000 - Z6 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDG000 - Z6 Deck 16 External Light Panel
FZ/QFXB5000 - Z6 Deck 8 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD3000 - Z6 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDF000 - Z6 Deck 9 External Light Panel
FZ/QFXB4000 - Z6 Deck 7 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD2000 - Z6 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QXDE000 - Z6 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFXB3000 - Z6 Deck 7 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLXD1000 - Z6 Deck 4 Engine Room Light Panel FZ/QXDD000 - Z6 Deck 16 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFXB2000 - Z6 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V DL/013UC2 - Central Indoor Cafe Dimmer FZ/QXDC000 - Z6 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFXB1000 - Z6 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V DL/011UC2 - Steakhouse/Photographs Dimmer FZ/QXDB000 - Z6 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/001QP5C - Accommodation Substation 6 115V Section
EP1
EP2 EP3 EP4 EP5 EP6 EP7 EP8 EP9 EPA EPB EPC EPD EPE EPF EPG EPH
FZ/QFEP7000 - Z6 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFEP6000 - Z6 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFEPA000 - Z6 Deck 14 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFEPH000 - Z6 Deck 12 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFEP5000 - Z6 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFEP9000 - Z6 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFEPC000 - Z6 Deck 16 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFEP4000 - Z6 Deck 4 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFEP8000 - Z6 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFEPB000 - Z6 Deck 15 115V Small Power Panel
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.8 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.8f Substation 7 Distribution
Key
F01 FZ/001QP6A - Accommodation Substation 7 690V Section
From Q156 11,000V
Aft Main
Switchboard 690V
F04 F05 F02 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17
230V
FZ/003TFF F03
Acc. Sub 7 208V
Supply FZ/004TFF FZ/F10QF - Aft Lounge Substation 208V FZ/F17QF - Disco Substation 115V
Transformer Acc. Sub 7 115V
720/240V
Spare FZ/023TF FZ/025TF
Transformer From Aft Engine Room Switchboard
XA/872D 690V Section CO/GSP08702 - GSP ACS 08.7.02
CO/GSP08701 - GSP ACS 08.7.01
To Substations 5 and 6
FZ/005TFF Acc. Sub 7 FZ/QFF11000 - Z7 Deck 17 Power Panel 690V
720/120V Transformer 690V Sections
FZ/001QP6B - Accommodation Substation 7 230V Section
YA0 YA1
YB1 YB2 YB3 YB4 YB5 YB6 YB7 YB8 YB9 YBA YBB YBC YBD YBG YBH YBJ YBK YBL YBM YBN YD1 YD2 YD3 YD4 YD5 YD6 YD7 YD8 YD9 YDA YDB YDC YDD YDE YDF YDG YDH YDJ YDK YDL YDM YDN
DL/017UC2 - Sabatinis Restaurant Dimmer FZ/QLYD7000 - Z7 Deck 8 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDN000 - Z7 Deck 12 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYBE000 - Z7 Deck 12 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLYD6000 - Z7 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDK000 - Z7 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYBD000 - Z7 Deck 14 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLYD5000 - Z7 Deck 7 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDJ000 - Z7 Deck 2 Engine Room Light Panel
FZ/QFYBB000 - Z7 Deck 16 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLYD4000 - Z7 Deck 5 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDH000 - Z7 Deck 9 External Light Panel
FZ/QFYBA000 - Z7 Deck 16 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLYD3000 - Z7 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDG000 - Z7 Deck 15 External Light Panel
FZ/QFYB9000 - Z7 Deck 11 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLYD2000 - Z7 Deck 4 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDF000 - Z7 Deck 15 External Light Panel
FZ/QFYB8000 - Z7 Deck 9 Small Power Panel 230V FZ/QLYD1000 - Z7 Deck 3 Internal Light Panel FZ/QLYDE000 - Z7 Deck 16 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYB7000 - Z7 Deck 7 Small Power Panel 230V DL/017UC1 - Children's Area Dimmer FZ/QLYDD000 - Z7 Deck 15 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYB5000 - Z7 Deck 5 Small Power Panel 230V DL/016UC1 - Disco Dimmer FZ/QLYDC000 - Z7 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYB3000 - Z7 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V DL/013UC1 - Aft Indoor Cafe Dimmer FZ/QLYDB000 - Z7 Deck 14 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYB2000 - Z7 Deck 4 Small Power Panel 230V DL/012UC2 - Aft Lounge Dimmer FZ/QLYDA000 - Z7 Deck 11 Internal Light Panel
FZ/QFYB1000 - Z7 Deck 16 Small Power Panel 230V DL/012UC1 - Aft Lounge Dimmer FZ/QLYD9000 - Z7 Deck 10 Internal Light Panel
DL/001UC - Aft Restaurant Dimmer FZ/QLYD8000 - Z7 Deck 9 Internal Light Panel
FZ/001QP6C - Accommodation Substation 7 115V Section
FP1
FP2 FP3 FP4 FP5 FP6 FP7 FP8 FP9 FPA FPB FPC FPD FPE FPF FPG FPH FPJ FPK
FZ/QFFP6000 - Z7 Deck 6 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFPB000 - Z7 Deck 11 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFPK000 - Z7 Deck 12 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFFP5000 - Z7 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFPA000 - Z7 Deck 10 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFPE000 - Z7 Deck 16 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFFP4000 - Z7 Deck 5 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFP9000 - Z7 Deck 9 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFPD000 - Z7 Deck 15 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFFP3000 - Z7 Deck 3 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFP8000 - Z7 Deck 8 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFPC000 - Z7 Deck 14 115V Small Power Panel
FZ/QFFP2000 - Z7 Deck 4 115V Small Power Panel FZ/QFFP7000 - Z7 Deck 7 115V Small Power Panel
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.8 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.9 ENGINE ROOM DISTRIBUTION
Illustration 3.9a Forward Engine Room Switchboard XA/872C
Cubicle 1 Cubicle 2 Cubicle 3 Cubicle 4 Cubicle 5 Cubicle 6 Cubicle 7 Cubicle 8 Cubicle 9 Cubicle 10 Cubicle 11 Cubicle 12 Cubicle 13 Cubicle 14
A A A A 320 A 334 A A A A A
A A
A 219 A
255
A 316 A 336 A 261
A A A V2 W Hz A A A W Hz V V1 A A A A A A
A 344
V W 2 3 V A V W V A 1 V W W
A
263
A 348
Hz2 Hz1
A
265
A 350
G G
A 267
310 342 346 211 253 217 215 259 225 231
A A A A A A
338 340 302 308 2A0 209 201 205 249 233 223 237
324 314 247
A A
A A A A A A A A A A
Incomer From Forward Forward Incomer From Interconnector
FZ00/TFB-1 Starboard Port FZ00/TFA-1 to Emergency
106T/F Bus Tie Bus Tie 105T/F Switchboard 239 241 235
318 322 326 328 330 332 2A3 2A4 245 221 229 243
2A0: Incomer
From FZ/001TFX-1
310: Static Exciter Cubicle Starboard Fwd XN001BA 334: 690/230V Automation Power Panel FZ930QF 160T/F 219: Balcony Drencher Pump 211: Static Exciter Cubicle Port Fwd XN001AA
342: Fresh Water Generator XA107B 336: Automation UPS1 ASUPS1-2 249: Purifier & Evap. Rm GSP3 FZ249QF 253: Fresh Water Generator No.1 XA107A
2A3: Accomm. 2A4: Spare
346: AC Chilled Water Pump YE682C 344: Bilge Duty Pump YE401C 239: Potable Water Room GSP1 FZ239QF 217: Spare
Substation 4
324: Purifier & Evaporator Rm GSP2 FZ324QF 348: Bilge Piston Pump XE405 255: Fire Extinguishing Pump XE482B 223: Forward DG & PEM Auxiliaries Power Panel FZ/QF223000
690V Section
314: Forward Mooring Winch Substation FZ314QF 350: Spare 261: Hi-Fog Control Panel YM485A-1 237: Forward DG Turning Gear/Boiler Power Panel FZ/QF237000
FZ001QP3A 263: Hi-Fog Control Panel YM485C-1 215: ER 440V Substation FZ017TF (See Below)
318: Forward Auxiliary Rm GSP1 FZ318QF 340: Purifier & Evap. Rm GSP4 FZ340QF
322: Forward DG & PEM Auxiliaries GSP2 FZ322QF 330: PEM Cooling Fans GSP2 FZ431QF 221: Trace Heating Substation 1 FZ022TFA 259: AC Chilled Water Pump YE682A
320: Forward Main Switchboard Battery 332: PEM Auxiliaries GSP2 FZ332QF 267: Spare 265:
Charger No.1 FZ003QB 233: Purifier & Evap. Rm GSP1 FZ233QF 235: Incinerator Room Distribution Panel No.2 FZ/QF235000
316: Stabiliser Starter Stbd & Local Control Port YM770AA 241: PEM Cooling Fans GSP1 FZ241QF 245: PEM Auxiliaries GSP1 FZ245QF
338: Compressor/Brine Pump YM695A 265: Spare 225: Aft Mooring Winch Substation FZ512QF
326: HVAC Auxiliaries GSP2 FZ326QF 231: Steering Gear COS2 FZ002CT
328: Forward ER Vent GSP2 FZ328QF 247: Forward ER Vent GSP1 FZ247QF
229: Converter Room Power Panel FZ/QF229000
243: Forward Auxiliary Rm GSP2
690/440V 01 Engine Room 440V Substation - Forward Main Switchboard Room
From 215
Forward ER
Switchboard
14 13 12 11 10
FZ017TF 100kVA
Engine Room Workshop Power Panel
Engine Room Deck 1 Workshop Power Panel
Key Engine Room 440V Substation Distribution Spare
Spare
690V
Spare
440V
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6 F030 402 02 - ER Substation Switchboards
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.9 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.9b Aft Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D
Cubicle 1 Cubicle 2 Cubicle 3 Cubicle 4 Cubicle 5 Cubicle 6 Cubicle 7 Cubicle 8 Cubicle 9 Cubicle 10 Cubicle 11 Cubicle 12 Cubicle 13
429 540
A A A A A
A 415 A A 518 A
A 421 A 437 A 552 A 542 A
A A A V1 W Hz A A A W Hz V V2 A A A A A A
A 435 A 439 A 536
V W 1 3 V A V W V A 2 V W W
A 443 A 550
Hz1 * Hz2
G G
411 441 510 546 548 532
A A A A
A A A A A A
427 413 526 522
417 419 401 409 4A0 508 502 504 516 530 524 528
A A
A A A A A A A A
Incomer From Aft ER Aft ER Incomer From Interconnector A
153T/F Bus Tie Bus Tie 154T/F to Emergency
FZ002/TFA-1 FZ002/TFB-1 Switchboard
690V XA873
534
4A3: Accomm. 4A4
Substation 7 Spare
423 425 431 433 690V Section 512 520 536 538
FZ001QP6A
411: Static Exciter Cubicle Port Aft XN001BA 429: Aux Machy Central Cooling SW Pump No.3 XE/039C 4A0: Incomer From 111T/F 518: Spare 510: Static Exciter Cubicle Starboard Aft XN001BB
441: Fresh Water Generator XM107C 437: Aux Machy Central Cooling FW Pump No.3 XE/037C FZ002TFX-1 552: Spare 546: AC Chilled Water Pump YE682B
417: Aft ER Vent GSP1 FZ417QF 439: Automation UPS2 ASUPS2-2 526: Potable Water Room GSP2 FZ526QF 548: Spare
419: Forward Mooring Winch Substation FZ314QF 443: Bilge Bal. Cen. Self-Priming Pump YE401A * Key Switch S69X/1 Mounted Internally 534: PEM Cooling Fans GSP1 FZ241QF 516: Steering Gear COS1 FZ001CT
423: Aft DG & PEM Auxiliaries GSP3 FZ423QF 413: Compressor/Brine Pump YM695A (See Machinery Spaces Electrical 540: Fire Extinguishing Pump XE482C 530: Aft Converter Room Power Panel FZ/QF530000
425: FHVAC Auxiliaries GSP1 FZ425QF Network Description - Section 3.1) 542: Hi-Fog Control Panel YM485B-1 512: Aft Mooring Winch Substation FZ512QF
415: Aft Main Switchboard Battery Charger No.1 FZ005QB 536: Spare 520: Aft ER Vent GSP2 FZ520QF
421: Stabiliser Starter Stbd & Local Control Starboard YM770BA 550: Spare 532: PEM Auxiliaries GSP4 FZ532QF
435: Spare 552: Aft DG & PEM Auxiliaries GSP2 FZ522QF 524: Domestic Compressor Room Power
427: Aft DG & PEM Auxiliaries GSP1 FZ427QF Panel FZ/QF524000
431: PEM Cooling Fans GSP2 FZ431QF 528: Aft DG Room Power Panel FZ/QF528000
433: PEM Auxiliaries GSP3 FZ333QF 536: Trace Heating Substation 2 FZ022TFB
538: Incinerator Distribution Panel No.1 FZ/QF538000
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6 F030 402 02 - ER Substation Switchboards
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.9 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.10 Galley Distribution
Illustration 3.10a Galley Distribution Key
G01 FZ/002QP1A - Galley Substation 1 440V Section 11,000V 230V
From Q110
Forward Main
440V 115V
Switchboard
G02 G03 G04 G05 G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19 G20 G21 G22 G23
FZ/003TFG
FZ/QFG22000 - Lido Galley Power Panel 440V
Galley Sub 1 Supply
Transformer XA/877A - Shore Connecting Panel - Port FZ/004TFG FZ/005TFG JM/51201 - Control Box JC/51201A
Galley Sub 1 Galley Sub 1
450/240V 440/115V FZ/QFG20000 - Bell Box Power Panel 440V Range
FZ/002QP2A - Galley Sub No.2 Interconnector Spare Transformer Hotplates
Transformer FZ/QFG19000 - Lido Galley Power Panel 440V and
FZ/QFG18000 - Lido Galley Power Panel 440V - Z7 Deck 14 Ovens
FZ/QFG05000 - Galley Deck 5 Sockets Small FZ/QFG17000 - Galley Deck 4 Power Panel No.3 440V
Power Panel - 115V JC/51201B
FZ/QFG16000 - Galley Deck 5 Power Panel No.2 440V
FZ/002QP1B - Galley Substation 1 Range
FZ/QFG15000 - Galley Deck 4 Power Panel No.1 440V Hotplates
230V Section RA0 RA1 and
FZ/QFG14000 - Z7 Deck 15 Power Panel 440V
Ovens
FZ/QFG13000 - Z4 Deck 14 Power Panel 440V
RB1 RB2 RB3 RB4 RB5 RB6 RB7 RBA RBB RBC RBD RBE RBF
FZ/QFG12000 - Z3 Deck 11 Power Panel 440V
FZ/QFG11000 - Z1 Deck 9 Power Panel 440V
FZ/QFRB6000 - Galley Deck 4 Small Power
Panel No.6 - 230V JM/50003 - Control Box JC/50003AA
FZ/QFRB5000 - Galley Deck 4 Small Power FZ/QFRBD000 - Bell Box Small Power Range
Panel No.5 - 230V Panel No.2 - 230V Hotplates
and
FZ/QFRB4000 - Galley Deck 5 Small Power FZ/QFRBC000 - Bell Box Small Power Ovens
Panel No.4 - 230V Panel No.1 - 230V
FZ/QFRB3000 - Galley Deck 5 Small Power FZ/QFRBB000 - Lido Galley Small Power JC/50003AB
Panel No.3 - 230V Panel No.2 - 230V Range
FZ/QFRB2000 - Galley Deck 5 Small Power FZ/QFRBA000 - Lido Galley Small Power Hotplates
Panel No.2 - 230V Panel No.1 - 230V and
Ovens
FZ/QFRB1000 - Galley Deck 5 Small Power FZ/QFRB7000 - Galley Deck 5 Small Power
Panel No.1 - 230V Panel No.7 - 230V
H01 FZ/002QP2A - Galley Substation 2 440V Section
From Q155
Aft Main
Switchboard
H02 H03 H04 H05 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17 H18 H19 H20 H21 H22 H23
FZ/003TFH JM/60004 - Control Box
Galley Sub 2 Supply JC/60004A
Transformer FZ/004TFH FZ/005TFH JM/60003 - Control Box Range
XA/877B - Shore Connecting Panel - Stbd
Galley Sub 2 Galley Sub 2 Hotplates
FZ/QFH19000 - Crew Mess Deck 5 Power Panel No.1 440V and
450/240V 440/115V
FZ/002QP1A - Galley Sub No.1 Interconnector Spare Transformer FZ/QFH18000 - Sabatinis Deck 16 Power Panel No.1 440V Ovens
Transformer
FZ/QFH17000 - Galley Deck 5 Power Panel No.3 440V
FZ/QFH05000 - Galley Deck 6 Sockets Small JC/60004B
FZ/QFH16000 - Galley Deck 6 Power Panel No.2 440V
Power Panel - 115V Range
FZ/QFH15000 - Galley Deck 5 Power Panel No.1 440V Hotplates
and
FZ/QFH14000 - Z6 Deck 7 Power Panel 440V Ovens
FZ/002QP2B - Galley Substation 2 FZ/QFH13000 - Z5 Deck 14 Power Panel 440V
JC/60003A
230V Section ZA0 ZA1 FZ/QFH12000 - Z5 Deck 5 Power Panel 440V
Range
FZ/QFH11000 - Z3 Deck 6 Power Panel 440V
Hotplates
ZB1 ZB2 ZB3 ZB4 ZB5 ZB6 ZB7 ZBA ZBB ZBC ZBD ZBE ZBF
FZ/QFH10000 - Z7 Deck 4 Prep. Rooms Power Panel 440V and
Ovens
FZ/QFZB5000 - Galley Deck 6 Small Power Panel No.5 FZ/QFZBD000 Sabatinis Deck 16 Small Power Panel - 230V
JC/60003B
FZ/QFZB4000 - Galley Deck 6 Small Power Panel No.4 FZ/QFZBB000 - Crew Mess Deck 5 Small Power Panel No.2 - 230V Range
Hotplates
FZ/QFZB3000 - Galley Deck 6 Small Power Panel No.3 FZ/QFZBA000 - Crew Mess Deck 5 Small Power Panel No.1 - 230V and
Ovens
FZ/QFZB2000 - Galley Deck 6 Small Power Panel No.2 FZ/QFZB7000 - Galley Deck 6 Small Power Panel No.7 - 230V
FZ/QFZB1000 - Galley Deck 6 Small Power Panel No.1 FZ/QFZB6000 - Galley Deck 5 Small Power Panel No.6 - 230V Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.10 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.11 Laundry Distribution
Illustration 3.11a Laundry Distribution
D01 FZ/001QP4A - Accommodation Substation 5 690V Section
From Q157
Aft Main
Switchboard
D04 D02 D05 D06 D07 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16
FZ/003TFD
Accommodation From Aft Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D CO/14502CX - Deck 14 Z5 ACS
Substation 5 Via Substations 6 and 7 690V Sections Substation Junction Box
Supply T/F FZ/QFD13000 - Z5 Deck 14 Power
FZ/004TFD
Acc. Sub 5 FZ/004CX - Main Laundry Electrical Isolation Panel 690V
Accommodation FZ/005TFD Acc. Sub 5
720/240V 720/120V Transformer CO/GSP08501 - GSP ACS 08.5.01
Substation 5 Spare
230V Section Transformer
FZ/010TF FZ/011TF
690/440V 690/230V
FZ/003QPA - Laundry Substation 440V FZ/003QPB - Laundry Substation 230V
D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 D0
610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724
JC/L2499B - Gas Detector
JC/L2104B - Tumbler Dryer No.6 JC/L2309C - Dryer No.1 JC/L2499A - Gas Detector
JC/L2104A - Tumbler Dryer No.7 JC/L2309B - Dryer No.2 JC/L2402B - Marking Machine
JC/L2103E - Tumbler Dryer No.1 JC/L2308C - Aquatex Cleaner No.1 JC/L2402A - Marking Machine
JC/L2103D - Tumbler Dryer No.4 JC/L2308B - Aquatex Cleaner No.2 JC/L2401 - Electric Speed Check Rail
JC/L2103C - Tumbler Dryer No.3 JC/L2309A - Dryer No.3 JC/L2312 - Collar-Cuff-Yoke Press
JC/L2103B - Tumbler Dryer No.2 JC/L2308A - Cleaner JC/L2310 - Body Press
JC/L2103A - Tumbler Dryer No.5 JC/L2307 - Vertical Dryset Vacuum JC/L2305B - Universal Topper Press
JC/L2102B - Washer Extractor No.7 JC/L2301 - Dry Cleaning Machine JC/L2305A - Universal Topper Press
JC/L2102A - Washer Extractor No.6 JC/L2205 - Towel Folder JC/L2304B - Form Finisher
JC/L2101E - Washer Extractor No.5 JC/L2204B - 2 Small Pieces Stacker & Folder JC/L2304A - Form Finisher
JC/L2101D - Washer Extractor No.4 JC/L2204A - 2 Small Pieces Stacker & Folder JC/L2303 - Spotting Board
JC/L2101C - Washer Extractor No.3 JC/L2203 - Flatwork Ironer 2-Roll JC/L2208 - Chilled Water Fountain
JC/L2101B - Washer Extractor No.2 JC/L2202 - Folder/Crossfolder W/Stack JC/L2106 - Chilled Water Fountain
JC/L2101A - Washer Extractor No.1 JC/L2201 - Flatwork Ironer 3-Roll
Key
11,000V
690V
440V
230V
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.11 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.12 Miscellaneous Distribution
Illustration 3.12a Miscellaneous Distribution
XA/872C Forward Engine XA/872D Aft Engine
Room Switchboard Room Switchboard
Q314 Q419
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28
FZ/314QF - Forward Mooring Winch
FZ/314QF - Forward Mooring Winch Substation Breaker Numbers Are
Substation 690V Distribution
Spare
Prefixed With '314'
ZM/465AA - Crew Swimming Pool Control Panel YA/753A - Winch 25 Tons 2 Drums-1 Warp. End - Port
YE/764BA - Starter Hydraulic Power Pack FZ*010CX-061 - Fwd Mooring Winches Junction Box YE/794LB - Starter For Hydraulic Units YA/794LB
YE/764AA - Starter Hydraulic Power Pack YE/752BA - Starter For Starboard Windlass Forward YE/794LA - Starter For Hydraulic Units YA/794LA
ZM/464AB - Crew Whirlpool Remote Control Panel YE/752AA - Starter For Port Windlass YA/753D - Winch 25 Tons 2 Drums-1 Warping Head
ZM/464AA - Crew Whirlpool Control Panel YE/764CA - Starter Hydraulic Power Pack YA/753B - Winch 25 Tons 2 Drums-1 Warp. End - Stbd
XA/872C Forward Engine XA/872D Aft Engine
Room Switchboard Room Switchboard
Q225 Q512
10 11 12 13 14 15 17 19 20 21
FZ/512QF - Aft Mooring Winch Substation
FZ/512QF - Aft Mooring Winch Substation
Breaker Numbers Are 690V Distribution
Prefixed With '512'
YA/753F- Winch 25 Tons - 2 Drums YE/764FA - Starter Hydraulic Power Pack
YA/753E- Winch 25 Tons - 2 Drums-1 Warping Head YE/764EA - Starter Hydraulic Power Pack
YE/752CA - Starter Cabinet For Aft Windlass YE/764DA - Starter Hydraulic Power Pack
VE/VE03701M - Exhaust Fan For Steering Gear Room FZ*010CX-060 YD/753CA-4 - Port Control Station - Aft Key
VE/VS03701M - Supply Fan For Steering Gear Room YD/753CB-4 - Starboard Control Station - Aft 690V
YA/753G - Winch 25 Tons - 2 Drums-1 Warping Head 115V
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.12 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.12b Miscellaneous Distribution
24V DC Section
01 10 11 12 13 14 15 FZ/931QB - Safety System and Bridge UPS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 All Breaker Numbers Are 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 110
Located in Wheelhouse Port UPS Locker Prefixed With '931'
RD*002CX-6 - Distribution Box Multipilot Unit IJ*004CX-001 - Fire Detector System - Address Steering Failure Alarm Unit
Unit CM44
RD*003AR-2 S Band Antenna 14' For IJ*F01UE-004 - Smoke Detector System Bridge Alarm Panel
Radar System NI*001CX-2 - Junction Box For Trackpilot System 2
NS*004CX-002 - Junction Box - SMS VHF Unit
FZ/931BA SL/003CX-1 - Junction Box For Doppler Speed RD/001AL-1 - Power Supply For AIS Radar System
Battery Log System GPS2 Receiver Rudder Angle Indicator Unit Dimmer
FZ/001AC-02 - Bridge ET200 Propulsion Plant Port
AM/004CX - Junction Box For Weather Station YM/200UT - NAPA Calculator Signal Light Control Panel
(Wind Air) System YM/796T - Watertight Doors - Remote Control Panel
YM/764AH - Thrusters Main PLC Unit Navigat X Mk1 Gyrocompass Unit
Junction Box For Fire Detection System GB/002CX-3 - Repeater Distribution Box For
Gyrocompass System NI*002CX-3 - Junction Box For Chartpilot Autopilot Gyro Interface Unit
FI/001PF-1 - Whistles Signal Controller TL150E-2
SAJ Draught Monitoring System
FZ/932QB - CO2 and Traffic Lights UPS All Breaker Numbers Are
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
Located in Deck 4 EL4620 Prefixed With '93201'
ZM/485CA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel ZM/485IA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel SMS JB Power Supply Stabiliser Main PLC Unit
ZM/485BA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel ZM/485HA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel Steakhouse Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel Access Monitoring JB
ZM/485AA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel SK/001Q1 - CO2 Main Control Panel IJ/003CX - Fire Detector System - Address DG1 SCU Governor/Vibrometer Panel
Unit CM22
YM/485 - Hi Fog ECR Control Cabinet ZM/485FA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel DG2 SCU Governor/Vibrometer Panel
ZM/485NA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel
Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel ZM/485EA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel DG3 SCU Governor/Vibrometer Panel
ZM/485MA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel
AS/800TL - Traffic Light Relay Control Box ZM/485DA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel DG4 SCU Governor/Vibrometer Panel
ZM/485LA - Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel
DG5 SCU Governor/Vibrometer Panel
DG6 SCU Governor/Vibrometer Panel
24V DC Section
01 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 FZ/943QB - Safety Systems UPS 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 All Breaker Numbers Are 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119
Located in Deck 10 EL10262 Prefixed With '943'
Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC20 ZM/485OA Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel
Gyrocompass Repeater Distibution Box
Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC16 ZM/485GA Deep Fat Fryer Protection Panel
Switchbox Unit Loran C Receiver Unit
Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC12 SMS JB
FZ/934BA DGPS2 Junction Box
Battery Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC07 Wheelhouse Emergency Red Lights Bridge Skipper Trim/List System
GMDSS Battery Charger Master Navigat X Mk1 Gyrocompass Unit
Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC03 Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC31
Watertight Doors Control Station
Bridge ET200 Propulsion Unit Junction Box - SMS
AC Distribution Panel Motorised Fire Shutter
Paint Store Fwd and Winch Control Panel Emergency Shutdown System Local Panel LC26
AC Distribution Panel Motorised Fire Shutter
Trackpilot System 1 Junction Box Access Monitoring System
Key
Fire Detection System Address Unit CM44 Trackpilot No.1 JB
230V 24V
Multipilot Units Radar System Steering Failure Alarm System No.1
115V Multipilot Distribution Box Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.12 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.13 Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical Distribution
Illustration 3.13a Air Conditioning/Ventilation Electrical Distribution Air Conditioning/Ventilation Distribution Principle
All fans and air conditioning units, etc, are fed from a Group Starter Panel (GSP)
located in an Air Conditioning Station (ACS) within the zone that the fan/unit serves.
Eg: Group Starter 'GSP 08.02' is located within ACS 08.2.
The source of the supply for each GSP is shown on the accommodation Zone
Distribution Illustrations 3.8a - 3.8f.
ACS
19.7
Deck 19
ACS 18.7
Deck 18
ACS ACS STBD/
17.7 ACS 16.6
Deck 17 17.2 PORT
ACS
Deck 16 16.4
ACS
Deck 15
15.2
ACS
ACS 14.4
Deck 14 14.5
ACS 14.1
Deck 12
Deck 11
Deck 10
ACS 8.3 ACS 9.1
Deck 9
ACS 8.6
ACS 8.7 ACS 8.4 ACS 8.2
ACS 8.5
Deck 8
ACS
7.1
Deck 7
Deck 6
Deck 5
Deck 4
Deck 3
Deck 2
Deck 1
ZONE 7 ZONE 6 ZONE 5 ZONE 4 ZONE 3 ZONE 2 ZONE 1
-28 -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 380 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360 364 368 372 376 380 384 388
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.13 - Page 1 of 1
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.14a UPS Units
Emergency Battery Branch Signal Panel
Switchboard
VL1: Mains Within Tolerance
VL2: Rectifier Operating
Battery 2 VL3: Float Charge
Link
123 Cells VL4: High Rate Charge
QL5/6 VL5: Commissioning Charge
690V Supply from
Emergency Switchboard VL6: Rectifier High DC Voltage
VL7: Rectifier Low DC Voltage
Circuit 908 Cubicle 2 QR1 F Link VL8: Rectifier Fault
Z1 Filter TP1 QL1/2 KM1
220RCT300 VU1 FZ/001BA VL9: Rectifier Inhibited
VL10: High Temperature
Rectifier VL11 Battery Overcharge Current
Battery Branch FZ001QB-3
Drop Diode Battery 1 VL12: Battery in Discharge
Regulator 123 Cells
PB1: LED Test
690V Supply from PB2: Alarms Reset
Emergency Switchboard
Circuit 905 Cubicle 1 QR2 F Link
TP2 QL 3/4 Q1 Load Branch Signal Panel
Z2 Filter 220RCT160 VU2 VEL FZ/001BA
Rectifier Q2 VL1: Mains Within Tolerance
Q3 VL2: Rectifier Operating
Load Branch FZ001QB-2 VL3: Float Charge
Q4 VL6: Rectifier High DC Voltage
Q5 VL7: Rectifier Low DC Voltage
VL8: Rectifier Fault
Q6 VL9: Rectifier Inhibited
Q7 VL10: High Temperature
FZ/001QB Emergency Lighting Rectifier/Charger Unit Simplified Schematic Diagram VL13: Positive Earth Fault
For Distribution
Key Q8 VL14: Negative Earth Fault
See Illustration 3.15e
VL15: Load High DC Voltage
690V 230V Distribution
VL16: Load Low DC Voltage
VL17: Fuses/Breakers Tripped
230V
PB1: LED Test
24V PB2: Alarms Reset
Battery Signal Panel
690V Supply from VL1: Mains Within Tolerance
Emergency Switchboard VL2: Rectifier Operating
Circuit 919 Cubicle 1 QR1 FF Link VL3: Float Charge
Z1 Filter TP 24RCT280 VU QL1 VL4: High Rate Charge
QY VL5: Commissioning Charge
Rectifier Manual Drop Diode VL6: Rectifier High DC Voltage
Bypass Regulator VL7: Rectifier Low DC Voltage
Battery
Miscellaneous Services Rectifier/Charger FZ002QB VL8: Rectifier Fault
Monitoring
VL9: Rectifier Inhibited
VL10: High Temperature
Q1
VL11 Battery Overcharge Current
Q2 VL12: Battery in Discharge
VL13: Positive Earth Fault
Q3
VL14: Negative Earth Fault
FZ/002QB Miscellaneous Services Rectifier/Charger Unit Simplified Schematic Diagram VL15: Load High DC Voltage
Q4 For Distribution
See Illustration 3.15e VL16: Load Low DC Voltage
Q5
VL17: Fuses/Breakers Tripped
Q6
PB1: LED Test
Q7 PB2: Alarms Reset
24V Distribution
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.14 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.14 Battery and UPS Power Supplies Emergency Lighting Battery/Rectifier Unit: FZ/001QB Main/Engine Room/Emergency Switchboard Battery/Rectifier Units:
FZ/003QB, FZ/004QB, FZ/005QB, FZ/006QB
Maker: SAFT NIFE
Emerald Princess is fitted with a variety of Uninterruptible Power Supplies Type: 220RCT160/220RCT300-Z160 Maker: Jovy Atlas
(UPS) to maintain the electrical supply to essential items of equipment and Type: D690 G110/100BWrg-Th-250Ah
Output: 160A at 230V
machinery in the event of mains power failure. These power supplies ensure
Supply: Emergency switchboard 905 Mains input: 3 x 690V
an uninterrupted electrical supply to a consumer irrespective of whether or not
the main or emergency supply is available. Batteries: FIAMM SDH/35 Frequency: 60Hz
Lead Acid (2 x 123 cells) Rated input current: 12.5A
The UPS units generally consist of a rectifier/charger, an inverter, a battery Capacity: 2,720A/10h Output voltage: 124V DC
and a bypass unit. In normal situations, the rectifier/charger supplies the load Load current: 100A
(sometimes using an inverter at the output, if the load is AC) with the battery
receiving a trickle charge to maintain voltage. In the event of mains failure, the The rectifier/charger unit is fitted as back-up for the emergency lighting DC/
battery will automatically supply the load (via the inverter if the load is AC). DC switchboard. The unit is situated in the emergency switchboard room on Batteries
The batteries have a limited capacity, but will generally be able to supply their deck 16. The unit consists of a distribution section, a battery branch rectifier
and a load branch rectifier, these are automatic in operation. Maker: Sonneschein
design load for a minimum of 30 minutes.
Type: A602/250
When the mains supply returns to normal, the batteries will automatically This unit is backed up by the emergency battery FZ/001BA situated in a No. of cells: 55
receive a boost (equalising) charge to quickly return them to their fully charged dedicated battery room located on deck 16. This battery consists of two sets of Capacity: 250Ah
state. Some UPS units are fitted with a bypass facility to enable the UPS unit 123 2V batteries connected in series to provide 220V when on load.
to be isolated for maintenance whilst the load is supplied directly from the These charger units are back-up power supplies for the main switchboards.
mains. The unit is in three separate sections; the battery branch, the load branch and They supply the DG AVRs, main and engine room switchboard control
the distribution cabinet. The unit’s operation is interlocked with the operation systems, electricians’ test panel, galley substation control systems, etc.
Where possible, the UPS batteries should be tested once per month by switching of the battery room fan. If this fan fails, the charger reverts/maintains trickle
the mains supply to the UPS unit off and allowing the batteries to supply the battery charging only. Forward main switchboard charger FZ/003QB1, its battery cabinet FZ/003BA
load. During this time the battery voltage should be closely monitored. and its two distribution boards FZ/003QB1 No.1 and No.2 are located in the
During normal service, the load branch rectifier feeds the load and the battery forward main switchboard room.
The main switchboards, the emergency switchboard and the wheelhouse is supplied with a trickle charge. When the supply to this unit fails, the batteries
navigation equipment consumers utilise rectifier/charger boards for the supply supply the load via the blocking diode and 290A contactor TE. When the mains Forward main switchboard charger FZ/004QB UPS2 and its battery cabinet
of essential circuits and control systems. supply is reinstated, the load branch rectifier supplies the load and the battery FZ/004BA are located in electrical lockers EL4623 and EL4636 respectively,
branch rectifier will supply the batteries with a constant current/voltage boost these are located inboard of the ECR on deck 4. Its distribution board
All the battery chargers have the following alarms which are raised via the charge until the batteries are at 100% capacity again. At this point, the battery FZ/004QB1 No.2 is located in the forward main switchboard room.
IMACS mimic Battery Chargers and UPSs: branch rectifier will supply the batteries with a trickle charge again.
• Common failure Aft main switchboard charger FZ/005QB1, its battery cabinet FZ/005BA and
To simulate a blackout, the battery branch can be locked to supply the its distribution board FZ/005QB1 No.1 is located in the aft main switchboard
• Earth fault emergency load. During this time the batteries should be closely monitored. room.
• Mains failure
A test/reset button is fitted on the load and battery branch rectifier panels. A Aft main switchboard charger FZ/006QB UPS2 and its battery cabinet
The propulsion UPSs are also fitted with further ACB monitoring, overvoltage rectifier high rate and ON/OFF switch is fitted inside the load branch cabinet. A FZ/006BA are located in electrical lockers EL4623 and EL4634 respectively
and undervoltage alarms. Further individual instructions on these loading rectifier ON/OFF switch is fitted inside the battery branch cabinet. Both panels these are located inboard of the ECR on deck 4. Its distribution board
procedures and the operation of these UPS units can be found in the are fitted with ammeters and voltmeters for checking operation. Various LED FZ/006QB1 No.2 is located in the aft main switchboard room.
manufacturers’ manuals. The specification and function of the main UPS units indicators for charging, load, rate, etc, are also fitted and the following alarms
follows. will be raised in the event of malfunction: Controls are fitted on the front of the units for for rectifier on/off and manual
• Battery branch battery discharge boost charge on/off. An ammeter, voltmeter and insulation meter are also fitted
to the front panel for battery and load and insulation monitoring and indication
• Battery branch charger failure
is also provided for the following:
• Load branch earth fault
• Rectifier on • Trickle charge
• Load branch high temperature
• Boost charge • Manual boost charge on
• Load branch battery charger failure
• Earth fault • Input fuse on
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.14 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Emergency Generator Start Battery Rectifier/Chargers FZ/007/8QB CO2 and Machinery Space Traffic Light UPS FZ/932 BA Hotel Management UPS GH/001CO
Maker: SAFT NIFE Maker: Converex Maker: Converex
Type: 24SMR50 Type: FTM20/S Type: FTM10
Output: 50A at 24V Output: 20kVA at 230V AC Output: 10kVA at 115V AC
Batteries: Caterpillar (x4) 9X9720 Batteries: NiCad (x19) Batteries: NiCad (x 114)
Type: Lead acid Capacity: 12V 80Ah Capacity: 12V 40Ah
Capacity: 1,000 CCA
This unit is fitted to feed the following consumers: This unit is fitted to feed the hotel management/administration computer
These two rectifier/charger units are fitted to charge the electric starter batteries system. This UPS unit is fully automatic in operation. This unit is located in
• Machinery space traffic lights
for the two emergency generators. The units are situated in the respective electrical locker 6201, forward of the theatre starboard shell door on deck 6.
emergency generator rooms on deck 16. • CO2 alarm and release system The batteries are located in a separate local cabinet, GH/001BA. Operator
• ECR Hi-fog control cabinet controls are limited to input and output circuit breakers and a battery circuit
Controls are fitted for mains ON/OFF, test button and high charge rate selection. breaker.
An electronic display can be switched to read battery and load voltage and • Engine room general alarms
current. Various LED indicators for charging, load, rate, etc, are also fitted and • Wheelhouse general alarm panel Bridge and Safety System UPS FZ931QB
the following alarms will be raised in the event of malfunction:
• Fire zone general alarms Maker: Converex
• Rectifier high/low voltage • DC high/low voltage
• Deep fat fryer protection panels Type: FTT15
• Rectifier failure • System failure Output: 15kVA at 230V AC, 15kVA at 24V DC
• Over temperature • Earth failure This unit is located in electrical locker 4620 on deck 4, the batteries are located
Batteries: NiCad (x 19)
in a separate local cabinet FZ/932BA. The UPS unit has a menu-driven LCD
• Battery discharging • Fuse/breaker trip display which provides the operator with various items of information. Normal Capacity: 12V 65Ah
operation is fully automatic.
Miscellaneous Service 24V Battery Charge System FZ/002QB This unit is fitted to feed the important bridge consumers such as the radar,
A manual bypass switching operation is available when maintenance is speed log, etc. This UPS unit is fully automatic in operation. This unit is
Maker: SAFT NIFE required. This is detailed in the manufacturer’s manual. The actual distribution located in an electrical locker on the bridge. The batteries are located in a
Type: 24RCT280Z220 diagram is shown in illustration 3.12b. separate local cabinet. Operator controls and procedures are identical to the
Output: 280A at 30V general alarm and traffic light UPS. The actual distribution diagram is shown
Batteries: Fiamm SHD 15 (x 13) in illustration 3.12b.
Public Address and Talkback UPS CB/001CO and CB/002CO
Type: Lead acid Maker: Converex
Capacity: 560Ah/10h Safety System UPS FZ/943QB
Type: FTM60/S
Maker: Converex
Output: 60kVA at 230V AC
This rectifier/charger unit is fitted to feed various essential circuits. The unit is Type: FTM40/S
situated in the emergency switchboard room on deck 16. Batteries: NiCad
Output: 2x20kVA at 230V AC
Capacity: 12V 2x120Ah
Batteries: NiCad (x 38)
Controls are fitted for monitoring meter selection switch, test button and high
charge rate selection. An electronic display can be switched to read rectifier, These units are fitted to feed the following consumers: Capacity: 12V 80Ah
battery and load voltage and current. Various LED indicators for mains,
• Public address system
charging, rate, etc, are also fitted. This unit is fitted to feed navigation equipment, multipilot, GMDSS, ESD, etc.
• Talkback system The actual distribution diagram is shown in illustration 3.12b.
This UPS unit is fully automatic in operation. Unit CB/001CO is located in the This UPS unit is fully automatic in operation. This unit is located in electrical
communications centre on the port side of deck 6 in zone 2 and unit CB/002CO locker 10262 on deck 10. The batteries are located in a separate local cabinet.
is located in the telephone exchange on the port side of deck 7 in zone 2. The Operator controls are limited to input and output circuit breakers and a battery
batteries are located in a separate local cabinet. Operator controls are limited circuit breaker.
to input and output circuit breakers and a battery circuit breaker.
A Converex UPS controil panel is shown in illustration 3.14b below.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.14 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Propulsion System UPS Units FZ/950QB and FZ/935QB Diesel Generator/Woodward Control System UPS Safety Management System Server UPS
Maker: Jovy Atlas Maker: Ellego Powertec Maker: MGE
Type: D690 G24/160 Type: DC-UPS EDC Model: Pulsar 800
Output: 160A at 24V Output: 24V 90A
Batteries: NiCad (x 4) 90V 3A This unit is located in the bridge electrical locker on deck 14. The unit is fitted
as a back-up supply for the safety management system server.
Batteries: Fiamm Manalite
These units are fitted to feed the propulsion control systems. Unit FZ/950QB Type: 7x 12 SLA 12 (12Ah)
and its battery cabinet FZ/950BA are located in the aft main switchboard room WARNING
2x 12 SLA 50 (50Ah)
and unit FZ/935QB and its battery cabinet FZ/935BA are located in the UPS Battery and UPS maintenance must be carried out in accordance with
room (EL4623) on the starboard side of the ECR. technical standing orders and the battery and UPS manufacturer’s
These units are located in their repective Diesel Generator (DG) rooms. These instructions.
UPS units are dual voltage supply units and are fitted with two sets of batteries.
IMACS Automation System UPS Units AS/UPS1 and ASUPS2 The units are fitted to supply the Wartsila Engine Control System (WECS) for
Maker: Jovy Atlas ‘Ocean’ each DG. They are fitted with front panel mounted manual float/boost charge
changeover switch and an alarm reset pushbutton. The units also have two
Type: Jovystar Mono
seperate AC supplies; in the event of failure the unit’s supply can be changed
Output: 24kVA at 230V (30 mins) over using the supply changeover switch A/0/B.
Batteries: NiCad
This unit is fitted to feed the IMACS automation system process stations
and operator stations. Unit AS/UPS1 and its battery cabinet ASUPS1-BA are Illustration 3.14b UPS Control Panel
located in the UPS room starboard of the ECR (EL4638). Unit AS/UPS2 and Display Menus From 'Converex' Default Window
its battery cabinet ASUPS2-BA are located in the UPS room (EL16608) port Then Press:
of the emergency switchboard room on deck 16. Displays 'Measures' Menu:
'Measures' Current/Voltage etc
Display Display
Navigation Navigation
Keys Alphanumeric Display Keys Displays: 'Alarm Situation' Menu:
Communication/GMDSS Equipment Charger/Rectifier 'Alarm Situation' Alarms/Signals etc
The GMDSS equipment power supply/charger is located in the GMDSS Displays: 'ON/OFF Commands' Menu:
console on the bridge. The unit is backed up by a 24V battery system located Esc 'ON/OFF Command' Operation
in the bridge electrical locker. The batteries (RT/002BA x12) are monitored Displays:
'Clock Setting' Menu
from the BP4680 GMDSS multi-alarm panel located on the GMDSS (GNMT) 'Clock Setting'
console. Displays:
'Power History' Menu
LED L1 Rectifier OK 'Power History'
LED L2 Inverter OK
Displays:
Communication Centre UPS Alarm 'Name'
'Name' Menu
Buzzer
Maker: MGE Displays:
'AC Measures Offset' Menu
'AC Measures Offset'
Type: Topaz 800
Displays:
Model: 7100H-7500 LED L4 Battery 'DC Measures Offset'
'DC Measures Offset' Menu
End of Discharge
Output: 7.5kVA at 115V
LED L3 Inverter Displays:
'Battery Current Offset' Menu
Feeding Load 'Battery Current Offset'
This unit is located in the PA amplifier room forward of the communications Displays:
CONVEREX
'Back-Up Time' Menu
centre on deck 6. The unit is fitted as a back-up supply for the local 115V TV 'Back-Up Time'
system small power panel FZ/QFTB3200. Displays|:
'Alarm Situation' Menu
'Transmission'
Displays:
'Silencing Alarm' Menu
'Silencing Alarm'
Converex UPS Operator Panel
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.14 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.15a Emergency Electrical Network
Cubicle 1 Cubicle 2 Cubicle 3 Cubicle 4 Cubicle 5 Cubicle 6 Cubicle 7 Cubicle 8 Cubicle 9 Cubicle 10 Cubicle 11 Cubicle 12 Cubicle 13 Cubicle 14 Cubicle 15
A A
A A A A A A
A A A A
A G G A A A
A A
A A A A
A A
Cell 8
A A A A
A A
A A A Cell 8 A
A A
Cell 8 A Cell 8 A A Cell 8 A
A A
A A A A
A A A
Emergency Switchboard 690V Section
Front View
From Aft Main From Forward Main From Aft Main From Forward Main From Aft Main From Forward Main
Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard Switchboard
Q153 Q111 Q154 Q106 Q160 Q105
Engine Room Spare Engine Room Engine Room Spare Engine Room
Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer
FZ/002TFA FZ/002TFX FZ/002TFB FZ/001TFB FZ/001TFX FZ/001TFA
2,500 KVA 4,000 KVA 2,500 KVA 4,000 KVA 4,000 KVA 4,000 KVA
QF401 QF4A0 QF502 QF302 QF2A0 QF201
EDDG1 XA/277 EDDG2 XA/274G
1,312KVA 1,050kW 1,312KVA 1,050kW
Aft Engine Room 690V 690V Forward Engine Room
Switchboard XA/872D Switchboard XA/872C
Q409 Q508 Q308 Q209
Q4A3 Q504 Q205 Q2A3
Emergency
Batteries
FZ/001BA
Accommodation Accommodation
Substations 5/6/7 Q904 Q901 Q902 Q903 Substations 1&2/3/4 FZ001IT
690V 60HZ 230V 60HZ XA/873A 230V AC/DC XA/873B 230V DC/DC
Emergency Switchboard XA873
Q209
Q905 Q908 Q906 Q907 Transformer Q9A1 Q9A2 Q9A3 Q9B0
Key FZ/013TFB Key
Key Transformer Interlocked
11,000V Interlocked FZ/013TFA Interlocked
690V Rectifier/Charger
Units FZ/001QA/B
230/208V QR2
QR1
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 1 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.15 Emergency SWITCHBOARD In the event of a power failure of both main switchboards, Q205/Q903 or If the main network, ie, both the main switchboards XA/872A/B and therefore
Q504/Q904 ACBs will open via their no-volt trips. The emergency generator the forward and aft engine room switchboards XA/872C/D lose power, the
Maker: ABB control system will sense the zero volts situation on the emergency switchboard emergency switchboard and generators will operate as follows:
Type: Marine, PC/MNS 3.0 busbars and start both emergency generators. The generators are started from
their respective engine control panels. a) The emergency lighting rectifier charger unit FZ/001QB
provides a seamless changeover to battery power, supplying
Introduction The emergency generators will normally be started on compressed air but may essential equipment such as the emergency lighting distribution
be started using the 24V DC electric starter motors. The choice of starting network.
The emergency switchboard is fitted as a stand-alone power source for all method is selected at the generator local control panels mounted adjacent
the ship’s essential safety systems, communication equipment and emergency to each engine, see section 6.1, Emergency Diesel Generators for further b) XA/872C supply ACB Q205 and XA/837 incomer ACB Q903
lighting. If the normal supply from the main switchboard(s) fails, the information. open on no-volts. The emergency switchboard is dead.
switchboard can be fed from two emergency 690V 1.050kW generators,
EDDG1 and EDDG2. In an automatic start situation, whichever emergency generator (EDDG1/2) is c) The emergency generator EDDG1 starts and the alternator runs
selected as the LEAD generator, is started and runs up to speed and voltage. up to rated speed and voltage. Provided the following conditions
The emergency switchboard is located in a dedicated room on deck 16, The generator is then connected to the dead emergency switchboard. The are present:
midships in zone 6. The switchboard is divided into 3 sections, 690V AC generator selected as the LAG machine will then be started and synchronised to • EDDG1 engine designated ‘Running’
section (XA/873), 230V AC section (XA/873A) and 230V AC/DC section the first generator and both generators will then run in parallel with automatic
(XA/873B). The central control sections are shown in illustration 3.15a, the load sharing. The LEAD/LAG selection switch is located inside the emergency • Voltage at rated level (690V)
distribution is shown in illustrations 3.15b/c. switchboard in cell 8. The emergency generators can be started manually, • Shore supply mode not selected
automatically or from the IMACS mimic, Power Restoration From Blackout.
• Engine room switchboard supply ACBs Q205/Q504 are OFF
The 690V switchboard section (XA/873) consists of the emergency generator
cells, the incoming 690V supply cells and the 690V distribution cells. When power has been restored to the main switchboard(s), the main supply can
be connected back to the emergency switchboard. The generators, after a time Then EDDG1 ACB Q901 closes, supplying the emergency
delay, will disconnect from the switchboard. switchboard.
The 230V AC switchboard section (XA/873A) consists of cells 1-2. This
section is fed from the emergency switchboard 690V section via one of
If required under special circumstances, the emergency generators can d) The second emergency generator EDDG2 runs up to rated
the 690/230V emergency transformers (FZ/013TFA or FZ/013TFB). These
backfeed the main switchboard. This is carried out from the IMACS mimic speed and voltage, the generator automatically synchronises and
transformer circuit breakers are interlocked to prevent both being closed at the
‘Backfeeding from ESWBD to ER 690V Substations’. ACB Q902 closes.
same time.
e) Both emergency generators now supply the emergency
The 230V AC/DC switchboard section (XA/873B) consists of cells 3-6. Emergency Switchboard Operation - Normal Automatic Configuration switchboard in parallel. Load sharing is carried out
This section is normally fed with 230V AC from 230V switchboard section
In this example, the emergency switchboard is fed from the forward 690V automatically.
(XA/873A) via breaker Q9A3. In an emergency, if the AC supply from section
XA/873A is lost, breaker Q9B0 can be closed and this section is supplied engine room switchboard XA/872C via Q205 and Q903 ACBs which are
closed. The generator/switchboard/ACB control switches are set to the f) The emergency lighting rectifier charger unit FZ/001QB reverts
with 230V DC from the 230V DC/DC rectifier/charger distribution board
following positions: to normal supply from XA/873C. The emergency batteries will
FZ/001QB. Breakers Q9B0 and Q9A3 are mechanically interlocked so that
revert to a floating/boost charge depending on their condition.
only one breaker can be closed at any time. XA/872C supply ACB Q205: CLOSED
XA/837 incomer Q903: CLOSED g) The emergency switchboard automatic restart sequence is then
This rectifier/charger board is basically a large UPS unit backed up by the
initiated.
emergency battery FZ/001BA which consists of two banks of 123 2V cells. Generator LEAD/LAG switch: EDDG1 LEAD
This section feeds essential lighting circuits and consumers throughout the ship
EDDG1/2 LOCAL/REMOTE switch: REMOTE The IMACS automation system will restart one of the main diesel generators.
in the event of a total power failure. The rectifier/charger distribution board
EDDG1/2 MAN/AUT switch: AUTOMATIC When the main switchboards XA/872A/B return to normal power, the engine
FZ/001QB is described in section 3.14, Battery and UPS Systems.
room switchboards are automatically resupplied and ACB Q205 will close to
PARALLEL OPERATION switch: REM resupply the emergency switchboard.
In normal supply conditions, the emergency switchboard is fed from either the
forward 690V engine room switchboard (XA/872C) or the aft engine room
The emergency switchboard can be resupplied from the IMACS mimic, Power
switchboard (XA/872D). This supply feeds the emergency switchboard 690V
Restoration From Blackout.
bus via either Q205/Q903 or Q504/Q904 Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs).
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 2 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.15b Emergency Switchboard
Gen. ACB Control 903 ACB Control 904 ACB Control Gen. ACB Control
Pushbuttons/Lamps Pushbuttons/Lamps Pushbuttons/Lamps Pushbuttons/Lamps
Close Open Close Open Close Open Close Open
/ON /OFF /ON /OFF /ON /OFF /ON /OFF
Winding Temps. Winding Temps.
V A A A V V A A A
903 904 ACB Control Fwd Aft Cross Tie CB
Local/Remote Control Selection
Bus Voltmeter Ins. Resist. Bus Frequency 996 Emergency
995 Emergency Ohmeter Meter
MVAr kW Hz SL MVAr kW Hz Alternator No.2
Alternator No.1 A Voltmeter Voltmeter A
Radiator Fan Select. Lamp Test Select. Radiator Fan
Alternator * NB S24 Alternator Ammeter
Ammeter 205 ACB Control Switches 504 ACB Control
Meters Selection Puhbuttons/Lamps Puhbuttons/Lamps Meters Selection
Service Switch Inside SSPM Service Switch
EDDG1 EDDG2
Alarm Module
Emergency S69E Emergency
G G
Close Open Close Open
A /ON /OFF /ON /OFF A
Generator No.1 Gen Set Gen Set Heater V1/V2 Hz1/Hz2 Heater Gen Set Gen Set Generator No.2
Emergency Stop Ready Shut
Lamp Down
On Bus/Incoming Bus/Incoming On Shut Ready
Down Lamp
Emergency Stop
Volts Synchroscope Frequency
Lamp Lamp
Excitation 901 S89 Excitation 902
Ammeter Em. Alternator No.1 Ammeter Em. Alternator No.2
V S Hz
Synchroniser ACB Parallel Synchronising
Selection Selection Protect/Unprotect
SACE E2 SACE E2 Selection SACE E2 SACE E2
901 EDDG1 EDDG1/2 902 EDDG2
Speed Control Manual/Auto Speed Control
Selection
995 Emergency 996 Emergency
Alternator No.1 901 Em. 201 Feeder 502 Feeder 902 Em. Alternator No.2
Radiator Fan Alternator By Transformer By Transformer Alternator Radiator Fan
No.1 ON FZ/001TFA-1 FZ/002TFB-1 No.2 ON
CB Inside Pushbutton Close/ON Open/OFF Close/ON Open/OFF Pushbutton CB Inside
Pushbuttons/Lamps Pushbuttons/Lamps
901 Emergency 903 Feeder From 205 904 Feeder From 504 902 Emergency
Alternator No.1 Forward Engine Aft Engine Alternator No.2
XA/277 Room Switchboard Room Switchboard XA/274G
XA/872C XA/872D
AVR AVR
Manual Voltage Manual Voltage
Adjust Inside Adjust Inside
Cubicle 5 Cubicle 6 Cubicle 7 Cubicle 8 Cubicle 9 Cubicle 10 Cubicle 11
* NB: Switches Inside Cabinet:
Emergency Local Isolating/Connecting Selection Switch
EDDG1/EDDG2 Lead/Lag Selection Switch
Emergency Switchboard Central Control Sections Detail Back Feeding After Blackout/Normal/Dry Dock Selection Switch
Check/Permissive/Run Selection Switch
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 3 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
The emergency switchboard and generators can also be returned to their normal Emergency Switchboard Local Operation - Local Manual Configuration d) Ensure that the GENERATOR READY TO TAKE LOAD
configuration manually from the emergency switchboard. This procedure is as In this example, the emergency switchboard is fed from the forward 690V indicator is/are illuminated. If only one is illuminated, this is the
follows: engine room switchboard XA/872C via Q205 and Q903 ACBs which are one to connect.
closed. The generator/switchboard/ACB control switches are set to the
a) At the emergency switchboard, turn EDDG1/2 MANUAL/ e) Turn the generator LEAD/LAG switch to the relevant EDDG1
following positions:
AUTO operation mode switch to the MANUAL position. LEAD or EDDG2 LEAD position.
XA/872C supply ACB Q205: CLOSED
b) Unload EDDG2 and open ACB Q902. EDDG1 supplies the XA/837 incomer Q903: CLOSED f) Turn switch S43 GEN AUTO/MANUAL to the MANUAL
emergency switchboard by itself. position.
Generator LEAD/LAG switch: EDDG1 LEAD
c) Select ACB Q903 at the synchronising CHOICE selection EDDG1/2 LOCAL/REMOTE switch: LOCAL g) Turn switch SPP BREAKER SYNC METHOD to the LOCAL
switch. Adjust the emergency generators’ speed to synchronise MANUAL L/M position.
the emergency switchboard to the incoming main supply. When EDDG1/2 MAN/AUT switch: MANUAL
synchronised, close Q903. h) Turn switch SCDC BREAKER CHOICE to the 901 position
At the IMACS mimic, Emergency Power Supplies/Power Restoration From
(for EDDG1) or the 902 position (for EDDG2).
d) The main network and the emergency switchboard are now Blackout, the emergency generators are set to LOCAL operation, ie, at the
connected in parallel. Three seconds later, the emergency emergency generators’ icons, the letter ‘L’ is displayed beside the icon. The
i) Turn switch SSCM CHECK SYNCH BYPASS to the
generator EDDG1 ACB Q901 will open. emergency switchboard is also set to LOCAL operation, ie, at the ACBs’ icons,
UNPROTECTED position.
the letter ‘L’ is displayed beside the icon.
e) The generators must be manually stopped from the emergency j) Close the EDDG breaker by pressing pushbutton SC901P (for
generator rooms or from the IMACS mimic, Power Restoration In this configuration, if the forward engine room 690V switchboard loses
EDDG1) or SC902P (for EDDG2).
From Blackout. power, the emergency switchboard control system will not automatically
switch over supply ACBs and feed itself from the aft engine room 690V
k) Regulate the frequency by operation of the SPEED CONTROL
f) The emergency switchboard is now fed from the forward engine switchboard. It will remain at zero volts.
(increase or decrease) switch to set the supply frequency to
room 690V switchboard XA/872C via Q205 and Q903. 60Hz. Observe the frequency meter.
To Manually Supply a Dead Ship using the Emergency Generators
If the emergency switchboard and generators are to be set to the normal It should now be possible to parallel the second emergency generator if
To reinstate power at the emergency switchboard, the switchboard and
automatic mode, return all mode selection switches back to their normal available.
generators should be operated as follows:
automatic operating positions.
l) The second emergency generator must be manually started
a) The emergency lighting rectifier charger unit FZ/001QB changes
Emergency Switchboard Operation - Loss of XA/872C/D Supply as above and manually synchronised with the emergency
over to battery power, supplying essential equipment such as the
switchboard as follows:
If the emergency switchboard is being fed from the forward 690V engine room emergency lighting distribution network.
switchboard XA/872C via Q205 and Q903 and this switchboard loses power, 1. Set the synchronising BREAKER CHOICE selection switch
Q205 and Q903 will open on no-volts. b) All supply ACBs Q205/504 and Q903/904 are open on no-volts.
to the incoming generator’s ACB position, 901 or 902.
All emergency switchboard ACBs are open. In this instance it is
If, however, the aft 690V engine room switchboard XA/872D is still alive, presumed that emergency generator EDDG1 will be used.
2. Set the synchronising PROTECTED/UNPROTECTED
ACBs Q504 and Q904 will automatically close and resupply the emergency switch to the PROTECTED position.
switchboard. In this case, the emergency generators would not be started. c) The emergency generator(s) will need to be started manually,
if not already running, from the emergency generator engine
3. The red LED on the synchroscope will illuminate, revolving
control panels. The operator presses the required emergency
in either the + or - direction. Regulate the speed of the generator
generator START button. The generator starts and runs up to
using the generator SPEED CONTROL (increase or decrease)
speed.
switch.
The full procedure for starting an emergency generator is described in section
4. Adjust the speed of the generator until the LEDs revolve
6.1, Emergency Diesel Generators, however, the emergency generator should
slowly in the clockwise + direction. When the red LED
always be ready to start.
immediately before the TOP position SYNC LED is illuminated,
press the green generator 901 or 902 ACB CLOSE pushbutton.
The generator ACB will close.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 4 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5. Regulate the generator governor using the generator SPEED e) Close circuit breaker Q903 or Q904 to connect to either the c) Close circuit breaker Q903 or Q904.
CONTROL switch to load share equally between the generators forward or aft 690V engine room substation. The correct
while maintaining the supply frequency at 60Hz. synchronising and breaker opening sequence will be carried out The procedure to remove blackout backfeeding is as follows:
automatically.
6. Turn synchronising CHOICE back to the 0 (OFF) position. a) Start a main diesel generator and connect it to the main 11kV
f) Stop all running diesel generators. switchboard (See section 2.2.3).
m) Both emergency generators now supply the emergency
switchboard in parallel. The procedure to remove dry dock backfeeding is as follows: b) Close circuit breaker Q105, Q106, Q153 or Q154 dependant
upon which main diesel generator is connected.
When the main network returns to normal power, the operator should resupply a) Start a main diesel generator and connect it to the main 11kV
the emergency switchboard manually as previously described. switchboard (See section 2.2.3). c) Close circuit breaker QF201, Q302, Q401 or Q502 dependant
upon step b), ie, which generator is used.
If the emergency switchboard and generators are to be set to the normal b) Close circuit breaker Q105, Q106, Q153 or Q154 dependant
automatic mode, return all mode selection switches back to their normal upon which main diesel generator is connected. d) Stop the emergency generator.
automatic operating positions.
c) Close circuit breaker QF201, Q302, Q401 or Q502 dependant e) Deselect ‘BLACKOUT‘ by clicking the button once, the
From this situation it should be possible to supply the required compressors upon step b), ie, which generator is used. background will turn grey to show that it is now inactive.
and pumps to start a main diesel generator.
d) Stop the emergency generator(s).
Backfeeding the Main Switchboards from the Emergency Switchboard
(Dry Dock Backfeeding) e) Deselect ‘DRY DOCK‘ by clicking the button once, the
background will turn grey to show that it is now inactive.
The emergency switchboard can be configured to feed back to the forward
or aft engine room substations for dry dock operations. This operation can
be carried out from the ‘Backfeeding from ESWBD to ER 690V Substations’ Blackout Backfeeding
mimic. From this mimic, there are buttons which will open online help mimics The emergency switchboard can be configured to feed back to the forward or
for dry dock backfeeding instructions. aft engine room substations in the event of a blackout situation occurring. This
operation can be carried out from the IMACS ‘Backfeeding from ESWBD to
The procedure to initiate dry dock backfeeding is as follows: ER 690V Substations’ mimic. From this mimic, there are buttons which will
open online help mimics for blackout backfeeding instructions.
a) The following conditions must be fulfilled:
• The ship is in a normal operating condition The procedure to initiate blackout backfeeding is as follows:
• The engine room and emergency switchboards’ operation a) The following conditions must be fulfilled:
must be set to REMOTE control
• The main switchboards are blacked out (at zero volts)
• Backfeeding is set to REMOTE control
• The engine room and emergency switchboards’ operation
Providing the above conditions are met and no other complications exist, the must be set to REMOTE control
BACKFEEDING ‘Not Available’ window will be unchecked. • Backfeeding is set to REMOTE control: The internal key
switch S69E at emergency switchboard cubicle 8 is set to
b) Open circuit breaker Q903 or Q904. position BF1 or BF2, ie, backfeed ER sub 1 or ER sub 2
• One emergency generator is running on load
c) The emergency generators will start and connect to the emergency
switchboard automatically.
Providing the above conditions are met and no other complications exist, the
BACKFEEDING ‘Not Available’ window will be unchecked.
d) Select DRY DOCK by clicking the button once. The background
will turn white to show that it is now active.
b) Select BLACK OUT by clicking the button once. The background
will turn white to show that it is now active.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 5 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Emergency Switchboard Air Circuit Breakers Q901 and Q902 Emergency Switchboard Transformers FZ/013TFA and FZ/013TFB Emergency Switchboard Control Isolation
Maker: ABB Sace Maker: Euro Elettro There is an internal emergency isolation switch fitted inside cubicle 8, the
Model: EMAX E2B 16 Serial No: FZ013TFA: 060537340002 generator panel of the emergency switchboard marked S89. The switch has
two positions 0 and 1.
Rating: 1,600A FZ013TFB: 060537340001
Type: Draw-out, motor/spring operated Type: FANTTG05002, air cooled The normal position for this switch is position 1, in this position the emergency
Power: 500kVA, 3 phase switchboard is connected to all its remote control and monitoring systems, such
Emergency Switchboard Air Circuit Breakers Q903 and Q904 Voltage (Pri/Sec): 720/240V as the IMACS and the engine room switchboard control circuits.
Current (Pri/Sec): 401/1,203A
Maker: ABB Sace In an emergency the switch may be set to position 0, in this position all external
Model: EMAX E2N 20 systems are isolated and the emergency switchboard becomes completely
The two transformers are located in the emergency switchboard room.
Rating: 2,000A independent and is therefore unaffected by external problems or faults.
Type: Draw-out, motor/spring operated
Emergency Switchboard Alarms
Emergency Alternator Standby AVR
The emergency switchboard is fitted with the following alarms which are
These breakers are 3 phase Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs). The ACBs have Each emergency alternator has two AVRs. The ‘duty’ AVR is set using the
raised via the IMACS:
closing springs that are automatically charged after each closing cycle by an selection switch mounted inside the rear top section of cubicles 6 and 10, the
internal motor. In the case of a motor failure, the springs may be manually • EDDG1/2 ACB trip emergency generator incomer cubicles.
charged using the charging handle on the front of the ACB. The ACB is fitted • EDDG1/2 reverse power
with an Undervoltage Trip (UVT) device. Controlled tripping is carried out The switch position should only be changed when an emergency generator is
from the overcurrent protective device. The trip levels may be adjusted at his • EDDG1/2 100% current at a standstill.
unit. The ACBs are of the withdrawable type; they may be partially removed • EDDG1/2 alternator windings high temperature
to the TEST position for testing or completely withdrawn to the ISOLATED
• Emergency switchboard busbars low voltage (<90%)
position for maintenance purposes. In the TEST position, the auxiliary control
contacts are connected but the main contacts are isolated so the ACB can • Emergency switchboard busbars high voltage (>110%)
be operated without any electrical problems. In the ISOLATED position, • Emergency switchboard busbars low frequency (<95%)
the auxiliary control contacts and the main contacts are isolated. The ACBs
are normally operated remotely via the emergency switchboard BREAKER • Emergency switchboard 690V AC section earth fault
CONTROL switches or automatically via the IMACS. • Emergency switchboard 230V AC section earth fault
• Emergency switchboard 24V DC control voltage failure
The ACBs can also be operated locally at the ACB using the front panel
buttons, in an emergency. The ACBs will trip in the following circumstances: • Emergency switchboard 690V AC tie line ACB tripped
• Alternator overcurrent (long time delay trip) • Emergency switchboard 230V AC tie line ACB tripped
• Alternator overcurrent (short time delay trip) • Emergency switchboard 690V distribution section CB tripped
• Short circuit trip (near-instantaneous) • Emergency switchboard 230V distribution section CB tripped
• Alternator reverse power • Emergency switchboard 230V AC/DC distribution section CB
tripped
• Bus undervoltage (<90%: 621V)
• Bus overvoltage (>110%: 759V)
• Alternator windings high temperature
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 6 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.15c Emergency 690V Distribution FRONT
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 4 Cell 12 Cell 13 Cell 14 Cell 15
921 Watertight 930 923
Automation Watertight
Doors Power
Panel Zone 6
FZ/QZ921000
2 Power Dist.
690/230V 2 A Doors Power
Panel Zone 4 2 A
FZ/930QF FZ/QZ 923 000
905 908 918 934 947 9L1
Public Address
1
Transitional Ltg A Transitional Ltg A Domestic Cold A A Hi-Fog System A Passenger A
Battery Branch Load Branch FW Pump and Talkback Control Panel Lift
UPS No.1 YM/485B
FZ/001QB-2 FZ/001QB-3 YE/440E CB/001CO-1 XA/805 A
936 935 946 9L2
941 Fwd Mn Swbd 9LN
IMACS UPS
No.2 2 A Batt. Charger
Panel 1 2 A Batt. Charger
Cubicle 1 2
A Fire Extinguish
Pump
YE/482A
A Service Lift
XA/805 J
A Passenger
Lift
A
AS/UPS2 FZ/004QB FZ/935 QB XA/805 A1
919 937 943 990 9LM 9L3
24V Various Aft Mn Swbd ACS GSP
2
A Batt Charger A Safety System A A Service Lift A Passenger A
Services Charger UPS A A 16.06 XA/805 I Lift
Panel 2
FZ/002QB FZ/006QB FZ/943 QB CO/GSP 16603 XA/805 B
931 942 945 Fire 950 949 9L4
Safety and
Bridge UPS
A IMACS UPS
No.1 2 A Topping Up
Pump 1 A 1 Batt Charger
Cubicle 2 2 A
Bilge Ballast
Pump
(Dry-Dock)
A Passenger
Lift
A
FZ/931QB-2 AS/UPS1 YE/477 FZ/950 QB YE/401A XA/805 B1
911 Lifeboat 917 PEM Auxiliaries
932 920 Watertight Power Panel No.1 Emergency 922 9L5
2
Watertight
Traffic Light
UPS
FZ/932 QB-1
A Doors Power
Panel Zone 7
FZ/QZ920000
2 A
912 Lifeboat
A Aft Stbd No.2
FZ/QZ911000
Group Starter Board
FZ/917QZ Doors Power
Panel Zone 5
A
913
Passenger
Lift
XA/805 C
A
1
Power Panel
933 914
Fwd Port No.3
FZ/QZ 912 000
FZ/QZ 922 000 Lifeboats
Stbd Fwd
Power Panel
1 A
9L6
Ship Managmt
System UPS
GH/001CO-1
1 A Steering Gear
COS No.1
FZ/001 CT
A A FZ/QZ 913 000 Service
Lift
XA/805 C1
A
948 915 951
Hi-Fog A Steering Gear A A PA & Talkback A
System COS No.2 910 Lifeboat UPS No.2
938 PEM 926 CB/002 CO-1
YM/485C FZ/002 CT Power Panel
Aft Port No.1
FZ/QZ 910 000
1 Auxiliaries
No.2 Emerg. A
Shell Doors
Aft
Power Panel
1 A
916 GS Bd
Spare A A A FZ/938QZ FZ/QZ 926000 A
953
Spare
Cell 16 Cell 17 Cell 18 Cell 19 REAR Cell 20 Cell 21 Cell 22 Cell 23
9LK 924
9LQ Watertight
Handicapped Galleys Doors Power
Lift Platform Elevator Panel Zone3
805H XA805R1 FZ/QZ 924000
988 9LR 9LU 9M2
A Service Service Service
CO/GEP08402 Elevator A Elevator A Elevator A
GSPACS08.4.02 XA805L XA805D XA/805U
9L7 9LG 991 9LS 9LW 9M3
Passenger A Lift Platform A EDDG1 A Passenger Passenger Service
Elevator A 805G Battery Charger Elevator A Elevator A Elevator A
XA 805D FZ007QB XA805M XA805Q XA/805U
9LF 992 9LT 9LX 9M4
A Service A EDDG2 A Passenger Passenger Service
Spare Elevator Battery Charger Elevator Elevator
Elevator
A 805 FZ008QB XA805N A XA805R A XA/805V A
9L9
9LH
Handicapped
993
Emergency
9LV
Service
9LY
Passenger
9M5 Denotes
Lift Platform
XA 805E
A
Lift Platform
A 805H
A Alternator 1
Control Panel
XM277
A
A A
Elevator
XA805P
Pan. Elevator
XA805S
Service
Elevator
XA/805W
1 Preference Trip
925 A A A Stage 1
9LE 994 Watertight 9LZ 9M6
Emergency
9LA
Spare A
Handicapped
Lift Platform
A 805H
A Alternator 2
Control Panel
A
Doors Power
Panel Zone 1/2
FZ/QZ 925000
2 Passenger
Pan. Elevator
XA805T
Service
Elevator
XA/805X
Denotes
9LB 9LJ
XM274G
A A
9M7
A 2 Preference Trip
Lift Platform A
Handicapped A
A
987 940 Passenger Stage 1
XA 805F Lift Platform Emergency EDDG 1/2 928 927 Side Doors Elevator
A 805H Spare Side Doors Power Panel XA805Z
Switchboard Emergency
9LL
RM Power Panel
FZ/QZ987000
Group Starter
Panel
Power Panel
Midships 690V 1 Forward
FZ/QZ927000
A
1
9LC A A
Lift Platform A Service A FZ/QZ928000
Elevator 952
XA 805F A 805 A
9LD 907 A
A Emergency
Service A Switchboard
Elevator 906 929 Spare
Emergency 230V Section
XA 805G FZ103TFB A Wheelhouse
Switchboard Emergency
230V Section Power Panel
9LP FZ013T 944 Hi-Fog A
Service A A FZ/QZ 929000 Control
Elevator System
XA805K YM485A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 7 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.15d Emergency Switchboard 230V Section XA/873A
AC/AC Section AC/DC Section
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 4 Cell 5 Cell 6
V kA V V A
9BC 9B2 9D4 9D7 9F7 9F9
0 0 0
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 0
OFF ON
0 0 0 0 0 0
9B0 ACB 9A3 ACB
1
Keyswitch Open/Close Open/Close
0 9A4 0 9A5 0 9B3 0 9B5 0 9D8 0 9DA 0 9FB 0 9FC
Transitional 9B0
1
1
Lighting ABB SACE F1
0 9A6 0 9A7 Battery 0
9B7 0
9B9 0
9DB 0
9DC 0
9FF 0
9G1
Charger
1
1
9A1 Feeder By
FZ/001QB-4
0
9A8 0
9A9 906 (T/F FZ/013TFA-1) 0
9BA 0
9BB 0
9E2 0
9E3 0
9G2 0
9G3
1
1
0
9AA 0
9AB 0 9BD 0 9C1 0 9E7 0 9E8 0 9G5 0 9G6
1
1
Emergency 9A3
9AC 9AD 9C2 9C4 9EA 9EC 9G8 9GA
Switchboard
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
ABB SACE F1
1
1
Bus Tie
9A2 Feeder By 907 230V AC/AC
9AE 9AF 9C6 9C7 9EE 9F3 9GE 9GF
FZ/813TFB-1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
1
0 9AG 0 9AH 0 9C9 0 9CB 0 9EG 0 9F1 0 9GG 0 9F6
9A3 Auxiliaries
1
1
9BD
0
9CC 0
9CD 0
9EF 0
9F4
1
9A4 - CO2 Control Panel 9B3 - Z7 Deck 6 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9D4 - Z5 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9F7 - Z3 Deck 8 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel
9A5 - Hospital Emergency Small Power Panel 9B2 - Z7 Deck 5 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9D7 - Z5 Deck 7 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9F9 - Z3 Deck 9 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9A6 - Wheelhouse Emergency Small Power Panel No.1 9BC - Spare 9D8 - Z5 Deck 8 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel 9FB - Z3 Deck 11 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9A7 - Wheelhouse Emergency Small Power Panel No.2 9B5 - Z7 Deck 8 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel 9DA - Z5 Deck 9 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9FC - Spare
9A8 - Spare 9B7 - Z7 Deck 9 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9DB - Spare 9FF - Z3 Deck 17 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel
9A9 - Z7 Deck 9 Emergency Small Power Panel (ESPP) 9B9 - Z7 Deck 11 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9DC - Z5 Deck 11 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9G1 - Z2 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AA - Z6 Deck 4 Emergency Small Power Panel 9BA - Z7 Deck 14 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Pane l 9E2 - Z4 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9G2 - Z2 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AB - Z5 Deck 9 Emergency Small Power Panel 9BB - Z7 Deck 16 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel 9E3 - Z4 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9G3 - Z2 Deck 5 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AC - Z4 Deck 9 Emergency Small Power Panel 9EF - Spare 9E7 - Z4 Deck 7 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9G5 - Z2 Deck 7 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AD - Z3 Deck 9 Emergency Small Power Panel 9BD - Z7 Deck 16 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9E8 - Z4 Deck 8 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9G6 - Z2 Deck 8 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel
9AE - Z1/2 Deck 9 Emergency Small Power Panel 9C1 - Z6 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9EA - Z4 Deck 9 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9G8 - Z2 Deck 9 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AF - Spare 9C2 - Z6 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9EC - Z4 Deck 11 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9GA - Z2 Deck 11 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AG - Spare 9C4 - Z6 Deck 5 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9EE - Z4 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9GE - Z1 Deck 12 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9AH - Spare 9C6 - Z6 Deck 7 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9BB - Z7 Deck 16 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9GF - Z2 Deck 5 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9C7 - Z6 Deck 8 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel 9EG - Z4 Deck 16 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9EG - Z4 Deck 15 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9C9 - Z6 Deck 9 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9F1 - Z3 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9GG - Spare
9CB - Z6 Deck 11 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9F3 - Z3 Deck 4 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel 9F6 - Z3 Deck 7 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9CC - Spare 9F4 - Z3 Deck 5 Emergency AC/DC Internal Lighting Panel
9CD - Z6 Deck 15 Emergency AC/DC External Lighting Panel
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 8 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.15e Emergency Distribution Emergency Switchboard
Key
690V Section Cell 2 Q908
690V
220V
24V
QR1 Mains
Miscellaneous Service
24V Battery
FZ/002BA
FZ/002IT Q3 Q2 Q1 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q7 Q8
Emergency Switchboard
FZ/001QB - Transitional 220V DC Rectifier/Charger Load Branch Spare Spare
690V Section Cell 1 Q919
Fed From Emergency Switchboard 690V Section Cell 1 919
Located Located
EL16608 Battery Room
Signal Light Panel Emergency Station No.6
Navigation Light Panel Spare
Emergency Station No.1 Electrician's Test Panel
QR1 Mains
01
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 FZ/002QB-1 - Miscellaneous Service Q5 Q6
24V Battery Charger Panel
Emergency Switchboard Room
Emergency Switchboard
Rear 690V Section Cell 20
XM/274G-2 - Emergency Alternator 2 Control Panel FZ/QZ919D00 - Deck 15 Distribution Power Panel 24V
XM/277-2 - Emergency Alternator 1 Control Panel XA/873-1 - Emergency Switchboard
Q940
10 11 12 14 15 17 18 EDDG 1/2 Emergency Group Starter Panel FZ/940 QZ
10 11 12 13 14 15 FZ/QR919400 - Wheelhouse 16 17 18 19 20 21
Distribution Panel 24V DC Breaker Numbers Are
Wheelhouse Safety Locker Prefixed With '940'
F1/003AM - S900 Sound Signal Surveillance Unit Telephone List
Spare Wheelhouse Security Access System
Emergency Switchboard Room Exhaust Fan
BB/001UE - Voyage Data Recorder Cabinet DSAS
Emergency Generator Room Port Exhaust Fan
YM/796-2 Watertight Doors - Control Station Spare
Incinerator Room & Mix Cool Variable Speed Reversible Supply Fan
YA/866
ECR B-F2 Echosounder
Security System
Access System SpareSecurity Access System
ECR
Emergency Generator Room Starboard Exhaust Fan
YM/761QI Steering Gear Pump Control Panel RT/100AL-001 GMDSS N1635 Power Supply Unit
Forward Diesel Generator Room Variable Speed Supply Fan
Aft Diesel Generator Room Variable Speed Reversible Supply Fan
Forward Diesel Generator Room Variable Speed Reversible Supply Fan
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 321 322 323 324 325 326 321 322 323 324 325 326
FZ/QR919300 - ECR Distribution Panel 24V DC EL4638 ECR Stbd
ECR Security Access System - Aft YM/770AB-1 - Fin Stabiliser Central AS/800TL-002 - Traffic Light
Switchboard Relay Control Box
Spare
Spare YM/527HA - Control
Spare Cabinet Gateway 1
Spare
XA/872D-04 - Aft 690V
ECR White Box GPS Unit
ECR Security Access System - Fwd Engine Room Switchboard
SteeringAccess
ECR Security Gear Alarm Unit
System XA/872C-04 - Fwd 690V
Engine Room Switchboard
Reference Shipyard Drawings: A6F030205B - One-Line Power Diagrams
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.15 - Page 9 of 9
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.16a Emergency Alternator
L1 L2 L3 Emergency Switchboard Key
690V
Control/Signal
Q901 Alternator Circuit Breaker
Circuit Breaker Drive
Manual Synchronising
Control Circuits End
Forward ER
Switchboard Internal Air
Q62-901 Q63-901
TU1/2-901 Aft ER External
690/100V Switchboard Air
Load Sharing
and Speed Control
Unit 2301A
X1901
Emergency Alternator Showing Air to Air Cooling Arrangement
Forward ER
Switchboard
External Voltage
Aft ER Adjustment
Wattmeters/Ammeters Switchboard
Metering, etc
Measuring Voltage Generator
Voltage Regulator
Cosimat N+
U12-E1
Excitation
Winding Exciter Rotor Exciter
Alternator Winding Stator Excitation
Stator Winding Ammeter
V1 A F1
G1 R11 G2
G3
Rotating Rectifier Diodes
Emergency Generator No.1 Simplified Excitation/Connection Diagram
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.16 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.16 Emergency Alternators The alternator output voltage can be adjusted via an external potentiometer set Operation
inside the generator lower cubicle No.6 or 10. The AVR is mounted in the rear The emergency generators’ starting and stopping procedures are covered
Maker: Van Kaick AVK of the relevant generator cubicle of the emergency switchboard. in section 6.1, Emergency Diesel Generators. The generators are started
Model: DSG 86 L1-4L Cooling automatically in the case of a blackout and can also be started manually
Type: 710V AC, 60Hz, 3 phase, brushless, synchronous via the IMACS mimic, ‘Emergency Power Supplies’, or also locally from
Electrically powered fans draw cool external air through automatic dampers
Rated power: 1,312kVA the generator control panels located in the emergency generator rooms. The
in the bulkhead of the generators’ rooms. This cool air is drawn through an
alternators’ ACBs are closed automatically in a blackout or they can be closed
Rated current: 1,067A air to air intercooler by a non-drive end shaft mounted fan. Closed circuit
manually via the IMACS and at the emergency switchboard. See section 3.15,
Maximum load: 1,050kW air within the alternator is circulated by a drive end shaft mounted fan over
Emergency Switchboard, for further information.
this intercooler. In the case of a failure of the cooling fan, emergency cooling
Speed: 1,800 rpm
doors are fitted to the alternator at the drive end. The cooling air temperature
Excitation: 30V, 2.5A The emergency electrical network protection is designed with discrimination
is monitored by a PT100 temperature sensor located in the cooling air flow at
on the distribution system, so that the generator ACB is the last to open if any
IP rating: IP44 the air inlet.
abnormalities occur.
Heating: 230V, 500W
Serial numbers: XA277 Port: 81 27564 A202 Bearings The alternator circuit breakers are described in section 3.15, Emergency
XA274G Stbd: 81 27564 A102 The drive end and non-drive end bearings are roller end shield bearings. These Switchboard.
Bearings bearings are packed with grease which must be refilled at regular service
intervals. The non-drive end bearing is insulated from the frame to prevent
Drive end: 6624 C3 roller bearing damaging currents circulating.
Non-drive end: 6624 C3 roller bearing
Alternator winding and cooling air temperatures can be monitored via the
Two emergency alternators are fitted. Each alternator is rated at 1,312kVA IMACS mimic, ‘Emergency Power Supplies’.
at 690 volts AC, 3ph, 60Hz. They are of the self-excited, brushless type and
are driven by a Caterpillar 3512TA 12 cylinder diesel engine on a common Stator
bedplate. They are located in dedicated emergency generator rooms port and
starboard of the emergency switchboard room on deck 16 in zone 6. The stator is made up of slotted laminations held in place by two stator end
plates. Through these slots run the insulated copper windings. The winding
The load voltage is kept constant by a Cosimat N automatic voltage regulator ends are brought out to an external junction box for the star point and to another
(AVR), which controls the excitation current to the permanent magnet exciter. junction box for the main output connections. The winding temperatures are
Each emergency alternator has two AVRs, the duty AVR is selected a switch monitored by six PT100 temperature sensors and these are terminated in
mounted in the rear of the generator’s switchboard cubicle. another external junction box. There are three in use with three spares. High
stator winding temperatures will initiate an alarm followed by an alternator
ACB trip.
Automatic Voltage Regulator Operation
On starting, output voltage from the two single phase auxiliary exciter Rotor
windings G3 is fed into the Cosimat N+ AVR, these windings are embedded
in the stator. The AVR uses this low voltage to produce a DC current output The rotor is of the caged 4-pole salient type. The rotor winding and excitation
and this output is fed to the alternator exciter stator windings to produce a winding coils are fitted on separate rotor drums and held in place with coil
magnetic field. This field in the exciter stator induces AC into the exciter rotor wedges that are welded to the pole shoes. The two windings are interconnected
G2, which is rectified by the rotating diode set V1 and passed to the main rotor by the wiring for the shaft mounted rotating rectifier and varistor set.
DC excitation windings. These excited windings produce an increased output
of the alternator stator and this output is measured and used by the AVR to Miscellaneous
further boost excitation. This cumulative effect increases until the alternator’s
The alternator is fitted with a 230V 500W anti-condensation space heater. This
output voltage reaches the rated value. Excitation is now regulated by the AVR
heater is interlocked with the operation of the alternator’s ACB so that it is
to provide a constant voltage irrespective of load. In this way, the excitation
energised when the alternator is off-load.
levels are boosted for heavy loads and reduced for light loads.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.16 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.17a Trace Heating
XA/872C Forward Located in ECR Aft UPS Room Deck 4
Engine Room 690/230V
Substation 120kVA
Trace Heating Substation No.1 FZ/221QF
221
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12
FZ/0022TFA
22110 22112 22114 22116 22118 22120
Z3 DK1 Heeling Pump Z5 DK1 Midship Aux. PEM Auxiliaries Fwd 11kV Main Switchboard
Spare Room Trace Heat S.P.P 230V Room Trace Heat S.P.P 230V 230V GSP Port Bus VTS Cubicle Spare
(FZ/QF221C00) (FZ/QF221E00) (FZ/001AZ) (XA/872A)
22111 22113 22115 22117 22119 22121
Z4 DK1 Stabiliser & Compres. Z6 DK1 Fwd D/G Room Fwd 11kV Main Switchboard
Spare Room S.P.P 230V Trace Heat S.P.P 230V Bus VTS Cubicle Spare Spare
(FZ/QF221D00) (FZ/QF221F00) (XA/872A)
XA/872D Aft Located in ECR Aft UPS Room Deck 4
Engine Room 690/230V
Substation 120kVA
Trace Heating Substation No.2 FZ/536QF
536
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10
FZ/0022TFB
53610 53612 53614 53616 53618
Z6 DK1 Aft D/G Room Z6 DK1 Fwd D/G Room Aft 11kV Main Switchboard
Trace Heat S.P.P 230V Trace Heat S.P.P 230V Spare Bus VTS Cubicle N.3U Spare
(FZ/QF536A00) (FZ/QF536C00) (XA/872B)
53611 53613 53615 53617 53619
Z5 DK1 Evaporator Room Z3 DK1 Fresh Water Room PEM Auxiliaries Aft 11kV Main Switchboard
Key Trace Heat S.P.P 230V Small Power Panel 230V 230V GSP Starboard Bus VTS Cubicle N.16U Spare
(FZ/QF536B00) (FZ/QF536D00) (FZ/001BZ) (XA/872B)
690V
230V
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A6FO3040203
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.17 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.17 Trace Heating System Trace heating is applied to the following systems: Trace Heating Power Supplies
• Fuel oil/lubricating oil leakage system The power supply for the trace heating originates from the forward and aft
Maker: Bartec Srl engine room substation (XA/872C and XA/872D) 690V switchboards. The
• Sludge treatment and transfer system
Introduction forward engine room switchboard feeds trace heating substation 1 (FZ/221QF)
• Heavy fuel oil filling and transfer via 690/230V transformer FZ022TFA and the aft engine room switchboard feeds
There is a requirement for the trace heating of pipework as some liquids, trace heating substation 2 (FZ/536QF) via 690/230V transformer FZ/022TFB.
such as fuel oil, become increasingly viscous and difficult to handle at low • Sludge treatment and transfer
The trace heating substations are located in the ECR aft UPS room
temperatures. The oily bilge settling system must be trace heated in order to • Heavy fuel oil and diesel oil for the boilers
ensure that the oily bilges may be pumped even in cold conditions. Transformer FZ/022TFA is located in the auxiliary room outboard of the
• Heavy fuel oil and diesel oil for incinerators
starboard propulsion motor on deck 1.
The pipes and valves in certain systems must be maintained above a specified • Heavy fuel oil purifying system
minimum temperature, independent of the exterior temperature. The pipes • Heavy fuel oil air vent overflow system Transformer FZ/022TFB is located in the forward diesel generator room
and valves are heated by the laying of a special conductive cable within their outboard of diesel generator No.4, on deck 1.
insulation jacket. The cable is flat in section and consists of two parallel • Diesel generator engine fuel oil systems
conductors with a semi-conductive material running continuously between • Diesel generator leakages fuel drain system
them. The material allows a current to flow between the conductors along its Transformers FZ/022TFA and FZ/022TFB
length and in doing so, heats up. The material has a large positive temperature • Oily bilge water settling system
Maker: Gonella Trafo
co-efficient of resistance, meaning that at low temperatures its resistance is low Type: 13T3.040
and at higher temperatures its resistance is higher. This means that the lower Each section of trace heating cable has a set temperature and this is designed to
the temperature, the higher the current flow and the higher the temperature of suit the pipe system and the fluid flowing in the pipe. Any replacement of trace Specification: Three phase, dry, air cooled
the material, the lower the current flow. As the cable heats up, the pipework and heating cable must only be made with identically rated cable in order to ensure Rating: 120kVA
the fluid within the pipe also become warmer. Eventually the current flowing the correct heating capability and temperature maintenance. Prim/sec1/sec2 voltage: 720/240V
across the material is self-regulated thus maintaining the temperature of the Prim/sec1/sec2 current: 96.2/288.7A
fluid in the pipe at the required value. This is called a self-limiting action. Lengths of cable differ to suit particular pipes. Cable sections may be isolated
as required but they are normally grouped as a particular circuit for a system.
Overcurrent or short circuit tripping failure of any of the circuit breakers feeding When operating a pipe system, the trace heating must be applied and the pipe The trace heating cable/tape itself can be in different ratings according to the
a trace heating circuit is signalled to the IMACS and an alarm is raised. allowed to attain the correct temperature before pumping commences in order level of heat required for the individual task. The cable may be in watts per
to prevent pump overload due to the high fluid viscosity. metre ratings of 15W/m, 25W/m, 30W/m, 45W/m or 60W/m.
The heat tracing cabling may suffer insulation breakdown and so the supply
distribution boards are fitted with residual current trips. An alarm is raised via Each piping circuit has a controlling thermostat, the setting of the thermostat
the IMACS system if a low insulation resistance is measured on an outgoing depends on the fluid contained within the heated pipework. The thermostat is
circuit. labelled with the correct setting.
The ship’s piping system shipyard diagrams indicate the application of trace The temperature settings for HFO pipework varies according to the viscosity
heating to a pipe by a dotted line against the pipe run. required.
CAUTION
Trace heating must not be applied to a section of pipe which is isolated
from the other parts of the system by closed valves. The heating of fluid
in the pipe results in expansion of the fluid and the risk of pipe failure.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.17 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.18a Shore Supply Aft Main Switchboard Q159 Forward Main Switchboard Q119
Q155 Q151 Q152 Q101 Q103 Q102 Q104 Q110
XA/877A
1 SHORE CONNECTIONS
PANEL PORT - 440V DDG5 DDG6 DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
FZ/003TFH Galley Substation No.2 FZ/003TFG Galley Substation No.1 Lido Galley
6,600/440/230V FZ/002QP2 6,600/440/230V FZ/002QP1 FZ/QFRBA000
1,500kVA 1,500kVA
230V
FZ/004TFH
440/230V FZ/004TFG FZ/QFRBB000
440/230V
230V
115V Section
ZA1 ZA0 RA1 RA0 RB A RBB FZ/QFG1900
H04 G04
Phase Phase Shore 440V FZ/002QP2A FZ/002QP2B FZ/QFH05000 440V FZ/002QP1A FZ/QFG05000 440V
Sequence Sequence Power H01 H02 H03 H05 230V 115V G01 G02 G03 G19 G05 230V FZ/002QP1B 115V
ON Meter ON
FZ/012TF
To FZ002QP2 FZ/005TFH To FZ022QP2 FZ/005TFG 440/115V
Switches Q01-Q02 440/115V Switches H01-H02 440/115V
XA/877B Starboard XA/877A Port Shore Main Electrical Network - Shore Connection
QH03 Shore Connection Panel QG03 Connection Panel
SACE E3
ABB Sace E3
E3N-2500
Air Circuit Breaker kA kA kA V
600
MΩ
0
kA kA
2 2 2 0.2 2 2
1.5 1.5 1.5 400 1.5 1.5
0.5
1 1 1 1 1
1
0.5 0.5 0.5 200 2 0.5 0.5
5
0 0 0 0 0 0
CV/1 CA/G01 CA/G02
VOLTAGE CONTROL CURRENT CONTROL CURRENT CONTROL
MAIN BUS BARS
V MW 1.3 Hz
600 65 L2-L3 OFF OFF
400 1
L1-L2 L3-L1
60
0.5 0 1 1
200
Cable Connections 2 2
0 0 55
0
CV/603 S43/G03 SBT1
2
VOLTAGE CONTROL SWITCH SELECTOR SWITCH SELECTOR H0H02 HCH02
BY XA/877A LOC - REM SHORE - SHIP SCG02 C.B. G02 S0G02 C.B. G02 C.B.0H02 BY C.B.0H02 BY
COMMAND/SIGNALLING COMMAND/SIGNALLING FZ/002QP2A FZ/002QP2A
SHORE SHIP CLOSED OPEN
L2-L3 LOC REM OPEN CLOSED
L1-L2 L3-L1
SELECTOR SGH
0 = PORT SHORE FEED GALLEY 1
STBD SHORE FEED GALLEY 2
1 = GALLEY 1 FEED GALLEY 2
2 = GALLEY 2 FEED GALLEY 1
HCSP HOSP SCG03 CB G03 SOG03 CB G03 SAQ HRD1 HRD2 HRD4 HRD5
HORS HOR LAMPS FZ/002QP1A FZ/002QP1B FZ/002QP1A FZ/002QP1B
CB QH03 BY XA/877A CB QH03 BY XA/877A COMMAND/SIGNALLING COMMAND/SIGNALLING
SHORE POWER ON LINE ALIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT C.B. TRIPPED C.B. TRIPPED EARTH FAULT EARTH FAULT
CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN
XA/877A Port Shore Connection Panel
Galley Substation 1 Shore Connection Panels
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.18 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.18 shore power Load management whilst on shore supply is basically a manual operation. f) At the No.1 galley substation, change the shore supply
However, it is possible to set revised alarm limits via the IMACS. configuration switch SGH to the required position as follows:
Rated: 450V, 60Hz, 3 phase ‘0’: Port shore connection feeding galley substation No.1.
Maximum current: 1,600A per side Procedure to Supply to the Ship via Shore Supply Starboard shore connection feeding galley substation No.2.
‘1’: Port connection feeding galley substation No.1. Galley
There are 2 shore connection points on the ship. They are situated port and According to requirements, the emergency switchboard normal feed may be substation No.1 feeding galley substation No.2.
starboard in the embarkation area on deck 4, in zone 6. The boxes house switched off and the emergency consumers supplied from the emergency
studded busbars for the connection of the incoming feeder cables, fuses and generators. This enables emergency lighting, etc, during the changeover. The ‘2’: Starboard connection feeding galley substation No.2. Galley
connections to the galley substation. A phase rotation meter is provided on the ship’s consumer load should be reduced as much as possible before changing substation No.2 feeding galley substation No.1.
front of the panels. over to shore supply.
g) Set the shore supply circuit breaker G03/H03 to local operation
The port shore supply box XA/877A feeds the 440V section of galley substation The following procedure describes shore connection from the port or starboard by changing switch S43 from the REMOTE to LOCAL
No.1 via circuit breaker G03. This then backfeeds the secondary winding of side (shore connection box XA/877A or XA/877B). The forward main position.
11,000/440/230V No.1 galley substation transformer FZ/003TFG via circuit switchboard can be supplied from galley substation No.1 or the aft main
breaker G01 which enables the forward main switchboard to be supplied at switchboard can be supplied from galley substation No.2. h) CLOSE the 440V shore supply breaker G03 or H03.
11,000V.
If two shore supplies are to be used, Ensure the main electrical network is in the i) At the forward main switchboard, close the galley substation
The starboard shore supply box XA/877B feeds the 440V section of galley FWD/AFT MSWB configuration, ie, the forward and aft main switchboards supply breaker Q110. Or at the aft main switchboard, close the
substation No.2 via circuit breaker H03. This then backfeeds the secondary are operating independently. This can be carried out via the IMACS ‘Power galley substation supply breaker Q155.
winding of 11,000/440/230V No.2 galley substation transformer FZ003TFH Management Control’ mimic. Each switchboard network should be fed from
via circuit breaker H01. This enables the aft main switchboard to be supplied one generator only. This procedure describes one side supply only. j) CLOSE the 440V transformer supply breaker G01 or H01. The
at 11,000V. selected main switchboard is now supplied at 11,000V.
a) At the shore connection box, confirm that the supply voltage is
The shore supply box breakers are manually operated. The supply breakers correct (450V) and confirm that the phase rotation is correct. k) Supply the engine room substations XA/872C and D. Supply
G03 and H03 at the galley substations are interlocked with the normal the emergency switchboard from one of these substations.
galley supply. If conditions allow, it is preferable to withdraw and earth all b) Close the port or starboard shore connection box breaker
diesel generator circuit breakers before starting the changeover procedure. by manually charging the springs and pressing the CLOSE l) The emergency switchboard can be returned to normal by
Interlocking is provided to ensure that the shore supplies cannot be paralleled pushbutton. synchronising the engine room switchboard supply to the
with the main diesel generator supply. The generator breakers must all be off running emergency generators. This procedure is described in
(and preferably withdrawn and earthed) to allow the shore supply to backfeed c) Switch off the automatic power management generator standby section 3.15, Emergency Switchboard. Ensure the emergency
the main switchboards. start to prevent a generator starting when the main switchboard generators are left on automatic standby to supply the emergency
blacks out. Block the blackout restart sequence. consumers if the shore supply fails.
Due to the high load demand, the preferred method of supplying electrical
power in dry dock is to run one of the main generators via a shore cooling water d) At the No.1 galley substation shore connection section, change m) Supply consumers as required, mindful of the limited current
connection. This allows operation of the ship’s air conditioning plant and fans, the internal SHORE BACKFEEDING switch S691 from the available while on shore supply.
enabling a large number of personnel to be accommodated on board. NORMAL to the FWD BACKFEED position.
Procedure to Change Over to Ship’s Supply from Shore Supply
Once the main switchboards are energised, the supply to the accommodation OR: At the No.2 galley substation shore connection section,
substations and engine room substations is carried out slowly and sequentially change the internal SHORE BACKFEEDING switch S692 a) Black out the main switchboards and change the SHORE/
due to the large 11,000/690V and 11,000/440V transformer inrush currents. from the NORMAL to the AFT BACKFEED position SHIP selector switches back to SHIP. Set the PMS back to
These inrush currents, depending on the reactance of the particular transformer, AUTOMATIC and the blackout restart sequence is unblocked.
may be as high as 20 times IN (nominal current). The time delay before the e) At the No.1 galley substation shore connection section, change The PMS will then resupply the ship’s network sequentially as
normal current level is restored is in the order of 200ms. switch SBT1 from the SHIP to the SHORE position. if recovering from a blackout.
Basic consumer requirements such as lighting, ventilation, hot and cold water, OR: At the No.2 galley substation shore connection section, b) The shore breakers can be opened and the supply switched off
etc, may then be supplied up to the current limits of the shore connections. The change switch SBT2 from the SHIP to the SHORE position. from ashore and removed. The emergency generators can be set
air conditioning compressors cannot be started when on shore power, mainly for MANUAL operation to ensure they do not start when the
due to the prolonged motor starting current. This will open all the diesel generator circuit breakers and the ship blacks out. The ship’s consumer load should be reduced as
interconnector (if not already open). far as possible before changing over to ship’s supply.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.18 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 3.19a Cathodic Protection System
Deck 3
Aft Thruster PEM Bow Thruster
Deck 2 Room Aux. Room Room DD/GG Room Room
Deck 1 Aux. Aux. P.W Fore
1 3 5 9 11 Peak
7
2 Fr 37 4 Fr 73 6 Fr 92 10 Fr 293 12 Fr 310
8 Fr 128
-16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 380 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356 360
AQUAMATIC SYSTEM
AFT UNIT LOCAL CONTROL
Output Voltage-V Potential-mV Output Current-A
Key
690V
440V
Current
Control/Signal adj
Power Supply Reset
Anode Rectifier Over Ref. Ref. Auto Manual
Fuse Protection Cell 1 Cell 2
Reference Cell
High Under
Temperature Protection
FWD UNIT REMOTE CONTROL
Shaft Earthing Output Voltage-V Potential-mV Output Current-A
Surface
62.5A Zinc
Surface Reference 50A Surface
62.5A Anode Anode Lead Silver Anode
Surface
Anode 3 5 7
1 Ref. Ref.
Cell 1 Cell 2
50A Recessed Automatic Manual Over Protection RESET Control from Control from Current
Lead Silver AFT Unit Forward Unit adj
Anode
Recessed
9 Zinc
Reference
Electrode
11
Power Unit Control Panel
PR001QI PR002QI
IMACS
Aft Power 690V From Bow Power 690V From
Unit FZ/QF530000 Unit FZ/QFA12000
350A 10V 100A 20V
12
Recessed
Zinc
10 Reference
Electrode
50A Recessed
Lead Silver
Anode
2
62.5A 4 6 8
Surface
Anode Surface Zinc 50A Surface Cathodic Protection System Layout
Reference Anode Lead Silver Anode
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A6F310259
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.19 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
3.19 Cathodic Protection System hull with that normally found between unprotected steel and zinc electrodes. Electrical Installation
Sufficient current is impressed via the anodes to reduce this to a level of There are two systems, each consisting of a power supply/automatic controlled
Maker: Wilson Walton International between 100 and 150mV. rectifier (ACR) unit, reference electrodes and anodes; one forward and one
Model: Aquamatic 37903 aft.
Type: Impressed current Operation
Power supply: AC 690V, 60Hz, 3ph The aft system has a power supply and ACR unit, PR/001Q1, which is fitted in
In normal use the units are completely automatic in operation and no user
the aft auxiliary room, deck 2 starboard. This unit feeds six anodes, three port
Output: 24V DC 350A intervention is required except for monitoring and recording operational
and three starboard. The control unit receives reference levels from the two
values.
reference cells, one port and one starboard. The aft power unit is supplied from
The ship is fitted with an impressed current cathodic protection system. This FZ/QFA12000 690V distribution board.
system is designed to limit the formation of rust and corrosion on the ship’s The power units are switched on using the main switch located behind the
hull structure below the water line. glass panel. The units can be set to manual or automatic operation from the
The forward system has a power supply and ACR unit, PR/002Q1 which is
AUTOMATIC or MANUAL pushbuttons. In manual, the operator adjusts the
located in the bow thruster room at frame 312 on deck 2. This unit feeds two
Cathodic protection can be compared to a simple battery cell, consisting of two output current from the rotary control, however, the units should always be set
anodes, one port and one starboard. The control unit receives reference levels
plates in an electrolyte. One of the battery plates in the electrolyte will erode for automatic operation.
from the two reference cells, one port and one starboard. The forward power
through the action of the flow of electrical current if the two battery electrodes unit is supplied from FZ/QFA532000 690V distribution board.
are connected electrically. The metal to be protected, in this case the ship’s The forward power unit may be controlled from the aft unit by pressing the
hull, acts as the battery anode and the sea water acts as the electrolyte. If an CONTROL FROM AFT pushbutton at the aft unit’s FWD UNIT REMOTE
external flow of current is impressed to reverse the normal flow in the battery, CONTROL section. At the aft unit, the relevant indicator lamp, CONTROL Propeller and Rudder Shaft Earthing
then the anode now acts as a cathode and does not erode. In essence, this is FROM AFT UNIT or CONTROL FROM FWD UNIT will illuminate to To avoid electrolytic corrosion of the propeller shafts and bearings, brushes are
how an impressed current cathodic protection system functions. The hull steel indicate the control position. fitted to the shafts and bonded to the ship’s structure. In the case of the shafts, a
is maintained at an electrical potential more negative than the surrounding sea slip ring is clamped to the shaft and is earthed to the hull via brushes. To ensure
water. The LED displays at the aft unit indicate the following: efficient bonding, the slip ring should be cleaned on a regular basis.
• Output voltage
Fresh Water Operation Earth bonding of each rudder stocks consists of a heavy bonding cable securely
• Output current
bolted to the ship’s hull at one end and the rudder shaft at the other end.
When the vessel enters a river estuary, the fresh or brackish water may limit • Millivolt (mV) potential.
the spread of current from the anodes, due to the higher resistance of the water.
Normally this would cause the voltage output to increase to compensate for Dry Docking
The displays can be set to display values from each reference cell (ie, No.1 or
this. This would be accompanied by very low current levels and the reference No.2) by the setting of the REF. CELL 1/2 switch. The ACR units should be switched off 4 - 5 days before dry-docking to allow
electrode potentials may indicate under-protection. However, in this system, accumulated deposits on the anodes to dissolve. The anodes must not be over-
the output is regulated by the control system which will automatically return Alarm lamps also indicate any system abnormalities such as high temperature painted and should be covered with soft soap before any repainting of the hull.
the hull to the optimum protection level when the vessel returns to sea water. and under or over protection. If accidentally painted, the anodes must not be scraped clean but should be
cleaned with solvents.
Protection The system is interfaced with the IMACS system and the above system values
can be monitored from the ‘ICCP - Cathodic Protection’ mimic screen. A
This is achieved by passing low voltage DC current between the hull metal common alarm is raised via the IMACS and the actual alarm will be indicated
and the anodes which are insulated from the hull but in contact with the sea on the control panel.
water. The electrical potential of the hull is maintained more negative than the
anodes, ie, cathodic. In this condition corrosion is minimised. Precise control The control panel is shown above in illustration 3.19a.
is necessary over the flow of impressed current, which will vary with the ship’s
speed, salinity and temperature of the sea water and the condition of the hull
paintwork. If the potential of the hull is made too negative with respect to the
anode, then damage to the paint film can occur electrolytically or through the
evolution of hydrogen gas between the hull steel and paint. The system on
this vessel controls the impressed electrical current automatically to ensure
optimum protection. Current is fed through six titanium electrodes situated
forward and aft of the ship. The titanium prevents the anodes themselves from
corroding and the anode surfaces are streamlined into the hull. Fixed zinc
reference electrodes forward and aft are used to compare the potential of the
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 3.19 - Page 2 of 2
Section 4: Propulsion Systems
4.1 Propulsion Control Stations
4.2 Propulsion Power Management System
4.3 Propulsion Control System
4.4 Propulsion Converters
4.5 Propulsion Transformers
4.6 Excitation System
4.7 Propulsion Motors
4.8 Shafting, Stern Tube and Propeller Systems
4.9 Thrusters
Section 4
Propulsion Systems
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.1a Propulsion Control Stations
SIEMENS
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0
10 10 50 50 10 10 50 50
15 15 100 100 15 15 100 100
ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD
20 20 20 20 Bridge Central Control Panels
25 25 150 150 25 25 150 150
-000 MW + 0 0 0 RPM + 0 0 0 RPM -000 MW
SIEMENS SIEMENS
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
ALARMS TELEGRAPH TELEGRAPH ALARMS
ON ON
ALARM TELEGRAPH TELEGRAPH ALARM
UP UP
RESET RESET
FULL FULL
AHEAD AHEAD
DOWN DOWN
HALF HALF
AHEAD AHEAD
SLOW SLOW
AHEAD AHEAD
ACTUAL VALUES CONDITION ACTUAL VALUES CONDITION
D.SLOW D.SLOW
AHEAD AHEAD
TEL EL TEL
EL
SHAFT SHAFT
FAIL STAND STAND FAIL
FAIL FAIL
BY BY
HALF HALF
TELE POWER STOP STOP TELE POWER
MOTOR MOTOR
GRAPH LIMIT GRAPH LIMIT
FAIL FAIL
F.W.E. F.W.E.
CONS. REMAIN. SHAFT SHAFT PROP PROP CONS. REMAIN. SHAFT SHAFT PROP PROP
POWER POWER POWER SPEED READY FAIL POWER POWER POWER SPEED READY FAIL
D.SLOW D.SLOW
ASTERN ASTERN
SLOW SLOW
CONTROL GENERAL ASTERN ASTERN
CONTROL GENERAL
HALF HALF
ASTERN ASTERN
START STOP JOY- BRIDGE DIMM DIMM START STOP JOY- BRIDGE DIMM DIMM
PROP PROP STICK CTRL - + LAMP FULL LAMP FULL PROP PROP STICK CTRL - +
TEST ASTERN TEST ASTERN
ON TAKE ON
SERV OVER SERV
SPEED ECR LAMP SPEED ECR LAMP
PILOT CTRL TEST PILOT CTRL TEST
SYNCH LOCAL ACQUST SYNCH LOCAL ACQUST
RESET/ RESET/
SHAFT CTRL ENTER SHAFT CTRL ENTER
DIMMER
EMERGENCY FINISHED WITH
STAND BY
MANOEUVRE ENGINE
REMOTE REMOTE
EMERG. OVER EMERG. OVER
CONTROL CONTROL
STOP RIDE STOP RIDE
FAILURE FAILURE
CONTROL SELECTION
BRIDGE-ECR-LOCAL
SIEMENS
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 1 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.1 Propulsion Control Stations and three aft. These propellers are driven from electric motors mounted A ‘downward’ takeover, ie, bridge to ECR or local to ECR, does not require
internally. This system is described in section 4.9, Thrusters. any acknowledgement. This takeover is immediate and once carried out, the
Maker: Siemens control position switch must be aligned with the new control position.
Propulsion Control Stations A flashing lamp also indicates that the control position is in discordance with
Propulsion Systems
the request (requested but not yet enabled). The switch must be turned to the
The propulsion system may be controlled from three control positions:
Introduction new control position at the new control panel. The flashing is accompanied by
• Local (propulsion electric motor room) an alarm sounding at all the control locations at which the takeover has not
This ship is fitted with two propulsion systems, the main propulsion system been completed.
• Engine control room
and the thruster system. The main propulsion system consists of four
synchroconverters supplying a varying frequency supply from the main • Bridge - central and wings positions The Local control console can control the propulsion system if required with
electrical network to two synchronous electric motors. The motors are rated the operator using the telephone or emergency telegraph for instructions.
at 21MW and are directly coupled to the propeller shafts and fixed pitch A further local control position is available from the converter control cabinet
propellers. Each motor is double wound with two three-phase windings, each operator station OP17. However operation from this station is considered Control via the bridge positions is only possible if the control selection switch
winding is known as a ‘half’ motor. The synchroconverters allow ‘four quadrant beyond normal operation and is used for system maintenance by specialist at the ECR control console is set to the BRIDGE position. If this switch is set
operation’ meaning the motor can be driven and braked in each direction. personnel. to the ECR position, the ECR console can control the propulsion system with
the operator using the telephone or emergency telegraph for instructions.
The propulsion system for each shaft consists of: With the propulsion system in the bridge control mode, there are two different
methods of controlling the ship’s speed: The local converter control cabinet operator panel may only be used by trained
• Four transformers connected to the 11kV main switchboard in
• The telegraph levers (bridge or wings) personnel who are in possession of the access password and key.
order to achieve a 24 pulse drive system.
• Two synchroconverters, each with two DC link reactors and • The Speedpilot system
Selecting Control at the ECR
independent control system.
Operation from the Control Stations The control station presently in control selects the ECR at the COMMAND
• One brushless synchronous Propulsion Electric Motor (PEM),
POSITION switch. At the ECR console, the operator turns the control switch
divided into two separate windings, each displaced 30º The speed reference signal to the propulsion control system in the converters to the ECR position. The ECR CTRL lamp illuminates when control is
electrically. can originate from any of the following locations: transferred.
• Two motor excitation circuits (one normal and one standby) • The bridge central, port or starboard control consoles
consisting of a thyristor regulating bridge. This bridge supplies
• The Speedpilot system (NACOS sub-system) Selecting Control at the Bridge
a varying excitation voltage to the rotor windings through a
rotating transformer and diode arrangement. • The ECR control console The station presently in control selects BRIDGE at the COMMAND POSITION
switch. At the central bridge console, the operator turns the control switch to
• The local control console in the propulsion electric motor room the BRIDGE position. The BRIDGE CTRL lamp illuminates.
In the case of a converter failure or if one motor winding is damaged, the
operation of the remaining half motor is possible. Each half motor system is • The converter control cabinet in the propulsion electric motor
rated to enable 55% nominal torque for that shaft. room To Take Over Control of the Propulsion System: Bridge Wings
A high degree of propulsion redundancy is provided by splitting the half As long as the central bridge console has control, the operator issues a control
Selecting Control takeover request at one of the bridge wing control stations by pressing the
motor supplies between the two main switchboards. The various connection
alternatives available in the event of any mains failure ensures that at least a The order of priority for the propulsion control system stations is as follows, TAKE OVER button. The ON SERV lamp illuminates.
substantial degree of propulsion is usually available. in decreasing order; ECR, LOCAL, BRIDGE. The operator requests a change
in control location using the COMMAND POSITION selection switch located For security reasons, when the control is at the ECR or LOCAL position, the
Each propulsion system operates totally independently of the other. Various on each location’s propulsion control panel. levers have to be moved according to the requests of the bridge via telephone
safety functions are automatically applied in the event of certain failures or the emergency telegraph buttons.
or alarms. These consist of torque reductions, half motor operation modes, An ‘upward’ takeover, ie, ECR to Local or ECR to Bridge, is carried out
alarms, etc, these are explained further on in the propulsion section. when the speed levers of the relevant panels are lined up. This is carried out The transfer of control from the wings to the centre manoeuvring console panel
automatically by the electric shaft system. is achieved by reversing the above procedure.
The thruster system is used to assist the main propulsion system when
manoeuvring the ship at slow speeds, usually when berthing or anchoring. The While the control system is changing control locations, the lamps in the
thruster system consists of six athwartships mounted propellers, three forward command position indicator lamps flash. When the control location is
confirmed and activated, the lamps illuminate steadily.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 2 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.1b Propulsion Control Stations
SIEMENS
5 0 5 0 0 5 0 5
DIMMER
10 10 50 50 50 50 10 10
15 15 100 100 100 100 15 15
ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD
20 20 20 20
25 25 150 150 150 150 25 25
SIEMENS SIEMENS
ALARMS ALARMS
UP ALARM UP ALARM
RESET RESET
DOWN DOWN
ACTUAL VALUES CONDITION CONDITION
EL EL
TEL TEL
SHAFT SHAFT
FAIL FAIL
FAIL FAIL
HALF HALF
TELE POWER TELE POWER
MOTOR MOTOR
GRAPH LIMIT GRAPH LIMIT
FAIL FAIL
CONS. REMAIN. SHAFT SHAFT PROF PROF CONS. REMAIN. SHAFT SHAFT PROF PROF
POWER POWER POWER SPEED READY FAIL POWER POWER POWER SPEED READY FAIL
CONTROL GENERAL CONTROL GENERAL
START STOP JOY- BRIDGE DIMM DIMM START STOP JOY- BRIDGE DIMM DIMM
PROP PROP STICK CTRL - + PROP PROP STICK CTRL - +
SPEED ECR LAMP SPEED ECR LAMP
ON TAKE ON
PILOT CTRL TEST PILOT CTRL TEST
SERV OVER SERV
SYNCH LOCAL ACQUST SYNCH LOCAL ACQUST
RESET/ RESET/
SHAFT CTRL ENTER SHAFT CTRL ENTER
EMERGENCY
MANOEUVRE
REMOTE REMOTE
EMERG. OVER OVER EMERG.
CONTROL CONTROL
STOP RIDE RIDE STOP
FAILURE FAILURE
Bridge Wing Propulsion Control Station
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 3 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
If the bridge central console, wings or Speedpilot systems develop a fault, an Operation The Telegraph System
alarm is raised and the last speed reference from that equipment or location is
followed until a new control location is specified. In normal circumstances all propulsion equipment will be set to REMOTE and Maker: Stork Kwant
AUTOMATIC operation, ie, switched on and ready for operation; this includes
To Transfer Propulsion Control from the Bridge to the ECR the main switchboard circuit breakers, the propulsion auxiliaries, converter The telegraph system consists of five stations in total:
cooling systems, cooling fans, etc. In port the ECR would be in control.
a) The selector switch at the bridge is turned to the ECR position, • Bridge central position
the ECR CTRL lamp flashes and the alarm sounds. When propulsion is required the bridge request propulsion from the ECR. • Bridge wing port
The ECR will ensure at least two Diesel Generators (DGs) are on load. The
b) At the ECR, the COMMAND POSITION selector switch is • Bridge wing starboard
propulsion system can not be started with only one DG on load. In normal
turned to the BRIDGE position, the ECR CTRL indicator practice at least three DGs would be required on load due to the hotel electrical • ECR
lamp illuminates steadily and the buzzer stops. The ECR has load requirement.
control. • Local
When sufficient power is available the Power Management System (PMS) If the control is moved to the ECR or the local positions, the bridge levers
The transfer of control from the ECR to the bridge is achieved by reversing releases the propulsion system for starting. The ECR either start propulsion
the above procedure. function as a normal pointer type follow-up engine order telegraph, with
from the IMACS ‘Propulsion Control’ mimic by clicking on the STOP buttons commands given from the bridge to the ECR or local positions, which
on the ‘Propulsion Control’ mimic motor icons and then clicking EXECUTE then notify operators to carry out the commands. A subtelegraph system is
The transfer from ECR to LOCAL control is carried out in a similar manner. or by pressing the port and starboard START PROP pushbuttons on the incorporated in the telegraph system. This system transfers the FINISHED
propulsion control console. WITH ENGINES and STANDBY commands from the bridge to the ECR and
To Transfer from Bridge (Levers) to Speedpilot Control local positions respectively.
The propulsion system runs through a start-up sequence involving closing
When propulsion control is at the bridge central position, the Speedpilot the propulsion transformer circuit breakers and starting the auxiliaries. When
function is activated by pressing the SPEEDPILOT pushbutton on any of the The telegraph levers at the bridge central, bridge wing port and bridge wing
propulsion is ready the PROP READY lamp illuminates and the displays at the starboard positions are connected together via an electrical shaft system. In
Trackpilot consoles. When activated, the SPEEDPILOT lamp illuminates and propulsion control console show the text ‘FWD PROP PEM RUNNING’ and
the propulsion speed levers at the central bridge position are then controlled case of any failures with this system, an alarm would be raised. If an alarm
‘AFT PROP PEM RUNNING’ for each port and starboard system. For more occurs, the control must be transferred to the bridge central position or the
by the Speedpilot system. A feedback signal of the lever positions is given to information on the start-up sequence and propulsion equipment, auxiliaries,
the Speedpilot system. ECR.
etc, refer to section 4.3, Propulsion Control System.
The Speedpilot system can be switched off manually by pressing the TAKE If the bridge control system fails, control is automatically switched to the ECR.
At this stage propulsion control is usually handed over to the bridge. The ECR operator must turn the ECR COMMAND selection switch to the
OVER pushbutton at one of the three lever positions on the bridge.
ECR position. The propulsion order will be indicated at the levers.
In this condition the propulsion motors will start to turn in the required
The Speedpilot system is described in section 9.2.1. direction when the levers at the station in control are moved away from the A back-up telegraph is also fitted at the bridge, ECR and local control locations.
zero position. This consists of a set of conventional pushbuttons and lamps which indicate the
required order at the control location. The control location staff acknowledge
When the bridge have finished with propulsion, usually after manoeuvring is the order by pressing the appropriate pushbutton which silences the telegraph
complete, control is returned to the ECR. alarm and extinguishes the order request indicator lamp.
The ECR will stop propulsion by pressing the port and starboard STOP PROP
pushbuttons on the propulsion control console or clicking on the STOP buttons Power Limitation
on the ‘Propulsion Control’ mimic motor icons and then clicking EXECUTE. If the POWER LIMIT alarm is raised, propulsion power has been restricted
This will start the propulsion stop sequence which switches off all propulsion and the available power does not match the requested power. This condition
circuit breakers and auxiliary fans and pumps in a preset stopping sequence. may be initiated by one of the following:
Control then remains with the ECR until the bridge require propulsion. • Generator power available is too low
• Internal failure, eg, high temperature, loss of an auxiliary, etc.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 4 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.1c Propulsion Control Stations
ON ON
TELEGRAPH TELEGRAPH
FULL FULL
AHEAD
MW RPM MW RPM AHEAD
HALF
AHEAD 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 HALF
AHEAD
10 10 50 50 10 10 50 50 SLOW
SLOW
AHEAD AHEAD
D.SLOW
AHEAD
15 15 100 100 15 15 100 100 D.SLOW
AHEAD
ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD
STAND
BY
20 20 20 20 STAND
BY
25 25 150 150 25 25 150 150
STOP STOP
F.W.E. SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS F.W.E.
D.SLOW D.SLOW
ASTERN ASTERN
SLOW SLOW
ASTERN ASTERN
IN HALF IN HALF
SERVICE ASTERN SERVICE ASTERN
LAMP FULL LAMP FULL
TEST ASTERN TEST ASTERN
S S
SIEMENS
LOW
LOW
T T
DE
DE
O O
AD
AD
DS
DS
P P
SLO
SLO
OW
OW
SL
SL
DEA
DEA
OW
OW
SL
SL
HA LF HA LF
W
W
LF HA LF HA
FULL FULL FULL FULL
FUL FUL
LS LS
EA EA
SPE SPE
ED ED
SIEMENS
SIEMENS SIEMENS
SIEMENS
AS AS
TE D TE D
HALF MOTOR PROPULSION RN EA EMERGENCY FINISHED WITH RN EA PROPULSION HALF MOTOR
AH AH
STAND BY
OPERATION FAILURE MANOEUVER ENGINE FAILURE OPERATION
POWER EXCITATION PROPULSION PROPULSION EXCITATION POWER
LIMIT FAILURE READY READY FAILURE LIMIT
E.C.R. LOCAL
CONTROL SELECTION
E.C.R. LOCAL
START STOP EMERG. ALARM STOP START
PROPULSION PROPULSION LAMP EMERG. PROPULSION PROPULSION
STOP ACKN
TEST STOP
Propulsion Motor Room - Local Propulsion Control Station
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 5 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Control Station Equipment Alarm Up/Down Pushbuttons Finished With Engines Pushbutton
Speed Levers The alarm UP and DOWN pushbuttons are used by an operator to scroll up or This pushbutton transfers a finished with engines (FWE) command from the
down through the alarm list in the alarm indicator window. bridge to the ECR and local positions.
These levers provide the speed demand signal according to the scale.
When the FWE pushbutton on the bridge is pressed, all FWE lamps flash and
Power Limit Indicator Lamp
Control Selector Switch the telegraph alarms sound intermittently. The command is accepted at the
This lamp indicates that the propulsion system has increased load to within ECR or the local stand by pressing the relevant FWE pushbutton which then
This switch activates a control command request.
90% of the available power. Propulsion motor speed has been limited to avoid illuminates the lamps continuously and stops the alarms.
overloading the ship’s generators. The lamp will be extinguished when the
Propulsion Ready Indicator Lamp lever setting is reduced or extra generator capacity is added to the network. At the ECR, the operator now stops propulsion, when this has been carried
The lamp is illuminated when the start-up sequence is complete, all auxiliary out, the FWE button is pressed again to inform the bridge that this has been
drives are operating and the main circuit breakers are closed. The propulsion Electric Shaft Failure Indicator Lamp carried out successfully. The FWE lamps flash and the telegraph alarms sound
motor will now start if the speed lever is moved from the zero position. intermittently again. The FWE pushbutton on the bridge is now pressed again
This lamp indicates a failure in the telegraph electric shaft system. Remote and the lamps extinguish and the alarms stop.
control from the wings or the Speedpilot systems is not possible. An
Propulsion Fail Indicator Lamp audible alarm is given at the station in control and the lamp flashes. After
acknowledgment, the lamp illuminates steadily. BRIDGE CTRL Indicator Lamp
This lamp indicates a shutdown of the propulsion system because of a shutdown
fault, ie, a critical converter, transformer or shaft line fault. An audible alarm This lamp indicates that the bridge is the control station in command. The lamp
will be raised at the station in control and the lamp will flash. The alarm must Emergency Manoeuvre Pushbutton flashes during takeover and illuminates steadily when the control transfer is
be acknowledged at the station in control. completed.
This pushbutton acts directly on the control system and the Power Management
System (PMS) to enable the propulsion motors to respond more quickly
Remote Control Failure Indicator Lamp to commands by increasing speeds according to the emergency ramps. All ECR CTRL Indicator Lamp
This lamp indicates a failure in the remote control system, the main controller available generators are started and made available for more power. This button This lamp indicates that the ECR is the control station in command. The lamp
bus system or ET200 systems. An audible alarm will be given at the station is always active at all the control stations and is reset with a further push. flashes during takeover and illuminates steadily when the control transfer is
in control and the lamp flashes. After acknowledgement, the audible signal is completed.
cancelled and the lamp becomes steady. Depending on the nature of the fault, Emergency Stop Pushbutton
it could be overridden by switching to ECR or LOCAL control. LOCAL CTRL Indicator Lamp
This pushbutton is of the arrestable type with a cover. A reset is possible
by pressing the pushbutton again. This emergency stop acts directly at the This lamp indicates that the local control station is the station in command.
Telegraph Failure (TEL FAIL) Indicator Lamp main switchboard, tripping the circuit breakers feeding the converter. This The lamp flashes during takeover and illuminates steadily when the control
This lamp indicates a failure in the telegraph system. An audible alarm is given emergency stop is hard-wired and is always active at all the control stands. transfer is completed.
at the station in control and the lamp flashes. After acknowledgment, the lamp The lamp inside the button flashes if activated. When activated, all control
becomes steady. locations will indicate the emergency stop.
Take Over Pushbutton
This pushbutton transfers control between the bridge central position, the
Half Motor Fail Indicator Lamp Joystick System Indicator Lamp
wings and from the Speedpilot system. The button must also be pressed as
This lamp indicates when a half-motor only is in operation and one of the two This facility is not used on this ship. the last step of bridge takeover from the ECR or local stations, to confirm the
converters has shut down. takeover. The button is active when the bridge central, wings or Speedpilot
Speedpilot Indicator Lamp systems are in control.
Alarm Reset Pushbutton This lamp indicates that the Speedpilot system is the active control position. A
takeover to Speedpilot operation is possible when: ON SERV Lamps
This button is pressed by an operator to acknowledge a system alarm in the
propulsion system. This pushbutton resets any alarms if the alarm condition • The bridge is the selected control station These lamps at the telegraph unit indicate when a control station is actually in
has cleared. If the alarm condition has not cleared, the lamp within the button control. These are fitted to the central bridge and bridge wing positions.
illuminates steadily and the alarm is displayed in the ALARMS window. The • The bridge central position is in control
button is always active at the control stand in control. • The PROPULSION READY lamp is illuminated
• The electrical shaft system is fully functional
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 6 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.1d Propulsion Control Stations
SIEMENS
MW RPM RPM MW
5 0 5 0 0 5 0 5
10 10 50 50 50 50 10 10
15 15 100 100 100 100 15 15
ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD
20 20 20 20
25 25 150 150 150 150 25 25
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
SIEMENS SIEMENS
ALARMS ALARMS
ON ON
TELEGRAPH TELEGRAPH
UP ALARM FULL FULL UP ALARM
RESET AHEAD AHEAD RESET
HALF HALF
AHEAD AHEAD
DOWN DOWN
SLOW SLOW
AHEAD AHEAD
D.SLOW D.SLOW
ACTUAL VALUES CONDITION AHEAD AHEAD ACTUAL VALUES CONDITION
STAND STAND
EL BY BY EL
TEL TEL
FAIL SHAFT FAIL SHAFT
FAIL FAIL
STOP STOP
HALF HALF
TELE POWER TELE POWER
MOTOR MOTOR
GRAPH LIMIT F.W.E. F.W.E. GRAPH LIMIT
FAIL FAIL
D.SLOW D.SLOW
CONS. REMAIN. SHAFT SHAFT PROP PROP ASTERN ASTERN CONS. REMAIN. SHAFT SHAFT PROP PROP
POWER POWER POWER SPEED READY FAIL POWER POWER POWER SPEED READY FAIL
SLOW SLOW
ASTERN ASTERN
CONTROL GENERAL IN HALF IN HALF CONTROL GENERAL
SERVICE ASTERN SERVICE ASTERN
LAMP FULL LAMP FULL
TEST ASTERN TEST ASTERN
START STOP JOY- BRIDGE DIMM DIMM START STOP JOY- BRIDGE DIMM DIMM
PROP PROP STICK CTRL - + PROP PROP STICK CTRL - +
EMERG. TELEGRAPH EMERG. TELEGRAPH
E.C.R. LOCAL E.C.R. LOCAL
SPEED ECR LAMP SPEED ECR LAMP
PILOT CTRL TEST PILOT CTRL TEST
SYNCH LOCAL ACQUST SYNCH LOCAL ACQUST
RESET/ RESET/
SHAFT CTRL ENTER SHAFT CTRL ENTER
EMERGENCY FINISHED WITH
STAND BY
MANOEUVRE ENGINE
CNV CNV CNV CNV
REMOTE FWD AFT FWD AFT REMOTE
EMERG. EXCITATION OVER EMERG. EXCITATION OVER
CONTROL CONTROL
STOP RIDE STOP RIDE
FAILURE FAILURE
CONTROL SELECTION CONTROL SELECTION CONTROL SELECTION
FWD - BOTH - AFT BRIDGE-ECR-LOCAL FWD - BOTH - AFT
SIEMENS
Engine Control Room - Propulsion Control Panel
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 7 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Standby Pushbutton Synchronise Shaft Excitation Lamp (ECR Only)
This pushbutton transfers a standby request from the bridge to the ECR and Not used in this installation. Indicates a failure of the excitation system: This will be accompanied by an
local control stations. alarm and a shutdown of that propulsion system.
Dim - and Dim + Pushbuttons
When the STANDBY pushbutton on the bridge is pressed, all the STANDBY
Emergency Telegraph Switches (ECR Only)
lamps flash and the telegraph buzzers sound intermittently. In the ECR or at the These pushbuttons raise and lower the panel illumination as required.
LOCAL position, the operator accepts the request by pressing the STANDBY These switches select the receiving emergency telegraph from the bridge; the
pushbutton which illuminates the lamps continuously and stops the buzzers. local propulsion control console in the propulsion electric motor room or the
On Telegraph Indicator Lamps
ECR.
When standby is finished/completed, the STANDBY pushbutton on the bridge These lamps indicate that the telegraphs are in use.
is pressed, all the STANDBY lamps flash and the telegraph buzzers sound Alarms and Shutdowns
intermittently. In the ECR or at the LOCAL position, the operator accepts the ECR Converter Selection Switches (ECR Only)
request by pressing the STANDBY pushbutton which then extinguishes the The protection and safety devices of the propulsion system monitor and protect
For each port and starboard system there is a selector switch to select the the complete propulsion system. In the case of a failure or a condition which
lamps and stops the buzzers.
required converters: is out of the normal range of that equipment, an alarm or a shutdown will be
initiated.
Lamp Test Pushbutton FWD Position: The forward converter only is in operation. The aft converter
This pushbutton tests all the panel lamps by illumination. will be switched off on the line side. The excitation changeover switch at the CAUTION
static exciter control cubicle must also be set to the FORWARD position. The
An alarm requires attention and corrective action by the operator. If
PEM will therefore operate in half motor mode.
START PROP Pushbutton this action is not performed, a dangerous situation for one or more items
can occur. The alarm will be transferred via bus connection from the
This pushbutton initiates the starting sequence of the propulsion converter up BOTH Position: The normal operating configuration, both forward and aft
propulsion system to the IMACS system. The alarm is also indicated in
to the closing of the main switchboard circuit breaker. The lamp flashes during converters are in operation. The excitation changeover switch at the static
parallel on the local display at the converter control cubicle.
this sequence and illuminates steadily when the sequence is complete and exciter control cubicle can be set to the FORWARD or AFT positions. The
propulsion is ready. At this time the PROP READY lamp will illuminate. PEM operates in full motor mode and full rated torque is available.
Most of the alarms are for indication and alert only. Most temperature alarms
have a second higher temperature level, which will lead to an automatic
AFT Position: The aft converter only is in operation. The forward converter
STOP PROP Pushbutton reduction of current or power and speed. For the first level alarm, the operator
will be switched off on the line side. The excitation changeover switch at the
has to monitor the temperature and decide on the corrective course of action to
This pushbuttons will initiate the stopping sequence of the corresponding static exciter control cubicle must also be set to the AFT position. The PEM
ensure the second shutdown/reduction does not occur.
converter up to the opening of the main switchboard circuit breaker. If the will therefore operate in half motor mode.
speed levers are not at the zero positions when this pushbutton is pressed, any
In the case of a serious failure, the propulsion safety system will act and
propulsion will be reduced to zero and stopped. This selector switch should only be moved when propulsion is OFF, however,
immediately shut down the equipment as necessary. The shutdown will be
the switch may be moved from the BOTH position to the FWD or AFT
indicated at all control stations by the flashing of the PROPULSION FAILURE
positions when the propulsion is in operation if the position of the excitation
Actual Values Display and Pushbuttons lamp and activation of the buzzer. The buzzer must be acknowledged, the lamp
changeover switch is in accordance. This will initiate half motor operation and
The display window in this section will indicate the following values when the will then be continuously illuminated. The propulsion failure indication has
the other converter will be switched off.
appropriate pushbutton is pressed: to be reset at the corresponding converter drive control panel by pressing the
RESET pushbutton on the panel. If the failure still exists, the reset function is
• TELEGRAPH: The requested value If the ECR converter selector switch is moved when propulsion is ON to the
not possible.
FWD or AFT position and the excitation changeover switch is in discordance,
• CONS. POWER: The current power consumption of the ie, the operator is trying to stop the converter currently supplying excitation,
relevant propulsion motor The full list of propulsion system alarms and shutdowns is described in the
then the CNV FWD/AFT lamps will flash to indicate this; the converter will
manufacturer’s manuals.
• REMAIN. POWER: The amount of remaining power available not actually be stopped.
on the electrical network in its current configuration
• SHAFT POWER: Current shaft power (MW)
• SHAFT SPEED: Current shaft speed (rpm)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.1 - Page 8 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.2a Propulsion Power Management System
IMAC55 IMAC55
PEM Port Alarm and Indication PEM Starboard Alarm and Indication
OLM OLM
AS/P11 AS/P14
Forward Diesel Generator Room
Forward Main Switchboard Room
IMAC55 PMS PEM Control
(Fault-Tolerant(H) System AS/P31-AS/P32)
OLM
AS/P32
Propulsion Electric Motor Room
XM/001A1 FF13 PEM PORT FORWARD XM/001B1 FF23 PEM STBD FORWARD
OLM OLM
XM/001A2 AF13 PEM PORT AFT XM/001B2 AF23 PEM STBD AFT
OLM OLM
Port Starboard
Propulsion Propulsion
Motor Motor
Aft Main Switchboard Room
IMAC55 PMS PEM COntrol
(Fault-Tolerant (H) System AS/P31-AS/P32)
OLM
Fibre Optic Ring - Profibus PMS-PEM
AS/P31
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.2 Propulsion pOWER mANAGEMENT sYSTEM The propulsion system functions which are related to the PMS are available at required active propulsion power. As long as the entered value is lower than
the following mimics: the PEM required power value, the PEM value is valid. If the entered value
is higher, the PMS takes this value as the required power for the propulsion
Introduction • Propulsion Control
system. This is indicated as an analogue value.
• Power Management System
The propulsion system consists of two Propulsion Electrical Motors (PEMs), The PMS mimics indicate three additional analogue power values:
• Power Management Control
four converters, eight supply transformers and all the associated control
systems and auxiliary equipment (cooling fans and shaft jacking pumps, etc). • Main Plant Overview • Active Power per Half Motor: This will be indicated as the
Each PEM consists of two half motors, each half motor being supplied by a active power measured from the main switchboard to the PEM
converter. At these mimics, the actual condition and status of a half motor is indicated by transformers.
the motor icon. • Total Motor Power: This is the summary of the active power of
The propulsion system drive control units are connected to the IMACS Power both half motors at the shaft. This is a calculated value sent by
Management System (PMS) process stations ASP31 and ASP32 by the PMS- At the ‘Propulsion Control’ mimic (shown overleaf), the propulsion motors serial link to the PMS.
PEM fibre optic profibus. This enables the IMACS to provide a central control can be started separately for the port and starboard shafts using the START and
• Remaining Propulsion Power per Shaft: This value indicates the
platform for the normal operation of the propulsion system and to indicate STOP button icons. To start and stop the motors from the IMACS, a double
remaining active power in the network which can be used by the
system alarms, states and values. Process stations ASP31 and ASP32 house the action is required:
PEMs with the running generators. This value is dependent on
processor units which run the main control functions of the PMS. The PMS
the main switchboard configuration.
program runs in both process stations, however, only one is active, the other a) Press the START or STOP button. The button indicates the state
is on standby ready to take over in the event of a problem with the other. The ACTIVE for 10 seconds with a green colour of the letters and a
The available power for the PEMs is the difference between the connected
active process station sends control signals to the propulsion control units. white background.
power minus the generator’s load and the reserved power. The connected
Normally, ASP31 is the designated as the master and the control units use this
power is the sum of the nominal power of the running generators multiplied
data for control reference. If a failure or interruption occurs to the data sent by b) During this time the operator has to acknowledge the command
with the load limitation factor (if there is a generator limitation selected).
ASP31, then the data from ASP32 will be used. with the EXECUTE button. With the ‘Execute’ command, the
‘Start’ and ‘Stop’ commands are carried out.
The ship’s PMS is an integrated part of the IMACS. The main functions of the PMS Operation - Propulsion Start Request
system are described in section 5.2. The commands are sent from process station ASP31/ ASP32 to the corresponding
drive controllers for each propulsion converter. The start and stop procedures If a propulsion control panel or an IMACS operator station requests a
The Power Management System (PMS) also controls the diesel generating will be carried out in the propulsion system. In the case of a PEM start, the propulsion motor start, the PMS receives the ‘Start’ signal from the PEM
plant and supplies the required amount of electrical power as demanded by the PMS receives a ‘PEM Start Request’ signal for the PMS sub-section, the load control system independently for each shaft. At the same time, the propulsion
vessel’s various consumers under normal operating conditions. demand system. The load demand system checks the electrical network’s control system sends a parallel analogue value of the ‘required active power’
available generating capacity and if necessary will start and connect the and the ‘reactive power’ to the PMS. If conditions are correct, the PMS load
The PMS is an independent system with its own controller, bus system and standby generator (if available). demand system releases the start step sequence of the PEM with the message
operator panels based on Simatic S7 components. Each diesel generator is ‘RELEASE’ or if insufficient power is available, the message ‘NO POWER
controlled by its own independent PMA 71 unit and internal communication When sufficient capacity is available, the PMS releases the PEM for AVAILABLE’.
between the units is carried out by a profibus field bus network (profibus). starting. While the start or stop procedures are running, the corresponding
button indicates the state ‘ACTIVE’ with green coloured letters on a white In the case of insufficient power, the load demand system will start and connect
background. the standby generator, if available.
Power Management System Operation
If the operator does not acknowledge the start or stop command with the The start step sequence is monitored from process stations ASP31 and ASP32.
For the propulsion system in particular, the PMS provides the required EXECUTE button, the START and STOP buttons revert to the ‘Not Active’ The PMS allows 180 seconds for the load demand step, ie, load calculations,
electrical supply and capacity for the propulsion system and the limitation of state, this is indicated by black letters on a grey background. The operator can starting and connecting the standby generator (if required) and 300 seconds for
the propulsion system in case of generator overload. The control functions of repeat the process or halt. the PEM start. If the step time for the above exceeds the monitoring time limit,
the PMS act in parallel with the control functions of the propulsion system.
the sequence will be stopped with the message ‘LOAD DEMAND’.
When all propulsion conditions are correct, ie, propulsion off, auxiliaries off Power Availability and Requirements
The converter(s) which send the requests will be indicated in the PMS mimic
and ECR control is selected, the IMACS station receives the ‘Authorisation If more power is required, the operator can select a higher value of minimum load demand window as PEM P FWD, PEM P AFT, PEM S FWD or PEM S
to start/stop auxiliaries’ signal. The operator then knows that the auxiliaries available power. AFT.
can be started and stopped individually from the IMACS. Individual starting
and stopping from the IMACS will be ignored by the PEM control if any By pressing the MODIFY OPERATOR REQUEST button, a parameter table
conditions are not correct. window is opened. The operator then enters a new minimum value for the
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.2b Propulsion Control Mimic
SIMOS IMAC 55 223.223.10.1 05/04/2004 11:34
File Edit View User Programs Area Diagram Graph Tools Window Help
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
PMS Lifts
SIMOS IMAC 55
Pumps Blackout
-25 Resets Buzzer 102 11:34
05/04/2004
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
CLOSE Propulsion Control
Bow Thruster Levers NOT Zero Aligned
Stern Thruster Levers NOT Zero Aligned
i i RUNNING RUNNING i i
7.8 MW S 50% S 50% 7.8 MW
POWER
14.6 MW 2 1 Power Requested
M M Propulsion 0.0 MW
SPEED Operator 0.0 MW
129 rpm
Start
STERN THRUSTERS Stop Modify Operator Request BOW THRUSTERS
5.1 MW
No.3 No.2 No.1 No.3 No.2 No.1
i i i Remaining i i i
Propulsion Power
Start Start Start 5.1 MW Start Start Start
POWER Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop
14.6 MW Start
Power Requested
Propulsion 0.0 MW
Stop
SPEED Operator 0.0 MW
129 rpm M M Modify Operator Request
2 1
7.8 MW S 50% S 50% 7.8 MW
i i RUNNING RUNNING i i
MANOEUVRE MODE PEM START / STOP
Manoeuvre
EXECUTE
OFF i
Power Management Overview Power Management Control DDG Indication
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
PEM Ready For Start At the same time as the propulsion control system sends a request to the PMS with the failure message ‘CB OPEN’. The stop sequence is completed when
The IMACS mimic motor icon indicates the ‘Ready For Start’ state with a load demand system, the start sequence for the propulsion auxiliaries is started. the main switchboard control system issues the ‘CB Open’ feedback signal.
black coloured icon, as long as all the preconditions to start the PEM are met. This is indicated by ‘AUXILIARIES STARTING’ with a flashing green motor
The preconditions are listed in the first information window beside the motor icon. When the correct feedback has been received that the auxiliaries are Propulsion Motor Normal Seagoing Operation
icon. When met, the preconditions are indicated with a cross. all running, ‘AUXILIARIES SUCCESSFUL’ is displayed. If any auxiliaries
fail to start, the message ‘AUXILIARIES FAILED’ is displayed. By double If the PEM is running normally and the speed set point is changed significantly
clicking the second ‘i’ (info) icon beside the motor icon, the information from a propulsion control station, the PMS starts or stops the standby diesel
If one or more preconditions are missing, the motor icon indicates the ‘Not generator (DG) to keep the required propulsion power available and ensure
Ready’ state with a red coloured icon. By double clicking the first ‘i’ (info) window opens and the operator is able to see which auxiliary has failed. The
auxiliaries’ preconditions are as follows: no more than that is available, thus keeping the generator plant running
icon beside the motor icon, the start preconditions information window efficiently.
opens and the operator is able to see which preconditions are missing. The • Transf fan DD
preconditions are as follows: In normal seagoing conditions, the propulsion system periodically sends the
• Transf fan DY
• Motor selected (ECR switches set correctly). actual speed set points to the PMS for each converter. The PMS monitors
• PEM bearing pump DE
these values and calculates the active power and current values required for
• Drive mode and excitation (excitation switch set correctly).
• PEM bearing pump NDE this speed from the stored propulsion curves. From these values, the amount
• Emergency stops reset. of spare power required, up to the nominal power or a selected power limit of
• Shaft thrust bearing pump
• PEM Transformer ACB (Set to REMOTE and ready for the generators, is calculated and is always made immediately available by the
• PEM fans PMS for the propulsion system.
operation, this precondition contains all the CB alarms from
the main switchboard. These alarms will be indicated in the • De-ionised water pump
CB alarms mimic. The ‘Breaker Not Ready’ condition will be If the speed set point increases, the PMS immediately calculates the new value
• Release CB other system of required active power/current. If the new value is higher than the available
indicated with a red CB icon.)
• Release CB by PMS active power/current, the PMS starts and connects the standby generator.
• ACB converter electronic (converter alive and OK). The PMS must start the standby generator at the moment speed set point
• ACB excitation electronic (exciter alive and OK). If sufficient power is available and the auxiliaries are running, the PMS load increases from the speed levers/telegraph and not later if the generator(s)
demand system releases the PEM for starting by enabling the closing of have already reached their load limit. The propulsion system power can be
• Converter auxiliaries in REMOTE (or LOCAL and running). increased immediately up to the selected power limitation of the generators.
the main switchboard 11kV CBs for the propulsion transformers. The PMS
• PEM auxiliaries set in REMOTE (or LOCAL and running). releases the propulsion system with a parallel ‘Release’ signal. The CBs will be If the standby generator is connected before the load limit of the generators is
closed by the propulsion control system with a request to the main switchboard reached, the PEMs can run up to the new speed set point without pause.
• Shaft auxiliaries in REMOTE (or LOCAL and running).
control system.
• Shaft interlocking release. A Propulsion Limitation alarm is raised if the propulsion system has increased
• Release from other shaft. If there is a CB failure or the monitoring time for the ‘Release’ step is exceeded, load to within 90% of the available power. Propulsion motor speed will
the step sequence will be stopped and the ‘Release’ signal to the propulsion be limited to avoid overloading the ship’s generators. The lamp will be
• Closed loop control ready (SIMADYN drive self-tests OK). control system is removed. extinguished when the lever setting is reduced or extra generator capacity is
• Sea water flow. added to the network.
When the main switchboard 11kV CBs for the propulsion transformers are
• Fresh water flow. If any individual generator reaches a level of 93% of nominal active power
closed, the PEM start procedure in the propulsion control system and in the
• No shore connection (always met - no MV shore connection). PMS is complete. The PEM icon indicates the ‘Running’ state with a steady or 98% of reactive power, propulsion power will be limited for both port and
green colour, ie, motor ready to start when the speed levers are moved. starboard systems.
If a PEM is not ready to start and the operator tries to press the START button,
‘START NOT POSSIBLE’ will be displayed. The operator must then clarify Propulsion Motor Stopping Overload Limitation
and rectify the missing precondition(s) from the information window. If a full
motor start is not possible, the operator has the option to rectify the situation The PEM can be stopped from the propulsion control panels or from an IMACS In the case of a generator overload, eg, if a generator trips, the power plant
or carry out a half motor start. operator station. The propulsion control system sends a ‘PEM Stop’ signal to protection function of the propulsion control system itself avoids overloading
the PMS. The stop step sequence is then started. This sequence is monitored by the remaining generators. The system immediately limits the power taken by
the PMS and while the sequence is running, the PEM icon is shown flashing the propulsion down to the power level available. This system works in parallel
Start Propulsion Auxiliaries and Start Motor in yellow. The propulsion control system also sends a ‘CB Open’ signal to the with the PMS anti-overload functions, duplicating this important function.
Before a PEM can be started, the propulsion control system has to start relevant main switchboard control system to open the propulsion transformer
the auxiliary cooling pumps, jacking pumps and cooling fans directly via 11kV CBs. The PMS monitors the opening of the CB and if the monitoring
the motor starters (provided they are all set to REMOTE, see section 4.3, time of 60 seconds for this step is exceeded, the step sequence will be stopped
Propulsion Control System).
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.3a Propulsion Control System Converters AFT Heat Exchangers
+FB16.B AFT +FB15
Fibre Optic Ring - Profibus PCS 1 XM/001AAB XM/001AAH
Dust6/PR
Interface Dust6/PR
Interface
OLM
Fibre Optic Ring - Profibus PCS 2
Converters AFT Heat Exchangers
OLM
+AB16.B AFT +AB15 Transformer 2 Transformer 1
XM/001ABB XM/001ABH FWD +FR13/TA01 FWD +FR11/TA01
FZ/007TFA FZ/006TFA
PEM Port
+XU11 XA/001A OLM OLM
OLM OLM OLM
Local 24V Distributer Shaft Port
Transformer 2 Transformer 1 OLM +PE01 FZ/001AAH +XG14 FZ/001AAH +XU6 FZ/001AAB
AFT +AB13/TA01 AFT +AB11/TA01 OLM OLM
FZ/009TFA FZ/008TFA
OLM OLM
OLM OLM
Engine Control Room Bridge
RS485 - Profibus
SIMOVERT S AFT PCS/PSU AFT PCS/PSU Forward SIMOVERT S Forward 10
15
20
5
ASTERN
25
0 5
10
AHEAD
25
15
20
50
100
ASTERN
150
0
50
150
100
AHEAD
10
15
20
5
ASTERN
25
0 5
10
AHEAD
25
15
20
50
100
ASTERN
150
0
50
150
100
AHEAD
+AF11 XM/001ABE +AF13 XM/001A2 +FF13 XM/001A1 +FF11 XM/001AAE SUB Bridge
SUB ECR +PB11
+PA12 FZ/00 1AC
FZ/00 1AB
Bridge
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0
10 10 50 50 10 10 50 50
15 15 100 100 15 15 100 100
ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD
20 20 20 20
25 25 150 150 25 25 150 150
OLM OLM
OLM
Wing Port Control
Station +PC10
OLM
OLM OLM
ZA/3 10C
OLM OLM
Bridge
IMACS
Automation OLM OLM To Automation
OLM
System AS/P32 OLM
SIEMENS
Central Control
+AA10 XA/872B-1 +FA10 XA/872A-1 Station +PB02
MSB 2.1 AFT MSB 1.1 Forward YA/867
Port Port
OLM
OLM
Bridge
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0
10 10 50 50 10 10 50 50
15 15 100 100 15 15 100 100
ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD ASTERN AHEAD
20 20 20 20
25 25 150 150 25 25 150 150
+AA20 XA/872B-2 +FA20 XA/872A-2 Port Propulsion Control System
MSB 2.2 AFT MSB 1.2 Forward
Starboard Starboard
OLM OLM
Wing Starboard
Control
Station +PC20
ZA/3 10B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 1 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.3 Propulsion Control System Units (PSUs) controllers handle the sequences for supervising, controlling and The frequency of the electrical network is also constantly monitored. If the
starting/stopping the propulsion auxiliaries, etc. These are fitted in cabinets frequency decreases to below 97% of normal value (approximately) 58Hz, the
labelled XM/001A1, XM/001A2, XM/001B1 and XM/001B1 also in the PEM generators are most likely overloaded and proportional current limitation is
Introduction room on deck 2 level. applied.
By reference to the illustrations it can be seen that several systems combine to Control system alarms and system monitoring information is sent to the The voltage level of the electrical network is also constantly monitored. If the
control the entire propulsion system. However, these systems, the telegraph/ process stations ASP31/32 for processing by the IMACS. voltage decreases to a certain level, the generators are most likely overloaded.
lever system, Speedpilot system, the IMACS and the PMS all control, To prevent this undesirable situation, an automatic propulsion motor limitation
either directly or indirectly, the speed and direction demand signals to the After processing the speed demand signals and applying any control limitations, is applied.
converters. This is mostly achieved by adjusting the required rpm signal to the etc, the drive units produce the firing pulse signals for the converter thyristors.
synchroconverter control drive units but can also carried out by the emergency These pulse signals are converted for transmission via fibre optic cable to the Each half motor’s drive control system carries out the following functions:
stops and the PMS, by opening the supply circuit breakers if required. converters. See section 4.4, Propulsion Converters for further information.
• Sequential control of the main propulsion motors
From section 4.1, Propulsion Control Stations, it can be seen how an operator The central Simadyn drive units communicate with the propulsion auxiliaries • Speed control
interfaces with the propulsion control system. The control system produces a ET200 input/output stations via a fibre optic ring. The input/output stations
4-20mA speed demand signal from whichever station is in control and sends it • Speed reference processing
send and receive signals to/from control items such as winding temperature
to the Siemens SIMAR DRIVE converter drive control system for processing. sensors, running/stopped pump/fan feedback, turning gear position, etc. • Propulsion torque limitation
The drive control processes the speed signals and incoming limitations to
• Propulsion limitation
produce the final torque reference signal. This signal is then used to control The Simadyn unit and the PCS unit have a Simatic OP17 interface/operating
the firing of the converter thyristors to produce a directional varying frequency • Fault management
panel fitted in the drive control cubicle door. Fault messages are displayed on
supply to the propulsion electric motors (PEMs). this unit and all major fault resets must be carried from this panel. The units run • Propulsion safety functions
a variety of software on different system processors, each being responsible
At the same time the drive control sends a reference signal to the excitation • Speed indication
for specific functions such as start step sequences, speed control, IMACS
control system which will vary the excitation current supplied to the communication, etc. These units are described in section 4.4, Propulsion • Emergency stopping
synchronous PEM. Converters. Each control system is supplied from a redundancy earthed 24V • Control of the propulsion motor/shaft auxiliaries
DC power supply which protects against electro-magnetic interference.
The converters are described in section 4.4 and the excitation system is
described in section 4.5. Sequential torque limitation is applied by the control system in the event of
Electrical Network Limitations any faults in the auxiliaries, eg, a converter or propulsion motor fan failure.
The torque must be limited in order to avoid any overheating. The levels
Propulsion Control Equipment The propulsion system is the by far the largest electrical consumer on
of limitation are dependent on the type of failure and these are listed in
the ship’s network. As such, its power consumption must be regulated to
the appropriate section. When a fault occurs, these limitations are applied
The levers in the wheelhouse, in the ECR or at the local position provide the ensure the continuity of the ship’s essential consumers. As well as the PMS
sequentially. The actual faults and their consequent limitations are described
direction and speed signal. The Speedpilot system sends a speed signal via an overload protection, the generators and main switchboards are protected
later in the propulsion auxiliaries section. The values of these limitations have
electric shaft system to the central wheelhouse control position levers. The from overloading by the anti-overload limitation functions of the propulsion
no dependency on the motor speed.
signal is sent to the converter control system. control system. A limitation signal is produced which is applied as a torque
limitation. The generators are all monitored and their loads compared to stored
parameters. If an overload situation develops on any of these generators or Propulsion Electric Motor Starting
The four half motors each have a separate Siemens SIMADYN D control drive
unit enabling independent control of that half motor. One Propulsion Control breakers, the propulsion power is reduced accordingly to protect the electrical The start of a PEM from the IMACS under the control of the PMS is described
System (PCS) of each port or starboard motor will operate as the master. This network. The limitations are applied at predetermined thresholds (percentages in section 4.2, Propulsion PMS. When the propulsion is started from the
is automatically selected when the forward or aft static exciter is selected for of the generator’s rated power). These thresholds are adjustable via the drive propulsion control panels in the wheelhouse, ECR and local positions, the start
each port or starboard PEM at the excitation changeover cubicle FZ/001AZ or unit control panels. The generators will not be unloaded below 5% load. sequence is identical.
FZ/001BZ.
An under-load limitation may occur during a rapid speed reduction or crash The operator presses the START PROPULSION pushbutton, provided all the
stop situation as the motor functions as a generator and feeds back into the starting preconditions are met, the start sequence is initiated. This is indicated
Each SIMAR drive control system comprises a Simadyn D digital open
network (regenerative braking). In this case, the load of each generator in by the flashing pushbutton which illuminates steadily when the start up is
and closed loop control system. These are fitted in the cabinets labelled
service is maintained within a predetermined threshold of minimum active successful. The start up procedure is monitored by the PMS in exactly the same
XM/001AAE, XM/001ABE, XM/001BAE and XM/001BBE in the PEM
power through the propulsion system. The function remains active when the way as an IMACS initiated start.
room on deck 2 level. Communication boards act as interfaces and handle
two main switchboard bus bars are isolated or when the bus tie circuit breaker
the exchange of data between internal units and also with external equipment
is open.
such as the IMACS. The Propulsion Control System (PCS) and Power Supply
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 2 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.3b Propulsion Control
Converter Drive Closed Loop Control Cubicle A Power
Main Switchboard (Firing Pulse Generation Circuits shown for System 'A' Only) Management
Circuit Breakers
System
Selected
Propulsion Speed Signal
Transformers Gating Current Pulse Limitation
Unit Controller Generation (Torque/Safety)
System A Firing Pulses
via Fibre Optic
Line Bridge
Opto- 0
RPM
Converter DC Reactors Converter Couplers 100
50 50
100
Chief Technical
B A Firing Angle 150 150
Officer's Cabin
SHAFT RPM
+
Calculator
PORT
Motor Parameters
Machine Bridge
Hardware
Voltage Speedpilot System
Integrator
Module
Speed
and Actual Current Voyage Data
Regulator
Sensor 1 Value Sensing Regulator Recorder
Actual Speed
RPM
0
Bridge Wing
50 50
100 100
150
SHAFT RPM
150 Port
PORT +
RPM
0
Converter Drive Closed Loop Control Cubicle B 100
50 50
100
Bridge Central
150 150
Overhead Panel
SHAFT RPM
PORT +
MV Supply
Firing Angle Motor Parameters 0
RPM
Bridge Wing
50 50
Firing Angle
100 100
150 150 Starboard
Calculator SHAFT RPM
PORT +
Current
Propulsion Electric Voltage Regulator 0
RPM
Chief Technical
50 50
Motor Module 100 100
Speed Officer's Office
and Actual 150 150
Regulator
SHAFT RPM
+
Value Sensing
PORT
Sensor 2 Actual Speed
Sensor 1 0
RPM
Engine Control
50 50
100 100
150
SHAFT RPM
150 Room Panel
PORT +
Sensor 2 U 4 - 20mA
I 50
0
RPM
50
Terminal Box
100 100
PEM Room
U 4 - 20mA 150
SHAFT RPM
150
+
I
PORT
RPM
Sensor 3
0
Sensor 3 ± 8V U 4 - 20mA Local
50 50
100 100
I 150 150 Control Panel
SHAFT RPM
PORT +
Other PEM
DC Supply U 4 - 20mA
Drive Control
Sensor 4 I
Cubicle
Incremental Shaft
Encoder (Resolver)
Simplified Block Diagram of Propulsion Speed Control and Firing Pulse Generation Systems
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 3 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
According to the setting of the excitation switches at the ECR console, a full If a propulsion start is activated and an auxiliary is set to LOCAL but is not Propulsion Shaft Thrust Bearing Jacking Pumps
motor or half motor start is initiated. The propulsion auxiliaries are also started running, the propulsion control will try to start the other auxiliary in the pair, Each shaft has a thrust bearing, each bearing has two lubricating pumps. The
at this time, which auxiliaries are started depends on the motor configuration if this item is set to REMOTE. lubricating pump unit is in the PEM room aft of the PEM. One pump for each
selected. Whichever drive control system, forward or aft for each motor, is bearing is designated as the main pump with the other pump as standby. The
selected as master is dependent on the setting of the excitation switch at the If a propulsion start is activated and an auxiliary is set to LOCAL but IS main pump is set to run continuously with the pumps changing duty every 24
drive cubicle in the PEM room. running, the propulsion control will take this item as the duty unit. However, hours. The pumps can also be controlled manually from the IMACS (pump
if this item fails in service, the other auxiliary will not automatically be started set to REMOTE) or locally (pump set to LOCAL). The selection of MAIN or
This master drive control starts and controls the propulsion auxiliaries and also even if set to REMOTE and the PEM will shut down. STANDBY pump can be carried out via the IMACS. If a pump is running and
produces the firing pulses for both converters and the static exciter. it is changed from LOCAL to REMOTE operation or vice versa, the pump will
If an item is set for duty, not running and is set to LOCAL control and also the remain running.
If any faults arise during the propulsion start sequence, such as an auxiliary other item in the pair is set to LOCAL, the start up sequence is interrupted.
not starting, the fault should be rectified and the PROPULSION START button The oil pressure must be at least 85% to provide the start release for the PEM.
pressed again to initiate another start sequence. Specific faults will be displayed If a propulsion start is activated and an auxiliary is set to REMOTE and is Normal pressure is approximately 3 bar. The standby pump will cut in if
via the IMACS as described in section 4.2. Faults must be acknowledged running via IMACS, the propulsion control will take this item as the duty unit. there is an electrical failure or if the oil pressure drops below 80%, an alarm
directly at the converter drive cubicle RESET pushbutton in the PEM room. If both items in a pair are running via IMACS as above, one will be stopped. In is raised at 2.3 bar. If the standby pump is started, the main pump is stopped
Auxiliaries that are already running at this time will remain running. the case of transformer cooling fans, if more than the normal required amount shortly after. They will be allowed to run in parallel for a maximum time of 10
are running, these will be left running. seconds. If the main pump is stopped in service due to a low lubricating level,
When all converter systems are correct, the auxiliaries are running and all the standby pump is not started to protect this remaining pump. In this case, the
starting preconditions are met, the static exciter is switched on by the master
Propulsion Motor Bearing Jacking Pumps PEM is shut down if the pressure drops below 50% and the main pump will run
drive control unit. The PEM rotor is then excited and the control system for a further 2 minutes to protect the thrust bearing for as long as possible.
establishes the position of the PEM rotor from the resolver (see section 4.7, Each PEM has four lubricating pumps, two for each motor bearing. One pump
Propulsion Motors) to enable the correct thyristor firing sequence for starting. for each bearing is designated as the main pump with the other pump as standby.
If a blackout occurs, both pumps are given start requests so that they start
When successfully established, the propulsion transformer circuit breakers are The main pump is set to run continuously with the pumps changing duty every
immediately when the power returns. One pump is fed from the emergency
closed via a signal from the drive control unit with permission from the PMS. 12 hours. The pumps can also be controlled manually from the IMACS (pump
network and the other is fed from the mains network. When the power supplies
set to REMOTE) or locally (pump set to LOCAL). The selection of MAIN or
return to normal, the pumps return to their pre-blackout status, ie, stopped if
The lamps in the START PROPULSION pushbuttons and the PROPULSION STANDBY pump can be carried out via the IMACS. If a pump is running and
the auxiliaries are off, running if the auxiliaries are on. The pumps’ logic is
READY lamps will now be illuminated steadily on all control consoles. The it is changed from LOCAL to REMOTE operation or vice versa, the pump will
also configured so that in the event of a converter drive control system failing
motors will now run in the required direction when the speed levers are moved remain running.
completely, the pumps would remain running.
at the station in control.
The standby pump will cut in if there is an electrical failure or if there is a
loss of oil pressure (<40 bar). If the standby pump is started, the pumps run in Propulsion Shaft Thrust Bearing Temperatures
Propulsion Auxiliaries
parallel for a maximum time of 15 seconds. If the pressure falls to 15 bar, the If the temperature of the thrust bearing oil exceeds 83ºC an alarm is raised.
The auxiliaries consist of items that are common to both half motors of a main pump is stopped and an alarm is activated. Once the problem is rectified, If the temperature of the thrust bearing oil exceeds 86ºC a propulsion motor
motor, PEM cooling fans, bearing lubrication pumps, shaft line equipment, the fault can be reset from IMACS or the converter drive cubicle RESET slowdown is activated. If the temperature of the thrust bearing oil exceeds 88º
etc, and items that are dedicated to each half motor, transformer cooling fans, pushbutton. If the pressure remains below 15 bar, the standby pump is not a propulsion motor shutdown is carried out.
converter cooling fans, etc. stopped, if the pressure falls below 10 bar, the PEM is stopped and the standby
pump then stopped. A PEM shutdown alarm will be raised. When starting
The designated master drive control unit controls the starting and stopping propulsion, there must be >50 bar pressure to release a PEM start. Propulsion Shaft Pedestal Bearing and ‘A’ Bracket Temperatures
of all the auxiliaries associated with one PEM. The auxiliaries can also be If the temperature of the shaft pedestal bearings or the ‘A’ bracket reaches the
controlled and monitored from the IMACS. The auxiliaries’ motor starters If a blackout occurs, both pumps are given start requests so that they start following limits, alarms, slowdowns and shutdowns are carried out as follows
have a LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch fitted, the switch must be set to the immediately when the power returns. One pump is fed from the emergency after a time delay of one second.
REMOTE position to enable automatic control from the propulsion system network and the other is fed from the mains network. When the power supplies
or individual control from the IMACS. Standby and duty designation for return to normal, the pumps return to their pre-blackout status, ie, stopped if
Bearing Alarm Slowdown Shutdown
propulsion auxiliary motors can be carried out from the IMACS when the the auxiliaries are off, running if the auxiliaries are on.
propulsion is on. If the auxiliaries are set to LOCAL control, that item can be A 68ºC 76ºC 78ºC
operated freely with no restrictions from the IMACS or propulsion system. The pumps logic is also configured so that in the event of a converter drive B 73ºC 76ºC 78ºC
Whenever an auxiliary is set to LOCAL, an alarm is raised via IMACS. control system failing completely, the pumps would remain running. C 73ºC 76ºC 78ºC
D 65ºC 70ºC 75ºC
A Bracket 35ºC 40ºC 45ºC
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 4 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
The A bracket bearing and bossing have the following flow alarms and cooling system, see illustration 2.4.4a. If the PEM is running in half motor DC Link Reactor and Cooling Fans
shutdowns: mode, the non-functioning converter must still have its cooling system pump The DC reactors in the converter are cooled from a two speed fan in the reactor
running, only if this converter is isolated and its earthing switch is applied can cubicles. Normally the fan is started at low speed with the auxiliaries. If the
Item Alarm Slowdown Shutdown the pump be shut down. cubicle temperature exceeds 59ºC, the fan is switched to high speed operation.
A Bracket 0.0m3/h 3.1m3/h 0.0m3/h The fan is also run at high speed when the converter is supplying a PEM
To ensure the water remains de-ionised if the converter is shut down, the pump running in half motor mode. If necessary during normal operation, the fan can
Bossing 0.0m3/h 3.1m3/h 0.0m3/h
is automatically run once a day for at least 10 minutes by the drive control be switched from low to high speed and vice versa from the IMACS.
system.
Propulsion Motor Cooling Fans After a normal propulsion stop, the fan will remain running for a further 10
The main pump is automatically started when the auxiliaries are started. minutes. If necessary, the fan can be switched on and off via the IMACS, but
Each PEM has four cooling fans circulating cooling air over two tubed air/water
The pumps can also be controlled manually from the IMACS (pump set only when propulsion is OFF.
heat exchangers. These fans are all started sequentially when the auxiliaries are
to REMOTE) or locally (pump set to LOCAL). The selection of MAIN or
started. When running as a full motor (ie, both half motors running) fan failures
STANDBY pump can be carried out via the IMACS. If a pump is running and If the fan is running at high speed and fails when the converter is supplying a
will result in the following safety action, after a time delay of 30 seconds, by
it is changed from LOCAL to REMOTE operation or vice versa, the pump will PEM running in half motor mode, a PEM slowdown will be initiated.
the control system:
remain running.
1 fan stopped: 80% power available
To allow the pumps to start, the water expansion tank level must be within Propulsion Transformer Cooling Fans
2 fans stopped (same side): PEM shutdown
limits. Once the pump is started, the PEM will not be released for starting unless Each propulsion transformer has four cooling fans circulating cooling air over
2 fans stopped (different sides): 58% power available 115.5 rpm the water pressure, water conductivity and water flow are all within limits. The two tubed air/water heat exchangers. When switched to REMOTE operation,
3 fans stopped: PEM shutdown temperature of the water is also monitored and an alarm raised if excessive, a these fans are automatically started when the auxiliaries are started. After a
further rise in this water temperature will result in a PEM slowdown. normal propulsion stop, the fans will remain running for a further 15 minutes.
The above slowdowns and shutdowns can all be overridden in an emergency. If necessary, the fan can be switched on and off via the IMACS, but only when
Once the pump is running, if the pressure drops, the standby pump will cut in. propulsion is OFF.
After a fan failure has been rectified while propulsion is running, the fan can be If the main pump is stopped in service due to a low water level, the standby
restarted by pressing the PROPULSION START pushbutton or via the IMACS pump is not started to protect this remaining pump. In this case, the converter Fan failures will result in the following motor safety action, after a time delay
START PROPULSION icon. Fans can only be stopped via IMACS if the PEM is shut down. The converter is also shut down if the water conductivity is too of 30 seconds, by the control system - full motor operation:
is stopped. Fans remain running for 30 minutes after a PEM is stopped. low and also if the main fresh water cooling system temperature is too high.
There are also low water flow alarms. 1 fan stopped: 80% power available 137 rpm
2 fans stopped (same side): 65% power available 123 rpm
Propulsion Motor Temperature Alarms and Shutdowns After a normal propulsion stop, the cooling pump will remain running for
2 fans stopped (different sides): 70% power available 127 rpm
If the temperature of the propulsion motor windings, motor exciter windings a further 10 minutes. If necessary, the pump can be switched off via the
or bearing temperatures reach the following limits, alarms, slowdowns and IMACS. 3 fans stopped: 40% power available 96 rpm
shutdowns are carried out as follows after a time delay of one second. 4 fans stopped: PEM shutdown
Converter Alarms and Shutdowns
Item Alarm Slowdown Shutdown During half motor operation:
If the temperature of the converter cooling air, DC reactor, fresh water, cooling
U V W windings 125ºC 130ºC 135ºC 1 fan stopped: 80% power available 94 rpm
water and cooling water conductivity reach the following limits, alarms,
Exciter winding 125ºC 130ºC 135ºC slowdowns and shutdowns are carried out as follows after a time delay of two
2 fans stopped (same side): 65% power available 85 rpm
DE bearing 70ºC 75ºC 80ºC seconds.
NDE bearing 70ºC 75ºC 80ºC 2 fans stopped (different sides): 70% power available 88 rpm
Item Alarm Slowdown Shutdown 3 fans stopped: 40% power available 67 rpm
Converter Water Cooling Pumps Water conductivity 0.6µs 0.8µs 1.0µs 4 fans stopped: PEM shutdown
Inlet water temperature 48ºC 49ºC 50ºC
Each propulsion converter has two heat exchanger pumps, a main and a standby
pump, circulating cooling de-ionised water through a tubed water/water heat Outlet water temperature 58ºC 60ºC 62ºC The above slowdowns and shutdowns can all be overridden in an emergency.
exchanger. The network bridge and machine bridge thyristors and the DC link Fresh water temperature 40ºC 41ºC 42ºC
reactors are directly cooled by de-ionised water from one of the converter Air temperature 60ºC 63ºC 65ºC
cooling pumps (the main pump would be on duty with the other on standby). Reactor cooling air temperature 60ºC 63ºC 65ºC
The exchanger is cooled from the ship’s propulsion electric motor fresh water
Reactor cooling water temperature 50ºC 52ºC 55ºC
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 5 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Propulsion Transformer Temperature Alarms and Shutdowns Starting conditions: b) The propulsion stop signal is received by the converters from a
If the temperature of the propulsion transformer windings or core temperature propulsion control panel or from the IMACS.
• No ALARM faults are active
reaches the following limits, alarms, slowdowns and shutdowns are carried out
• At least two diesel generators are connected c) The propulsion auxiliaries are stopped. Some auxiliaries will
as follows after a time delay of two seconds.
• The propulsion auxiliaries sequence has been initiated (time run on for cooling purposes, provided they are set to REMOTE
delayed, so the sequence will not actually start) operation.
Item Alarm Slowdown Shutdown
U V W windings 150ºC 155ºC 160ºC • One PEM fresh water cooling pump is in service d) The propulsion stop request is sent back to the IMACS which
Core temperature 150ºC 155ºC 160ºC • The selected control station levers are in the zero position starts its stop step sequence. The sequence finishes with the
order to open the propulsion transformer CBs. The opening of
Permanent conditions: the CBs is monitored by the PMS. When the feedback has been
Shaft Bearing Sea Water Pumps
received that the CBs are open, the excitation is switched off.
Each propulsion shaft has two bearing lubrication sea water pumps, a main • No half motor stopping faults exist
and a standby pump, circulating sea water through the shaft bearings. The • No half motor circuit breaker (CB) tripping faults exist e) The stop sequence time is monitored by the PMS and if the set
standby pump will cut in if there is an electrical failure or if there is a loss of time parameter is exceeded, an alarm is raised and the sequence
• No excitation CB tripping faults exist
water pressure (<30 bar). If the standby pump is started and pressure returns is stopped.
to normal, the main pump is stopped. If the pressure remains low, the PEM is • The machine bridge (MB) disconnecter is closed
stopped and the standby pump remains running. A PEM shut down alarm will • No emergency stops exist f) When the sequence is complete, the lamp within the STOP
be raised. See section 2.3.3 and 2.3.6, Propulsion Electric Motor Sea Water PROPULSION pushbutton will illuminate steadily.
System and Stern Tube Lubrication System. The propulsion start-up sequence carries out the following operations:
Propulsion Circuit Breakers Manual Control
The pumps’ strainers are started at the same time as the pump, an alarm is a) The propulsion auxiliaries are started.
raised if the strainer becomes clogged. The pumps will run on after a normal If set to REMOTE at the main switchboards and set to MANUAL control
propulsion stop, they may be stopped via the IMACS if required. at IMACS, the propulsion control system will not allow the propulsion
b) The propulsion start request is sent to the IMACS which checks
transformer CBs to be closed as the converter would not be running. In this
available power and returns a ‘released from PMS’ signal if the
The selection of MAIN or STANDBY pump can be carried out via the IMACS. case they would be immediately tripped.
power availability is sufficient.
If a pump is running and it is changed from LOCAL to REMOTE operation or
vice versa, the pump will remain running. The propulsion transformer CBs will be tripped when any of the control station
c) If all alarm conditions remain clear, the propulsion is started.
emergency stops are pressed. These emergency stops are hard-wired back to
the CB control circuit. A full reset procedure will be required afterwards.
Propulsion Shaft Equipment d) The IMACS obtains clearance from the PEM control and closes
the propulsion transformer CBs. When these CBs are closed,
The PEM shaft is fitted with turning gear and a shaft locking device. The
they will only re-open in the case of a ‘half motor tripping’ Converter Protection
turning gear will block BOTH PEM start sequences if engaged. If the shaft
fault.
locking device is engaged, the other shaft PEM may be started but the rpm In the case of an overcurrent or short circuit at the converter, the converter’s
should be reduced. own current measuring system will immediately block the firing pulses and trip
e) When the PROPULSION READY lamp is illuminated on the
the propulsion transformer CBs. A further thyristor protection circuit monitors
control consoles, a movement of the speed lever produces a
As long as the shaft locking device is disengaged, the turning gear is released the thyristor current and will also initiate firing pulse blocking and propulsion
corresponding propeller shaft movement.
for operation. If the shaft locking device is engaged, the turning gear is transformer CB tripping. These two independent systems provide system
blocked. protection in addition to the breakers’ own protection equipment described in
The speed levers must be moved to at least 10/12 rpm ahead or astern to initiate
section 3.3, Main Switchboard Control and Operation.
a PEM start.
Propulsion Motor Control
The order to start the propulsion is sent to each PEM converter from the control The propulsion stop sequence consists of the following steps:
panel currently selected as ‘In Control’.
a) The levers should be at the zero position, if not the propulsion
Provided the starting preconditions are satisfied, the propulsion start-up will be reduced to zero automatically. The operator stops
sequence is initiated. See section 4.2, propulsion PMS for the PMS monitored propulsion by pressing the relevant STOP PROPULSION
start sequence. control panel pushbutton or via the IMACS ‘Propulsion Control’
mimic. The lamp within the STOP PROPULSION pushbutton
will flash while the stop sequence is in progress.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 6 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Speed Control The motor shaft is now slowed down by the effect of the braking load. When The converter drive control checks the temperatures of its own half motor
The requested speed signal is compared to the actual motor speed and the the motor reaches zero rpm, the thyristors are fired in the reverse direction system by monitoring the PT100 sensors fitted throughout the system
motor supply frequency. This produces a torque reference signal to which any sequence and the motor starts to accelerate to the new astern speed setting. The components. Each temperature sensor has an alarm and tripping threshold
limitations are applied. The torque limitations are applied in order of their maximum PEM torque allowed in the astern direction is 66%. initiating either a torque limitation or trip. All system temperatures are
importance at that instance. When acceleration is required, the ramp function available via the converter local control maintenance panel or via the IMACS
generator produces a reference input to the speed controller. A crash stop manoeuvre is defined as pulling the propulsion telegraph levers propulsion mimics.
from an ahead position directly to the full astern position without pause, while
the ship is under way in the original direction. If a crash stop is required, the
The acceleration ramps used are either classed as normal or emergency: Half Motor Operation
operator moves the propulsion telegraph levers of the control station currently
in control, from their original position to the full astern position. The propulsion If the ‘slave’ half motor fails, the master half motor will continue in operation.
Normal: system operates as follows: if the ‘master’ half motor fails then the shaft will be shut down.
0-20 rpm: 20 seconds
a) The propeller shaft will decelerate from the original speed For half motor operation when starting propulsion, the required half motor’s
0-40 rpm: 38 seconds
to zero rpm. A negative torque is applied to the propeller ECR selector switch and the excitation switches must be set accordingly.
0-60 rpm: 120 seconds (the propeller is driven by the backwash and braked by the
0-80 rpm: 455 seconds propulsion motor). The shaft speed is still positive but power is To operate a half motor, the converter cooling unit on the non-operating
0-100 rpm: 1,075 seconds negative. Power is taken from the propeller and delivered to the converter must be running to prevent the possibility of a short circuit. To
electrical network, ie, the motor acts as a generator. The shaft operate a half motor without the converter cooling unit running on the non-
speed decreases and the torque and power are reduced to zero. operating half motor’s converter, the converter motor isolator switch must be
Emergency: open and the earthing switch engaged.
0-20 rpm: 20 seconds b) At zero rpm, the rotation direction will be changed. The motor
accelerates to full astern speed also using higher torque and Torque will be limited to 50% when running in half motor mode unless the
0-40 rpm: 38 seconds
power limitations than normal. selector switches are set correctly; in this case torque will be raised to 55%.
0-60 rpm: 85 seconds
0-80 rpm: 265 seconds c) From the data recorded on trials, Emerald Princess reduced
Emergency Stops
0-100 rpm: 535 seconds speed from full speed ahead to full astern in a time of 292
seconds, with both shafts in operation. Propulsion port and starboard PEMs’ emergency stop pushbuttons are fitted at
the following locations:
Speed Measurement
Propulsion Faults • At the local control panel
There are two sets of proximity sensors mounted on each propeller motor
Any propulsion fault which occurs will be detected by the control and • At the ECR control panel
shaft non-drive end, called the encoders (often referred to as resolvers). One
monitoring system. Faults will be signalled via the IMACS and the drive
transmits signals to the two half motor control systems, where the speed is • At the bridge control panel
control panel on the converter drive control cubicles. Dependent on the fault,
calculated. The speed measurement signals are not actually used for speed
one or more of the following actions will occur: • At the bridge wings control panels
control, the motor voltage frequency is used for this function. See illustration
4.3b for the encoder configuration. • Alarm • At the converter control panels in the PEM room
• Propulsion transformer supply CB trip
When an emergency stop pushbutton is pressed, the thyristor bridges’ firing is
Astern Direction Running • Converter stop - firing pulses blocked blocked and both half motors’ supply circuit breakers trip.
When the speed levers are moved to the astern direction (minimum of 10/12 • Half motor stopping
rpm), the excitation is changed to the reverse direction automatically. The
thyristors are fired in a reverse sequence and the motor accelerates to the new • Excitation CB opens
speed. • Safety or torque limitation
If the motor is already running in an ahead direction and the levers are moved Audible alarms accompany these faults locally and remotely at the control
to an astern direction, a slightly different operation sequence is carried out. stations and via the IMACS. The faults may be reset from the remote control
As the ship is moving forward, the wash on the propeller causes the motor to stations or locally depending on the fault. Selective fault management is
initially act as a generator. The line side thyristor bridge acts as an inverter and carried out to ensure that sensor faults do not jeopardise the operation of the
supplies the network with power, limitation will be applied according to the propulsion system. This is achieved by monitoring the signal consistency from
speed of the ship/power produced and the hotel load on the ship’s network (and sensors such as PT100 temperature probes and 4-20mA circuits.
to a lesser extent, the allowed reverse power on the main generators - 5%).
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 7 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Excitation If a slowdown failure has occurred and has cleared, the PEM may be accelerated Telemaster Communication
Each propulsion motor has two static exciters, one operational (master) and again by reducing the speed lever back to correspond with the motor’s current The drive control units are connected to a ‘Telemaster’ SIMADYN unit. This
one spare (standby). There is a changeover switch on the FZ/001AZ or BZ limited speed. At this point, the POWER LIMITATION lamp will switch off is connected via a modem to the satellite communication system enabling the
cubicle, located aft of the local propulsion control console in the PEM room, and the lever may be moved to the required position. system to be interpreted and analysed at the manufacturer’s headquarters.
which selects No.1 or No.2 exciter as the master exciter. If a fault occurs on
the master excitation bridge, there is an automatic changeover to the standby Non-critical alarms are raised via the IMACS only. The propulsion control system can only be accessed by dialling into the
excitation bridge. modem from the manufacturer’s shore offices. System analogue and digital
Converter Drive Control Operating Panels information along with stored information on the system’s history can all be
The selection of exciter also dictates which forward or aft converter is monitored to enable fault-finding and maintenance, etc as well as providing
The converter drive Simadyn D cubicles XM/001AA/AB/BA/BB are fitted
designated as the ‘Master’ or ‘Slave’ propulsion control system for that shaft assistance.
with a Simatic OP17 operating panel. This panel is the man/machine interface
(port or starboard). The master or slave designation is shown on the Simadyn
for the motor drive allowing the viewing and setting of parameters, etc.
D cabinet OP17 operator panel display.
The Propulsion Control System (PCS) cubicles XM/001A1/A2/B1/B are also
See section 4.6, Excitation System for further details.
fitted with a Simatic OP17 operating panel. This panel has been preprogrammed
specifically for this installation and has service and test/diagnostics facilities
Safety System only. The LOCAL/REMOTE key switch on the panel sets this panel from
The safety system is an integrated part of the propulsion control system and REMOTE (normal position) to LOCAL (service position).
operates automatically, producing alarms, imposing limitations and stopping
equipment as required in the case of critical or non-critical faults. For safety reasons the operational functions of this panel are protected by a key
switch and password security access.
All safety related monitoring sensors, eg, PEM winding temperature sensing
PT100s, are duplicated and hard-wired to the propulsion control system and to These panels are described in section 4.4, Propulsion Converters.
the IMACS. Some specific sensors, eg, the shaft bearing temperature sensors
are duplicated and hard-wired to each half motors’ master and slave propulsion Inferfaces
control system. Both of these systems will communicate the sensors’ status to
The propulsion control system is interfaced with several other ship’s systems.
the IMACS via a double bus.
• IMACS: There is a serial link from the communication units of
In the case of a sensor indicating a critical failure, if both control systems the drive control to the IMACS.
concur, the safety action (slowdown/shutdown) is carried out. If only one of • The main 11kV switchboards. This system monitors the circuit
the systems indicates a critical failure, the safety action is still carried out. In breaker status, the switchboards’ configurations and the 690V
each case, alarm/failure information is sent to the IMACS at the same time. engine room switchboards to monitor the excitation supplies
and any tripping intent, etc.
The peripheral equipment is connected to the ET200 input/output units which
are connected to the SIMADYN drive control units via a profibus fibre optic • The auxiliary systems’ pump and fan starters.
ring. The ET200 units analyse sensor information to eliminate false alarms. If • The Speedpilot system.
a sensor signal is outside the reasonable operating range, a sensor fault alarm
is raised. The sensor signals are also smoothed and are subject to time delays • The PEM room shaft speed measuring system to ECR,
with separate set points for alarm, slowdown and shutdown. wheelhouse, Chief Technical Officer’s office, cabin, integrated
navigation system, manoeuvring recorder.
As well as sending the alarm/failure signal to the IMACS, the PROPULSION • The Voyage Event Recorder (VER).
FAIL lamps will be illuminated on the control panels, accompanied by an
audible alarm. If the failure is with one half motor only and propulsion can be
reinstated by switching to half motor operation, the lamp is darkened.
If a shutdown or slowdown failure has occurred, the safety system must be
reset by clearing the malfunction and carrying out a RESET at the converter
control OP17 operator panels. This reset function must be carried out only by
trained personnel and is therefore password protected.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.3 - Page 8 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.4a Propulsion Converters
11,000V Supply
From Main Switchboards
Propulsion Propulsion Propulsion Propulsion Simplified Converter Drive Open/Closed Loop Control System
Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer (See Illustration 4.3b for complete System)
FZ/006TFB FZ/007TFB FZ/008TFB FZ/009TFB
Speed Signal
Surge Limiters Surge Limiters Surge Limiters Surge Limiters
with Applied Limitations
(Torque/Safety)
Earth-Fault Earth-Fault Earth-Fault Earth-Fault
Detection Detection Detection Detection
Saturable Saturable Saturable Saturable
Reactors Reactors Reactors Reactors
Thyristor Current Thyristor Current
Line (Network) (Gating, Checkback Line (Network) (Gating, Checkback
Bridge Signal) Earth Fault Bridge Signal) Earth Fault
LCC LCC Gating Current Pulse
Open/Closed Open/Closed Unit Controller Generation
L1 3.5mH L2 3.5mH Loop Control L1 3.5mH L2 3.5mH Loop Control System A Firing Pulses
Reactor Reactor And Reactor Reactor And via Fibre Optic
Half Motor Loop B Temperature Half Motor Loop A Temperature
Flow Leakage Monitoring Flow Leakage Monitoring
Water Detection Water Detection
Machine Machine
Bridge Bridge
MCC MCC
From Voltage Votage Sensing
Thyristor Current Thyristor Current and Speed Firing Angle Calculation
(Gating, Checkback (Gating, Checkback Speed/Current Regulation
Saturable Signal) Earth Fault Saturable Signal) Earth Fault Sensors
Reactors Reactors
Earth-Fault Earth-Fault
Detection Detection
Motor-Side Motor-Side
(Firing Pulse Generation Circuits shown for Loop A only)
Current Transformers Current Transformers
Motor-Side Motor-Side
Voltage Voltage
XA/001A Transformers
Transformers
Isolator/Earth Switch XA/001B Isolator/Earth Switch
Thyristor Module Section
Propulsion
Motor Terminal Section Terminal Section DC Link Reactor
(Network Bridge) (Machine Bridge) Section
Neutral Point
Simplified Simovert S Power
Rotating Diode Assembly
Converter Electrical Converter Layout
Layout for One
Exciter Rotor/Stator
Propulsion Motor
690V Supply From Engine Room Switchboards XA/872C/D Reference Drawings: Siemens SIMOVERT S 460 983 9007.76
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.4 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.4 Propulsion Converters Converters - Power section including local monitoring and set-up of the converter drive system as well
The converters have a power section consisting of a network line side converter as observing and setting parameters. This panel has no normal operational
Maker: Siemens (LSC), a DC link reactor and a motor side converter (MSC). The converters facilities and is used by trained personnel for service and diagnostics only.
Model: Simovert S are made up from power thyristors whose firing is controlled from a closed
loop speed control drive unit, the SIMADYN D control system. The power The Propulsion Control System (PCS) cubicles XM/001A1/A2/B1/B are also
Supply voltage: 2 x 2,200V, 3-phase
converter also houses the water cooling system which cools the thyristors and fitted with a Simatic OP17 operating panel. This panel has been preprogrammed
Supply frequency: 60Hz specifically for this installation and has emergency facilities to start and stop
the DC reactor.
Input current: 2 x 1,566A propulsion and increase/decrease speed.
Output frequency: 2.2 - 20Hz The motor drive control unit receives various control signals from the
Output current: 30 - 1,800A propulsion control panels, the propulsion auxiliaries, etc and applies limitations WARNING
Output voltage: 425 - 4,250V (if required) from stored operational parameters. The drive control produces the If the PCS cabinet OP17 Simatic operator panel is used, some of
LCC thyristors: 12 firing pulses for the thyristors to obtain the correct motor speed and direction. the normal safety interlocks and power management protection are
overridden. It is therefore essential that only trained personnel operate
MCC thyristors: 12
the system from these panels.
Converter Control Cabinets
Converter Designation The Simadyn D motor controller is located in cabinets XM/001AAE/ABE/ For safety reasons the operational functions of this panel are protected by
BAE/BBE, these are located in the propulsion motor room at deck 2 level aft a key switch and password security access. The panels may be used for the
• XM/001 AA: Forward port converter of the propulsion local control console. viewing of system information, such as alarm parameters, bus status, current
• XM/001 AB: Aft port converter operating values, etc, by navigating the various pages using a hierarchical
The propulsion control system ET200 units and power supply units are located menu layout. Brief details on the menus and how to use the main keys are
• XM/001 BA: Forward starboard converter in cabinets XM/001A1/A2/B1/B2, these are also located in the propulsion shown in illustration 4.4b, overleaf.
• XM/001 BB: Aft starboard converter motor room at deck 2 level aft of the propulsion local control console. These
units control the propulsion system auxiliaries, etc. The panel provides access to a limited selection of system settings and
The converter XM/001AA is located in the propulsion converter section of the parameters. The entire settings list can only be accessed by trained personnel
forward diesel engine room, port side on deck 2 in zone 6. using the Siemens’ Drive ES parameter setting equipment. These parameters
Converter Operation
may only be changed at specific access levels and at specific times of operation
The converter XM/001BA is located in the propulsion converter room, only. The menu contents list which may be viewed by anyone is as follows:
starboard of the evaporator room on deck 2 in zone 5. The converter network LSC rectifies the main switchboard supplied 11kV
3-phase supply into a DC level. This then passes through the DC link reactor 1. Starting image (shown in illustration 4.4b)
The converter XM/001AB is located in the propulsion converter section of the (two large 3.5mH chokes) to damp out any surges and eliminate the worst of 10. Unit data
aft auxiliary room, port side on deck 2 in zone 7. any current transients. The DC level then feeds the machine converter MSC.
The thyristors in this bridge act as a controlled inverter to reconstruct the AC 11. Motor data
The converter XM/001BB is located in the propulsion converter section of the motor supply at whichever frequency corresponds to the speed required by 12. Set point channel
aft auxiliary room, starboard side on deck 2 in zone 7. the control system. The network and machine side thyristors are fired opto-
electronically via fibre optic cables. 13. N/F control
There are 4 converters, 2 for each motor, 1 converter for each half motor. The 14. Converter control
converters consist of: The converters are located separately from the control cabinets which contain
15. Temperature input transformer
the field converters which supply the propulsion motor excitation current for
• The network bridge (NB) the rotor windings. The control cabinets are located aft of the local control 16. Temperature output transformer
• The DC reactor console on deck 2 level, centrally in the PEM room in zone 6. 17. Motor temperatures
• The machine (motor) bridge (MB) 18. Service
The thyristors and link reactor are water cooled by the dedicated plant
• The motor excitation equipment contained in the converter cabinets. 19. OP17 settings
• The control equipment
The converters are normally automatic in operation but can be remotely For detailed information regarding this unit, refer to the manufacturer’s
• The thyristor cooling equipment monitored via the IMACS and the OP17 operator panels. documentation, ‘SIMADYN D Operator Control OP2’.
The converter drive Simadyn D cubicles XM/001AAE/ABE/BAE/BBE are
fitted with a Simatic OP17 operating panel. This panel has certain facilities
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.4 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.4b Propulsion Converter Operator Panels
SIEMENS SIMATIC OP17 SIEMENS SIMATIC OP17
PROPULSION NOT READY FOR START 10.06.06
22.16.08
Starting Image
0RPM
0.0MW
402h
344
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
<<
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 HOME
<
<
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 HELP K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 HELP
START START PROP RPM PROP HEAT PROP PROP
PROP PROP READY UP CONV EXCH TRANSF MOTOR ON
ON OFF
OFF K3
K3 K4
K4 K5
K5 K6
K6 K7
K7 K8
K8
AUX. CONV. FWD FWD FWD SHIFT SHIFT
K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16
STOP STOP RPM PROP HEAT PROP PROP
PROP PROP RESET CONV EXCH TRANSF
DOWN SHAFT
AUX. CONV. AFT AFT FWD
ESC ESC
7 8 9 0 7 8 9 0
D E C ACK D E C ACK
4 5 6 4 5 6
A B C A B C
INS INS
1 2 3 SHIFT HELP ENTER 1 2 3 SHIFT HELP ENTER
DEL DEL
XM/001A1 XM/001A2 XM/001B1 XM/001B2 XM/001AAE XM/001ABE XM/001BAE XM/001BBE
Propulsion Control System (PCS) Cabinet Simatic OP17 Operator Panel Converter Simadyn D Motor Control Cabinet Simatic OP17 Operator Panel
F1 F2 F1
‘Softkeys’ used for selecting the function currently Used for selecting menus. Each press of the button Used to cancel a field entry and to go back to a
displayed above the key. ESC
<<
F1 F8 selects the subsequent menu. If pressed in the last previous position or image. If pressed when in
menu, the starting image is displayed. the starting image, the message list is displayed.
F3 F4 F2
Preprogrammed keys for selecting parameters Used for returning from a menu to the starting image. Used for acknowledging a fault message. The red
PROP and presets relating to the converter (aft),
CONV PROP HOME If pressed when in the starting image, the contents ACK LED flashes if at least one unacknowledged fault
MOTOR propulsion motor, etc.
AFT list is displayed. message is active.
F3
Used for changing from one menu to the subsequent Used for ending and confirming entries. Also used
menu. When in a sub-menu it is possible to move ENTER
< from line to line with the cursor buttons.
to switch between message level and image level.
F4
Used for changing from one menu to the previous If the HELP LED is iluminated this key will display
menu. When in a sub-menu it is possible to move HELP relevant information. This applies to displays and
<
from line to line with the cursor buttons. parameters.
Commonly Used Key Functions
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.4 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
The converters are locked during service with a high voltage safety interlocking DC Link Reactor series as well as limiting the rise and overshooting of voltage when a thyristor
key access system. Access to the internal parts is only possible when the Maker: Trafomec is switched off.
converters have been electrically isolated and earthed down. This is carried
out by withdrawing and earthing the main switchboard propulsion transformer Type: RM-3000-DW The cooling system flow through the thyristors and snubber resistors is shown
supply circuit breaker and applying the isolating and converter MB panel Inductance: 7mH (2 x 3.5mH) in illustration 4.4c.
earthing switch fitted between the PEM and the machine converter MSC. Rated current: 1,925A DC
These high voltage safety procedures are discussed in section 3.5, Electrical Cooling: De-ionised water circulation Saturable reactors are fitted at the network and motor feeders. These will
Safety and the Permit to Work System. restrict the rate of current rise when the capacitive elements of the system
discharge.
The converter cabinets are fitted with three thermostatically controlled 230V The link reactor consists of two inductive coils, L1 and L2, wound on a
500W anti-condensation heaters. The heaters’ supply is interlocked with the common iron core. This arrangement reduces the system harmonics enabling Surge limiters are also fitted at the network and motor feeders and will protect
operation of the converters. The excitation cubicle is fitted with one 230V the ship’s network to dispense with the need for harmonic filters. The unit is against internal and external overvoltage. They are connected in a delta
100W anti-condensation heater which is permanently switched on. water cooled with de-ionised water from the converter cooling system. The configuration between phases.
copper winding coils are fitted with stainless steel piping to carry the cooling
The SIMADYN control unit and its systems regulate the firing of the thyristors de-ionised water. The unit is fitted with a PT100 temperature sensor in the The SIMADYN firing pulses are converted into optical signals for transmission
and provide control and monitoring of the main propulsion equipment and water flow and four sensors embedded in the windings. to the thyristor electronics cards. The firing pulses are generated in the drive
the auxiliaries. This system has several processor units (CPUs). The control control unit located at the converter control cubicles in the PEM room, the
system carries out the following functions: The reactor decouples the network side converter from the motor side converter converters themselves are located in different compartments as previously
and damps and smooths the DC current. stated. Fibre optic cabling reduces losses and avoids the effects of any electro-
• Propulsion start and stop sequences (PEM sequential control)
magnetic interference that may be picked up during transmission.
• Propulsion speed reference, processing and control Converter Equipment and Cooling
• Propulsion auxiliaries control and monitoring The converters are fitted with cooling systems that use pumps to circulate Harmonic Effects
• Propulsion emergency stop de-ionised water through the thyristors and link reactor and then through a The switching action of the converter thyristors gives rise to severe distortion
water/water plate intercooler cooled via the propulsion electric motor cooling of the electrical network supply. Large spikes can appear as well as general
• Propulsion maintenance fresh water system. The plant has a purification unit to ensure the cooling distortion of the waveforms at the different harmonic levels. Whilst not
• Remote control changeover sequence water remains de-ionised. The purification plant is operated automatically as affecting the propulsion plant directly, the distortion has a detrimental effect
required in accordance with the water conductivity. There is an expansion tank on sensitive consumers such as computers and other electronic consumers. It is
• Propulsion limitation system
to compensate for temperature expansion, a flow meter and a conductivity therefore desirable to reduce the effects of this distortion to a minimum.
• Torque limitation meter. The cooling plant can be remotely monitored via the IMACS.
• Propulsion fault management The electrical spacing of 30º between the two propulsion half motors has
The cooling system consists of two water circuits, the fine water circuit the effect of reducing the distortion by half. This is achieved by halving the
• Safety overrides (where applicable) (primary circuit) and the raw water circuit (secondary circuit). Hot water current levels switched on and off at any one time and removing the 5th and
• Shaft line auxiliaries control and monitoring from the thyristors enters at inlet Z1, the pump sends the water through the 7th harmonics completely, as they cancel each other out on the primary side of
heat exchanger which is cooled with cooling fresh water from the propulsion the propulsion transformers. Also, as the two links between the network and
• Speed indication electric motor fresh water cooling system. machine side converters are wound on the common reactor core, the opposing
• External communication/interface (IMACS, Speedpilot, etc) current flows reduce the magnetic flux in the core, reducing losses and
Flow switches 1501 and 1502 monitor the water flow rate at the inlet to the cancelling harmonics. As a result, this ship is not fitted with harmonic filters.
• Alarm and safety monitoring
exchanger and conductivity meters sample the water and via the control system
will open solenoid valve 1241 if required and put the system into demineraliser
The drive control consists of a rack within the converter control cubicles Earth Leakage Detection
bypass mode. A buffer tank (0401) is fitted in the suction side of the pumps,
XM/001A1/A2/B1/B2 containing power supplies, processors, input/output
this tank is fitted with level switches (0621 and 0622). A strainer (1401) is also The converter power section is isolated from earth, therefore if an insulation
racks, communication boards, etc.
fitted to clear the water during flushing. The pumps are both rated at 100% and breakdown occurs, no current will flow to earth. To provide detection of earth
their selection as master and standby pumps is controlled by the propulsion faults, artificial star points are connected at the network and motor feeders and
auxiliaries’ control system. the voltage across the resistors of this star are monitored and measured with
respect to earth.
The thyristors of the network and machine side converters are clamped together
in groups of twelve, between each thyristor is a water cooled chamber. Each If an insulation breakdown occurs, the voltage in the phases becomes
thyristor is fitted with a snubber resistor (also water cooled) and a capacitor, unbalanced, this imbalance is detected and an alarm is raised accompanied by
these ensure an equal distribution of voltage as the thyristors are connected in a propulsion transformer trip.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.4 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.4c Propulsion Converter Control Cubicles
PEM Room Deck 2 Level - Control Cabinet Arrangement
SIEMENS SIEMENS
XM/001BAE
XM/001B1 + FF21
OFF / READY DRIVE ON WARNING FAULT
FZ/001
AAB
FZ/001AG
Opening Over Port Propulsion Motor
PEM
V A
Auxiliaries
0 0
50 50 4000 5 5 2000
Emergency 100 100
FZ/001BG 2000 10 10 1000
GSP No.1 150 150
XM/001AB E XM/001A2 XM/001A1 XM/001AA E
13 13
165 165
FZ/917QZ ASTERN
SIEMENS
AHEAD
RPM
0
SIEMENS
ASTERN
SIEMENS
AHEAD
MW
0
SIEMENS
FZ/001AZ
SPEED
Excitation
MACHINE VOLTAGE POWER DC LINK CURRENT
Change
-over Cab. SIEMENS SIMATIC OP17 SIEMENS SIMATIC OP17
PROPULSION NOT READY FOR START 10.06.06
22.16.08
PEM Aft DG and PEM Auxiliaries GSP No.2 FZ/522QF
0RPM
0.0MW
402h
0RPM
0.0MW
402h
Cooling XN/001AB XN/001AA Propulsion
344 344
Fans Local
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
<<
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 HOME
<
<
GSP No.1 Control K1
START
K2
START
K3
PROP
K4
RPM
K5
PROP
K6
HEAT
K7
PROP
K8
PROP
HELP K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 HELP
FZ/241QF
PROP PROP READY UP CONV EXCH TRANSF MOTOR ON
ON OFF
OFF K3
K3 K4
K4 K5
K5 K6
K6 K7
K7 K8
K8
Console
AUX. CONV. FWD FWD FWD SHIFT SHIFT
K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16
STOP STOP RPM PROP HEAT PROP PROP
PROP PROP RESET CONV EXCH TRANSF
DOWN SHAFT
FZ/001AAH
AUX. CONV. AFT AFT FWD
ESC ESC
XN/001BB FZ/001BZ XN/001BA
7 8 9 0 7 8 9 0
Emerg. PEM Cooling Fans GSP No.2 FZ/431QF 4
D
5
E
6
C ACK
4
D
5
E
6
C ACK
Excitation A B C A B C
PEM
INS INS
1 2 3 SHIFT HELP ENTER 1 2 3 SHIFT HELP ENTER
Change
DEL DEL
Auxiliaries -over Cab.
GSP No.2
FZ/938QZ
XM/001BB E XM/001B2 XM/001B1 XM/001BA E EMERGENCY
REMOTE LOCAL
CONTROL
STOP
Opening Over Starboard Propulsion Motor
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.4 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.4d Propulsion Converter Cooling System
FA FA TI TE TE
1501 1502 0831 0801 0802
Snubber Resistors
Z1 1201 QE QE
Water
Throttle 0701 0702
Thyristor
Cooling
Chambers
Z2 1208
Vents
1202
1212 1213
QIA QIA
Control
0711 0712
TI System
0832
Heat Exchanger
LO 1203
TE LA 0601
0804 0621 Buffer
TE LA Tank LO TI TI
0622 0841 0842
0803 0401 0602
TE
Leakage PIA 0812
1206 1101 1204
0901
Sensor
TE FA
LA 0201 0811 1511
1601 Circulating
Pumps
0202
1207 1102 1205 1221
0501 M Fill/Drain
1231 Demineraliser 1232 1411 1241 1233
Propulsion Electric Motor
Fresh Water Cooling System
(See Illustration 2.4.4a)
Key
Fresh Water
Electrical Signal
Instrumentation
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.4 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.5a Propulsion Transformers
Supply And
To Other
Monitoring Secondary
Transformer
GSP Primary
Connections
Connections
Auxiliary Terminal Box
Supply from Main Switchboard 11,000V Propulsion
Terminal Box MV Primary 60Hz Transformer - End View
PTC PTC PTC
Heater
Thermostat Supporting Supporting
690V 690V 690V 690V Stay Stay
60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
230V
Cooling Fans Cooling Fans 60Hz
(Direct Drive) PTC Primary (Direct Drive)
Winding
Anti-Condensation
Heaters
Iron Core
PEM FW
6xPT100 Cooling
System
PEM FW Earthed Secondary
Cooling Hydro- Copper Winding Hydro-
System cooler cooler
Screen
Cooling Air
3xPTC 12xPT100 Forward Behind
1U 1V 1W
Enclosure
Supply to Converter 2,100V
Main Terminal Box MV Secondary 60Hz
Switchboard
Propulsion
Transformer - Side View
Auxiliary Terminal Box
Propulsion
Drive Control
IMACS
Mounting
Frame
Transformer Auxiliaries Connection Diagram
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.5 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.5 Propulsion Transformers are six 230V, 50W heaters and they are fully automatic in operation, being Transformer Identification/Designation
interlocked with the transformer circuit breakers.
Maker: Trasfor SA FZ/006TFA: Converter XM/001AA Forward Port 1.1
Type: Dry, cast resin, prepeg secondary winding The heat exchangers are fed with water from the propulsion electric motor FZ/007TFA: Converter XM/001AA Forward Port 1.2
fresh water cooling system, see illustration 2.4.4a. The internal circulating air
Model: THT-13FF-7M/G FZ/006TFB: Converter XM/001BA Forward Starboard 1.1
fans draw hot air from the upper area of the core and windings and circulate
Rated power: 6,500kVA it through the cooler, before returning it to the lower side of the windings and FZ/007TFB: Converter XM/001BA Forward Starboard 1.2
Primary voltage: 11,000V, 60Hz core. The cooling fan motors are 1.3kW at 690V, 60Hz, 1,720 rpm and are
FZ/008TFA: Converter XM/001AB Aft Port 2.1
Secondary voltage: 2,202V, 60Hz fitted with internal temperature monitoring sensors.
Primary current: 341A FZ/009TFA: Converter XM/001AB Aft Port 2.2
The propulsion transformers are also fitted with removable side shutters to
Secondary current: 1,705A FZ/008TFB: Converter XM/001BB Aft Starboard 2.1
provide emergency cooling should the internal system fail. The temperatures
Total weight: 15,000kg (approx.) must be closely monitored when operating in this condition. FZ/009TFB: Converter XM/001BB Aft Starboard 2.2
Protection rating: IP 44
Cooling: Forced air, fresh water hydrocooled (AF/WF) The propulsion transformers have temperature monitoring in the form of Vessel’s Identification No. Serial No.
20 PT100 sensor probes. Twelve sensors are embedded within the windings
Insulation: Class F-F
of the low voltage coils (2 in use per winding plus 2 spares per winding). FZ/006TFA: ???
Further sensors are fitted in the central core (3 in use, 3 spares) and also in
There are eight propulsion transformers, four for each motor, two for each half FZ/007TFA: ???
the circulated airstream (1 in use, 1 spare). The spare probes are fitted in
motor. The transformers are located as follows: the windings should the main sensors fail. These sensors are connected to FZ/006TFB: ???
FZ/006TFA: Frame 88 deck 2, port side forward DG room the converter control circuits where they can be monitored via the IMACs
FZ/007TFB: ???
system. The coolers are also fitted with 2 leakage detection units and these are
FZ/006TFB: Frame 120 deck 1, stbd side evaporator room FZ/008TFA: ???
connected to the IMACS.
FZ/007TFA: Frame 96 deck 2, port side forward DG room FZ/009TFA: ???
FZ/007TFB: Frame 120 deck 1, stbd side evaporator room An alarm will be raised, should the temperature of the windings reach above
150ºC. The transformers will cause a propulsion motor slowdown should the FZ/008TFB: ???
FZ/008TFA: Frame 40 deck 1, aft auxiliary room temperature of the windings reach above 155ºC. The transformers will cause a FZ/009TFB: ???
FZ/008TFB: Frame 40 deck 1, aft auxiliary room propulsion motor shutdown with circuit breaker trip should the temperature of
the windings reach above 160ºC. The transformers are rated at 6,500kVA, this rating is for maximum output
FZ/009TFA: Frame 32 deck 1, aft auxiliary room
when supplying a half motor running in half motor mode. The normal
FZ/009TFB: Frame 32 deck 1, aft auxiliary room Construction maximum rating is 5,720kVA when supplying a half motor running in full
motor mode.
Each of the propulsion half motor converters are supplied by two propulsion The transformers are totally enclosed in a galvanised steel housing with
transformers. The two transformers are connected in parallel and are supplied removable side covers. The transformers are of the cast resin type with a
by a common 11kV main switchboard breaker. The transformers are connected prepeg secondary winding. The core sheets are insulated on both sides and
delta/delta. A 30º shift between the secondary windings of the two transformers made of grain-oriented low loss laminations.
in a connected half motor pair is achieved by moving the secondary either -7.5º
or +22.5º to provide the required 30º shift. This is because each half motor is The coils of both the primary and secondary sides are split into two parts and
30º apart on the common propulsion motor stator. connected via screwed busbars to each other.
The propulsion transformers adapt the network voltage (11,000V) to the The transformers are rated at 6,500kVA, however the transformers are rated at
requirements of the propulsion synchroconverters and motors (2,200V). The 7,000kVA if they are run in half motor mode (55% torque).
transformers act as commutation reactors and also reduce the short circuit
current in the case of any failures.
The transformers are fitted with two integrated air/water coolers and four
ventilation fans each. The air temperature is monitored. Standstill heaters are
fitted to avoid any condensation when the transformer is switched off. There
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.5 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.6a Excitation System
XA/872C Forward Engine Room Switchboard XA/872D Aft Engine Room Switchboard
Remotely
Controlled M M
Propulsion Control Cubicle Static Exciter Cubicle ET200 I/O Auxiliary Static Exciter Cubicle Auxiliary ET200 I/O Propulsion Control Cubicle
Forward Forward Supply Aft Supply Aft
XM/001AAE XN/001AA XN/001AB XM/001BBE
XM/001BAE XN/001BA XN/001BB XM/001ABE
Clockwise Anticlockwise Clockwise Anticlockwise
Temperature Thyristor Set Thyristor Set Thyristor Set Thyristor Set Temperature
Bus Link Sensing Sensing Bus Link
Firing Pulses Via Fibre Optic Firing Pulses Via Fibre Optic
Excitation Bridge Excitation Bridge
Heating Heating
Excitation Changeover Cubicle
FZ/001AZ
FZ/001BZ Excitation
Changeover
Switch
0
1 2
1: Supply From Forward Static Exciter
0: Supply Off
2: Supply From Aft Static Exciter
Excitation Stator
WInding
Propulsion Electric Motor
XA/001A
XA/001B
Key
690V
Reference Drawings: Diesel Electric Propulsion EF648200101
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.6 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.6 Excitation System The forward exciter in each case is fed from the forward 690V engine room
switchboard and the aft exciter in each case is fed from the aft 690V engine
Maker (Exciter): LDW room switchboard.
Model: ADE 132/26-16
The exciter is incorporated within the frame of the propulsion motor at the
Maker (control equip.): Siemens
non-drive end and is an asynchronous generator with a wound rotor. The rotor
Type: Brushless windings are connected to the 3-phase rotating diode bridge. The excitation
frequency and therefore the power transfer capability depends on the speed
The propulsion motors are synchronous and require an excitation current to of the rotor. The excitation control circuits are fed with motor speed, current,
be applied to the rotor windings. The rotor is fitted with an asynchronous voltage and frequency data from the PEM drive control system. This enables
brushless exciter with a rotating diode rectifier. the control circuits to precisely regulate the excitation current required.
There are four static exciters, two for each port and starboard system are The 3-phase excitation converter consists of two antiparallel thyristors per
designated as follows: phase. There are two sets of diode bridges, one for forward direction running
XN/001AAE: Port forward and one for astern direction running.
XN/001ABE: Port aft The excitation control equipment functions as an automatic voltage regulator to
XN/001BAE: Starboard forward boost or reduce the rotor magnetic field according to the required motor output
power. It does this by altering the firing angle of the thyristors, regulating the
XN/001BBE: Starboard aft current applied to the exciter stator windings. The excitation bridge thyristors
are fired via gate signals computed in the excitation control unit.
Each system’s two exciters feeds the exciter changeover switch The excitor
FZ/001AZ/BZ Panel Showing Excitation Changeover Switch
stator is supplied with three phase AC from the excitation changeover cubicle Any faults within the excitation control equipment are sent to the IMACS
FZ/001AZ or FZ/001BZ. These are located on deck 2, midships in the PEM which will raise a common alarm.
room aft of the propulsion local control console. The exciter stator produces
a rotating field which is induced into the exciter rotor. This induced AC is The rotating part of the exciter system consists of a six power diode rectifier
rectified by the diode bridge and passed to the DC exciter winding. bridge, two thyristors with ignition control circuits A1 and A2 and a resistor/
capacitor (RC) surge suppression/diode protection circuit. The electrical
Each motor has two complete excitation systems, allowing full redundancy. diagram of the rotating part is shown in illustration 4.7a, Propulsion Electric
Whichever drive control system, forward or aft for each PEM, is selected as Motor.
master is dependent on the setting of the excitation switch at the excitation
control cubicle in the PEM room at the LOCAL control position. This master As the voltage transmission ratio of the exciter changes with the speed of
drive control starts and controls the propulsion auxiliaries and also produces rotation of the machine, the exciting current is controlled on the excitation
the firing pulses for both motor side converters and the static exciter. stator by the excitation control unit. The exciting current is therefore controlled
so that the terminal voltage of the motor increases uniformly with the speed of
The switch has three position settings: rotation. Excitation is boosted during motor starting.
Position 1: PEM Excitation from static exciter cubicle FWD
When a motor is running as a half-motor, ie, single converter operation with one
Position 0: No PEM Excitation
winding system, the motor flux is increased by increasing the exciter current,
Position 2: PEM Excitation from static exciter cubicle AFT the terminal voltage of the motor will increase accordingly. A temperature rise
in the running winding will be noticeable when running in this condition and
One excitation bridge will be the operational system (the master) and the it should be closely monitored.
other will be spare (standby). If a fault occurs on the master excitation bridge,
there is an automatic changeover to the second excitation bridge. In the case The static exciter cubicles and the motor exciter windings’ temperatures can be
of a fault in the PEM drive control system controlling the excitation bridge, monitored from the IMACS ‘Port PEM’ or ‘Starboard PEM’ mimics.
the PEM will operate in half motor mode. The excitation bridge and control
equipment is mounted in the respective static exciter cubicle. The exciter changeover cubicles FZ/001AZ or FZ/001BZ also house the control
and indication equipment for the propulsion motor and converter heating.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.6 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.7a Propulsion Motors
Air/Water Cooler Inspection Covers
Air Cooling Fan Motors
JB9
Auxiliaries
Terminal Box JB1 JB2
System 1 MV System 2 MV
Main Connections Main Connections
Terminal Box Terminal Box
ut
L ayo
x
n Bo uired
q
u n ctio s Re
J n
e w’ r Pla
‘ N t o
Mo
Non-Drive End Bearing
Thermometers/
Drive End Non Drive End Pressure Switches
Shaft
Encoders
Inspection
Cover
Anti-Condensation
Heaters
Side View Drive End View
1U1 1V1 1W1 2U1 2V1 2W1 U1 U2 V1 V2 W1 W2
Exciter Connections
Exciter Rotor
Asynchronous P1
Exciter Machine
M
A1 Shaft
Excitation A3
Main MV Connections R1
Winding
GA
V20 Shaft Earth
Drive End
A2 R2
V21
Exciter
Stator
Overvoltage Rotating Rectifier
Protection Diode Set
Star Point Start Point
System 1 System 2
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.7 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.7 Propulsion Motors The motors are supplied with a voltage between 425V and 4,250V at a automatically if any rotation is monitored on the propeller shaft (drag) or if
frequency of between 0 and 20Hz. In practice, the frequency will be a the turning gear is engaged. A bearing low oil level switch is fitted and will
Maker: Lloyd Dynamowerke (LDW) minimum of 2.2Hz. raise an alarm via the IMACS. Bearing temperatures can be monitored via the
Works No.: 03 4017 IMACS and local dial thermometers are also fitted.
Type: Synchronous During starting, the motor supply voltage is too low to ensure the correct
commutation of the network (line) side converter. To counter this, the DC link
Model: S5L2000M66-16SA+WK Motor Speed and Rotor Position Measurement
voltage is periodically reversed by switching the operation of the line side
Serial No.s: 05-402 605 (P) 05-402 606 (S) converter to act as an inverter. This means the DC link current is reduced to Each motor is equipped with two pulse generators (encoders - often referred
Rated: 21MW zero and the motor side converter reverts to blocking operation. This is called to as resolvers) mounted on the shaft at the non-drive end of the propulsion
Voltage: 2 x 4,250V DC link pulsing and operates until the motor reaches approximately 14 rpm motor. These units monitor the speed of the rotor and its position in respect to
Current: 2 x 1,565A when it switches to normal running. This low speed running/starting operation the stator field. This positional information is critical to the firing sequence of
is called ‘pulse-linked’ mode. Once running, the firing of the thyristors is the converter drive when starting the motor.
Speed: 0 - 150 rpm
derived from the motor terminal voltage.
Frequency: 0 - 20Hz The pulse generator output signal is used to control the machine bridge drive
Connection: Star~Star thyristor firing sequence during starting, to ensure the correct commutation for
Power factor: 0.93 Construction
pulse-linked mode running.
Excitation: 590V, 148A The stator frame is made of rolled, welded steel plates and is mounted on a
IP rating: IP56 below lower side of shaft, IP44 above lower bedplate which sits on vibration damping pads. The enclosure is rated at IP44
Cooling System
side of shaft above the shaft and IP56 below which is almost watertight. The laminated core
is made of slotted sheet metal segments pressed together by shaping rings. The propulsion motors are cooled using a closed air circuit. Four double piped
Insulation: Class F
The core has radial ventilation ducts for cooling. The stator windings are both fresh water coolers are mounted at the top sides of the propulsion motors. The
Cooling: Enclosed forced air, 4 hydrocoolers, 4 fans leakage space between the inner and outer tubes is monitored by a leakage
star connected and the star points are carried out to terminal boxes. The shaft
Anti-condensation heating: 4 x 230V 490W is made of forged steel with the drive end coupled to the propeller shaft and sensor, which is directly connected to the IMACS. The cooler is fitted with
Total weight: 173,000kg the other non-drive end is utilised for the speed measuring and shaft position drain outlets for the leakage compartment and the water chamber. The coolers
Rotor weight: 84,850kg measuring encoders. The rotating rectifier is situated at the non-drive end and are fed via the propulsion electric motor fresh water cooling system, see
is accessed from bolted inspection covers. The rotor has copper bar damping illustration 2.4.4a. The air flow is provided by four radial fans, two at each
Circulating Air/Water Cooler Data windings above the pole windings designed to reduce torque harmonics. These end of the propulsion motor, thus generating four air flow circuits. The cold
Output: 120kW are generated by the harmonic content of the stator current. air temperature at the discharge of each fan and the bearing temperatures are
Total flow: 130m3/h measured via PT100 sensors and the temperatures are available for viewing
via the IMACS. The temperatures are also automatically monitored by each
Water inlet/outlet temp.: 36/40ºC Bearings
converter safety system.
Air inlet/outlet temp.: 77/50ºC The rotor is supported in sleeve pedestal bearings with self-aligning shells.
Air volume flow: 15,330m3/h They are bath lubricated with a jacking circuit pressurised by two pumps If a cooling fan motor should fail, the output power of the propulsion motor is
Water volume flow: 32.5m3/h driven by electric motors. The bearings have oil/water coolers supplied via the reduced accordingly, see section 3.4 for further information. The fans are also
Water Pressure: 6 bar (nominal) propulsion electric motor fresh water cooling system, see illustration 2.4.4a. included in the group emergency stop system and the CO2 system shutdowns.
One pump in each pair is supplied from the emergency switchboard. The
Ship’s Designation pumps are part of the propulsion auxiliaries control system described in section The motor winding temperatures, bearing temperatures, cooled air and exciter
Port/Starboard motor: XA/001A/XA/001B 3.4, Propulsion Control System. winding temperatures can be monitored via the IMACS ‘Port/Starboard PEM’
mimics.
Each PEM has four lubricating pumps, two for each motor bearing. One pump
Each of the two propulsion motors directly drives a fixed pitch propeller.
for each bearing is designated as the main pump with the other pump as standby. The motor shaft is fitted with a slip ring and earthing brush assembly at the
The motors are rated for continuous operation and are powered by a variable
The main pump is set to run continuously with the pumps changing duty every drive end which shunts to earth any stray induced voltages present in the shaft.
frequency and voltage supply from the converters. The motors are of a
12 hours. The pumps can also be controlled manually from the IMACS (pump Even with this earthing arrangement, current may still flow through the shaft
conventional synchronous design. The stator carries two star connected 3-phase
set to REMOTE) or locally (pump set to LOCAL). The selection of MAIN or and through the film of oil in the bearings to earth and damage the bearings. To
winding systems with a 30º electrical shift. The two windings are arranged at
STANDBY pump can be carried out via the IMACS. If a pump is running and prevent this, the non-drive end bearing is insulated from the hull with a sheet
different electrical angles to operate as a 12-pulse motor with reduced air gap
it is changed from LOCAL to REMOTE operation or vice versa, the pump will of insulation. This insulation must be kept clean. The DE insulation is bridged
torque fluctuations. This guarantees a low vibration and noise level. The rotor
remain running. and must only be disconnected for testing the insulation.
is of the salient pole type mounted on two pedestal bearings. Standstill anti-
condensation heaters are provided within the propulsion motor.
The pumps are also included in the automatic blackout restart sequence
and the group emergency shutdown system. The jack-up pumps also start
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.7 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.8a Shafting, Stern Tube and Propeller Systems
6050 7400 6834 5680
Intermediate Shaft 3 Intermediate Shaft 2 Intermediate Shaft 1 Thrust Shaft
5-25
Spacer
5
480
125 125 280 280 280 280
3 4 530 2
475 3 470
470 3 470 14
12 2
1
13
Disc Of Locking
Device
20205
Tail Shaft
2266 1370
11
9 10
8 570
6 7
Shafts Rotation Ah
d ea
ea Looking From Aft to Forward d
Ah
CL Key
1. Aftermost Bearing 8. Propeller Shaft
2. Bulkhead Seal 9. Stern Tube
3. Intermediate Bearing 10. Aft Seal
4. Thrust Bearing 11. SKF Coupling
5. Propulsion Motor 12. Shaft Earthing Device
6. Propeller 13. Turning Gear
5,154mm 5,154mm 14. Shaft Lock
Shaft Centre 7. A Bracket
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.8 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.8 Shafting, stern tube and propeller The IMACS provides monitoring of the shaft systems, bearings, etc. The A sealing arrangement is provided at each end of the thrust block housing in
Systems IMACS mimics also indicate the status of the lock and turning gear. The order to prevent the escape of lubricating oil along the shaft. The thrust bearing
propulsion electric motor lubrication system and the thrust bearing lubrication lubricating system is described in section 2.7.3, Propulsion Motor Lubricating
system are also displayed on mimics. Oil System.
Introduction
Thrust Bearing Shaft (Pedestal) Bearing
There are two propulsion shafts and motors. They are both identical except for
the normal direction of rotation. Maker: Renk Aktiengesellschaft Werk Maker: Renk Aktiengesellschaft Werk
Type: Tilting pad Types:
The propeller shaft system comprises the following sections of shaft: Model: DGZA 50-530 Thrust shaft 1: SCWFQ 56-530
• Tail shaft - supported by two bushes Ship’s identification: XA/025A, XA/025B Intermediate shaft 1: SCWFQ 50-475
• First intermediate shaft - supported by one bearing Intermediate shaft 2: SCWFQ 50-475
• Second intermediate shaft - supported by one bearing Thrust Bearing Lubrication Unit Intermediate shaft 3: SCWFQ 56-500
Ship’s identification: XA/022A-H
• Third intermediate shaft - supported by one bearing Maker: Werthenbach Hydraulik
• Thrust shaft - supported by the thrust bearing Pump type: IPC4-20-101
The bearings are the slide bearing type with a smooth foot-mounted housing,
• Propulsion electric motor rotor - supported by two bearings water cooling, a plain cylindrical bore and lubrication by a fixed oil ring.
The thrust bearing is located on the thrust shaft aft of the drive motor. A collar The bearing bushes are cast iron lined with white metal. The bearings are
These sections of shaft connect the propulsion motor to the propeller. The on the thrust section of the propeller shaft transfers the propeller shaft thrust to oil lubricated with the oil being contained in a water cooled integral sump.
sections of shaft are connected by means of hydraulically tightened bolts and the thrust block housing which then transfers the thrust to the hull of the ship. The cooling water is supplied from the propulsion electric motor fresh water
flanged couplings. The shaft is supported by bearings in order to preserve the It is essential that the thrust block is firmly attached to the hull of the ship and cooling system (see section 2.4.4). Oil is fed to the bearing by a thrower ring
alignment and prevent excessive stresses developing. Pedestal bearings are the mounting connections must be checked frequently. The thrust is transferred and scraper, the thrower ring sits on the shaft and dips into the oil in the sump.
provided for the inboard part of the shaft and a sea water lubricated stern tube from the rotating thrust collar to the stationary thrust block housing by means As the shaft rotates the thrower ring is rotated and it carries oil to the scraper
bearing is fitted where the shaft passes through the hull. ‘A’ brackets are fitted of 12 tilting thrust pads. The pads are faced with white metal and because which removes the oil from the thrower ring and directs it to the bearing. It
externally and these have direct water injection from the stern tube sea water they can tilt, an oil wedge will form between the collar and the pad face thus is essential that the oil in the sump is maintained at the correct level. An oil
lubricating system, see illustration 2.3.6a. allowing the thrust to be transmitted through the oil wedge which keeps the sight glass is provided at each shaft bearing. An oil wedge forms between the
pads and collar separate. The thrust pads are held in the thrust housing so that shaft and the bearing surface as the shaft rotates and this keeps the bearing
An inboard stern tube seal is provided to prevent water from entering the hull, they cannot rotate but they are able to tilt. In order to allow for astern thrust a and shaft separated. The shaft bearing temperatures can be monitored from the
this is also described in section 2.3.6, Stern Tube Lubrication System. Where separate set of astern pads is fitted on the opposite side of the thrust collar. IMACS.
the shaft passes through watertight bulkheads, seals are fitted.
Oil from the thrust pads and thrust collar falls to the thrust block oil tank from All intermediate shaft bearings are of the full type, having both a top and
In order to transmit the thrust from the propeller to the hull of the ship, a thrust where the duty (master) thrust block oil pump takes suction via a suction filter. bottom half bearing shell.
bearing is fitted to the shaft. The thrust bearing and shaft pedestal bearings are One pump is selected as the master pump and the other as the slave pump
oil lubricated. to operate automatically should the duty pump fail to maintain the required The shaft bearing lubricating system is described in section 2.7.3, Propulsion
oil pressure. The pumps are part of the propulsion auxiliaries and the control Motor Lubricating Oil System. Prior to operating the propulsion system,
The shaft is provided with an electric motor driven turning gear which is arrangement for the pumps is described in sections 4.2 and 4.3, Propulsion the propulsion electric motor fresh water cooling system must be operating
engaged and operated as required for maintenance purposes. A start blocking PMS and Propulsion Control. The lubricating oil is delivered by the duty pump and cooling water must be circulating through all shaft bearings (see section
system prevents the electric propulsion motor from being started when the to the thrust block via a cooler and the duplex filter. The cooler is circulated 2.4.4).
turning gear is engaged. A shaft locking system is provided to hold the shaft with water from the propulsion electric motor fresh water cooling system (see
and prevent rotation; the turning gear can be damaged by the action of water section 2.4.4). The oil flow is monitored and the filter differential pressure is
flow on the propeller blades which will cause the propeller, and hence the shaft, also monitored.
to rotate. This locking system is for use in an emergency and prevents rotation
of the shaft and propeller should there be a failure of any part of the system, The oil tank level is also monitored and has a 1,400W thermostatically
the ship may proceed using the other propulsion shaft at reduced revolutions. controlled heater to provide the correct viscosity for starting.
The locking device is also interlocked with the propulsion motor.
The normal rated oil flow is 32 litres/min and the maximum operating pressure
is 15 bar. The pumps are driven by 690V, 2.6kW, 1,700 rpm electric motors.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.8 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Propeller With one propulsion shaft inoperative, the ship may proceed with the other
WARNING
Maker: Lips (Wartsila Propulsion) shaft working but there is a restriction on the speed which may be attained.
Ensure at least one PEM emergency stop has been pressed before using
Propeller diameter: 5,600mm the turning gear. If using the turning gear hand wheel, ensure the
Turning Gear
Hub diameter: 1,200mm turning gear stop has been pressed.
Material: NiAl Bronze 602 Maker: M Durand
No. of blades: 6 Type: 25D MH2 Bulkhead Seals
Ship’s identification: XA/021A, XA/021B Ship’s identification: XA/026A, XA/026B
Maker: Deep Sea Seals Ltd
The shaft turning gear is located on the intermediate shaft. It consists of a spur Model: 530 ND/475 ND
A keyless bore propeller is fitted to the shaft cone utilising an interference fit. Type: Diaphragm
gear ring fitted to the shaft which engages with a pinion driven by an electric
The propeller is fitted and removed using hydraulic pressure applied to spiral
motor. The turning gear is engaged by moving the pinion into contact with Ship’s identification: LA 001DV (x2), LA 002DV (x2)
grooves on the shaft cone.
the spur gear wheel. The drive motor and pinion housing is moved inwards to
the shaft so that it engages and is moved outwards for disengaging. When the The propeller shafts each pass through two watertight bulkheads between the
Shaft Locking Arrangement turning gear is engaged, the electric drive motor is operated and the propeller propulsion motor and the stern tube and watertight seals are fitted at each
shaft is rotated through the pinion and gear wheel. A hand wheel is fitted to location where the shaft penetrates the bulkheads. Each shaft has a 530 ND
A mechanical locking arrangement is provided between intermediate shafts
enable fine adjustment of the shaft position by hand. seal at the propulsion motor room after bulkhead and a 475 ND seal at the
one and two. A drilled locking disc is bolted to the flange at this point. Links
are fitted that are bolted to an anchoring point, these links are swung into place aft diesel generator room aft bulkhead. The seals are identical except for the
Proximity sensors indicate when the turning gear is engaged and disengaged, size. The bulkhead seal consists of two parts, a housing attached rigidly to the
and bolts fitted through the link and locking disc. The bolts are then tightened
an engaged turning gear blocks the starting of the propulsion motor. bulkhead, and a rotating diaphragm which is free to move axially along the
as required.
shaft. The diaphragm ring is free to rotate with the shaft within the housing and
The turning gear can be operated from the local panel or from the remote has internal groove facing the shaft which contains a specially coated O-ring.
The turning gear should be used to adjust the position of the shaft to ensure
control pendant. The turning gear motor can be cranked via a hand wheel.
that the holes in the links align with the holes in the disc. Proximity switches
are fitted to provide feedback that the locking device has been fitted. The In normal operation, the diaphragm assembly is free to move within the
propulsion control system will only allow operation of the OTHER shaft if the housing and rotates with the shaft, causing little or no contact between the two.
locking device is securely in place. When the seal is activated (ie, one compartment is flooded), the diaphragm is
forced along the shaft into contact with the housing by the water pressure. The
Procedure for Applying the Shaft Locking Device contact friction between the diaphragm and the housing is sufficient to stop
the diaphragm rotating, thus forming a static seal. The internal O-ring is also
a) Ensure that the ship is stopped and that the electric propulsion forced along the shaft and comes into contact with one face of the internal
motors are off/isolated. groove of the diaphragm. This O-ring then forms a dynamic seal between the
now stationary diaphragm and the rotating shaft.
b) Ensure that the shaft turning gear is engaged.
Due to the design of the bulkhead seal, the seal will be activated at the time
c) Ensure that all items for the shaft locking system are available
of flooding, whether the shaft is rotating or is stopped. The seal should be
and that the necessary tools are available.
checked monthly to ensure that the surfaces around the seal are clean and each
year the sealing ring and rotating face seal should be checked by removing the
d) At the shaft disc to be locked, release the links from their
cover. The seal is a dry running seal and must not be lubricated or greased in
retaining brackets.
any way.
e) Using the manual handwheel of the turning gear, rotate the
propulsion shaft so that holes in the locking links align with the
holes in the locking disc. Fit the bolts in the holes to connect the
links to the locking disc.
f) Disengage the turning gear and tighten the locking link bolts.
g) The shaft locking system is now fitted and the ship may operate
View of Shaft Turning Gear showing Engage Handle
using the other propeller shaft.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.8 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Stern Tube Seal Stern Tube Bearing • No.1 shaft bearing temperature
Maker: Deep Sea Seals Maker: Thordon Bearings Inc. • No.2 shaft bearing temperature
Model: ManeSeal MD Inboard Seal Model: Compac • No.3 shaft bearing temperature
Type: Wrapped bellows, radial face Ship’s identification: XA/023A, XA/023C
• No.4 shaft bearing temperature
No. of sets: 2 (one for each shaft)
• Thrust bearing oil pressure
Shaft diameter: 607mm ‘A’ Bracket Assembly
Ship’s identification: XA/024A, XA/024B • Ahead thrust bearing temperature
Maker: Thordon Bearings Inc.
• Astern thrust bearing temperature
Model: Compac
Because the stern tube is water lubricated, a seal is only required on the inboard • Drive end bearing oil pressure
side in order to prevent water leakage into the ship. Ship’s identification: XA/023B, XA/023D
• Drive end bearing oil temperature
Sealing is provided by continuous rubbing contact between a rotating seat and The stern tube and ‘A’ bracket bearings consist of non-split bronze carriers • Non-drive end bearing pressure
a stationary face. A flexible bellows provides the pressure between the contact with split Thordon bearings. Each bearing assembly consists of three bearing
faces of the seal and is mounted on the stationary face side. The seal seat is • Non-drive end bearing temperature
segments made from synthetic Thordon material. Bronze retaining rings are
split and is fixed to the shaft, thus it rotates with the propeller shaft. Because used to keep the bearing segments locked. Each bearing is fitted with a bronze
of the arrangement of the seal flexible bellows, the seal can accommodate axial tapered key for dismounting. Temperature sensors are fitted in the lower aft
and radial movements without any detrimental effect on the sealing capability. section of the bearings.
This system is described in-depth in section 2.3.6.
These bearings are sea water lubricated with sea water under pressure being
Shaft Sleeve Coupling supplied to the bearings by the duty propulsion electric motor central cooling
sea water pump (see section 2.3.6, Stern Tube Sea Water Lubrication System)
Maker: SKF Coupling Systems AB which also serves as propeller shaft bearing lubrication sea water pump. There
Type: OKC sleeved coupling are separate systems for the port and starboard propeller shaft arrangements
Ship’s identification: XA/020A, XA/020B and each system has two pumps, one selected as the duty pump and the other
acting as the standby pump. The standby pump is started if the water flow rate
from the duty pump falls below a preset value. A pressure switch at the exit
Each shaft is fitted with a sleeved (or muff) coupling in a position forward
from the pumps monitors the pump supply pressure.
of the stern tube, joining No.3 intermediate shaft and the tail shaft. This muff
coupling eliminates flanges from these shafts, allowing withdrawal of the tail
The pumps supply lubricating sea water directly to the associated stern tube
shaft without dismantling the stern tube.
boss and ‘A’ bracket bearings. From the bearings, the sea water flows to the
sea. The starboard propeller shaft bearing lubrication sea water pumps take
The coupling consists of two tapered steel sleeves, a thin inner sleeve with a
suction from the centre sea water crossover main and the port pumps take
slight taper on its external surface and a thick outer sleeve with a corresponding
suction from the aft sea water crossover main.
slight taper on its internal surface. The inner sleeve has a larger bore than the
diameter of the shaft, allowing it to be moved over the shafts easily.
Monitoring
The coupling is mounted by driving the outer sleeve up onto the taper of the
Bearing temperatures and thrust bearing lubrication circuit pressures and
inner sleeve using a hydraulic unit incorporated into the unit. This action
temperatures are available for monitoring from the IMACS ‘Port/Starboard
compresses the inner sleeve onto the shafts, creating a powerful interference
PEM & Thrust Lubrication’. This mimic also indicates the status of the shaft
fit. The friction created by driving together the two tapers is overcome by
lock and shaft turning gear.
injecting high pressure oil between the surfaces, forming a load carrying film
which separates the components. When the outer sleeve has been driven up to
‘A’ bracket temperatures are also available for monitoring from the ‘Shaft Line
the correct position on the inner sleeve, the oil pressure is released, restoring
Lubrication - Port/Starboard’ mimics.
normal friction between the surfaces.
The following monitored items will cause a propulsion slowdown or shutdown View of Shaft Turning Gear and Thrust Bearing
To dismount the coupling, the above process is reversed, allowing quick and
depending on the set parameters. A high temperature or pressure alarm will be
simple removal of the coupling.
raised before the ‘high high’ shut/slow down value is reached.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.8 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 4.9a Thrusters
Port Wing Panel Bridge Centre Panel Starboard Wing Panel
Main PLC Unit Operating Panel
For Detail of
Operating Panels
See Illustration 9.10a
Bridge
Electrical
Locker
IMACS
PMS/Automation/Monitoring
Main Switchboard Main PLC Unit Main Switchboard
Circuit Breakers Wheelhouse Electrical Locker Circuit Breakers
Bus Fipways Bus Fipways
Aft Local PLC Unit Forward Local PLC Unit
Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic
Power Power Power Power Power Power
Unit Starter Unit Starter Unit Starter Unit Starter Unit Starter Unit Starter
Thruster Thruster Thruster Thruster Thruster Thruster
Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor
Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic
Power Pack Power Pack Power Pack Power Pack Power Pack Power Pack
Port Port Port Port Port Port
Command Command Command Command Command Command
Pitch Pitch Pitch Pitch Pitch Pitch
Starboard Starboard Starboard Starboard Starboard Starboard
Response Response Response Response Response Response
Command Command Command Command Command Command
Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter
Proportional Valve Proportional Valve Proportional Valve Proportional Valve Proportional Valve Proportional Valve
Stern 3 Aft Stern 2 Mid Stern 1 Forward Bow 3 Aft Bow 2 Mid Bow 1 Forward
YB/764F YB/764E YB/764D YB/764C YB/764B YB/764A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.9 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
4.9 THRUSTERS The cooling air temperature and the drive-end and non-drive end bearing Operation
temperatures are also monitored and the hydrocooler has leakage detection.
Maker: Fincantieri Monitoring and alarm facilities are via the IMACS ‘Thrusters’ and ‘Thruster Each thruster has an individual remote control system but control is grouped
Type: Electrically driven, variable pitch, constant speed Control Systems’ mimics. so that whichever thrusters are running are controlled as one by the forward or
aft control lever. This remote control is via the bridge control panels located
Motor maker: ASI Robicon
The hub (pod) contains the blade-actuator. The actuator has a cross head centrally and at the port and starboard wings. Pitch commands are sent from
Motor type: CRV 630 X6 (all forward) with four eccentric pins. Each pin is connected to the blade carrier through a the lever to the local PLC units. The actual power is indicated by an LED bar,
Motor type: CRV 560 X6 (aft forward, aft mid) bush carrier and into a slot on the blade carrier to translate the axial actuator one for the forward thrusters and one for the aft thrusters.
Motor type: CR 630 W6 (aft aft) movement into rotation of the blade carrier. There are O ring seals under the
Power: Forward 2,200kW Aft 1,720kW blade feet to prevent sea water ingress. Normal starting and stopping for the drive motor and the hydraulic power
pack are carried out from IMACs ‘Propulsion Control’ mimic. This provides a
Voltage: 11,000kV, 3 phase, 60Hz The hub right angled gearing is of the cyclopalloidal type with a one-piece timed sequence for starting each thruster. From a single START command, this
Maximum current: Forward 135A Aft 108.2/107.0A pinion wheel and shaft. The propeller shaft has a flange cover and an upper sequence starts the hydraulic power pack, zeroes the propeller pitch and then
Motor speed: 1,187 rpm lip seal to prevent sea water ingress and oil pollution, a second spare seal is starts the main drive motor, subject to approval from the power management
Propeller speed: 300 rpm prefitted to the shaft in place. This means in the event of damage to the first system (PMS) that sufficient generating power is available. The thruster
seal, the drive motor will not need to be removed to replace it. The pinion circuit breakers must be set to REMOTE CONTROL at each thruster’s main
is connected to the electric drive motor via a flexible shaft. The thruster hub switchboard breaker cubicle.
Designation - Forward to Aft is filled with oil and connected to the thruster header tank to provide head
pressure and so prevent any water ingress at the seals, should the seals become If the thruster control levers are not aligned with the zero position, the start is
Forward thrusters YB/764A YB/764B YB/764C
damaged. not permitted. Each thruster group has an individual emergency stop button on
Aft thrusters YB/764D YB/764E YB/764F the control panel.
The coast guard seal consists of an external crawling seal and two opposed tail
The ship is fitted with three bow thrusters and three stern thrusters. Control of shaft seals with two void spaces. The external crawling seal prevents sea water In normal operation the pitch and load are controlled by the bridge control
these thrusters can be independent or collective. ingress into the machinery while the two tail shaft seals prevent oil pollution panel levers. Whichever thrusters have been started from the IMACS and are
leakage. Any water or air leakage is drained from the void space drain by a available will be used to provide thrust.
Each thruster consists of an electrically driven propeller with controllable pitch hydropump, the drain connects to a drain tank. An alarm is raised when the
blades mounted in an athwartships tunnel. The propeller blades are mounted drain tank is full. Only one panel may be in control at any time. The levers are electrically
on a hub with drive gears and an oil distribution unit. A hydraulic power pack synchronised (with an electric shaft arrangement). Control transfer from one
controls the pitch according to control signals from the remote control system. The thruster propeller runs at 300 rpm and has four bronze-aluminium-nickel control station to another control station is accomplished by pressing the
Control of the thrusters from the bridge is described in section 9.10, Thruster blades of the highly skewed type. Because of this the blades will tend to move TAKE CONTROL key.
Control. to the forward pitch position, due to hydrodynamic forces. To prevent this
there is a blocking valve in the oil distribution pipe which keeps the after hub The Dynamic Positioning (DP) mode is not used on this ship.
The electric drive motors and hydraulic power packs are located in the thruster cylinder closed. This blocks the blades’ position.
rooms on deck 1 for the aft thrusters and deck 2 for the forward thrusters. There is a test function fitted to enable the hydraulic pitch system to be tested
The hydraulic power pack provides the energy to move the pitch of the blades. without starting the main drive motor. As long as control is set to REMOTE
The oil tank and unit are fitted with gauges and pressure switches to monitor at the main PLC panel, the operator presses the TEST key on the bridge panel
Construction the thruster oil system both locally and via the IMACS. A proportional valve currently in control and carries out pitch movements as required.
controls the thrust direction and propeller pitch. A pressure compensator, oil
The electric drive motors are of the continuously rated, 6 pole, 3 phase heat exchanger and a pressure relief valve are also fitted. The central control panel fitted in the wheelhouse electrical locker aft of the
induction caged rotor type. The motor uses closed circuit internal cooling via bridge has the main plc located inside. The front of the panel is fitted with an
a fresh water hydrocooler mounted on the motor side. These are cooled by the The proportional valve is controlled from the local PLC units. The pitch emergency control panel which may be used in an emergency to control the
auxiliary fresh water cooling system (section 2.4.1). signal is processed from the demand signal and the actual current of the drive thrusters. See the manufacturer’s documentation for in-depth instructions.
motor.
The motors are fitted with 230V 1,000W anti-condensation heaters which are The actual starting, stopping and the use of the thrusters is described in section
interlocked with the motor supply circuit breakers. The motors are started and The bridge and local PLC units are connected by three bus fipways, in normal 9.10, Thruster Control.
stopped directly by closing and opening their supply circuit breakers at the use only two of these ways will be in operation, in the case of a failure, the
main switchboards. The motors have stator temperature monitoring via six abnormal fipway is closed and communication continues via the two remaining
thermistor sensors between winding coils. The sensors raise an alarm via the bus fipways. An alarm will be raised.
IMACS when the stator winding temperature reaches 150ºC.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 4.9 - Page 2 of 2
Section 5: Monitoring Alarm and Control Systems
5.1 Integrated Monitoring Alarm and Control System
5.2 Power Management System
5.3 Screen Displays and Operation
5.4 General Alarm System - Ship
5.5 Engine Control Room and Machinery Safety Centre
5.6 Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems
Section 5
Monitoring Alarm and Control Systems
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.1a Integrated Monitoring Alarm and Control System Em Generator, Electrical Locker Deck 15
AS/LPS.1 AS/LPS.2 ER Ventilation Bridge/EDDG
AS/P011 AS/P01
- Thruster
Fibre Optic Ring - Ethernet Bus - NACOS
- NAPA
AS/S01 - VDR
Engine Control Deck 15 DSM
Room
Sw. Box AS/PR1 AS/PR3
Alarm Printer Hard Copy Safety Centre
*5 *5 *5
Deck 5 AS/PR12 AS/PR11
AS/ AS/ AS/ Alarm Printer Manoeuvre
AS/P072 Bridge
AS/Server A ECR1.1 ECR1.3 ECR1.5 Recorder
GALLEY2
(FZ/003TFHCX) AS/Server B *6 *5 *6
AS/ AS/ AS/
SC4.1 SC4.2 BR3
DSM
AS/OSMECR1 Sw. Box
AS/PR2 DSM AS/DSMSC
Journal Printer
*6 *6 *6 AS/P064 Fibre Optic Ring - Ethernet Bus
AS/PE DATA (FZ/003TFGCX)
AS/ AS/ AS/ GALLEY1
ECR1.2 ECR1.4 ECR1.2
Technical Office CTO Office Main Fire Station
AS/EN OFF AS/CE0 AS/MF2.1
*5 *5 *6
Deck 4 AS/OSMECR2 DSM
AS/P071
ACC7
(FZ/003TFFCX)
Main Switchboard Room Aft Forward
AS/P051 AS/P041 AS/P031 AS/P021
Fibre Optic Ring - Profibus Siprotec CETO Office ACC5 ACC4 ACC3 ACC1/2
AS/S02 AS/S02
(FZ/003TFDCX) (FZ/003TFCCX) (FZ/003TFBCX) (FZ/003TFACX)
AS/S05
Protection Protection
Devices DSM DSM Devices
AFT MSWB *4 *4 FWD MSWB
- HVAC FZ6
- Valve Control DSM (AS/IS-BOX PT)
- HVAC FZ7 - Boiler Bunker
- Valve Control H System Bus Fibre Optic Ring - - Incinerators Station P AS/P052 AS/P053
- Telefon Lock In AS/P31 AS/P32 Fibre Optic Ring - Profibus Profibus PEM - SMS PEM S1.1 PEM S1.2
- Cathodic PMS PMS PMS/PMA71 (AS/IS-BOX SB)
Protection DSM (FZ/006TFB) (FZ/007TFB)
Bunker
DG5 TB159 DG6 DG4 DG3 IC116 TB119 IC117 DG2 DG1 AS/P06 Station S
FZ6
AS/P061
Power Management System ACC6
AS/P07
FZ7 (FZ/003TFECX)
AS/P073 Aft Diesel Forward Diesel Notes
PEM P2.1 Generator Generator AS/P062
AS/P162 AS/P152 AS/P142 AS/P132 AS/P122 AS/P112
Room Room ACC FWD *1 Redundant Auxiliaries
(FZ/008TFA) AFT ER2 AFT ER1 FWD ER2 FWD ER1 PEMP1.2 PEMP1.1 Spare FWD P Diesel Engines
AS/P074 (FZ/002TFB) (FZ/002TFA) (FZ/001TFB) (FZ/001TFA) (FZ/007TFA) (FZ/006TFA) (FZ/001TFX) are distributed between
PEM P2.2 AS/P161 AS/P151 AS/P141 AS/P131 AS/P121 AS/P111 AS/P11 and AS/P12
(FZ/009TFA) GEN6 GEN5 GEN4 GEN3 GEN2 GEN1 AS/P063
ACC AFT *2 Redundant Auxiliaries
AS/P075 (XA/274F) (XA/274E) (XA/274D) (XA/274C) (XA/274B) (XA/274A) Spare FWD S Diesel Engines
PEM P2.1 (FZ/002TFX) are distributed between
(FZ/008TFB)
AS/P13 and AS/P14
DSM DSM DSM DSM DSM DSM AC
AS/P076 *3 Redundant Auxiliaries Compressor
PEM P2.2 PEM Room - Deck 2 AFT Diesel Engines Room AC1 AS/AC42
AS/S04 AS/S06 are distributed between DSM DSM (XB/681A) DSM DSM
(FZ/009TFB)
*3 *3 AS/PEM6 *2 *2 *1 *1 AS/P15 and AS/P16 AC2 AS/AC43
*5 (XB/681B)
AS/P16 AS/P15 AS/P14 AS/P13 AS/P12 AS/P11 AS/S07
DDG6 DDG5 DDG4 DDG3 DDG2 DDG1 *4 Fault-tolerant (H) System AC3 AS/AC44
for PMS mounted in two (XB/681C)
+AUX +AUX +AUX.PEM S +AUX +AUX +AUX.PEM P
- WECS 2000 - WECS 2000
cabinets AS/P31 and 32 AS/P05 AS/P04 AC4 AS/AC45 AS/P03 AS/P02
- WECS 2000 - WECS 2000 - WECS 2000 - WECS 2000 (XB/681D)
- WECS 7500 - WECS 7500 - WECS 7500 - WECS 7500 - WECS 7500 - WECS 7500 FZ5 FZ4 FZ3 FZ1/2
- AFT Purifier/FO - EVAP B - EVAP A
*5 OS associated - HVAC FZ5 - HVAC FZ4 - HVAC FZ2
Booster Module to AS/SERVER A - FWD Purifier/ - AC Compressors - HVAC FZ1
- EVAP C FO Booster - Stabiliser PT
*6 OS associated Modules - Stabiliser SB
to AS/SERVER B - Provison Refrig.
PCS/PSU2.1 PCS/PSU2.2 PCS/PSU1.2 PCS/PSU1.1 AS/P132
PEM PEM PEM PEM AS/P143 AS/P113
PEM Room PEM 5 PEM P
S FWD S AFT P AFT P FWD
Reference Shipyard Drawing - SIMOS IMAC 55 E10231-S1021-Y005-D
(XM/001B1) (XM/001B2) (XM/001A2) (XM/001A1) PEM Room - Deck 1 (XA/001B) (XA/001A)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.1 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5.1 Integrated Monitoring Alarm and The main control station is the Engine Control Room (ECR) situated on deck The Man Machine Interface
Control System (IMACS) 4 in zone 6. There are six operating stations in the ECR. There is also one The interfacing between man and the machines (the operator and the
operator station on the bridge and two in the safety centre. equipment to be operated) is carried out by a computer supported operating
Maker: Siemens and monitoring system. The process is operated by means of limit values,
Single operator stations are sited at the following locations; the technical office, parameters and control commands from operator stations. Communication
Type: IMAC 55s
the chief technical officer’s office, the main fire station and the propulsion between the user and the process is via trackball and/or keyboard. The system
local control station (in the PEM room at deck 2 level). These operator stations uses a Windows screen environment.
Introduction consist of a computer with a CD drive, keyboard, trackball unit and either a
flat screen or CRT monitor. Ship specific graphic displays (system mimics) of various systems and items
All the principal items of equipment and machinery are continuously and of machinery assist the operator to understand the process which is being
automatically supervised by the Integrated Monitoring Alarm and Control The six ECR stations are capable of handling all control and monitoring monitored or controlled.
System (IMACS). The IMACs system consists of a network of process stations functions. The bridge stations are mainly used for viewing displays only
and control stations, connected by a fibre optic ring, enabling the operators and therefore have limited access to control functions, see system access and Every measuring point and control element is represented in the process images
to monitor and operate the majority of the ship’s machinery from a single security in section 5.3, Screen Displays and Operation. by an icon. These icons are self-explanatory symbols which roughly follow
operator station. accepted piping and machinery standards, eg, valve symbols. The symbols as
The server and the operator stations have a drive on which the configuration they appear on the screen mimics are shown in illustration 5.3b.
The IMACS uses standard Siemens programmable logic controllers (PLCs) of data of the visualisation is loaded. The process related programs are loaded on
the SIMATIC S7 type. EPROMs or on battery buffered RAMs in the PLCs. The programs cannot be Access to the various ship’s systems is strictly controlled by a password
lost or destroyed by an operating mistake or from a total failure. Additional protected control request function. System parameters are also protected by a
The process stations are essentially PLC controlled input/output terminals back-up of data is via USB drives or CDs. hierarchical access scheme, preventing the changing of system set points and
receiving and sending data from/to actuators, starters, sensors, etc. Local values.
processing is carried out via the PLCs located in these process stations. The The IMACS communicates with many other sub-systems, such as the diesel
system is configured in a ring, with the system servers A and B located in the generator governor systems, boiler control systems, York AC control system, The operation of the IMACS is described in section 5.3, Screen Displays and
ECR and safety centre respectively. etc, via serial interfaces. Operation.
The servers control the system database, handle communication between The ship’s Power Management System (PMS) is an integrated part of the The UPS units which provide the power supply for the IMACS are described
operator and process stations, manage alarms and reports and also compress IMACS system. This system runs from within process stations ASP31 and in section 3.14, Battery and UPS Units.
and store data for long term storage. ASP32 located in the ship’s main switchboard rooms. This system is described
in section 5.2, Power Management System.
The operator stations carry out alarm signalling and process visualisation
and operation. These operator stations have their own hard drives to store
configuration data, process data and graphics.
System printers are connected to the system to enable the printing of reports,
alarms and data logging. The printing of logs can be initiated manually or
automatically at preprogrammed times. It is possible to print out specific
measuring points as well as all the measuring points. The printers are connected
to the parallel ports of the servers or the parallel port of the operator stations.
Laptop computers may also be connected at several points around the system.
See illustration 5.1a above for the ship’s exact system configuration.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.1 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.2a Power Management System
Forward Main Switchboard
Fibre Optic Ring Profibus
Optical Link
OLM Module OLM DDG1 OLM DDG2 OLM IC PT OLM TB FWD OLM IC SB OLM DDG3 OLM DDG4
Interconnector - Port Tie Breaker - Fwd Interconnector - Stbd
SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC
PMA71 PMA71 PMA71 PMA71 PMA71 PMA71 PMA71
AS/P31
Forward Main
Q119
Switchboard Q101 Q103 Q117 Q116 Q102 Q104
Room
DDG1 DDG2 DDG3 DDG4
DDG5 DDG6
Aft Main Switchboard
Aft Main Q151 Q161 Q162 Q152
Q159
Switchboard
Room
Fibre Optic Ring Profibus
Optical Link Optical Link
OLM Module Module OLM DDG5 OLM TB AFT OLM DDG6
Tie Breaker - Aft
SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC
PMA71 PMA71 PMA71
AS/P31
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.2 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5.2 power management system The ship’s Power Management System (PMS) is an integrated part of the The actual PMS hardware consists of Siemens PMA 71 units connected
Integrated Monitoring, Alarm and Control System (IMACS). The main together with the PMS process stations ASP31 and ASP32 via the PROFIBUS
The vessel’s main power plant controlled by the POWER MANAGEMENT functions of the system are as follows: field bus network. This is configured in a ring arrangement and the network
SYSTEM (PMS) consists of the following equipment: ensures that any single failure will not affect the system’s operation. Process
1. The control of the electrical power supply and distribution
stations ASP31 and ASP32 house the processor units which run the main
• Four 12.24MW diesel generators of the ship’s electrical network in any configuration. The
control functions of the PMS. The PMS program runs in both process stations,
network consists of the main switchboards (MSWB) which are
• Two 8.16MW diesel generators however, only one is active, the other is on standby ready to take over in the
both divided with tie breakers, making port (P) and starboard
• One forward bus tie breaker (connects the forward port main event of a problem with the other. The active process station sends control
(S) switchboard sections. Normally six diesel generators are
switchboard and forward starboard main switchboard) signals to the DG, switchboard and propulsion control units. Normally, ASP31
available to supply the network. The network can operate in
is the designated as the master and the control units use this data for control
• One aft bus tie breaker (connects the aft port main switchboard three different configurations, these configurations are described
reference. If a failure or interruption occurs to the data sent by ASP31, then the
and aft starboard main switchboard) in section 3.3, Main Switchboard Control and Operation.
data from ASP32 will be used.
• One port interconnector (connects the forward port main • PORT/STARBOARD SWBD
switchboard and aft port main switchboard) • FORWARD/AFT SWBD The basic configuration of the system is shown in the above illustration, 5.2a.
The full layout of all process stations is shown in illustration 5.1a.
• One starboard interconnector (connects the forward starboard • CLOSED SWBD
main switchboard and aft starboard main switchboard) Process station ASP31 is located in the aft main switchboard room. Process
2. Higher control of the starting and stopping of the DGs.
station ASP32 is located in the forward main switchboard room. Each station
The power management system (PMS) controls the power plant and supplies 3. Provision of the required electrical supply and capacity for the
uses an S7-417 fault tolerant Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) and Input/
the required amount of electrical power as demanded by the vessel’s various propulsion system and the limitation of the propulsion system
Output (I/O) terminal modules. One of the two process stations controls the
consumers under normal operating conditions. Power management functions in the case of generator overload.
complete process in the forward and aft main switchboards. The main process
essential for the safe operation of the vessel are performed by the PMS. The 4. Switching off the non-essential consumers in case of generator stations ASP31 and ASP32 are connected to the IMACS system via a further
PMS also has control over the propulsion system, the starting and preferential overload in the individual parts of the ship’s electrical network PROFIBUS fibre optic ring.
tripping of the thrusters and the Air Conditioning (AC) compressors. according to the configuration of the main switchboards.
The WECS control systems carry out the control functions of the engines and
The PMS is an independent automation system with its own controller, bus 5. Function according to the actual selected configuration of the
their auxiliary systems, ie, starting and stopping, monitoring, etc. These are
system and operator panels based on Simatic S7 standard components. Each main switchboards for the following:
connected directly to each DG’s own process station AS/P11 (DG1) through to
diesel generator is controlled by its own independent unit (PMA 71) and • Propulsion Electric Motors (PEMs) AS/P16 (DG6). These are connected to the main IMACS profibus network as
internal communication between the units is achieved by means of a field bus well as the PMS network.
network (profibus). • Thrusters
• AC compressors Illustration 5.2b Diesel Generator PMA 71 Units
Each Diesel Generator (DG) PMA 71 unit consists of the following Main Switchboard Siprotec Unit
6. Control of starting and stopping the thrusters.
components: SIEMENS
RUN ERROR
SIPROTEC
TP170B S7-300
7. Control of the 6.6kV consumer feeders in the main
1
Device Ready
Operator Panel Controller
2
• Microprocessor based controller (Simatic S7)
General Fault
3 Communication OK
switchboards.
Production Pick Up
5 Breaker Trip/
Lock Out
6 Earth Fault
SIEMENS
7
• PMA 71 TP panel (TP170B)
8 Local
SIMATIC PANEL
MENU
9
8. Automatic restoration of the network after a blackout.
Remote
10 Circuit Breaker Open
11 Circuit Breaker Closed ! ???? and ACB Ready
Auto ?MI
12 Confirm 0 Menu Cancel Opening Mode
• ET200 I/O unit (Simatic S7)
13 Disconnector Closed
11.14 kW
14 ???
Closed
9. Automatic switching over between the main switchboard
Alarm messages X
LED Reset ESC ENTER No. Status: PLC
4 KG DG5
4: Change Start/Stop Sequence not possible
ON F1
• Genop 71 (central transducer, protection and synchronisation
7 8 9
configurations after an operator command. OFF
Mode
F2
F3
4
1
5
2
6
3
Help Edit ACK
unit)
Confirm F4 . 0 +/-
10. Monitoring of both main switchboards and the display of all
• Siprotec (digital protection unit) main switchboard measuring values and alarms.
Profibus DP Internal Bus
GENOP
The Siprotec and TP170B are mounted on the front of each main switchboard The actual functions of the PMS with regard to operation of the main Synchronising
ET200 I/O Module Optical OLM
Unit
generator panel with the other components mounted inside the panel. Control switchboard, generators, propulsion, thrusters, AC compressors, etc, are Link
Module
and monitoring can be carried out via the TP170B. The generator protection described throughout this manual in the relevant sections (eg, propulsion PMS,
unit, operator panel, controller and I/O unit are connected together by an generator operation, etc). The functionality of the PMS directly depends on
internal profibus. The I/O unit send and receives hard-wired signals to and the actual configuration of the ship’s network, ie, the actual main switchboard
from the Wartsila Engine Control System (WECS) cabinet to control and
monitor the diesel generator.
configuration.
G DG WECS Fibre Optic
Ring Profibus
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.2 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.3a Screen Displays
Shortcut to
Menu Bar SIMOS IMAC 55 223.223.10.1 05/04/2004 11:34 IMACS Overview
File Edit View User Programs Area Diagram Graph Tools Window Help
Control Request ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
/Indication Buttons
PMS Lifts
Time
SIMOS IMAC 55
Pumps Blackout
-25
Date
Short Cuts To 11:34
System Overviews Resets Buzzer 102
05/04/2004
ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR ECR
CLOSE Propulsion Control
Number of
Bow Thruster Levers NOT Zero Aligned Alarms
Stern Thruster Levers NOT Zero Aligned and Shortcut
to Alarm List
i i RUNNING RUNNING i i
7.8 MW S 50% S 50% 7.8 MW
POWER
14.6 MW 2 1 Power Requested
M M Propulsion 0.0 MW
SPEED Operator 0.0 MW
129 rpm
Start
STERN THRUSTERS Stop Modify Operator Request BOW THRUSTERS
5.1 MW
#3 #2 #1 #3 #2 #1
i i i i i i
Remaining
Propulsion Power Main Picture
Area
Start Start Start 5.1 MW Start Start Start
POWER Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop
14.6 MW Start
Power Requested
Propulsion 0.0 MW
Stop
SPEED Operator 0.0 MW
129 rpm M M Modify Operator Request
2 1
7.8 MW S 50% S 50% 7.8 MW
i i RUNNING RUNNING i i
MANOEUVRE MODE PEM START / STOP
Function Button
Manoeuvre Fair Weather
EXECUTE
OFF i
Short Cuts To
Related Systems
Power Management Overview Power Management Control DDG Indication
Information Line
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.3 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5.3 Screen Displays and operation Double clicking on the SIMOS IMAC 55 logo will open screen diagrams of the • Green flashing - ELEMENT ACTIVE BUT UNDEFINED
Siemens IMACS system. The connected PCU, servers, operator stations and STATE: For certain control elements there is a transfer from
The IMACS system features several workstations, this is the normal man/ other externally connected systems are shown. one state into another, eg, valves. One valve is neither open or
machine interface point for the operation, monitoring and supervision of all closed but it is moving or a generator is starting up.
equipment connected to the IMACS. The alarm icon is also placed in this top menu. Double clicking on this icon
• Blue - STANDBY/FADE OUT/BLOCKED: With standby units,
opens the alarm list.
the colour blue signals the standby mode. For measuring points,
At each workstation is a large flat screen monitor, a keyboard and a trackball. blue signals an inactive state if the alarm for the measuring point
The screen will normally display a graphic menu screen or one of the system The main picture area below the top menu displays the particular selected
has been manually deactivated (faded out) by the user or if the
mimic diagrams for the monitoring and control of the system featured. process display mimic for the plant/system/machinery/equipment.
alarm has been suppressed by the process itself (blocked).
Along the top of the display are several system overview shortcut picture icons Each system may be divided into several process images. From these images,
Generally, the icons on the mimics for pumps, motors, fans and circuit breakers
which will take the operator straight to that system or a menu page featuring the operator can visualise the system being monitored and/or controlled.
conform to the following schedule:
the available systems. The next page may then be another system overview
with shortcut icons for several sub-systems. Once at a system diagram, there Process mimics can be called up in different ways: • Black icon: Equipment ready to run/close
are always shortcut buttons on the bottom of the display to take the operator • Via the top menu system overview buttons • Red icon: Equipment stopped/in alarm,
to other related systems. not ready for starting/closing
• Branching from within a system mimic
The group icon will flash red if there is an alarm anywhere in that system. There • Green icon: Equipment running/closed
• Branching from within a system mimic via hot key buttons
is also an alarm list page which is accessed directly from the red alarm icon • Icon flashing: Equipment starting/stopping/
in the top right of the display which also shows how many alarms are present Finally, the information line at the bottom of the screen area shows the latest intermediate state
on the system at any one time. There are certain grey function buttons on the system alarm and/or information about the currently selected element.
mimics which will have an operation description label on them, activation of Analogue Elements
this button will initiate that specific operation via an access window.
Screen Colours and Information These can be represented in process mimics either as horizontal or vertical
The mimics are set out in a hierarchy access layout. The shortcuts to the Every system measuring point and every control element is represented by an bar graphs. Double clicking the left mouse key on the bar graph displays a
available mimics are displayed at the bottom of the mimic. icon/symbol. According to the state of the measuring point or control element pop-up window from which the alarm limits and set points can be adjusted,
(in alarm, inactive, abnormal, blocked, etc), the symbol and colour of the if permitted. The upper and lower first (high or low) and second (high high
symbol can change. The colours represent the following states: or low low) alarm limits, the scaling and the set point can all be inserted or
Screen Facilities removed. Analogue displays are also often shown only as digital values in the
The screen is divided into four sections. The menu bar and the top menu for the • Light blue - UNDEFINED: The measuring point is currently mimic. As above, the pop-up windows can be opened by double clicking on the
system overviews are always visible. The menu bar makes a series of system not being updated by the process. In the case of an analogue value field. If both displays are used for an analogue value, the pop-up window
functions available via the pull down menus from the individual titles, control, measuring point, question marks are displayed. is allocated to the bar graph.
area, function help, etc. The pull-down menus are opened by clicking on the • Black - NORMAL/STOPPED/SHUT DOWN: The measuring
command field or by pressing the ALT key plus the individual first letter. point is continuously updated. There is no sensor error or alarm. Digital Elements
A control element (pump, etc) is blocked, a valve is in the closed
Below the menu bar, the system overview buttons (top menu) with 16 buttons position. These are represented by icons that are coloured according to their status.
are displayed. These 16 buttons represent the different process areas and Double clicking on the icon displays a pop-up window. This window shows
• Red flashing - ALARM / DISTURBED: An alarm has occurred all the possible states of the element and all available commands (fade out,
provide an overview of the current alarms and states in the particular areas of
for that particular measuring point. A control element is insert, etc). The current status and the latest given command are emphasised by
the different processes.
abnormal. The alarm is unacknowledged. highlighting. The individual input fields are selected by clicking or using the
Above or below each section button are two smaller buttons for selecting the • Red steady - ACKNOWLEDGE ALARM / DISTURBED: An TAB key and editing with the keyboard. By use of highlighting and selecting
exclusive control level/location. To the right of these buttons, other buttons are alarm occurring at a measuring point, the disturbance of the ‘OK’ or by pressing the ENTER key, the chosen command is confirmed. By
located within the top menu. These buttons give access to the most important control element has been acknowledged by the user. The alarm clicking on ‘CANCEL’ or pressing the ESC key, the window can be closed
parts of the plant, eg, PMS, RESETS, etc. condition is still active. without executing any command.
• Yellow flashing - WARNING: Warning message. A warning for The changing of limits and set points is password protected and is deemed
At the right of the top menu, Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is displayed. the particular measuring point exists. The stopping of a device
Double clicking on this time display field, will open a table. This table can be beyond normal operation, therefore these operations will not be described
is in process. here. For in-depth instructions regarding the IMACS configuration, see the
used to set the time. The other date field can be toggled to display the date, LT
(local time) or time offset (GMT/LT) via a table, if required. manufacturer’s documentation, SIMOS IMAC55 Description and Operation.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.3 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.3b Typical IMACS Symbols
Valve & Damper Shape and Status Attribution Pump/Fan/Motor Control Icons Alarm Icons for Analogue Alarm Icons for Digital
0 1 2 3
Fade Out Fade Out
Opened Opening Closing Closed Motor Stopped M
Damper Fade Out Fade Out
Motor Starting
Butterfly Valve (Icon Flashing) M External Fault
External Fault
Digital or Sensor Fault
Butterfly Valve (Open) S L
Analogue Motor Running M Alarm Alarm
D D
2 Way Valve High-High High Low Low-Low
Digital S L
Normal D D
2 Way Valve
Analogue
(Open)
Motor on Standby
Ready to Start M Normal
Alarm Freeze Shut Load
Flow Flow Flow Flow Lamp Down Down
Check Valve Left Up Right Down Alarm Alarm
Motor has
Digital
Unacknowledged Alarm
(Icon Flashing)
M
Check Valve (Open)
Analogue
Pressure Level Temp. Total
Opened A Opening A Opening B Opened B Motor has
Acknowledged Alarm M Lift
D Q
3 Way Valve
Digital
3 Way Valve
Digital (Open)
Black Out M Density Quality
Deviation
Blank Flange Circuit Breaker Symbols/Modes
Pump
Gear Wheel Pump
Eductor L R
3-Way Valve Control
Overboard Piece
Variable Discharge Pump
3-Way Valve
Protection Ring
G Generator
Breaker Breaker In Remote PMS in
2-Way Valve Control Off and in Alarm/Not Ready Mode Automatic
Bilge Hat Local Mode For Switching Mode
M Motor
Motor Valve Vertical Opened
Oil Tray
Bow Thruster
Motor Valve Up Closed Sea Chest (Sea Suction) L Local Mode
Fan Breaker Open
Rose Box M Manual Mode
Motor Valve Down Closed 1 Fan (1 speed)
R Remote Mode
Strainer
Motor Valve Vertical Closed 2 Fan (2 speed) Information
Breaker Closed
Y Type Strainer
Regulator
Compressor
Orifice
Piston Pump
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.3 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Motor, Valve, Pump, Fan Control Values are only accepted that are within specified minimum and maximum Graphs and Trending
By double clicking on the icon of a pump or valve, etc, the same pop-up limits. The adjusted values are accepted and activated by click on the OK This function allows dynamic graphs (trend graphs) to be composed. The
window is displayed as for a digital element. The available commands such button. If required, the correct password must be entered. By clicking on the Show Graph function can be accessed from the pull-down menu via the
as START, STOP, OPEN, CLOSE, etc, are shown in the left hand Commands CANCEL button, the window is closed. The window will close automatically Function field on the menu bar.
window. All operational states such as OPENED, CLOSED, etc, are shown in if no actions are taken within approximately 20 seconds.
the right hand States window. In these windows, the current state and the last After calling up the Show Graph function when in the required system process
executed command are highlighted. Alarm Handling mimic, a window appears in which a maximum of 5 elements can be selected.
The available elements appear in the right hand part of the window and are
An alarm will be announced by the alarm tone and the appearance of the
Operation is similar to digital items. The individual command fields are selected highlighted and then selected by clicking on the left arrow button in the middle
element tag number and description in the information line at the bottom of
by left-clicking or by use of the keyboard UP and DOWN arrow keys to move of the window. The selected elements then appear in the left hand window. By
the screen area. By use of the ‘Acknowledge alarms’ command all selected
the highlighting. The command is confirmed and then executed by selecting clicking on the OK button, the choices are confirmed and a graphic display
elements are acknowledged. If no element has been selected there is no
OK or by pressing the ENTER key. By clicking on CANCEL or pressing the featuring the selected elements is displayed. The user enters the required
reaction. On the screen, an acknowledged alarm stops flashing and is marked
ESC key, the window can be closed without executing any command. starting time (usually the actual current time) and the required stopping time
with a time stamp which is inserted in the alarm list. A print out from the alarm
and presses the RETURN key. The event is started and if no stopping time is
printer reports the acknowledgement.
On some mimics, certain items may be directly started or stopped from actual set, the graph is always updated with the latest current data.
START and STOP hot keys incorporated in the mimic.
The full list of elements that are in alarm are kept in the alarm list. This is
accessed from the Alarms button at the top right of every display. Password Protection/Access
Automatic Circuit Breaker Control
The system has various control locations, the ECR, wheelhouse, etc. The entire
By double clicking on the icon of an automatic circuit breaker (ACB), a similar The alarms are filed in two lists, the alarm list and the alarm log. In the list, system can be controlled by any station, however, it is possible to control some
pop-up window is displayed as for a motor or pump. The available commands only the active alarms are listed, ie, those elements currently in an alarm state systems from only one location at a time. This exclusive control function is
such as OPEN and CLOSE are shown in the left hand Commands window. or alarms which have not been acknowledged. Acknowledged alarms are related to the sixteen different sections presented on the system overview
All operational states such as OPENED, CLOSED, etc, are shown in the right automatically deleted from the list. The alarm log registers all alarm events. buttons (HVAC, etc) on the top menu. Different levels of control and location
hand States window. In these windows, the current state and the last executed Acknowledged elements which are not in an alarm state are not deleted from for each of these sixteen sections have been configured.
command are highlighted. the alarm log.
Above or below the overview button is a small Request button denoting the
Operation is the same as above. The individual command fields are selected by According to priority, alarms are divided into four groups. These are displayed area/level of control required, eg, ECR. The user clicks on the access required,
left-clicking or by use of the keyboard UP and DOWN arrow keys to move the in the alarm list and the alarm log in four different colours. eg, ECR. The change of control locations is protected by passwords. The
highlighting. The command is confirmed and then executed by selecting OK • Red: Highest priority password used is generally the Chief Technical Officer’s (CTO) password.
or by pressing the ENTER key. By clicking on CANCEL or pressing the ESC There are certain exceptions for special systems which are the responsibility of
• Purple: Middle priority
key, the window can be closed without executing any command. the deck department, eg, the heeling system. There are two ways of changing
• Blue: Low priority the control location:
Circuit breakers’ states are shown graphically by the icons’ colours and the • Black: Signals or messages
actual position of the icons’ central line in relation to its electrical conductor. 1. If the user wishes to take control at their present location, eg, the
The changes in element states are recorded in the alarm list. The Alarms icon bridge, than the user clicks on the request button of any section.
in the top right of the display shows the number of elements currently in alarm. A pop-up window opens where the user chooses their actual
Variable Position Valves
The black square inside the icon flashes to indicate the scanning of the process. location (eg, BR - bridge) and enters the password. The request
These valves have an electronic controller which operates according to preset button changes to ‘BR’ and an alarm event is listed in the alarm
This icon is also coloured according to the current alarm of the highest priority,
parameters. For the setting and changing of the different function parameters, list. At this time, exclusive control is requested but not granted.
following the colours above.
various tables (scale tables) can be called up from an icon in the display. Left The user has 2 minutes to confirm the request by choosing the
double clicking on a selection icon for the table displays the table window. required control location again. When confirmed, the exclusive
The alarm list can be printed out by accessing the Alarm List field from the
Report field on the menu bar. control of that section is transferred and the request button
The (variable valve) measuring point number and title description text are changes to ‘BR’.
displayed together with the time and date of the last change in variable
To avoid spurious alarms when an item of equipment is stopped or in repose,
settings. The various parameters are listed in the NAMES windows and the 2. A user can give control to another location, eg, the bridge, from
the alarms of that item of equipment are grouped and suppressed by the
corresponding values are shown in the VALUES column. the ECR using the same procedure as above, ie, changing the
IMACS. For example, the exhaust gas temperature deviation alarms for a
diesel generator will be suppressed when the average exhaust gas temperature designation of a request button using the password.
The values can be edited after the values have been selected by the cursor
is >250ºC.
and pressing the left mouse button or highlighting and pressing the TAB key.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.3 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.4a General Alarm System
Funnel
AC Station AC Station Sun Deck
EM.DD/GGRoom Fan
Room Aerobics
Central Lower Central Lido Area
Bar Foyer Fore Lido Area Pantry Passenger Cabin Thermal Suite
Indoor Cafe Passenger Cab.
AC Pool
Lido Galley AC Station Pantry Foyer Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin
Station
Hotel Pantry Foyer Hotel
Cabin Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin
Lifts
Store Store
PassengerZ7 2CX
Cabin Z6Bell
2CX Box Z5Passenger
2CX Cabin Pantry Z4 2CX
Foyer Z3 2CX
Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Z1 2CX
Engine Casing
Engine Casing
Hotel Passenger Launderette
Suite Passenger Cabin Passenger Cabin Pantry Foyer Passenger Cabin
Stairs
Store AC
Lifts
Lifts
Stairs
Passenger Launderette Station Passenger Passenger
Passenger Cabin Pantry Foyer AC Station
Cabin Cabin AC Station
Lifts
Lifts
Pool
Stairs
Passenger AC Station AC Station
AC Station Hotel Passenger
Passenger Cabin Launderette AC Station Pantry Foyer Passenger Cabin Crew Recreation
Lifts
Cabin
Stairs
Store
Trunk
Trunk
Aft LoungeZ7 1CX Z6Steakhouse
1CX Z5 1CX
Cabaret Arcade Z4 1CX Foyer Z3 1CX Wheelhouse Bar Pantry Z1 1CX Crew Cabin Fore Mooring Area
Main Theatre
Trunk
Trunk
Aft Dinning Room Main Galley Fore Upper Rest. Foyer Crew Cabin Bosun Workshop
Casino P.A. Rack A P.A.Meeting
RackRoom
A
Stairs
Chain
El. Alleyway Locker
Aft Mooring Mess Room Main Galley Fore Lower Rest. Foyer Art Gallery Pantry Passenger Cabin Stage Pit Crew Cabin Bosun Store
Gear
Sub Sub Crew Sub
Escape
Prov. Prov. E.C.R Crew Office E.S Hospital Crew Cabin
El. Lkr
Embark Baggage Embarkation Crew Cabin Stairs
Stairs
station station Off. station
Steering Aft Switch Crew Cabin Stairs Crew
Prov. Prov. Crew Cabin Crew Cabin Crew Cabin
Stairs
Gear Room Cabin
PEM Main Main Bow Thruster
DD/GG Room Crew Cabin Store F.O. F.O. P.W. Room
Aux. Room Room F.O. Laundry Laundry
Settling Stabiliser Potable Water Fore
Aux. Aux. AC Compressor P.W. P.W. P.W.
Room Peak
B.W B.W Feed
B.W B.W Tech.F.W F.O. F.O. B.W B.W B.W B.W B.W B.W B.W
1 2 3 4 5 6 Water
Public Address Zone Distribution From Main Racks
CREW
ALERT Fire &
security
7 8 9 10 11 12
CREW
GES
ALERT
CREW PAX/CREW ENGINE
13 14 15 16 17 18
SPOT
ANN.
GENERAL
ALARM
19 20 21 22 23 24
LAMP TEST
WHISTLE
25 26 27 28 29 30
OFF ON
MORSE
LAMP TEST IN USE BUSY
Safety Centre Safety Centre
DIMMER
Public Address Panel General Alarm Panel
MICRO
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM GENERAL ALARM
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.4 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5.4 General Alarm System - Ship Operation from the Public Address Panel - Safety Centre SMS Workstation Alarm Facilities
a) The operator selects where the signal is to be broadcast, usually
The general alarm system announces alarms through the ship’s public address • Manual activation of emergency alarm signals
button 29, EMERGENCY CALL (all areas) at the selector
system. The alarms are announced at defined locations which depend upon the switch panel. • Manual generation of an alarm signal
type and nature of the alarm. Alarms are generated by and announced through
both public address route systems, route A and route B, which enable the • Selection of alarm area (crew or all ship)
b) To sound the crew alert signal, the operator presses the CREW
alarms to be announced as required even if one route is damaged. ALERT pushbutton. The continuous tone will sound. Alarms are announced at locations as required and determined by the alarm
There are two main alarms: selection system.
c) To sound the general emergency signal, the operator presses the
• General emergency alarm GES pushbutton. The cadenced tone will sound.
Engine Call System (‘Traffic Light’) Indicators
• Crew alert alarm
d) In either of the above cases, if the sounding of the ship’s whistle Is used for the diffusion of alarm signals in the machinery spaces. See section
is required to accompany the alarm tones then the WHISTLE 5.6, Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems.
The general emergency alarm is a cadenced signal of seven short tones and one
switch should be turned to the ON position at the general alarm
long tone. The crew alert alarm is a continuous signal.
panel.
Whistle System
The general emergency alarm has priority over the crew alert alarm.
To sound an alarm tone different from either the crew alert or general Can be used for the external diffusion of emergency alarm signals.
emergency signals, the KEY SPOT pushbutton should be pressed. This will
The emergency alarm may be manually activated from three locations:
sound the alarm tone for as long as the microphone push-to-talk (PTT/pressel)
Paging and Walkie Talkie System
• Safety centre - from the public address panel switch is held ON. The operation of this button is similar to the MORSE
pushbutton previously described for the general alarm panel. These systems are used for the diffusion of emergency alarm signals via
• Safety centre - from the general alarm panel
activation of key personnel’s pagers.
• Main fire station - from the general alarm panel Alarm signals are generated at two PLC units located in the public address
system racks A and B. The public address racks are located in the public IMACS and SMS Systems
Operation from the General Alarm Panel - Safety Centre address equipment room forward of the communication centre on deck 6, port
side of the main theatre in zone 2. These systems announce and display alarm indications of faults in public
a) The operator selects where the signal is to be broadcast from the address systems A and B.
CREW CREW/PAX selector switch. Alarm panels and systems are arranged as follows:
In public spaces, emergency announcements and alarms are announced
b) To sound the crew alert signal, the operator presses the CREW through the loudspeaker system and also via the television network where the
ALERT pushbutton. The continuous tone will sound. Safety Centre and Main Fire Station Alarm Facilities alarm will override a broadcast.
c) To sound the general emergency signal, the operator presses • Manual activation of emergency alarm signals
Sound Levels
the GENERAL ALARM pushbutton. The cadenced tone will • Manual generation of an alarm signal
sound. The sound level of all alarms complies with IMO resolution MSC RES
• Selection of alarm area (crew or all ship)
48(66)7.2.
d) In either of the above cases, if the sounding of the ship’s whistle • Whistle selection (general alarm panel only)
• Interior and exterior spaces >80dB(A) and at least 10dB(A)
is required to accompany the alarm tones then the WHISTLE above ambient noise level.
switch should be turned to the ON position. The main fire locker has separate general alarm and public address panels. The
wheelhouse also has a media matrix panel. • Sleeping positions in cabins and cabin bathrooms >75dB(A)
An alarm signal only stops at the end of the sequence when cancelled. and at least 10dB(A) above ambient noise level.
Fire Detection System Alarm Facilities
To sound an alarm tone that is different from either the crew alert or general Deck and Engine Departments Emergency Call Systems
emergency signals, the MORSE pushbutton should be pressed. The alarm tone • Automatic activation of fire alarm in crew area after an
will sound for as long as the pushbutton is held ON. In this way signals such All deck department officers can be called to the bridge by pressing the DECK
adjustable time delay
as MAN OVERBOARD (three long tones) can be manually generated. EMERGENCY CALL pushbutton at the central overhead console. This will
sound an alarm tone in deck officers’ cabins. A similar call alarm for the
Operation from the main fire station alarm panel is identical to the safety centre technical department is sounded from the bridge or ECR.
panel except that there is no CREW/PAX selection or MORSE switches.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.4 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.5a Engine Control Room
Engine Control Room
Key Instrument Console
1. Analogue Clock
2. Propulsion Load/RPM
Instrument Panel
3. Chartpilot Slave Monitor
4. Thruster Control Panel 3
MW RPM MW RPM
0 0 0 0
5 5 5 5
10 10 50 50 10 10 50 50
15 15 15 15
100 100 100 100
20 ASTERN AHEAD 20 ASTERN AHEAD 20 ASTERN AHEAD 20 ASTERN AHEAD
25 25 150 150 25 25 150 150
SHAFT POWER SHAFT RPM SHAFT POWER SHAFT RPM
PORT + PORT + PORT + PORT +
2 1
4
37
38
39 Engine Control Room
Overhead Consoles
5 Key
BO
SC
H
5. Hi-Fog Control Panel.
6 6. Video Recorder
20 7. Engineers Emerg. Call
13 31 8. Signal light Column
12 15 16 16 16 7
32 9. CCTV Control Panel
Rolls-Royce Rolls-Royce Rolls-Royce Rolls-Royce
33 22 30 33 8 10. CCTV Monitors
CO2
16
28 11. ECR Access Monitor
COMM
24 27
COMM
18 21 23
14 19 17 17 29 17 33
15 15 21 17
26 34
15 15
25
15
9
BO
SC
H
16
Engine Control Room 17
Main Operating Console
15
10
Key
12. Safety Management System VDU 26. Propulsion Control Panel 17 16 10
13. Boiler/Provision Refrigeration Printer 27. Starboard Steering Gear Alarm Panel
14. Safety Management System Keyboard 28. Starboard Steering Pump Indicator Lamps
14. Boiler/Provision Refrigeration VDU 29. ECR and Wheelhouse Talkback System 15
15. Trackball Units 30. Talkback Panel - ECR/Wheelhouse
16. IMACS VDU 31. Talkback Engine Room/ECR
17. IMACS Keyboard 32. Paging Unit 11
18. Feed Water Analyser 33. UHF Transceiver
35 36
19. Boiler/Provision Refrigeration Keyboard 34. GPS Receiver
20. Master Telephone 35. Administration Computer Keyboard
21. Automatic Telephone 36. Administration Computer VDU
22. Port Steering Pump Indicator Lamps 37. Diesel Generator Vibration Monitoring Units
23. Port Steering Gear Alarm Panel 38. White Box Monitor
25. Diesel Generator Emergency Stops 39. GPS Display Panel
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.5 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5.5 Engine Control Room and MAchinery Machinery Safety Centre
Safety Centre The machinery secondary safety centre (MSSC) is situated on deck 4,
starboard of the ECR in zone 6. This is the secondary safety and emergency
Engine Control Room control centre.
The Engine Control Room (ECR) is situated on deck 4 in zone 6. This is the
The room contains the following items:
main control centre for the IMACS automation system containing six operator
stations. The ECR is considered as the ship’s main machinery control centre • Emergency shutdown system control cabinet
and the secondary propulsion control centre.
• CO2 remote control panel
The room contains the required monitors, communication equipment and • Remote control valves panel
control panels to enable watchkeeping technical officers to completely monitor • Automatic telephone
and control all the main items of technical machinery and equipment. The
following items are located in this room: • Safety management system back-up server
• IMACS operator stations
Technical Department Emergency Call System
• Safety Management System (SMS) station
A pushbutton is located on the ECR overhead console which will sound an
• Machinery space closed circuit television system audible alarm in the technical departments’ accommodation on deck 4, deck 11
• Paging control station and deck 12. An indicator lamp within the pushbutton will illuminate to show
the alarm is sounding.
• Propulsion control station
• Navigation system trackpilot multi-function display This alarm will also illuminate an indicator lamp on the bridge central overhead
console to advise the bridge watchkeepers of the situation.
• UHF transceiver station
• Automatic telephone
• Sound powered telephone
• Hi-fog system control panel
• Machinery spaces communication talkback system
• Administration computer
• Diesel generators emergency stop panel
• ECR/bridge talkback system
• Steering pump alarm panel
• Steering pump indication panel
• Boiler and provision refrigeration control computer
• Boiler water analyser
• Diesel generators vibration monitor units
• CO2 muster control board
• In-port manning control board
• IMACS alarm printers
• IMACS report printers
• DGPS receiver
• White box monitor unit
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.5 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 5.6a Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems
Emergency Emergency Emergency
DG Room Switchboard Room DG Room
08 09 10 AS/802TL SK/001Q1 - CO2 Main Control Panel
Fr 64 Fr 70 Fr 74 IJ/001UE - Fire Detector System Central Panel
(Port) (Centre) (Starboard)
Deck 16
Main Supply
43 44 FZ/93208 CB/001AM - PA Source Rack No.1
230V AC
ECR Console
AS/P06 - Machinery Alarm XA 99990
Overhead Panel Supply
Deck 14
FZ/OR919300
03 24V DC TE/002CT - Telephone Exchange
Back Up
Deck 12 24V DC XA/307-01 - ECR Control Console - PA02 - Telegraph
Machinery Space PY/604ESA
07 Lamps/Alarms Unit
NS-001ES-002 - System Management Service PC
Deck 11 System Links
AS/800TL
41 42
Key
230V
Deck 9
e
24V
ng
06 02
e
ed
ra
lu
rm
rm
tO
tR
tB
la
rm
la
rm
gh
gh
gh
A
A
la
Indication
Li
Li
Li
la
ne
rm
rm
ph
A
ks
g
g
ho
al
la
ra
la
in
in
in
al
ar
er
A
eg
Deck 7
ep
ic
at
at
at
em
en
re
re
re
rit
2
ot
ot
ot
l
Signal
l
O
Te
Te
Si
Si
Fi
G
C
R
Incinerator XA/3070
Room ECR Console External Signal
UPS Room CO2 Alarm X X
05 04 (Overhead) -Generator
01
AS/802TL AS/800TL
Fire Alarm X X X
Engine
Engine External Signal
Casing General Alarm X X
Casing -Generator
Deck 4
Aft Main
Critical Alarm X X X
Switchboard Room
Fr 64 (Port)
11 40 19 Telephone Alarm X X X
Forward Main
Switchboard Room Telegraph Alarm X X X
Fr 86 (Stbd)
Deck 3
Transformer Rm Bow
Engine Room Forward Purifying
Fr 46 (Port) Thruster
Workshop Room
13 12 38 Dk2 Fr 322
Fr 102 (Stbd) FR116 (Port)
30 32
20 21
Aft Purifier Room Incinerator Rm Aft Evaporator
Deck 2 Fr 76 (Port) Fr 54 (Stbd) Room Fr 76 (Stbd)
24 31 39
15 16 14 17 18 28 29 22 23 37 33 25 34 26 35 27 36
Domestic Refrigeration Heeling Potable
Aft Thruster Room Aft Aux. Room Aft DG Room PEM Room Forward DG Room Evaporator Room Midship Auxiliary Room Workshop Compressor Room Stabiliser & AC Comp. Room FW Pump Room Pump Room Water Room
Deck 1 Fr 24 (Centre) Fr 34 (Centre) Fr 45 (Port) Fr 69 (Stbd) F73 (Centre) Fr 82 (Port) Fr 94 (Centre) Fr 106 (Stbd) Fr 122 (Centre) Fr 138 (Stbd) Fr 146 (Centre) Fr 132 (Port) Fr 162 (Port) Fr 154 (Centre) Fr 164 (Stbd) Fr 184 (Port) Fr 186 (Stbd) Fr 208 (Centre) FR 232 (Centre) FR 256 (Centre)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.6 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
5.6 Engine Room Alarm and Call Systems Automatic Telephone System Other Methods of Communication
The automatic telephone system would be used as the primary method of Hand Held Radios
Traffic Light System communication between machinery spaces. Each machinery space is fitted
There are occasions where personnel will need to communicate between one or
with at least one telephone and, where necessary, these telephones are fitted
more areas not covered by the communication systems above. To facilitate this,
Maker: Deckma inside a soundproof booth. The telephones are linked in to the traffic light
technical staff may use UHF transceivers throughout the machinery spaces.
system described above to warn personnel of incoming calls.
The ECR is equipped with a UHF base station.
The machinery spaces, technical workshops and stores are fitted with an
These phones can be used to access the full range of facilities available through
audible and visual alarm system. Alarms which are raised via the IMACS
the telephone network, including paging, satellite calls, etc. Each phone has a Technical Department ‘Panic’ Alarm
system are grouped according to priority and equipment. The relevant symbol
number list adjacent to the phone. These phones are not used as emergency The ECR has a technical department group call alarm which sounds an
for each group is illuminated on indicator columns distributed throughout the
communication. audible alarm in the machinery spaces and in the alleyways of the technical
machinery spaces accompanied by audible alarms.
department’s officers’ cabins. This is for the use of the control room personnel
The automatic telephone system is described in section 9.6, Internal when it is deemed necessary that extra technical personnel are required to avert
Machinery Space Indicator Columns Communications. a possible emergency or to help with a machinery space or technical problem
The indicator columns each have two sirens fitted either side of the light such as a blackout.
column and three rotating lights are fitted on the top of the unit. Individual Sound Powered Telephones
alarm indicators include: The technical staff group call is raised by pressing a hard pushbutton located
The sound powered telephone system can be used to communicate between
• CO2 alarm in the overhead console adjacent to the traffic light unit.
remote machinery spaces without directing communications to the control
• Fire alarm room. However, only a small number of spaces are fitted with these units as
This alarm will also illuminate an indicator lamp on the bridge central overhead
they are limited to those spaces deemed essential in an emergency situation. It
• General alarm console to advise the bridge watchkeepers of the situation.
is an emergency system and will operate under blackout conditions.
• Critical alarm The system is also interfaced with the paging system and will alert technical
There are flashing light indicators in the machinery compartments to warn
• Telephone call personnel via their personal pagers. The alarm also sounds as a constant tone
personnel of incoming calls. Plug-in headsets and wandering leads are also
on the machinery alarm system in the workshops, on the bridge, officers’
• Telegraph alarm provided where communication and movement about a compartment is
wardroom, officers’ mess and the machinery spaces.
required.
The alarms have no priority. The audible CO2 alarm is provided by a separate
dedicated sounder. The sound powered telephone system is described in section 9.6, Internal
Communications.
The three lights are categorised as follows:
Engine Room Talkback Systems
Red: CO2, fire and general alarms
There are two talkback systems available in the machinery spaces. The
Orange: Critical and telegraph alarms first system is the wheelhouse talkback system which can only be used to
Blue: Telephone alarm communicate between the ECR and the wheelhouse.
The second system is the engine room talkback system which is available
The telegraph alarm is sounded when a discordance exists between the
in twenty two locations around the machinery spaces, with some locations
telegraphs in control and those not in control (as well as the emergency
having more than one communication panel. Communication is direct between
telegraphs). This discordance is set to 15 rpm/3 seconds.
the space and the engine control room only and is achieved using either a
microphone handset or the built-in microphone at the communication box.
Communication Systems
There are a number of methods of communicating between the various engine The talkback system is described in section 9.6, Internal Communications.
room compartments. Which method is used depends on the situation and the
areas which are trying to communicate. All four of the communication systems
described below are described in detail, including their operation, in section
9.6, Internal Communication Systems.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 5.6 - Page 2 of 2
Section 6: Auxiliary Plant Services
6.1 Emergency Diesel Generators 6.5 Bilge and Ballast Systems
6.2 Steam Generating Systems
6.5.1 Oily Bilge System
6.2.1 Boilers 6.5.2 Oily Water Separator
6.2.2 Economisers 6.5.3 Main Bilge System
6.2.3 Boiler Feed and Condensate System 6.5.4 Ballast Water and Heeling System
6.2.4 Boiler Fuel Oil System 6.5.5 Remote Valve Control System
6.2.5 Boiler Control System
6.6 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering Systems
6.2.6 Steam and Steam Drain System
6.2.7 Accommodation Steam System 6.6.1 Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Fuel Oil
6.2.8 Tank Heating Steam System 6.6.2 Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering System - Marine Gas Oil
6.6.3 Tank Vents and Overflow System
6.3 Water Systems 6.6.4 Lubricating Oil Transfer and Bunkering System
6.3.1 Fresh Water Evaporator Plant 6.6.5 Lubricating Oil and Fuel Oil Drain System
6.3.2 Distilled Water Transfer System 6.6.6 Sludge System
6.3.3 Water Treatment Systems 6.6.7 Quick-Closing Valve System
6.3.4 Potable Hot Water System in Machinery Spaces
6.7 Air Conditioning, Refrigeration and Ventilation Systems
6.3.5 Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces
6.7.1 Air Conditioning Plant
6.4 Sewage Systems 6.7.2 Accommodation Air Conditioning - Services
6.4.1 Grey Water System 6.7.3 Machinery Space Ventilation
6.4.2 Sewage - Black Water Vacuum Units 6.7.4 Provision Refrigeration System
6.4.3 Sewage - Black Water Treatment Units
6.8 Engine Room Cranes, Hoists and Lifting Arrangements
6.9 Dry Dock Services
Section 6
Auxiliary Plant Services
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.1a Emergency Generator
Exhaust
Instrument Panel
Air Cleaner Air Shut-Off
Fuel Filter
Oil Filter
1 2 3 4 5 21 22 23 24 25 26
6 7 8 9 10 27 28 29 30 31 32
11 12 13 14 15 33 34 35 36 37 38
16 17 18 19 20 39 40 41 42 43 44 Governor
45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55
56 57 58 59 60
0 0
V A A
I I
61 62 63 64 65
0 0 0 0 0
I I I I I
70 68 69
66 67
0 0
I I
Oil Filler Oil Cooler Oil Level Gauge
Emergency Generator Local Control Panel
Key
1. 2301A Speed Regulator Activated (H51) 18. Engine Air Flap Closed (H73) 36. Emergency Stop (H16) 53. Reset (SPR)
2. Spare (H52) 19. PLC Not Running (H64) 37. Starting Air Low Pressure (H17) 54. Low Low Oil Pressure Simulation (SPTD)
3. Engine Running (H53) 20. Engine Safety System Overridden (H74) 38. Low Starting Battery Voltage (H18) 55. High High Water Temperature Simulation (SPTW)
4. Engine Ready to Take Load (H54) 21. Speed Regulator - No Input Supply (H01) 39. Low Low Oil Pressure Circuit Failure (H19) 56. Supply Voltage (VDC)
5. Generator Set Under Automatic Request (H55) 22. Engine Low Oil Pressure (H02) 40. High High Water Temperature Circuit Failure (H20) 57. VDC Supply Current (ADC)
6. VDC Auxiliary Supply On (H56) 23. Engine High Oil Temperature (H03) 41. Engine Overspeed Circuit Failure (H21) 58. Normal/Override Engine Safety System (SSDB)
7. VAC Auxiliary Supply On (H57) 24. Engine Low Water Temperature (H04) 42. Emergency Stop Circuit Failure (H22) 59. PLC ON/Off Switch
8. Engine Water Heater Activated (H58) 25. Engine High Water Temperature (H05) 43. Engine Not In Auto (H23) 60. Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Ammeter (AI)
9. Panel Space Heater No.1 Activated (H59) 26. Engine Jacket Low Water Pressure (H06) 44. Engine Failed To Start (H24) 61. Control Supply Switch (SSCC)
10. Spare (H65) 27. Low Fuel Pressure (H07) 45. Air Flap Solenoid Coil Failure (H25) 62. Generator Set Control Switch (SSE)
11. Electric Radiator Motor Heater On (H60) 28. High Fuel Temperature (H08) 46. Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Coil Failure (H26) 63. Electronic/Mechanical Governor Selection (SSEM)
12. Electric Radiator Fan Activated (H61) 29. Engine Radiator Low Water Level (H09) 47. Fuel Solenoid Valve Coil Failure (H27) 64. Electric/Pneumatic Starting System (SSEP)
13. Electric Radiator Fan Running (H62) 30. Radiator Fan Motor Winding High Temperature (H10) 48. Electric Start Solenoid Coil Failure (H28) 65. Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Normal/Direct (SSEA)
14. PLC Running (H63) 31. Radiator Fan Motor Failure (H11) 49. Air Start Solenoid Valve Coil Failure (H29) 66. Stop Generator (SPST)
15. Spare (H75) 32. Circuit Breakers Open (H12) 50. Engine High Exhaust Temeprature (H30) 67. Start Generator (SPAV)
16. Generator Set Alarm (H71) 33. Engine Low Low Oil Pressure (H13) 51. Acknowledge/Silence (SPT) 68. Droop/Isochronous Mode Switch (SSDI)
17. Generator Set Shut Down (H72) 34. Engine High High Water Temperature ( H14 ) 52. Lamp Test (SPL) 69. Local/Remote Control Selection Switch (SSLR)
35. Engine Overspeed (H15) 70. Generator Emergency Stop (SPEM)
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.1 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.1 Emergency Diesel Generators The emergency generator engine is water cooled using an engine driven pump. c) Ensure that the water heater is switched on and maintaining
Cooling water is cooled by means of a bulkhead mounted radiator system, the temperature when the engine is on automatic standby.
radiator fans operating when the engine is running. Cooling system valves
Diesel Engine
are left open at all times to allow for immediate starting and the water level The engine cooling water system is now ready for operation.
Maker: Caterpillar in the radiator header tank must be checked frequently and topped up as
No. of sets: 2 necessary. When the engine is in standby condition, an electrically powered
heater maintains the jacket cooling water at the required temperature for an
Procedure to Prepare the Emergency Diesel Generator Engine
Model: 3512 Fuel System
immediate engine start. To prevent condensation occurring inside the alternator
Type: Four-stroke, trunk piston, 12 cylinder V-type, an alternator heater is also provided.
turbocharged a) Check the quantity of MGO in the emergency generator engine
Maximum power: 1,125kW When running the jacket cooling water is also circulated through the lubricating MGO tank and replenish if the quantity has fallen to the 36
Speed: 1,800 rpm oil cooler to maintain the correct lubricating oil temperature; the temperature hour level (see section 6.6.2. Fuel Oil Transfer and Bunkering
being controlled by an engine mounted control valve. System - MGO).
Direction of rotation: Counter clockwise
Cylinder bore: 170mm The engine running gear is force lubricated, the engine driven main oil pump b) Sludge the tank using the sludge valve to remove any water.
Piston stroke: 190mm supplies oil to all bearings and lubricated parts. The lubricating oil circulating This should be done each week before the engine is started on
Displacement: 51.8 litres pump draws oil from the integral sump and pumps it through the cooler and test and the day after the tank is replenished.
Fuel oil: Diesel fuel oil then through a duplex filter before supplying it to the lubricating oil rail.
c) Set the valves as in the following table:
Starting system: Air/electric The engine is normally started by means of an air starter motor, air being
No. of turbochargers: 2 supplied by the emergency generator starting air receiver at 30kg/cm2. Under All system valves are prefixed with ‘NL’.
normal circumstances the emergency starting air receiver is kept fully charged
from the main starting air system but it can be recharged by means of the Position Description Valve
Generator
emergency starting air compressor located in the port emergency generator Open Tank outlet line valve 180VD
Maker: AVK Deutchland Gmbh & Co. room. This is driven by a single cylinder diesel engine and is hand started. Open Tank quick-closing outlet valve 178VX
Model: DSG86L1-4L Closed Lifeboat filling valve 180VD
Output: 1,050kW at 60Hz; 690V, 1,312.5kVA The emergency generator can also be can be started by means of an electric Open Port emergency generator inlet valve 017VD
starter powered by batteries which are kept under constant charge from the
Operational Port emergency generator solenoid valve XH277W
main electrical supply system. The engine can be manually started locally
using either the electric or pneumatic starter motor. However, when it is Open Port emergency generator outlet valve 032VD
Introduction
switched to automatic operation, the air starter motor is used. Open Port emergency generator fuel radiator inlet valve 022VD
The emergency diesel generators are a self-contained unit comprising a diesel Open Port emergency generator fuel radiator outlet valve 022VD
engine and coupled alternator. The emergency generators are located in the The engine should be started at least once per week and run up to full electrical Open Port emergency generator fuel radiator bypass 022VD
emergency generator rooms on each side of deck 16 in fire zone 6. They are load monthly. valve
both arranged to start automatically on main electricity supply power failure. Open Starboard emergency generator inlet valve 018VD
Both generators automatically connect to the emergency switchboard to Whenever an engine has been started, the fuel oil tank must be checked and
refilled if the level has dropped to or below the 36 hour operation level at Operational Starboard emergency generator solenoid valve XH274W
maintain an electrical supply to essential services.
11.6m3. An alarm is raised at 12m3. The starting air receiver pressure must be Open Starboard emergency generator outlet valve 031VD
Each engine is equipped with two starting systems, an electrical and an air checked and the receiver replenished if necessary. Open Starboard emergency generator fuel radiator inlet 022VD
starting system. The air start is normally used to start the engine but should the valve
emergency generator fail to start, the electrical start system can be used. The Procedure to Prepare the Emergency Diesel Generator Engine Open Starboard emergency generator fuel radiator outlet 022VD
control system is arranged to allow for both automatic starting and connection Cooling Water System valve
to the emergency switchboard or manual starting and stopping at the engine Open Starboard emergency generator fuel radiator bypass 022VD
control panel. a) Ensure that the inlet and return valves between the engine and valve
the radiators are open. These valves should always be left open
The emergency generator room is provided with a 14.9m3 emergency MGO unless work is being undertaken on the cooling systems. d) Check that the engine fuel system is primed.
tank. The emergency generator MGO tank is replenished from the MGO
storage tank using one of the MGO transfer pumps. The emergency generator b) Check the water levels in the radiator expansion/header tanks The engine fuel system is now ready for operation.
engine MGO tank overflows to the MGO storage tank. and replenish the cooling water system as required.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.1 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.1b Emergency Generator Services
25 25
NL NL
7104 022VD 022VD
Emergency XL/277A XL/274GA
Generator GO Tank NL NL
Fuel 022VD 022VD Fuel
Radiator Radiator
LI LT
Overflow 06016 NL NL NL
To GO 178VX 022VD 022VD
Settling Tank LIA H 32
06016
L NL
180VD NL180VD
NL022VD
NL023RU 32 From Starting Air System
To Filling
See Illustration 2.5.1a
Line
Sight Glass
20
To To
Atmosphere Atmosphere
To Sludge
AR AR
System
112VS 20 113VS AR
20 AR AR061VD 115VD 25
115VD 25
AR 20 AR
AR 116VD 116VD
061VD Emergency
XA/238 Emergency XA/235
Generator Generator
15
Starting Air
Starting Air
XH AR Receiver
087VD Receiver
227A 080VD
117VD PT PIA PT PIA
07016 07016 07017 07017
AR074VD L L
To AR AR062VD 25 25 To 25 25
AR062VD
Scuppers 117VD Scuppers
Drain
20
XA/227
NL NL
Emergency 032VD 031VD
Starting Air 15 15
Compressor
20
XH NL 15 XH NL 15
277W 017VD 274W 018VD
XA/277 Emergency Diesel Generator XA/274G Key
Emergency Diesel Generator
Marine Gas Oil
20
Compressed Air
Instrumentation
Reference Shipyard Drawing - A5 D350 265 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.1 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Procedure to Prepare the Emergency Diesel Generator Engine Procedure to Manual Start the Emergency Diesel Generator n) If required, load the engine, otherwise allow it to run at idle
for Automatic Starting Engine using the Pneumatic Starter speed or stop it. The engine is stopped by pressing the STOP
pushbutton on the local control panel.
The engine cooling water and generator heater should always be switched on a) Move the engine control position selector switch to the LOCAL
in order to ensure that the engine is always available for starting. Check this position and check that the control voltage is healthy at the o) When the engine has stopped and cooled down, check that the
at the alarm panel: engine control panel. heater switches on.
a) At the engine local control panel check that the control voltage b) Check the level of oil in the engine sump and top up as necessary p) Press the RESET pushbutton and check that all alarms clear,
is healthy and the control supply switch is in the ‘I’ position at with the correct grade of oil. then move the control selector switch to the AUTOMATIC
the engine control panel. position. At the control position selector switch, select
c) Check the level of water in the radiators and top up as necessary REMOTE operation. The emergency generator is now ready
b) Check the level of oil in the engine sump and top up as necessary with clean distilled water. for automatic operation.
with the correct grade of oil.
d) Check the level of MGO in the emergency generator diesel oil Note: The engine may be started manually using the electric starter or the
c) Check the level of water in the radiator and top up as necessary service tank and top up as required. Sludge the tank. pneumatic starter. The starting air receiver and battery system must be
with clean distilled water. fully charged at all times to allow for immediate starting using the selected
e) Check that the cooling water and alternator heaters are on. They method.
d) Check the level of MGO in the emergency generator diesel oil are normally on when the engine is stopped and selected for
service tank and top up as required. Sludge the tank. automatic start. The procedure for starting on electric is the same as that described for the
pneumatic start but the selector switch on the local control panel must be
e) Check that the cooling water and alternator heaters are on f) Check that the two air start valves AR115VD and AR062VD switched to ELECTRIC.
by checking the alarm panel. They are normally on when the from the receiver to the engine are open and that the starting air
engine is stopped and selected for automatic start. receiver is fully charged.
Procedure for Stopping the Engine after Running on Load
f) Check that the two air start valves AR115VD and AR062VD g) Ensure that the fuel oil supply to the diesel engine is set as
from the receiver to the engine are open and that the starting air previously described. It should be left open when the engine is a) Shed load from the engine.
receiver is fully charged. stopped.
b) Allow the engine to run on no load for 5 minutes before shutting
g) Ensure that the fuel oil supply to the diesel engine is set as h) Move the control selector switch to the MANUAL position. down to allow the cooling water and lubricating oil to carry
previously described. It should be left open when the engine is Ensure that the ELECTRIC/PNEUMATIC selector switch is in away heat from the combustion chambers, bearings, shafts,
stopped. the PNEUMATIC position. All other switches should be in the turbochargers etc.
previously described positions.
h) Select PNEUMATIC at the ELECTRIC/PNEUMATIC start c) Long periods of idling will result in poor combustion and a
selector on the local control panel. Move the emergency diesel i) At the local control panel, press and hold the START pushbutton build up of carbon deposits in the cylinders and on the fuel
generator control position selector switch to the REMOTE until the engine fires. injectors.
position.
j) The engine will turn over using the pneumatic starter motor and d) Select STOP at the control selector switch at the local control
i) At the engine control panel, move the control selector switch to will operate on fuel when it reaches firing speed. panel.
the AUTOMATIC position. Other switch settings should be:
k) Check that the engine is firing smoothly. e) When the engine has stopped, ensure that the heater switches on.
1) Elec/Mech governor selection: ELECTRONIC Depending on the method of starting, ensure that all switches
2) Radiator fan motor selection: NORMAL l) Check the engine oil pressure, cooling water pressure and rpm. are in the correct position for automatic starting, as outlined
Investigate any abnormalities. previously.
3) Droop/isoch selection: ISOCH
4) Engine safety system override: NORMAL m) Check that the cooling water heater switches off as the engine
5) PLC on/off selector: I (on) heats up and that the thermostats operate to allow cooling water
to flow to the radiators as the engine heats further.
The emergency diesel generator is now ready for starting and it will start
automatically and supply power should there be an interruption of power from
the main electrical supply.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.1 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.1a Boiler
High Level Alarm
xxxmm
xxxmm
Normal Water Level xxxmm
xxxmm
Low Level Alarm xxxmm
xxxmm
Low Low Level Alarm Trip 1
Low Low Level Alarm Trip 2
Local
Level Gauges
Sensor
Electrode
Water Level Alarms and Trips - Required
Details to Add
Gauge - Levels
Relief v/vs etc
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.1 - Page 1 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2 STEAM GENERATING SYSTEMS The steam space is fitted with steam stop valves whilst the water space has There are two groups of feed water inlet valves, each group consisting of a
feed check valves. At the interface between the steam and water spaces there shut-off valve and a non-return valve. The main group of feed water valves is
6.2.1 Boilers are water level gauges and water level alarms. The burner unit is located in the associated with the automatic feed water regulator and will normally be used.
centre of the water space and is arranged for horizontal firing. A forced draught The feed regulator valve opens and closes according to the level of water in
(FD) fan supplies combustion air to the burner and is located at the burner. the boiler thus allowing the water level to be automatically maintained. The
Oil Fired Boilers auxiliary feed water valves are used in the event of failure of the automatic
Reference No.: XA/004A/B The Saacke burner uses steam atomising and is supplied with heavy fuel oil feed water regulator system.
(HFO) from the main fuel system; when burning MDO atomising air must be
Maker: Aalborg
used. Combustion air is supplied to a wind box by the FD fan and the air flow The shut-off valve in the operating group of feed water valves must be open
Model: Unex CHB-1500 to the furnace is divided into two separate flows; the core air, which mixes when the boiler is operating or when it is acting as the steam reservoir for the
No. of sets: 2 with the fuel and steam at the burner tip and the main air flow, which enters economisers. Both oil fired auxiliary boilers are associated with the exhaust
Type: Vertical water tube via a swirl unit and mixes with the fuel after the burner tip. The air supply is gas economisers (EGEs), these economisers being supplied with water from
Capacity: 15,000kg/h at 12 bar regulated by dampers in the wind box, the air volume being determined by the the auxiliary boiler which is designated as the master oil fired boiler. The
fuel supply. The burner has a turn down range of 1:15 and it is ignited by an steam/water emulsion generated in the economiser(s) flows back to the master
Burner: Saake DDZ10, Steam atomising: HFO operation
igniter gun which burns marine diesel oil (MDO) and has its own air supply. oil fired boiler. A separate circulation pump is provided for each exhaust gas
economiser.
Introduction The combustion air fan must also be selected for AUTO operation.
Two safety valves are fitted to the upper part of the steam/water space. A
The steam generating plant consists of two oil fired boilers and six waste heat Boiler operation is controlled from the Se@vis HMI 10 touch screen panel. At blowdown valve is connected to the lower part of the boiler water space. A
economisers, each economiser utilising exhaust gas from its designated diesel the panel there are also three switches which allow for selection of emergency scum collection pan, with associated valve, is located at the normal water level,
generator engine. operation, selection of flame scanner emergency operation and selection in the upper header and allows surface foam and debris to be removed from
of manual or automatic burner heater control. The HMI (Human Machine the water surface. The boiler blowdown and scumming system is operated
When the ship is in port there will normally be at least two diesel generator Interface) touch screen enables the operator to investigate the boiler operation, manually. Boiler feed water treatment chemicals are pumped into the boiler
engines operating and that will allow their associated waste heat economisers to control operation and to select parameters. feed supply line by the dosing pumps as required, in order to maintain the
to generate steam. However, this is unlikely to meet the demand for steam and boiler water in the correct condition to prevent corrosion and scale formation.
at least one of the main oil fired boilers will have to operate. At times of high The boiler may be operated locally from the control panel or remotely from A water sampling valve is fitted to each boiler and a water sample is drawn via
steam demand it may be necessary to operate both oil fired boilers. When at the IMACS mimics. Initially the boiler system is set from the Se@vis panel a sample cooler.
sea with a number of diesel engines running, steam demand may be satisfied and then the boilers are selected for remote operation and controlled from the
by the waste heat systems and the oil fired boiler(s) will then act as water and IMACS. A ventilation valve is located at the top of the pressure vessel and is normally
steam reservoirs. closed but is opened when the boiler is being filled or drained. Two small
Emergency operation of the boiler is activated by means of the Emergency furnace inspection windows allow for inspection of the combustion flame
The oil fired boilers and the waste heat steam generation systems may be Operation switch located below the Se@vis panel. The Flame Scanner switch whilst manholes and inspection hatches allow for the inspection and cleaning
operated together in any combination to meet the steam demand. must also be set for emergency operation. In emergency operating mode, the of the water and flue gas spaces.
ignition and fuel oil valves are operated by means of pushbuttons and these
The oil fired boilers are normally operated under remote control and may be are located close to the burner at the top of the boiler. The compound regulator Manually operated steam sootblowers are fitted to each auxiliary oil fired
selected for single unit operation. They may also be operated in parallel, with controls the burner fuel supply and air damper operation. boiler.
one boiler selected as the operating or duty boiler (the master) and the other as
the standby boiler (the slave); the standby boiler will automatically start if the The control system (see section 6.2.5) regulates the fuel and combustion air An AQ300 Boiler Water Management System is provided and this deals
duty boiler cannot maintain steam pressure. After the burner start is activated, supply in order to maintain a constant steam pressure. A flame monitoring automatically with boiler water sampling, testing and treatment.
the boiler(s) will operate automatically. The boilers and their main operating device is fitted to detect flame failure upon flash-up or during normal operation.
parameters are shown at the IMACS mimics. There are a number of boiler The water level in the boiler is controlled automatically by the feed water Boiler Operation
mimics but the Boiler Overview mimic shows the operating condition of both control system and there are alarms for high and low water levels. At the low-
boilers together with status and alarms. low water level, an alarm operates together with a trip for furnace combustion. Procedure for Starting the Boiler from Cold
Water gauges are fitted on the boiler shell for visual indication of the water a) Check the boiler is secure and that all instruments and fittings
Each boiler has a single furnace which is surrounded by a water space. Fire level and there is a remote water level indicator at the IMACS mimic. are operational. Add an initial dose of chemicals prior to closing
tubes, through which the combustion gases pass, connect the furnace with up the boiler.
the exhaust gas uptake. The fire tubes pass through the water space above the The boilers are provided with two steam outlet valves, one of the shut-off type
furnace and the steam collection space. In the steam collection space the fire and one non-return type which prevents steam from flowing back to the boiler b) Open the venting valve at the top of the boiler.
tube have the effect of drying the steam. should the pressure in the line exceed the boiler pressure.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.1 - Page 2 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
c) Fill the boiler with treated distilled water to a quarter of the n) When the boiler approaches full pressure, open the main steam The fuel oil pressure controller is now fully operational and will keep the preset
glass then stop the feed pump. When filling a boiler which valve slowly to supply steam to the steam main line. The boiler fuel oil pressure constant after the operating temperature has been reached.
is not under pressure, the shut-off valve after the feed water is now operating on line and supplying steam.
pump must be throttled, otherwise the pump motor will be g) Ensure that the burner bypass line needle valve is correctly set
overloaded. o) During operation deposits will precipitate and these and that the line return valve is open. Open the manual rapid
accumulations may cause level variations which disturb the shut-off fuel oil supply valve to the burner unit.
d) Check the burner and the safety systems are operating in steam generation process, however, daily blowing down of the
accordance with their operating instructions. boiler should minimise the effect. The feed water testing and h) Ensure that the boiler ignition pump is operating and supplying
treatment system must be in operation at all times. MGO to the burner unit for the ignition flame.
e) Ensure that the fuel oil circulating system is set for operation.
Apply the trace heating and start the boiler fuel oil pump. i) Open the supply valve for the atomising steam.
Procedure for Preparing the Burner System for Operation
The boiler HFO system should be prepared and operated as
described in section 6.2.4. Steam will be available from the The following description covers the basic procedures for operating the Saacke j) Set the HFO operating pressure at 10 - l2kg/cm2.
other oil fired boiler or from the exhaust gas economisers linked oil burners on HFO. In-depth operating, inspection and maintenance details are
to the other boiler. This steam will provide heating for the HFO available in the Saacke operator’s manual. The boiler is now ready to start.
service tank and the burner atomising steam. The boiler may be
operated on HFO or MDO. CAUTION Procedure for Operating the Saacke Burner Unit
Under no circumstances should a burner be operated if there is any The boiler is normally fully controlled through IMACS. Operation of the
f) Start the burner on manual control and low load. The initial concern about its integrity; a defective burner can result in blowback auxiliaries and the burner unit is achieved through use of the boiler section of
firing rate should be 10 minutes burner on followed by 10 and serious fire. IMACS. Normal operation would consist of ensuring that all services such as
minutes burner off; the proceudre is repeated until steam starts
fuel oil, atomising steam, etc, are available and then pressing the boiler START
issuing from the boiler vent valve. a) The boiler is prepared for operation as described above. soft key on the IMACS Boiler mimic. However, the boiler can be started
locally by following the procedure below:
g) Check that the water level does not rise too high, due to swell, b) The duty HFO service tank heating system should be operational
during the pressure raising period. and the fuel in the tank should be at the appropriate temperature. a) Ensure that all auxiliary services are operating normally. Reset
The HFO system will be prepared as described in section 6.2.4 any tripped emergency stops. The boiler feed pumps, fuel
h) Drain the boiler via the blowdown valves if the water level is and hot HFO should be available at the burner unit.
too high. pumps and combustion air fan must be selected for automatic
operation at the local boiler panel.
c) Check that the circulation line needle valve bypass valve is
i) Shut the venting valve when steam blows out. When the open to allow for recirculation of HFO during the preheating
water level starts to fall, start one feed pump and place the period and check that the circulation line needle valve is set b) At the HMI panel press the OPERATION touchbutton. A Login
other in standby. Check that the water level control system is to the correct opening. Close the manual rapid shut-off fuel oil may be required in order to operate the boiler from the HMI
functioning. supply valve to the burner unit. panel; ensure that this is completed.
j) Tighten the manhole cover and hand hole covers during the d) Ensure that the trace heating is on and operating correctly. (This c) Check at the fuel system screen that the boiler system is set for
pressure raising period, if required. should have been carried out as part of the preparation of the HFO or MDO as required. Check that the boiler is set for single
boiler HFO supply system.) operation at the boiler system screen..
k) Check all flange joints at the plant for signs of leakage.
e) Ensure that the HFO heater is operating and that hot HFO is d) Press the BURNER START/STOP touchbutton and the burner
l) Intermittent firing at low load should continue until the steam available at the boiler burner. Check that the HFO recirculating will go through the purge procedure before starting. Check that
pressure reaches about 2.0 bar. The burner should be shut system is operating and the fuel temperature has reached the the burner system operates correctly.
off and conditions allowed to stabilise. Firing then continues operational temperature.
intermittently until normal working pressure is reached. Procedure for Shutting Down the Boiler Burner
f) Close the circulation line needle valve bypass valve in the
m) The boiler must be started under local manual control so that Loading on the boiler should be reduced gradually before shutting off the
return piping, closely watching the pressure gauge. The heated
the operator can check for any defects or operational problems burner. The steam stop valves should be closed and steam supplied by the other
HFO is now available upstream of the burner but the circulation
which may occur during the critical starting period. Only when boiler. If the boilers are operating as a Master/Slave pair operation should be
line needle valve is open thus allowing for circulation of hot oil
the operator is satisfied should the boiler be changed to remote changed to Single boiler with the other boiler selected as the single operating
at all times. Check that the fuel pressure is being maintained.
control at the boiler local control panel. boiler.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.1 - Page 3 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
a) Switch off the burner unit by pressing the BURNER START/ e) At the emergency control box on top of the boiler, press and e) Check the fuel oil temperature and pressure and the fuel oil flow
STOP touchbutton at the local HMI panel. If the boiler is hold the IGNITION pushbutton until an ignition flame is at a known set rate.
operating in remote control the boiler is stopped by pressing the observed through the observation glass. If the flame does not
STOP softkey at the IMACS boiler mimic. establish within 15 seconds, stop the procedure and repurge f) Check the flue gas temperature after the boiler. Too high a
the boiler before re-attempting to flash. Repeated failures will temperature indicates fouling of the pin tubes and the need for
b) The boiler will go through a burner shutdown procesure. require further investigation. cleaning.
c) The boiler burner is now considered shut down for periods of up f) At the emergency control box, press and hold the OIL VALVE g) Check and clean the flame sensor and the fuel oil filters.
to eight hours. pushbutton until the fuel oil pressure gauge is reading at least
one bar and the main flame is established. When satisfied h) Check the boiler steam pressure and the water level.
If the shutdown is to be of short duration, the fuel oil heating system and pump the flame is stable, release the IGNITION and OIL VALVE
set may remain switched on, the burner may then be restarted at any time. If pushbuttons. i) Check the operation of the feed water control system.
the shutdown is for a longer duration, the fuel oil heating system and pump set
must be switched off and the atomising steam valve closed. The boiler must be g) Adjust the air flow manually to achieve a stable flame. j) Check the water level alarm system every week.
restarted as described previously.
k) Test the operation of the standby feed water pumps every
Procedure for Daily Boiler Inspection
week.
Procedure for Shutting Down in Case of Trouble or Danger
Under normal circumstances the boilers will be blown down under the control
a) Press the EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons or the STOP softkey of the AQ300 Boiler Water Management System and this does not require l) Visually inspect the compound regulator.
at the boiler mimic. The control system will immediately shut manual intervention apart from checking the results of testing and subsequent
down the burner. treatment. (Author`s Note: Check if this is the case as the AQ300 system was m) Every month, check the operation of the high steam pressure
still being installed during the visit in Feb` 2007) trip by adjusting the setting slightly downwards. The burner
b) Trace and correct the cause of the problem. (For help in tracing should stop by itself. The pressure trip must be reset after this
the fault, consult the boiler burner manual.) If required the boiler may be manually blown down and/or scum blown; this check.
may be required if the automatic testing and treatment system fails for any
c) After the fault has been traced and corrected, restart the plant as reason. Blow down the boiler, using the bottom blowdown valve, as follows:
Procedure for Cleaning the Boiler after Shutdown
described previously.
a) Open the ship side overboard discharge valve for the boiler a) Empty water from the boiler using the blowdown valve. Open
before opening the boiler valves. The boiler non-return valve the venting valve when the pressure falls to 1.5kg/cm2 and allow
Emergency Operation of the Firing System
and then the line valve for the boiler should be opened and the the boiler to cool. After cooling, open the inspection doors and
Should the automatic combustion control system fail utterly and there is still water level reduced by 25% of a glass. check the water space for deposits.
a requirement to fire the boiler, the following procedure can be adopted to
fire the main burner. This should only be attempted with the Chief Engineer’s How frequently manual blowdown is required depends upon circumstances WARNING
permission. It is assumed that all ancillary services are available and fully but normally the automatic blowdown via the scum line should be operational. Never blow a boiler down to zero pressure. This will create a vacuum in
functional: Manual scum blowing of the boiler should take place at intervals depending the boiler and draw sea water back in to the water space.
upon the possibility of foam on the water level surface. If there is carry over of
a) Select EMERGENCY OPERATION at the selector switch on water with the steam, this is indicative of foaming. b) Check and clean the external mountings.
the boiler local control panel; the switch is located below the
HMI panel. b) Drain each water level glass and check the level readings. This c) Clean the pin tubes thoroughly.
should be carried out at 4 hourly intervals or more frequently if
b) At the boiler local panel turn the switch SELECT FLAME there is any doubt about the actual water level reading. d) Change the inspection door joints as required.
SCANNER EMERGENCY OPERATION.
c) Check the boiler water condition and treat as necessary. The e) Prepare the boiler for operation as previously.
c) Disconnect the drive arm from the compound regulator and water testing system operates automatically but changes in
manually open the vanes fully for at least two minutes to purge water condition must be monitored and the duty engineer must
the boiler. be prepared to adjust water treatment accordingly. Boiler Water Testing
d) Once the purge is complete, shut the compound regulator back d) Check the function of the fuel oil burner at different capacities The AQ300 Boiler Water Management System takes water samples, analyses
to the 50% position. through the inspection glass on the boiler. them and adjusts the boiler water treatment accordingly. Water samples are
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.1 - Page 4 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
taken from each of the operating boilers and from the feed water system, the and clean air. They should be operated when leaving port prior to shutting
samples being cooled before automatic analysis. When the economisers are down the boiler. The sootblowers are fitted with an air purge connection. This
operating, they use the same feed system as the oil fired boilers and so the same is supplied from the discharge of the forced draught fan. This keeps the nozzles
treated water is employed. clear during boiler operation and provides a seal at the air sealed wall boxes to
prevent the escape of boiler exhaust gas into the machinery space. Non-return
Water for testing is directed to the treatment unit and automatically analysed. valves prevent steam from entering the air lines.
The treatment unit automatically adjusts the treatment chemical supply to the
boilers according to the needs identified by the analysis. The duty engineer
Procedure for the Operation of the Auxiliary Boiler Sootblowers
must ensure that the chemical supply is maintained at the unit and that the
treatment units are maintained in an operational condition at all times. Before operation, request permission from the bridge and notify the bridge on
completion.
Boiler Blowdown
a) The boiler should be on a minimum of 50% of full load.
Boiler blowdown is an essential requirement for complete control of the boiler
treatment. Blowdown removes water from the boiler which has a high level b) With the drain open slightly, partially open the steam stop
of dissolved solids and replaces this water with distilled water thus reducing valves to the sootblower header.
the overall dissolved solids content. Water conductivity gives an indication of
the dissolved solids level and increasing dissolved solids indicate a need for c) When the pipeline is warmed sufficiently, shut the drain valve
blowdown. and open the stop valves fully.
The frequency and duration of blowdown is indicated by the test results from d) Operate the first blower by turning the hand wheel in a clockwise
the boiler water conductivity which shows the total content of soluble salts direction for 10 revolutions until the cam completes its travel.
collected in the boiler from the feed water and the treatment.
e) Repeat the procedure with the other sootblowers. If necessary
the operation should be repeated with each sootblower but if the
Boiler Tube Cleaning
operation is carried out regularly there should only be need for
After a period in operation, the gas side of the tubes will become coated with one operating cycle with each blower.
soot and this must be removed in order to maintain the operating efficiency of
the boiler. Each boiler is fitted with operated steam sootblowers. f) Close the steam supply valve to the sootblowers and open the
drain valve.
(Author`s Note: Details of sootblowers and thir operation to insert when it
is available.)
The sootblowers use steam as the operating medium and the drain line from a
sootblower should be open at all times when a sootblower is not being operated.
The sootblowers directs the steam through nozzles in the lance enabling it to
impact the surfaces from which soot is to be removed. The impact of the steam
on the surface dislodges the soot thus cleaning the tube surface. The operating
cycle of the sootblower is one blowing revolution of the lance.
The sootblower is air sealed and an air supply must always be available at the
sootblower in order to seal the unit and prevent the escape of boiler combustion
gases into the engine room.
Sootblowing has to be carried out at regular intervals to ensure that the heat
transfer surfaces are kept clear of deposits, as these retard heat transfer and can
constitute a fire hazard.
The sootblowers should be operated every day when boilers are in use, bearing
in mind the position of the vessel and any local legislation concerning pollution
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.1 - Page 5 of 5
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.2a Economiser
Exhaust Gas Outlet
Access Door
Water Washing
Inlet Pipe
Outlet Header
Water Washing
Lance and Nozzle
Finned Tube Stack
Gas Tight
Dividing Wall
Water Washing
Lance and Nozzle
Finned Tube Stack
Finned Tube
Section
Inlet Header
Exhaust Gas Inlet
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.2 Economisers Note: The safety valve of the exhaust gas economiser is usually set for an If for some reason the boiler plant is out of operation, the economisers must be
opening pressure about 1 bar higher than the safety valve of the associated filled completely with chemically treated water in order to prevent corrosion.
Diesel Generator Waste Heat Economiser oil fired boiler. Under no circumstances should the safety valves be adjusted
or tampered with. Dry Emergency Running
Reference No.: XA/006A/B/C/D/E/F
Maker: TEI Greens It is possible to operate the EGE in the dry condition, ie, with no water
Procedure for Operating an Exhaust Gas Economiser from circulating or present in the unit, however, this should only be under taken in
Model: Diesecon
Cold extreme emergencies and precautions must then be observed to prevent soot
No. of units: Six: (one for each diesel generator engine) fires. Such dry running capability is essential to the operation of the associated
Type: Finned water tube a) Ensure that all the valves between the exhaust gas economiser diesel generator engine as, otherwise, failure of the economiser would mean
Capacity: 3,300kg/h, 10 bar at 80% MCR for V12 engines and the oil fired boiler are fully opened to permit free flow that the diesel generator engine could not be operated, there being no way of
conditions, this includes the water circulation pump suction and the engine exhaust gas bypassing the economiser.
2,200kg/h, 10.0 bar at 80% MCR for in-line engines
discharge valves.
The boiler construction allows dry running at exhaust gas temperatures not
b) Ensure that all instrumentation is reading correctly.
Introduction exceeding 450°C provided that the heating surface is clean. A soot fire under
c) Start the circulation pump. these circumstances would most likely cause major damage to the tubes.
The waste heat economisers are heated by the diesel generator engine exhaust
gas and these work in conjunction with the two oil fired boilers. There are Note: If the boiler water is already heated (the oil fired boiler or another
two different sizes of diesel engine (the 12 cylinder and 8 cylinder engines)
Procedure for the Emergency Running of an Economiser in
economiser is operating), the circulating pump discharge valve should be
and they have the same design of exhaust gas economisers although the the Dry Condition
closed before starting the circulating pump and the flow to the boiler should
output of the two economisers served by the 8 cylinder engines is less than be slowly increased to avoid excessive thermal stress on the tubes.
that of the other economisers. All economisers are associated with both of It is assumed that the EGE is in the dry condition and the associated diesel
the oil fired auxiliary boilers via a common return line and so either or both generator engine is about to be started.
d) When full circulation conditions have been established in the
oil fired boiler(s) may be operated when any economisers are working. When EGE and the temperature is at the correct level, the associated
the economisers are operating the oil fired boilers act as water and steam a) Inspect the heating surface prior to the dry running period.
diesel generator engine may be started.
reservoirs, steam generation taking place at the economisers.
b) Clean the EGE by water washing if any soot is present.
e) As steam is generated in the EGE, a steam/water mixture will
Diesel Engine Economisers return to the oil fired boiler and steam will separate off for use
c) Start the diesel generator engine and gradually increase the load
in the steam system.
in order to raise the temperature of the EGE without causing
The ‘Diesecon’ is a water tube Exhaust Gas Economiser (EGE) with forced thermal expansion problems. Extended low load operation of
water circulation. The EGE generates steam solely via the heat extracted from f) When steam generation conditions are stable, set the EGE
the main engine should be avoided as far as possible in order to
the diesel generator engine exhaust and it is used in conjunction with the oil to operate automatically (see section 6.2.5, Boiler Control
reduce soot formation on the EGE tube surfaces.
fired boiler which acts as a steam/water reservoir for the EGE. Each of the oil System).
fired boilers operates in conjunction with whichever exhaust gas economisers d) Inspect the EGE frequently and if any deposits are present,
are in service. Note: Ideally, the EGE should always be connected to the oil fired boiler remove them by water washing. The infrasonic system will
even when the associated diesel generator engine is shut down. This ensures assist in keeping surfaces clean by preventing soot deposits
The feed water is supplied to the oil fired boilers from the port and starboard that the EGE is kept warm and is therefore ready for immediate operation if from adhering to tube surfaces.
hotwells by the feed pumps. Forced circulation pumps, one for each EGE, take required.
water from the associated boiler and supply it to the EGE. The heated steam/ e) Make every effort to re-establish the water circulation to the
water mixture is returned to the steam space of the oil fired boiler where the Prolonged Engine Shutdown EGE thereby reducing the dry running period to a minimum.
steam is separated. The EGE heating elements consist of finned tubes through
which the water circulates. Water flows through the tube bank from the inlet If required, the circulating pump can be stopped during prolonged stays in f) If water circulation is to be re-established, the EGE should
header to the outlet header and during passage, the water is heated and some port, however, not before 12 hours after the associated diesel generator engine be allowed to cool down gradually before water circulation is
water is evaporated. The tubes have steel fins welded on which promote heat has been shut down and provided that no abnormal conditions have occurred started in order to avoid excessive thermal shock stresses which
transfer from the exhaust gas to the tubes and the water. The tube elements, during the cooling down period, eg, small soot fires. The circulation of water could result in tube damage.
bends and supports are placed in the exhaust gas flow. has a cooling effect on the tubes, reducing the risk of a soot fire. If the pump
must be stopped earlier than 12 hours after the associated diesel generator g) After the diesel generator engine is shut down, allow the EGE to
The EGEs are supplied with water from the associated oil fired boiler and so engine shutdown, a check must be made to ensure that no soot fires are in cool down gradually. Inspect the EGE for deposits and damage
the same water treatment conditions apply, see section 6.2.1 for information. progress. The circulation of water must be re-established prior to the next start after the associated engine has been shut down.
of the associated diesel generator engine.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Exhaust Gas Economiser Gas Space Cleaning The sonic cleaners are controlled by the insonating control box IC4990, which Changing the Sonic Cleaner Settings
Light soot deposits are removed from the flue gas side of the EGE heat transfer repeatedly operates the sonic cleaners in turn. Each sonic cleaner cleaning The system settings are made at commissioning and should only be adjusted if
surfaces using a sonic cleaning system. The diesel generator exhaust gas cycle takes a set time, which can be adjusted by means of a circuit board the system is failing to maintain the engine uptakes in a clean condition. The
economiser uptakes are each fitted with AP150 sonic cleaners and the oil fired potentiometer, and then the controller switches to pause mode for that cleaner setting switches are located within the insonating controller IC4990 cabinet.
boiler uptakes have AP70 sonic cleaners. In addition, the incinerator uptakes whilst the other sonic cleaners are operated. When all sonic cleaners have been The Infrafone manual must be consulted before any changes are made to the
are also fitted with AP15 infrafones. operated, the cycle repeats. The forward and aft systems serve the following system settings.
EGEs/uptakes:
There are two Infrasonic air supply systems, one of which supplies compressed • Forward System: Nos 1-4 EGEs and the forward boiler
air for the forward economiser uptake cleaners and the other for the aft uptake Procedure for Water Washing the Economiser Tube Surfaces
• Aft System: No.5 and No.6 EGEs, No.1 and No.2 incinerators
cleaners.
and the aft boiler The exhaust gas economisers may be water washed using water from the EGE
Each set of Infrafone sonic cleaners (forward and aft) has an insonating washing system.
controller which controls the sonic cleaners to which it is attached and has Procedure for Operating the Forward Sonic Cleaners
three functions: a) The associated diesel generator engine must be stopped but the
EGE must be warm enough for the water to evaporate so that
1. To open and close the solenoid valve for insonating and pause a) Open the service air inlet valve to the infrasonic air receiver.
the tubes and fins will not remain moist after washing.
modes when cleaning.
b) Ensure that water is drained from the infrasonic air receiver by
2. To measure, via the transducer box TB1, the sound pressure of b) Open the inspection doors on the EGE.
opening the drain valve.
the Infrafone sonic cleaner.
c) The water washing system must be operational with distilled
3. To trigger an alarm if the sound pressure is below a preset c) Open the infrasonic air receiver outlet valve.
water available at the inlet lines to the exhaust gas economisers.
level. The seal pot should have its drain to the strainer opened and the
d) Open the air supply valves to the individual infrasonic units.
strainer should have its drain to the collecting tank opened; the
Each exhaust pipe from the diesel generator engines is fitted with a sonic water can then be supplied to the washing lances.
cleaner, the cleaner head being located above the exhaust gas economiser e) Ensure that the pulsator supply pressure regulating valves are
(EGE). The sonic cleaner consists of a resonance chamber to which is attached operational.
d) After washing is complete, close the water supply valves. After
a pulsator and a transducer box. The sonic cleaner attaches to the exhaust water has drained from the surfaces, inspect the surfaces to see
pipe via a resonance tube and diffuser. The sonic cleaner is tuned to produce f) At the insonating control box IC4990, set the power switch to
that all deposits have been removed. If necessary, repeat the
a defined frequency, corresponding to a fundamental longitudinal resonance ON. The POWER lamp will illuminate.
cleaning process.
frequency of the gas column in the exhaust gas pipe to which it is attached. The
pulsator generates an oscillating air/gas sound pressure which is referred to as g) The INSONATING lamp will illuminate for sonic cleaner
e) Close the inspection doors and close all drain valves. Refill the
the particle velocity. Sound generated in the pulsator, located at the top of the No.1 and that cleaner will insonate according to the time set
seal pot.
cleaner head, is amplified due to resonance in the resonance chamber located by potentiometer P1 on the circuit board. After the time has
below the pulsator. This resonance creates a longitudinal standing wave at elapsed, the pause sequence will begin. The duration of the
f) When the EGE is returned to service, repeat the procedure for
intervals of 5 to 10 seconds and the particle velocity in the standing wave has pause sequence is set by potentiometer P5 on the circuit board.
starting as before. When the associated diesel generator engine
a cleaning/loosening effect on the soot and other solid particles in the gas flow. is started, check that the inspection doors do not leak.
The sound wave is omni-directional (it has no specific direction) and so the h) The sequence is repeated for the other sonic cleaners fitted to
entire uptake is cleaned, both upstream and downstream of the sonic cleaner, the uptakes in turn. After all five sonic cleaners have operated,
hence it may be located above the EGE and still have a cleaning effect on the the cycle begins again for sonic cleaner No.1.
EGE.
i) The sequence repeats until the unit switch is moved to the
The infrasonic air receivers supply compressed air at 8.5 bar to the pulsators OFF position. The insonating lamps for each sonic cleaner will
and air for each insonating cycle is supplied to each sonic cleaner via a illuminate when that cleaner is insonating and the pause light
pressure regulator which is connected to the pulsator inlet via a rubber hose. will illuminate when any of the cleaners is in the pause mode.
An electrically activated valve switches the pulsator on and off and the pulsator The system is the same for the aft system.
then acts as a valve for the main air flow. It is this pulsating air flow which
is amplified in the resonance chamber. The transducer box TB1 measures the
sound pressure and sends a signal to the insonating controller to adjust pulsator
operation if the sound pressure is not correct. It is possible to adjust the sound
level if required.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Exhaust Gas Economiser Fires Procedure for Emergency Action in the Event of a Severe Soot Fire
a) Stop the engine.
A fire in the exhaust gas boiler may develop in two stages: an initial soot fire
which under certain conditions may develop into a high temperature fire. b) Keep the circulating pump running.
Initial Soot Fire c) Raise the alarm by informing the Chief Technical Officer and
the bridge of the situation.
This type of fire arises when deposits of combustible materials burn in the
presence of sufficient oxygen. The main constituent of the deposit is soot but
d) Seal the engine air intakes and ensure that there is no access for
there may be additional unburnt residues of fuel and lubricating oils present.
air to the seat of the fire.
Such fuel and lubricating oil deposits may be due to faulty combustion but may
also occur at starting and during prolonged low power running of the diesel
e) Apply boundary cooling to the casing in order to lower the
generator engine. The ignition temperature of the soot layer is in the region of
temperature.
300°C to 400°C, but the presence of unburnt fuel or lubricating oil may lower
the ignition temperature to approximately 150°C. This means that ignition may
f) At the Chief Technical Officer’s request, connect the fire main
also take place after shut down of the generator engine. Even with a soot layer
emergency sea water supply to the inlet header of the economiser
ignition temperature above the boiler tube wall temperature, glowing particles
water washing lances and apply sea water drenching to the
(sparks) in the exhaust gas may start a soot fire.
economiser.
High Temperature Fire
Under certain conditions, a soot fire may develop into a high temperature fire
and there are two forms of high temperature fire, a hydrogen fire and an iron
fire.
A hydrogen fire occurs due to the fact that water (H2O) dissociates into
hydrogen and oxygen at high temperatures; carbon monoxide may occur under
certain conditions when carbon is present. Hydrogen is a combustible gas and
a hydrogen fire may start if the temperature is above 1,000°C.
An iron fire means that the oxidation of iron at high temperatures occurs at a
rate sufficiently high to make the amount of heat released from the reactions
sustain the process. Oxidation of iron at room temperature (rusting) is a slow
process but it still involves the liberation of heat. An iron fire may take place
at a temperature in excess of 1,100°C.
Small soot fires may occur especially during manoeuvring with the diesel
generator engines in low load operation. These fires do not cause damage to
the EGE but the fires should be carefully monitored. The heat developed by the
soot fire will increase the tube wall temperature until a state of equilibrium is
reached, ie, the heat removed by the water in the EGE tubes corresponds to the
heat generated from the soot fire. In most cases the situation gets no worse but
if the soot fire is severe, heat removal may be at a lower rate than generation
and the temperature locally may increase to a point where a hydrogen or iron
fire can occur. A hydrogen fire will only occur if water, or particularly, steam
is present. The EGEs are cleaned of light soot deposits by means of the sonic
cleaning system thus steam is not directed at the tubes at any time. However, in
the event of tube failure resulting in a steam/water mixture entering the exhaust
gas pathway, a hydrogen fire could result.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.3a Condensate System
DG FO Steam Heaters -15m3/h
Boiler (XA/004B) Steam Dumping Frame 62 - 82 XD/144CG
Frame 44 - 64 No.5
Deck 1
To XD/144CH 562VD
From Boiler XA/004B Atmosphere XB/169E No.6 15
Simmering Coil DG Inlet FO
584VD 584VD
Deck 5 Duplex Filter 40
514VD Boiler Fuel Heaters 1,134 ltrs/h
25 505VD XD/141C XD/141D
DG Engine No.5
541VD
514VD XB/274E
20 From Galleys 15
XA HH
From Mess Spaces 14009 25
556VD
From Pool Heater YA/468E
200 OD
14009 620BA 562VD
15
556VD
100
20 150
574VD From Incinerator
15
100 Sludge Tank
587VX 587VX 50
25 514VD
XA HH
15
NC 575VD 501VD
14010
15
556VD
586VX XH090E XA HH
TCV OD
514VD 14006
M 14307 14010 620BA 566VD
503VD 501VD XB/169F
586VX ZT ZI 556VD DG Inlet FO DG Engine No.6 OD
14006 620BA
25 25 Clean Drain
14308 14308 Duplex Filter XB/274F
Atmospheric From Grease Traps 566VD
XA/119B 150
Dirty Drain Atmospheric Condenser No. 1 and 2 65
Condenser - 520kW (5,520kW) 505VD
LA
H
XA
H
XA
HH
541VD YL/512A-B
14018 14016 14017
125XA/113B 1
I 15
LS OD OD
TT
2
14018 14016 14017
559VD
14307
See Illustration
125 125
25 6.2.3b
M 557VD 50 200
551VD
80 50
100 50
602VX 50
XA/032B
503VD Drain I 558VD
SD H
14015 Observation SD XA
Tank 1m3 125 M 14020 14020
50
H 125 LA HH To DG HT Cooling Water
XA 125
32 Temperature Control
14015
555VD 555VD 555VD 604VR
80 558VD XH/065CB
25 25 LS
25
To Oily
25 125 Bilge Tank
125 50
(See Vent LS LA
558VD
Deck 2 Holes LL
Illustration
6.2.3b) Overflow XA/114B TT TIA H 15
To Bilge To Bilge
Key Atmospheric 14002 14002
562VD
Hotwell
50
Clean Steam Drain
553VD
Dirty Steam Drain XA/065C
125 25
Saturated Steam Main Diesel Alternator
To Oily Bilge HT FW Steam Preheater
Instrumentation 558VD 553VD 553VD 553VD (800kW)
Tank (1221) See Illustration
To Feed 25 25 25
6.2.3b
Electrical Signal Reserve Tanks 150
3
All System Valves, unless otherwise
shown, are Prefixed with 'SV'
Refer To Shipyard Drawing: Steam Drains System - A5D020257
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 1 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.3b Condensate System Key
Frame 82 - 108 Frame 82 - 92 Boiler Steam Dumping
Deck 1 Deck 2
Frame 64 - 82 Clean Steam Drain
Deck 2 DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters Dirty Steam Drain
(2,800 Litres/h)
XB/169A 15
Saturated Steam
XD/199EC DG Inlet FO
Duplex Filter Instrumentation
515VD
XD/199ED DG Engine No.1 Electrical Signal
506VD
All System Valves, unless otherwise
515VD
562VD shown, are Prefixed with 'SV'
15 XB/274A
25 Main Diesel Alternator
HT FW Steam Preheater To
570VD 25 (700kW) Atmosphere
562VD Purifier Fuel Oil Heaters XA/065A
15
(5,500 Litres/h)
150
XD/142CC 15
XB/169B 562VD
DG Inlet FO 100
558VD 4
XD/142CD Duplex Filter
To DG HT 589VX
50 150
Cooling Water 5
506VD DG Engine No.2 Temperature 588VX 588VX See Illustration
562VD XB/274B 558VD Control 6.2.3c
15 XA/065AB 502VD
25 XA HH 576VD NC
14007
XH090E
570VD 573VD TCV
562VD 558VD M 14305
XA HH 15
OD
620BA 502VD
14007
14004 50 ZT ZI
14306
573VD 573VD
14306
125 125 Clean Drain Atmospheric 200
100
OD
620BA Condenser (5,520kW)
14004 100
150
XA/113A
573VD 125 15
630VD 25
50
1 589VX XA/113A
504VD TT
14305
2 125 125
631VD
See Illustration 25 XA/119A 571VD 50
634VD XA HH Dirty Drain Atmospheric
6.2.3a 568VD 558VD
14008 Condenser - 520kW 50
573VD 50
50
From Accommodation OD XB/169C XH/065BB I
620BA 558VD 560VD
Steam System (See 14008
DG Inlet FO To DG HT XA
H
Illustration 6.2.7b) DG Engine No.3 100 SD
573VD Duplex Filter Cooling Water 125 M 14019 14019
XB/274C 25
Temperature 552VD
M 50 Control 605VX
506VD 25 LA
H
XA
H
XA
HH 125
XD/107CE 562VD 558VD 14014 14012 14013
Condensate TIA HH
15 15 I 14001
Pump LS OD OD
10m3/h - 4bar 50 562VD 14014 14012 14013
125
TT
25 14001
XA/065B 100
M
80 50
Main Diesel Alternator Vent LS LA HH
HT FW Steam Preheater 603VX Holes
XA/032A
XD/107CC (700kW) 504VD Drain Overflow
SD
To Bilge XA/114A LS LA
XB/169D DG Engine No.4 14011 Observation LL
Evaporator Tank 1m3 Atmospheric
M
Steam DG Inlet FO Hotwell
H
Booster Duplex Filter XA
32
14011
556VD 556VD 556VD
Heater 25 80 554VD
25 25
XB/274D 25 150 25
506VD
562VD 25
To Bilge
To Oily Bilge
15
From XA/113B Hotwell 125
554VD 554VD 554VD
See Illustration Tank (1221)
and XA/032B Observation 590VX 25 25 25
6.2.3a 590VX Tank (See Illustration 6.2.3a)
150 To Feed
3
Reserve Tanks
561VD 591VD
Oily Bilge DB Overflow to Feed
Tank (1221) Reserve Tanks (2202) Refer To Shipyard Drawing: Steam Drains System - A5D020257
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 2 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.3c Condensate System
Purifier Fuel Oil Heaters
(5,500 Litres/h)
Frame 96 - 108 Frame 108 - 124 Frame 108 - 124 XD/142AC
Deck 4 Deck 1 DG FO Steam Heaters -15m3/h Deck 2
XD/144AG XD/142AD
No.1
DG LO Purifier Heaters 2,800 litres/h
40
25
XD/199AB
572VD
XD/144AH 563VD 563VD 25
No.2 15 572VD
15
563VD
DG FO Steam Heaters -15m3/h 40
25
XD/199BB 15
572VD
XD/144BG 563VD
No.3 25
15
40
25
XD/199CB
572VD
563VD
XD/144BH 563VD
No.4 15 15
25
65 XD/199DB
Boiler Fuel Heaters 1,134 ltrs/h 572VD
563VD
XD/141A XD/141B 32
15
40 20 15
20
15 563VD
65 65
563VD 25 563VD 15
15
XA HH
Bilge 540VD 540VD
567VD 14003 Bilge Water Centrifugal Water
567VD Separator Package Steam
OD
14005 620BA 5m3/h
OD
14003 620BA XA/427
567VD
See Illustration XA HH 567VD
14005
6.2.3b 65
100
4 From DB Tanks Heating (See Illustration 6.2.8a)
632VD
150
5 From Swimming Pool System (See Illustration 6.2.7b)
633VD
20
584VD 40 XD/150B XD/159C
569VD 569VD Sludge Separator DO Purifier
584VD (450 Litres/h) Steam Heater
2,000Litres/h
M M
XD/107BE XD/107AE Key
Condensate Condensate
From Boiler XA/004A
Pump Pump
Simmering Coil Clean Steam Drain
10m3/h - 4bar 10m3/h - 4bar
Dirty Steam Drain
Saturated Steam
XD/107BC XD/107AC
Bilges
Evaporator Evaporator
M M
Steam Steam Electrical Signal
Booster Booster
Heater Heater Instrumentation
Steam Steam
All System Valves, unless otherwise
shown, are Prefixed with 'SV'
Refer To Shipyard Drawing: Steam Drains System - A5D020257
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 3 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.3 Boiler Feed and Condensate System The outlets from the dirty drain coolers pass to an associated alarmed drain c) Ensure that the distilled water system is in use (see section
observation tank allowing the presence of oil in the water to be detected. Any 6.3.2). Open the port hotwell (starboard) feed water automatic
oil or floating sediment can be drained to the oily bilge tank via a scum line. make-up inlet valve DD009VD (DD046VD) and outlet valve
Boiler Feed Pumps
Water from the bottom of the drain observation tanks flows to the atmospheric DD009VD (DD046VD). Check that the automatic make-up
Reference: XA/089A/B/C/D hotwell or it may be directed to the bilge. valve DD101VR (DD102VR) is operating and that the manual
Maker: Pompe Garbarino make-up valve DD008VD (DD045VD) is closed.
No. of sets: 4 When the ship is at sea and steam is supplied by the waste heat economisers,
there may be times when excess steam is generated. In order to prevent the d) Ensure that cooling water is flowing to the drain coolers and
Model: 50G10
lifting of boiler safety valves, the excess steam is dumped to the atmospheric atmospheric condensers (see section 2.4.1, General Service
Capacity: 25m3/h at 15 bar condensers. Returns from the atmospheric condenser and drain coolers pass to Fresh Water Cooling System).
Rating: 690V, 16kW at 1,750 rpm the cascade and filter side of the atmospheric hotwell in order to ensure that
any solid matter gathered in passage through the steam/condensate system is e) Set up the valves as in the following table. The drain system
removed. The drain system is monitored at the IMACS mimic for the steam/ valves are set as described in section 6.2.7, Steam and Steam
Diesel Generator Exhaust Gas Recovery System Circulating Pumps
drain system. The cascade/filter section of the atmospheric hotwell is provided Drain Systems.
Reference No.: XA/094A/B/C/D/E/F with an inspection or observation compartment and the condensate flowing
Maker: Pompe Garbarino through the observation tank is monitored for oil contamination and floating All valves are prefixed ‘SV’ unless otherwise stated.
No. of sets: 6 (1 for each diesel generator economiser) sediment. Any such sediment found can be drained through a scum line to the Position Description Valve
bilge well. Open No.1 clean drain cooler inlet valve 502VD
Model: CN80-50-250
Operational No.1 clean drain cooler temperature control valve XH090E
Capacity: 30m3/h at 3 bar The hotwell has an automatic filling facility and to allow for this there are level
Open No.1 clean drain cooler line bypass valve 502VD
Rating: 690V, 4.7kW at 1,725 rpm switches to activate the feed water make-up valve which enables water from
the distilled water hydrophore system to replenish the feed water tank. It is Closed No.1 hotwell direct inlet valve 576VD
also possible to replenish the feed water tank manually from the No.2 distilled Open No.1 clean drain cooler outlet valve 571VD
Boiler Feed Water Treatment and Testing Unit
water transfer pump. The distilled water transfer pump takes suction from Operational Clean drain cooler three-way direct line valve 605VX
Maker: Aqua the distilled water double bottom storage tank, however, both distilled water Open Steam dump valve inlet valve
Model: AQ300 transfer pumps can also take suction from the feed water reserve tank, to which Operational Steam dump valve
No. of sets: 2 the hotwells can be drained if necessary. In addition to the feed water make-
up valve automatic open and close switches, the hotwell is fitted with a low Open Steam dump valve outlet valve
level alarm, a level indicator, a temperature indicator and a remote temperature Closed Steam dump valve bypass valve
Introduction indicator with high and low alarms via the IMACS. Water from the atmospheric Closed Direct steam to hotwell line valve 515VD
hotwell provides the main feed pumps with a positive inlet pressure head at the Closed Direct steam to hotwell valve 515VD
The main condensate system, as part of the steam generating cycle, is the section pump suctions. The drain coolers and surplus condensers should maintain the Open No.1 dirty drain cooler inlet valve 504VD
concerned with the collection of condensed steam and its discharge to the condensate inlet temperature to the hotwell at about 75°C. This is achieved by
hotwell. In order to obtain maximum benefit from steam as a heating medium, it Closed No.1 dirty drain cooler bypass valve 504VD
means of temperature controlled valves at each atmospheric condenser. These
is allowed to condense in the heating coils of fuel tanks, etc, as this recovers the allow the returning drains to bypass the atmospheric condenser in order to Open No.1 dirty drain cooler overflow valve 552VD
latent heat of evaporation in the steam. Drain traps are fitted at the outlets from maintain the required hotwell temperature. Open No.1 dirty drain cooler outlet valve 560VD
such heating coils so that only water is allowed to pass, this is the condensate Closed No.1 observation tank drain valve 556VD
which is returned to the hotwell. Depending upon the heating application, the Closed No.1 observation tank scum valves (x2) 556VD
returning condensate can be very close to boiling temperature and this could Procedure for Preparing the Condensate System for
Operation Operational No.1 observation tank three-way outlet valve 603VX
cause the water in the hotwell to be of too high a temperature for the feed pumps
to handle without the risk of ‘gassing-up’. The drain coolers and atmospheric Open No.2 clean drain cooler inlet valve 501VD
condensers are used to reduce the temperature of the condensate returning to There are two feed water hotwell systems and both are operated as below: Operational No.2 clean drain cooler temperature control valve XH090E
the hot well. There are two atmospheric condensers which act as the clean drain Open No.2 clean drain cooler line bypass valve 501VD
coolers and two dirty drain coolers. The atmospheric condensers take their a) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves are
open. Check that the instrumentation, including the salinometer, Closed No.2 hotwell direct inlet valve 575VD
condensate returns from locations which are not likely to cause contamination
is operational. Open No.2 clean drain cooler outlet valve 557VD
if there is a failure, such as water heaters, and the outlet from the atmospheric
condensers passes directly to the atmospheric hotwell. The dirty drain coolers Operational Clean drain cooler three-way direct line valve 604VX
take their condensate returns from such locations as fuel oil heaters where any b) Ensure that the distilled water hydrophore system is operating Open Steam dump valve inlet valve
heating coil failure could contaminate the returning condensate. (see section 6.3.2, Distilled Water Transfer System). Operational Steam dump valve
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 4 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.3d Boiler Feed System
To Auxiliary To Clean To Auxiliary To Clean
15 15
LS LA H LS LA HH Drains Main Drains Main
15109 15109 15010 15010 Boiler Boiler
LT LI LS LA M XV XC ZS ZL ZS ZL 099VD 099VD
15009 15009 15011 15011 L
Open/Close Opened Closed
LS LA Recirc. Valve To Both Hotwells To Both Hotwells To Both Hotwells
15012 15012 VL
096VX XV 15096A ZSO 15096 ZSC 15096 XA/006F XA/006E
XA/004B
Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas
Oil Fired Boiler No.2
Economiser Economiser
15,000kg/h 9 bar
3,300kg/h 10.0 bar 3,300kg/h 10.0 bar
Burner XH004E 018VD 019VD 018VD 019VD
80
XH004K 80
XH004D 040VD
103VD 80 107VD 107VD
XH004E M Deck 9 (Fr 45 - 60) Deck 9 (Fr 45 - 60)
80
25 25 25 80
XH004D 046VD XK 046VD
013VD 004A
8
102VD 200
XH004C 1
XH004L See Illustration
25 200 2 6.2.3e
Deck 4 101VD
8
(Fr 45 - 60) 100VD 80
80 TT 062VD
50 037VD
To Nearest 14303
Scupper 014VD 018VD 018VD
25
80 031BA 058VD 058VD
Deaerator To Bilge To Bilge
To Nearest Chamber 059VD 059VD
011VD Scupper 25
015VD
XH004J 062VD Boiler
Chemical DPS DPA DPS DPA
10 NC 10 25 Dosing 15018 15018 L 15017 15017 L
XA/132B 008VD Unit
025VD XH004H
026VD Boiler Feed XA/133B
NC 80 80 80
Water
007VD To XA/094F XA/094E
Sample Cooler 070VD Bilge 150 Boiler Forced Boiler Forced
50 Circulation Feed Circulation Feed
From Distilled Water Pump 050VD Water Pump 050VD
070VD NC Water System 30m3/h at 3 bar 30m3/h at 3 bar
XA/131B 094VD 096VX M 006VD 50
Boiler Water
Sample Bench 50 50
004VD 004VD 100 100
40
Standby Standby
To Bilge I L Pump I L Pump 200
3
50
PA
Start PA
Start
PS PS
003VA 15004 15004 L 003VA 15003 15003 L Deck 1 (Fr 44 - 70) See Illustration
50 6.2.3e
4
50
5
XA/089D XA/089C
Port Hotwell Boiler Feed Boiler Feed
XA/114B Water Pump Water Pump Key
25m3/h at 25m3/h at
LT 15 bar 15 bar Feed Water
15029 IL
80 80 XZ KBD XZ KBD XS XL XS XL IT II
Cooling Water
Deck 1 001VD 001VD Start Stop Running Available Abs. Current
Saturated Steam
002VD 002VD XA/089C XZ 15003A XZ 15003B XS 15003A XS 15003B IT 15003
125 125 XA/089D XZ 15004A XZ 15004B XS 15004A XS 15004B IT 15004 Electrical Signal
XA/094E XZ 15017A XZ 15017B XS 15017A XS 15017B Instrumentation
125
XA/094F XZ 15018A XZ 15018B XS 15018A XS 15018B
All System Valves, unless otherwise
074VD
Plant Emptying shown, are Prefixed with 'AN'
125 125
To Feed Water
001VD Reserve DB Tank Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5D030262A Boiler Feed Water System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 5 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve feed water directly from the feed water pumps. There is one circulation pump Position Description Valve
for each economiser.
Open Steam dump valve outlet valve Open Main boiler feed check valves XH004D/E
Closed Steam dump valve bypass valve AQ300 boiler water sampling and chemical dosing units are provided for Closed Auxiliary boiler feed check valves XH004D/E
Closed Direct steam to hotwell line valve 514VD the testing and treatment of the boiler water, separate units for each boiler. Open Main feed system cross-connection valve 067VD
Closed Direct steam to hotwell valve 514VD Injection of water treatment chemicals into the boiler feed water supply line, Open Auxiliary feed system cross-connection valve 066VD
Open No.2 dirty drain cooler inlet valve 503VD is by means of pumps on the dosing units. The unit operates continuously
and automatically but the operator must ensure that the treatment containers
Closed No.2 dirty drain cooler bypass valve 503VD All valves are prefixed ‘AN’ unless otherwise stated.
are fully charged with chemicals for treatment of the water. Analysis water is
Open No.2 dirty drain cooler overflow valve 551VD drawn directly from the boilers. No.2 Boiler (XA004B) System
Open No.2 dirty drain cooler outlet valve 559VD Position Description Valve
Closed No.2 observation tank drain valve 555VD Open No.3 boiler feed pump suction valve 002VD
Procedure for Operating the Oil Fired Boiler Feed System
Closed No.2 observation tank scum valves (x2) 555VD Open No.3 boiler feed pump suction line valve 001VD
a) Ensure that the boilers and exhaust gas economisers, if required,
Operational No.2 observation tank three-way outlet valve 602VX Open No.3 boiler feed pump discharge valve 003VA
are in a fit state for operation.
Open Clean drain main line valve 631VD Open Pump return line discharge valve 004VD
Open Clean drain main line valve 632VD b) Ensure that the hotwell is full as described above. Closed Pump suction crossover valve 074VD
Open Dirty drain main line valve 630VD Open No.4 boiler feed pump suction valve 002VD
Open Dirty drain main line valve 633VD c) Ensure that both boiler chemical dosing systems are operational Open No.4 boiler feed pump suction line valve 001VD
and their discharge valves AN037VD and AN037VD are open.
Open No.4 boiler feed pump discharge valve 003VA
The condensate system is now operational and the feed pumps and boiler can d) Set the valves as in the following table: Open Pump return line discharge valve 004VD
be put into operation. Individual steam users can be connected as required. Closed System drain valve 001VD
All valves are prefixed ‘AN’ unless otherwise stated. Open Return line valve to hotwell 006VD
Boiler Feed System No.1 Boiler (XA004A) System Set Three-way return valve to associated hotwell 096VX
Position Description Valve Open Inlet valve to hotwell 094VD
Each oil fired boiler has an associated hotwell and two feed pumps. Each boiler Open No.1 boiler feed pump suction valve 010VD Closed Pump discharge crossover valve 007VD
feed system is independent although the hotwells can be cross-connected with
Open No.1 boiler feed pump suction line valve 009VD Open Auxiliary feed line valve 008VD
the recirculation line of the opposite system feed water pumps if necessary.
This occurs automatically to control the level of the hotwells. The boilers Open No.1 boiler feed pump discharge valve 012VA Open Feed water regulator inlet valve 046VD
may also be supplied by the opposite system feed water pumps via feed water Open Pump return line discharge valve 091VD Operational Feed water regulator XK004A
crossover valves should that be necessary. Normally the boiler feed systems Closed Pump suction crossover valve 035VD Open Feed water regulator outlet valve 046VD
operate in isolation from each other. Open No.2 boiler feed pump suction valve 010VD Closed Feed water regulator bypass valve 040VD
Open No.2 boiler feed pump suction line valve 009VD Open Main boiler feed check valves XH004D/E
The oil fired boiler is supplied with feed water from the hotwell by one of
Open No.2 boiler feed pump discharge valve 012VA Closed Auxiliary boiler feed check valves XH004D/E
the two boiler feed water pumps. Normally one of these pumps is selected for
operation as the duty pump and the other as the standby pump, ready to cut in Open Pump return line discharge valve 091VD
should the duty pump fail. The pumps may be selected for MAN operation at Closed System drain valve 009VD e) Select the boiler water feed pumps for AUTO operation and
the boiler control panel, in which case they are started and stopped manually. Open Return line valve to hotwell 093VD then select one pump as the duty pump and the other as the
When selected for AUTO operation one pump acts as the duty pump and the Operational Three-way return valve to associated hotwell 097VX standby pump at IMACS boiler water system mimic.
other as the standby pump; selection of duty and standby pumps is made at
Open Inlet valve to hotwell 095VD
the IMACS boiler feed system mimic. When pumps are selected for manual
operation they may be started and stopped at the IMACS boiler feed system Closed Pump discharge crossover valve 049VD
mimic. Open Auxiliary feed line valve 051VD
Open Feed water regulator inlet valve 047VD
Water not directed to the boiler is returned to the hotwell through a restrictor Operational Feed water regulator XK004A
in the hotwell recirculation line. The diesel engine exhaust gas economisers, Open Feed water regulator outlet valve 047VD
when in service, are circulated with water taken from the oil fired boilers by
Closed Feed water regulator bypass valve 041VD
the exhaust gas economiser (EGE) circulation pumps and they do not receive
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 6 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.3e Boiler Feed System
LS LA H LS LA HH
15105 15105 15006 15006 M XV XC ZS ZL ZS ZL
LT LI LS LA Open/Close Opened Closed
15005 15005 15007 15007 L Recirc. Valve To Both Hotwells To Both Hotwells To Both Hotwells
LS LA 097VX XV 15097A ZSO 15097 ZSC 15097
15008 15008 VL
XA/004A
To Auxiliary To Auxiliary To Auxiliary To Auxiliary
Oil Fired Boiler No.1 Boiler Boiler Boiler Boiler
15,000kg/h 9 bar
See Illustration To Clean To Clean To Clean To Clean
6.2.3d 15 15 15 15
Drains Main Drains Main Drains Main Drains Main
XH004D Burner
NO 80
1 XH004K
066VD 041VD XH004E 099VD 099VD 099VD 099VD
80
103VD
NO M 047VD XH004D
80
2 25
067VD 047VD XK XH004E XA/006D XA/006C XA/006B XA/006A
004A 013VD Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas
8 Economiser Economiser Economiser Economiser
80 102VD 2,200kg/h 10 bar 3,300kg/h 10 bar 3,300kg/h 10 bar 2,200kg/h 10 bar
037VD
019VD 104VD 019VD 104VD 104VD 019VD 104VD 019VD
XH004C XH004L
80 80 80
25
101VD
106VD 106VD 106VD 106VD
50
100VD 25 25 25 25 80
Boiler 80
Chemical To Nearest Deck 9 (Fr 102 - 104) Deck 9 (Fr 96 - 108) Deck 9 (Fr 96 - 108) Deck 9 (Fr 102 - 104)
Dosing Scupper
200
Unit 018VD
XA/133A
80
20 022VD
10 To Bilge 018VD 018VD 018VD
Deck 4
061VD 20 061VD 20 061VD 20 061VD
055VD To Bilge To Bilge To Bilge
022VD 022VD 022VD
062VD
TT
14301 014VD DPS DPA DPS DPA DPS DPA DPS DPA
80 15016 15016 L 15015 15015 L 15014 15014 L 15013 15013 L
031BA
Deaerator
Deck 4 Chamber 80
See Illustration 25 80 80 80
051VD 015VD
6.2.3d XA/094D XA/094C XA/094B XA/094A
NO 150 Boiler Forced Boiler Forced Boiler Forced Boiler Forced
3 062VD Circulation Feed Circulation Feed Circulation Feed Circulation Feed
Water Pump 017VD Water Pump 017VD Water Pump 017VD Water Pump 017VD
016VD 50 80
4 30m3/h at 3 bar 30m3/h at 3 bar 30m3/h at 3 bar 30m3/h at 3 bar
049VD 25
5 50 093VD
095VD 097VX M 091VD 150
50 Standby Standby To 100 100 100 100
IL Pump IL Pump Bilge
50 091VD
Start Start
PS PA PS PA 200 200 100
012VA 15002 15002 L 012VA 15001 15001 L
15 To Nearest Deck 1 (Fr 82 - 108)
10 XH Scupper
XA/089B XA/089A 004J
Boiler Feed Boiler Feed
Port Hotwell Water Pump Water Pump NC 10
XA/114A 25m3/h at 25m3/h at XA/132A
15 bar 15 bar XH004H 025VD 026VD Key
LT NC XZ KBD XZ KBD XS XL XS XL IT II
15024 IL Boiler Feed Feed Water
80 80 10 Water
070VD Sample Cooler Start Stop Running Available Abs. Current
Cooling Water
Deck 1 009VD 009VD 010VD 010VD XA/089A XZ 15001A XZ 15001B XS 15001A XS 15001B IT 15001
From Distilled
125 125 Water System NC 070VD XA/089B XZ 15002A XZ 15002B XS 15002A XS 15002B IT 15002 Saturated Steam
125 XA/094A XZ 15013A XZ 15013B XS 15013A XS 15013B Electrical Signal
035VD XA/131A XA/094B XZ 15014A XZ 15014B XS 15014A XS 15014B
Plant Emptying Boiler Water Instrumentation
125 125
To Feed Water XA/094C XZ 15015A XZ 15015B XS 15015A XS 15015B
Sample Bench All System Valves, unless otherwise
009VD Reserve DB Tank XA/094D XZ 15016A XZ 15016B XS 15016A XS 15016B
shown, are Prefixed with 'AN'
To Bilge Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5D030262A Boiler Feed Water System
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 7 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
The boiler feed system is now ready for operation and the feed water pumps Note: Each economiser may be supplied with water drawn from either oil Position Description Valve
will automatically fill the boilers to the correct level and maintain this level fired boiler using its own dedicated exhaust gas economiser (EGE) circulating Closed No.4 circulating pump sample valves 022VD/061VD
provided that the water level control system is functioning correctly. When pump. There is a common suction line to the EGE circulation pumps.
filling a boiler which is cold, the vent valve must be opened in order to expel Closed No.4 EGE line vent valve 099VD
air from the boiler. The vent valve must remain open until steam is generated Closed No.4 EGE drain valve 106VD
All valves are prefixed ‘AN’ unless stated.
and pressure begins to rise. The steam expels the remaining air and the valve Open No.5 circulating pump suction valve 050VD
can be closed when steam issues from it. Connection valves to the boiler water Position Description Valve
Open No.5 circulating pump discharge valve 018VD
level transmitter must be open. Open No.1 boiler water outlet valves 102VD/XH004C
Open No.5 EGE water inlet valves 019VD/018VD
Open No.1 boiler steam/water inlet valves 080VD/XH004B
Open No.5 EGE steam/water outlet valves VA078VD/VA079VD
Closed Deaerator chamber drain valves 015VD/062VD
Diesel Engine Exhaust Gas Economiser Feed Water Circulation Closed No.5 circulating pump sample valves 058VD/059VD
Open Deaerator chamber vent valves 014VD/062VD
System Closed No.5 EGE line vent valve 099VD
Closed No.2 boiler water outlet valves 102VD/XH004C
Closed No.5 EGE drain valve 107VD
Hot water from the oil fired boilers is circulated through the exhaust gas Closed No.2 boiler steam/water inlet valves 080VD/XH004B
Open No.6 circulating pump suction valve 050VD
economisers and about 80% of that water is converted into steam. The mixture Closed Deaerator chamber drain valves 015VD/062VD
of steam and water is returned to the oil fired boiler where the steam collects at Open No.6 circulating pump discharge valve 018VD
Open Deaerator chamber vent valves 014VD/062VD
the top of the boiler to be distributed to steam users. At reduced engine power, Open No.6 EGE water inlet valves 019VD/108VD
Open Steam/water return line crossover valves 002VD/007VD
the oil fired boiler(s) may be intermittently fired in order to provide additional Open No.6 EGE steam/water outlet valves VA078VD/VA079VD
heat for the steam generation requirement. Each EGE has its own dedicated Open Economiser circulating pump suction 016VD
crossover valve Closed No.6 circulating pump sample valves 058VD/059VD
circulating pump.
Open No.1 circulating pump suction valve 017VD Closed No.6 EGE line vent valve 099VD
Water from the EGE circulating pump enters the economiser at the bottom Open No.1 circulating pump discharge valve 018VD Closed No.6 EGE drain valve 107VD
and passes upwards through the heat transfer elements where a proportion is Open No.1 EGE water inlet valves 019VD/104VD
converted into steam. The mixture of steam and water leaves the economiser at Open No.1 EGE steam/water outlet valves VA078VD/VA079VD f) With the valves set as above, the operating EGE circulation
the top and flows to the oil fired boiler which is currently in use as the steam pump(s) may be started and any of the diesel generator engines
Closed No.1 circulating pump sample valves 022VD/061VD
reservoir. Both oil fired boilers may be used depending upon steam demand. may be started. The engine’s exhaust gas will start to generate
Flow from the economiser enters the boiler through a non-return valve located Closed No.1 EGE line vent valve 099VD steam in its exhaust gas economiser. The operating oil fired
on the upper surface. No.1 - No.4 EGEs are associated with No.1 oil fired Closed No.1 EGE drain valve 106VD boiler may still be operated until there is sufficient waste heat
boiler and No.5 and No.6 EGEs with No.2 oil fired boiler. However, cross- Open No.2 circulating pump suction valve 017VD available from the engine(s) to meet the steam demand.
connection valves allow the EGEs to supply one or both boilers depending Open No.2 circulating pump discharge valve 018VD
upon requirements. Note: The economiser circulation system should be maintained for at least
Open No.2 EGE water inlet valves 019VD/104VD
Open No.2 EGE steam/water outlet valves VA078VD/VA079VD 12 hours after the associated diesel generator engine is shut down in order
Procedure for Preparing the Diesel Engine Economiser Circulation to avoid the risk of soot fires as the circulating water has a cooling effect on
Closed No.2 circulating pump sample valves 022VD/061VD
System for Operation the economiser surfaces.
Closed No.2 EGE line vent valve 099VD
a) Ensure that all valves to instruments and gauges are open and Closed No.2 EGE drain valve 106VD
that the instruments and gauges are functioning correctly.
Open No.3 circulating pump suction valve 017VD
b) Ensure that both oil fired boilers which are to act as the steam Open No.3 circulating pump discharge valve 018VD
and water reservoirs are operating correctly on oil firing. Open No.3 EGE water inlet valves 019VD/104VD
Open No.3 EGE steam/water outlet valves VA078VD/VA079VD
c) The diesel generator engine which is to supply exhaust gas to Closed No.3 circulating pump sample valves 022VD/061VD
the economiser will be started after the economiser circulation
Closed No.3 EGE line vent valve 099VD
system is operating.
Closed No.3 EGE drain valve 106VD
d) The economiser(s) and boiler(s) must be checked externally for Open No.4 circulating pump suction valve 017VD
signs of leakage before the units are put into service. Open No.4 circulating pump discharge valve 018VD
Open No.4 EGE water inlet valves 019VD/104VD
e) Set the valves as in the following table; Open No.4 EGE steam/water outlet valves VA078VD/VA079VD
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.3 - Page 8 of 8
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.4a Boiler Fuel Oil System 3
Key
Detail A XZS XZS
Heavy Fuel Oil FFV GT FIQ
TZA PZAL TS
Diesel Oil
M
Compressed Air
Saturated Steam See Detail A
1
Electrical Signal
2
Instrumentation
PT
All System Valves Are Prefixed FV
With 'NP' Unless Otherwise Shown See Detail A
PDC PT PZAL
40
For Full Details of System Instrumentation, 1
40 109VD 109VD
Please Refer to Yard 40
Drawing A5 D350 265/A 086VD 086VD
109VD 2 109VD
40
3 087VX PZAL
086VD 086VD
086VD 086VD
087VX XA/004B 087VX 40 XA/004A
40 Oil Fired Boiler Combustion
086VD 086VD Oil Fired Boiler
15,000kg/h 9 bar Air
15,000kg/h 9 bar 088VD Steam Compressed
087VX Air For Start Up
40
TT TIA H 111VX
110VX 06071 L (7 bar)
088VD
TT TIA H PT PIA 090VX 083VX
06081 L 06071 L 40
40
PI
PT PIA 084VX 083VX
40 40
06081 L
From MGO
40 PI 40 Service Tank
(See Illustration
XA/141B Boiler FO Pumping Heating Unit XA/141A Boiler FO Pumping Heating Unit 2.6.1a)
40 40
PI PI NL092VD PI PI NL093VD 40
TI TI 40 TI TI 40
NL090VD NL091VD
PI PI HFO Service Tank HFO Service Tank
XD/141BC XD/141BD XD/141AC XD/141AD No. 16 Port No. 19 Starboard
Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel 1220 1150
Heater Heater Heater Heater (92 m3) (99.1 m3)
XD/141BE XD/141AE
Boiler MGO Boiler MGO
Ignition Pump Ignition Pump
Drain Drain G21
Drain Drain G21
NL083VD NL084VD (Frames 124 - 132) (Frames 124 - 132)
PI G21 PI G21
To Small PI To Small PI
Drain Tanks Drain Tanks 080VX 080VX
PI PI PI PI
081VD 081VD
65
TI TI TI TI 65
XD/141BA XD/141BB 50 XD/141AA XD/141AB 65
Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel 082VD Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel 082VD 081VD
Pump Pump Pump Pump 50
50
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D350 265/A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.4 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.4 Boiler Fuel Oil System In normal operation, steam atomisation is used for HFO burning but if MGO is All valves are prefixed ‘NP’ unless stated.
being burned or when there is no steam supply available on the ship, atomising Position Description Valve
air is supplied from the working and control air system. Open Port HFO service tank quick-closing outlet valve 080VX
Boiler Heavy Fuel Oil Feed Pump
Maker: Kral Open Port HFO service tank line outlet valve 081VD
Operating Procedures Open Starboard HFO service tank quick-closing outlet 080VX
Model: M26
Procedure for Preparing the Boiler Heavy Fuel Oil System for Operation valve
Type: Screw pump
Open Starboard HFO service tank line outlet valve 081VD
No. of sets: 4: two pumps to each boiler unit Both boiler fuel systems are identical, except for the valve numbering, and the
following description applies to both. Closed HFO service tank supply crossover valve 081VD
Capacity: 1,230 litres/h at 13kg/cm2
Open MGO service tank quick-closing outlet valve NL027VX
a) Ensure that the valves for all instruments and gauges are open Open MGO service tank outlet line valve NL028VD
Boiler Marine Gas Oil Ignition Pump and that the instruments and gauges are reading correctly.
Maker: Saacke All valves are prefixed ‘NP’ unless stated.
Model: PZHDS 30 b) Check that the boiler burner is clean and operational. Ensure Port Oil Fired Boiler
that the mode selector switch at the boiler local panel is in the
Type: Gear pump Position Description Valve
AUTO position.
No. of sets: 2: one pump to each boiler unit Open MGO supply line valve to port boiler FO system NL084VD
Capacity: 30 litres/h at 15kg/cm2 c) Check that there is adequate fuel in the HFO service tank to be Open HFO supply line valve to boiler FO system 082VD
used and that the fuel is at the correct temperature. Closed Port/starboard suction crossover valve 081VD
Introduction Set Three-way supply valve (set for HFO)
d) Check that atomising steam is available at the boiler. Open No.1 HFO feed pump suction valve
The two oil fired boilers burn the same Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) as used for Open No.1 HFO feed pump discharge valve
e) Open the steam supply and condensate drain valves for the
the diesel generator engines, the fuel being taken from the port and starboard Open No.2 HFO feed pump suction valve
boiler FO heaters and check that the motorised steam supply
HFO service tanks. For each boiler there are two boiler HFO feed pumps, one
valve is operational. Start the trace heating system. Open No.2 HFO feed pump discharge valve
operational and the other set for standby duty. These supply the boiler burners
with fuel oil heated via two steam powered heaters. The pumps, heaters and Set Port boiler FO pump three-way return valve
f) Check that the boiler forced draught fan is operational and that Operational Port boiler FO pump bypass solenoid valves (x2) G21
associated equipment for each boiler fuel oil unit form a separate boiler fuel
the boiler furnace has been purged before any attempt is made
module. Each module is self-contained and supplies its associated boiler. Open Port boiler FO pump bypass outlet valves (x2)
to flash up the boiler.
Open No.1 FO heater inlet valve
The HFO pumps are controlled from the boiler control system and they may Open No.1 FO heater outlet valve
g) Check that the boiler FO heater oil drain valves are closed.
be operated locally at the boiler control panel or remotely from the IMACS
Closed No.1 FO heater drain valve
via the BoilerFuel Oil System mimic. An emergency stop facility is provided.
h) Set the valves as shown in the following table. The port oil Open No.2 FO heater inlet valve
The two boiler Marine Gas Oil (MGO) ignition pumps, one for each boiler,
fired boiler would normally take HFO from the port HFO Open No.2 FO heater outlet valve
are also controlled from the boiler control panel. The HFO and MGO ignition
service tank and the starboard boiler from the starboard HFO
pumps operate as part of the Saacke boiler burner control system rather than Closed No.2 FO heater drain valve
service tank. A crossover valve allows either HFO service tank
as separate items. MGO is used to supply the igniter flame. Closed Heater bypass valve
to supply both boilers if required. The description assumes that
the port boiler is being supplied from the port HFO service tank Closed Warming through valve 088VD
The boiler firing rate is controlled by a compound regulator at the boiler and
and the starboard boiler from the starboard HFO service tank. Open Regulating valve inlet valve (x2) 086VD
any fuel not used by the boiler burners is returned to the boiler HFO pump
The valve settings assume that a steam supply is available for Open Regulating valve outlet valve (x2) 086VD
suction for recirculation. The boiler HFO pumps take suction from the HFO
atomising and heating purposes. If flashing the boiler from cold,
service tanks but they may also take suction from the MGO service tank via Open Regulating throttle valve (x2) 087VX
the atomising air supply valves must be opened.
a three-way suction valve should it be necessary to operate the burner on Open Burner inlet valve 109VD
MGO. This may be the case when purging the fuel system prior to prolonged Open Burner return valve 109VD
shutdown of the boiler burner.
Set Three-way return valve (set for return to tanks) 090VX
If the pressure in the fuel supply line from the boiler HFO feed pumps exceeds Set Three-way return valve (to port HFO tank) 083VX
a set value, a pressure regulating valve operates and directs HFO back to the Open MGO ignition pump suction valve
pump suction via the return line. Normally the boilers operate on HFO at all Open MGO pump outlet valve NL091VD
times. All HFO lines are provided with trace heating.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.4 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.4a Boiler Fuel Oil System 3
Key
Detail A XZS XZS
Heavy Fuel Oil FFV GT FIQ
TZA PZAL TS
Diesel Oil
M
Compressed Air
Saturated Steam See Detail A
1
Electrical Signal
2
Instrumentation
PT
All System Valves Are Prefixed FV
With 'NP' Unless Otherwise Shown See Detail A
PDC PT PZAL
40
For Full Details of System Instrumentation, 1
40 109VD 109VD
Please Refer to Yard 40
Drawing A5 D350 265/A 086VD 086VD
109VD 2 109VD
40
3 087VX PZAL
086VD 086VD
086VD 086VD
087VX XA/004B 087VX 40 XA/004A
40 Oil Fired Boiler Combustion
086VD 086VD Oil Fired Boiler
15,000kg/h 9 bar Air
15,000kg/h 9 bar 088VD Steam Compressed
087VX Air For Start Up
40
TT TIA H 111VX
110VX 06071 L (7 bar)
088VD
TT TIA H PT PIA 090VX 083VX
06081 L 06071 L 40
40
PI
PT PIA 084VX 083VX
40 40
06081 L
From MGO
40 PI 40 Service Tank
(See Illustration
XA/141B Boiler FO Pumping Heating Unit XA/141A Boiler FO Pumping Heating Unit 2.6.1a)
40 40
PI PI NL092VD PI PI NL093VD 40
TI TI 40 TI TI 40
NL090VD NL091VD
PI PI HFO Service Tank HFO Service Tank
XD/141BC XD/141BD XD/141AC XD/141AD No. 16 Port No. 19 Starboard
Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel 1220 1150
Heater Heater Heater Heater (92 m3) (99.1 m3)
XD/141BE XD/141AE
Boiler MGO Boiler MGO
Ignition Pump Ignition Pump
Drain Drain G21
Drain Drain G21
NL083VD NL084VD (Frames 124 - 132) (Frames 124 - 132)
PI G21 PI G21
To Small PI To Small PI
Drain Tanks Drain Tanks 080VX 080VX
PI PI PI PI
081VD 081VD
65
TI TI TI TI 65
XD/141BA XD/141BB 50 XD/141AA XD/141AB 65
Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel 082VD Boiler Fuel Boiler Fuel 082VD 081VD
Pump Pump Pump Pump 50
50
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D350 265/A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.4 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve Note: When warming through the fuel system, the warming through valve e) Start the boiler and check that the ignition pump operates and
must be opened and the system return directed to the pump suction allowing that the pilot burner valve system opens and the pilot burner
Open MGO pump outlet line valve NL093VD
the fuel to circulate back to the pump suction quickly. Once the fuel system ignites.
Open Ignition burner quick-closing inlet valve 111VX
is heated through, the warming through valve must be closed and the returns
directed to the tank. The regulating valves must be correctly set to maintain The boiler now has a pilot light and the main fuel burner can be operated when
All valves are prefixed ‘NP’ unless stated. the fuel temperature reaches the correct level and the forced draught fan has
a flow of oil through the system return line at all times. The oil pressure
Starboard Oil Fired Boiler supplied to the burner should not exceed 4.0 bar. operated for a period to purge the furnace.
Position Description Valve
Open MGO supply line valve to starboard boiler FO NL083VD i) At the IMACS, select one boiler HFO pump as the duty Procedure for Flushing the Boiler Fuel System with Marine Gas Oil
system pump and the other as standby. When the boiler is started,
The boiler fuel oil system may be flushed through with MGO prior to
Open HFO supply line valve to boiler FO system 082VD the duty HFO pump will operate and the HFO system will be
shutdown for overhaul. Individual pumps, heaters and fuel supply lines to the
Set Three-way supply valve (set for HFO) pressurised.
burners may be isolated and not flushed through if required. The description
Open No.1 HFO feed pump suction valve below assumes that the entire fuel supply system for one boiler will be flushed
j) Set the MGO pilot ignition system as described below and
Open No.1 HFO feed pump discharge valve through with MGO. The change to MGO should be made whilst the boiler is
establish a pilot light in the boiler(s).
Open No.2 HFO feed pump suction valve operating prior to shutdown.
Open No.2 HFO feed pump discharge valve k) HFO will be circulated around the system, flowing through
a) Shut off the trace heating to the boiler fuel system and heaters.
Set Starboard boiler FO pump three-way return the heater(s) to the boiler burner(s) and back to the HFO pump
valve suction. Once the correct temperature has been reached and
b) Open the MDO supply line valve to the boiler feed pump three-
Operational Starboard boiler FO pump bypass solenoid G21 the warming through completed (see note above), the burner
way suction valve. Turn the boiler HFO pump suction three-
valves (x2) valves may be opened and the burner put into operation.
way valve so that suction is taken from the MDO service tank.
Atomising steam (or air for MGO) will produce the correct
Open Starboard boiler FO pump bypass outlet
degree of atomisation and the ignition pilot light will ignite the
valves (x2) c) Continue firing the boiler, HFO in the lines will be used and
atomised HFO spray. Excess HFO not passing to the burner
Open No.1 FO heater inlet valve replaced by MGO. When MGO reaches the burner, the flame
will flow back to the HFO service tanks. When the burner shuts
will change colour as the HFO is replaced by MGO.
Open No.1 FO heater outlet valve down, the burner control valve closes and all of the circulating
Closed No.1 FO heater drain valve HFO returns to the HFO service tank. Trace heating must be
d) The boiler may be shut down when required as the fuel system
Open No.2 FO heater inlet valve maintained at the HFO supply pipes to the boiler.
will be charged with MGO.
Open No.2 FO heater outlet valve
Note: Under normal circumstances, one HFO heater will be sufficient but in
Closed No.2 FO heater drain valve Procedure for Returning the Boiler to Heavy Fuel Oil Operation
cold conditions with heavy demand for steam, both heaters will be required.
Closed Heater bypass valve The burner control system automatically regulates the steam supply to the a) Open the HFO service tank suction and line valves. Ensure that
Closed Warming through valve 088VD heater(s) to provide the correct HFO temperature. the HFO service tank steam heating is applied.
Open Regulating valve inlet valve (x2) 086VD
Open Regulating valve outlet valve (x2) 086VD Procedure for Preparing the Boiler Marine Gas Oil Ignition System for b) Start the trace heating system and supply steam to the heaters.
Open Regulating throttle valve (x2) 087VX Operation
c) Turn the HFO pump three-way suction valve to take suction
Open Burner inlet valve 109VD a) Check that there is an adequate MGO supply in the MGO from the HFO service tank.
Open Burner return valve 109VD service tank.
Set Three-way return valve (set for return to tanks) 084VX d) As the boiler operates, the MGO in the lines will gradually
Set Three-way return valve (to starboard HFO tank) 083VX b) Check that the pump suction filters are clean. be replaced by HFO and the temperature of the HFO will be
Open MDO ignition pump suction valve maintained by the heaters and trace heating system.
c) Check that all instrumentation and gauge valves are open and
Open MDO pump outlet valve NL090VD
that the instruments and gauges are functioning correctly. e) Monitor the boiler flame during this period for instability which
Open MDO pump outlet valve NL092VD
can arise as the temperature of the remaining MGO in the
Open Ignition burner quick-closing inlet valve 110VX d) Set the MGO system valves as shown in the tables above. system increases. When the boiler is operating on HFO at the
correct temperature, flame stability will return.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.4 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.5a Boiler Control Panel
Key
1. Combustion Air Fan Gauge
2. Control On Lamp
3. Overload Combustion Air Fan Lamp
4. Overload Igniter Oil Pump Lamp
5. Overload Chemical Dosing Pump Lamp
6. Combustion Air Fan in Operation Lamp
7. Igniter Oil Pump in Operation Lamp
8. Chemical Dosing Pump in Operation Lamp
9. Combustion Air Fan Operation Recorder
A A A
10. Reset Emergency Off Button
1 14 15
11. Combustion Air Fan Off/Auto/Manual Switch
12. Chemical Dosing Pump Off/Auto/Manual Switch
13. Main Power Supply Switch
2 3 4 5 16 17 18 19 37 14. No.1 Feed Water Pump Gauge
15. No.2 Feed Water Pump Gauge
16. No.1 Feed Water Pump Overload Lamp
6 7 8 20 21 22 23 24 25 17. No.2 Feed Water Pump Overload Lamp
18. No.1 Oil Pump Overload Lamp
19. No.2 Oil Pump Overload Lamp
9 26 27 28 29 30 31 20. No.1 Remote Operation Feed Water Pump Lamp
21. No.1 Feed Water Pump in Operation Lamp
10 11 12 32 33 34 35 22. No.2 Feed Water Pump in Operation Lamp
38 39 40 23. No.1 Oil Pump Emergency Stop Lamp
24. No.1 Oil Pump in Operation Lamp
25. No.2 Oil Pump in Operation Lamp
36 26. No.2 Remote Operation Feed Water Pump Lamp
27. No.1 Feed Water Pump Operation Recorder
28. No.2 Feed Water Pump Operation Recorder
29. No.2 Oil Pump Emergency Stop Lamp
30. No.1 Oil Pump Operation Recorder
13 31. No.2 Oil Pump Operation Recorder
32. No.1 Feed Water Pump Off/Auto/Manual Switch
33. No.2 Feed Water Pump Off/Auto/Manual Switch
34. No.1 Oil Pump Off/Auto/Manual Switch
35. No.2 Oil Pump Off/Auto/Manual Switch
36. Lamp Test Button
37. Human/Machine Interface (HMI) Display Screen
38. Emergency Operation Switch
39. Heater Burner Auto/Manual Switch
40. Flame Scanner Emergency Operation Switch
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.5 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.5 Boiler Control System The HMI (Human Machine Interface) touch screen enables the operator to Once the burner has been started it will fire according to the preset programme
investigate the boiler operation, to control operation and to select parameters. in order to raise steam. The operator should monitor the boiler and the furnace
in order to ensure that steam is being raised correctly and that the burner is
Introduction At the bottom of the HMI touch screen there are seven soft touch buttons, performing correctly. If necessary the burner may be shut down by pressing the
including Login and Logout touchbuttons; the setting of certain parameters is Burner Start/Stop puhbutton in the Operation screen.
There are two oil firedAalborg Unex CHB-1500 vertical fire tube boilers and only available to authorised personnel and this requires the operator to log in.
these burn Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) which is steam atomised in a burner located Adjustment of parameters is described in the control system manual and this Before starting the boiler burner the feed pumps and oil pumps should be
at the side of the boiler. There are six waste heat economisers, each associated must be consulted before any changes are made. selected for AUTO operation at the boiler control panel. These pumps may also
with a diesel generator engine. be selected for manual operation but that is normally only used when filling the
The Home page comprises a number of other soft touch buttons and through boiler with water and purging through the burner fuel system. When selected
At sea, the waste heat economisers generate steam and the oil fired boilers these the operator has access to a number of other pages which provide for Auto operation the duty feed pump will operate continuously and the water
act as steam and water reservoirs but in port at least one of the two the main operating information or enable actions to be taken concerning the operating level in the boiler will be maintained by the feed water regulator. The standby
oil fired boilers will be operating as it is unlikely that sufficient steam will be condition of the steam plant. The Zoomback soft touchbutton enables the feed pump will operate should the duty feed pump fail. The duty oil pump will
generated by the exhaust gas economisers. operator to quickly move back through previous screens. supply fuel to the burner and the standby pump will operate should the duty
pump fail.
The oil fired boilers are normally operated under remote control and may be At the main setting screen the operator may select the boiler plant for Single
selected for single unit operation. They may also be operated in parallel, with boiler operation or for Master and Slave mode; ther same screen also allows for The combustion air fan must also be selected for AUTO operation.
one boiler selected as the operating or duty boiler (the master) and the other as selection of the master boiler and the slave boiler. Although there is provision
the standby boiler (the slave); the standby boiler will automatically start if the for selection of High Pressure and Low Pressure modes the boiler normally Emergency operation of the boiler is activated by means of the Emergency
duty boiler cannot maintain steam pressure. After the burner start is activated, always operate in High Pressure mode. At the screen operating parameters are Operation switch located below the Se@vis panel. The Flame Scanner switch
the boiler(s) will operate automatically. The boilers and their main operating visible, including the start and stop loads for the slave oiler and the start and must also be set for emergency operation. In emergency operating mode, the
parameters are shown at the IMACS mimics. There are a number of boiler stop delays for the slave boiler. These parameters may be reset but this facility ignition and fuel oil valves are operated by means of pushbuttons and these
mimics but the Boiler Overview mimic shows the operating condition of both is only available to authorised personnel. are located close to the burner at the top of the boiler. The compound regulator
boilers together with status and alarms. controls the burner fuel supply and air damper operation.
When the control system is activated the Startup screen is displayed. Pressing
The master boiler will operate in accordance with the steam demand, feed the Operation touchbutton brings up the Operation Screen and this contains The burner sequence is handled by the boiler management programmable logic
water and oil firing being applied to maintain the water in the boiler at the a number of touchbuttons including those for preselected operating modes. controller (PLC) located in the boiler burner control cabinet. This deals with
correct level and generate steam at the rate to satisfy the demand. The slave Thescreen allows for selection of Local Operation or Remote Operation and aspects such as start and stop, purging, ignition, etc. The sequences for start,
boiler works in conjunction with the master boiler and will operate if the load when starting the boiler Local Operation should normally be selected. (It may operation and stop are carried out by means of programme steps and each step
on the master boiler rises above a set value. The slave boiler will stop firing be necessary to Login if the operator has not already done so.) must be correctly carried out before the next step can take place. This means
when the total boiler load falls below a set value for a predetermined period that the PLC sends a signal to operate a particular function and that function
of time. The boilers are started and stopped from the boiler local control panel With Local Operation selected the operator must check that all conditions are provides feedback to the PLC to indicate that the operation was successful. If
under automatic control. ready for boiler operation. A number of screens and system mimics allow for the operation was successful, the PLC signals the next step to take place. If,
checking of the fuel and feed water system and the operator must ensure that however, the function was not performed successfully within a set time period,
The boiler plant normally operates under automatic remote control via the the correct water level is showin in the boiler. When satisfied that the boiler the PLC signals the unit to stop safely and initiates an alarm condition.
boiler control system. The boiler programme controllers (PCs) are located in is available for starting the Burner START/Stop pushbutton is pressed in the
the boiler control panels situated next to the boilers. Operation screen. The boiler burner unit is purged and the scren changes to the The two oil fired boilers may be operated as master and slave on automatic
Burner Setting screen. The operator may change settings if required but once control or they may be operated indpendently as single boilers. When parallel
The boiler system control panel is divided into three sections: these have been set and the installation works correctly there should be no need operation is required, one boiler is selected as the master boiler and the other
to alter any burner settings. boiler is selected as the slave boiler by means of the touch buttons on the HMI
One panel controls the feed pumps and the burner oil pumps and another touchscreen. At the appropriate Master/Slave selection screen the master boiler
panel controls the forced draught fan and the chemical dosing pump. The third Burner firing may be initiated by pressing the Fire Burner touchbutton. A brief is selected; parameter values may be selected for master/slave operation but
panel houses the emergency operation switches and the Se@vis HMI (Human press of the Fire Burner touchbutton causes an immediate firing of the burner these will have been set at commissioning and should not require changing.
Machine Interface) touch screen. but if the Fire Burner touchbutton is pressed for more than 3 seconds there is a
delay of 5 seconds in the firing of the burner after the touchbutton is released. When boilers have been selected for master/slave mode the master boiler may
Boiler operation is controlled from the Se@vis HMI 10 touch screen panel. At Load graphs may be opened and the operator may adjust the load position at a be selected from IMACS by pressing the MASTER soft key for the selected
the panel there are also three switches which allow for selection of emergency number of points in order to change the firing rate of the boiler. This is done by boiler on the boiler mimic screen.
operation, selection of flame scanner emergency operation and selection of pressing the +/- touchbuttons. However, the loading rate of the burner should
manual or automatic burner heater control. not require changing once it has been set.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.5 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
The control system interlocks will not allow the boiler to be fired if the water Burner Sequence Control Procedures for Operating the Oil Fired Boiler Plant
level is not within predetermined limits. Firing is not allowed if the atomising The boiler control panel main power switch must be on the ON position and
steam pressure is not above a predetermined minimum when burning HFO. Each boiler has a single burner and each burner has its own sequence controller power available at all panels. The boiler feed system must be activated and the
The boiler may be operated on MGO when starting or shutting down for which deals with furnace purging, ignition, flame supervision, and all other fuel system must be set to ensure that fuel is available at the pumps and burner.
maintenance but when burning MGO, atomising air must be used. aspects of burner operation. The burner compound sub-controller deals with Trace heating must be active when burning HFO. Atomising steam must be
the setting of the air damper and the fuel oil control valve to match the steam available at the burners for HFO or atomising air for MGO.
The boiler water feed system is operated from the feed water control panel in demand. (If the steam demand falls below the minimum firing rate, the burner
the boiler control cabinet and will be selected for automatic operation when will shut off when the maximum pressure is reached.) a) At the local boiler HMI panel press the OPERATION touchbutton
the boilers are selected for automatic operation. The feed system is described to bring up the operation screen.
in section 6.2.3, Boiler Feed and Condensate System.
The steam pressure transmitter for the burner control is located at the boiler b) Select the feed water pumps for automatic operation at the local
The burner management system controls the operation of the burner and this is and this gives the measured variable for the master steam controller; the set panal and at the feed system mimic select one feed pump as the
normally set for automatic burner operation in accordance with steam demand point for this controller can be adjusted. The output signal from the master duty pump and the other as the standby pump. Select the boiler
when the boiler is selected for single, master or slave operation. The main oil steam controller is the set point for the compound controller at each boiler oil pumps for automatic operation at the local panal and at the
pumps must be started or selected for standby operation at the motor section of panel. When both the master and slave boilers are operating they will operate feed system mimic select oneboiler oil pump as the duty pump
the main control panel. Trace heating must be operational when burning HFO as described above to maintain steam pressure. As steam demand decreases, and the other as the standby pump. Set the combustion air fan
but must be switched off when burning MGO. The boiler fuel oil system is both the master and slave boilers will operate to maintain their set points, thus switch to the AUTO position.
described in section 6.2.4, Boiler Fuel Oil System. keeping them available for immediate use if necessary.
c) At the HMI panel select the boiler for SINGLE operation
The burner sequence is carried out in programmed steps which are executed and then start the burner in automatic mode by pressing
Automatic Operation sequentially. Each step activates the necessary signal to a particular device the BURNER START/STOP touchbutton. The boiler burner
such as the air fan, the igniter or the fuel valve and it also signals the compound operation sequence will have already been set at commissioning
During master/slave operation, both boiler burners are operating. The master
controller to activate its parts of the sequence. Before and after a stop, the but the operator must check that the boiler burner operates
boiler normally operates at a higher set point (8.0 bar on, 9.0 bar off) whereas
sequence will always revert to step 0 and await a new start order. In the event correctly.
the slave boiler normally operates at a lower set point (6.5 bar on, 8.0 bar off).
of a failure of any interlock, the programme will be initialised but return to a
These values may be changed at the parameter setting screen of the HMI.
set point in the sequence activating an immediate burner stop. When the failure
Note: In automatic mode, the combustion air fan starts automatically and
has been corrected and the interlock has been reset, the burner sequence will go
The master boiler operates to meet normal steam demand but the slave boiler runs for a minimum of 20 minutes in order to avoid more than 3 starts per
to step 0 and commence the start sequence again. When the burner is ignited
operates if the master boiler cannot satisfy steam demand and the steam hour. The compound controller will automatically operate the air damper and
successfully, the compound controller takes over the regulation of the fuel and
pressure falls. The setting of the slave boiler increases if the master boiler oil control valve during the purge and ignition cycles.
air supply in accordance with steam demand.
fuel controller operates at high firing for more than a preseset time. There is a
delay of 30 seconds for the stopping and starting of the slave boiler firing to Note: The boilers may be started from the IMACS but the operator must
In the case of a normal stop, the compound controller shuts off the oil supply
account for fluctuations in load and to prevent frequent operation of the slave always ensure that the boiler is monitored so that any defects may be quickly
to the burner. The fan is allowed to operate for a period in order to cool and
boiler burner. attended to..
purge the burner.
Note: A boiler may be operated in emergency firing mode if the Emergency
Operation switch below the HMI panel is turned to the EMERGENCY Operation
Emergency Operation of the Firing System
position. This bypasses the automatic sequence controllers and the burner is
operated from the local position. The complete steam raising plant should be considered as a single entity, the Should the automatic combustion control system fail completely and there is
auxiliary oil fired boilers are normally set to automatic operation and will still a requirement to fire the boiler, the following procedure can be adopted to
function when the exhaust gas economisers cannot meet the demand for steam. fire the main burner. This should only be attempted with the Chief Technical
The auxiliary boiler control system is designed to operate the burner sequence, Officer’s permission. It is assumed that all ancillary services are available and
load control, alarms and ancillary systems. The system can be operated locally fully functional:
in manual mode from the local HMI panel or it may be operated in automatic
mode. a) Turn the Emergency Operation switchlocated below the HMI
panel to the EMERGENCY position.
b) Turn the Select Flame Scanner Emergency Operation switch
(below the HMI screen) to the EMERGENCY SCANNER
position..
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.5 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
c) Disconnect the drive arm from the compound regulator and Smoke Density Monitor Boiler Routine Checks
manually open the vanes fully for at least two minutes to purge No. of sets: 10 Each Watch
the boiler.
Type: Light obscuring - photocell
• Check that the gauge glass water level is correct by blowing the
d) Once the purge is complete, shut the compound regulator back gauge glass.
to the 50% position. Each oil fired boiler uptake (and each diesel generator and incinerator uptake)
is fitted with a flue gas monitoring system which detects levels of smoke. The • Check the oil temperature when firing and check the burner
e) At the emergency control box on top of the boiler, press and unit essentially comprises a detector unit (a lamp and a receiving photocell flame condition.
hold the IGNITION pushbutton until an ignition flame is in a housing), a reflector and an amplifier with display/control panel. An • Check the smoke detector for correct operation.
observed through the observation glass. If the flame does not air supply from the ship’s system provides an air draught in the lamp and
establish within 15 seconds, stop the procedure and repurge photocell housing which prevents soot particles from adhering to the lenses,
the boiler before re-attempting to flash. Repeated failures will thereby influencing the accuracy of the unit; the air also acts as sealing air to Daily
require further investigation. prevent the escape of flue gas from the mounting points. The reduction in the
amount of infrared light falling on the detector photocell is directly related to • Blow down the floats of the water level controller.
f) At the emergency control box, press and hold the OIL VALVE the amount of smoke in the flue exhaust. The amplified output signal from the • Clean the burner unit in accordance with the manufacturer’s
pushbutton (whlist still depressing the IGNITION pushbutton) photocell is used to power a milli-ammeter which is calibrated to read in smoke instructions.
until the fuel oil pressure gauge is reading at least one bar and density. If there is no light falling on the photocell then no current is generated
• Take boiler water samples, analyse the boiler water and add
the main flame is established. When satisfied the flame is stable, and this is the condition for black smoke.
treatment to the boiler water in order to maintain the boiler
release theIGNITION and OIL VALVE pushbuttons. water in an acceptable condition.
On commissioning with no flue gas present but with sealing air applied the
g) Adjust the air flow manually to achieve a stable flame. instrument is adjusted to read zero. Care must be taken at installation to ensure
alignment between the transmitter head and receiving head. The instrument Weekly
WARNING span is adjusted to give maximum swing between the lightest and darkest
sensing conditions. Both the instrument zero and span adjustments are made • Check the boiler water level alarms and the water level
When in emergency operating mode, only the low water level and flame controller operation.
by means of potentiometers. The maximum reading for the span is adjusted
failure safety interlocks are operational. The boiler must be supervised
with the light from the transmitter obscured.
constantly by a competent engineer.
The alarm monitoring function may be adjusted for alarm level of opacity.
Initially the alarms are set at 20% opacity and 30% opacity with a 5 second
Steam Pressure delay between sensing the smoke and activating the alarm to allow for transient
When operating under oil firing, the boiler control system adjusts the firing rate conditions. Changing the alarm set points is via the menu controlled digital
in order to maintain steam pressure at the set value. When operating with the programmer located in the control box.
economisers, steam is generated at the rate dictated by the waste heat available.
Steam pressure is maintained by dumping excess steam to the atmospheric The smoke monitor must be switched on at all times when the boilers are in
dump condensers. Steam dump valves are provided for each condenser with operation or on standby for operation.
the steam pressure signal acting to initiate the dumping of steam from the main
steam line should the steam pressure rise above the set value.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.5 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.6a Engine Room Steam System Clean Drain Atmospheric
Condenser (5,520 kW) Clean Drain
Atmospheric Hot Well 8m3 Hot Well 8m3
ZI ZT XA/113B XA/114B XA/114A
13006 13006 Condenser TT TT
Bypass
200
063VD 400 15 TVC TVC
M M 053VR M 054VR
064VD 101VR 065VF
ZT ZI ZT ZI
SV514VD SV514VD 014VD 027VD
Purifier Fuel Oil Heaters
(5,500 Litres/h)
M DG FO Steam Heaters -15m3/h Sea
15 Chest 15
PT PCV XD/142CC XD/144CG
13006 13006
M 090VD
M XCV STOP RUNNING OF
XD/142CD 016VD
XV
FOR UNIT RESPECTIVE PUMP
Steam Closing Valve Close GROUP
P P 020VD 020VD VA071VR (01) XV 13071 XA/065A XA/057A-B
40 XD/144CH Compressed VA071VR (02) XV 13171 XA/065B XA/057C-D
015VD Air
XA/006E XA/006F DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters VA072VR XV 13271 XA/065C XA/057E-F
Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas To (2,800 Litres/h)
078VD Economiser 078VD Economiser Main Engine M Boiler Fuel Heaters 15
3,300kg/h 9.5 bar 3,300kg/h 9.5 bar Trace Heating XD/199EC 1,134 Litres/h 65 65
079VD 079VD M
XD/199ED 40 XD/ XD/
40 141C 141C
150 150
150 018VD
250
15 50
15 15
012VD
50 074VD
50 25 074
Steam For VD
Tank Degassing 017VD 65
250
A
002VD 007VD
65 014 020 027
15 015VD 15 See
250 006VD VD 010VD VD VD
250 250 Illustration
B 6.2.6b
040VD 043 003VD 013VD 011VD 003VD
40 40 40 40 009VD 005VD 020VD 014VD 027VD
VD PT 250
080VD 043VD 009VD
13004 C
20 003VD
PIA H 013VD
021VD
Compressed 002VD 060VD 13004 043VD
L 015VD
Air 200 Grease
XH004A 048VD
20 Traps
XH004B 200
To Aft To Incinerator YL/512A 50
XH004M Swimming Sludge Tank 15
Pool and Steam 1
XA/004B Atomising 049 015VD
017VD VD
Oil Fired Burner 059VD YL/512B 15
15,000kg/h 9 bar 15 15
050VD 2
To Mess Room, XH 015VD To Double
M
Galleys on 107W 20
Bottom Tank
Decks 5, 6, 14 XH To Heating
M
25 20 107W
PS PA HH and 15, Laundry Clean 072VR
13032 13032
Condensate
PS PA H XD/107CC Main 015VD
13031 13031
Evaporator PA PS Compressed Key
13009 13009
PIA PT PS PA 018VD Steam L Air
13003 13003 13030 13030
L XH004F Booster Steam
15 Heater 016VD
To
Clean 9,400 kg/h 021VD 090VD
XH004G Drain Instrumentation
Drain XA/065C
Main D/G Sea
Chest Electrical Signal
To To HT FW
Main Engine Clean Steam Preheater All System Valves
Trace Heating Condensate Are Prefixed With 'VA'
Main 800kW
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.6 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.6 Steam and Steam Drain System system as two separate main lines or as a ring main is at the preference of the Position Description Valve
operator but in the event of a failure of part of the steam main line, the isolating
Open Simmering coil inlet valve XH004F
valves may be closed as necessary and a section of the main isolated.
Introduction Open Simmering coil outlet valve XH004G
Most systems may still be supplied with steam even when a section of the steam Open Dump steam line valve 006VD
Saturated steam is supplied by the two oil fired boilers and their associated main is isolated because of the fitting of cross-connection valves. Some items Open Clean drain condenser control inlet valve 064VD
exhaust gas economisers. Steam supply to the system is at a pressure of 9.0 of plant are supplied with steam via multiple valves. Unless otherwise stated,
bar. Steam is taken from the boilers through the stop valves and directed Operational Clean drain condenser control valve 101VR
steam supply valves are manually operated. Where there are only manually
to the consumer systems. Each boiler has its own steam outlet line. These Open Clean drain condenser control outlet valve 065VF
operated valves in the steam supply line to an item of plant, it means that the
lines connect to the steam main which also connects with the steam dump item will function under direct steam supply with manual control. A controlled Closed Clean drain condenser control bypass valve 063VD
condensers. The controlled valves allowing steam into the dump condensers valve in the system reacts to control from the item of plant and will regulate Open Clean drain condenser primary bypass valve SV514VD
are operated by the control system, they open to direct excess steam to the the steam flow to the plant. This valve must be operational and the manual Throttled Clean drain condenser secondary bypass valve SV514VD
condensers in order to maintain the correct pressure in the steam lines. The steam supply valves must be open. Steam supply to the accommodation area
amount of steam generated by the exhaust gas economisers varies with engine systems is via pressure reducing valves which ensure that a particular system All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VA’ unless otherwise stated;
load and when the amount of steam generated exceeds demand, it is necessary is supplied with steam at a suitable pressure for the items in that system. Under Port Oil Fired Boiler XA/004A
to dump the surplus to the condensers. no circumstances should steam at a higher pressure be supplied to systems Position Description Valve
which are operated at reduced pressure.
Steam is used in the accommodation areas in the galleys, laundry and for Open Main stop valve XH004A
heating the swimming pools. Steam is used in the engine room for heating Open Secondary stop valve 002VD
purposes and also for oil tank heating. At the outlets from all heaters and tank Procedure for Setting Up the Steam System
Closed Primary warming through valve 048VD
heating coils there are drain traps which only allow condensed steam to pass. a) Ensure that the steam valves to the pressure controllers are Closed Secondary warming through valve 060VD
This ensures that steam is condensed in the heater or heating coil thus giving open.
up its latent heat of evaporation and providing higher operational efficiency. Closed Line drain valves (x2) 009VD
The drain outlet valve from the item of plant should be opened before steam b) Ensure that the supply valves from the steam main lines to the Closed Vent valve XH004M
is supplied. After steam is supplied, the operation of the drain trap should be atmospheric condensers are operational. Check that the auxiliary Open Steam atomising isolating valve 043VD
checked. A high drain temperature signifies that steam is passing the drain trap machinery sea water system is operating and that cooling fresh Closed Sootblower isolating valve 040VD
which indicates a defective drain trap. water is being supplied to the atmospheric condensers. See Open Simmering coil isolating valve 043VD
section 2.4.1, General Fresh Water Cooling System. Open Simmering coil inlet valve XH004F
Depending upon the service, drains return condensate to the hotwell via the
clean or dirty drain coolers. Drains from oil heaters return via the dirty drain Open Simmering coil outlet valve XH004G
c) Set the valves as shown in the following table. User valves
coolers and observation tanks where any oil contamination can be detected. (such as purifiers) will be open whenever a system requires Open Dump steam line valve 001VD
steam. Drain valves from any system must be opened before the Open Clean drain condenser control inlet valve 058VD
Operating Procedures steam supply valve is opened. Tank heating is covered in section Operational Clean drain condenser control valve 102VR
6.2.8 of this manual: Open Clean drain condenser control outlet valve 068VF
Procedure for Supplying Steam from the Boilers to the Consumer Steam
Main Closed Clean drain condenser control bypass valve 066VD
All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VA’ unless otherwise stated;
Open Clean drain condenser primary bypass valve SV515VD
If the steam lines are cold, the steam which first enters the lines will condense Starboard Oil Fired Boiler XA/004B
and this condensate can cause water hammer in some parts of the system. Throttled Clean drain condenser secondary bypass valve SV515VD
Position Description Valve
Water hammer can cause damage to the pipes and fittings. Drains in the system Open Main stop valve XH004A
must be opened before steam is supplied and must remain open until the lines All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VA’ unless otherwise stated;
Open Secondary stop valve 002VD Economiser System
are warmed through. Steam supply valves should be opened slowly in order to
ensure that the temperature in a cold steam pipe rises gradually. The procedure Closed Primary warming through valve 048VD Position Description Valve
described below assumes that the pipeline system is already warm but is the Closed Secondary warming through valve 060VD Open No.1 economiser outlet valve 078VD
same for a cold system apart from the essential need to warm through the Closed Line drain valves (x2) 009VD Open No.1 economiser non-return valve 079VD
system gradually and remove condensed water. Closed Vent valve XH004M Open No.2 economiser outlet valve 078VD
Open Steam atomising isolating valve 043VD Open No.2 economiser non-return valve 079VD
The steam supply system is divided into two mains, the port and the starboard
steam mains. The main line link valves may be opened thereby providing a ring Closed Sootblower isolating valve 040VD Open No.3 economiser outlet valve 078VD
main by connecting the starboard and port steam main lines. Use of the steam Open Simmering coil isolating valve 043VD Open No.3 economiser non-return valve 079VD
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.6 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.6b Engine Room Steam System
DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters
DG FO Steam (2,800 Litres/h)
XA/065A XD/144AG Heaters -15m3/h M M
Main D/G 20 25
M XD/199AB XD/142AC
HT FW 65
Steam Preheater
700kW Sea Purifier Fuel Oil Heaters
XA/006B XA/006A Chest DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters (5,500 Litres/h)
026VD Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas XD/144AH (2,800 Litres/h)
078VD Economiser 078VD Economiser 090VD M M
20 25
65 Clean Drain 3,300kg/h 9.5 bar 2,200kg/h 9.5 bar XD/199BB XD/142AD
034VD
Atmospheric DG FO Steam
PA PS 079VD 079VD XD/144BG Heaters -15m3/h
13007 13007 Condenser 077
L
Bypass Clean Drain Atmospheric M
VD DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters 077
150 150
Condenser (5,520 kW) 65 (2,800 Litres/h) VD
071VR Compressed M Sludge DO Purifier
150 20 Separator
TVC ZT XA/113A Air XD/199CB Steam Heater
15 (450 Litres/h) 2,000Litres/h
To 13005 13005
033VD
Main Engine XD/144BH
SV515VR 200 039
Trace Heating 200 VD
066VD 400 DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters
XD/ XD/
M
Boiler Fuel Heaters (2,800 Litres/h)
150B 159C
80 80 Sea
M
067VD 102VR 068VF 1,134 Litres/h 20
Chest
XA/006D XA/006C To Double Bottom XD/199DB
SV515VR Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas Oily Bilge Tanks
078VD 078VD XD/ XD/ 090VD
Economiser Economiser Heating
024VD 024VD 141A 141B
M
250 2,200kg/h 9.5 bar 3,300kg/h 9.5 bar 045VD
Bilge Water Centrifugal
M
Separator Package 5m3/h 65 Compressed
15 15 PT PCV 079VD 079VD 033VD 25 M Air
13005 13005
XD/427AA
150 150 044VD
25 15 15
076VD 25 25
50 65 80
036VD 038VD
25 076 15
250 250 250 150 25 80 VD
A 036VD
036VD
See 022VD 026VD 019VD 044VD
037VD
Illustration 250 250
6.2.6a B
003VD 002VD 003VD
004VD 035VD To D.B Tanks Heating and Various Users
250 250
C
003VD 002VD 003VD
250 043 022VD 035VD
PT VD 019VD 044VD
001VD 13002
15
PIA H 029VD 029VD 25
13002
L
To FO Settling
026VD 100 and Service Tank
Heating
50 65
25 15 15
15 060 060
041VD 033VD 061
040VD VD VD VD 061VD
40 40 40 009VD
100
20 20
080VD 043VD 009VD To Double
20
Compressed 002VD 060VD To The Bottom 200 200
Air Nearest Oily Bilge Tanks
XH004A 048VD Scupper Heating To
XH004B 059VD 059VD Clean
100 100
024VD 024VD Condensate
071VR XH004M XH XH
XA/004A 029VD 029VD M Main
M
15 15 107AL 107W
Oil Fired Burner Shore Connection
15,000kg/h 9 bar XH XH 044VD
Key
M
M
PA PS
13008 13008 25 20 033VD
107W 107W Compressed
L PS PA HH Air
13012 13012 Compressed XD/ Steam
To Air XD/ 045VD
PS PA H 107AC 107BC
Main Engine 026VD 13011 13011
Evaporator
PIA PT Evaporator Instrumentation 090VD
Trace Heating 13001 13001 Steam
XA/065B PS PA 034VD Steam
Main D/G
13010 13010
L Booster Booster Sea
XH004F 090VD
Heater Heater Electrical Signal
HT FW Chest
9400kg/h All System Valves
Steam Preheater To Sea To To
700kW XH004G Clean Chest Clean Clean Are Prefixed With 'VA'
Drain Drain Condensate Condensate
Main Main
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.6 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve Position Description Valve Position Description Valve
Open No.4 economiser outlet valve 078VD Open No.2 diesel generator group HT fresh water 026VD Closed Tank degassing steam supply valve
Open No.4 economiser non-return valve 079VD heater line valve Open Purifier heater inlet line valve 010VD
Open No.5 economiser outlet valve 078VD Operational No.2 diesel generator group HT fresh water 071VR Closed Sea chest isolating valve 044VD
Open No.5 economiser non-return valve 079VD heater control valve Closed Sea chest isolating valve 033VD
Open No.6 economiser outlet valve 078VD Open No.2 diesel generator group HT fresh water 026VD Open Sea chest line valve 019VD
heater inlet valve
Open No.6 economiser non-return valve 079VD Closed Sea chest isolating valve 015VD
Open No.3/No.4 diesel generator line valve 022VD
Open Port boiler economiser inlet non-return valve 080VD Open Accommodation steam line valve
Open No.3 diesel generator inlet valve 024VD
Open Port boiler economiser inlet valve XH004B Open Incinerator steam line valve
Open No.4 diesel generator inlet valve 024VD
Open Starboard boiler economiser inlet non-return 080VD Open No.3 evaporator steam line valve 013VD
valve Open No.6 diesel generator line valve 017VD
Open No.2 hot well line valve 014VD
Open Starboard boiler economiser inlet valve XH004B Open No.6 diesel generator inlet valve 018VD
Open No.5 diesel generator line valve 017VD
Open Economiser outlet cross-connection valve 002VD Open No.3 diesel generator group HT fresh water 021VD
Open No.5 diesel generator inlet valve 018VD
heater line valve
Open Economiser outlet cross-connection valve 007VD Open No.1/No.2 diesel generator line valve 022VD
Operational No.3 diesel generator group HT fresh water 072VR
heater control valve Open No.1 diesel generator inlet valve 024VD
All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VA’ unless otherwise stated;
Open No.3 diesel generator group HT fresh water 021VD Open No.2 diesel generator inlet valve 024VD
Port Steam Main
heater inlet valve Open FO heater inlet line valve 020VD
Position Description Valve
Open FO heater inlet line valve 020VD Open Boiler FO heater inlet line valve 074VD
Open Port/starboard steam main cross-connection 004VD
Open Boiler FO heater inlet line valve 074VD Open No.1 diesel generator group HT fresh water 026VD
valve
Open Diesel generator FO heater inlet valve 020VD heater line valve
Open Port/starboard steam main cross-connection 005VD
Open FO heater line cross-connection valve 020VD Operational No.1 diesel generator group HT fresh water 071VR
valve
heater control valve
Open Port steam main line valve (x3) 003VD Open No.2 hotwell line valve 014VD
Open No.1 diesel generator group HT fresh water 026VD
Open Port steam main line valve 002VD Open No.2 hotwell control inlet valve 014VD
heater inlet valve
Closed Sea chest isolating valve 044VD Operational No.2 hotwell control valve 053VR
Open No.1 hot well line valve 027VD
Closed Sea chest isolating valve 033VD Open Grease trap inlet line valve 043VD
Closed Bunker connection line valve 029VD
Open Sea chest line valve 019VD Open Grease trap inlet valves (x2) 015VD
Open FO heaters line valve 036VD
Closed Sea chest isolating valve 015VD Open Purifier heater inlet line valve 011VD
Open Purifier heaters line valve 036VD
Open No.1 evaporator steam line valve 035VD Open Purifer heater steam line cross-connection valve 012VD
Open Boiler FO heater inlet line valve 076VD
Open No.1 evaporator steam inlet valve 059VD Open No.3 evaporator steam line valve 013VD
Open Purifier heater inlet line valve 037VD
Operational Evaporator steam control valves (x2) XH107 Open No.3 evaporator steam inlet valve 059VD
Open Purifier heater steam cross-connection valve 077VD
Open No.1 evaporator steam drain inlet valve 060VD Operational Evaporator steam control valves (x2) XH107
Open No.2 evaporator steam line valve 035VD
Open No.1 evaporator steam drain outlet valve 061VD Open No.3 evaporator steam drain inlet valve 049VD
Open No.2 evaporator steam inlet valve 059VD
Open FO heaters line valve 036VD Open No.3 evaporator steam drain outlet valve 050VD
Operational Evaporator steam control valves (x2) XH107
Open Boiler FO heater inlet line valve 076VD Open Accommodation steam line valve
Open No.2 evaporator steam drain inlet valve 060VD
Open FO heater steam cross-connection valve 039VD Open Incinerator steam line valve
Open No.2 evaporator steam drain outlet valve 061VD
Open Purifier heater inlet line valve 038VD Open Aft swimming pool steam heater supply valve
Open Purifier steam line cross-connection valve 077VD d) With the boiler(s) operating, steam is now available at the steam
All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VA’ unless otherwise stated; supply main.
Closed Bunker connection line valve 029VD
Starboard Steam Main
Open No.1 hotwell line valve 027VD
Position Description Valve
Open No.1 hotwell control inlet valve 027VD
Open Starboard steam main line valve (x4) 003VD
Operational No.1 hotwell control valve 054VR
Open Starboard steam main line valve 002VD
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.6 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.6b Engine Room Steam System
DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters
DG FO Steam (2,800 Litres/h)
XA/065A XD/144AG Heaters -15m3/h M M
Main D/G 20 25
M XD/199AB XD/142AC
HT FW 65
Steam Preheater
700kW Sea Purifier Fuel Oil Heaters
XA/006B XA/006A Chest DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters (5,500 Litres/h)
026VD Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas XD/144AH (2,800 Litres/h)
078VD Economiser 078VD Economiser 090VD M M
20 25
65 Clean Drain 3,300kg/h 9.5 bar 2,200kg/h 9.5 bar XD/199BB XD/142AD
034VD
Atmospheric DG FO Steam
PA PS 079VD 079VD XD/144BG Heaters -15m3/h
13007 13007 Condenser 077
L
Bypass Clean Drain Atmospheric M
VD DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters 077
150 150
Condenser (5,520 kW) 65 (2,800 Litres/h) VD
071VR Compressed M Sludge DO Purifier
150 20 Separator
TVC ZT XA/113A Air XD/199CB Steam Heater
15 (450 Litres/h) 2,000Litres/h
To 13005 13005
033VD
Main Engine XD/144BH
SV515VR 200 039
Trace Heating 200 VD
066VD 400 DG LO Purifier Steam Heaters
XD/ XD/
M
Boiler Fuel Heaters (2,800 Litres/h)
150B 159C
80 80 Sea
M
067VD 102VR 068VF 1,134 Litres/h 20
Chest
XA/006D XA/006C To Double Bottom XD/199DB
SV515VR Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas Oily Bilge Tanks
078VD 078VD XD/ XD/ 090VD
Economiser Economiser Heating
024VD 024VD 141A 141B
M
250 2,200kg/h 9.5 bar 3,300kg/h 9.5 bar 045VD
Bilge Water Centrifugal
M
Separator Package 5m3/h 65 Compressed
15 15 PT PCV 079VD 079VD 033VD 25 M Air
13005 13005
XD/427AA
150 150 044VD
25 15 15
076VD 25 25
50 65 80
036VD 038VD
25 076 15
250 250 250 150 25 80 VD
A 036VD
036VD
See 022VD 026VD 019VD 044VD
037VD
Illustration 250 250
6.2.6a B
003VD 002VD 003VD
004VD 035VD To D.B Tanks Heating and Various Users
250 250
C
003VD 002VD 003VD
250 043 022VD 035VD
PT VD 019VD 044VD
001VD 13002
15
PIA H 029VD 029VD 25
13002
L
To FO Settling
026VD 100 and Service Tank
Heating
50 65
25 15 15
15 060 060
041VD 033VD 061
040VD VD VD VD 061VD
40 40 40 009VD
100
20 20
080VD 043VD 009VD To Double
20
Compressed 002VD 060VD To The Bottom 200 200
Air Nearest Oily Bilge Tanks
XH004A 048VD Scupper Heating To
XH004B 059VD 059VD Clean
100 100
024VD 024VD Condensate
071VR XH004M XH XH
XA/004A 029VD 029VD M Main
M
15 15 107AL 107W
Oil Fired Burner Shore Connection
15,000kg/h 9 bar XH XH 044VD
Key
M
M
PA PS
13008 13008 25 20 033VD
107W 107W Compressed
L PS PA HH Air
13012 13012 Compressed XD/ Steam
To Air XD/ 045VD
PS PA H 107AC 107BC
Main Engine 026VD 13011 13011
Evaporator
PIA PT Evaporator Instrumentation 090VD
Trace Heating 13001 13001 Steam
XA/065B PS PA 034VD Steam
Main D/G
13010 13010
L Booster Booster Sea
XH004F 090VD
Heater Heater Electrical Signal
HT FW Chest
9400kg/h All System Valves
Steam Preheater To Sea To To
700kW XH004G Clean Chest Clean Clean Are Prefixed With 'VA'
Drain Drain Condensate Condensate
Main Main
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.6 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Procedure for Supplying Steam from the Bunker Station to the Consumer Procedure for Putting the Drain Systems into Operation
Steam Main
There are clean and dirty drain main collecting lines. Drains from equipment
With a shore supply, the quantity of steam available will normally be less than and heating systems connect with the appropriate drain return system.
for a shipboard supply. Steam is still required for certain duties and is supplied
to the consumer main. a) Ensure that the clean drain condenser system is set, as described
in section 6.2.3, Feed and Condensate System.
Note: There must be a prior agreement between the ship and the shore
concerning the steam supply and its pressure. The shore will set the pressure b) Ensure that the hotwell system is operational and the feed
of the supply which must at all times be within the capabilities of the ship’s pumps are supplying the boiler(s).
system to handle. There is normally no need for the surplus steam condenser
to operate as the steam pressure is regulated from the shore. c) Open the drain valves for the consumers in use, see illustrations
6.2.3a, 6.2.3b and 6.2.3c.
a) Connect the shore steam supply pipe and ensure that it is fixed
firmly to the ship’s steam connection. Safety notices should be Note: Where steam is used for heating purposes, the drains are fitted with
posted, warning that there is steam in the line. drain traps which are automatic and have inlet and outlet valves. Bypass
valves are fitted at drain traps in order to allow the equipment to operate
b) Ensure that all boiler steam valves are shut. should the drain trap become defective and require attention. It is essential
that all drain valves are open in order to ensure that condensate may drain
c) Open the bunker supply line drain valve VA041VD and ensure effectively from an item of equipment.
that the line is clear.
d) The condensate will return from each item of operating plant to
d) Set the valves as shown in the following table which assumes the clean drain condensers or dirty drain condensers and then to
the use of the port bunker station. the hotwell.
All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VA’ unless otherwise stated; Defective drain traps may be detected by an abnormally high temperature at
Position Description Valve the drain trap outlet indicating that steam is passing the drain trap.
Open Port bunker station isolating valve 029VD
Closed Starboard bunker station isolating valve 029VD
Open Port steam main isolating valve 029VD
Open Starboard steam main isolating valve 029VD
Open Steam bunker line drain valve 041VD
e) Open the shore steam supply slowly. When the line has
sufficiently warmed through and the drain is blowing steam
only, close the drain valve VA041VD.
f) Steam will be supplied to the ship from ashore and the shore
station will control the pressure within the agreed limits set for
the ship.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.6 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.7a Accommodation Steam System
M
ZH
468AA
Key Water
ZA/468A Outlet
Saturated Steam 030VD
Crew Pool Water Heater
Condensate (Deck 7 Frame 336)
069VD
Electrical Signal
Instrumentation
Deck 15 Air
All Steam Valves are Separator
Deck 14
Prefixed with 'VD'
Deck 12 ZH/468AB
All Condensate Valves are 40
Prefixed with 'SD' Deck 11bis 40
Deck 11 Forward Passenger Pool Water Heater
(Deck 1 Frame 248)
Deck 10
Deck 9 M
Deck 8 ZH
468CA
Deck 7 ZA/468A Water
ZA/468C Outlet
Deck 6
Deck 5
Deck 4
068VD
Deck 3
021VD Deck 2
1 100 65 Air
Port Steam Main (A) 125 Deck 1 Separator
See Illustration 2
017VD
Stbd Steam Main (B) 125 40
6.2.7b 3
125 65 40
4 ZH/468CB
020VD 009VD
148 168 80 65 80 232 40 256 272 312 336
150 150 150 150
65
014VD 014VD 006VD 015VD 015VD 007VD 016VD 016VD 008VD
50
See Illustration See Illustration XA LP Steam
150 150 150 See Illustration
6.2.7b - Chart 13025 Generator
6.2.7c 6.2.7c Power Failure
Conditioning Plant Domestic Water Splash Pool Water
XS
Heaters Heaters Heater
13025
150
151VF
LP Steam Generator
XA/066 Outlet 6 bar 50
M
150 50 060VD
LS
150
PS
018VD 150 Wash Room,
From Distilled
Water System Valet Room
XD/066 and Ironing
50
XS XA Temperature ZSO ZLO XV XC XS XL 150 Room
Controlled Steam Clos.
(Frame 124 - 164)
Failure Valve Valve Valve Position Valve Command Local/Remote YH/453AA Reduction 9 - 7 bar
65 100
M
XS 13680B YH/680CA VD/070VF ZSO 13670 XV 13670 XS 13670A 80
YH/680DA VD/071VF ZSO 13671 XV 13671 XS 13671A
(For Further Details
VD/024VR 028VD Refer To Shipyard
100
Drawing A5D020257 C
XS XA XS XA XS XA XS XA ZSC ZLC YA/453 028VD
Feedback Fail Warning Alarm Too Long Time Critical Alarm Held Position Fail
Overriding Command 033VD YH/453AB
50 80
XS 13670B XS 13670C XS 13670E XS 13670F
XS 13671B XS 13671C XS 13671E XS 13671F Air Separator
Reference Shipyard Drawings: Ship's Steam and Condensate Services A5D020257 C
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.7 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.7b Accommodation Steam System
Temperature
PS PA
Control Valve
Deck 19 13024 13024 L
Heater Water
Outlet
Deck 18
064VD Steam For
Deck 17 40 Tank Degassing001VD Gas Oil Pressure
65 Service Tank Control Valve
15 (7103)
40 G 50
Deck 16 40 40 Air
65 062VD
Separator
50 011VD
YA/468H YA/468G A 50 027VD 001VD A
50 40 15
Deck 15 32 F 32 F
011VD
See Illustration 40 001VD 100VD 65 027VD 011VD
6.2.7c Galley D
Deck 14 50 15 65 50
012VD
PS PA
Deck 12 13023 13023 L Aft Passenger Central Passenger Splash Pool Water
080VD 50
Pool Water Heater Pool Water Heater Heater
C
011VD (Deck 1 Frame 16) (Deck 1 Frame 132) (Deck 1 Frame 196)
013VD 40 15
Deck 11 See Illustration 6.2.7a
Temperature M
YH/468EA YH/468DA YH/468BA
Deck 10 Control Valve
Pressure
VD/065VD VD/067VD VD/066VD
Control Valve
Deck 9 Air Separator YA/468EB YA/468DB YA/468BB
PS PA
13022 13022 L Heater YA/468E YA/468D YA/468B
Deck 8 To/From Staff
Self-Service Buffet
50 15
Deck 7 25 20
To/From Officers' 003VD 100
Self-Service Buffet 017VD Main Galley E 012VD
40 80
Deck 6 017VD
20 25
017VD
085VD
100 003VD 012VD
011VD Scullery A To/From Crew Main Galley B
32 001VD 80
Deck 5 Mess Room
001VD 005VD
Deck 4 To Meat Preparation
033VD 057
VD PS PA Key
006 003 13021 13021 L
Deck 3 VD VD
002 To Clean Drains Main (See Illustration 6.2.3c) 1
090VD
VD
022 Saturated Steam
VD Port Steam Main (A)
002VD 2
Deck 2 Condensate
65 005VD Stbd Steam Main (B) See Illustration
3
6.2.7a
Electrical Signal
001VD Clean Drain Main (D)
Deck 1 4
Instrumentation
VA VA
043VD 20 043VD All Steam Valves are
Prefixed with 'VD'
16 50 40 28 60 108 124
20 All Condensate Valves are
VA
103VR To Clean Drains Main Prefixed with 'SD'
(See Illustration 6.2.3b) 65 40 See Chart
VA VA
Incinerator 014VD VA 014VD Central Passenger Pool
See Chart Sludge Tank 014VD 15 Water Heater
Steam For
Aft Passenger Pool SV 15 15 Atomising (Deck 1 Frame 16)
Water Heater SV 505VD
562VD
(Deck 1 Frame 16) To Dirty Drains Main
(See Illustration 6.2.3a)
Reference Shipyard Drawings: Ship's Steam and Condensate Services A5D020257 C
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.7 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.7c Accommodation Steam System
Domestic Water Heaters Conditioning Plant Heaters
See Illustration See Illustration Detail A Deck 5 - 15 (See Illustration 6.2.7b)
6.2.7a 6.2.7a M M
016VD 015VD
008VD 007VD YH/468HA YH/468GA
150 150
Water Water
073VF 070VF YA/468H Outlet YA/468G Outlet
150 80 Paddling
YH/450AA
071VF 033VD Pool 033VD 40
M Water Heater 50
100 054VD 062VD
072VF Oasis Pool Decks 15/17
027VD
Water Heater Frames -24 to -16 65 001VD
YA/450A 011VD 50 011VD
YH/680CA Decks 15/17 011VD 65
Frames -24 to -16 50 15
033VD M
Air Air 15 65 40
50 Water Separator 064VD Separator 65 50 Fore Engine
Outlet Aft Engine Casing Casing
40 Scullery
Air Separator
YA/680C YH/468HB 100VD YH/468GB
65 150 15
036VD
YH/450BA
M 50 40
100 Air Separator Paddling Pools and
Fr 0 Fr 44 Fr 108
Oasis Pool Water Heaters
See Illustration
YA/450B YH/680CB Decks 15 - 17 Detail F 6.2.7b
033VD YH/680DA
Detail B Deck 5 (See Illustration 6.2.7b)
50 Detail E Deck 6 (See Illustration 6.2.7b)
M
Water
Air Separator Outlet
YA/680D 100 008VD
057VD 15 008VD
YH/450CA 80
Failure 036VD
M 008VD
100 XA
13680B 100
011VD
Air Separator 80 15
YA/450C XS 008VD Main
13680B YH/680DB 008VD Galley 008VD
Aft Engine Fore Engine
033VD 100 Casing
50 Galley 011VD Casing
80 100
15
008VD 008VD
Air Separator Fore Engine 008VD
100 80
Detail C Deck 11 (See Illustration 6.2.7b) Aft Engine Casing Casing
YH/450DA
80
M 100 Fr 44 Fr 108
100
008VD
YA/450D
Fr 44 Fr 108
Detail G Deck 16 (See Illustration 6.2.7b)
033VD 40
50 080VD 50
50 Detail D Deck 14 (See Illustration 6.2.7b)
Air Separator 013VD
40
011VD Key
15 027VD
40
YH/450EA 057VD 50 Fore Engine
Casing Saturated Steam
Aft Engine Casing 011VD
M
100
65 027VD 15 Condensate
014VD
Galley
YA/450E 027VD
Galley
Electrical Signal
65
033VD 011VD 027VD
Instrumentation
50 50 65
50 15 65
Fr 44 Fr 108 027VD All Steam Valves are
Air Separator
50 Fore Engine
Aft Engine Casing Casing
50 Prefixed with 'VD'
65 027VD
All Condensate Valves are
Fr 0 Fr 44 Prefixed with 'SD'
Fr 44 Fr 108
Reference Shipyard Drawings: Ship's Steam and Condensate Services A5D020257A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.7 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.7 Accommodation Steam System The air conditioning system heaters, pool heaters, domestic water heaters and
the pantries are supplied with steam at the main steam line pressure. Other
systems are supplied with reduced pressure steam as indicated in the table
Introduction above.
There is a limited steam system in the accommodation areas but the steam
application is restricted to working areas and not passenger spaces, except for All condensate lines are fitted with drain traps immediately before the valve.
galleys. Associated with the steam systems are drain systems with condensate This should ensure that only water is returned in the condensate line thus
being returned to the engine room condensate system (see section 6.2.3). enabling full energy to be obtained from the condensation of the steam. If the
Steam supply to the accommodation areas comes from the engine room steam condensate trap is defective, the return line will be abnormally hot and the
system. The engine room steam main supplies the accommodation areas by condensate trap should be overhauled.
means of branch pipes. For each supply line there is an associated drain line.
In some cases, steam is supplied at reduced pressure and a reducing valve is Procedure for Supplying the Accommodation Steam Users
fitted. Separate connection systems supply steam to the accommodation spaces
as follows: a) Ensure that the boilers are generating steam and that the
steam ring main is warmed through and under normal boiler
Pressure (Bar) Consumer pressure.
4.0 Main Galley
4.0 Grow Galley b) Open the condensate return valves to the engine room condensate
system and the drain valves from all steam users.
4.0 Lido Galley
9.0 Air Conditioning Plant Heaters c) Ensure that all steam pressure reduction valves are correctly
9.0 Domestic Water Heaters set.
9.0 Swimming Pool Heaters
9.0 Pantries d) Check that all steam lines are correctly warmed through.
Ironing Room
e) Open the accommodation steam supply valves as required in
9.0 Ironer 3 Roll Bowe Setra order to supply steam to specific systems, ensuring that the
9.0 Ironer 2 Roll Bowe Setra drain valves are opening and that the drain trap is functioning
Laundry Wash/Drying Room correctly.
7.0 Milnor Washer Extractor
7.0 Milnor Washer Extractor Steam supply to some of the accommodation area systems is via pressure
reducing valves which ensure that a particular system is supplied with steam
9.0 Bowe Tumbler Dryer
at a suitable pressure for the items in that system. Under no circumstances
9.0 Bowe Tumbler Dryer should steam at a higher pressure be supplied to systems which are operated
Valet Room at reduced pressure.
7.0 Bowe Dry Cleaning Machine
6.0 Spotting Board f) The accommodation steam system is now ready for operation
by the end users as required.
6.0 Florenta Form Finisher
7.0 Florenta Universal Topper
Note: It is essential that the drains are open at all times. If a drain trap
6.0 Florenta Leg Utility Press becomes defective, it must be bypassed if steam is still being supplied to the
7.0 Milnor Washer Extractor user. The drain valves are not indicated in the above table but the drain trap
6.0 Bowe Tumbler Dryer valve must be opened before the steam supply valve is opened to any user.
6.0 Florenta Body Press
6.0 Florenta Sleever
6.0 Florenta Collar-Cuff Yoke
6.0 Florenta Laundry Apparel Press
6.0 Florenta Mushroom Press
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.7 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.2.8a Tank Heating Steam and Drain System H To FO DB TT TT
06510
TA
H
TT TT TA 06510
06501
Sludge Deep Tank No.1(Port) SV103VR
06501
FO DB No.9P H
SV11 FO DB No.7S H
SV10 (1200) 20 25
TT TIA TT TT TIA TT
SV120VR
(1202) 06516 06516 8VR (1129) 06518 06518 8VR SV109VR Below Service Tank
FO DB No.10C H
FO DB No.8S H To FO DB No.5 25
TT TIA TT SV11 TT TIA TT SV10 SV101VR 20
(1012) 06593 06593
3VR (1139) 06507 06507
2VR
SV00 (Port)
1220 No.16 SV115VR SV00
FO DB No.11S TT TIA
H
TT SV11 FO DB No.1P TT TIA
H
TT SV12 25 1VD 3VD FO DB No.1 1206
9VR 0VR FO Service 20
(1122) (1208) (Port)
06594 06594 06595 06595
15
Oily Bilge H
FO DB No.2P H
15
Tank TT TA
H 15
15 No.12 FO
TT TIA TT TIA TT SV12
DB (1201) 06519 06519
(1218) 06596 06596
1VR 013VD (Port) 06503 06503 15
25 Tank
15 32
FO Overflow TT TIA
H
FO DB No.3S TT TIA
H
TT SV12
32
25 32 (Port)
DB (1111) 06520 06520
(1128) 06597 06597
2VR 011VD 25
H H
TT 1209 FO DB 25 020VD
FO DB No.5P TT TT SV10 FO DB No.4S TT TT SV12 25 25
TIA
1VR
TIA
3VR No.5 (Port) 25
005VD
(1209) 06504 06504
(1138) 06598 06598
FO DB No.6P H 020VD 030VD
TT TIA TT SV10 Note: All Tanks Are Fitted With 20 To FO DB 005VD
(1219) 06517 06517
7VR SV00 SV110VR 1230 No.17 SV0
Local Temperature Indicators To FO DB No.6 No.2 (Port)
1VD FO Settling 04VD SV104VR TT
50 15 (Port) 25
017VD Tank SV107VR SV121VR
014VD (Port) 25
FO DB No.9 (Port) Oily Bilge 20 15 25 HH
XA
To FO DB No.9 (1221) 40 32 14529
(Port) 32 20 SV118VD 1216
FO DB No.10 SV0 H
40 40
SV11 02VD TT TA
20 32 FO DB No.2 OD No.13 FO
(Centre) 8VR 06502 06502
SV058VD
14529
1219 FO DB 32 (Port) Tank
25 030VD No.6 (Port) 15 XA
HH 32 (Port)
25 50 15
50 Key 009VD 14522
20
25 Steam 25 OD 007VD
SV055VD All System SV058VD SV0
020VD 32 020 Valves 25 020VD
14522
007VD
VD Condensate 40 25 58VD
15
To Sea Chest Are
15 25 25
Prefixed Electrical Signal 034VD 50
030VD 50 TT TA
H
06511 06511
25
033VD SV055VD With 'VQ' 032VD 25
Instrumentation SV058VD 037VD
020VD 20 20 030VD 035VD 020VD
125
See 15 038VD
Illustration MGO DB
15 Tanks 039VD 038VD
6.2.6b
125
038VD To Forward
Swimming
FO DB No.10 033VD 035VD 032VD 034VD 036VD 037VD Pools
(Centre) SV0 SV0 To Sea Chest
20 54VD 54VD TT TT
H
06512 06512
SV0 SV0 25
SV058VD SV058VD
OD
55VD 56VD
20 SV057VD
14528 020VD
HH HH 50 32
XA OD OD XA 25
HH 32
20 20 XA 14525 14525 40 14524 14524
40 008VD
SV1 1129 FO DB No.7 25
14528
SV0 SV0 010VD 25 OD
SV0 32
13VR 32 (Starboard) SV057VD SV058VD 14521
32
55VD OD 56VD 32 58VD 008VD 1126
Overflow 14527
TT TA
HH 030VD 020VD HH No.14 FO
20 XA 15
Tank HH TT TA
H 51003 51003
15
15 14521 40 Tank
(1111) XA
14527
06505 06505
20 OD (Starboard)
100 20 SV1
15 14523 TT
FO DB No.3 20 18VD
40
1110 012VD SV10 (Starboard) XA
HH
25
25 015VD 1140 No.18 Oily Bilge 20 8VR 15 32
25 14523
15
030VD 15 FO Settling Settling To FO DB No.7 0109
50
(Starboard) To FO DB 25
25 Tank Tank No.1 MGO 25 No.3 SV0 SV105VR
(Starboard) 20 Settling (Starboard) 04VD
020VD SV122VR 25
SV11 SV00 Tank
15 32
To Dirty Drain SV00 SV11 7VR 3VD (Starboard) 32
25 006VD
1VR
25 15 030VD
Main (See 1VD 20
32 15 1139 FO DB No.8 020VD 006VD
FO DB No.11 Illustration 6.2.3c) (Starboard) 15 25
25 1136
(Starboard) 016VD 1150 No.19 1110 012VD 25 No.15 FO
15
FO Service Oily Bilge 0119 25 Tank
15 15 15
No.1 MGO 020VD
SV119VR Tank Settling 15 (Starboard)
25 Service FO DB No.4
(Starboard) Tank 15
To FO DB No.11 20 Tank (Starboard) 20
(Starboard) (Starboard) 20
SV00 SV1 SV11 SV00 SV102VR
1VD TT 12VD 7VR 3VD
TT TA
H To FO DB No.4 20
FO DB No.11 06506 06506
To FO DB No.8 (Starboard) 20 SV106VR H
(Starboard) TT TT TA
(Starboard)
SV123VR 06513 06513
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.8 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.2.8 Tank Heating Steam System Procedure for Supplying Steam to the Tank System Tank heating makes use of temperature controlled valves (TCVs) for the main
steam outlets from the heating coils. Heavy fuel oil tanks also have additional
Introduction a) When tank heating is required, open the valves as shown in the manual heating coils which heat the oil quickly in the tank if required. Tank
table below. Normally the temperature controlled valve supply heating is only supplied when necessary and not constantly in order to prevent
Fuel oil, lubricating oil and sludge tanks are heated by means of steam line is used but a direct steam heating system is available if the waste of steam and avoid overheating sections of the engine room spaces.
circulating through coils in the tanks. Steam is supplied from the main steam necessary. All tanks are provided with both local and remote temperature indication and
system and the condensate is returned to the hotwell via drain traps, the dirty also an IMACS operated high temperature alarm.
condensate coolers and observation tanks. The tank drain system will operate when steam is supplied to any of the
tank heating coils. Checks should be made to ensure that the drain traps are The tank heating drain lines are fitted with oil content monitors which are
As for the steam heating system, the drain valves should be opened before functioning correctly and to ensure that no oil is returning to the hotwell with fitted before each section line valve. Should any of the tank coils develop a
steam is supplied and the operation of the drain traps checked after steam has the condensate. Drain valves must be opened before the steam supply valve leak, these monitors will quickly raise an alarm via the IMACS to warn of the
been supplied. Steam for tank heating is supplied from the port and starboard is opened. Main line steam and drain valves must be open at all times when contamination and help quickly identify the source of the contamination. Once
steam mains and the procedure for setting these is described in section 6.2.7, that part of the steam and drain system is in operation. Drains can be directed identified, the leaking tank coil should be isolated and not used again until
Steam and Steam Drain System. The procedure described here assumes that a to either the port or starboard dirty drain condenser but are normally directed it is repaired. It should be noted that many tanks have only one heating coil,
steam supply is already available in the steam mains. to both. requiring a quick remedy should a leak develop. Should a fault develop with
either steam or drain ring mains, the ring main design allows sections of the ring
Steaming out connections are provided in some tanks but before these may be All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VQ’ unless otherwise stated mains to be shut down for maintenance whilst allowing continued operation
used, the line blank must be removed. Tank Tank Line Supply TCV of the tank heating system. Further line valves on the port and starboard ring
Number Valve Valve mains must be open to allow this, these valves as listed as follows:
Tank Tank Capacity Consumption
Number (m3) (kg/h) 1012 FO DB No.10 centre 030VD 020VD 113VR
All valves are prefixed with the letters ‘VQ’ unless otherwise stated
1013 FO DB No.10 centre 132.2 322 1202 FO DB No.9 port 030VD 020VD 118VR
Position Description Valve
1203 FO DB No.9 port 119.3 290 1122 FO DB No.11 starboard 030VD 020VD 119VR
Open Port ring main line valve 038VD
1123 FO DB No.11 starboard 119.3 290 1219 FO DB No.6 port 034VD 009VD 107VR
Open Starboard ring main line valve 038VD
1219 FO DB No.6 port 242 483 1129 FO DB No.7 starboard 034VD 010VD 108VR
Open Ring main cross-connection valve 038VD
1129 FO DB No.7 starboard 241 483 1209 FO DB No.5 port 034VD 020VD 101VR
Open Ring main cross-connection valve 039VD
1209 FO DB No.5 port 188 376 1139 FO.DB No.8 starboard 034VD 020VD 102VR
1139 FO.DB No.8 starboard 188 376 1206 FO tank No.12 port 037VD 005VD 103VR A connection to the forward swimming pool heaters is provided from the tank
1206 FO tank No.12 port 203.9 472 1216 FO tank No.13 port 037VD 007VD 104VR heating system.
1216 FO tank No.13 port 326.3 654 1126 FO tank No.14 starboard 037VD 008VD 105VR
1126 FO tank No.14 starboard 326.3 654 1136 FO tank No.15 starboard 037VD 006VD 106VR
1136 FO tank No.15 starboard 203.9 472 1220 FO service tank No.16 port 035VD 013VD 109VR
1220 FO service tank No.16 port 92 486 1230 FO settling tank No.17 port 035VD 014VD 110VR
1140 FO settling tank No.18 starboard 158.4 678 1140 FO settling tank No.18 starboard 035VD 015VD 111VR
1230 FO settling tank No.17 port 147 678 1150 FO service tank No.19 starboard 035VD 016VD 112VR
1150 FO service tank No.19 starboard 99.1 486 1111 FO overflow DB 033VD
1111 FO overflow DB 147 356 1110 Oily bilge settling tanks (x2) 032VD 012VD 117VD
1110 Oily bilge settling tanks 27 105 1200 Sludge tank 032VD 011VD 115VR
1200 Sludge tank 26.4 78 1201 Oily bilge DB 033VD 017VD
1201 Oily bilge DB 146 356 1208 FO DB No.1 port 030VD 020VD 120VR
1239 Bilge holding tank 56.1 1218 FO DB No.2 port 030VD 020VD 121VR
1208 FO DB No.1 port 94.1 230 1128 FO DB No.3 starboard 030VD 020VD 122VR
1218 FO DB No.2 port 177.5 433 1138 FO DB No.4 starboard 030VD 020VD 123VR
1128 FO DB No.3 starboard 177.5 433
1138 FO DB No.4 starboard 94.1 230
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.2.8 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.1a Fresh Water Evaporator Plant
Fresh Water Generator 3
XA/107C
M M TI
Chemical TI PI PI
Steam Supply Ejectors
Cleaning
XH XH
Outlet Valve TI PI
107CL 107W
XD/107CB PI PI
Sea Water
TC TI
Heater TI 1 2 3 4 5 6 FT TI PI
From Forward Diesel TI TI TI TI TI TI
Generator HT Fresh Water
Cooling System TC TI TI
(See Illus. 2.4.2a)
Chemical TC
XD/107CC QSA QSA QSA QSA QSA QSA
Steam Cleaning
Inlet Valve TI TI TI TI TI TI
Booster
M
Heater PI
XD/107CE TI PI
Condensate
Pump Condensate System
8.8m 3/h 4 bar XH/
107CB
XD/107CG
Brine Pump XD/107CF
‘Typical’ Fresh Water Evaporator Plant 490m3/h Ejector Pump FM
In This Case: No. 3 2.5 bar 105m3/h 6.5 bar
TI PI
XD/107CA
Sea Water Pump
XD/107CD XD/107CI 515m3/h 4.4 bar
Distillate Pump Distillate M
33m3/h 4 bar Cooler
M
From Aft Sea Water M PI PI
Crossover In Forward
Key DG Room MR167VR
Fresh Water
HT Cooling Water MR/
155VX
Sea Water To Water
Treatment System MR/
XD/107CH 154VR
Saturated Steam (See Illus. 6.3.3a) Chemical MR/
To
Treatment 151VX
P
Bilge Unit
Condensate MR/
150VR
Overboard
Overboard
Overboard
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.1 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.3 Water Systems Condensate Pump Brine from the sixth stage is removed by means of a brine pump. This brine
Ref. Number: XA/107AE/BE/CE is pumped overboard but a portion may be recirculated to the sea water inlet
6.3.1 Fresh Water Evaporator Plant line in order to enable the sea water inlet temperature to the evaporator to
Maker: Allweiler be maintained at the correct temperature. Sea water feed is supplied to the
Type: NT25-200 evaporator by the sea water pump and this sea water passes through the
Evaporator Capacity: 9m3/h at 4 bar condensing coils in each stage thereby extracting heat from the vapour as it
Ref. Number: XA/107A/B/C Rating: 690V, 3.2kW at 3,500 rpm is condensed. The heated sea water then passes through the sea water heater
Maker: Serck before entering the first evaporator chamber.
Heating Fresh Water Circulation Pump
Type: MSF 740/6 The vapour produced by evaporation in each stage passes through a demister
Ref. Number: XA/107AK/BK/CK
No. of sets: 3 screen which removes any salt water particles, it is then condensed in a
Maker: Pompe Garbarino
Capacity: 740 tonnes/day chamber above the evaporation chamber. The condensate, or distilled water,
Type: MU150/250 produced in each stage flows through to the final stage due to the reduction
Evaporator Sea Water Pump Capacity: 360m3/h at 2.5 bar in stage pressure and is removed by the evaporator distilled water pump and
Ref. Number: XA/107AA/BA/CA Rating: 690V, 30.9kW at 1,770 rpm cooled before passing to the distilled water storage tanks. The sea water feed
Maker: Pompe Garbarino is heated to the brine top temperature (BTT) of 80°C. The use of remix brine
enables the temperature of the sea water at the inlet to the evaporator to be
Type: MU200-315 Introduction maintained at 32ºC; a maximum recirculation of 80% brine is allowed. In order
Capacity: 530m3/h at 4.4 bar to maintain the required BTT, the sea water is heated in the sea water heater by
Three fresh water generators are provided. These are of the flash evaporation
Rating: 690V, 81kW at 1,770 rpm the diesel engine high temeperature (HT) cooling water. If the associated diesel
type in which heating of the sea water feed takes place outside of the evaporator
unit. All the evaporators are identical and they are supplied with sea water feed engines are operating at reduced load, the booster heater uses steam to increase
Evaporator Brine Pump the HT cooling water temperature in order to achieve the required BTT.
which has been heated by means of the waste heat in the diesel engine cooling
Ref. Number: XA/107AG/BG/CG water. Heat from the diesel engine jacket cooling systems is supplemented by
Maker: Allweiler steam heating as necessary, the jacket water flowing to the evaporator passing The two air ejectors fitted to each evaporator are of the venturi type with sea
through a steam booster heater. Each evaporator can produce 740 tonnes of water used as the motive fluid to eject the gases from the evaporator chamber.
Type: NT200/400
fresh water per day with a sea water temperature of 15ºC and with two diesel Most of the dissolved gases are liberated from the brine in the first stage and
Capacity: 530m3/h at 2.5 bar this has an ejector of its own, the first stage ejector suction pressure is 0.349
generator engines operating at 80% MCR.
Rating: 690V, 42.4kW at 1,180 rpm bar absolute. The vacuum is maintained in the subsequent stages by the second
Sea water feed to the evaporators is heated externally in a sea water heater and ejector which takes suction from each stage, the suction pressure in the final
Evaporator Ejector Pump
this heated sea water is then allowed into the evaporator chamber via a motor stage is 0.09 bar absolute. There is a separate ejector pump and water leaving
Ref. Number: XA/107AF/BF/CF this pump first flows through the distilled water cooler before it reaches the air
controlled valve. The chamber is maintained at a low pressure and when the
Maker: Pompe Garbarino sea water enters the chamber it rapidly evaporates because its temperature ejectors. Discharge from the ejectors is overboard.
Type: MU80-400L is above the evaporation temperature corresponding to the pressure in the
chamber. This is the principle of flash evaporation. During evaporation, gas Distilled water production depends upon the BTT and this is reliant on diesel
Capacity: 105m3/h at 6.5 bar generator load and the heating available from the steam supply to the booster
Rating: 690V, 29.3kW at 1,770 rpm dissolved in the sea water are liberated and these can destroy the vacuum. The
low pressure evaporator is fitted with an air ejector system to keep the pressure heater. The control system adjusts the supply of heated sea water to the
in the evaporator chamber low enough to allow for evaporation. Two air evaporator first stage chamber depending upon the BTT if the value of 80°C is
Distilled Water Pump
ejectors are fitted, one of these operates on the first flash evaporation chamber not reached. The control system automatically adjusts the flow rate of heated
Ref. Number: XA/107AD/BD/CD sea water to the evaporator first stage chamber to compensate for any reduced
where most gas is liberated and the other air ejector operates on the remaining
Maker: Allweiler flash evaporation chambers. The ejectors are operated by means of sea water sea water temperature. The motorised sea water inlet valve to the evaporator
Type: CLT50-315 supplied by the evaporator ejector pump. Because of the external heating there regulates the flow rate. The temperature of the sea water entering the condensing
are no heat transfer surfaces on which salt scale can form during evaporation stage of the evaporator is maintained above 14°C by the use of remix brine and
Capacity: 33m3/h at 4 bar
and so it is possible to evaporate more of the sea water without risk of scale this temperature ensures that the BTT can be maintained by the sea water feed
Rating: 690V, 7.6kW at 1,730 rpm heater. The distilled water pump removes the condensate from the evaporator
which would cause deterioration in performance. After initial evaporation,
the temperature of the sea water cools and this sea water is then passed into a and pumps it to storage via a cooler. If the salinity of the distilled water is
chamber maintained at a lower pressure and so further evaporation can take too high, the control system activates an alarm and temporarily operates the
place. The flash evaporators have six evaporation chambers, each maintained distilled water three-way valve and dumps the distilled water overboard via
at a successively lower pressure and evaporation can take place in each stage a backflow preventer. When the salinity returns to an acceptable level, the
without further heating of the sea water. distilled water is diverted to the storage system.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.1 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.1a Fresh Water Evaporator Plant
Fresh Water Generator 3
XA/107C
M M TI
Chemical TI PI PI
Steam Supply Ejectors
Cleaning
XH XH
Outlet Valve TI PI
107CL 107W
XD/107CB PI PI
Sea Water
TC TI
Heater TI 1 2 3 4 5 6 FT TI PI
From Forward Diesel TI TI TI TI TI TI
Generator HT Fresh Water
Cooling System TC TI TI
(See Illus. 2.4.2a)
Chemical TC
XD/107CC QSA QSA QSA QSA QSA QSA
Steam Cleaning
Inlet Valve TI TI TI TI TI TI
Booster
M
Heater PI
XD/107CE TI PI
Condensate
Pump Condensate System
8.8m 3/h 4 bar XH/
107CB
XD/107CG
Brine Pump XD/107CF
‘Typical’ Fresh Water Evaporator Plant 490m3/h Ejector Pump FM
In This Case: No. 3 2.5 bar 105m3/h 6.5 bar
TI PI
XD/107CA
Sea Water Pump
XD/107CD XD/107CI 515m3/h 4.4 bar
Distillate Pump Distillate M
33m3/h 4 bar Cooler
M
From Aft Sea Water M PI PI
Crossover In Forward
Key DG Room MR167VR
Fresh Water
HT Cooling Water MR/
155VX
Sea Water To Water
Treatment System MR/
XD/107CH 154VR
Saturated Steam (See Illus. 6.3.3a) Chemical MR/
To
Treatment 151VX
P
Bilge Unit
Condensate MR/
150VR
Overboard
Overboard
Overboard
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D310 260
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.1 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Once set up and operating, the evaporators will operate automatically and Procedure for Operating the No.3 Evaporator Position Description Valve
produce distilled water at the maximum rate allowed by the heating system.
Open FW circulation pump discharge valves (x2)
Very low sea water inlet temperatures may restrict water production as the flow This procedure assumes that the plant is in the cold condition.
rate of the sea water to the evaporator will be reduced in order to compensate Operational FW circulation pump control valves (x2)
for a reduced inlet temperature below the maximum of 80°C. a) Check that no restrictions apply to the operation of the Open Sea water pump suction valve
evaporator. Open Sea water pump discharge valve
Chemical dosing of the sea water feed is used to prevent deposits forming Operational Sea water suction valve MR167VR
inside the heat exchanger. Dosing chemicals, diluted with distilled water from b) Ensure that electrical power is available at the evaporator Operational Sea water feed valve
the evaporator outlet, are introduced into the sea water pump suction line. control and that valves to all instruments and gauges are open.
These chemicals prevent the formation of salt scale inside the heat exchanger Operational Brine pump outlet valves
and the interstage condensers through which the sea water flows. The dosing c) Select REMOTE at the evaporator control panel. Check that all Operational Brine pump overboard MR150VR
rate recommended by the chemical supplier must not be exceeded. The dosing other pump switches are in the AUTO position Operational Steam control valves (x2) XH107W/AL
rate is obtained by adjusting the stroke of the dosing pump and should give an Open No.3 evaporator distillate outlet valve DD035VD
injection rate of approximately 1.3ppm of chemical additive. d) If it is intended to use HT operation, ensure that water is
circulating in the HT CFW system and it is at the correct h) Ensure that the heater steam supply valve is open and that the
Note: The recommendations of the chemical manufacturer must be studied temperature. Supply steam to the booster heater and ensure that steam supply control valves are operational. The condensate
carefully with respect to the setting of the dosing pump and the dilution of the steam supply valve is under the control of the evaporator pump must be operational and the drain valves from the
the chemical with distilled water in the dosing tank. control system. condensate pump open.
CAUTION e) Fill the chemical dosing tank with distilled water or fresh water i) Ensure that the distilled water system valves are open as
and add the quantity of chemical indicated by the chemical necessary to allow distilled water to be directed to the required
The evaporator plant must not be used for producing distilled water for
supplier. Agitate the tank to ensure correct mixing. storage tank, see section 6.3.2, Distilled Water Transfer
domestic consumption when operating in restricted waters near coasts
System.
or estuaries.
f) Set the evaporator sea water system as shown in section 2.3.5.
j) At the evaporator IMACS mimic, start the evaporator. Check
The evaporators may be operated from the local control panel or via the IMACS g) Set the evaporator manual valves as in the following table. that the evaporator starts and ensure that the evaporator ejector
through a serial link. Remote manual starting and stopping of the evaporators Many evaporator valves are motor operated and are under the pump, evaporator sea water pump, dosing unit pump, evaporator
is possible through the IMACS. The distilled water production and transfer control of the evaporator control system. brine pump and evaporator distillate pump all start. Ensure that
system is controlled and monitored through the IMACS system mimic and each
the booster heating system is operating correctly.
evaporator has its own mimic through which it may be operated and monitored.
The local operator panel should be thoroughly understood by any personnel Position Description Valve
k) Check that the evaporator ejector pump has reduced the
involved in operating the evaporators or changing their configuration. The Open Dosing unit filling/outlet valves (x2)
evaporator chamber pressure to the required level. Check that
operating program set for the evaporator should not be changed unless there Open Booster heater/evaporator vent valve the ejectors can maintain that pressure.
is a justifiable reason. Under normal circumstances, operating an evaporator Closed Evaporator vacuum breaking valve
from its local panel is simply a case of activating switches and buttons after a
Open Distilled water pump suction valve l) The control system will regulate the flow of heated sea water to
check has been made that the valves are set correctly.
Open Distilled water cooler inlet valve the evaporator depending upon the temperature of the sea water
Closed Distilled water cooler bypass valve at the evaporator inlet. The steam supply to the booster heater
To start an evaporator locally, the main switch must be turned to the ON
and the amount of brine remix are regulated automatically.
position, the key switch set to the LOCAL position and the START pushbutton Open Distilled water cooler outlet valve
pressed. To stop an evaporator the SHUT DOWN pushbutton must be pressed. Operational Distillate salinity dump valve m) The control system will control the distilled water discharge
To start an evaporator from the IMACS mimic screen, the main control panel
Open Distilled water cooler SW inlet valve depending upon the level of production. It will divert the
main switch must be in the ON position, the key switch set to the REMOTE
Closed Distilled water cooler SW bypass valve distilled water overboard until the salinometer confirms that the
position and at the mimic display the START soft key must be pressed. To
Open Distilled water cooler SW outlet valve salinity is below the minimum acceptable level. When water
stop an evaporator the STOP soft key must be pressed. The evaporator will
quality is acceptable, the three-way control valve will discharge
commence operation on steam heating only. Once satisfied that the evaporator Open Air ejector outlet valve
the distilled water into the potable water system.
is operating normally, it can be changed to HT operation by pressing the HT Open No.1 chamber air ejector valves (x2)
OPERATION RELEASE soft key on the IMACS mimic. Open No.2 -7 chamber air ejector valves (x2) n) Once the evaporator is on line and operating satisfactorily, press
Open Ejector pump suction valve the HT OPERATION RELEASE soft key on the mimic and
Operational Ejector pump overboard valve MR154VR monitor operation whilst the changeover takes place.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.1 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.2a Distilled Water Transfer System 15 28
35 15 15 15 15
28 28 28 28 42
28 XA/004B 15 018VD 018VD 018VD 018VD
15 15 Oil Fired Boiler 032VD
35
017VD 016VD 016VD 016VD 016VD 015VD (15,000 kg/h
XA/ XA/ XA/ XA/ 50
9 bar)
018VD 018VD 35 Hot and Cold 260A 260B 260C 260D
FW Washing
XA/083B XA/072B XA/076C XA/076F To Boiler
XA/260E XA/260F Aux. Mach. Central XA/133B 027
PEM Central VD
Eco Washing Eco Washing Cooling System Cooling System LT FW System HT FW System 033VD 023VD Boiler Chemical
Water Water FW Header Tank FW Header Tank Header Tank Header Tank Dosing Unit Eco Washing
15 15
Treatment Treatment (2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) Water Treatment
Tank Tank Tanks Gas Exhaust
42
To Sample 1
Cooler XA/132B 22
15 2
018VD
42 42
Gas 3
Exhaust 50 50 50
4
35
XL/274BB From Air Supply
Cleaning XL/274BA Cleaning Equipment
From Air 018VD 15 15
for Charge Air Cooler
Equipment 35 28 35 28
Supply 018VD 018VD
for Charge From Air Supply
Air Cooler 54
018VD
42 018VD 018VD XL/274AA Feed Water Unit
XL/274AB 036VD 036VD
From Air 54
Feed Water
Supply Unit
018VD 018VD XA/162C
Purifier
Cleaning Bench
036VD 036VD
XA/274B Diesel Engine
Key 016VD 28 016VD (12,600 kW)
XA/274A Diesel Engine
Distilled Water (8,400 kW) 016VD See
XA/142C XA/199E DG LO Illustration
FO Purifier Package Purifier Package 6.3.2b
Compressed Air (2 x 5,500 Litres/h) (2 x 2,800 Litres/h) To Bilge
Electrical Signal From Air Supply
Valve XL/274BC Cleaning Equipment
XA/274F XA/274E FS ZLO
for Charge Air Cooler
15102 15102 Opened Recirc. Valve
Instrumentation Diesel Engine Diesel Engine L
AN/096VX From Air Supply 54
(12,600 kW) (12,600 kW) 42 018VD
All System Valves are
Prefixed with 'DD' 016VD 016VD 016VD 016VD 046VD 102VR 046VD XS XA Valve Closing
15102 15102 failure 018VD 018VD XL/274AC Feed Water Unit
045VD 036VD 036VD
54
HH
LA LS XA/114B
15027 15027
Port Hot
To Bilge H
LIC Well
15029
L (8,000 Litres)
LA LS LT
15030 15030 15029
LL XA/274C Diesel Engine
016VD 28 016VD (12,600 kW)
XA/274D Diesel Engine
54 (8,400 kW) 016VD
XA/107C 047VD To Bilge
Fresh Water Generator 54
42 42
(740 tonnes/h) 5
059VX 54
6
To Bilge 047VD
88.9 88.9
7
035VD
Reference Shipyard Diagram - A5 D030 262 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.2 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.3.2 Distilled Water Transfer System Distilled water is supplied to users throughout the ship by means of the Procedure for Supplying Distilled Water to the Distilled Water
distilled water hydrophore system. Two distilled water transfer pumps operate Reserve Tank from the Evaporators
via a pressurised hydrophore tank to transfer distilled water to users via a
Distilled Water Transfer (Hydrophore) Pump
piping system in the machinery spaces. The distilled water transfer pumps a) Ensure that the evaporator(s) are functioning correctly and
Ref. Number: XA/103A/B can take suction from the distilled water tank and the feed water reserve tank. making distilled water.
Maker: Pompe Garbarino The distilled water transfer hydrophore system operates automatically when
Type: MU40-250LP the hydrophore tank is correctly pressurised and the pumps are selected for b) Check the quantity of water in the tanks and estimate the time
automatic operation. One pump is selected as the duty pump and the other needed to transfer the quantity required.
Capacity: 10m3/h at 3.5 bar
pump as the standby pump to operate should the duty pump fail to maintain
Rating: 690V, 2.5kW at 1,770 rpm the required system pressure. Distilled water supplied from a shore supply is c) Check that the valves to all instruments and gauges are open.
directed to the distilled water tank and is untreated. Ensure the UV sterilisation unit is operational.
Distilled and Potable Water Tank Capacities
Procedure for Supplying Distilled Water from the Bunker d) Set the valves as in the following table.
Tank Capacity
Station to the Distilled Water Tank
Potable water tank No.1 port 272.2m3 All valves are prefixed ‘DD’.
Potable water tank No.2 starboard 272.2m3 CAUTION Position Description Valve
Potable water tank No.3 port 137.4m3 Before any water is taken from a barge or shore station it should Open Distilled water outlet valve from No.1 evaporator 054VD
Potable water tank No.4 port 298.7m3 be sampled and analysed to ensure that it does not contain harmful Open Distilled water outlet valve from No.2 evaporator 054VD
Potable water tank No.5 starboard 298.7m3 chemicals or contaminants. Open Distilled water outlet valve from No.3 evaporator 035VD
Potable water tank No.6 starboard 137.4m3 054VD
Potable water tank No.7 port 359.9m3 a) Check the quantity of water in the distilled water tank and
Open Line valve to distilled water tank 052VD
estimate the time needed to transfer the quantity required.
Potable water tank No.8 port 330.2m3 Closed Line valve to potable water tanks 052VD
Potable water tank No.9 starboard 327.6m3 b) Establish a system of communication with the bunker station Open Softener unit inlet valve 053VD
Potable water tank No.10 starboard 349.1m3 and the shore supply station/supply barge. Open Softener unit inlet/outlet valves (x4)
Potable water tank No.11 port 262.3m3 Closed Softener unit bypass valve 056VD
Potable water tank No.12 starboard 262.3m3 c) Connect the distilled water supply pipe to the bunker pipe.
Closed Mineraliser unit bypass valve
Distilled water DB tank (2212) 66.7m3 Open Distilled water reserve tank filling valve 051VD
d) Set the valves as in the following table. The arrangement
Feed water reserve DB tank (2202) 37.4m3 assumes that the port bunker station is to be used for supply. Closed Feed water reserve tank filling valve 051VD
Introduction All valves are prefixed ‘DD’. e) Once the above valve set up is achieved, the distilled water
reserve tank will start to fill. Once full, the filling can be
Position Description Valve changed to the feed water reserve tank by changing over the
Distilled water made in the three evaporators is transferred to potable water
Open Distilled water tank filling line valve 011VD tank filling valves, after ensuring that the hotwell drain valves
storage tanks on the ship and also to the distilled water double bottom (DB)
tank and the boiler feed water reserve DB tank. Distilled water may also be Open Port bunker station filling valve 010DV 036VD and 048VD are closed.
supplied to the ship from shore or barge facilities via connections at the port Closed Starboard bunker station filling valve 010DV
and starboard bunker stations. Distilled water is used in the machinery spaces f) Once both tanks are full, production should be transferred back
as technical water and is supplied to the technical or distilled water system to the potable water system. Please refer to section 6.3.5 of this
e) Signal for the distilled water supply pump from the shore manual.
by means of two pumps (one duty pump, one standby pump) operating on a station/barge to be started.
hydrophore unit. The IMACS Distilled Water mimic provides monitoring of
the distilled water transfer system and the means by which the system may be Note: The softener unit may be bypassed if necessary.
f) Signal for the distilled water supply pump from the shore
controlled. Distilled water is normally supplied to the feed water reserve tanks station/barge to be stopped when the necessary quantity of
from the ship’s evaporator plant. All water from the evaporators is treated in distilled water has been taken.
an ultraviolet sterilisation unit prior to distribution to the ship’s systems. Water
from the UV sterilisation unit may be directed to the potable water system or
the distilled water system. Water for the distilled water system is treated in a Note: The above procedure is for filling the distilled water reserve tank only.
softener unit prior to use in the system. The feed water reserve tank cannot be filled from the shore connection
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.2 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.2b Distilled Water Transfer System 42
KBD KBD XL XL
XZ XZ XS XS
35 42
Start Stop Running Available
28 28 28 28 28 42 28 42 XA/103A XZ 15034A XZ 15034B XS 15034A XS 15034B
XA/004A
Key Oil Fired Boiler XA/103AA XS 15035A
(15,000kg/h XA/133B XZ 15036A XZ 15036B XS 15036A XS 15036B
Distilled Water 016VD 016VD 016VD 016VD 016VD 015VD 016VD 015VD Hot and Cold 9 bar) XA/133BA XS 15037A
FW Washing
Compressed Air All System Valves, Unless To Boiler
Otherwise Shown, are XA/072A XA/083A XA/076A XA/076B XA/076D XA/076E 040 039 Hotwell Level Control
VD VD Mode Selector
Electrical Signal Prefixed with 'DD' PEM Central Aux. Mach. Central LT FW System
1-2-3 Pos.1 - Level Control Is Enabled
LT FW System HT FW System HT FW System KBD For Hotwell XA/114A Only
Cooling System Cooling System Header Tank 15 Recirculation Between Hotwells Is Inhibited
Header Tank Header Tank Header Tank
Instrumentation FW Header Tank FW Header Tank (2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) Pos.2 - Level Control Is Enabled
(2,500 Litres) (2,500 Litres) L
For Hotwell XA/114B Only
VDU Recirculation Between Hotwells Is Inhibited
42 42 42 Pos.3 - Level Control Is Enabled
1 XA/133A Mode Status Ind. Recirculation Between Hotwells Is Enabled
22 22 15 Boiler Chemical
2
42 42 42 15 Dosing Unit
3
42 15 15 To Sample
4 XA/107A
Shore Connections Cooler
35 Cold Washing 50 15 018VD
Hot Washing Water To Prov. Plant Exp./ Mixing Unit YA/6950 Port/Stbd Bunker Station XA/132A Fresh Water Generator
See Water 025VD 024VD 028VD
030VD 057VD XA/104 54 (740 tonnes/h)
Illustration 010VD 210VD 010VD
6.3.2a Make-Up 026VD
Deck 4
Water Hydrophore H Valve
Vessel 400L 54 FS ZLO Opened
15101 15101 88.9
PS PS 42 L
Recirc. Valve
15032 15033 AN/097VX
Pump NC 212VD
PA Control 005VD NC XA
Valve
15032
L 005VD 007VD 009 101 009 XS Closing
L L VD VR VD 008VD 15101 15101
failure 054VD
005VD
HH
LA LS 055VX
42 15022 15022 XA/114A
15 108
006VD 006VD LIC
H
Starboard
XD/103BA 54 54 15024 Hotwell
Priming Unit Potable Water L
(8,000 L) 055VX
XH System LA LS LT
15025 15025 15024
XH 103BB XA/103B XA/103A 018VD 54
LL
103BD 054VD
15
XH 15 42 54
103BC 65 Distilled Water XH
XH 88.9
Transfer Pumps 103AA 103AD 036VD
15
XA/427 XA/199A DG LO XA/199B DG LO XA/142A DG LO XH 42 10 m3/h 3.5 bar 036VD
Bilge Water Purifier Package Purifier Package Purifier Package 103BA XH
103AC 50
Centrifugal Purifier (2,800 Litres/h) (2,800 Litres/h) (2 x 5,500 Litres/h) From Air
15 42 XH From Air XA/107B
(1.5-5 m3/h) 15 15 Supply 003VD 003VD 103AB Fresh Water Generator
Supply To Bilge
From Boiler Feed 65 (740 tonnes/h)
System Emptying XD/103AA
Priming Unit
(See Illustration 003VD
15 018 018 018 6.2.3d/e) 003VD
VD VD VD 125 056VD UV
018VD Disinfection
125 65 65 54
22
SD
052VD 052VD 15040
100
SI
125 051VD 053 15040
VD 055VX
XA/162B XA/162A TI
125 125 051VD 054VD
Purifier Purifier 210VD 011VD 125
15040
Cleaning Cleaning YA/457E
002VD 002VD
XA/159 Bench Bench 211VX 012VX Softener Pack XA
125 15040
DO Purifier Unit XA/199C DG LO XA/199D XA/150 048VD 001VX 103VD 001VX
(1 x 2,000 Litres/h) Purifier Package LO Purifier Package Sludge Treatment Purifier 103VD YA/457A
Mineraliser To YD/401 A-B-C 42
(2,800 Litres/h) (2,800 Litres/h) (450 Litres/h) Package Self-Priming Units On
42 42 2202 Feed Water Res. DB 2212 Distilled Water Res. DB Bilge Ballast Pumps
See 5 H H
54 54 LI LT Pumps LT LI LA LS Pumps To Potable
Illustration 6 L
15019 15019 L XA/103A-B 15020 15020
LL L
15021 15021 L XA/103A-B Water System
L Stop L Stop
6.3.2a 88.9 88.9 88.9
7
Reference Shipyard Diagram - A5 D030 262 A
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.2 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Procedure to Operate the Distilled Water System i) Check that the pump stops at the required pressure, if not adjust
the pump stopping pressure to the required value.
The description assumes that distilled water is being taken from the distilled
water double bottom tank 2212. The feed water reserve double bottom tank The hydrophore tank is now operational and the system can be brought on-
also has a suction connection to the hydrophore pumps. line.
a) Open all valves to instruments and gauges and ensure that the j) Set the other pump as the standby pump by selecting it for
instruments and gauges are working correctly. AUTOMATIC operation at the IMACS mimic.
b) Check that the distilled water reserve tank and the feed water k) Open the engine room distilled water supply system and line
reserve tank are both full. valves as required. System valves are shown in the illustration
and will only be opened as required.
c) Ensure that the pump priming units are operational with air
and water supplies as necessary. Ensure air is available at the The distilled water system will operate to supply distilled water to users as
hydrophore tank. required, water being taken from the distilled water double bottom tank. The
distilled water tank is filled as previously described.
d) Set the system valves as in the following table.
Note: No.2 distilled water transfer pump is designated as the boiler distilled
All valves are prefixed ‘DD’. water transfer pump and may be used to directly supply the hotwells with
Position Description Valve distilled water from the boiler water reserve double bottom tank. In the
Open Distilled water DB tank suction valve 002VD description above, No.2 pumps acts as a standby hydrophore pump and to
operate manually on the hotwells, it must be selected for manual operation
Open Pump suction cross-connection valve 003VD
and the feed water reserve double bottom tank suction valve must be open
Closed Line suction valve from boiler water tank 003VD and the pump isolated from the hydrophore system. Discharge valves to the
Open No.1 pump suction valve 003VD hotwells must be opened and the discharge to the hydrophore system must
Open No.1 discharge valve 005VD be closed.
Open No.2 pump suction valve 003VD
Open No.2 discharge valve 005VD
Closed No.2 pump direct discharge valves to hotwells 006VD
(x2)
Open Hydrophore unit connection isolating valve 026VD
Open No.1 pump direct discharge to FW header tanks 007VD
e) Switch one of the pumps to LOCAL control. Start the pump and
fill the hydrophore tank until it is nearly full on the gauge, then
stop the pump.
f) Use the hydrophore air supply to pressurise the hydrophore.
Once the level falls to the bottom of the gauge, shut off the air
supply.
g) Repeat steps e) and f) until the hydrophore is half full and the
system is fully pressurised. Use the air and water drain valves
to adjust the level if necessary.
h) Select both hydrophore pumps for REMOTE operation and
manually start the selected duty pump at the IMACS mimic.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.2 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.3a Water Treatment
Junction YP/460CA YM/457DA
YP/460CC To Cold Potable AR Cl2+
FT FE Box FT FE YP/457DA YM/457DB
Water Delivery Cl2+ Cl2- Cl2-
AIT AIT AIT AIT FT FT
(See Illustration
022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD Potable Water 6.3.5a) AE AE AE AE FE FE
YD/460CA Portable Shore Connection
028VD 027VD 150
036VD Tank 035VD Frame 212 -215 200
65 028VD 65 027VD MI MI
Potable Water Port Side Deck 4
032VD 150 031VD 150
028VD Shore Connection 027VD 021VD
Transportable 015VX 021VD 021VD 021VD
150 Frame 100-104 150
Bunkering Corrosion 150
030VX 030VX Port Side Deck 4 Inhibitor System 029VX 029VX YA/457D
150 To Hot Potable Post Chlorination -
Water Delivery Chlorine Removal
YP/460CD YP/460CB
FT FT (See Illustration System
Safety Dechloronation
FE FE
Standby Pump
Super Halogenation
6.3.4a) YD/
150 457DC Start
200 YD/ YD/ YD/ 200
022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD L
Potable Water 457DA 457DD 460AA
028VD 027VD YD/
036VD 035VD Shore Connection 457DB
65 028VD 65 027VD Frame 212 -215 PS PA
YL/457 YL/457 57015 57015
032VD 150 031VD 150 Starboard Side Deck 4
028VD 027VD DB DA
Potable Water
030VX 030VX Shore Connection 029VX 029VX
Frame 100-104 100 707VF
Starboard Side Deck 4
007VX AR Cl2
To Potable Water 707VF
Tanks (See Illustration
Key 047VF FT
pH
6.3.5b)
AIT AIT
FZC FT 707VF
YP/457CB YM/457BB YM/457CB B Start L 57013 FM
57013
Fresh Water FE AE AE Follow-Up H L
200 Pump
Stop L
Electrical Signal 200 L 707VF
MI MI
048VX
Instrumentation 021VD 707VF
021VD 100
All System Valves AR Cl2 021VD 021VD
are Prefixed with 'AD' FT AIT
pH
AIT From Tanks/Returns
YP/457CB YM/457BB YM/457CB 006VD (See
FE AE AE 125 Illustrations 6.3.5a/b)
125
80 125 125
To Softener XA/457E MI MI
024VX 008VX 541VF 535 536 537 538 539 540
150 100 021VD VF VF VF VF VF VF
YA/457A
021VD 021VD 021VD
Neutraliser 125 125 125 200
PT PT PT
860VF Re-mineraliser 57031 57032 57033
125
125 004VX 004VX 004VX
125
125 PIA YA/ PIA YA/ PIA YA/
U V System
57031
L
440A 57032
L
440B 57033
L
440C
860VF YL/ YL/ YL/ 001VF 002VF 003VF
457AC 457AB 457AA 150 150 200 150
YA/460BA YA/457B YA/457C Cold Fresh Water Pumps
125 Corrosion pH Control Unit Chlorine
020VD Inibithor Control Unit
860VF System
FOT FOT FOT
100 To Filling
019VF 009VD 013VD 013VX Heeling Tanks
From 016VX 016VX 016VX 65 To Filling
YL/460 YL/457 YL/457 YL/457 YL/457 80
Evaporators 014VD 014VX Condition Tanks
BA BA BB CB CA
115 Litres)
100 100 100 80 To Swimming
100
542VF Pool Delivery
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D140 202
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.3 - Page 1 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.3.3 Water Treatment Systems Post Treatment Chlorine Control System The pH control unit has its own pH analyser. Hydrochloric acid is injected
Type: Oxidation of organic substances automatically when water flows through the supply pipe. Once set for the
required pH, the system should not require adjustment. The neutralisation-
Potable Water Treatment System No of sets: 1 (with two dosing pumps) mineralisation filter is automatic and acts to mineralise and neutralise acid
Maker: Culligan Post Treatment Safety Chlorine Removal System distilled water by means of calcium carbonate and magnesium oxide. The
rate at which these chemicals dissolve depends upon the acidity of the water
Mineralising Filter Type: Removal of free chlorine (sodium metabisulphite and a check must be maintained on the chemical levels so that they may be
Ref. Number: YA/457A injection) replenished as necessary. Backwash is controlled by a programmable timer and
Type: HF6 pH neutralisation and salts dilution No of sets: 1 (one dosing pump) is carried out by the potable water. The pH is increased to about 8.0 to 8.5.
No of sets: 2 Ultraviolet Steriliser
The water softening unit is used for softening the treated distilled water
Capacity: 37.5m3/h from each unit Type: Ultraviolet light before it is discharged to the distilled water tanks. It operates automatically
Water Softening Plant Maker: Culligan by replacing calcium and magnesium hardness ions with sodium ions in an
ion exchange unit. Sodium chloride is used for ion exchange and a brine tank
Ref. Number: XD/457E Model: UV24
is provided for regeneration of the ion exchange unit. A softener bypass is
Maker: Culligan No of sets: 1 available for use when the softener is being regenerated if water flow to the
Type: Ultraline HB200 distilled water tanks is required during regeneration. The softener is only used
No of sets: 1 Introduction for distilled water.
Capacity: 5.0 tonnes/h
The water systems require treatment in order to destroy harmful bacteria, The ultraviolet light steriliser, softener, CL2 injection system, and the
pH Adjusting and Chlorination Dosing Pump Units neutralise acidity and restore necessary salts and hardness to distilled water mineralisation-neutralisation filters are monitored by the IMACS FW
to make it palatable, to prevent the formation of sediments and to inhibit Generator Overview mimic.
Ref. Number: YA457B/ YA/457C/ YA/457D corrosion.
Maker: Culligan Potable water flowing to the potable water storage tanks passes through the
Type: Prominent Vario/Beta 5 WARNING chlorination and pH control unit.
Capacity: 13 litres/h at 6 bar Extreme care must always be exercised in the storage and handling of
chemicals as they can be harmful to the skin, eyes and internal organs. Chlorine (sodium hypochlorite) is used to destroy bacteria in water received
Super De-chlorination Dosing Pump Unit Contamination should be prevented and then should never be mixed from shore or from the evaporator plant. Water flowing to the storage tanks
Ref. Number: YD/460AA except where this is part of the chemical treatment. is analysed automatically and the level of chlorine introduced is adjusted to
give the required residual chlorine level. Sufficient chlorine is added so that
Maker: Culligan
there is an ample reserve in the water stored in the tanks. Tanks must be used
Type: Prominent Vario/Sigma Potable Fresh Water System in an organised way so that water does not remain in a tank for a prolonged
Capacity: 60 litres/h at 6 bar period. Chlorine gradually leaches from the water and protection from bacteria
Distilled and bunkered water undergoes treatment in order to make it suitable is removed if the level of reserve chlorine in the water falls too low. Potable
Pretreatment and Bunkering Corrosion Inhibitor Pump Units for consumption on board the vessel. Distilled water from the evaporators and fresh water stored in tanks should be tested periodically to ensure that there is
Ref. Number: YA/460BA/ YA/460CA bunkered water undergoes treatment before storage. This treatment involves an adequate chlorine reserve. The results of such tests must be recorded.
hydrochloric acid injection to change the pH, mineralisation and neutralisation,
Maker: Culligan
and sterilisation by passage through the ultraviolet filter. If the water is to be The potable water analysis and treatment units also monitor the pH of the
Type: Prominent Vario/Beta 5 used as distilled water in the ship’s system, it is passed through a softener before evaporator and supplied water, introducing hydrochloric acid to adjust the
Capacity: 13 litres/h at 6 bar flowing to the distilled water storage tanks. If the water is to be used as domestic acidity as necessary to give a value of 7.2 to 7.4.
water throughout the ship, it is passed through corrosion inhibitor, chlorination
Pretreatment and Bunkering Chlorination Unit
and pH control stages before flowing to the potable water storage tanks.
Type: pH adjustment Post Storage Treatment Systems
No of sets: 1 (with two dosing pumps) The ultraviolet light steriliser destroys bacteria by subjecting it to strong When potable water is taken from the tanks for consumption it is analysed and
ultraviolet light. Water flows through the steriliser chamber which is illuminated treated before being pumped to the cold potable water main. Water is analysed
Pretreatment and Bunkering pH Control Unit by an ultraviolet discharge lamp. The unit must not be operated without water by the residual chlorine and pH meters. Chlorine is added or removed by
Type: Oxidation of organic substances flow otherwise overheating will occur. The ultraviolet intensity is monitored means of chemical injection pumps in the treatment unit YA457D.
by the control system and an alarm raised if the intensity falls below a preset
No of sets: 1 (with two dosing pumps)
level. Overheating, indicating inadequate water flow, will also raise an alarm.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.3 - Page 2 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.3a Water Treatment
Junction YP/460CA YM/457DA
YP/460CC To Cold Potable AR Cl2+
FT FE Box FT FE YP/457DA YM/457DB
Water Delivery Cl2+ Cl2- Cl2-
AIT AIT AIT AIT FT FT
(See Illustration
022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD Potable Water 6.3.5a) AE AE AE AE FE FE
YD/460CA Portable Shore Connection
028VD 027VD 150
036VD Tank 035VD Frame 212 -215 200
65 028VD 65 027VD MI MI
Potable Water Port Side Deck 4
032VD 150 031VD 150
028VD Shore Connection 027VD 021VD
Transportable 015VX 021VD 021VD 021VD
150 Frame 100-104 150
Bunkering Corrosion 150
030VX 030VX Port Side Deck 4 Inhibitor System 029VX 029VX YA/457D
150 To Hot Potable Post Chlorination -
Water Delivery Chlorine Removal
YP/460CD YP/460CB
FT FT (See Illustration System
Safety Dechloronation
FE FE
Standby Pump
Super Halogenation
6.3.4a) YD/
150 457DC Start
200 YD/ YD/ YD/ 200
022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD L
Potable Water 457DA 457DD 460AA
028VD 027VD YD/
036VD 035VD Shore Connection 457DB
65 028VD 65 027VD Frame 212 -215 PS PA
YL/457 YL/457 57015 57015
032VD 150 031VD 150 Starboard Side Deck 4
028VD 027VD DB DA
Potable Water
030VX 030VX Shore Connection 029VX 029VX
Frame 100-104 100 707VF
Starboard Side Deck 4
007VX AR Cl2
To Potable Water 707VF
Tanks (See Illustration
Key 047VF FT
pH
6.3.5b)
AIT AIT
FZC FT 707VF
YP/457CB YM/457BB YM/457CB B Start L 57013 FM
57013
Fresh Water FE AE AE Follow-Up H L
200 Pump
Stop L
Electrical Signal 200 L 707VF
MI MI
048VX
Instrumentation 021VD 707VF
021VD 100
All System Valves AR Cl2 021VD 021VD
are Prefixed with 'AD' FT AIT
pH
AIT From Tanks/Returns
YP/457CB YM/457BB YM/457CB 006VD (See
FE AE AE 125 Illustrations 6.3.5a/b)
125
80 125 125
To Softener XA/457E MI MI
024VX 008VX 541VF 535 536 537 538 539 540
150 100 021VD VF VF VF VF VF VF
YA/457A
021VD 021VD 021VD
Neutraliser 125 125 125 200
PT PT PT
860VF Re-mineraliser 57031 57032 57033
125
125 004VX 004VX 004VX
125
125 PIA YA/ PIA YA/ PIA YA/
U V System
57031
L
440A 57032
L
440B 57033
L
440C
860VF YL/ YL/ YL/ 001VF 002VF 003VF
457AC 457AB 457AA 150 150 200 150
YA/460BA YA/457B YA/457C Cold Fresh Water Pumps
125 Corrosion pH Control Unit Chlorine
020VD Inibithor Control Unit
860VF System
FOT FOT FOT
100 To Filling
019VF 009VD 013VD 013VX Heeling Tanks
From 016VX 016VX 016VX 65 To Filling
YL/460 YL/457 YL/457 YL/457 YL/457 80
Evaporators 014VD 014VX Condition Tanks
BA BA BB CB CA
115 Litres)
100 100 100 80 To Swimming
100
542VF Pool Delivery
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D140 202
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.3 - Page 3 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Chlorination is carried out in order to produce a residual chlorine level in the Each jacuzzi has its own water treatment plant and, like the swimming pool Water samples are taken from all systems for analysis and chemical treatment
potable water to destroy any remaining bacteria, the residual chlorine level systems, they operate automatically for bromine addition (for chlorine content) is added to the systems as required via the header tank. The concentrated
should be 0.2 to 0.5ppm. The dosing pump introduces the correct amount of and acid addition (for pH). Like the swimming pools, the jacuzzi systems are chemical in the storage unit must be diluted with distilled water before it
sodium hypochlorite to give the required chlorine level. If the chlorine level is monitored, recorded and alarmed. is added to the circulation system. Care must be taken when mixing the
in excess of that required, the chlorine removal system operates with the duty concentrated chemical with water.
chlorine removal (sodium metabisulphite) dosing pump injecting the required It is essential that records be kept of the sampling and testing of swimming pool
amount of that chemical to give the 0.2 to 0.5ppm sodium hypochlorite and jacuzzi water together with details of the chemical treatment consumption. The HVAC plants have their own water circulation system and this is treated
concentration. The pH and residual free chlorine levels are monitored For further information, see section 8.7. by means of chemical injection units located in the AC compressor room.
continuously at the maximum distance (far point - navigation bridge). A
circular chart with 24 hour paper is used for monitoring the output.
Boiler Feed Water Treatment Evaporator Sea Water
In the event of very high chlorine levels in the discharge to the potable water Distilled water from the evaporators is passed directly to the boiler feed Sea water supplied to the evaporators must be treated in order to prevent
system additional treatment with sodium metabisulphite is carried with the reserve water tank although it may also flow through the mineralising filter the formation of scale in the interstage condensers and the heater. Any scale
higher capacity treatment pump provided for this eventuality. and water softener. The distilled water is stored in the boiler feed reserve tank formation will inhibit heat transfer and impair the performance of the evaporator.
until required for use and although it is free from scale forming salts, there is Because water is being produced for domestic purposes from the treated sea
The IMACS provides monitoring facilities for the potable water treatment the potential for boiler corrosion. In order to reduce the likelihood of corrosion water, it is essential that dosing chemical concentrations recommended by
system. in the boilers and exhaust gas economisers, the boiler feed water is treated the manufacturer are strictly adhered to at all times. Chemical use must be
chemically. recorded and the distillate tested for residues. For further information, see
Distilled water contains no salts or hardness and this makes it unpleasant to section 6.3.1.
consume and potentially a problem as distilled water can remove salts from Testing of the boiler water is carried out on a continuous basis by dedicated
the human body. Distilled water for domestic consumption is passed through equipment. Manual tests are also carried out on a regular and frequent basis,
Sea Water Circulation Systems
mineralising filters and has hydrochloric acid injected in order to produce samples being drawn directly from the boilers via the sample coolers. The
hardness. The hydrochloric acid injection is under the control of the distilled results of these tests indicate the amount of water treatment required. In order to inhibit the growth of marine organisms in the sea water circulation
water analysing and treatment plant which also forms part of the IMACS. system, the sea water is supplied with chlorine which is manufactured by
Water treatment is added to the boiler by two dosing units, one for each boiler. means of electrolysis of the sea water in three hypochlorite production plants
A measured quantity of the treatment chemical is pumped into the feed water (XA528A/B/C). This marine growth prevention system operates at all times in
Swimming Pools and Jacuzzi Water Treatment order to ensure that all parts of the sea water circulation system are protected
supply line just before the feed water enters the boiler. This ensures that the
Swimming pools can be supplied with fresh water or sea water, the fresh water chemical is dispersed quickly throughout the boiler system. Boiler water whichever sea suction is operating and whichever sea water pumps are
coming from the potable water system and the sea water being supplied by the must be analysed daily and chemical treatment added as necessary in order to operating.
swimming pool filling pump. There are five passenger swimming pools, one maintain the boiler water in an acceptable condition. Information supplied by
crew swimming pool, and ten jacuzzis; all swimming pools are heated. The the boiler water treatment manufacturer should be studied in order to ensure A portion of the circulating sea water is directed to the operating Chloropac
jacuzzis are filled with fresh water only. that the correct treatment is added. A daily log of boiler water analysis and marine growth prevention system and the filtered water is subjected to an
chemical treatment added must be maintained. For further information, see electric current via electrodes within the unit. Electrolysis of the sea water
Each pool has its own Culligan filtration and chemical treatment system. section 6.2.3. produces chlorine and this chlorine is circulated through the sea water system
Swimming pool water is continuously circulated and passage through the as the electrolysed sea water from the unit is passed to the sea suction main.
filter units forms part of the circulation system. After the circulation pump
Fresh Water Cooling Systems
but before the filter unit, a sample of the swimming pool water is drawn A flow switch on the sea water supply line to the Chloropac unit shuts off
for analysis. The free chlorine level of the swimming pool water should be Distilled water is used in the HT and LT cooling fresh water circulation the electrical supply if the flow rate falls below a predetermined minimum
maintained at between 0.3ppm and 0.6ppm and bromine is introduced before systems, thus scale formation in the systems is unlikely. The problem with level. The units operate when the associated sea water circulation system is
the filter in order to maintain the water between these limits. The pH of the the cooling fresh water systems is one of corrosion and a number of different functioning.
swimming pool water is also monitored and acid is added after the filter and types of electrochemical corrosion cells are possible. The most common of
heater in order to maintain the water at the correct pH. Chemical treatments are these is due to dissimilar metals but it is possible to have corrosion cells
added from dosing units for pH and chlorine. The water condition is constantly formed due to differential aeration and even due to temperature gradients. The
monitored (and recorded) and the necessary chemicals added to maintain the use of corrosion inhibiting chemicals in the cooling fresh water is essential if
pH and chlorine levels. There are pH, chlorine content, temperature and corrosion in all parts of the systems is to be prevented.
common alarms for each swimming pool via the IMACS.
Make up water is supplied to the HT and LT systems as necessary from the distilled
water hydrophore system by addition to the header tank of each system.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.3 - Page 4 of 4
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.4a Potable Hot Water System in Machinery Spaces P From Engine Room Services To Hot Water Distribution To Hot Water Distribution
15
(See Illustration 8.4b) (See Illustration 8.4b)
80 150
65 65 From Cold Potable P N Q M L H G F E D C B A A B C D F G H L M E3 E N Q P
15 15 65 Water System 25
32 32 32 32 32 32 25 25 25 25 32 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 65 100 80 100 65
Key (See Illustration N
704VX 065VX
6.3.5a)
20
Potable Water From Cold
To Cold Potable
Potable Water Return Q M L H G F E D C B A
20 Water System
Steam System Filter Unit 25
012VD 706VX (See Illustration 150
6.3.5a) (See Illustration 80
Electrical Signal 6.3.5a) Failure
80 80 Steam XS
57025
XA
57025
Instrumentation A
ZI
Local
H 57025
All System Valves, Unless Otherwise TT TI N M
XS XL
57024 57024
YA/445A 015VX P
57025 57025
Stated, Are Prefixed With 'LC' B
ZT
80 80
57025
HH
TA
57023 008VD 009VD 010VX 011VD 25
Steam TS Hot Fresh Water To Heater
57023 80 Recirculating Pumps Hot FW Flow Control Unit
VD TCV YA/445B TCV
073VF 57023
80 80 038VS
57025
FS TS
To Bilge
H
57025 57026 TIA
TS 008VD 009VD 010VX 011VD 57027
TT TT
57022 57025 57026
TT
TT
100 YA/450E 100 100
57027
57021
Galley Booster 24 E
004VS 036VD Fresh Water Heater 039 040 To Bilge
Local Failure H
YA/450A VX VD
XL XA
TIA 125 125
57017 57017 ZT ZI
57017 Fresh Water 100
57017 57017 003 002 Heater 001VD 037VD
XS XS TT
VD VX To Bilge
57017 57017 57017 100 65 65
B A TCV (2,250,000kcal/h 23 E3
57017 FS To Bilge
M 57017 15-60°C)
150
100 100
To Bilge 22 HW M
005VS To Bilge
Local Failure
To Heater 100 100
TIA
H
125 YA/450B 125 21 HW L
XL XA 57018 Fresh Water To Bilge
57018 57018 ZT ZI
003 002 Heater 001VD 100 100
57018 57018
TT 20 HW H
XS XS
57018 VD VX To Bilge
57018
B
57018
A TCV (2,250,000kcal/h 100 100
M
57018 FS
57018 15-60°C) 26 HW Q
To Bilge
65 100 100
To Bilge 19 HW G
006VS To Bilge
To Heater 150
Local Failure H
YA/450C 100 100
XL XA
TIA 125 125 18 HW F
57019 57019 ZT ZI
57019 Fresh Water To Bilge
57019 57019 003 002 Heater 001VD 100
17 HW D
100
TT
XS
57019
XS
57019 57019 VD VX To Bilge
B A TCV (2,250,000kcal/h 100 100
FS
M
57019
57019 15-60°C) 16 HW C
To Bilge
100 100
To Bilge 15 HW B
007VS To Bilge 025 027 029 031 033 035
Local Failure
To Heater
H
YA/450D 100 100 VD VD VD VD VD VD
XL XA
TIA 125 125 14 HW A
57020 57020 ZT ZI
57020 Fresh Water 25 To Bilge 024 026 028 030 032 034 050
57020 57020 003 002 Heater 001VD 100 100 VD VD VD VD VD VD VD
TT HW X
XS
57020
XS
57020 57020 VD VX To Bilge
B A TCV (2,250,000kcal/h 65
57020 FS
M 57020 15-60°C) PIA
Steam 57036
L
To Bilge H
To Heater To Bilge PT
TIA
57030
57036
019VS
VD YA/445C 023VD TT
072VF 15 25 015VD YA/453 65 57030
Laundry Fresh
016VX 017VD 018VD Water Heater 020VX 021VD
Laundry Hot To Bilge TCV TT TS
150 Fresh Water (1,760,000kcal/h 57028 57029 57029
Recirculating 15-70°C) FS
Pumps
57028
To Heater
65 Failure Local ZT ZI
To Bilge TT
57028 M XA XS XS XL 57028 57028
57028 57028 57028 57028
Steam A B
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D140 202
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.4 - Page 1 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.3.4 Potable Hot Water System in Machinery in AUTOMATIC mode for automatic starting should the duty pump fail to c) Ensure that a steam supply is available at the heaters (see section
Spaces maintain water flow. Four steam heaters are used to raise the temperature of 6.2.7, Steam and Steam Drain System) and that the condensate
the water, the heaters being located at the pump outlet. Suction for the pumps valves are open.
Hot Potable Water Pump is taken from the hot water return system. The hot water system is linked
to the pressurised cold potable water system and therefore operates under d) Open the supply valves to all subsystems as required and set the
Ref. Number: YA/445A/B pressure with make-up from the cold potable water system. The heater control return flow regulating valves to give the correct return flow for
Maker: Pompe Garbarino system maintains a constant temperature of approximately 60°C in the hot recirculation.
Type: MU65-400L water system. Control of the heaters is in a cascade arrangement (each heater
e) Set the system valves as in the following table.
Capacity: 40m3/h at 6 bar can supply 40% of the capacity) so that heaters will start operating and shut
down in accordance with demand. Temperature is monitored and controlled by
Rating: 690V, 15kW at 1,770 rpm All valves are prefixed ‘LC’.
IMACS utilising motorised control valves. A further set of temperature control
Laundry Hot Water Pump valves act as fail-safe steam control valves, reducing the steam supply in the Position Description Valve
event of a system temperature rise. Open No.1 and No.2 hot water circulation pump inlet 008VD
Ref. Number: YA/445C valves 009VD
Maker: Pompe Garbarino As with the cold potable water system, the recirculation arrangement ensures Open No. 1 and No. 2 hot water circulation pump 011VD
Type: BT201 that a fresh supply of hot potable water is always available at every part of the outlet valves
Capacity: 2m3/h at 1 bar ship. Circulating hot water ensures that hot water is immediately available at
Open No.1, 2, 3 and 4 heater inlet valve 001VD
Rating: 690V, 0.7kW at 1,770 rpm each location. Discharge into the ship system lines is via a distribution valve
arrangement which includes a strainer, relief valve, drain valve, regulating Open No.1, 2, 3 and 4 heater outlet valves 003VD
Potable Water Heater valve and pressure gauge as well as isolating valves. The return lines pass Open Main galley heater inlet valve 036VD
through a similar arrangement which includes a pressure gauge, twin strainers Open Main galley heater outlet valve 040VD
Ref. Number: YA/450A/B/C/D
arranged in parallel and a hand operated regulating valve. The regulating Closed Main galley heater bypass valve 037VD
Type: Steam heated U-tube valves ensure that the correct pressure is maintained at all locations. All loop Set Laundry make-up valve 704VX
No. of sets: 4 lines can be drained to the bilge through the drain valve on the inlet valve
Open Bleed to cold system 012VD
Capacity: 50m3/h at 7 bar, 2,250,000kcal arrangement. A back-up loop (X) can be used to supply hot water to any of
the distribution loops through a cross-connection valve. The galley supply Open Laundry pump inlet valve 015VD
Booster Potable Water Heater (Main Galley) has its own water heater, which boosts the heat supply to this high consumer. Open Laundry pump outlet valve 017VD
Ref. Number: YA/450E Temperature control is achieved in a similar fashion to the main hot water Open Laundry heater inlet valve 018VD
Type: Steam heated U-tube heaters, i.e. motorised control valves actuated via the IMACS. This heater Open Laundry heater outlet valves 021VD
supplies water to both of the galley hot water loops and has a bypass valve for
No. of sets: 1 Set Loop inlet and outlet valve sets
use in an emergency.
Capacity: 88m3/h at 7 bar, 880,000kcal Closed All loop ‘X’ cross-connection valves
The laundry water supply is essentially a separate system within the hot water
Laundry Fresh Water Heater
system. This sub-system has its own circulating pump and heater as well as its f) Select the hot water circulating pumps for REMOTE operating
Ref. Number: YA/453 own make up from the cold potable water system and operates in an identical mode at their selector switches. At the IMACS system mimic,
Type: Steam heated U-tube fashion to the main hot water system. The hot water is delivered to the laundry start one of the pumps and set the other to AUTOMATIC mode
No. of sets: 41 hot water loop and returns directly to the laundry hot water pump suction. The to act as the standby pump. Also start the laundry hot water
laundry system will therefore run as a separate system unless a fault should pump.
Capacity: 32m3/h, 1,760,000kcal
develop. If the laundry pump/heater should malfunction, a cross-connection is
available from the main hot water system back-up supply on loop X. g) At the IMACS mimic, select the heater cascade control required
Introduction in order to operate the heaters.
Hot potable water is circulated around the ship by two hot potable water pumps, Procedure for Supplying Hot Potable Water to the Ship System h) Allow the system to operate for some time and check that hot
one normally selected as the duty pump and the other as the standby pump. The procedure assumes that the system is already fully primed. water is available at all locations.
Pumps may be operated locally by setting the selector switch to the LOCAL
position and operating the pumps by means of the START and STOP pushbuttons. a) Open all valves to instruments and gauges and ensure that the
Selecting REMOTE mode allows the pumps to be operated from the IMACS instruments and gauges are working correctly.
operator workstations via the Hot Potable Water Distribution mimic.
b) Check that the cold potable water system is functioning correctly
IMACS control allows for manual starting and stopping of the pumps and and supplying water at the correct pressure.
when one pump is started in MANUAL mode, the other pump may be selected
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.4 - Page 2 of 2
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.5a Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces FT YP/460CC Junction FT
YP/460CA
FE FE
Potable Water Box
To Cold Water Distribution From Cold Water Distribution Shore Connection
(See Illustration 8.4a) 022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD Potable Water
(See Illustration 8.4a) Frame 100-104
Port Side Deck 4 028VD 027VD Shore Connection
036VD YD/460CA Portable 035VD Frame 212 -215
R Q P N M L H G F E3 E D C B A A B C D E F G H L M Q N 65 028VD 65 027VD
25 Tank Port Side Deck 4
032VD 150 031VD 150
028VD Transportable 027VD
65 65 100 80 100 100 100 100 100 65 100 100 100 100 100 32 25 25 25 25 32 32 32 32 32 32 150
N Bunkering Corrosion
Inhibitor System 150 150
030VX 030VX 150 029VX 029VX
FT YP/460CD FT YP/460CB
A B C D E F G H L M Q FE FE
Return
Filter Unit
80 022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD
200 Potable Water
028VD Potable Water 027VD Shore Connection
036VD Shore Connection 035VD
To Potable 65 028VD 65 027VD Frame 212 -215
80 Frame 100-104
A Water Tanks 032VD 150 031VD 150 Starboard Side
028VD Starboard Side Deck 4 027VD
(See Illustration 6.3.5b) Deck 4
N From System and 030VX 030VX 029VX 029VX
AR CL2+
Potable Water Tanks YM/457DA YP/457DA YM/457DB
80
(See Illustration 6.3.5b) 200
AIT AIT AIT AIT FT FT
C
AE AE AE AE FE FE
200
Cold FW Flow Control Unit Standby
200 Pump
80 Start
65 65
200 L
021VD 200 PA
57015
706 To Potable Water Tanks
VX (See Illustration 6.3.5b) PS
100 100 B 57015
M
To Bilge 707VF
100 100 100 Key
L From Hot
To Bilge Potable Water 007VX 707VF
100 100 AR CL2 Potable Water
H Treatment YP/457CB YM/457BB
To Bilge YM/457CB
System FT
pH
AIT AIT FT
100 100 Electrical Signal FM
G (See 047VF 707VF
57013
To Bilge
Illustration FE AE AE
100 100 200 Instrumentation
F 6.3.4a) 707VF
To Bilge FZC
100 100 All System Valves are 57013 L
Q
To Bilge 048VX Prefixed with 'LC' 707VF
65 65 021VD 021VD
E3 L H
To Bilge
150 100 START
100 100
E L L
To Bilge
STOP
100 100 006VD
D 125
To Bilge
100 100 125 Follow-Up
C
To Bilge From Water Treatment 125 125 Pump
100 100 (See Illustration 6.3.3a) 535 536 537 538 539 540
B 008VX 541VF
051 053 055 050 058 060 To Bilge VF VF VF VF VF VF
VD VD VD VD VD VD 100 100 125
A
080 052 054 056 057 059 061 To Bilge 125 125 125
PT PT PT
VD VD VD VD VD VD VD 100 100 57031 57032 57033
X
062 To Bilge To Filling 100
004VX 004VX 004VX
049 VD 80 80 Heeling Tanks
P 013VX 013VD 009VD
VD To Bilge PIA YA/ PIA YA/ PIA YA/
65 R To Filling 65 57031
L
440A 57032
L
440B 57033
L
440C
050VD Condition Tanks 80
014VX 014VD 001VF 002VF 003VF
80 150 150 150
FM To Swimming 80
Pool Delivery Cold Fresh Water Pumps
To Fresh Water Heaters 542VF
65 To Laundry Fresh Water Heater (See Illustration 6.3.4a)
015VX
065VX (See Illustration 6.3.4a)
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D140 202
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.5 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.3.5 Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Pumps may be selected for LOCAL mode operation via the local selector Procedure for Supplying Distilled Water from the Evaporators to the
Spaces switch and operated from local START and STOP pushbuttons. Normally the Potable Water Storage Tanks
pumps are operated in the REMOTE mode from the IMACS workstations via Distilled water made in the evaporators is transferred to the potable water
Potable Water Pump the Cold Potable Water Distribution as described above. Any pump may be storage tanks as required, with the water passing through the water treatment
designated to any duty (transfer, duty or standby). unit on the way to the storage tanks. The water treatment consists of an
Ref. Number: YA/440A/B/C
Maker: Pompe Garbarino ultraviolet steriliser and three mineraliser units followed by corrosion
The transfer pump can be operated in order to transfer potable water between inhibiting, pH correction and chlorination units. Water flows from the UV
Type: MU100-400L storage tanks without affecting the overall operation of the cold potable steriliser to the mineralisers but the steriliser may be bypassed and the water
Capacity: 140m3/h at 8 bar system. The duty and standby pumps are operated on cascade contol, with the may flow directly to the mineralisers.
lead pump being selected on the IMACS mimic. The standby pump starts by
Rating: 690V, 48.5kW at 1,770 rpm
means of a signal from the flow transmitter. a) Check the quantity of water in the potable water tanks.
Introduction The IMACS mimic also has facilities for the operation of the remotely operated b) Check that the valves to all instruments and gauges are open.
valves for the cold potable water supply system and the suction valves from the
Distilled water manufactured in the three evaporators is transferred to potable
potable water storage tanks. After leaving the pumps, the cold potable water c) Check that the evaporator(s) are ready for operation.
water storage tanks on the ship for storage prior to use in the ship’s potable
firstly passes through a flow meter before reaching the chlorine monitoring/
water system. Potable water may also be supplied to the tanks from shore
treatment equipment. This equipment constantly monitors the chlorine content d) Set the valves as in the following table.
or barge facilities via connections at the port and starboard bunker stations
of the circulating cold water and adds chemical to adjust the level to the
and at the port and starboard potable water bunkering stations, all on deck
desired set point, usually around 1.0ppm. This equipment can add chemical to
4. Monitoring of the potable water system is achieved on IMACS Water Note: Potable water (PW) tank filling valves are indicated as open but they
both adjust the chlorine content level up and down. A safety decholorination
Distribution mimics. will only be open for filling that particular tank.
unit provides extra capacity in the unlikely event of water super-chlorination.
As the distilled water produced by the evaporators contains no natural salts,
The flow is then split to supply make-up water to the hot water circulating Potable water loaded at the bunker stations also undergoes the pH and
it can be harmful when consumed and so treatment is needed to restore some
system. The cold potable water feed then supplies the ship’s distribution chlorination procedure. The quantity of chlorine and pH chemicals are
of the salts which would otherwise be leached from the human body by the
lines. carefully metered to ensure that the correct dose is added.
distilled water. As the distilled water is produced at low temperature, all
bacteria may not have been destroyed and so an ultraviolet steriliser is used to
Water in the potable water circulating system returns to the pump suction after All valves are prefixed ‘AD’.
sterilise the distilled water. This unit is used on all evaporator manufactured
water. The distilled water is then passed through a mineralising filter before circulating around the distribution lines. As with the hot potable water system, Position Description Valve
being discharged to the potable water storage tanks. the recirculation arrangement ensures that a fresh supply of cold potable water Open Distilled water outlet valve from No.1 DD054VD
is always available at every part of the ship. Circulating cold water ensures evaporator
Distilled water which is destined for potable use is treated in a corrosion that cold water is immediately available at each location. Discharge into Open Distilled water outlet valve from No.2 DD054VD
inhibitor unit, a pH unit and a prechlorination unit before discharge to the the ship system lines is via a distribution valve arrangement which includes evaporator
potable water storage tanks. Potable water loaded at the bunker stations also a strainer, relief valve, drain valve, regulating valve and pressure gauge as
Open Distilled water outlet valve from No.3 DD035VD
undergoes the same procedure. The quantity of chemicals are carefully metered well as isolating valves. The return lines pass through a similar arrangement
evaporator DD054VD
to ensure that the correct dose is added (see section 6.3.3). which includes a pressure gauge, twin strainers arranged in parallel and a
hand operated regulating valve. The regulating valves ensure that the correct Open UV steriliser inlet valve 060VF
Potable water storage tanks are filled and used in pairs. This eliminates any pressure is maintained at all locations. All loop lines can be drained to the Open UV steriliser outlet valve 060VF
heeling moments that would be generated by filling individual tanks. bilge through the drain valve on the inlet valve arrangement. A back-up loop Closed UV steriliser bypass valve 060VF
(X) can be used to supply hot water to any of the distribution loops through a Open Mineraliser inlet and outlet valves (x6)
The potable cold water system throughout the ship operates on a constant flow cross-connection valve.
Closed Mineraliser backflushing valves (x2 per unit)
basis with water circulated by the potable water pumps which are set up in
The return water passes through another flow meter before drawing make-up Open Mineraliser unit outlet valve 019VF
a cascade arrangement so that pumps will start operating and shut down in
accordance with demand. All three pumps are identical. These pumps draw water from the potable water storage tanks and then passing back to the pump Closed Line valve to water softener 020VD
water from one pair of the potable water storage tanks. The suction valves from suction. The laundry has its own supply which passes through a flow meter Open pH adjusting dosing pump supply valves 021VD
these tanks are remotely operated and the tanks are fitted with remote reading before being split to supply make-up to the laundry hot water system (see later Open Chlorination dosing pump supply valves 021VD
quantity gauges. The tanks also have high, low and very low level alarms so in this section). The laundry can also be supplied via the back up cold water
Open Corrosion inhibitor dosing pump supply valve 021VD
that a warning is given when a tank is nearly empty and the supply needs to be loop X. A further supply (loop R) to the exhaust gas boiler washing lines does
not recirculate and would normally be left isolated and drained when not in Open Dosing pump suction and discharge valves
taken from elsewhere. A very low level alarm will stop the pumps to protect
use. Closed Line valve to bunker stations 047VF
them. The high level alarm provides warning when filling the tanks from the
evaporator system or bunkering.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.5 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.5b Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces
Key
From Cold Potable Water System
(See Illustration 6.3.5a)
Potable Water
A
Electrical Signal
503VD
523VF
Instrumentation
650VD 521VF
All System Valves are
525VF Potable
Prefixed with 'AD'
Water Tank
650VD 527VF Potable
Potable No.3 (Port)
529VF Water Tank Water Tank 137.4 m3
FM No.7 (Port) No.7 (Port)
531VF
Potable 509VD 359.9 m3
To High Water Tank
650VD No.11 (Port)
Fog Potable Water Tank No.4 (Port)
262.3 m3 Potable
Potable Potable 298.7 m3 Water Tank
650VD 100
Water Tank Water Tank No.1 (Port)
200 LS No.8 (Port) No.8 (Port) 272.2 m3
57013
330.2 m3
511VD
509 508VD 069VD 505VD 069VD 501 501VD 069VD
200 511VX VX 507VX 505VX 503VX VX
L
511VF LA 509 507VF 505VF 503VF 501
57013
L Transfer/Supply VF VF
Pump Stop
200 200 200
200 200
200 200 200
200
Transfer/Supply
200 200 200
LA Pump Stop 510 502
512VF 57014
L L VF 508VF 506VF 504VF VF
200 200
510 510VD 506VD 502 502VD 069VD
512VX VX 508VX 506VX 504VX
VX
Potable
LS
512VD 57014 Potable Water Tank Potable Potable
Water Tank No.9 (Starboard) Water Tank Water Tank
100 No.9 (Starboard) 327.6 m3 No.2 (Starboard)
No.5 (Starboard)
Potable 298.7 m3 272.2 m3
To High Water Tank
Fog No.12 (Starboard)
262.3 m3
Potable Potable
510VD Potable
532VF Water Tank Water Tank No.6 (Starboard)
No.10 Water Tank 137.4 m3
530VF
(Starboard) No.10 (Starboard)
528VF 349.1 m3
526VF
522VF
504VD
524VF
B To Cold Potable Water System
(See Illustration 6.3.5a)
C
To Cold Potable Water System
(See Illustration 6.3.5a)
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D140 202
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.5 - Page 3 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Position Description Valve Shore water bunkering stations are located on the port and starboard sides of Position Description Valve
the ship at frame 100 and frame 212. Any station can be used for the connection
Closed Pump transfer valve to tanks 541VF Closed Starboard forward potable water bunker station 031VD
of a hose to supply the ship with water from a shore station or barge. A box
Open No.1 port potable water tank filling valve 521VF shore discharge valve
containing fresh water hoses is located at each water bunker station and these
Open No.2 starboard potable water tank filling valve 522VF are used for connection to the shore/barge supply. Open Line valve to water treatment main 047VF
Open No.3 port potable water tank filling valve 523VF Open Water analyser sample valves (x3) 022VD
Open No.4 port potable water tank filling valve 525VF The bunker stations connect to a common water supply main which passes to Open Treatment supply valves from dosing pumps 021VD
the engine room fresh water system via a water treatment supply line which (x2)
Open No.5 starboard potable water tank filling valve 526VF
has a sample point for an analyser and chemical injection points for the Open Dosing pump suction and discharge valves
Open No.6 starboard potable water tank filling valve 524VF injection of pH adjusting chemicals and chlorination chemicals. A portable
Open No.7 port potable water tank filling valve 529VF Open Corrosion inhibitor dosing pump discharge 022VD
corrosion inhibitor tank and pump unit is moved to the in-use bunker station
valve
Open No.8 port potable water tank filling valve 527VF and connected to the local instrumentation before being put into use. From the
water treatment supply line, the water is directed into the tank filling lines and Closed Evaporator line valve 019VF
Open No.9 starboard potable water tank filling valve 528VF
the potable water tanks are supplied with potable water as described above. Closed Pump transfer valve to tanks 541VF
Open No.10 starboard potable water tank filling valve 530VF
Closed Pump shore discharge valve 006VD
Open No.11 port potable water tank filling valve 531VF
a) Establish an effective communication system with the bunker Open No.1 port potable water tank filling valve 521VF
Open No.12 starboard potable water tank filling valve 532VF station and the barge/shore station. Open No.2 starboard potable water tank filling valve 522VF
Open No.3 port potable water tank filling valve 523VF
Note: The potable water tank filling valves are operated remotely from the b) Connect the water supply hose to the ship connection at the
IMACS operator workstations at the Potable Water Storage mimic. The tank selected bunker station. Move the portable corrosion inhibitor Open No.4 port potable water tank filling valve 525VF
valves are shown as open in the table above but a valve will only be open if pump/tank unit to the correct bunker station. Connect the power Open No.5 starboard potable water tank filling valve 526VF
that tank is being filled. supply and flow transmitter to the appropriate junction box. Open No.6 starboard potable water tank filling valve 524VF
Open No.7 port potable water tank filling valve 529VF
Potable water from the evaporators or from a shore supply is chlorinated before c) Check that the valves to all gauges and instruments are open and
Open No.8 port potable water tank filling valve 527VF
storage and it is essential that the chlorination unit is started and is operational the gauges and instruments are operating correctly.
before the transfer to the potable water tanks commences. The chlorination Open No.9 starboard potable water tank filling valve 528VF
system must be checked for correct operation and dosing of the water (See d) Check the potable water tanks and determine the quantity to Open No.10 starboard potable water tank filling valve 530VF
section 6.3.3, Water Treatment Systems). be loaded. Ensure that the correct tanks are set to receive the Open No.11 port potable water tank filling valve 531VF
water. Open No.12 starboard potable water tank filling valve 532VF
e) Ensure that the water treatment plant is operating correctly.
e) Set the valves as in the following table. The assumption is made f) Start the water analyser and ensure that the water treatment/
f) Start the evaporator(s) and when the salinity of the condensate that the port bunker station pipe connection at frame 100 is corrosion inhibitor dosing units are fully charged with chemical
produced is below the minimum acceptable level, ensure that being used to supply potable water. The tank valves are shown and that the dosing pumps are operational. Switch the dosing
the condensate is pumped to the storage system. as open in the table below but a valve will only be open if that units to automatic operation, see section 6.3.3 for further
tank is being filled. information.
g) Fill the potable water tanks as required.
All valves are prefixed ‘AD’. g) Signal the shore station/barge to commence pumping water.
h) When the evaporators are out of service, the valves to the Position Description Valve
analysing and dosing unit must be shut. Open Potable water inlet valves from port aft water 028VD h) When a tank approaches 90% full, ensure that another tank
bunker station filling valve is open and when a tank has reached its full
Procedure for Filling the Potable Water Tanks from the Bunker Closed All other bunker station filling valves (x12) 028VD/ capacity close the filling valve. At least one tank filling valve
Connections should always be open. When all of the tanks have reached their
027VD full capacities, signal the shore station/barge to stop pumping.
CAUTION Closed Port aft potable water bunker station shore 032VD
Before any water is taken from a barge or shore station it should discharge valve i) Shut the bunker station filling valve and disconnect the hose.
be sampled and analysed to ensure that it does not contain harmful Closed Starboard aft potable water bunker station shore 032VD
chemicals or bacteria. discharge valve j) Shut the system valves and shut down the water analysing and
Closed Port forward potable water bunker station shore 031VD dosing units.
discharge valve
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.5 - Page 4 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.3.5a Potable Cold Water System in Machinery Spaces FT YP/460CC Junction FT
YP/460CA
FE FE
Potable Water Box
To Cold Water Distribution From Cold Water Distribution Shore Connection
(See Illustration 8.4a) 022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD Potable Water
(See Illustration 8.4a) Frame 100-104
Port Side Deck 4 028VD 027VD Shore Connection
036VD YD/460CA Portable 035VD Frame 212 -215
R Q P N M L H G F E3 E D C B A A B C D E F G H L M Q N 65 028VD 65 027VD
25 Tank Port Side Deck 4
032VD 150 031VD 150
028VD Transportable 027VD
65 65 100 80 100 100 100 100 100 65 100 100 100 100 100 32 25 25 25 25 32 32 32 32 32 32 150
N Bunkering Corrosion
Inhibitor System 150 150
030VX 030VX 150 029VX 029VX
FT YP/460CD FT YP/460CB
A B C D E F G H L M Q FE FE
Return
Filter Unit
80 022VD 028VD 022VD 027VD
200 Potable Water
028VD Potable Water 027VD Shore Connection
036VD Shore Connection 035VD
To Potable 65 028VD 65 027VD Frame 212 -215
80 Frame 100-104
A Water Tanks 032VD 150 031VD 150 Starboard Side
028VD Starboard Side Deck 4 027VD
(See Illustration 6.3.5b) Deck 4
N From System and 030VX 030VX 029VX 029VX
AR CL2+
Potable Water Tanks YM/457DA YP/457DA YM/457DB
80
(See Illustration 6.3.5b) 200
AIT AIT AIT AIT FT FT
C
AE AE AE AE FE FE
200
Cold FW Flow Control Unit Standby
200 Pump
80 Start
65 65
200 L
021VD 200 PA
57015
706 To Potable Water Tanks
VX (See Illustration 6.3.5b) PS
100 100 B 57015
M
To Bilge 707VF
100 100 100 Key
L From Hot
To Bilge Potable Water 007VX 707VF
100 100 AR CL2 Potable Water
H Treatment YP/457CB YM/457BB
To Bilge YM/457CB
System FT
pH
AIT AIT FT
100 100 Electrical Signal FM
G (See 047VF 707VF
57013
To Bilge
Illustration FE AE AE
100 100 200 Instrumentation
F 6.3.4a) 707VF
To Bilge FZC
100 100 All System Valves are 57013 L
Q
To Bilge 048VX Prefixed with 'LC' 707VF
65 65 021VD 021VD
E3 L H
To Bilge
150 100 START
100 100
E L L
To Bilge
STOP
100 100 006VD
D 125
To Bilge
100 100 125 Follow-Up
C
To Bilge From Water Treatment 125 125 Pump
100 100 (See Illustration 6.3.3a) 535 536 537 538 539 540
B 008VX 541VF
051 053 055 050 058 060 To Bilge VF VF VF VF VF VF
VD VD VD VD VD VD 100 100 125
A
080 052 054 056 057 059 061 To Bilge 125 125 125
PT PT PT
VD VD VD VD VD VD VD 100 100 57031 57032 57033
X
062 To Bilge To Filling 100
004VX 004VX 004VX
049 VD 80 80 Heeling Tanks
P 013VX 013VD 009VD
VD To Bilge PIA YA/ PIA YA/ PIA YA/
65 R To Filling 65 57031
L
440A 57032
L
440B 57033
L
440C
050VD Condition Tanks 80
014VX 014VD 001VF 002VF 003VF
80 150 150 150
FM To Swimming 80
Pool Delivery Cold Fresh Water Pumps
To Fresh Water Heaters 542VF
65 To Laundry Fresh Water Heater (See Illustration 6.3.4a)
015VX
065VX (See Illustration 6.3.4a)
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D140 202
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.5 - Page 5 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Procedure for Supplying Cold Potable Water to the Ship’s System Position Description Valve a) Ensure that all gauges and instrument valves are open and that
The procedure assumes that the system is already fully primed and that potable the gauges and instruments are functioning.
Closed No.3 pump discharge valve to tank filling 539VF
water is being taken from the forward potable water tanks No.1 port and No.2 Open Flow meter inlet valve 707VF
starboard. Pump YA/440A is the service pump and YA/440B is the standby b) Check the amount of water to be transferred.
Open Flow meter outlet valve 707VF
pump. This description would normally be read in conjunction with 6.3.4 Hot
Water Distribution Closed Flow meter bypass valves (x2) 707VF c) Set the system valves as in the following table.
Closed Flow meter drain valve 707VF
a) Ensure that all gauges and instrument valves are open and that Open Dosing pump suction and discharge valves Note: The description assumes that water is being taken from No.1 port
the gauges and instruments are functioning. Open Chlorine control pump discharge valves (x3) 021VD tank using No.3 pump and transferred to potable water tank filling line, see
section 6.3.2 for operation of the tank filling system.
Closed Loop R supply valve 050VD
b) Check that there is water in the tank to be used.
Set Line valves at each deck system supply All valves are prefixed ‘AD’.
c) Set the system valves as in the following table. Set Return valves from each deck system Position Description Valve
Open No.3 potable water pump suction valve 003VF
All valves are prefixed ‘AD’. d) Select the potable water pumps for REMOTE operation at their
selector switches. At the IMACS Potable Water Distribution Closed No.3 pump discharge valve to ship system 540VF
Position Description Valve Open No.3 pump discharge valve to tank filling 539VF
System mimic, Select the desired duty pump cascade sequence
Open No.1 port tank remotely operated suction valve 501VF using the desired 1-2-3 soft key and check that the desired duty Open No.1 port tank remotely operated suction valve 501VF
Open No.2 starboard tank remotely operated suction 502VF pump starts. The standby pump icon should turn blue. Open Remotely operated tank filling line valve 541VF
valve
Closed Evaporator line valve 019VF
Closed No.3 port tank remotely operated suction valve 503VF e) Ensure that the potable water system water analyser is
Closed Line valve to bunker station main 047VF
Closed No.4 port tank remotely operated suction valve 504VF operational and drawing a water sample from the circulating
water. Closed Pump shore discharge valve 006VD
Closed No.5 starboard tank remotely operated suction 505VF
valve
f) Ensure that the chlorine control water treatment tanks are d) Set up the filling system as in section 6.3.2, in order to transfer
Closed No.6 starboard tank remotely operated suction 506VF potable water to the selected tank.
supplied with chemicals and that the dosing pumps for these
valve
units are set to automatic.
Closed No.7 port tank remotely operated suction valve 507VF e) Start the potable water transfer pump from the IMACS mimic
Closed No.8 port tank remotely operated suction valve 508VF g) Allow the system to operate for some time and check that water and transfer the required quantity of water between the selected
Closed No.9 starboard tank remotely operated suction 509VF is available at all locations. tanks.
valve
Potable water may be taken from the other potable water storage tanks as Potable water may be transferred to the potable water storage tanks via the
Closed No.10 starboard tank remotely operated suction 510VF
required by opening the tank suction valve at the IMACS mimic. chlorination and pH control unit if required. In order for the water to pass
valve
through the treatment unit, valve 541VF must be closed and valves 006VD and
Closed No.11 port tank remotely operated suction 511VF 047VF must be open. All bunker station valves must be confirmed as closed.
valve WARNING
Water from the transfer pump will flow through the water treatment manifold
Closed No.12 starboard tank remotely operated suction 512VF Extreme care must always be exercised in the storage and handling of before passing to the storage tank filling line. The chlorine and pH analysers
valve chemicals as they can be harmful to the skin, eyes and internal organs. must be operational as must the chlorine and pH dosing units.
Contamination should be prevented and then should never be mixed
Open Return flow meter inlet/outlet valves (x2) 650VD
except where this is part of the chemical treatment. It is also possible to transfer water ashore from the system. The transfer pump
Closed Return flow meter drain valves (x2) 650VD
Open No.1 potable water pump suction valve 001VF should be set up to transfer water between tanks as described above, except
Procedure for Transferring Cold Potable Water between Potable Water that the shore discharge valve 006VD should be open, the loading line valve
Open No.1 pump discharge valve to ship system 536VF 047VF confirmed as closed, then the shore hose connected to the appropriate
Tanks
Closed No.1 pump discharge valve to tank filling 535VF shore discharge valve at the bunker station, either 032VD at the aft stations or
Any pump may be selected as the transfer pump. Water may only be transferred
Open No.2 potable water pump suction valve 002VF 031VD at the forward stations. All other shore discharge valves at the other
from the tank(s) currently supplying the potable cold water system, as all
Open No.2 pump discharge valve to ship system 538VF stations should be confirmed as closed. The transfer pump can then be started
pumps take suction from the same tank line, therefore transfers will probably
Closed No.2 pump discharge valve to tank filling 537VF and the desired amount of water transferred ashore. All previously noted
take place at night during the low demand period. The tank valves are set as in
precautions regarding bunkering of fresh water apply. It should be noted that
Open No.3 potable water pump suction valve 003VF the previous cases for the filling of the potable water tanks and for operation
the comment regarding the transfer drawing from the same line as the current
Open No.3 pump discharge valve to ship system 540VF of the potable cold water system.
system pump also applies in this case.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.3.5 - Page 6 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.4.1a Grey Water System Laundry Grey
Water DB Tank
XA/514W Port (2110) LL Discharge
Pump Stop
001
LT LIA H
XA/514M 250 XA/514L 59002 59002
Sewage Bunker VD LL YA/519A Laundry Drain
Key Up Station Discharge Water Tank
001 001 Discharge
VD VD (See Illustration 6.4.3a) 004VF 002VD
Esc 125 049VF YA/519B Pumps (85m3/h at 2.0 bar)
Grey Water Up 80
Esc 001VD
80 80 Up 005VF 003VD
Electrical Signal 150 006VX 048VF YA/519C 100
YA/514O 001 051VF 80 YA/514G
VD 009VD 009VD 023VF
Instrumentation 250 250 042VF 040VD 250
80
009VD 100 100 100
All System Valves are 80 053VD 80 125
009VD 009VD
Prefixed with 'SB' 80 Esc
YA/514H
Esc
001 024VF 050VX
VD
YA/514P 009VD 80 From Pulper 80 001VD
Up 50
Drains Collecting
Deep Tank (2104) Up
XA/514I LIA H LT
59003 59003
LL
250 Up
001VD
YA/514N Up 001VD
L Laundry Grey
XA/514U Water DB Tank
Discharge
009VD 009VD Pump Stop
Starboard (2200)
009VD
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
Connection to WB Connection to WB
or Galley Grey Water or Grey Water Connection to WB
Tank No.9 Port (6206) Tank No.7 Port (6205) or Grey Water
Tank No.5 Port (6204) XZ KBD XZ KBD XZ XL XZ XL
Connection to WB
or Grey Water
Tank No.3 Port (6203) START STOP RUNNING AVAILABLE
YA/514E 018
VF 150
Up
YA/514B YA/519A XZ 59004A XZ 59004B XS 59004A XS 59004B
Esc 001VD YA/514S
011VX YA/519B XZ 59005A XZ 59005B XS 59005A XS 59005B
001VD
YA/514F 001 YA/519C XZ 59006A XZ 59006B XS 59006A XS 59006B
VD 80
001VD Esc 80 001VD Esc
From Grey Water System
Ballast Connections 011VX
(Illustration 6.4.1b)
80 80 YA/514T 80 YA/514A
016VF
250 250 125 80
011VX 011VX 001VD
100 80 80
250 014VF 012VF
100 001VD
From Black 022VF 011VX 011VX
146VD Water System
YA/514Q
019VF 015VF 013VF
(Illustration 6.4.3a) 020VF
011VX
250
100 150 80
017VF
Esc
To/From Galley Grey Water Pumps 001 80
YA/514D 80 001VD VD
011VX Esc
See Grey Water System 021
YA/514R
(Illustration 6.4.1b) VF 001VD YA/514C
Note: For Full Details of Grey Water System Valve Instrumentation,
Connection to WB
To/From Ballast or Grey Water Please Refer To Yard Drawing No.A5 D370 215 B
System Tank No.4 Stbd (6113)
(See Illustration Connection to WB
6.4.1b) or Grey Water
Connection to WB Connection to WB Tank No.6 Stbd (6114)
or Galley Grey Water or Grey Water
Tank No.12 Stbd (6136) Tank No.8 Stbd (6115)
172 176 180 184 188 192 196 200 204 208 212 216 220 224 228 232 236 240 244 248 252 256 260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 352 356
Reference Shipyard Drawing: A5 D370 215 B
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.4.1 - Page 1 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
6.4 Sewage Systems Galley Grey Water Pumps Grey water from the galley areas flows to the four galley grey water collecting
Ref. Number: YA/519D/E tanks. Three of these tanks have grease traps in the discharge lines which are
6.4.1 Grey Water System fitted with bypass valves to facilitate cleaning. From the galley collection
Maker: Pompe Garbarino tanks, the galley grey water is discharged in to the galley grey water main
Type: 1A1-101 which transfers the discharge to one of four galley grey water holding tanks,
Tank Capacity
No. of sets: 2 or is directed directly overboard.
No.3 port accommodation grey water holding tank 108.4
Capacity: 85m3/h at 2 bar
No.4 starboard accommodation grey water holding tank 108.4 Two of the galley grey water tanks (No.9 port and No.12 starboard) can be
Rating: 690V, 11kW at 1,750 rpm
No.5 port accommodation grey water holding tank 112.2 used for holding either galley or accommodation grey water and have two
No.6 starboard accommodation grey water holding tank 112.2 Grey Water/Ballast Water Pumps inlets. From the galley grey water holding tanks, the water is pumped to the
No.7 port accommodation grey water holding tank 171.1 galley grey water main via the galley grey water pumps, from where it can
Ref. Number: YA/401A/B
be disposed of overboard. The galley grey water pumps may be operated in
No.8 starboard accommodation grey water holding tank 171.1 Make: Pompe Garbarino LOCAL or REMOTE mode, the mode being selected by means of the selector
No.9 port galley/accommodation grey water holding tank 130.2 Type: MU150-250LP switch at the pump starter. In LOCAL mode, the pumps may be started and
No.10 port WB/galley grey water holding tank 262.7 Capacity: 255m3/h at 2 bar stopped by means of local pushbuttons. In REMOTE mode, the pumps are
No.11 starboard WB/galley grey water holding tank 262.7 operated from the IMACS operator workstations at the Ballast Main - Midships
Rating: 690V, 22kW at 1,750 rpm
No.12 starboard galley/accommodation grey water holding tank 130.2 mimic. They would normally be operated manually from this mimic.
Laundry water holding tank 49.8 Waste Water Transfer Pump
Laundry grey water falls by gravity to one of the two laundry water holding
Laundry water holding tank 49.8 Ref. Number: YA/401A/B
tanks. Three laundry water discharge pumps are assigned to the laundry holding
Make: Pompe Garbarino tanks and these discharge water to the accommodation grey water main for
Galley Grey Water Collection Tank Discharge Pumps Type: MU150-250LP disposal as described previously, any pump may discharge either laundry water
Maker: Hamworthy KSE Capacity: 255m3/h at 2 bar holding tank. The laundry water pumps and valves may be operated in LOCAL
Rating: 690V, 22kW at 1,750 rpm or REMOTE mode, the mode being selected by means of the selector switch at
Type: Herborner 4HK50
the pump starter. In LOCAL mode, the pumps may be started and stopped by
Capacity: 31/37m3/h at 1.6/1.4 bar means of local pushbuttons. In REMOTE mode, the pumps are operated from
Rating: 690V, 2.5kW at 3,400 rpm Introduction the IMACS operator workstations at the Grey Water System - Aft mimic, they
would normally be operated manually from this mimic.
Accommodation Grey Water Collection Tank Discharge Pumps
The grey water system is divided into two sections, the accommodation section
Maker: Hamworthy KSE and the galley section. Each section has its own collecting main which runs The accommodation grey water holding tanks are pumped out by means of the
Type: Gilkes DMC 3-03B the length of the ship. Each section receives the discharge from the grey water grey water/ballast pumps (YA/401A/B). These discharge through the ballast
collecting tanks that are associated with that section, ie, the galley section overboard. Please see section 6.5.4 Ballast and Heeling Systems of this manual
Capacity: 10m3/h at 1.6 bar
receives the discharge from four galley grey water collecting tanks and the for details of this system.
Rating: 690V, 0.93kW at 1,750 rpm
accommodation section receives the discharge from the remaining sixteen
Laundry Water Pumps collecting tanks. In addition to these pumps, a dedicated accommodation grey waste water
discharge pump and pipe system has been fitted which draws from the
Ref. Number: YA/519A/B/C accommodation grey water storage tanks through a dedicated suction pipe
The accommodation grey water system collects water from showers, baths, and
Maker: Pompe Garbarino hand washbasins in the accommodation; this grey water then falls by gravity system and discharges through the ballast overboard line. This system has been
Type: 1A1-101 to one of the sixteen accommodation grey water collecting units positioned fitted to allow the discharge of stored grey water whilst the ballast system is
No. of sets: 3 throughout the machinery spaces. Each grey water collection tank has an in use at the same time.
associated pump system and a chlorine injection unit enabling the collected
Capacity: 85m3/h at 2 bar The grey water/ballast pumps, galley grey water pumps and the waste water
grey water to be treated. The chemically treated grey water is discharged
Rating: 690V, 11kW at 1,750 rpm in to the accommodation grey water main from where it may be discharged transfer pump may be operated in LOCAL or REMOTE mode, the mode
directly to the sea, to accommodation grey water holding tanks, to the galley/ being selected by means of the selector switch at the pump starter. In LOCAL
accommodation grey water holding tanks or ashore via the bunker stations. All mode, the pumps may be started and stopped by means of local pushbuttons.
grey water holding tanks except the laundry holding tanks can also be used as In REMOTE mode, the pumps are operated from the IMACS operator
ballast tanks. The grey water holding tanks may therefore be flushed with sea workstations at the Ballast Main - Midships mimic. The pumps are normally
water as required. operated manually whilst discharging grey water.
Issue: First Draft - May 2007 IMO No. 9333151 Section 6.4.1 - Page 2 of 6
Emerald Princess Technical Operating Manual
Illustration 6.4.1b Grey Water System - Ballast Connections
From All Grey Water
Tanks, Except No.10 and No.11
Waste Water
Transfer Pump
078VF
200
200 To Overboard Key
145VD
Bilge
200 200
Ballast
200 Potable Water Room 052VD
040VF 054VD 053VD 051VD 039VF
200 YA/401B YA/401A Electrical Signal
Ballast Pump Ballast Pump
255m3/h 2bar 255m3/h 2bar
Instrumentation
Direct Bilge Suctions XD/401B XD/401A Direct Bilge Suctions
(See Illustration 6.5.3a) Priming Pump Priming Pump (See Illustration 6.5.3a) Steel Sacrificial
Length
To Grey Water Overboard 411VD 407VD
Discharge Line 200
(Aft Auxiliary Room) 200 All System Valves Are
200 Prefixed With 'AZ'
056VD 410VD 409VD 055VD
Note: 200 Bilge Main 200
Software interlock is provided such (See Illustration 6.5.3a)
that remote controlled valves 200 200 Ballast Main
item AZ/068VF (ballast), SB/022VF
(grey water and SW/027VF (black 038VF 064VF Pipe 037VF
water cannot be open at the same 066VF 065VF
time 200 200
074VF 002VF
Overboard Suction Sea Water Crossover
250 250 100
See Illustration 100
PI 200
6.5.4b 50037
TT
Connection to WB 50037
or Galley Grey Water
Tank No.9 Port (6206) From Grey Water System
118VF 117VF (See Illustration 6.4.1a)
250
150 150
042VF
65 Sea Water Supply
068VF PI From Emergency
019VD Pump YA/466
SB 012VF 150
138VF 020VF YA/417
073VX 010VF 008VF
150 Ballast Ejector
059VF 014VF 001VF 150 079VD
See Illustration 200
150 150
006VF 200 036VF
6.5.4a 200
200 100 100 100 100
150
Connection to WB 009VF 086VD 150 085VD 084VD
PT or Galley Grey Water 067VF 087VD 200
013VF 005VF 004VF 003VF 200
Connection to WB 50034 Tank No.10 Port+ (6216) 150 150
150 007VF
139VF or Galley Grey Water
150 100 Permanently
Tank No.11 Starboard (6126) Closed
150 011VF PI PI
50034 To Heeling System 50224
150 (See Illustration 6.5.4d)
119VF Connection to WB PT
150
or Galley Grey Water 50224
116VF 150 Tank No.12 Starboard (6136)
150
100 100 YA/519E
Grey Water
Ballast Pump PI
102VD 103VD 50223 146VD
85m3/h 2bar
PT
YA/519D 50223
Grey Water
Ballast Pump
85m3/h 2bar 100VD 101VD
To/From Galley Grey Water
150 150 100
You might also like
- AIDAPRIMA - Passenger (Cruise) Ship - IMO 9636955 - Technical Operating Manual100% (1)AIDAPRIMA - Passenger (Cruise) Ship - IMO 9636955 - Technical Operating Manual240 pages
- Maersk Laberinto HN4224 Deck Operating Manual Issue 1 October 2012 PDFNo ratings yetMaersk Laberinto HN4224 Deck Operating Manual Issue 1 October 2012 PDF243 pages
- Huum - Info Maersk Wizard Imo 9330616 Deck Operating Manual PRNo ratings yetHuum - Info Maersk Wizard Imo 9330616 Deck Operating Manual PR344 pages
- MT" ROBERT MAERSK" IMO #9237008 - Machinery Operating Manual100% (1)MT" ROBERT MAERSK" IMO #9237008 - Machinery Operating Manual245 pages
- LNGC Golar Frost - IMO 9253284 - Cargo Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC Golar Frost - IMO 9253284 - Cargo Operating Manual347 pages
- Container Ship Maersk Boston - IMO 9313905 - Machinery Operating Manual-2006No ratings yetContainer Ship Maersk Boston - IMO 9313905 - Machinery Operating Manual-2006413 pages
- LNGC - Inigo Tapias - Machinery Systems Manual PDF100% (1)LNGC - Inigo Tapias - Machinery Systems Manual PDF383 pages
- Maersk Laberinto HN4224 Machinery Operating Manual Issue 1 October 2012 PDFNo ratings yetMaersk Laberinto HN4224 Machinery Operating Manual Issue 1 October 2012 PDF411 pages
- LNGC Al Ghashamiya - Imo 9397286 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC Al Ghashamiya - Imo 9397286 - Machinery Operating Manual537 pages
- LNGC Q-Flex Al Rekayyat - Imo 9397339 - Machinery Operating Manual100% (1)LNGC Q-Flex Al Rekayyat - Imo 9397339 - Machinery Operating Manual581 pages
- P960 Section 2 Main Machinery and ServicesNo ratings yetP960 Section 2 Main Machinery and Services161 pages
- LNGC AL BAHIYA - IMO 9431147 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC AL BAHIYA - IMO 9431147 - Machinery Operating Manual659 pages
- LNGC Q-Max Lijmiliya - Imo 9388819 - Machinery Operating Manual100% (1)LNGC Q-Max Lijmiliya - Imo 9388819 - Machinery Operating Manual588 pages
- OPT - Yuri Senkevich - Machinery Systems Manual PDFNo ratings yetOPT - Yuri Senkevich - Machinery Systems Manual PDF352 pages
- LNGC Golar Frost - IMO 9253284 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC Golar Frost - IMO 9253284 - Machinery Operating Manual421 pages
- LNGC Hispania Spirit - IMO 9230048 - Cargo Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC Hispania Spirit - IMO 9230048 - Cargo Operating Manual254 pages
- LNGC NW Seaeagle - IMO 8913174 - Cargo Operating Manual - Issue 1 January 2017No ratings yetLNGC NW Seaeagle - IMO 8913174 - Cargo Operating Manual - Issue 1 January 2017368 pages
- LNGC Methane Kari Elin - Imo 9256793 - Bridge Operating Manual - 2005No ratings yetLNGC Methane Kari Elin - Imo 9256793 - Bridge Operating Manual - 2005263 pages
- LNGC Singapore Energy - IMO 9238040 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC Singapore Energy - IMO 9238040 - Machinery Operating Manual420 pages
- Maersk Wave Machinery Operating Manual: Main Menu0% (1)Maersk Wave Machinery Operating Manual: Main Menu272 pages
- Maersk Seletar Machinery Operating Manual: Section 1: Operational Overview and Engine Room ArrangementNo ratings yetMaersk Seletar Machinery Operating Manual: Section 1: Operational Overview and Engine Room Arrangement387 pages
- Opt Yuri Senkevich - Imo 9301419 - Cargo Operating ManualNo ratings yetOpt Yuri Senkevich - Imo 9301419 - Cargo Operating Manual237 pages
- Johannes Maersk - Imo 9215189 - Deck OperatingNo ratings yetJohannes Maersk - Imo 9215189 - Deck Operating309 pages
- 20.SAM64000-461-01 FUEL OIL SERVICE SYSTEM 燃油日用系统No ratings yet20.SAM64000-461-01 FUEL OIL SERVICE SYSTEM 燃油日用系统17 pages
- GASLOC WESTMINISTER2021 Machinery Operating Manual100% (2)GASLOC WESTMINISTER2021 Machinery Operating Manual370 pages
- Crude Oil Carrier ALBA - IMO 9297345 - Bridge Systems and Equipment Operating ManualNo ratings yetCrude Oil Carrier ALBA - IMO 9297345 - Bridge Systems and Equipment Operating Manual289 pages
- LNGC Methane Kari Elin - Imo 9256793 - Machinery Operating Manual - 2005100% (1)LNGC Methane Kari Elin - Imo 9256793 - Machinery Operating Manual - 2005388 pages
- P496 Al Kharsaah Cargo Manual Ship Visit October 2008No ratings yetP496 Al Kharsaah Cargo Manual Ship Visit October 2008504 pages
- VLCC Effie Maersk - Imo 9682978 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetVLCC Effie Maersk - Imo 9682978 - Machinery Operating Manual274 pages
- DADGAR Cargo Manual Final Draft July 2009No ratings yetDADGAR Cargo Manual Final Draft July 2009229 pages
- LNGC Q-MAX BU SAMRA - IMO 9388833 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetLNGC Q-MAX BU SAMRA - IMO 9388833 - Machinery Operating Manual552 pages
- OPT British Cumulus - IMO 9724532 - Bridge Operating ManualNo ratings yetOPT British Cumulus - IMO 9724532 - Bridge Operating Manual221 pages
- Crude Oil Carrier ALBA - IMO 9297345 - Machinery Operating ManualNo ratings yetCrude Oil Carrier ALBA - IMO 9297345 - Machinery Operating Manual325 pages
- LNGC Q-Flex Al Thumama - Imo 9360843 - Cargo Operating Manual100% (1)LNGC Q-Flex Al Thumama - Imo 9360843 - Cargo Operating Manual415 pages
- KRACHT Transfer Gear Pump Series KF4-80 Catalogue 2008 enNo ratings yetKRACHT Transfer Gear Pump Series KF4-80 Catalogue 2008 en44 pages
- Maintenance Interval Schedule: When RequiredNo ratings yetMaintenance Interval Schedule: When Required4 pages
- 2016 Harley Davidson Street Bob 66867 Páginas 90 103No ratings yet2016 Harley Davidson Street Bob 66867 Páginas 90 10314 pages
- Asean-China Free Trade Area (Acfta) : Bureau of Export Trade Promotion (BETP)No ratings yetAsean-China Free Trade Area (Acfta) : Bureau of Export Trade Promotion (BETP)2 pages
- Extreme Temperature Bearing Grease LGET 2: Description ApplicationNo ratings yetExtreme Temperature Bearing Grease LGET 2: Description Application2 pages
- Linseed Oils: Quality Backed by Global Distribution Strong Global SupportNo ratings yetLinseed Oils: Quality Backed by Global Distribution Strong Global Support3 pages
- Electric Turkey Fryer, Boiler and Steamer (En)No ratings yetElectric Turkey Fryer, Boiler and Steamer (En)6 pages
- Service Bulletin A - 10: Technical Information To All The Owners of Sulzer A Type Diesel Engines 25.07.95No ratings yetService Bulletin A - 10: Technical Information To All The Owners of Sulzer A Type Diesel Engines 25.07.953 pages
- Know Petroleum Processing Refineries in IndonesiaNo ratings yetKnow Petroleum Processing Refineries in Indonesia6 pages
- Guideline Guidelines: Russian Maritime Register of ShippingNo ratings yetGuideline Guidelines: Russian Maritime Register of Shipping86 pages